Catalog Wurth

COMPLETECATALOG
WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL
MAY 2022
FOR INTERNAL
USE ONLY!
Table of contents
1 - Power tools............................................... 4 Occupational safety................................................. 984

Cordless machines.........................................................6 Protection equipment, hazardous goods................. 988
Pneumatic machines.....................................................57 Emergency equipment.............................................. 989
Electric power tools................................................... 100 Skin protection..........................................................1011
Machine accessories, general..................................210
7 - Work equipment................................. 1052
2 - Hand tools.............................................218 Tool holders/loops/pockets...................................1054
Extractor..................................................................... 220 Lifting devices..........................................................1058
Marking tools and labels.......................................... 221 Car/comm. vehicle workshop equipment.............. 1059
Twist extractors.......................................................... 224 Storage systems for hazardous materials.............. 1070
Building site tools and machinery............................ 226 Storage systems....................................................... 1072
Bits and accessories.................................................. 234 Working lighting, batteries, chargers.................... 1109
Bodywork tools......................................................... 267 Boxes.........................................................................1196
Shovels, Rakes, Mattocks......................................... 286 Belts, straps, strings, anchors...................................1197
Riveting technology................................................... 288 Pneumatic technology..............................................1214
Striking tools.............................................................. 294 Labelling system...................................................... 1256
Screwdriver range...................................................... 311 Tool boxes/cases/bags.......................................... 1262
Wrenches................................................................... 351 Workplace equipment............................................ 1291
Hand tool assortments.............................................. 372 Document administration........................................1445
Chipping tools........................................................... 423 Packaging material.................................................1447
Clamping tools.......................................................... 434 Tyre fitting................................................................1448
Socket wrench........................................................... 442
Cutting tools............................................................... 495 8 - Fire protection.................................... 1450
Application tools....................................................... 524 Active fire protection............................................... 1452
Pliers, pincers and tweezers..................................... 534 Structural fire protection.........................................1454
Brooms, brushes and handles.................................. 584 Preventative fire protection..................................... 1488
Special tools for cars................................................. 588 9 - Technical chemicals............................. 1490
Inspection tools f. cars/comm. vehicles.................... 608 Service products, chemicals................................... 1492
Stripping tools............................................................610 Sealant..................................................................... 1574
3 - Measuring.............................................612 Surface protection, coatings...................................1608
Measuring instruments...............................................614 Cleaning agents and care products...................... 1693
Measuring tools........................................................ 639 Filling systems - reusable cans.................................1817
Lubricants and rust removers...................................1819
4 - Metal fittings........................................ 708 Adhesive tapes........................................................ 1897
Furniture fittings......................................................... 710 Adhesives................................................................. 1981
Working aids for furniture fittings..............................719 Building chemicals....................................................2113
Technical chemicals products mixed......................2273
5 - Building supplies.................................. 722
Facades, full heat insulation..................................... 724 10 - Anchors............................................. 2276
Products roof.............................................................. 725 Frame mounting systems.........................................2278
Products interior fitting.............................................. 743 Anchor fixings general............................................2303
Construction site materials.........................................749 Lightweight building component fixings................ 2319
Roof sealing............................................................... 752 Cavity fixings...........................................................2324
Roof jointing elements............................................... 788 Chemical mounting systems.................................... 2331
Fixing and mounting accessories............................. 789 Anchor mountings, mixed.......................................2335
Window-,shutter a.door construc.,floors.................. 791 Fasteners on insulated facade................................2336
6 - Personal Protective Equipment............. 792 11 - Electrical installation......................... 2338

Work clothing............................................................ 794 Insulating materials, electric...................................2340
Personal protective equipment................................. 795 Electrical connectors............................................... 2351
Work shoes................................................................ 971 Lights, lamps, transformers, switches......................2353
2 WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

Cable-laying systems, electric................................ 2379 Sales support........................................................... 3133
Electrical cable connections...................................2396
Electrical installation materials...............................2401 17 - Fasteners...........................................3140
Tapping, thread rolling, drilling screws.................. 3142
12 - Automotive parts.............................. 2404
Washers................................................................... 3187
Vehicle interior equipment......................................2406
Bolts metric/inch..................................................... 3192
Vehicle electrics.......................................................2407
Securing elements...................................................3226
Vehicle air conditioning technology.......................2535
Nuts..........................................................................3233
Vehicle accessory....................................................2536
Machine elements general.....................................3247
Vehicle parts............................................................ 2551
Screws wood appliances.......................................3253
Automotive products mixed....................................2635
Threaded rods, pieces, plates, sockets..................3363
13 - Brazing, soldering and welding........ 2636 Fasteners, other.......................................................3369
Welding...................................................................2638 Sealing elements.....................................................3373
Soldering, brazing..................................................2658 Cover caps and sealing plugs................................3382
Rivets........................................................................3386
14 - Machining......................................... 2660 Staples, nails............................................................ 3419
Thread cutters..........................................................2662 Assembly materials f. wood general......................3437
Cutting discs............................................................2700 Connection element assortments...........................3441
Saws......................................................................... 2752
Countersinks, counterborers, deburrers.................2822 18 - Special items..................................... 3482
Grinders and polishers........................................... 2837 National special items............................................3484
Milling and turning equipment...............................2929 Gardening...............................................................3487
Drills and chisels......................................................2940 International special items......................................3489
Brushes.....................................................................3081
Material processing, assortment/set......................3089 19 - ORSY system..................................... 3492
Cutting and grinding discs combined....................3090 System case............................................................. 3494
System accessories..................................................3511
15 - Plumbing and HVAC.......................... 3092
Installation sanitation/HVAC..................................3094 20 - Hoses, couplings, hose clamps.......... 3520
Fixing sanitation/HVAC.......................................... 3103 Hoses.......................................................................3522
Hose clamps and other clamp types.....................3524
16 - Advertising materials........................3120
Advertising materials.............................................. 3122
WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 3

Power tools / ChapterToC
POWER TOOLS 1
Cordless machines 6
Pneumatic machines 57
Electric power tools 100
Machine accessories, general 210

Power tools / Cordless machines / Pressing units, cordless
CORDLESS APPLICATION GUN AKP 12 COMPACT M-CUBE

1
Very compact and handy cordless application gun for adhesives and
sealants of light to medium viscosity developed by Würth to meet the
needs of tradespeople
• Standard for 310-ml cartridges, can also be used for 400-ml and 600-ml bags
thanks to optional accessories
• Immediate decoupling of the push rod and automatic return prevents dripping/run-
ning of the sealant/adhesive
• Charge status display on the battery ensures continuous monitoring of the remai-
ning battery capacity.
• Type description: 12 V CAULKING GUN
• Nominal voltage: 12 V/DC
• Pressing force: 1780 N
• Weight of machine with rechargeable battery: 2.1 kg
Included in delivery Number of rechargeable Rechargeable battery/battery Art. no.

batteries/batteries capacity
- 2 PCS 2 Ah 5701 107 002
2 x Battery Li-ion 12 V M-CUBE 3 Ah; 2 PCS 3 Ah 5701 107 004
1 x Charger ALG 12 V BASIC M-CUBE
ALG 12/3 BASIC; 1 x Transport bag
- 0 PCS 3 Ah 5701 107 000

CORDLESS APPLICATION GUN AKP 18-600 M-CUBE

1
Powerful 18 V application gun developed by Würth to meet the needs
of tradespeople.
Durable metal gearbox and overload protection
Avoids motor blockages with hardened material.
Easier to use with conversion set
Suitable for 400-ml and 600-ml bags. With the pressure plate art. 5700202004
cartridges can also be processed. The conversion set means that the tube can be shor-
tened for improved convenience.
Automatic decoupling of the push rod
Prevents dripping by momentarily decoupling the push rod after the trigger is relea-
sed, thus ensuring a clean finish for each bead.
Speed control for the optimum application speed even with highly
viscous media
The speed adjustment wheel, sensitive trigger and high application power enable
even highly viscous media to be applied easily, cleanly and precisely.
• Type description: AKP 18-600
• Pressing force: 5000 N
Included in delivery Number of rechargeable Rechargeable battery/battery Art. no.

batteries/batteries capacity
1 x Drive rod AKP 18, 600 ml; 1 x Applica- 0 PCS 0 Ah 5701 410 000
tion tube, aluminium AKP 12/18, 600 ml;
1 x Pressure plate for cordless application
gun AKP
1 x Drive rod; 1 x Application tube, alu- 2 PCS 2 Ah 5701 410 004
minium; 1 x Pressure plate for cordless
application gun AKP; 2 x Battery Li-ion 18
V BASIC M-CUBE 2 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG
18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/4 BASIC; 1 x Trans-
port bag

CORDLESS GREASE GUN FP 12-A

1
Sturdy and handy cordless grease gun for lubricating lubrication
points.
High working pressure
Enables application of all standard greases.
Ergonomic design
Machine fits well in your hand and allows convenient and effortless work.
Li-ion battery pack
Long runtime per battery charge. The handy battery charge indicator tells you how
much power is left at all times.
Many applications
Grease can be applied both from cartridges, pouches or other containers.
Sturdy machine design
Resistant to soiling damage to guarantee long service life.
• Rechargeable battery/battery capacity: 3 Ah
• Max. working pressure: 562 bar
• Capacity with cartridge: 411 g
• Max. hose pressure: 690 bar
Included in delivery Art. no.

1 x Charger AL 60-LI; 1 x Battery for Würth machines Li-ion, 12 volt; 1 x Nylon carrying bag 5700 200 1

Power tools / Cordless machines / Hm drill and chip hmmr crdlss
CORDLESS HAMMER DRILL H 28-MA VIBRATION-DAMPENED

1
Extremely powerful yet compact, with brushless EC motor and vibrati-
on dampening. Choose the battery power you need with PICK YOUR
POWER
Low-maintenance and durable motor
Brushless EC motor and electro-pneumatic striking tool for the same drilling perfor-
mance as with a mains-powered tool.
Low weight, high performance, and no battery memory effect
Lithium-ion technology
Continuous monitoring of battery capacity
Charge status display on the battery
Universal use
Impact stop, chisel function, clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation and throttle switch
Fits well in your hand and allows for effortless work
Light, compact and ergonomic design with vibration damping.
Gives all the light you need when working
Positioning of LED light prevents shadowing caused by drill chuck
• Min./max. idle speed: 0-1350 rpm
• Min./max. impact rate: 0-5000 rpm
• Impact energy: 4.1 J
• Tool holding device: Suitable for SDS-plus

Hammer drill bit Plus Duo-S Vario: 1 x 6 mm, 1 x 8 mm, 1 x 10 mm; 1 x Maintenance spray; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 5700 800 02
1 x System case 8.4.3
Hammer drill bit Plus Duo-S Vario: 1 x 6 mm, 1 x 8 mm, 1 x 10 mm; 1 x Charger AL 60-LI-2; 2 x Battery Li-ion 28 V 3 Ah; 1 x Main- 5700 800 4
tenance spray; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.3

CORDLESS HAMMER DRILL H 28-MAS VIBRATION-DAMPENED

1
Extremely powerful yet compact, with brushless EC motor and vibrati-
on dampening, including Interchangeable drill chuck. Choose the bat-
tery power you need with PICK YOUR POWER.
Low-maintenance and durable motor
Brushless EC motor and electro-pneumatic striking tool for the same drilling perfor-
mance as with a mains-powered tool.
Low weight, high performance, and no battery memory effect
Universal use
Impact stop, chisel function, clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation and throttle switch
Includes quick-release chuck
Short handle allows SDS-plus chuck to be replaced with the included quick-action drill
chuck.
Fits well in your hand and allows for effortless work
Light, compact and ergonomic design with vibration dampening.
Positioning of LED light prevents shadowing caused by drill chuck.
• Tool holding device: Suitable for SDS-plus / change drill chuck

Hammer drill bit Plus Duo-S Vario: 1 x 6 mm, 1 x 8 mm, 1 x 10 mm; 1 x Exchangeable chuck; 1 x Maintenance spray; 1 x Case insert 5700 801 02
for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.3
Hammer drill bit Plus Duo-S Vario: 1 x 6 mm, 1 x 8 mm, 1 x 10 mm; 1 x Exchangeable chuck; 1 x Charger AL 60-LI-2; 2 x Battery Li-ion 5700 801 4
28 V 3 Ah; 1 x Maintenance spray; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.3

CORDLESS HAMMER DRILL ABH 18 COMPACT M-CUBE

1
Compact, powerful and brushless cordless hammer drill for moderate
drilling and light-duty chiselling work, developed by Würth to meet
the requirements of craftsmen
Convenient, effortless work
Highly compact and ergonomic design with anti-vibration function
Long motor service life
Efficient, low-maintenance, brushless EC motor with power reserves
Continuous monitoring of the motor
If the motor is overloaded or jammed, the electronic motor protection function swit-
ches the motor off ahead of time.
Fast adaptation to the respective application
It is possible to switch easily and quickly between hammer drilling, drilling and chisel-
ling using the function selector switch.
Including quick-release chuck
The SDS-plus mount can be replaced with the supplied quick-action drill chuck quick-
ly, easily and without the need for tools.
Low-dust work
Ensure low-dust work with the optional dust extraction
• Tool holding device: Quick-change holder

1 x System case 8.4.2; 2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE 4 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/6 FAST; 1 x SDS drill 5701 403 005
chuck; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines
1 x SDS drill chuck 5701 403 000
1 x SDS drill chuck; 2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE 5 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/6 FAST; 1 x Case insert for 5701 403 004
MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.2
CORDLESS HAMMER DRILL ABH 12 COMPACT

• Weight of machine with rechargeable battery: 1780 g
Art. no.
5701 103 000

CORDLESS HAMMER DRILL ABH 18 BASIC

1
• Impact energy: 2 J
Art. no.
5701 414 000
CORDLESS HAMMER DRILL ABH 18 COMPACT-1

• Min./max. impact rate: 0-5500 1/min
Art. no.
5701 432 000
5701 432 004
5701 432 005

Power tools / Cordless machines / Drills and screwdrvr, cordless
CORDLESS DRILL DRIVER ABS 18 COMPACT M-CUBE

1
Compact, powerful and brushless cordless drill screwdriver for mode-
rate screwing and drilling work, developed by Würth to meet the
requirements of craftsmen
Continuous monitoring of motor
The electronic motor protection function switches the motor off ahead of time in the
event of blockage, overloading or overheating.
Long service life of the motor
Efficient, low-maintenance, brushless EC motor with power reserves. Also maintains a
more stable speed curve under load.
Maximum service life and low wear
13 mm metal chuck with soldered carbide clamping jaws. The extra-tough clamping
jaws grip hard into the shank of the drill.
Well lit working area
LED light on the battery block
Pleasant, effortless work
Very compact and ergonomic design with low weight
• Idle speed 1st/2nd gear min./max.: 0-600 / 0-1900 rpm
• Max. torque hard/soft: 60 / 34 Nm
• Min./max. drill chuck span width: 1.5-13 mm
Included in delivery Drill chuck holder Art. no.

1 x System case 8.4.2; 2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE - 5701 800 4
4 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/6 FAST; 1 x Case
insert for MASTER machines
- 1/2 inch x 20 UNF 5701 800 0
2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE 5 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 1/2 inch x 20 UNF 5701 800 3
18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/6 FAST; 1 x Case insert for MASTER
machines; 1 x System case 8.4.2

BATTERY-POWERED DRILL SCREWDRIVER ABS 12 COMPACT M-CUBE

1
Extremely compact and powerful cordless drill screwdriver for
light-duty drilling and screwing applications, developed by Würth to
meet the requirements of craftsmen
For convenient and effortless work, even with applications above
head height and in confined areas
Compact, lightweight and ergonomic design. Slim handle and secure footing thanks
to the battery sliding system
Safe clamping of tools
Drill chuck with ratchet/locking function securely and reliably clamps tools from
0.8–10 mm
Well-lit working area
LED lamp on the battery block, with after-glow function
Included in delivery Drill chuck holder Weight of machine with recharge- Art. no.
able battery
- 1/2 inch x 20 UNF 1.21 kg 5701 101 009
- 3/8 inch x 24 UNF 1.21 kg 5701 101 000
2 x Battery Li-ion 12 V M-CUBE 2 Ah; 3/8 inch x 24 UNF 1.21 kg 5701 101 002
1 x Charger ALG 12 V BASIC M-CUBE;
1 x Transport bag
2 x Battery Li-ion 12 V M-CUBE 3 Ah; 1/2 inch x 20 UNF 1.22 kg 5701 101 004
1 x Charger ALG 12 V BASIC M-CUBE
ALG 12/3 BASIC

CORDLESS DRILL DRIVER ABS 18 POWER M-CUBE

1
Very powerful, handy cordless drill screwdriver designed specifi-
cally for tough construction site conditions with a torque of 140 Nm.
Developed by Würth to meet the requirements of craftsmen
Robust design
For demanding use on construction sites, all components will also survive a fall from
normal working heights.
• 13 mm Röhm metal chuck with soldered carbide clamping jaws
• Electronic signal switch
LED lamp on the battery block
• Drill chuck holder: 1/2 inch x 20 UNF

- 5701 404 000
1 x System case 8.4.2; 2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE 4 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/6 FAST; 1 x Case insert 5701 404 008
for MASTER machines
2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE 5 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/6 FAST; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 5701 404 005

BATTERY-POWERED DRILL SCREWDRIVER ABS 18 BASIC M-CUBE

1
Compact and powerful 18-volt cordless drill driver for light to medi-
um-duty drilling and screwdriving applications
For convenient and effortless work, even with applications above
head height and in confined areas
Highly compact and ergonomic design with low weight.
Safe clamping of tools
Metal drill chuck with ratchet/locking function securely and reliably clamps tools from
1.5–13 mm.
LED lamp on the battery block.
Included in delivery Drill chuck holder Art. no.

- 1/2 inch x 20 UNF 5701 408 000
1 x System case 8.4.2; 2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE 2 - 5701 408 005
Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/4 BASIC; 1 x Case

BATTERY-POWERED IMPACT DRILL DRIVER BS 28-A COMBI

1
Extremely powerful, high-performance, compact 28 V cordless impact
drill driver with lithium-ion technology. Choose the battery power you
need with PICK YOUR POWER.
Additional impact mode
For impact drilling in stone and masonry
Ideal for applications involving high torque
Improved, more powerful motor
Low weight, high performance battery with no memory effect
Continuous monitoring of the battery capacity
Overload protection
Minimises the risk of overload damage to machine or battery.
Long shelf life and optimal power transmission
High-quality 2-speed planetary gear unit with aluminium housing
Tool-free drill bit change
Quick-action drill chuck with spindle lock and low-wear carbide inserts
LED lighting
• Max. impact rate: 28800 rpm

1 x Handle; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.2 0700 647 02
1 x Phillips bit PH2, Length: 25 mm; Pozidriv bit: 2 x PZ2, 1 x PZ3; 1 x Universal holder E 6.3 (1/4“); 1 x Bit box, empty; AW® bit: 0700 647 3
2 x 20, 1 x 30, 1 x 40; 1 x Charger AL 60-LI-2; 2 x Battery Li-ion 28 V 3 Ah; 1 x Handle; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines;

CORDLESS IMPACT DRILL DRIVER ABS 18 POWER COMBI M-CUBE

1
Very powerful, handy cordless impact drill with switchable drill
impact mechanism and a torque of 140 Nm, developed by Würth
according to the requirements of craftsmen
Fast adaptation to the respective application
The function selector switch allows easy, fast switching between screwdriving, drilling
and impact drilling.
Robust design
For tough conditions on construction sites, all components can also withstand a fall
from normal working heights.
Continuous motor monitoring
• 13 mm Röhm metal drill chuck with soldered carbide clamping jaws
• Electronic signal switch
LED lamp on the battery block
Included in delivery Idle speed 1st/2nd gear min./max. Max. impact rate Art. no.
2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE - 0 rpm 5701 405 006
4 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE
ALG 18/6 FAST; 1 x System case 8.4.2;
1 x Case insert for MASTER machines
- 0-550/0-2000 rpm 32000 rpm 5701 405 000
1 x System case 8.4.2; 1 x Case insert for 0-550/0-2000 rpm 32000 rpm 5701 405 003
MASTER machines
2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE 5 0-550/0-2000 rpm 32000 rpm 5701 405 005
Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG
18/6 FAST,; 1 x Case insert for MASTER

CORDLESS DRYWALL SCREWDRIVER TBS 12-A

1
Very practical 12-volt drywall screwdriver for occasional drywall
work. Battery capacity can be selected freely thanks to PICK YOUR
POWER.
Lightweight and practical for fast and low-fatigue working
Very compact and ergonomic design
Durable and robust
• Powerful EC motor: brushless, powerful, long-lasting, efficient, and
maintenance-free
• Motor brake for long service life
Precise results
due to precisely adjustable depth stop
LED light
The working area is always well lit.
Clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation
With lithium-ion battery packs
Compatible with all 10.8 V and 12 V battery-powered system
products
• Max. screw diameter: 4 mm
• Tool holding device: 1/4-inch hexagon socket
Included in delivery Max. torque Art. no.

1 x System case 8.4.2; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines 3 Nm 5700 122 01
1 x System case 8.4.2; 1 x Charger 12-volt AL 30-LI; 2 x Bat- - 5700 122 2
tery for Würth machines Li-ion, 12 volt 2 Ah; 1 x Case insert for
MASTER machines

CORDLESS DRYWALL SCREWDRIVER ATS 18 AUTOMATIC M-CUBE

1
Light and compact cordless drywall screwdriver with automatic functi-
on, developed by Würth to meet the needs of craftsmen
Automatic function
If the switch is locked in AUTOMODE, the motor will only be triggered by the contact
pressure of the positioned screw. As a result, pleasant, energy-saving and low-noise
working is achieved.
Quick-change bit holder
Fast and convenient bit changes, e.g. when working in conjunction with the optional
attachment device.
Depth stop
Easy adjustment of screw depth for cleaner working results.
LED lamp on the battery block.
Highly compact and ergonomic design with low weight.
• Max. torque: 5 Nm
• Max. screw diameter: 5 mm
• Tool holding device: 1/4-inch quick-action chuck

- 5701 409 000
1 x System case 8.4.2; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines 5701 409 003
Phillips bit: 3 x E 6.3 (1/4 inch), Length: 148 mm, 1 x C 6.3 (1/4 inch), Length: 25 mm; 1 x Universal holder E 6.3 (1/4“); 1 x System 5701 409 004
case 8.4.2; 1 x Cordless drywall screwdriver ATS 18 AUTOMATIC M-CUBE; 1 x Attachment MSV 55-TS for ATS 18 AUTOMATIC
M-CUBE; 2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE 2 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/4 BASIC; 1 x Case insert for MASTER
machines

CORDLESS SCREWDRIVER AS 12 COMPACT M-CUBE

1
Extremely compact and powerful cordless screwdriver for light to
moderate drilling and screwing applications developed by Würth
based on tradespeople‘s requirements
• For convenient and effortless work, even with applications above head height and
in confined areas
• Compact, lightweight and ergonomic design. Slim handle and secure footing thanks
to the battery sliding system
• Continuous monitoring of the motor, as the electronic motor protection function swit-
ches it off early in the event of a blockage, overload or overheating
• The integrated quick-change holder for ¼-inch E 6.3 bits enables a fast and tool-
free bit change
• LED light on the battery block ensures a well-lit work area

- 5701 104 002
2 x Battery Li-ion 12 V M-CUBE - 3 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 12 V BASIC M-CUBE ALG 12/3 BASIC; 1 x Transport bag 5701 104 004
- 5701 104 000

BATTERY-POWERED TANGENTIAL IMPACT SCREWDRIVER ASS 18-1/2 INCH HT

1
Very powerful and ergonomic battery-powered impact screwdriver
with high torque Suitable for screwdriver diameters up to max. M20.
Max. 610 Nm torque
Limited suitability for replacing tyres, no series screw connections
Overload protection
Minimises the risk of overload damage to machine or battery
Maximum performance with optimal cooling
Four-pole motor with better power distribution than with conventional two-pole motor
Continuous control of the battery capacity
• Type description: ASS 18-1/2 inch HT
• Max. torque for hard screwing application: 610 Nm
• Suitable for screw: M20
• Tool holding device: 1/2-inch external square

1 x Charger AL 60-12/18-AS-LI; 2 x Battery LI-AS-18 V 5 Ah; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.2 with foam 0700 725 5
adapter

CORDLESS IMPACT DRIVER ASS 18-1/2 INCH COMPACT M-CUBE

1
Compact and powerful cordless impact driver with adjustable power
levels and high breakaway torque for versatile applications, which
was developed by Würth in accordance with the requirements of tra-
despeople
• Three power levels plus an additional Automatic mode that shuts down the engine
when the impact mechanism is started, thus minimising the risk of damage to the
screw connection
• High speed and impact frequency result in a higher breakaway torque of up to
approx. 800 Nm, which also enables seized wheel nuts to be loosened
• The brushless motor with overload protection requires little maintenance and is long
lasting and powerful
• Effortless and user-friendly working thanks to the compact and lightweight design
with rubberised handle
• No recoil or torque effect on the wrist
• Optimum illumination of the working area thanks to triple LED on the gear head
• Type description: ASS 18-1/2 inch COMPACT
• Suitable for screw: M10 - M20

- 5701 406 005
for MASTER machines
- 5701 406 000
CORDLESS IMPACT WRENCH ASS 18-1/2 INCH POWER

• Type description: ASS 18-1/2 inch POWER
Art. no.
5701 416 000
5701 416 004

CORDLESS IMPACT SCREWDRIVER ASS 18-1/4 INCH COMPACT M-CUBE

1
Light and compact cordless impact screwdriver with ¼ inch bit mount
(E 6.3), developed by Würth to meet the needs of tradespeople
• Three speed/torque levels, as well as three other modes that can be set for the cor-
rect screwing task, allow optimal adjustment for a wide range of applications
• Optimum illumination of the working area thanks to triple LED on the gear head
• The brushless motor with overload protection is low-maintenance, long-lasting and
powerful
• Effortless and user-friendly work thanks to the compact and lightweight design with
rubberised handle
• No recoil or torque effect on the wrist
• The integrated quick-change holder for ¼ inch E 6.3 bits enables a fast and tool-
free bit change
• Type description: ASS 18-1/4 inch COMPACT

for MASTER machines
2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE 5 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/6 FAST; 1 x System case 8.4.2; 1 x Case insert 5701 415 004
for MASTER machines
- 5701 415 000
ECCENTRIC ATTACHMENT
16-way (360°) adjustable attachment for BS 12-A Multi cordless drill
screwdriver.
Easily accepts all common drill and screwdriver bits (E6+C6)
Integrated, lockable 1/4-inch universal bit holder
Convenient
Can be adjusted without removing the attachment.
• Type description: BS12-EV1/4 inch
Art. no.
5700 121 004

RIGHT ANGLE ATTACHMENT

1
16-way (360°) adjustable attachment for BS 12-A Multi cordless drill
screwdriver.
Convenient
Can be adjusted without removing the attachment.
• Type description: BS12-WB
• Tool holding device: Hexagon socket
Art. no.
5700 121 003
1/4-INCH UNIVERSAL BIT HOLDER

Easily accepts all common drill and screwdriver bits (E6+C6) for the
cordless drill screwdriver BS 12-A Multi.
• Type description: BS12-BV1/4 inch
Art. no.
5700 121 002

10-MM AUTO-LOCK QUICK-ACTION DRILL CHUCK

1
For the BS 12-A Multi cordless drill screwdriver
• Type description: BS12-SB10
• Min./max. drill chuck span width: 1-10 mm
Art. no.
5700 121 001
CORDLESS DRILL SCREWDRIVER BS 12-A

Extremely compact, powerful 12 V lithium-ion drill driver. Ideal for all
light-duty drilling and screwing applications. Battery capacity can be
selected freely thanks to PICK YOUR POWER.
Convenient and effortless work, even with applications above head
height and in confined areas
Compact, lightweight and ergonomic shape
Li-ion battery packs
Long running time per battery charge. The handy battery charge indicator tells you
how much power is left at all times.
Suitable for screwing and drilling tasks
The cordless drill driver is suitable for both screwing and drilling thanks to the 2-speed
gear unit and drill chuck.
Overload protection
Prevents overload damage to motor and battery.
The working area is always well lit
LED lamp
products
Art. no.
5700 130 002

CORDLESS DRILL SCREWDRIVER BS 12-A MULTI

1
Compact and, thanks to the five available options, extremely ver-
satile cordless drill screwdriver. Ideal for all light-duty drilling and
screwing applications. Choose the battery power you need with PICK
YOUR POWER.
Extremely versatile
• 10 mm auto-lock quick-action drill chuck
• The angle attachment can be adjusted in 16 ways (360°) without having to remove
the attachment and can be combined easily with the other 3 attachments.
• The eccentric attachment can be adjusted in 16 ways (360°) without having to
remove the attachment and with its integrated, lockable 1/4 inch universal bit
holder, is suitable for simply chucking of all standard drill and screwdriver bits
(E6+C6).
Simple chucking of all standard drill and screwdriver bits (E6+C6)
Lockable 1/4 inch universal bit holder
Convenient and effortless work, even with applications above head
height and in confined or inaccessible areas
Compact, lightweight and ergonomic
Compatible with all 10.8-V and 12-V cordless system products
• Min./max. drill chuck span width: 6.3-6.3 mm
Art. no.
5700 131 002

CORDLESS TANGENTIAL IMPACT SCREWDRIVER ASS 12-A

1
Very lightweight 12 V rotating impact screwdriver with powerful tor-
que despite its incredibly compact and lightweight design. Perfectly
suited for short particle board screws. Battery capacity can be selec-
ted freely thanks to PICK YOUR POWER.
Barely any signs of fatigue when working
Thanks to very lightweight, extremely short and compact design
Perfect illumination of the working area
Three LEDs on the head of the device illuminate the exact point of screwing.
Info about the battery charge state
No unexpected dying of battery owing to permanent battery indicator on device.
products
• Type description: ASS 12-A
Art. no.
5700 132 000
BATTERY-POWERED BLIND RIVETER ANG 14

For cordless processing of blind rivets with diameters from 2.4 to
5.0 mm
Li-ion technology
Effortless work
Ergonomic handle and compensated centre of gravity
Energy-saving
The immediate reset to the starting position after the riveting operation saves energy
and increases the number of operating sequences.
Clean working
Broken rivet pins can be collected in a container
Suitable for stationary work
With holder for balancer
• Nominal voltage: 14.4 V/DC
• Lift height: 20 mm
• Rivet setting force: 10000 N
• Weight of machine with rechargeable battery: 2 kg

1 x BATTERY G14, 14.4 V; 1 x Charger LG 14; Chuck for cordless blind rivet device: 1 x , 1 x , 1 x , 1 x ; 1 x Riveting mandrel collec- 0700 915 6
tion container; 1 x Nozzle wrench; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.2

Power tools / Cordless machines / Saws, cordless
BATTERY-POWERED SABRE SAW SBS 28-A

1
Powerful battery-powered sabre saw with lithium-ion technology.
Battery capacity can be selected freely thanks to PICK YOUR POWER.
Speed can be easily adjusted for different materials
2 settings
Safe working processes
If the saw blade gets jammed, the safety coupling prevents the machine from being
damaged and the user from being injured.
Saw blades can be changed quickly without the need for tools
Saw blade quick-action mount
Tool-free adjustable stop
Adjustment of the stop ensures that the entire length of the saw blade can be used.
Long service life
Lifting rod with special seals protects the gearbox against dust, increasing the service
life of the saw.
• Min./max. idle stroke speed: 0-3000 rpm
• Stroke length: 29 mm
• Weight of machine without rechargeable battery: 3.1 kg
Included in delivery Number of rechargeable batteries/batteries Art. no.

1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.2 0 PCS 0700 207 02
5 x Sabre saw blade, metal, two stars For metal profiles and 2 PCS 0700 207 3
piping 150 mm, 1.8-2.6 mm; 1 x Charger AL 60-LI-2; 2 x Bat-
tery Li-ion 28 V 3 Ah; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines;

CORDLESS SABRE SAW AFS 12 COMPACT M-CUBE

1
Compact and powerful 12 V sabre saw for sawing wood, plastic,
metal and gypsum plasterboard. Compatible with 12 V M-CUBE bat-
tery platform
Effortless work
Slim handle and generous grip surface ensure high ergonomics and low-fatigue
working.
Tool-free saw blade changes
Saw blade quick-change chuck ensures quick and easy tool changing.
Throttle switch
Optimum adjustment of working speed and slow starting possible with throttle switch.
Increased safety
Supplied belt clip allows for secure hanging during other work.
• Stroke length: 12.5 mm
• Max. recommended saw-blade length: 152 mm
• Max. cutting depth in wood: 70 mm
• Weight of outer packaging: 0.71 kg

- 2 PCS 5701 109 002
- 0 PCS 5701 109 000
2 x Battery Li-ion 12 V M-CUBE 3 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 12 V 2 PCS 5701 109 004
BASIC M-CUBE ALG 12/3 BASIC; 1 x Transport bag

CORDLESS SABRE SAW AFS 18 COMPACT M-CUBE

1
Powerful and robust M-CUBE cordless sabre saw
• Built-in overload and over-temperature protection functions protect the machine
from overload
• Long motor service life: Efficient, low-maintenance, brushless EC motor with power
reserves
• Additional protection against chips by means of cover gratings over ventilation slots
• Safe working, as the machine can only be started up after first unlocking
• 3 stroke stages allow individual adjustment of the stroke rate to the respective
material
• Soft grip ensures a comfortable, non-slip hold
• Weight of outer packaging: 0.3 kg

- 0 PCS 5701 412 000
1 x System case 8.4.2; 2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE 2 PCS 5701 412 004
5 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/6 FAST; 1 x Case

BATTERY-POWERED JIGSAW STP 28-A

1
Powerful battery-powered jigsaw with lithium-ion technology. Bat-
tery capacity can be selected freely thanks to PICK YOUR POWER.
Optimum adjustment of the pendulum motion to the material
4 stroke settings
Precise sawing of sensitive materials
2 speed levels
Tool-free base plate adjustment
The foot plate can be adjusted by up to 45° for angle cuts.
Saw blade quick-changing system
• Max. mitre angle: 45 Degree
• Number of rechargeable batteries/batteries: 0 PCS

1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.2 0700 217 02

BATTERY-POWERED JIGSAW STP 12-A

1
Very compact and useful 12 V jigsaw with 3-stage oscillation and very
good curve-negotiating properties. Ideal for sawing through wood,
aluminium and steel. Battery capacity can be selected freely thanks to
PICK YOUR POWER.
Easy and effortless work
Compact, lightweight and ergonomic shape
Improved sliding properties and protection of delicate surfaces
Robust aluminium footplate with plastic sole
with quick-change saw blade mount
Gives all the light you need when working.
LED light
products
Included in delivery Rechargeable battery/battery Number of rechargeable Art. no.

capacity batteries/batteries
1 x Jigsaw blade metal three stars Mul- 2 Ah 2 PCS 5700 114 2
tiblade jigsaw blade; 1 x Jigsaw blade,
wood, three stars Multiblade jigsaw blade;
1 x Jigsaw blade, construction, three stars
Multiblade jigsaw blade; 1 x Hexagon key;
1 x System case 4.4.2; 1 x Charger 12-volt
AL 30-LI; 2 x Battery for Würth machines
Li-ion, 12 volt 2 Ah; 1 x Suction; 1 x Case
insert for MASTER machines; 1 x Anti-splin-
tering device
1 x System case 4.4.2; 1 x Case insert for 0 Ah 0 PCS 5700 114 01
MASTER machines

CORDLESS JIGSAW APS 18 COMPACT

1
• Min./max. idle stroke speed: 900-2900 1/min

1 x System case 8.4.2; 2 x Battery Li-ion 5 Ah 2 PCS 5701 413 004
18 V BASIC M-CUBE 5 Ah; 1 x Charger
ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/6 FAST;
1 x Case insert for MASTER machines
- 0 Ah 0 PCS 5701 413 000
BATTERY-POWERED HAND-HELD CIRCULAR SAW HKS 28-A

Powerful battery-powered hand-held circular saw with lithium-ion
technology. Battery capacity can be selected freely thanks to PICK
YOUR POWER.
Reduced risk of injury
With the motor brake, saw blade stops shortly after switch-off.
Easy handling
Light aluminium base plate
Simple, fast saw blade changes
Spindle lock
Low energy consumption
The extremely thin saw blade supplied consumes less energy per cut, ensuring longer
working times per battery change
• Max. idle speed: 4200 rpm
• Suitable for bore diameter: 15.87 mm
• Saw blade diameter: 165 mm
• Max. cutting depth at 90 degrees: 54 mm

1 x Circular saw blade, wood; 1 x Case 0700 227 01
1 x Circular saw blade, wood; 1 x Charger AL 60-LI-2; 2 x Battery Li-ion 28 V 3 Ah; 1 x Case 0700 227 2

BATTERY-POWERED HAND-HELD CIRCULAR SAW HKS 12-A

1
Extremely compact and handy 12 V hand-held circular saw that deli-
vers quick results. For sawing wood. Choose the battery power you
need with PICK YOUR POWER.
Comfortable and effortless work
Extremely compact and ergonomic shape
Ideally suited for precise cuts
The robust aluminium base plate, combined with the corresponding guide rail and
supplied parallel stop, allows precise cutting.
Dust-free operation
Dust is extracted via a suction nozzle in conjunction with an industrial vacuum cleaner.
Long runtime per battery charge. The practical battery charge indicator tells you how
much energy is left at all times.
Optimum illumination of the work surface
LED lighting
products
• Suitable for bore diameter: 15 mm
• Max. cutting depth at 90 degrees: 26.5 mm

1 x Circular saw blade, wood, for cordless hand-held circular saw HKS 10-A/12-A; 1 x System case 8.4.3; 1 x Hexagon key; 1 x Par- 5700 113 01
allel stop; 1 x Suction; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines
1 x Circular saw blade, wood, for cordless hand-held circular saw HKS 10-A/12-A; 1 x System case 8.4.3; 1 x Charger 12-volt AL 5700 113 2
30-LI; 2 x Battery for Würth machines Li-ion, 12 volt; 1 x Hexagon key; 1 x Parallel stop; 1 x Suction; 1 x Case insert for MASTER
machines

CORDLESS HAND-HELD CIRCULAR SAW AHKS 18-68 COMPACT M-CUBE

1
Robust and powerful M-CUBE cordless hand-held circular saw for
wood applications
• Built-in overload and over-temperature protection functions protect the machine
from overload
• Long motor service life: Efficient, low-maintenance, brushless EC motor with power
reserves
• Additional protection against chips by means of cover gratings over ventilation slots
• Safe working, as machine can only be started up by pressing the release button
and dead man‘s switch in parallel
• High cutting depth of 68 mm enables universal use on the construction site
• Compatible with guide rail

- 5701 411 001
1 x Circular saw blade for cordless wood circular saws Diameter x saw cutting width/main blade thickness x drill hole = 190 x 1.8 5701 411 004
/1.2 x 30 mm, Number of teeth = 24 PCS; 2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE 5 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/6
FAST; 1 x Empty case AHKS 18-68 COMPACT
1 x Circular saw blade for cordless wood circular saws Diameter x saw cutting width/main blade thickness x drill hole = 190 x 1.8/ 5701 411 000
1.2 x 30 mm, Number of teeth = 24 PCS
BATTERY LI-CV 18 V
Powerful and robust battery packs
Compatible with current 18-volt battery-powered system products
Rechargeable battery/ Charging time Weight of rechargeable Suitable chargers Art. no.
battery capacity battery/battery
2 Ah 35 min 380 g AL 30-Li 0700 916 534
4 Ah 45 min 608 g AL 30-CV-Li 0700 916 532
5 Ah 65 min 623 g AL 30-CV-Li 0700 916 535

Power tools / Cordless machines / Access. for cordless machines
BATTERY G14, 14.4 V

1
For cordless blind riveter ANG 14 and cordless rivet nut device ANG
310
• Charging time: 50 min
• Weight of rechargeable battery/battery: 202 g
• Suitable chargers: LG 14
Art. no.
0700 915 20
BATTERY LI-ION 12 V M-CUBE

Compact, powerful and long-lasting 12-volt Li-ion battery for professi-
onal and universal use with the new Würth cordless tools
Integrated, robust cell frame surrounds the cells
Ensures a secure fit and optimum heat dissipation, protecting the battery from overhe-
ating and shock.
Robust housing with soft components
Provides additional protection against drop damage and reduces the risk of damage
to the surfaces of workpieces to be processed.
LED charge level display
Continuous monitoring of the remaining battery capacity.
• Suitable chargers: ALG 12/3 BASIC
Rechargeable battery/battery capacity Weight of rechargeable battery/battery Art. no.

2 Ah 246.6 g 5703 120 000
3 Ah 249.6 g 5703 130 000

BATTERY LI-AS-18 V
1
Powerful and robust battery packs.
• Suitable chargers: AL 60-AS-Li
Rechargeable battery/battery Charging time Weight of rechargeable battery/ Art. no.

capacity battery
2 Ah 40 min 410 g 0700 913 733
5 Ah 60 min 800 g 0700 913 734
BATTERY LI-ION 28 V
Powerful and robust battery pack
Compatible with 28-volt battery pack system products currently
available on the market
• Suitable chargers: AL 60-Li
Rechargeable battery/battery capacity Charging time Art. no.

3 Ah 60 min 0700 957 730
5 Ah 90 min 0700 957 731

BATTERY LI-CV 14.4 V

1
Powerful and robust battery packs.
Li-ion technology
Improved performance at a lower weight and no battery memory effect.
Continuous monitoring of the remaining battery capacity.
Compatible with 14.4 V battery system products currently available
on the market.
• Suitable chargers: AL 30-CV-Li
Art. no.
0700 916 432
BATTERY FOR WÜRTH MACHINES LI-ION, 12 VOLT

Compact 12-V battery
Very robust
The battery remains fully operational even after falling from a height of 3 m onto
concrete.
Low weight, high performance and no battery memory effect
Rechargeable battery/ Charging time Weight of rechargeable Suitable chargers Art. no.
battery capacity battery/battery
3 Ah 60 min 398.6 g AL 60-Li 0700 956 331
4 Ah 45 min 0.37 kg AL 30-Li 5700 996 400
2 Ah 35 min 0.18 kg AL 30-Li 5700 996 215

BATTERY 24 V
1
For battery-powered hammer drills ABH 20-SLE and ABH 20-SLS
Charge status display on battery
Long runtime and service life
Cooling rods in battery pack for uniform distribution of heat, for effective protection of
battery cells
• Rechargeable battery/battery capacity: 2.6 Ah
• Weight of rechargeable battery/battery: 1.94 kg
• Suitable chargers: AL 20-EMC
Art. no.
0702 301 924
BATTERY LI-ION 18 V BASIC M-CUBE

Compact, powerful and long-lasting 18-volt Li-ion battery for professi-
onal and universal use with the new Würth cordless tools
Tight fit and optimal heat removal
Integrated, robust cell frame encloses the cells and thus protects the battery from over-
heating and vibrations.
Long service life and optimum utilisation of output
Intelligent battery management with continuous individual cell monitoring
Protection of the battery and the workpieces
The robust housing with soft components protects the battery against damage from
falls and minimises the risk of scratches on delicate surfaces.
Continuous monitoring of the remaining battery capacity
LED charge status indicator
Rechargeable battery/battery Weight of rechargeable battery/ Suitable chargers Art. no.

capacity battery
2 Ah 450 g ALG 18/4 BASIC, ALG 18/6 FAST 5703 420 000
4 Ah 675 g ALG 18/6 FAST, ALG 18/4 BASIC 5704 180 000
5 Ah 695 g ALG 18/4 BASIC, ALG 18/6 FAST 5703 450 000

CHARGER AL 60-LI-2
1
Matching charger for LI 28 V battery.
• Type description: AL 60-LI-2
• Max. charging current: 3.5 A
• Min./max. frequency: 50 / 60 Hz
Art. no.
0700 857
CHARGER LG 14
For battery-powered blind riveter
• Suitable batteries: G14 14.4 Volt
Art. no.
0700 915 220
CHARGER AL 60-LI
Matching charger for battery LI-12 V.
• Type description: AL 60-LI
• Max. charging current: 3 A
• Cable length: 2 m
Art. no.
0700 812

CHARGER AL-60-AS-LI
1
For charging the cordless application gun AKP 18 and cordless tan-
gential impact screwdriver ASS 18-1/2 inch HT
• Type description: AL60-AS-LI-IONEN
• Cable length: 1.8 m
Art. no.
0700 813
TURBOCHARGER AL 20-CV-LI
Charger suitable for 14.4 V and 18 V Li-ion system batteries (CV)
• Type description: AL 20-CV-LI
• Min./max. output voltage: 14.4-18 V/DC
Art. no.
0700 816 020
CHARGER 12-VOLT AL 30-LI

Matching charger for LI 10.8-volt and 12-volt battery.
• Suitable batteries: LI 10.8 Volt, LI 12 Volt
Art. no.
5700 896

CHARGER AL 60-12/18-AS-LI
1
For charging the cordless application gun AKP 12, AKP 18, cordless
grease gun FP 12-A and cordless tangential impact screwdriver ASS
18-1/2 inch HT
• Type description: AL 60-12/18-AS-LI
• Min./max. output voltage: 12-18 V
• Suitable batteries: 12 Volt, 18 Volt
• Cable length: 180 cm
Art. no.
0700 814
CHARGER ALG 12 V BASIC M-CUBE

Suitable for lithium ion 12-V batteries
• For charging the Li-ion 12 V M-CUBE BASIC battery
• Min./max. output voltage: 12-12 V/DC
• Suitable batteries: 12 Volt
Type description Max. charging current Art. no.

ALG 12/2 BASIC 2A 5705 720 000
ALG 12/3 BASIC 3A 5705 730 000

CHARGER ALG 18 V M-CUBE

1
For charging Li-ion 18V M-CUBE BASIC batteries
• Min./max. output voltage: 18-18 V/DC
• Suitable batteries: M-CUBE 18V
Type description Max. charging current Art. no.

ALG 18/4 BASIC 4A 5705 180 000
ALG 18/6 FAST 6A 5705 860 000
ALG 18/6 FAST 6A 5705 860 020
DUST SUCTION DEVICE

For virtually dust-free drilling in combination with vibration-dampe-
ned cordless hammer drills H 28-MA(S).
Virtually dust-free operation
Protects interior spaces from contamination with drilling dust particles.
No external suction device necessary
Vacuum device already features suction function. Device is supplied with power from
the hammer drill via plug contacts.
Automatic suction function
Suction is initiated automatically by actuating the switch on the hammer drill and ope-
rates for approx. 4 seconds. This ensures that drilling dust that would otherwise fall to
the ground on removing the drill is also vacuumed up.
Prevents holes from being drilled too deep
Adjustable depth stop with range
Optimally-lit working area
LED light on the base also prevents the telescopic arm from creating shadows.
• Suitable for min./max. drill-bit diameter: 1-16 mm
• Suitable for min./max. drill-bit length: 50-160 mm
• Max. drilling depth per cycle: 90 mm
• Weight: 1.74 kg
Art. no.
5700 800 100

CORDLESS DUST EXTRACTION ASA 18 COMPACT M-CUBE

1
Dust extraction suitable for cordless hammer drill ABH 18 COMPACT
Virtually dust-free working
Protects interiors from soiling by fine drilling dust particles.
No external suction necessary
Vacuum is already equipped with a suction function. Device is supplied with power
from the hammer drill via plug contacts.
Automatic suction function
Suction is initiated automatically by actuating the switch on the hammer drill and
operates for approx. 5 seconds after drilling. This ensures that drilling dust that would
otherwise fall to the ground on removing the drill is also vacuumed up.
Prevents holes from being drilled too deep.
Adjustable depth stop with scale.
Optimally lit working area
LED light on the base also prevents shadows from the telescopic arm.
• Suitable for min./max. drill-bit diameter: 4-16 mm
• Suitable for min./max. drill-bit length: 100-160 mm
• Max. drilling depth per cycle: 85 mm
• Weight: 1.6 kg
Art. no.
5701 407 000
POWER PACK LI-28 V WITH CHARGER AND 2 BATTERIES

Two powerful and robust batteries and a charger in each box
Compatible with 28-volt battery pack system products currently
available on the market
• Max. charging current: 3.5 A
Included in delivery Number of batteries/battery Weight of rechargeable battery/ Art. no.

capacity battery
1 x Charger AL 60-LI-2; 2 x Battery Li-ion 2 x 3 Ah 995 g 5703 800 230
28 V
1 x Charger AL 60-LI-2; 2 x Battery Li-ion 2 x 5 Ah 1040 g 5703 800 250
28 V 5 Ah

POWER PACK LI-ION 12 V WITH CHARGER AND 2 BATTERIES

1
Two powerful and robust batteries and a charger.
Compatible with all current 10.8 V and 12 V battery-powered sys-
tem products
Included in delivery Number of batteries/battery Weight of rechargeable battery/ Art. no.

capacity battery
- 2 x 2 Ah 175 g 5703 200 121
1 x Charger 12-volt AL 30-LI; 2 x Battery 2 x 4 Ah 370 g 5703 200 140
for Würth machines Li-ion, 12 volt 4 Ah
POWER PACK LI-CV 18 V WITH CHARGER AND 2 X BATTERIES

Two powerful and robust batteries and a charger in each box.
Compatible with current 18-volt battery-powered system products
Included in delivery Number of bat- Max. charging Cable length Weight of rechar- Art. no.
teries/battery current geable battery/
capacity battery
- 2 x 2 Ah 2A 1.5 m 380 g 5703 500 221
1 x Quick charger AL 2 x 4 Ah 6A 1.6 m 608 g 5703 500 240
30-CV-LI; 2 x Battery
LI-CV 18 V 4 Ah
1 x Quick charger AL 2 x 5 Ah 6A 1.6 m 623 g 5703 500 250
30-CV-LI; 2 x Battery
LI-CV 18 V 5 Ah
CHARGER AL 40-LI
• Suitable batteries: LI 10.8 Volt, LI 12 Volt
Art. no.
5700 139 400

Power tools / Cordless machines / Angle grinder, cordless
BATTERY-POWERED ANGLE GRINDER EWS 28-A

1
Powerful battery-powered angle grinder with lithium-ion technology.
Battery capacity can be selected freely thanks to PICK YOUR POWER.
One-handed operation possible
Even work in hard-to-reach areas.
Overload and restart protection
Minimises the risk of user injury and damage to the machine.
Tool-free and fast disc change
Spindle lock and Fixtec quick-clamping nut
Suitable for Ø 125 mm discs
• Max. cutting disc diameter.: 125 mm

1 x Quick-clamping nut Fixtec; 1 x Handle; - 0 PCS 0700 237 04
1 x Case insert for MASTER machines;
1 x Charger AL 60-LI-2; 2 x Battery Li-ion 3 Ah 2 PCS 0700 237 4
28 V 3 Ah; 1 x Quick-clamping nut Fixtec;
1 x Handle; 1 x Case insert for MASTER

CORDLESS ANGLE GRINDER EWS 28-A

1
With tough ORSY 8.4.2 case made of ABS, with “Fixtec” quick-action
clamping nut, side handle and earmuffs
• Powerful and easy to handle tool
• Earmuffs with quick height adjustment
• With soft start to reduce recoil during start-up (SOFT START)
• Motor protection (epoxy coating to reduce dust build-up and optimise cooling)
• Accidental start safety switch
• Can also be used by left-handed operators thanks to the two handle positions
• Thermal cut-off safety device (the machine switches off when it reaches an excessi-
ve overload)
• Automatic start-up interlock to prevent accidental and uncontrolled start-up of the
tool
• 3-year warranty (excluding batteries)

1 x Charger AL 60-LI-2; 2 x Battery Li-ion 3 Ah 2 PCS 0700 237 6
28 V; 1 x Quick-clamping nut Fixtec;
1 x Case insert for MASTER machines;
1 x Machine case
1 x Quick-clamping nut Fixtec; 1 x Case - 0 PCS 0700 237 02
insert for MASTER machines; 1 x Machine
case

CORDLESS ANGLE GRINDER AWS 18-125 P COMPACT M-CUBE

1
Compact, powerful and brushless cordless angle grinder for modera-
te roughing and cutting work, developed by Würth to meet the requi-
rements of craftsmen
Continuous monitoring of the motor with feedback function
The LED on the gear head warns of overload. If the motor is overloaded for a long
period or jammed, the electronic motor protection function switches the motor off.
Efficient, low-maintenance, brushless EC motor with power reserves. A grille on the
ventilation slots provides additional protection from chips.
Safe working
Dead man‘s switch and brake function ensure the disc stops quickly when the switch is
released.
Rapid adaptation to different applications
Tool-free quick-action clamping nut system and tool-free adjustment of the protective
cover
Highly compact and ergonomic design with additional anti-vibration handle

1 x Quick-clamping nut Fixtec; 1 x System 4 Ah 2 PCS 5701 402 006
case 8.4.3; 2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC
M-CUBE 4 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V
M-CUBE ALG 18/6 FAST; 1 x Case insert
for MASTER machines
1 x Quick-clamping nut Fixtec 0 Ah 0 PCS 5701 402 000
1 x System case 8.4.3; 2 x Battery Li-ion 5 Ah 2 PCS 5701 402 005
18 V BASIC M-CUBE 5 Ah; 1 x Charger
ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/6 FAST;
1 x Quick-clamping nut Fixtec; 1 x Case

CORDLESS ANGLE GRINDER AWS 18-115 P COMPACT M-CUBE

1
Compact, powerful and brushless cordless angle grinder for modera-
te roughing and cutting work, developed by Würth to meet the requi-
rements of tradespeople
Continuous monitoring of the motor with feedback function
The LED on the gear head warns of overload. If the motor is overloaded for a long
period or jammed, the electronic motor protection function switches the motor off
ahead of time.
Efficient, low-maintenance, brushless EC motor with power reserves. A grille on the
ventilation slots provides additional protection from chips.
Safe working
Dead man‘s switch and brake function ensure the disc stops quickly when the switch is
released.
Rapid adaptation to different applications
Tool-free quick-action clamping nut system and tool-free adjustment of the protective
cover
Highly compact and ergonomic design with additional anti-vibration handle

- 4 Ah 2 PCS 5701 420 006
1 x Quick-clamping nut Fixtec 0 Ah 0 PCS 5701 420 000
1 x Quick-clamping nut Fixtec; 1 x System 5 Ah 2 PCS 5701 420 005
case 8.4.3; 2 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC
M-CUBE 5 Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V
M-CUBE ALG 18/6 FAST; 1 x Case insert
for MASTER machines

Power tools / Cordless machines / Additional devices, cordless
CORDLESS BLUETOOTH® SPEAKER BTS 18-40 M-CUBE

1
Compact M-CUBE cordless Bluetooth speaker with FM radio function
®
and rich sound, developed by Würth to meet the requirements of tra-

despeople
• Connection of two speakers in Bluetooth® mode with TWS (True Wireless Stereo)
function for an even better and richer stereo sound
• FM radio function with voice assistant for station navigation
• 5 V/2 A USB type A connection for charging portable devices and reading USB
data carriers with a maximum storage capacity of 64 GB
• AUX-in jack for playing music via the supplied AUX cable
• 5/8 inch threaded connector with ¼ inch reducing sleeve for optional mounting on
a camera/laser stand
• Housing with IPX5 degree of protection and aluminium carrying handle
• Optional power supply via an 18 volt M-CUBE rechargeable battery or the sup-
plied power supply unit
• Mains operating voltage: 230 V/DC
• Battery operating voltage: 18 V/DC
• Min./max. FM radio frequency: 87.5-108 kHz
• Output (2 x speakers): 34 W

1 x Power unit; 1 x Tripod reducing sleeve for BTS 18-40 M-CUBE; 1 x Housing; 1 x Aux-in cable 5701 425 000
BATTERY-POWERED MULTI-CUTTER EMS 12-A

Universal, lightweight and particularly handy 12 V machine with
oscillating drive. Choose the battery power you need with PICK YOUR
POWER.
Multi-functional
For a wide range of applications, e.g. cutting, sawing, grinding
Problem-solver for many applications
Many time-consuming manual tasks can be eliminated, as even inaccessible areas are
easier to reach
Minimal fatigue, even when working for prolonged periods
Compact, 1 kg in weight and ergonomic
No memory effect, low weight, almost no self-discharge of the battery and unbeatab-
le battery capacity
Accurate and fine work
with lower vibrations due to adjustable speed regulation.
Compatible with all 10.8 V and 12 V cordless system products
• Min./max. idle orbital rate: 5000-20000 1/min
• Oscillation stroke: 2.8 Degree

1 x System case 8.4.2; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines 5700 105 01

Power tools / Cordless machines / Cut and sep devices, cordless
CORDLESS CUTTING TOOL TG 12-A

1
Very compact and practical 12 V cutting tool for all cutting work
where speed is a must. Choose the battery power you need with PICK
YOUR POWER.
Very compact and ergonomic design
Lightweight and practical for fast and low-fatigue working on construction sites.
Fast progress
• Powerful EC motor: brushless, powerful, long-lasting, efficient, and
maintenance-free
• High cutting speed
Fast braking time
Cutting disc stops in less than 1 second after the device has been switched off (depen-
ding on the weight of the cutting disc).
Easy disc change
Spindle lock does not have to be constantly pressed when changing discs.
Quick adjustment of protective cover
Tool-free adjustment of the protective cover
With Li-ion battery packs
Long runtime per battery charge. The practical battery charge indicator tells you how
much energy is left at all times.
Can be used for many applications and materials
products
• Thread type x spindle-thread diameter: M5

2 x Cutting disc Speed for stainless steel 76 mm; 1 x Cutting disc, carbide-tipped 76 mm; 1 x System case 4.4.2; 1 x Hexagon key; 5700 120 01
1 x Protective hood; 1 x Plastic protective cover; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines

Power tools / Cordless machines / Cordless machines assort/set
CORDLESS POWER TOOLS BAG SET 18 V M-CUBE 18 V ABS/AWS/ABH 18 COMPACT M-CUBE

1
The COMPACT class practical combo package for everyday use on
construction sites, consisting of the top three 18 V M-CUBE series pro-
ducts. These were developed by Würth to meet the requirements of
craftsmen.
All units have continuous motor monitoring and a long motor service
life:
• The electronic motor protection function switches the motor off ahead of time in the
• Efficient, low-maintenance, brushless EC motor with power reserves, maintains a
more stable speed curve even under load.
ABS 18 COMPACT
Maximum service life and low wear due to 13-mm Röhm metal chuck with soldered
carbide clamping jaws.
ABH 18 COMPACT
Comfortable, low-fatigue working due to the compact and ergonomic design with
anti-vibration handle.
AWS 18 COMPACT
Safe working thanks to the dead man‘s switch and the brake function which stops the
disc quickly when the switch is released.
Included in delivery Number of pieces in assortment/set Art. no.

- 9 PCS 5701 419 025
1 x Machine bag with plastic bottom; 1 x Cordless angle grinder 9 PCS 5701 419 004
AWS 18-125 P COMPACT M-CUBE; 1 x Cordless hammer drill
ABH 18 COMPACT M-CUBE; 1 x Cordless drill driver ABS 18
COMPACT M-CUBE; 3 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE 4
Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE ALG 18/6 FAST
1 x Machine bag with plastic bottom; 1 x Cordless hammer drill 7 PCS 5701 419 029
ABH 18 COMPACT M-CUBE; 1 x Cordless angle grinder AWS
18-115 P COMPACT M-CUBE; 1 x Cordless drill driver ABS 18
COMPACT M-CUBE; 3 x Battery Li-ion 18 V BASIC M-CUBE 5
Ah; 1 x Charger ALG 18 V M-CUBE

CORDLESS SOLDERING AND STAPLER SET

1
Comprehensive set for simple repairs to plastic parts and for general
soldering work on electrical and electronic components.
For plastic repairs of breaks, cracks or holes, and general soldering
work
Easy handling thanks to battery operated iron
Versatile use thanks to modular system with different attachments
Attachments for various applications
• Welding in clamps
• Welding in plastic strips
• Attaching reinforcement mats/nets
• Performing soldering work
• Shrinking tubing
Scope of delivery:
• 1x cordless plastic welding iron with protective cap
• 1x charging cable USB to Micro USB (no 230 V adapter included)
• 1x attachment for clamps
• 1x attachment for welding plastic strips
• 1x attachment for welding reinforcement mats/nets
• 1x soldering iron attachment
• 1x narrow soldering iron attachment
• 1x attachment for heat-shrink tubing
• 50x clamps U-shape 0.6 mm - art. 0480206030
• 50x clamps U-shape 0.8 mm - art. 0480206031
• 6x PE repair strips 3.8 mm - art. 0480206035
• 6x PP repair strips 5.2 mm - art. 0480206036
• 6x PS repair strips 3.7 mm - art. 0480206037
• 6x ABS repair strips 3.8 mm - art. 0480206038
• 6x PP repair strips 3.75 mm - art. 0480206039
• 2x reinforcement mats 100 x 50 mm - art. 0480206045
• Rechargeable battery/battery capacity: 2200 mAh
• Power rating: 30 W
• Nominal voltage: 3.7 V
• Charging voltage: 5 V
• Charging time: 3.5 h
• Working temperature: 480 °C
• Heat-up time: 10 s
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 17 PCS
Art. no.
0988 042 631
BTS 18-40 W. M-CUBE BATTERY AND ALG18/4 BASIC 3PCS

Art. no.
0988 015 875

M-CUBE POWER TOOL SET ABS/ABH/AWS

1
Art. no.
5701 440 004
M-CUBE POWER TOOL SET ABS/ABH/AFS

Art. no.
5701 441 004
M-CUBE POWER TOOL SET ABS/ABH/ASS

Art. no.
5701 442 004
M-CUBE POWER TOOL SET ABS/AWS/ASS

Art. no.
5701 443 004
CORDL SCREWDR ABS 12 COMPACT DRILL BIT SET 53 PCS

Art. no.
0988 300 302
FLAT FOLDING FILTER

for AMTS
• Flat folding filter for dry and wet application
Art. no.
5701 700 003

Power tools / Cordless machines / Cleaning appliances cordless
NON-WOVEN FILTER BAG

1
for AMTS
Art. no.
5701 700 004
CORDLESS MULTI-PURPOSE DRY VACUUM CLEANER AMTS 18 L COMPACT M-CUBE

Compact and portable multi-purpose battery vacuum cleaner with L
certification and manual filter cleaning for mobile use
• Two power levels: Max mode for maximum power or Eco mode for longer runtime
per battery charge
• Suitable for vacuuming up and extracting chips, dust and drill cuttings
• Multi-purpose: Blow function for blowing out and drying
• Dust class L certification guarantees a dust collection efficiency of 99% in accordan-
ce with EN 60335-2-69
• Constant high suction power and long filter life thanks to semi-automatic filter
cleaning
• User-friendly working in conjunction with machines thanks to the adapter supplied
• Conveniently integrated slots for storing joint nozzle, upholstery nozzle and power
tool adapter
• Shoulder strap for added comfort when working on the move
• Robust housing with rubber protectors for non-slip storage without damaging the
material
• Air current: 20 l/s
• Underpressure: 11 kPa
• Container capacity: 4 l
• Dust class: L
• Nominal width: 35 mm
• Product weight (per item): 3.3 kg

1 x Joint nozzle; 1 x Suction hose; 1 x Flat folding filter; 1 x Non-woven filter bag; 1 x Carrying strap; 1 x Connection sleeve; 1 x Hand 5701 400 000
nozzle

Power tools / Pneumatic machines / Pneumatic drills
PNEUMATIC DRILL DBM 10 PLUS

1
Especially lightweight, handy drill with quick-action drill chuck.
Keeps hands warm
Plastic handle
Low-fatigue, pleasant work
Lightweight and compact design, low-vibration
Low noise
Integrated silencer
Robust
High-quality drill chuck
Maximum power transmission and long service life
Precision planetary gearbox
Good speed control
Touch-sensitive trigger
• Max. drill chuck span width: 10 mm
• Working pressure: 6.3 bar
• Air consumption: 85 l/min
• Min. hose inner diameter: 8 mm
• Weight of machine: 1 kg
Art. no.
0703 795 0

PNEUMATIC DRILL DBM 10-RL PLUS

1
Especially lightweight, handy drill with quick-action drill chuck. Right/
left changeover with 10 mm drill chuck.
Keeps hands warm
Plastic handle
Low-fatigue, pleasant work
Lightweight and compact design, low-vibration
Low noise
Integrated silencer
Robust
High-quality drill chuck
Maximum power transmission and long service life
Good speed control
Art. no.
0703 796 0
PNEUMATIC DRILL DBM 13-RL PLUS

Especially lightweight, handy drills with quick-action drill chuck.
Right/left changeover with 13 mm drill chuck.
Effortless and easy to work with
Lightweight and compact with plastic handle, low-vibration
Low noise
Integrated silencer
Robust
High-quality chuck
High level of power transmission and long service life
Good speed control
• Weight of machine: 1.5 kg
Art. no.
0703 797 0

PNEUMATIC DRILL DBM 13-RL

1
Handy drill with quick-action drill chuck. Right/left conversion and 13
mm drill chuck.
Composite housing
The handle does not cool down while working.
Lightweight, compact design, low-vibration.
Low-fatigue, convenient working.
Integrated silencer
Lower noise levels.
Precision planetary gear
For maximum power transmission and long service life.
High-quality chuck
Quick-action drill chuck with high clamping force.
Scope of delivery:
1 x additional handle included
Art. no.
0703 793 0

PNEUMATIC DRILL DBM 10-RL

1
Handy drill with quick-action drill chuck, right/left conversion and 10
mm drill chuck.
Composite housing
Lightweight, compact design. Low-vibration
Integrated silencer
Lower noise levels.
Precision planetary gear
For maximum power transmission and long service life.
High-quality chuck
Quick-action drill chuck with high clamping force.
Scope of delivery:
1 x DBM 10-RL
Art. no.
0703 792 0
VARIO DRILL VD 90
For fast, convenient removal of spot welds
Convenient working even in inaccessible areas
The contact bail, rotatable through 360°, prevents slippage.
Quick and easy to assemble
The contact bail can be mounted quickly without additional tools.
Infinitely variable milling depth
Depth stop
• Min./max. pressure: 6-8 bar
• Weight of machine: 1800 g

Spot weld cutter for pneumatic machines HSCO: 1 x 6 mm, 1 x 8 mm, 1 x 9 mm 0703 090

Power tools / Pneumatic machines / Chipping hammers, pneumatic
PNEUMATIC CHIPPING HAMMER DMH 10

1
Extremely robust, powerful chipping hammer with optimal weight
distribution and vibration damping. Ideal for all bodywork, including
extraction of body panels, rough removal of coatings or removal of
rust from metal parts.
Extremely durable and insulated against cold
Robust and partially rubberised housing
Very handy and user-friendly
Slip-proof, ergonomically shaped handle
Impact power can be controlled continuously and precisely
Adjustable trigger
Practical plastic case and wide range of accessories included
Including retaining spring and alternative quick-action chuck for convenient chisel
changes, and 5 chisels made from special steel for long tool life
2-in-1
In combination with the optional screw-on attachment, it can also be used as a nail
deruster.
• Tool holding device: 10.2 mm hexagon socket
• Air consumption: 76.4 l/min
• Max. impact rate: 2900 rpm

1 x Flat chisel; 1 x Sheet metal separating chisel; 1 x Spot separating chisel; 1 x Point chisel; 1 x Pipe separating chisel; 1 x Retaining 0703 712 1
spring; 1 x Quick-change connection
PNEUMATIC STAPLER/NAIL GUN DKN 3065 COMBI

Powerful combi unit for connecting various fastening elements: Type
WN staples, type W155 staples and T nails.
Conversion between single shot and contact shot
Dual-function switch
Tool-free depth setting
Allows for quick adjustment of the setting depth, thus protecting the work surfaces
No exhaust air in the working area
Adjustable air delivery
Easy troubleshooting
Tool-less access via clamping lever
Low weight for comfortable working
Magnesium housing
• Suitable for min./max. staple length: 32-67 mm
• Suitable for min./max. staple back width: 10.7-11.7 mm
• Magazine capacity: 150 PCS
• Air consumption per impact: 1.609 l
Art. no.
0703 556 0

Power tools / Pneumatic machines / Nailer and staple guns, pneumatic
PNEUMATIC STAPLER DKG 416

1
Very lightweight, powerful device for processing staples with a width
of 12.8 mm and a length of 4–16 mm
Low noise
Integrated silencer protects the user and bystanders
Minimum risk of injury
Trigger with safety lock prevents unintentional triggering of the mechanism.
Long service life
Air filter built into the handle protects against ingress of dirt and dust
Effortless work
Lightweight magnesium housing with rubberised handle for ease of handling.
• Width of staple back: 12.8 mm
Art. no.
0703 548 0
PNEUMATIC STAPLER DKG 1040

Handy, powerful device for processing staples with a width of 5.7
mm and a length of 10–40 mm
Maintenance-free, long-life device for a broad spectrum of
applications
Powerful, oil-free drive
Flexible and versatile
Dual-function switch for changing from single triggering to contact triggering, and rub-
ber nose piece for delicate surfaces
Tool-free depth adjustment
Allows rapid adjustment of the setting depth, which protects work surfaces
Pleasant, ergonomic and comfortable working
Device offers tool-free access for easy troubleshooting, adjustable air delivery, and a
belt hook
• Width of staple back: 5.7 mm

1 x Empty case 0703 555 0

PNEUMATIC COIL NAILER DCN 4590

1
Powerful nailer for use with coil nails in diameters 2.5–3.8 mm, length
45–90 mm
Low noise
Integrated silencer protects the user and bystanders
Minimum risk of injury
Safety lock with contact unit
Allows rapid adjustment of the setting depth, which protects work surfaces
Change from single triggering to contact triggering
Dual-function switch
Protected tool
Plastic protection for safety catch
Optimal nail guidance
Height-adjustable magazine
Adjustable air delivery
• Suitable for min./max. nail length: 45-90 mm
• Suitable for min./max. nail diameter: 2.5 - 3.8 mm
• Min./max. magazine capacity: 200-300 PCS

1 x Nylon carrying bag 0703 558 0
PNEUMATIC NAILER DSK 1555

Especially lightweight and handy nailer for nails with a diameter of
1.2 mm and a length of 15–54 mm
Few maintenance intervals
Powerful, oil-free drive with empty magazine detection, as well as tool-less access for
easy troubleshooting
Protects delicate work surfaces
Tool-free depth adjustment and rubber nose piece
Easy to use
Adjustable air delivery and a belt hook on the unit
Variable applications
Dual-function switch for changing from single to contact triggering
• Suitable for nail diameter: 1.2 mm

1 x Empty case 0703 547 0

PNEUMATIC NAILER DSN 5090 34°

1
Powerful, light pneumatic nailer for processing half-head strip nails
with a 30–34° angle
Protects delicate work surfaces
Variable applications
Dual-function switch for changing from single triggering to contact triggering, and
adjustable reloading magazine for various nail sizes.
Long service life
with empty magazine detection and air filter built into the handle.
Specially designed trigger for safe work
Bites into the material and prevents the unit from slipping.
Easy to use
Lightweight magnesium housing with adjustable air delivery and belt hook
• Suitable for min./max. nail diameter: 2.9 - 3.3 mm
• Min./max. magazine capacity: 88-98 PCS

1 x Nylon carrying bag 0703 543 0
COIL NAIL GUN, DCN 3265

Powerful lightweight drum gun suitable for wood casing tasks
Ergonomic
• Well-balanced, lightweight gun
• Swivel air outlet makes gun easier to work with
Easy to work with
• Easy conversion between single shot and contact shot
• Easy adjustment of the depth of penetration
• Belt bracket so the gun is at hand
• Drum magazine for coil nails, thread welded nails or nails on plastic strapping
Includes 25 ml of oil.
Art. no.
0703 559 0

Power tools / Pneumatic machines / Riveters, pneumatic
PNEUMATIC RIVET NUT UNIT PEG 312

1
The smallest, most lightweight pneumatic rivet nut unit for fast and
easy processing of rivet nuts made of aluminium, steel and stainless
steel in diameter dimensions M3–M12
Replace the thread mandrels quickly and without tools
Quick-release system
Simple stroke adjustment
with clear stroke scale
Easy to use
Modern, lightweight design
No need to switch over
Automatic drill-in and drill-out system for rivet nuts
Suitable for stationary work
Suspension hook
No twisting of air supply hose
Deactivation option for 360° air supply
No unintentional activation
Additional drill-out button at the back of the casing
• Working pressure: 7 bar
• Length: 260 mm
• Width: 85 mm
• Height: 280 mm
Art. no.
0703 937 55

PNEUMATIC BLIND RIVETER PNG 102

1
Handy, compact compressed air unit with adjustable riveting mandrel
suction with a lockable slide switch for processing blind rivets.
Patented gripping jaw system
• Significantly prolongs the service life of the clamping jaws.
• Secure, non-slip pulling grip of rivet pins.
Minimal compressed air consumption
Double use of compressed air for setting the rivets and extracting the rest of the
mandrel.
Prevents overloads
Overload valve
Easy to use
Low-vibration and sound-proof
Keeps hands warm
Rubberised grip
Clean working
Mandrel collecting container with integrated safety device
Rotatable air deflector
• Min./max. working pressure: 5-7 bar
• Length: 278 mm
• Height: 291 mm
• Min./max. rivet diameter: 2.4-5 mm
• Max. mandrel diameter: 3.2 mm

Chuck for cordless blind rivet device: 1 x Suitable for rivet diameter (rivet material: steel): 4 mm, 1 x Suitable for min./max. rivet dia. 0703 937 22
(rivet mat. alu, copper): 4.8-5 mm, Suitable for rivet diameter (rivet material: stainless steel): 4 mm, 1 x Suitable for min./max. rivet dia-
meter (rivet material: steel): 4.8-5 mm, 1 x Suitable for rivet diameter (rivet material: stainless steel): 5 mm

PNEUMATIC BLIND RIVETER PNG 122

1
Handy, compact compressed air unit with adjustable riveting mandrel
suction with a lockable slide switch for processing blind rivets.
Patented gripping jaw system
• Significantly prolongs the service life of the clamping jaws.
• Secure, non-slip pulling grip of rivet pins.
Minimal compressed air consumption
Double use of compressed air for setting the rivets and extracting the rest of the
mandrel.
Prevents overloads
Overload valve
Easy to use
Low-vibration and sound-proof
Keeps hands warm
Rubberised grip
Clean working
Mandrel collecting container with integrated safety device
Rotatable air deflector
• Length: 291 mm
• Height: 317 mm
• Min./max. rivet diameter: 2.4-6.4 mm
• Max. mandrel diameter: 4.5 mm

Chuck for cordless blind rivet device: 1 x Suitable for rivet diameter (rivet material: steel): 6 mm, Suitable for rivet diameter (rivet mate- 0703 937 33
rial: aluminium): 6.4 mm, 1 x Suitable for rivet diameter (rivet material: steel): 6.4 mm, Suitable for rivet diameter (rivet material: stain-
less steel): 6.4 mm, Suitable for rivet diameter (rivet material: aluminium): 8 mm, 1 x Suitable for rivet diameter (rivet material: stainless
steel): 5 mm

Power tools / Pneumatic machines / Saws, pneumatic
PNEUMATIC JIGSAW DST 380

1
Robust bodywork saw for long service life and tough applications.
Protects from unwanted activation
Safety valve lever
Pleasant to work with
Rubberised handle
Suitable for overhead work
Saw blade rotates 180°
Flexible use
Integrated power control to suit respective application
Precise setting of cutting depth
Adjustable guide
• Idle stroke speed: 9500 rpm
• Length: 215 mm
Art. no.
0703 881
PNEUMATIC JIGSAW DST MINI

Highly compact, powerful pneumatic body jigsaw for long operating
times and the toughest applications
Small and compact
Compact design and low weight makes it perfect for hard-to-reach places.
Practical
Very handy and easy to use. The rubber coating prevents the handle from cooling
down while working.
Optimal stroke adjustment to the material being processed
Rotating air inlet with air flow regulator
Accurate adjustment of the cutting depth
Adjustable guide
• Length: 148 mm
Art. no.
0703 885 0

PNEUMATIC JIGSAW WPS 2000

1
Pneumatic bodywork jigsaw with extremely high power output
State-of-the-art production sequence guarantees a high degree of
precision
Designed for tough applications and a long service life.
High level of traction thanks to the longer stroke
Suitable for cutting work on sheet steel bodywork up to 4.0 mm.
Adjustable guide
Allows accurate adjustment of the cutting depth.
Exhaust air conducted away from the work area
Prevents dust and dirt from being stirred up.
Rubberised and ergonomically designed handle
• Length: 220 mm

Bodywork saw blade with SIG adapter: 1 x , 1 x , 1 x , 1 x ; 1 x Insert; 1 x System case 8.4.1 0703 891 1


1
Highly powerful and low-vibration bodywork jigsaw for tough appli-
cations involving passenger vehicles, HGVs, buses, special vehicle
constructions, etc.
precision
Designed for tough applications and a long service life
High level of traction thanks to the longer stroke
Suitable for cutting work on sheet steel bodywork of up to 4.0 mm
Adjustable guide
Allows accurate adjustment of the cutting depth
Exhaust guidance away from the work area
Prevents dust and dirt from being stirred up
Ensures that the handle does not cool down during work
Low vibration and reduced noise levels
Makes the device extremely user-friendly. For long periods of effortless work
• Length: 280 mm

Bodywork saw blade with SIG adapter: 1 x , 1 x , 1 x , 1 x ; 1 x Insert; 1 x System case 8.4.1 0703 892 1


1
Highly powerful and bodywork jigsaw for the toughest applications
involving passenger vehicles, HGVs, buses, special vehicle construc-
tions etc.
precision
Designed for the toughest applications and a long service life
Extremely high level of traction thanks to the longer stroke
Suitable for cutting work on bodywork or bodywork support elements made from
sheet steel or aluminium of up to 10 mm
Adjustable guide
Allows accurate adjustment of the cutting depth
Exhaust guidance away from the work area
Prevents dust and dirt from being stirred up
Ensures that the handle does not cool down during work
• Length: 290 mm
Art. no.
0703 893 1
PNEUMATIC IMPACT SCREWDRIVER DSS 1 INCH P

Extremely rugged, powerful impact screwdriver with fast build-up of
torque. Ideal for tough applications, such as service work on trucks
and buses, construction and agricultural machinery, and for industrial
service and repair work.
Perfect weight distribution
Well-balanced unit in robust aluminium housing
Rubberised and ergonomically designed handle, additional handle rotates 360°,
user-friendly right/left changeover and adjustable trigger.
Long service life and virtually vibration-free
High-quality, high-power pin impact mechanism in oil bath with 6-disc motor.
• Tool holding device: 1-inch external square
• Max. working torque: 1694 Nm
• Max. releasing torque: 2440 Nm
• Sound-pressure level: 93 dB
• Vibration: 5.69 m/s2
Art. no.
0703 775 0

Power tools / Pneumatic machines / Impact driver/wrench, pneumatic
PNEUMATIC IMPACT SCREWDRIVER DSS 3/4 INCH H

1
Reliable, powerful impact screwdriver with fast build-up of torque
Well-balanced unit in robust aluminium housing
Very easy to use and intuitive
Rubberised and ergonomically designed handle, user-friendly right/left changeover
and controllable trigger.
High-quality, pin impact mechanism in oil bath with 6-disc motor.
Art. no.
0703 773 0
PNEUMATIC IMPACT SCREWDRIVER DSS 3/8“ PREMIUM MINI

Powerful and fast compact impact screwdriver. The low weight and
the size make the impact screwdriver extremely handy and permit
use even in tight places. Ideal for working on vehicle bodies, gears,
brake and exhaust systems and engines.
Robust and long life
High-strength fibre glass reinforced plastic and steel hammer housing
Very user-friendly
Can be used single-handed, ergonomically shaped handle, user-friendly right/left
changeover and optimally adjustable switch.
Long service life and high performance.
High-quality double impact mechanism, unique 7-disc motor and integrated silencer
with no compromise on performance
• Sound-pressure level: 93.2 dB
Art. no.
0703 311 0

PNEUMATIC IMPACT SCREWDRIVER DSS 1/2“ PREMIUM MINI

1
Powerful and fast compact impact screwdriver. The low weight and
the size make the impact screwdriver extremely handy and permit
use even in tight places.
Robust
High-strength fibre glass reinforced plastic and steel hammer housing
Very user-friendly
Can be used single-handed, ergonomically shaped handle, user-friendly right/left
changeover and optimally adjustable switch.
Long service life and high performance.
High-quality double impact mechanism, unique 7-disc motor and integrated silencer
with no compromise on performance
Art. no.
0703 312 0
PNEUMATIC IMPACT SCREWDRIVER DSS 1 INCH L

Highly robust, powerful impact screwdriver with long square drive.
Very durable
Robust aluminium housing
Ergonomically designed handle, additional handle rotates 360°, user-friendly right/
left changeover and adjustable trigger.
Low air consumption, despite maximum performance values and
long service life
High-quality double hammer impact mechanism
Art. no.
0703 780 0

PNEUMATIC IMPACT SCREWDRIVER DSS 1/2 INCH H

1
Reliable, powerful impact screwdriver with fast build-up of torque
Rugged, well-balanced unit in aluminium housing
Rubberised and ergonomically designed handle, user-friendly right/left changeover
and adjustable trigger
High-quality pin impact mechanism in oil bath with 6-disc motor.
Art. no.
0703 736 0
PNEUMATIC IMPACT SCREWDRIVER DSS 1/2 INCH PREMIUM POWER

High-quality impact screwdriver in robust, fibreglass-reinforced pla-
stic housing, with above-average performance and enhanced equip-
ment features
• Excellent power-to-weight ratio
• Up to max. 1321 Nm Releasing torque at a weight of 1.98 kg
• Reliable maximum performance values and a long service life
• High-quality double impact mechanism and balanced cylinder with 6-disc motor
• 4-step power setting with convenient one-hand reversing ensures optimum, user-fri-
endly adjustment for the relevant application
• Good handling with slip-resistant handle, optimum control and low sound level
• Highly ergonomic soft grip with sensitive trigger and integrated silencer
Art. no.
5714 301 0

PNEUMATIC IMPACT SCREWDRIVER 1“ PREMIUM POWER

1
Excellent power-to-weight ratio: Up to 2712 Nm torque at a weight of
only 8.1 kg
Exhaust air conducted away from the work area
Prevents dust and dirt on the wheel rim from being stirred up
Reliable, maximum performance values and a long service life
High-quality double impact mechanism and cylinder with balanced 6-disc motor
Good handling with slip-resistant handle, optimum control and low
sound level
Highly-ergonomic soft grip with sensitive trigger and integrated silencer
Optimum and user-friendly adjustment to any application, at any
time
3-stage power setting for both clockwise and anti-clockwise rotation
Art. no.
5714 376 0
PNEUMATIC ANGLED IMPACT WRENCH DWSS 1/2 INCH

Powerful pneumatic angled impact wrench with low head height for
working in constricted spaces.
Ideal for use where access is restricted
Very low head height of just 50 mm
Reliable, strong performance values and a long service life
High-quality double hammer impact mechanism and cylinder with unique 7-disc motor
time
2-stage power setting with convenient right/left rotation control
Good handling and optimum control
Ergonomically formed soft grip handle with sensitive trigger
Art. no.
5714 300 0

PNEUMATIC IMPACT WRENCH DSS 3/4“ SUPERIOR

1
Twin-hammer, pneumatic impact wrench with maximum torque of
1,700 Nm. For screws and bolts up to M27
• Ideal for removing tyres from heavy vehicles
• Light and compact
• Operating torque can be easily set
• Ergonomic design and balanced weight
• Reduced vibrations
• Rapid setting of rotation direction
• Excellent power/weight ratio
Art. no.
0703 318 0
PNEUMATIC IMPACT SCREWDRIVER DSS 1/2 INCH PREMIUM COMPACT

stic housing, with above-average performance values and convenient
equipment features
• Up to 1100 Nm max. breakaway torque with a weight of just 1.1 kg
• High-quality hammer impact mechanism and cylinder with unique 7-disc motor
• 4-step power setting with convenient one-hand reversing always ensures optimum,
user-friendly adjustment for the relevant application
• Excellent handling and optimal control
• Particularly ergonomic handle with soft grip components and precise trigger
Art. no.
5714 308 0

PNEUMATIC IMPACT SCREWDRIVER DSS 3/4 INCH PREMIUM P

1
stic housing, with above-average performance and enhanced equip-
ment features. Recommended maximum bolt size: M32
Excellent power-to-weight ratio
Up to 1,680 Nm max. breakaway torque at a weight of 3.18 kg
Reliable maximum power levels and a long service life
High-quality double impact mechanism and cylinder with balanced 6-vane motor
time
4-stage clockwise power setting with convenient one-hand reversing
Good handling and optimum control
Extremely ergonomic soft grip with sensitive trigger
Art. no.
5714 351 0
PNEUMATIC IMPACT SCREWDRIVER DSS 1/2 INCH SUPERIOR-SL

High-performance, lightweight and compact impact screwdriver with
composite housing. Recommended maximum screw size: M16
Outstanding power-to-weight ratio
Up to 1,550 Nm max. breakaway torque at a weight of just 1.57 kg.
High-quality and powerful jumbo hammer impact and 8-disc motor
10% more power within the first 3 seconds for reliable, maximum performance values
and a long service life.
Lightweight, compact and ergonomic design
Low-fatigue, low-vibration work.
4-step power setting with convenient one-hand reversing
Always efficient, user-friendly adjustment for the relevant application.
Optimally adjustable trigger
For infinitely adjustable speed and power output control.
Art. no.
5714 307 0

PNEUMATIC ANGLED IMPACT SCREWDRIVER DWSS 1/2 INCH COMPACT

1
Versatile impact screwdriver in a robust aluminium housing with abo-
ve-average performance and convenient features
• Up to max. 850 Nm breakaway torque at a weight of just 1.4 kg
• High-quality hammer mechanism
• 3-step power setting in anti-clockwise and clockwise rotation with convenient one-
hand reversing always ensures optimum, user-friendly adjustment for the relevant
application
• Excellent handling and optimal control
• Particularly ergonomic handle with soft grip components and precise trigger
• Handle adjustable without tools, lockable in 45° increments
• Freely selectable flow direction of the exhaust air – exhaust air containing oil can
always be transported away from the user and workpiece
• Vibration: 8 m/s2
Art. no.
5714 309 0
PNEUMATIC IMPACT WRENCH DSS 1/2 INCH BASIC

Reliable high-quality impact wrench in robust, fibreglass-reinforced
plastic housing, with above-average performance and enhanced
equipment features
• Up to 1,350 Nm max. breakaway torque at a weight of 2.0 kg
• Reliable maximum performance values
• High-quality double impact mechanism and cylinder with balanced 7-vane motor
• 4-step power setting with convenient one-hand reversing ensures optimum, user-fri-
endly adjustment for the relevant application
• Good handling with non-slip handle for optimum control
• Highly ergonomic soft handle with sensitive trigger and integrated silencer
Art. no.
5714 310 0

PNEUMATIC IMPACT RATCHET SCREWDRIVER DSR 1/2 INCH

1
Powerful pneumatic impact ratchet screwdriver with exceptionally
high torque.
User-friendly
Right/left rotation changeover at front on ratchet head and power build-up without
reverse torque
• Rotation speed: 400 rpm
• Length: 275 mm
Art. no.
0703 110
PNEUMATIC BRUSH SANDER DBS 3500

Very lightweight and handy drive machine to save you time when
removing underbody seal, sealing compounds, paint, rust and films
No smearing or clogging of tool
Optimal speed keeps the heat down
Long-life brushes
Hardened wire tips
Quick to work with
Belts suited for all kinds of materials
Range of application options
Different brush types
• Max. rotation speed: 3500 rpm
Included in delivery Working pressure Air consumption Min. hose inner diameter Art. no.
1 x Adapter brush belt 6.2 bar 0.5 m³/h 9.5 mm 0703 350 0
7 x Brush belt, coarse; 6.3 bar 110 l/min 9 mm 0703 350
1 x Adapter brush belt;
3 x Brush belt, fine
Adapter brush belt: 1 x 23 mm, 6.3 bar 110 l/min 9 mm 0703 351 0
1 x 11 mm

Power tools / Pneumatic machines / Sand and pol machines, pneu.
PNEUMATIC RANDOM OSCILLATING ORBITAL SANDER DTS 136C

1
2.5 mm random orbital disc (for surface treatment)
Robust and durable
Powerful motor and bearing with dust protection
Minimal vibrations for optimum sanding results and non-fatiguing
operation
Drive features 3 balance points
Optimum adjustment to the sanding insert and paper change
without disconnecting the pneumatic air
Variable speed control
For external dust extraction
Minimal dust build-up thanks to optimum extraction function with vacuum cleaners or
stationary extraction systems
Ergonomic design and perfect handling
Extremely compact housing design
• Diameter of sanding plate: 150 mm
• Sanding stroke: 2.5 mm
• Power output: 186 W
• Connection thread: 5/16 inch - 24 UNF
Art. no.
0703 752 2

PNEUMATIC RANDOM OSCILLATING ORBITAL SANDER DTS 152C

1
5-mm random orbital disc (for roughening)
Robust and durable
Powerful motor and bearing with dust protection
Minimal vibrations for optimum sanding results and non-fatiguing
operation
Drive features 3 balance points
Optimum adjustment to the sanding insert and paper change
without disconnecting the pneumatic air
Variable speed control
For external dust extraction
Minimal dust build-up thanks to optimum extraction function with vacuum cleaners or
stationary extraction systems
Ergonomic design and perfect handling
Extremely compact housing design
• Sanding stroke: 5 mm
• Connection thread: 1/4 inch
Art. no.
0703 752 1
PNEUMATIC HAND-HELD SANDER DSW 15

Powerful, small pneumatic hand-held sander for repairing minor
paintwork damage
Comfortable and non-slip
Ergonomic and rubberised handle
Effortless work and ideally suited for confined spaces
Lightweight and compact design
Adjusts to the task at hand
With speed control
Soundproofed air outlet at the end of the handle
Optimised user comfort
Large, convenient adjustment valve
• Tool holding device: M6 x 1.25 mm

1 x Open-ended wrench 0703 232 0

PNEUMATIC MINI POLISHER DMP 25

1
Small compressed air polisher for repairing minor paintwork damage
Comfortable and non-slip
Effortless work and ideally suited for confined spaces
Adjusts to the task at hand
With speed control
Optimised user comfort
Large, convenient adjustment valve

1 x Hook and loop fastener Support Plate M6; 1 x Open-ended wrench 0703 233 0
PNEUMATIC ROD GRINDER DSG 22 POWER

Long-life, die grinder, straight design, with tool-free speed control and
rubberised handle to protect against vibrations and cold hands
Keeps hands warm
Rubberised handle
Effortless work and low vibration
Lightweight, compact deign
Connection hose does not tangle
Rotating compressed air connection

Open-ended wrench: 1 x 11 x 17 mm, 1 x 14 x 19 mm 0703 234 0

PNEUMATIC ROD GRINDER DSG 25

1
Long-life, handy rod grinder, straight design, with tool-free speed
control and rubberised handle to protect against vibrations and cold
hands.
Keeps hands warm
Rubberised handle

PNEUMATIC ROD GRINDER DSW 22

Long-life, handy rod grinder, angled design, with tool-free speed
control and rubberised handle to protect against vibrations and cold
hands.
Keeps hands warm
Rubberised handle


PNEUMATIC DISC-TYPE SANDER DMS50

1
Extremely compact and lightweight pneumatic disc-type sander. Ideal
for grinding tasks in hard-to-reach places.
Comfortable, vibration-damping and non-slip.
Low-fatigue working; ideally suited for use in confined spaces.
With speed control
Optimum adjustment to application.
No exhaust air in the working area.
Large-dimensioned and comfortable button
Optimised user comfort.
• Tool holding device: 1/4 inch - 20 UNC

1 x Spare parts - machines, others 0703 222 0
PNEUMATIC ROD GRINDER DSW 6–20

Durable, handy rod grinder with speed control. Rod grinder
developed specifically for the toughest applications (e.g. deburring
work) with high power reserves.
Rubberised handle
Prevents vibrations and cold hands.
Lightweight, compact design
Switch with safety lock
Prevents accidental start-ups of the device.


PNEUMATIC ROD GRINDER DSG 6–27

1
Rubberised handle

PNEUMATIC ROD GRINDER DSG 6-25

Rubberised handle

Spare parts - machines, others: 1 x , 1 x 0703 242 0

BRUSH BELT, FINE

1
Ideal for derusting and cleaning work as well as for the removal of
seals from grey cast iron.
Width Art. no.

23 mm 0703 350 3
11 mm 0703 350 31
BRUSH BELT, STAINLESS STEEL

Ideal for removing paint and corrosion from aluminium vehicle
bodywork and assemblies, especially for rivets on truck bodies.
Width Art. no.

23 mm 0703 350 4
11 mm 0703 350 41

BRUSH BELT, MEDIUM

1
High-performance rust removal brush with deep-pore cleaning action
• Width: 11 mm
Art. no.
0703 350 81
ADAPTER BRUSH BELT

For accepting brush belts
Width Art. no.

11 mm 0703 350 21
23 mm 0703 350 2

BRUSH BELT, COARSE

1
Especially suitable for areas around weld seams, contours and edges.
With sand blasting effect, ensures good adhesion for tin coating and
trowel application.
For fast removal of underseal, sealing compounds, paint, rust and
films.
Width Art. no.

11 mm 0703 350 51
23 mm 0703 350 1
PNEUMATIC WET SANDER WAS 80

Pneumatic system for polishing and wet sanding.
Ergonomic and easy to use
• Lightweight with small dimensions, for low-fatigue working over long periods.
Dual air/water controller
• Water volume and rotation speed can be set independently of one another. For
optimum adjustment to the application.
5-blade motor
• For higher torque at a lower rotation speed.
Watertight mechanism
• For a long service life.
Optional extra handle
• The user can choose between the bow handle or the side handle. Individual adjust-
ment for better handling.
• Length: 230 mm
• Spindle-thread diameter: 6 mm
• Thread type: Metric thread
• Type description: WAS80
• Washer diameter: 80 mm
• Width: 70 mm

Spare parts - machines, others: 1 x , 1 x , 1 x , 1 x , 1 x , 1 x , 1 x 0703 261 0

PNEUMATIC GRINDING FILE DSF 10

1
Handy and compact compressed air grinding file for 10/11/12 x 330-
mm grinding belts. For grinding, deburring and satin finishing in hard-
to-reach places.
Light, compact design
Effortless work; ideal for use in confined spaces.
Quick and simple grinding belt replacement
The spring integrated into the grinding arm ensures optimal tensioning of the grinding
belt.
Adjustable grinding arm
The grinding arm can be rotated through 360°, ensuring great ease of operation.
Art. no.
0703 272 0
PNEUMATIC GRINDING FILE DSF 20

Handy and high-performance pneumatic grinding file for 20 x 520
mm sanding belts. For grinding, deburring and satin finishing in hard-
to-reach areas.
High-performance and compact design
Low-fatigue working; ideally suited for use in confined spaces.
Quicker and easier sanding belt changes
The spring integrated into the grinding arm ensures optimum clamping of the grinding
belt.
Adjustable grinding arm
The grinding arm can be rotated by 160°, ensuring a high level of user comfort.
Rubberised handle
Comfortable and non-slip handle does not cool down during work.

N/A x Spare parts - machines, others 0703 282 0

Power tools / Pneumatic machines / Cutting machines, pneumatic
PNEUMATIC MULTI-CUTTER DMS 2

1
Powerful unit for removing bonded windscreens, for cutting work on
vehicle bodies and sanding work in corners and around edges.
For use with standard blades and accessories
Universal hex Mount
Mechanical cutting without harmful smoke development
Oscillating motion
No accidental switch-on and continuously adjustable blade oscillati-
on rate
Exhaust air system with exhaust air hose
Deflects the exhaust air away from the user and work area
For prolonged machine life
High-quality ball bearings
• Tool holding device: Hexagon

1 x Exhaust-air system; 1 x Open-ended wrench; 1 x Double-headed wrench; 1 x Oiler/Mist lubricator 0703 862 1
PNEUMATIC AXIAL SCREWDRIVER DAS 1/4-INCH

With adjustable friction clutch for precise torque control.
Easy control of rotation speed
Easy screwing in of screws with touch-sensitive trigger
Fast and tool-free bit replacement
1/4 inch quick-action chuck for bit
Inserts and extracts
Right/left rotation changeover
Exhaust air conducted to the rear with exhaust air system connection
• Min./max. torque: 2.2-10 Nm

1 x Double open-end wrenches; 1 x Allen key 0703 413

Power tools / Pneumatic machines / Screwdriver, pneumatic
PNEUMATIC GUN SCREWDRIVER DPS 1/4“

1
With claw clutch for full torque
• Min./max. torque: 10-10 Nm
• Length: 184 mm
Art. no.
0703 412
PNEUMATIC GUN SCREWDRIVER DPS 1/4 INCH

With adjustable friction clutch for precise torque control.
• Min./max. torque: 2.2-10 Nm
• Length: 216 mm

1 x Double open-end wrenches; 1 x Allen key 0703 439

PNEUMATIC RATCHET SCREWDRIVER DRS 1/4“

1
Durable ratchet screwdriver with speed regulation and plastic handle
to protect against vibrations and cold hands.
High power transmission and durability
Ideal for use in inaccessible areas
Short design
Exhaust air conducted backwards, away from work area
Adapts to the task at hand
Speed adjustable via an integrated control
No unintentional adjustment
Recessed right/left switch
Prevents the ingress of dirt
Rubberised ratchet head
• Length: 170 mm
Art. no.
0703 814 0

PNEUMATIC RATCHET SCREWDRIVER DRS 3/8“

1
Durable ratchet screwdriver with speed regulation and plastic handle
to protect against vibrations and cold hands.
Ideal for use in inaccessible areas
Short design
• Length: 170 mm
Art. no.
0703 838 0

PNEUMATIC RATCHET SCREWDRIVER DRS 1/2 INCH

1
Durable ratchet screwdriver with speed control and plastic handle to
protect against vibrations and cold hands
• Length: 270 mm
Art. no.
0703 812 0

PNEUMATIC RATCHET SCREWDRIVER DRS 3/8 INCH MINI

1
Very small and durable ratchet screwdriver with robust plastic handle
to prevent vibration and cold hands.
Higher power transmission and service life.
Compact
The particularly slim design and low weight permit work in inaccessible places.
Exhaust guidance to the rear, away from the work area
No exhaust in the work area.
Recessed right/left conversion
Prevents accidental activation.
No ingress of dirt.
Wobble function
The specially designed drive square allows wobbling of the impact socket wrench
insert and allows work to be carried out in extremely hard-to-reach areas. This func-
tion can be deactivated if the impact socket wrench insert is pressed entirely on the
drive square.
Scope of delivery:
1 x DRS 3/8 mini
• Length: 125 mm
Art. no.
0703 821 0

PNEUMATIC RATCHET SCREWDRIVER DRS 1/4 INCH MINI

1
Very small and durable ratchet screwdriver with robust plastic handle
to prevent vibration and cold hands.
Higher power transmission and service life.
Compact
The particularly slim design and low weight permit work in inaccessible places.
Exhaust guidance to the rear, away from the work area
No exhaust in the work area.
Recessed right/left conversion
Prevents accidental activation.
No ingress of dirt.
Scope of delivery:
1 x DRS 1/4 mini
• Length: 125 mm
Art. no.
0703 820 0
PNEUMATIC ANGLE GRINDER DWS 115 PLUS

Powerful, handy machine for sanding, cutting and roughing work.
Keeps hands warm
Plastic housing
Compact design, low-vibration
Quick and easy to replace the disc
Spindle stop
Exhaust air conducted to the rear
Tool-less adjustment
Wrench-free adjustment of protective hood
Art. no.
0703 855 0

Power tools / Pneumatic machines / Angle grinder, pneumatic
PNEUMATIC ANGLE GRINDER DWS 125 PLUS

1
Powerful, handy machine for sanding, cutting and roughing work
Keeps hands warm
Plastic housing
Compact design, low-vibration
Quick and easy to replace the disc
Spindle stop
Exhaust air conducted to the rear
Tool-less adjustment
Wrench-free adjustment of protective hood
Art. no.
0703 856 0
PNEUMATIC ANGLE GRINDER DWS 125

Powerful, handy machine for sanding, cutting and roughing work.
Rubberised handle
Compact, low-vibration design
Spindle stop
Rapid disc changes.
No exhaust air in the working area.

1 x Spare parts - machines, others; Spare parts, hand tools, others: 1 x , 1 x , 1 x , 1 x 0703 851 0

Power tools / Pneumatic machines / Angle grinder, pneumatic
COMPRESSED AIR DEPTH GRINDER DTS 100

1
The long arm and low overall height make it ideal for cutting sheet
metal and steel in hard-to-reach places.
Ideal for use in tight spaces
Low overall height of the grinding head (just 50 mm)
Comfortable working over extended periods
Thermally insulated handle
Simple, quick disc change
Spindle lock
Tool-free adjustment
Lockable protective hood can be adjusted without tools in eleven different positions
and therefore adjusted to suit the specific application.
• Length: 377 mm
Art. no.
5714 200 0
BLOW GUN
Continuously adjustable
• Insulated, ergonomic handle
• Lightweight, rugged design
• Min./max. temperature conditions: -20 to 60 °C
• Nozzle hole diameter: 2.9 mm
Design Pipe length Air consumption Art. no.

Tube angled 90 mm 500 l/min 0714 921 1
Tube angled, reduced noise 90 mm 190 l/min 0714 921 2
Tube straight 490 mm 500 l/min 0714 921 4
Tube straight 320 mm 500 l/min 0714 921 3

Power tools / Pneumatic machines / Blow-out guns, pneumatic
BLOW-OUT GUN, ASSORTMENT, 4 PIECES

1
Comprehensive set for almost every application
Protective shield and effect enhancer with bypass function
In the event that the distance between the gun and the object is too short, the air esca-
pes to the side and the pressure on the object is reduced to a maximum of 1.6 bar.
This greatly reduces the risk of injury.
Rubber nozzle
Protects sensitive surfaces against scratches

1 x Blow gun; 1 x Plastic guard with bypass; 1 x Rubber nozzle; 1 x More effective with bypass 0714 921 100

Power tools / Electric power tools / Hm drill and chip hmmrs, elec
DRILL AND CHISEL HAMMER BMH 32-XE

1
Durable hammer drill and chisel hammer in the top SDS-plus perfor-
mance class for drilling diameters up to 32 mm in concrete
Rapid drilling progress and extremely smooth running
The anti-vibration system protects the user‘s joints. Shorter drilling times with high
impact power.
Eliminates the need for an additional chipping hammer in many
cases
Chisel function with 4.2-joule impact power
Effortless work
The 24 lockable chisel settings allow adjustment to any working angle.
• Nominal voltage: 230 V/AC
• Power input: 900 W
• Min./max. drilling diameter in concrete: 6-32 mm

Hammer drill bit Plus Duo-S Vario: 1 x , 1 x , 1 x ; 1 x SDS drill chuck; 1 x Handle; 1 x Maintenance spray; 1 x Case insert for MASTER 0702 543 2

HAMMER DRILL/CHIPPING HAMMER BMH 45-XE

1
Powerful and anti-vibration 8-kg hammer drill/chipping hammer with
SDS-max drive arbour.
Comfortable working
No need to hold switch continually during prolonged chiselling work.
Adjustable drilling and impact power
The power can be reduced or increased by simply turning the electronic adjusting
wheel.
Indication of malfunctions
The service LED indicates malfunctions and an imminent carbon brush replacement.
impact power.
Low-fatigue work
• Tool holding device: Suitable for SDS-max

1 x Handle; 1 x Maintenance spray 100 ml; 1 x Machine case 0702 557 1

HAMMER DRILL AND CHIPPING HAMMER BMH 40 BASIC

1
Hammer drill and chipping hammer with SDS-max drive arbor, die-
cast magnesium transmission housing and anti-vibration mechanism
for comfortable working
• The switch lock ensures comfortable working in continuous operation
• The integrated soft-close system protects the health of the user by reducing
vibrations
• The robust and lightweight magnesium die-cast transmission housing is used for opti-
mum heat dissipation in tough construction site use
• Thanks to the integrated constant-velocity electronics, almost constant speeds under
load are achieved
• The speed and stroke rate can be pre-selected using the dial below the handle
• Two service LEDs visually indicate upcoming carbon brush changes as well as avai-
lable mains voltage
• Thanks to the electronic soft start, smooth starting is possible
• The restart protection prevents unintentional start-up in the event of a power
interruption
• Min./max. idle speed: 350-540 1/min

1 x Maintenance spray 0702 551 1

HAMMER DRILL H 28-MLS POWER

1
Extremely powerful hammer drill with active vibration damping and
quick-release chuck. Ideal for series drilling
Versatile applications
The quick-release chuck means that the machine can be converted from SDS to a stan-
dard drill chuck in just a few steps.
Extremely rapid drilling progress
High impact energy
Effortless work
The low level of vibration means that the machine can be used for long periods
without signs of fatigue.
Universal
The chiselling function means that the machine can also be used for corrective work.
Reduces risk of cable breakage
Moving ball grommet on mains cable
• Frequency: 50 Hz
• Min./max. recommended drilling range for optimum performance (in
concrete): 6-18 mm
• Max. drilling diameter of hollow drill bit in masonry: 68 mm
• Protection class: Protection class II/protective insulation
Included in delivery Min./max. idle speed Art. no.

Hammer drill bit Plus Quadro-L Vario: 1 x Diameter:10 mm, - 5708 204 27
Length:165 mm, 1 x Diameter:6 mm, Length:165 mm, 1 x Dia-
meter:8 mm, Length:165 mm; 1 x Quick-action drill chuck;
1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x SDS drill chuck;
1 x Maintenance spray; 1 x System case 8.4.2; 1 x Handle
Hammer drill bit Plus Quadro-L Vario: 1 x Diameter:10 mm, 0-1300 rpm 5708 204 2
Length:165 mm, 1 x Diameter:6 mm, Length:165 mm, 1 x Dia-
meter:8 mm, Length:165 mm; 1 x Quick-action drill chuck;
1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x SDS drill chuck;
1 x Maintenance spray; 1 x System case 8.4.2; 1 x Handle

HAMMER DRILL H 22-SLE

1
Lightweight and handy hammer drill including three hammer drill bits
with diameters of 6, 8, 10 mm
Effortless work
Ergonomic shape and lightweight for continuous use without rapid signs of fatigue.
concrete): 6-14 mm

Hammer drill bit Plus Quadro-L Vario: 1 x Diameter:6 mm, Length:165 mm, 1 x Diameter:8 mm, Length:165 mm, 1 x Diameter:10 mm, 5708 200 1
Length:165 mm; 1 x Maintenance spray 100 ml; 1 x Empty case ORSY® 200; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x Handle

HAMMER DRILL H 26-MLS

1
Light and powerful hammer drill, equipped with exchangeable drill
chuck and chisel function
Fast drilling progress and high removal performance when chiselling
High impact energy
Universal application
Drilling, hammer drilling and chiselling with adjustable chisel position (3-mode
function)
Comfortable
Lockable switch increases comfort for longer drilling/chiselling work.
Balanced power ratio in clockwise and anti-clockwise rotation
Rotating brush plate
Flexible applications
Thanks to the exchangeable drill chuck, the machine can be converted from SDS to a
standard drill chuck in just a few steps.
Reduces risk of cable breakage
Ball grommet
concrete): 6-16 mm
• Min./max. drilling diameter in steel: 4-13 mm

Hammer drill bit Plus Quadro-L Vario: 1 x 6 mm, Length: 165 mm, 1 x Diameter:8 mm, Length:165 mm, 1 x Diameter:10 mm, 5708 205 1
Length:165 mm; 1 x Quick-action drill chuck; 1 x Maintenance spray; 1 x Handle; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x System
case 8.4.2

CHIPPING HAMMER MH 16-XE

1
For the toughest applications, e.g. breakthrough and demolition
work. In a practical rolling case for easy transport
Reduction of harmful vibrations
The active vibration damping allows for long use and low-fatigue work.
Extremely fast work progress
Power for 13 ton removal capacity daily
Long service life
with optimum force distribution due to large hammer mechanism
Robust
The robust housing is designed for maximum loads and long service life.
• Tool holding device: Hexagon socket 30 mm
Included in delivery Min./max. impact rate Impact energy Art. no.

- - - 0702 575 2
1 x Handle; 1 x Maintenance spray; 0-1300 rpm 41 J 0702 575 1
1 x Machine case

CHIPPING HAMMER MH 10-SE

1
The most impact-resistant 10 kg chisel hammer (16.8 joules) with a
long service life for heavy-duty demolition and breakthrough work.
Supplied in a rugged carrying case with an additional handle, main-
tenance spray and flat chisel. With SDS-max drive arbour.
Long service life
Specially hardened tool mount, optimized dust seal and high-performance motor with
high power reserve.
High removal power
Approx. 490 kg of concrete in 60 min.
Protects joints
Vibration-dampened ergonomic handle
Infinitely adjustable impact rate
Control electronics enable continuous adjustment of the impact rate, even under load.
Consistent impact rate and impact force
Constant electronics
Information on carbon change
The light indicates that carbon should be changed approx. 8 working hours in
advance.
Motor damage as a result of eroded carbon is prevented.
Carbon brushes cut out automatically
Effortless work
Maximum electrical safety
Full insulation
Easy tool insertion
Thanks to the automatic mount, the tool only needs to be inserted and rotated to lock.
Easy to use
Large on-off push switch
Included in delivery Min./max. impact rate Impact energy Art. no.

- - - 0702 571 2
1 x Flat chisel with SDS-max drive arbor 900-1890 rpm 16.8 J 0702 571 1
25 mm, Length: 400 mm; 1 x Handle;
1 x Maintenance spray; 1 x Empty case for
MH 10-SE chipping hammer


1
Lightweight chisel hammer, designed especially for renovation work
in bathrooms and on façades. With SDS-plus drive arbour.
Perfectly balanced
Machine fits very well in your hand and allows low-fatigue working.
Extremely fast work progress
Chisel function with 2.6-joule impact power
Weighs only 3.6 kg
Work for longer - less effort required.
Motor damage as a result of eroded carbon is prevented
Automatic cut-off carbon brushes
Flexible chisel adjustment
Flat chisels can be rotated in 30° increments
Fast tool change
Specially hardened SDS-plus mount
Long service life
Oil lubrication guarantees optimum lubrication at all times
Continuously adjustable impact rate
Accelerator switch
Continuous operation possible
Lock button
Rapid carbon changes
Service cover

1 x Point chisel with SDS-plus drive arbor; 1 x Handle; 1 x Maintenance spray 0.15 l; 1 x System case 8.4.2 0702 238 2


1
Powerful and anti-vibration 11-kg chipping hammer with SDS-max
drive arbor.
Adjustable impact power
Impact power can be reduced or increased by simply turning the electronic adjusting
wheel.
Low-fatigue work
impact power.
Indication of malfunctions
The service LED indicates malfunctions and an imminent carbon brush replacement.
• Impact energy: 23 J

1 x Flat chisel with SDS-max drive arbor; 1 x Handle; 1 x Maintenance spray; 1 x Empty case for chipping hammer MH 11-XE 0702 572 1

CHIPPING HAMMER MH 5 BASIC

1
Chipping hammer with SDS-max drive arbor, magnesium die-cast
transmission housing and anti-vibration mechanism for comfortable
working
• The switch lock ensures comfortable working in continuous operation
• The integrated soft-close system protects the health of the user by reducing
vibrations
• The robust and lightweight magnesium die-cast transmission housing is used for opti-
mum heat dissipation in tough construction site use
• Thanks to the integrated constant-velocity electronics, almost constant stroke rates
under load are achieved
• The stroke rate can be pre-selected using the dial below the handle
• Two service LEDs visually indicate upcoming carbon brush changes as well as avai-
lable mains voltage
• Thanks to the electronic soft start, smooth starting is possible
• The restart protection prevents unintentional start-up in the event of a power
interruption

1 x Maintenance spray 0702 561 1

Power tools / Electric power tools / Drills, electric
DRILL BM 13-XE
1
Practical 13 mm drill with ergonomic handle and special plug-in cable
system
Simple, one-handed tool change
Automatic spindle lock
Stops the tool slipping in the drill chuck
Single-sleeve quick-action drill chuck with clamping force locking and carbide jaws
Defective cables can be replaced or longer cables attached within a
matter of seconds
Special connection system
High reliability and optimum power transmission
Solid metal planetary gear unit
Continuous speed control
Electronic throttle switch with adjusting wheel
Prevents accidental changeover
2-speed switch with lock on the outside of the housing.
Right/left switch on top of housing
Service cover for easy carbon brush changes
Additional replacement carbon brushes in the handle
Secure grip, even at high torques
Robust additional handle with depth stop
Robust and compact
Fibreglass reinforced polyamide housing
• Max. drilling diameter in steel: 13 mm

- 0702 321 0
Twist drill bit HSS DIN 338 type RN 130°: 2 x 3 mm, 2 x 5 mm, 2 x 6 mm, 2 x 8 mm; 1 x Handle; 1 x Case insert for MASTER 0702 321 2

DRILL BM 10-E COMPACT

1
Compact, powerful drill for fast, powerful drilling in wood, alumini-
um, metal and stainless steel
Ergonomic design
• Excellent weight/power ratio for effortless work
• Belt clip for simple handling
High precision and long service life
Robust metal quick-action drill chuck
Continuously adjustable speed
Electronic speed control permits gentle force delivery and allows the device to be
matched to any application.
Clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation
Inserted screws can be removed. With direct carbon brush changeover, maximum
torque is achieved in both running directions.

- 0702 327 0
1 x Case insert BM 10-E COMPACT; 1 x System case 8.4.2 0702 327 2

DRILL DRIVER BS 13-SEC POWER

1
Compact, powerful drill driver for working at very high torques, e.g.
holes with large diameters, series screw connection and agitation
work.
High torque and long service life
3-stage gear reduction
Protection of the user and the motor
Soft start
For consistently high traction over the entire speed and load range
Electronic torque adjustment
The machine turns off once a pre-set torque is reached.
Right/left rotation
Direct carbon brush switches mean that the same torque can be achieved in both run-
ning directions
Defective cables can be easily replaced
Cable change system
Art. no.
0702 315 2
0702 315 27

PERCUSSION DRILL SB 13-XE

1
Strong, universal 13 mm impact drill with ergonomic handle and simp-
le switching from normal to impact mode
Stops the tool slipping in the drill chuck
Single-sleeve quick-action drill chuck with clamping force locking and carbide jaws
Defective cables can be replaced or longer cables attached within a
matter of seconds
Special connection system
High reliability and optimum power transmission
Solid metal planetary gear unit
Continuous speed control
Electronic throttle switch with adjusting wheel
Prevents accidental changeover
2-speed switch with lock on the outside of the housing.
Right/left switch on top of housing
Service cover for easy carbon brush changes
Additional replacement carbon brushes in the handle
Secure grip, even at high torques
Robust additional handle with depth stop
Clamping collar corresponds to European standard
• Impact rate: 31500 rpm

- 0702 322 0
1 x Handle; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.2 0702 322 2

WATER TANK
1
For tile drill NDS 68
Art. no.
0702 419 006
TILE DRILL NDS 68

Problem-solver for precise drilling through natural stone slabs and
ceramic, porcelain or marble tiles with diamond wet drilling technolo-
gy
Infinitely variable speed control
Adjustable speed range for optimum bit speed with different diameters.
Wet drilling technology
Minimal bit wear and fast drilling progress.
Slimline and practical housing with additional handle
Easy-to-use controls and a high degree of drilling accuracy.
PRCD safety switch
Built-in safety during wet drilling. No additional leakage current box required.
• Min./max. drill diameter: 4-68 mm

1 x Water tank; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x Empty case ORSY® 200 0702 419 1

Power tools / Electric power tools / Milling machines, electric
WOOD BISCUIT JOINER HVF 800

1
Powerful and sturdy 800 watt machine with integrated dust extracti-
on system
Swivel front panel with scale
For mitre connections from 0–90° infinitely variable, with lock-in for 22.5°, 45° and
67.5°, height adjustable
Ergonomics
Handy corrugated handle ensures optimal power transmission and handling
Precision work
Two-column guide with easily visible centre and outside marks on floor and front plate
Occupational safety
Attachable plastic plate protects the hands from the cutter
Cleanliness
Integrated dust extraction system for clean working
Comfort
Easy-to-reach on/off switch with locking option for continuous operation
Rapid tool replacement
Spindle lock
Fine adjustment
Preset cutting depth for wood connection panels
• Base plate length x base plate width: 130 x 130 mm
• Groove width: 4 mm

1 x Wood connection plate cutter; 1 x Cloth bag; 1 x Extraction adapter; 1 x Protective plate; 1 x Face wrench; 1 x Chip ejection 5706 200 1
adapter; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.3
1 x Wood connection plate cutter; 1 x Cloth bag; 1 x Extraction adapter; 1 x Protective plate; 1 x Face wrench; 1 x Chip ejection 5706 200 17
adapter; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.3

Power tools / Electric power tools / Hot glue guns, electric
HOT GLUE GUN HKP 300-E

1
Powerful hot glue gun, ideal for all installation, repair, fixing and
decoration work
• Individual adjustment of the processing temperature depending on the adhesive
and application means a wide range of applications
• 300 W power consumption ensures quick heating up and continuous performance
in operation
• Mechanical stroke limit on the trigger enables optimum adjustment of the dosage
and individual adjustment to hand size
• Ergonomic handling thanks to long trigger enables effortless work
• Stroke limit optimises distance of trigger
• Min./max. melting temperature: 120 to 230 °C
• Min./max. flow rate per weight: 1-1.5 kg/h

- 5707 200 0
N/A x Case for hot glue gun HKP 220/300-E 5707 200 1
HOT AIR BLOWER HLG 1600 BASIC

Handy, lightweight device with two selectable temperature settings
• Long service life up to 750 hours
• Rugged ceramic heater with low impact sensitivity
• Thanks to the lightweight, ergonomic design, even longer work can be carried out
with little fatigue
• Min./max. blower temperature: 350 to 550 °C
• Min./max. air current: 350-500 l/min
Art. no.
5707 250 0
5707 250 1

Power tools / Electric power tools / Hot air tools, electric
HOT AIR BLOWER HLG 2000 COMPACT

1
Handy, lightweight device with 10-stage temperature regulation
• Long service life of up to 750 hours
• The lightweight and ergonomic design means that even longer tasks can be carried
out with little fatigue
Cable length Art. no.

1.8 m 5707 251 0
5m 5707 251 1
5m 5707 251 17
HOT AIR BLOWER HLG 2300-E POWER

Handy, lightweight device with continuous temperature and air flow
regulation. Additional LCD display with memory function
• Frequently used settings can be saved using the LCD display
• The temperature is set in 5°C steps and the air flow is adjusted in 5 stages, thus allo-
wing simple temperature and air flow control
• Long motor service life of up to 1000 hours
• Thanks to the lightweight, ergonomic design, even longer work can be carried out
with little fatigue

1.8 m 5707 252 0
1.8 m 5707 252 07
5m 5707 252 1
5m 5707 252 17

Power tools / Electric power tools / Hot air tools, electric
AMIGA 2 KW FAN HEATER

1
• Power rating: 2 kW
• Width: 215 mm
• Height: 315 mm
• Depth: 200 mm
Art. no.
9501 000 018
FAN HEATER 3,3 KW AMIGA

• Power rating: 3.3 kW
• Width: 250 mm
• Height: 420 mm
• Depth: 250 mm
Art. no.
9501 000 019
AMIGA 9 KW FAN HEATER

• Width: 350 mm
• Height: 480 mm
• Depth: 330 mm
Art. no.
9501 000 020

Power tools / Electric power tools / Plane, electric
ELECTRIC PLANER EH 4
1
High-performance planer with extra-large chip ducts and chip bag for
fault-free, clean operation
Effortless planing without the need to exert a great deal of force,
even with hard wood
High-performance 1050-W motor
Perfect surface finishes
High circumferential speed and large blade shaft diameter
Eliminates almost all cleaning in the surrounding area
High-volume chip bag with fill level display
Greatest possible level of flexibility when working
Chips can be ejected to the right or left (adjustable)
• Planing width: 82 mm
• Max. rebate depth: 25 mm
• Max. planing depth: 4 mm

1 x Chip bag; 1 x Chip bag holder for electric plane EH 4; 1 x Adapter; 1 x Case for electric plane EH 4 0702 816 1

Power tools / Electric power tools / Core drilling tchnlgy, diamond, electric
CORE DRILL DS 180-T

1
Diamond core drill for hand and stand-guided wet and dry drilling in
concrete, reinforced concrete and masonry
• The aluminium housing with a T-handle ensures optimum weight distribution for hori-
zontal drilling by hand
• Perfect work progress with all approved drill sizes thanks to the powerful motor with
3-speed gearbox and multi-colour LED load indication
• The soft start function cuts the speed in half for 10 seconds, making drilling into sur-
faces much easier
• Personal safety is ensured by the integrated PRCD-S circuit breaker
• Various drill bit mounts can be used because the machine spindle has a combined
tool chuck with ½-in female and 1 ¼-in male threads
• Continuous visual monitoring of the water supply during wet drilling thanks to the
supplied hose piece with water flow indicator
• Longer service life due to electronic overload protection, as the motor speed is
reduced six times electronically in the event of overload
• The pulsating power reduction and optical warning from the LEDs give a warning
to the operator. Then the motor switches off automatically in order to protect the
motor. Unlike with a thermal protection function, however, the drill can be switched
on again immediately
• Idle speed 1st gear max.: 780 rpm
• Idle speed 2nd gear max.: 1690 rpm
• Idle speed 3rd gear max.: 3520 rpm

Wrench: 1 x Wrench, 1 x , 1 x ; 1 x Hose piece; 1 x System case 8.4.2; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines 5709 116 02

CORE DRILL DS 350

1
Diamond core drill for stand-guided wet and dry drilling in concrete,
reinforced concrete and masonry
• The user-friendly protection and carry handle ensures convenient transport and
good machine protection
• Perfect work progress with all approved drill sizes thanks to the powerful motor with
3-speed gearbox and multi-colour LED load indication
• The soft start function reduces the speed for 10 seconds, making drilling into surfa-
ces much easier
• Personal safety is ensured by the integrated PRCD-S circuit breaker
• Continuous visual monitoring of the water supply during wet drilling thanks to the
supplied hose piece with water flow indicator
• Longer service life due to electronic overload protection, as the motor speed is
reduced six times electronically in the event of overload
• The pulsating power reduction and optical warning from the LEDs give a warning to
the operator. Then the tool switches off automatically in order to protect the motor.
Unlike with a thermal protection function, however, the drill can be switched on
again immediately
• Idle speed 1st gear max.: 385 rpm
• Idle speed 2nd gear max.: 818 rpm
• Idle speed 3rd gear max.: 1195 rpm

1 x Hose piece; Wrench: 1 x Wrench Width across flats: 22 mm, 1 x Width across flats: 38 mm, 1 x Width across flats: 41 mm 5709 116 03
ADAPTER FOR DRILL CROWN

Connection adapter for third-party and WDS machines
• Suitable for drill bit: 1 1/4 - 1/2 inch
Thread type of drill spindle Art. no.

DD-BU 5462 000 007
DD-BI 5462 000 005

DRILLING TEMPLATE
1
• Ø 4–14 mm
• Water connection on left or right
Art. no.
0651 920 001
DRILLING STAND DS COMFORT

Compact drilling stand for diamond core drills DS 180 and DS 300
• The aluminium column with carrying handle and two solid rubber wheels on a stain-
less steel axle make transportation easy and convenient
• The stainless steel indicator for drilling depth, drilling angle and drilling centre is
resistant to moisture and dirt
• The column with dovetail guide provides a stable grip and guides the drill slide
precisely
• The knurled adjusting screws with additional hexagon head enable a manual ope-
ration, use of a drill spindle or a different tool
• Ideal for both right- and left-handed users
• Drill spindle with quick-change connection, can be mounted on either side of the
carriage, with integrated key for the knurled adjusting screws
• With the specially developed drilling stand, which allows drilling at 90° angles,
holes can be drilled horizontally into walls when the stand is mounted on the floor.
Ideal if the wall must not be spot-drilled
• Column height: 900 cm
• Suitable for max. drill-bit diameter: 350 cm

1 x Mounting set 5709 116 12

Power tools / Electric power tools / Nibbler, electric
SHEET METAL NIBBLER EK 16-E

1
Powerful nibbler with high cutting speed for universal use
Optimum ease of handling
20% slimmer grip dimensions with narrow gear head.
Extremely user-friendly
• Quick-action system for straightforward stamp and die replacement
• Cutting direction can be variably adjusted in 45° increments by 360° with the tool-
free rotation of the die holder
Electronic stroke rate adjustment
For heat-sensitive materials (e.g. plastics) and precision for template cutting.
High level of durability
• Rotating round stamp prolongs service life by up to 30% and reduces operating
costs
• Chip protection grille on ventilation slots
• Max. cutting capacity in sheet metal (400 N/mm2): 1.6 mm
• Cutting speed: 1.9 m/min
• Cutting lane width: 5 mm

1 x Stamp; 1 x Die; 1 x Die carrier; 1 x Allen key; 1 x System case 8.4.2; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines 0702 717 2

Power tools / Electric power tools / Compressors, electric
COMPRESSOR SOLID 24 L OIL-FREE

1
Oil-free, robust piston compressor for flexible use
Reduced servicing requirements
Oil-free piston compressor
Tank pressure display
Additional manometer
Adjustable working pressure
Pressure reducer with manometer
Good cold start performance
High-quality pressure switch with relief valve
Ideal for mobile use
• Comfortable handling due to rubberised pull handle and additional handle
• Robust wheels for convenient transport
• Rubberised base for secure footing
Motor overheating protection
Integrated overload protection
• Type description: SOLID24-OILFREE
• Motor output: 1.5 kW
• Max. pressure: 8 bar
• Tank capacity: 24 l
• Intake air capacity: 220 l/min
• Filling capacity: 120 l/min
• Supply air quantity at 80 % of max. pressure: 100 l/min
• Oil-free operation: Yes
• IP protection class: IP 20
• Min./max. temperature conditions: 5 to 40 °C
• Length x width x height: 630 x 406 x 630 mm
Art. no.
0701 223 0

COMPRESSOR COMPACT 20 L OIL-FREE

1
Oil-free, compact piston compressor for flexible use in interior finis-
hing and on construction sites with mounting and transport options of
the large system case
Reduced service costs
Oil-free piston compressor
Ideal protection of fixtures and controls
All components are installed inside a stable, compact tubular frame.
Enables convenient transport on the construction site
Equipped with two sturdy lifting eyes
Displays the boiler pressure
Adjustable working pressure
Pressure reducer with manometer
• Comfortable transport thanks to variable pull and carry handle (trolley function) as
well as robust wheels
• Secure footing thanks to rubber feet
• Mounting and transport option for large system case
• Cord wrap facility
Overheating protection in motor
Built-in overload protection
• Type description: COMPACT20-OILFREE
Art. no.
0701 224 0

COMPRESSOR POWER 50 L

1
Powerful, robust V-belt piston compressor for flexible applications
within the workshop
Low speed and quiet running
Belt drive
Adjustable working pressure and good air quality
Filtered pressure reducer with manometer and mist oiler
Tank pressure display
Motor overheating protection
Integrated overload protection
Ideal for mobile use within the workshop
• Steering rollers with locking brake provide manoeuvrability and a secure footing
• Comfortable handling due to rubberised pull handle and additional handle
Order and safety
Long pull handle with integrated cable winding
Quick and easy oil level check
Oil-lubricated piston compressor with oil viewing window
• Type description: POWER50L
• Oil-free operation: No
Art. no.
0701 225 0

COMPRESSOR SUBCOMPACT 8L, OIL-FREE SILENT UNIVER.

1
• Motor output: 1 PS
• Number of cylinders: 2 PCS
• Number of quick-action couplings: 1 PCS
Art. no.
0701 222 1
AGITATING BASKET R I
For liquid materials
Mixing ratio:
From top to bottom
• Length: 590 mm
• Basket diameter: 100 mm
• Min./max. amount of material that can be agitated: 10-25 kg
• Suitable for machine chuck: SW10 mm
Art. no.
0713 95 101

Power tools / Electric power tools / Agitators, electric
AGITATING BASKET R II
1
For viscous, adhesive materials
Mixing ratio:
From bottom to top
Length Basket diameter Min./max. amount of Suitable for machine Art. no.
material that can be chuck
agitated
590 mm 120 mm 15-25 kg M14 0713 95 111
590 mm 120 mm 15-25 kg SW10 mm 0713 95 112
590 mm 140 mm 25-35 kg M14 0713 95 113
400 mm 90 mm 5-10 kg SW8 mm 0713 95 110
AGITATING BASKET M I
For heavy materials
Mixing ratio:
From bottom to top
• Length: 590 mm
• Suitable for machine chuck: M14
Basket diameter Min./max. amount of material that can be agitated Art. no.
120 mm 15-25 kg 0713 95 120
140 mm 25-40 kg 0713 95 121

MIXER PADDLE R I 120

1
• For low-viscosity fluids
• Length: 590 mm
• Basket diameter: 120 mm
• Min./max. amount of material that can be agitated: 16-30 kg
• Suitable for machine chuck: M14
Art. no.
0713 95 102
AGITATOR RW 1400
1400 watt, hand-held 2-speed agitator
Infinitely adjustable speed
Electronic accelerator for soft power delivery
Ergonomic design
• Ergonomically-shaped handle
• Lightweight
• Handle is raised by 50 mm, for effortless work
Protection from unintentional machine start-up
Inhibitor
Longer service life
Due to carbon brushes with automatic cut-off function
• Idle speed 1st gear min./max.: 0-660 rpm
• Mixing volume: 90 l
• Max. agitating basket diameter: 160 mm

1 x M14 threaded connection; 1 x Agitating basket M I 0702 846 0

AGITATOR RW 1010
1
The compact 1010 W agitator with matching mixing tool is ideally
suited for a wide range of mixing jobs up to a maximum volume of 40
litres.
Infinitely adjustable speed
Electronic accelerator for soft power delivery
Ergonomic design
• Ergonomically-shaped handle
• Lightweight
• Handle is raised by 50 mm to minimise fatigue when working
Protection from unintentional machine start-up
Inhibitor
Longer service life
Due to carbon brushes with automatic cut-off function
• Idle speed 1st gear min./max.: 0-925 rpm
• Mixing volume: 40 l
• Max. agitating basket diameter: 120 mm

1 x M14 threaded connection; 1 x Agitating basket R II 0702 841 0

Power tools / Electric power tools / Saws, electric
PLUNGE SAW TKS 59-E

1
Precise plunge saw with adjustable saw blade speed.
High degree of safety
With the parallel plunge function, the hand always stays in the same position on the
machine.
Effective protection against angling of the saw blade
Spring-mounted splitting wedge.
Handy
Die cast magnesium reduces weight and is just as handy.
Adjust the idling speed
With the speed adjustment wheel with constant electronics, various materials can be
sawed.
Efficient dust extraction
Almost no sawdust in the working area if used in conjunction with a Würth industrial
wet and dry vacuum cleaner.
• Max. saw-blade diameter: 165 mm

1 x Circular saw blade, wood For plunge saw; 1 x Suction; 1 x Hexagon key; 1 x Case for hand-held circular saw 0702 158 1

HAND-HELD CIRCULAR SAW HKS 55 COMBI

1
Extremely handy hand-held circular saw with immersion function for
universal use.
Suitable as a plunge saw
Applications can also be carried out that were only possible with special immersion
saws until now.
Extremely handy and lightweight with die cast magnesium
The low weight increases working comfort and reduces the work effort required.
Adjust the idling speed
With the speed adjustment wheel with constant electronics, various materials can be
sawed.
Fast saw blade changes
Spindle lock with locking function.

1 x Hand-held circular saw blade; 1 x Chip ejection adapter; 1 x Parallel stop; 1 x Hexagon key 0702 157 0
ELECTRIC HAND-HELD CIRCULAR SAW HKS 86-2

86-mm cutting depth for quick and easy sawing work
High level of tractive power; optimum cutting results
The powerful motor and low-vibration operation guarantee good cutting results, even
when used under tough conditions. The device is well-balanced in design, boasting an
optimum weight/performance ratio.
Safe method of working
The additional hand grip enables safe two-handed operation.
High-quality product
The robust saw shoe is made from warp-resistant steel; the high-quality protective
cover is made from diecast aluminium.
Easy to replace saw blades
The spindle lock enables the saw blade to be replaced in a quick and simple process.
Inclination can be set quickly and accurately up to 45 degrees

1 x Hand-held circular saw blade; Hand-held circular saw, elctrc, spr prts, others: 1 x , 1 x 0702 187 0

HAND-HELD CIRCULAR SAW HKS 65-E POWER

1
1800 W hand-held circular saw with low weight and high cutting
speed. Coordinated guide rail means it is also ideal for precise cuts
Ergonomic design
• Low weight for perfect handling
• Base plate from die-cast aluminium
Rapid progress with work
With constant electronics, the speed remains constant, even under loads.
Adjustable speed
Speed preselection for matching to each operation.
Protection of the user and the motor
Soft start
Extraction device
Almost no sawdust in the working area if used in conjunction with a Würth industrial
vacuum cleaner.

1 x Hand-held circular saw blade; 1 x Hexagon key; 1 x Extraction adapter; 1 x Parallel stop 5706 600 0

CHOP SAW KTS 300-L

1
For straight, angled and/or bevelled cuts on hard/soft wood, solid
wood, aluminium and plastic sections. Precise cutting with the projec-
tion of a positioning laser guide to simulate the cutting lines
• Very powerful brush motor
• Precise cutting with easily readable angle indicator and graduated scale
• Self-calibrating laser guide
• Compact and lightweight with an aluminium work surface
• Soft start
• Motor brake that stops the blade within a maximum of 10 sec
• Accidental restart interlock
• Blade that can be moved left or right from 0 to 45° with automatic angle stops at 0,
15, 22.5, 30 and 45°
• Can be tilted to the left from 90° to 45°, even while rotating left or right
• With openings for dust suction
• The height of the top work surface can be adjusted with a lateral stop
• Fitted with a 48-tooth blade for wood Ø 300, push block, lateral regulator and
upper lateral stop
• Max. tilt angle: 45 Degree
• Width: 640 mm
• Height: 385 mm
Art. no.
0701 176 0

MITRE SAW KGS 270-60 E

1
Very compact and lightweight chop and mitre saw with electronic
motor speed control, sliding function and powerful 1550-watt motor
including 24-tooth SC saw blade, assembly tool and workpiece clamp
Appropriate cutting speed, especially for temperature-sensitive
materials
Electronic motor speed control
Suitable for large cutting capacity
Tensioning function with internal trombone slide as well as high-quality slide and ball
bearings
Precise working and perfect illumination of the working area
The LED lamp indicates the cutting line using the shadow of the saw blade.
Precise working in all tilt settings
Face-milled base plate and stop made of high-quality die-cast aluminium and optimi-
sed stop designs
Safe machining of small workpieces and inclined cuts
Movable left workpiece stop
Clean working environment
Effective 2-point dust extraction
Fast saw blade changes
Spindle lock inserted into the housing
Easy to transport
Safe locking function for extension and saw head
• Cutting width: 270 mm
• Cutting depth: 60 mm
• Direction of rotation for tilt angle: Left
Art. no.
0701 344 0

MITRE SAW KGS 250-60

1
Very compact and lightweight chop and mitre saw with sliding fun-
ction and high-torque 1400-watt motor, including 24-tooth SC saw
blade, assembly tool and workpiece clamp for portable use.
Suitable for large cutting capacity
Tensioning function with internal trombone slide as well as high-quality slide and ball
bearings
Precise working and perfect illumination of the working area
The LED lamp indicates the cutting line using the shadow of the saw blade.
Easy and fast mitre and tilt adjustment
Fixed engagement at standard angles
Precise working in all tilt settings
Face-milled base plate and stop made of high-quality die-cast aluminium and optimi-
sed stop designs
Clean working environment
Effective 2-point dust extraction
Easy to transport
• Safe locking function for extension and saw head
• Practical carrying handles, which at the same time significantly increase the work-
piece support surface
• Cutting width: 250 mm
• Direction of rotation for tilt angle: Left
Art. no.
0701 343 0

SABRE SAW SBS 1100-E

1
Precise, 1100 W sabre saw, for use with wood and metal
Sensitive sawing, appropriate to the material
Throttle switch
Protection of user and machine
Quick-change saw blade mount
Long service life
life of the saw.
Precise cuts
Accurate mounting of the lifting rod ensures that the saw blade has only a small
amount of play

5 x Sabre saw blade, metal, two stars For metal profiles and piping; 1 x Case for sabre saw SBS 1100-E 5706 540 1

SABRE SAW SBS 1300-VES

1
High-specification sabre saw with orbital action, vibration damping
and safety coupling
Suitable for fast cuts
As with a jigsaw, the saw can also be made to orbit for fast cuts.
Protection of user and machine
Quick-change saw blade mount
Long service life
life of the saw.
Precise cuts
Accurate mounting of the lifting rod ensures that the saw blade has only a small
amount of play

5 x Sabre saw blade, metal, two stars For metal profiles and piping; 1 x Case for sabre saw SBS 1300-VES 0702 695 1

OSCILLATING JIGSAW STP 140 EXACT-S

1
With rod handle, ideal for high-precision applications
Restarting protection
The restarting protection prevents an unintentional start-up after a power interruption
Highly precise
A specially-developed saw blade guide minimises saw blade deflection. The result is
a maximum precision cut
Running smoothness
Low vibrations for excellent running smoothness. This makes the machine easier to
handle and improves the precision of the cut
Optimum control
The compact, lightweight design with small handle circumference permits optimum
saw control
User-friendly
No additional tool is required to change the saw blade or adjust the magnesium foot
plate
• Number of pendulum-stroke stages: 4 PCS
• Functions: Saw-blade quick change system, Restarting protection

1 x Jigsaw blade metal three stars Multiblade jigsaw blade; 1 x Jigsaw blade, wood, three stars Multiblade jigsaw blade; 1 x Jigsaw 5706 700 2
blade, construction, three stars Multiblade jigsaw blade; 1 x Suction; 1 x Anti-splintering device; 1 x Case insert for MASTER

OSCILLATING JIGSAW STP 150 POWER-S

1
With rod handle, ideal for working under tough construction site con-
ditions.
Incredibly powerful
The powerful, overload-proof motor with high power reserves allows the tool to be
used even on hard, thick beams.
Incredibly robust
The extremely deflection-resistant foot plate withstands even the toughest conditions.
Secure handling
Soft grip surfaces around the ergonomic handle ensure secure handling and high ope-
rating comfort.
User-friendly
No additional tool required to change the saw blade.
Included in delivery Tool holding device Functions Art. no.

- - Saw-blade quick change system 5706 702 27
1 x Jigsaw blade metal three stars Mul- Quick-change holder Electronic torque adjustment, Saw-blade 5706 702 2
tiblade jigsaw blade; 1 x Jigsaw blade, quick change system, Dust extractor
wood, three stars Multiblade jigsaw blade; (accessory)
1 x Jigsaw blade, construction, three
stars Multiblade jigsaw blade; 1 x Plastic
sliding shoe; 1 x Suction; 1 x Anti-splinte-
ring device; 1 x Case insert for MASTER

OSCILLATING JIGSAW STP 150 POWER-B

1
With bow-type handle, ideal for working under tough construction
site conditions.
Incredibly powerful
The powerful, overload-proof motor with high power reserves allows the tool to be
used even on hard, thick beams.
Incredibly robust
The extremely deflection-resistant foot plate withstands even the toughest conditions.
Secure handling
Soft grip surfaces around the ergonomic handle ensure secure handling and high ope-
rating comfort.
User-friendly
No additional tool required to change the saw blade.
• Functions: Saw-blade quick change system

blade, construction, three stars Multiblade jigsaw blade; 1 x Plastic sliding shoe; 1 x Suction; 1 x Anti-splintering device; 1 x Case
insert for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.2

OSCILLATING JIGSAW STP 140 EXACT-B

1
With bar handle, ideal for high-precision applications.
Highly precise
A specially-developed saw blade guide minimises saw blade deflection. The result is
a maximum precision cut
Running smoothness
Low vibrations for excellent running smoothness. This makes the machine easier to
handle and improves the precision of the cut
Optimum control
The compact, lightweight design with small handle circumference permits optimum
saw control
User-friendly
No additional tool is required to change the saw blade or adjust the magnesium foot
plate
• Functions: Saw-blade quick change system, Restarting protection

blade, construction, three stars Multiblade jigsaw blade; 1 x Suction; 1 x Anti-splintering device; 1 x Case insert for MASTER
GUIDE RAIL FOR CIRCULAR SAW

Suitable for AHKS 18-68 COMPACT, HKS 55 Combi, TKS 59-E, HKS 65-E
POWER, HKS 10-A
• With non-slip coating on underside
• Length: 1500 mm
• Product weight (per item): 2250 g
Art. no.
0702 157 004

SAW BENCH
1
For portable tools such as band saws or mitre saws
• Robust tubular steel frame
• Large work surface in pressed steel
• Adjustable to three different height levels
• Maximum stability and easy to use
• Suitable for the following Würth tools: Band saw SPN133, mitre saw KTS 300N
• Length: 65 cm
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Lacquered
Art. no.
0702 189 002
LOCKING CLAMP
For chop saw KTS 300-L
Art. no.
0701 175 001

MITRE SAW AND CIRCULAR SAW BENCH KTS 140 COMBI

1
Versatile, compact, rugged bench saw and mitre saw including moun-
ted universal saw blade, parallel stop, push stick, protective hood
and assembly tool. Perfect for easy, precise, safe execution of longitu-
dinal, cross, mitre and inclined cuts.
Long service life
Powerful, high-grade induction motor for maintenance free, continuous operation.
Fast, simple conversion
Tool-free changes from circular saw bench to chop saw
Straightforward and accurate fixing
Locking points for standard incline and mitre angles
Easy to transport and suitable for changing locations on construction
sites
Removable support legs and integrated carrying grips
Precise results
Adjustable workpiece stop
Art. no.
0701 435 0
PORTABLE BANDSAW PBS 120

Metal bandsaw, ideal for use on construction sites. For cutting steel,
aluminium, copper, brass, cast metal, plastic and stainless steel.
Compact and lightweight design
Easy to transport, ideal for use on construction sites.
Dry cutting
Environmental and user-friendly.
Reverse the direction of rotation of the saw band (anti-clockwise)
60% faster cutting
Powerful 1200 watt motor with electronic speed control
Constant, and on-demand cutting speed that can be selected according to the size of
the workpiece and the temperature sensitivity of the materials.
Fixed angle stops 0°, 45° and 60°
Rapid fixing of conventional standard mitre joints
• Saw band dimensions: 1440 x 13 x 0.65 mm

1 x Multi-use bimetal bandsaw blade; 1 x Allen key, hexagon socket with ball head 0701 320 0

PORTABLE BAND SAW PBS 105

1
Ideal for use in building sites, to cut steel, aluminium, copper, brass,
cast iron, plastic and stainless steel
• Adjustable blade guide for precision cutting
• Reinforced and very stable housing
• Motor power surge protection
• Accidental start safety switch
• Blade tensioner with clutch to prevent excessive blade tension
• Supplied in cardboard packaging with vice and bi-metal blade fitted (multi-purpose
with M-type teeth) and lateral stop
• Compact and portable for dry cutting
• 950 W motor with electronic constant RPM setting
• Quick and safe cutting angle adjustment from 0 to 45°
• Cutting capacity: max. 105 x 93 mm
Art. no.
0701 322 0
PORTABLE BANDSAW PBS 160 - AUTOMATIC

Metal bandsaw with automatic sawing frame lowering.
Safe and simple
Precise cutting results can be achieved with incredible ease owing to automatic lowe-
ring of the sawing frame with 4 adjustable lowering speeds, as the correct contact
pressure can be applied every time to prevent the sawing belt from deviating.
Rapid sawing progress
40% faster cutting thanks to reverse direction of rotating of the sawing belt in compari-
son to clockwise rotating bandsaws.
Ergonomic handle
Constant, need-based cutting speed
Powerful 2,000 W motor with constant electronics facilitates an optimal cutting speed
matched to the work piece that can be selected according to the size and temperature
sensitivity of the materials.
Rapid setting of popular standard mitre joints
Fixed angle stops 0°, 45°
Environmentally and user friendly
Dry cutting

1 x Multi-use bimetal bandsaw blade; 1 x Lenght stop 0701 324 0

PORTABLE BANDSAW PBS 120 - AUTOMATIC

1
Portable metal bandsaw with automatic sawing frame lowering.
Ideal for use on construction sites.
Safe and simple
Precise cutting results can be achieved with incredible ease owing to automatic lowe-
ring of the sawing frame with 4 adjustable lowering speeds, as the correct contact
pressure can be applied every time to prevent the sawing belt from deviating.
Rapid sawing progress
60% faster cutting thanks to reverse direction of rotating of the sawing belt in compari-
son to clockwise rotating bandsaws.
Suitable for mobile use
Tool can be carried easily owing to ergonomic handle and compact and lightweight
construction.
Constant and adaptable cutting speed
Powerful 1,300-watt motor with constant electronics facilitates an optimal cutting
speed matched to the work piece that can be selected according to the size and tem-
perature sensitivity of the materials.
Rapid setting of popular standard mitre joints
Fixed angle stops 0°, 45°, 60°
Dry cutting

1 x Multi-use bimetal bandsaw blade; 1 x Lenght stop; 1 x Allen key, hexagon socket with ball head 0701 323 0

Power tools / Electric power tools / Vacuum cleaner, electric
INDUSTRIAL WET AND DRY VACUUM CLEANER ISS 30-L

1
Handy and ergonomic universal vacuum with L-certification and
semi-automatic filter cleaning
Dust class: L-certification
Guaranteed dust collection efficiency of 99% in accordance with EN 60335-2-69
Constant suction power and long filter life
Semi-automatic filter cleaning
Storage and mounting option for Würth system cases
Flat container head allows Würth system cases to be attached.
Accessories can be stored on the device and are always ready to use
Integrated storage of the joint nozzle and tool sleeve, flexible hose and power cable
storage
Simple and convenient to use
The bayonet and clip connections ensure easy and safe connection of accessories
with a nominal width of 35 mm.
Anti-static preparation
The earthed connection means that static charges are dissipated. Sparks and elec-
tric shocks are prevented by the use of electrically conductive accessories (sold
separately).
• Max power: 1380 W
• Hose connection diameter: 35 mm
Included in delivery Air current Cable length Weight of machine Art. no.
- 150 m³/h 7.5 mm 11.8 kg 0701 132 17
1 x Wet/dry filter bag, fleece; 74 l/s 7.5 m - 0701 132 0
1 x Upholstery nozzle plug-
gable; 1 x Wet/dry floor
nozzle, plug-in; 1 x Suction
hose, clip-on 3 m; 1 x Flat
folding filter, paper; 1 x Joint
nozzle; 2 x Suction pipe;
1 x Clip-on elbow
1 x Wet/dry filter bag, fleece; 150 m³/h 7.5 mm - 0701 132 07
1 x Upholstery nozzle plug-
gable; 1 x Wet/dry floor
nozzle, plug-in; 1 x Suction
hose, clip-on 3 m; 1 x Flat
folding filter, paper; 1 x Joint
nozzle; 2 x Suction pipe;
1 x Clip-on elbow

INDUSTRIAL WET AND DRY VACUUM CLEANER ISS 30-L AUTOMATIC

1
Universal vacuum cleaner with L certification and automatic filter cle-
aning
Dust class L certification
Flat container head
Integrated storage for the joint nozzle and tool sleeve with quick connections, flexible
hose, and power cable storage
Ideal for use on construction sites
Robust container with bumpers and large, sturdy metal rollers
Static charges are discharged by the grounded connection piece and the electrically
conductive accessories included in the scope of delivery, ensuring reliable protection
against electrostatic charges.
All functions are easy to operate and control
Switches for On/Off, 15 s/60 s filter cleaning, and speed control
User-friendly operation in conjunction with power tools
Socket with Hall sensor for automatic power tool detection, allowing the vacuum to be
controlled via a connected tool.
Automatic filter cleaning system
• The flat pleated filter is cleaned automatically by an air blast according to the time
interval selected (15 or 60 seconds).
• Ensures long uninterrupted operation
• Low noise level
• Long filter life
• Low maintenance costs
Included in delivery Air current Weight of machine Art. no.

1 x Wet/dry filter bag, fleece; 1 x Flat 74 l/s - 0701 133 5
folding filter, coated; 1 x Universal connec-
tion sleeve; 1 x Wet/dry floor nozzle,
plug-in; 1 x Joint nozzle; 2 x Suction pipe;
1 x Elbow, electrically conductive
- 140 m³/h 13.5 kg 0701 133 17
1 x Wet/dry filter bag, fleece; 1 x Flat fol- 140 m³/h - 0701 133 07
ding filter, coated; 1 x Universal connection
sleeve; 1 x Suction hose, electrically con-
ductive 3 m; 1 x Joint nozzle; 1 x Clip-on
elbow
1 x Wet/dry filter bag, fleece; 1 x Flat fol- 74 l/s - 0701 133 0
ding filter, coated; 1 x Universal connection
sleeve; 1 x Suction hose, electrically con-
ductive 3 m; 1 x Joint nozzle; 1 x Elbow,
electrically conductive

INDUSTRIAL WET AND DRY VACUUM CLEANER ISS 40-M AUTOMATIC

1
Universal safety vacuum suitable for construction sites, with M certifi-
cation and automatic filter cleaning
Dust class M certification
Guaranteed dust collection efficiency of 99.9% in accordance with EN 60335-2-69
Flat container head
Switches for On/Off, 15 s/60 s filter cleaning, speed control and hose selection
• Low noise level
• Underpressure: 23.7 kPa

- 143 m³/h 15.1 kg 0701 143 17
1 x Wet/dry filter bag, fleece; 1 x PE dis- 74 l/s - 0701 143 0
posal bag with spunbonded fabric; 1 x Flat
tion sleeve; 1 x Suction hose, electrically
conductive 3 m; 1 x Joint nozzle; 1 x Elbow,
1 x Wet/dry filter bag, fleece; 1 x PE dis- 143 m³/h - 0701 143 07
posal bag with spunbonded fabric; 1 x Flat
tion sleeve; 1 x Suction hose, electrically
conductive 3 m; 1 x Joint nozzle; 1 x Elbow,

INDUSTRIAL WET AND DRY VACUUM CLEANER ISS 50-L AUTOMATIC

1
Universal, high-performance vacuum suitable for construction sites,
with L certification and automatic filter cleaning
Flat container head
• Low noise level

- 140 m³/h 18.3 kg 0701 153 17
1 x Wet/dry filter bag, fleece; 1 x Flat 74 l/s - 0701 153 0
tion sleeve; 1 x Wet/dry floor nozzle;
1 x Suction hose, electrically conductive
3 m; 1 x Joint nozzle; 2 x Suction pipe;
1 x Wet/dry filter bag, fleece; 1 x Flat 140 m³/h - 0701 153 07
tion sleeve; 1 x Wet/dry floor nozzle;
1 x Suction hose, electrically conductive
3 m; 1 x Joint nozzle; 2 x Suction pipe;

INDUSTRIAL WET AND DRY VACUUM CLEANER INCLUDES AN EXTENSIVE ACCESSORY SET
1
Universal vacuum cleaner suitable for construction sites with L certifi-
cation and automatic filter cleaning
Guaranteed dust collection efficiency of 99 % in accordance with EN 60335-2-69
Flat container head
conductive accessories included in the delivery, ensuring reliable protection against
electrostatic charges.
• The flat folding filter is cleaned automatically by an air blast according to the time
• Low noise level
• Air current: 74 l/s

1 x Wet/dry filter bag, fleece VE: 5; 1 x Flat folding filter, coated; 1 x Universal connection sleeve; 1 x Wet/dry floor nozzle; 1 x Suc- 0701 133 2
tion hose, electrically conductive; 1 x Joint nozzle; 1 x Suction brush, plug-in; 2 x Suction pipe; 1 x Elbow, electrically conductive

SUCTION HOSE, CLIP-ON

1
For ISS and TSS series
• Compatible with: ISS 35, ISS 35-S, ISS 45-M, HWS 15-L
• Antistatic: No
• DN nominal width: DN 35
Art. no.
0702 400 320
WET/DRY FLOOR NOZZLE, PLUG-IN

For ISS series
• Compatible with: HWS 15-L, ISS 30-L AUTOMATIC, ISS 30-L, ISS 50-L AUTO-
MATIC, ISS 40-M AUTOMATIC, ISS 45-M, ISS 35-S, ISS 35, TSS 7-L BASIC
• Antistatic: No
• Electroconductive: No
Art. no.
0702 400 284
FLAT FOLDING FILTER, PAPER

For ISS series
• Paper filter for dry applications for fine dust and coarse dirt
• Compatible with: ISS 35, ISS 35-S, ISS 45-M, ISS 55-S, ISS 30-L AUTOMATIC,
ISS 30-L, ISS 50-L AUTOMATIC, ISS 40-M AUTOMATIC
Art. no.
0702 400 367

PAPER FILTER BAG ISS 35

1
For ISS 35 industrial wet/dry vacuum cleaner (-S automatic 2013) and
ISS 35 (automatic 2013)
Compatible with Product weight (per item) Art. no.

ISS 35, ISS 35-S, ISS 30-L AUTOMATIC, ISS 30-L 84.199 g 0702 400 209
ISS 45-M, ISS 55-S, ISS 50-L AUTOMATIC 87.2 g 0702 400 207
MEMBRANE FILTER
• Compatible with: ISS 35, ISS 35-S, ISS 45-M, ISS 55-S
Art. no.
0702 400 189
CLIP-ON ELBOW
For ISS and TSS series
• Compatible with: ISS 35, ISS 35-S, ISS 45-M, HWS 15-L
Art. no.
0702 400 718

WET/DRY FILTER BAG FOR ISS 45 AND 55

1
Tear-resistant filter bag, dust class L, for dry and wet cleaning
• Tear-resistant special/wet filter bag of dust class L for wet cleaning e.g. cutting con-
crete, sucking mud
• Compatible with: ISS 55-S, ISS 50-L AUTOMATIC
• Product weight (per item): 121.2 g
Art. no.
0702 400 188
PAPER FILTER BAG

For craftsman‘s vacuum cleaner HWS 15-L
• Paper filter bag for dry applications
• Compatible with: HWS 15-L
Art. no.
0702 400 210
SPARE PART METAL TUBE FOR MULTI-PURPOSE VACUUM CLEANERS ISS 35, ISS 45-M AUTO-
MATIC, ISS 55-S AUTOMATIC
Art. no.
0702 123 014

REPLACEMENT LAMELLAR FILTER FOR MULTI-PURPOSE VACUUM CLEANERS ERSV III

1
Art. no.
0702 123 110
SPARE PART DUST BAG FOR MULTI-PURPOSE VACUUM CLEANERS ERSV III
Art. no.
0702 123 113
FLEXIBLE TUBE FOR MULTI-PURPOSE VACUUM CLEANERS ERSV III

Art. no.
0702 123 111

SPARE PART FLAT NOZZLE FOR MULTI-PURPOSE VACUUM CLEANERS ISS 35, ISS 45-M AUTO-
1
MATIC, ISS 55-S AUTOMATIC
In plastic
Art. no.
0702 123 008
UNIVERSAL FITTING FOR VACUUM CLEANER ERSV III

Art. no.
0702 123 119
FLAT PLEATED FILTER HEPA

Art. no.
0702 400 368

PE DISPOSAL BAG WITH SPUNBONDED FABRIC

1
For dust-free disposal
• PE disposal bags with spun-bonded fabric for dust-free disposal
• Compatible with: ISS 30-L AUTOMATIC, ISS 30-L, ISS 50-L AUTOMATIC, ISS
40-M AUTOMATIC, ISS 45-M, ISS 35-S, ISS 35, ISS 55-S
Art. no.
0702 400 074
THIRD-PARTY HOSE ADAPTER FOR WSS 225-E

Clip connection sleeve for external hoses with a diameter of 27 to 36
mm on wall and ceiling sander WSS 225-E.
• Electroconductive: Yes
Art. no.
0702 121 008
PAPER FILTER BAG FOR VACUUM CLEANER ERSV II

Art. no.
0702 123 020

SPRAY SUCTION DEVICE SEG 10-2

1
Powerful spray extraction unit for upholstery cleaning and stain
removal on carpeted surfaces
Very good back suction result
As cleaning results in an extremely low amount of residual moisture, cleaned uphols-
tery and carpets can be used again quickly.
Ideal for cleaning upholstery and car interiors
Compact, space-saving design
Continuous checking procedure and back suction performance
Large, transparent cover
Easy and straightforward transport
Practical carry handle and holders for cable and nozzle
• Motor output: 1380 W
• Flow capacity: 1 l/min
• Underpressure: 230 mbar
• Fresh water tank: 8 l
• Dirty water tank: 7 l

- 0701 111 07
1 x Suction hose 2.4 m; 1 x Joint nozzle; 1 x Hand nozzle; 1 x Handle 0701 111 0
SPRAY EXTRACTION DEVICE SEG COMPACT

• Nominal voltage: 230 V
• Motor output: 1380 W
• Flow capacity: 74 l/s
• Underpressure: 273 mbar
• Fresh water tank: 8 l
• Dirty water tank: 7 l
Art. no.
0701 114 007

HAND NOZZLE
1
Compact hand-held nozzle for cleaning upholstered furniture and
smaller carpeted surfaces using the spray suction device.
Checking of the cleaning procedure and back suction performance
Transparent field of view
• Length: 350 mm
• Width: 110 mm
• Compatible with: SEG 10
Art. no.
0701 110 001
FLOOR NOZZLE WITH HANDLE

For spray extraction device SEG 10
• Length: 780 mm
Art. no.
0701 110 003

DRY VACUUM CLEANER TSS 7-L BASIC

1
Compact, lightweight dry vacuum cleaner with ergonomic carry strap
High mobility and flexibility
Ergonomic carry strap and very low weight mean that the vacuum is comfortable to
carry. Longer distances or steps can therefore be easily negotiated.
Certified for dust class L
Suitable for dusts with max. Workplace concentration (MAK values) > 1 mg/m3.
Maximum suction action with low power consumption
Optimised air flow enables the vacuum to achieve a very high suction power.
Minimised risk of accidents
The 7.5-m rubber mains cable can be simply and cleanly suspended around the cable
hook.
• Max. air current: 40 l/s
Included in delivery Underpressure Energy efficiency class Art. no.

1 x Fleece filter bag; 1 x Main filter basket; 235 mbar - 0701 117 07
1 x Elbow; 1 x Suction hose; 1 x Floor
nozzle; 1 x Shoulder strap; 3 x Suction
pipe
1 x Fleece filter bag; 1 x Main filter 220 mbar A 0701 117 0
basket; 1 x Suction hose; 1 x Floor nozzle;
1 x Shoulder strap; 3 x Suction pipe;
1 x Clip-on elbow

DRY VACUUM CLEANER TSS 12 COMPACT

1
Powerful, compact vacuum cleaner for professional dry building clea-
ning applications
• Powerful and quiet 62 dB (A) dry vacuum cleaner for use in volume-sensitive areas,
even during business hours.
• Highly compact thanks to the convenient suction tube holder, which provides easy
and space-saving storage of the suction tube and floor nozzle on the appliance
• High mobility thanks to the two rubber wheels and the two steering rollers
• Very secure against tipping thanks to the low centre of gravity
• The 12-m mains cable can be wound simply and cleanly around the turbine head or
hung from the fold-down cable hook
• The integrated socket allows the electric suction brush ESB 280 to be connected,
which can be used to increase the cleaning effect of the vacuum further
• Max. air current: 53 l/s
Included in delivery Container capacity Art. no.

1 x Elbow with suction regulation; 1 x Suction hose; 1 x Combi - 0701 113 17
nozzle; 1 x Upholstery nozzle pluggable; 1 x Joint nozzle;
1 x Suction brush, plug-in; 2 x Suction pipe; 1 x Main filter basket;
1 x Standard exhaust air filter; 3 x Fleece filter bag; 1 x Motor
protection filter
1 x Elbow with suction regulation; 1 x Suction hose; 1 x Combi 12 l 0701 113 1
nozzle; 1 x Upholstery nozzle pluggable; 1 x Joint nozzle;
1 x Suction brush, plug-in; 2 x Suction pipe; 1 x Main filter basket;
1 x Standard exhaust air filter; 3 x Fleece filter bag; 1 x Motor
protection filter

Power tools / Electric power tools / Sand and pol machines, electric
ECCENTRIC DISC-TYPE SANDER ETS 150-E TWIN

1
With two lifting levels for coarse and fine sanding and with 6-hole
grinding plate for Ø 150-mm grinding discs.
2 stroke settings on one machine
• Coarse grinding with 6.2 mm stroke
• Fine grinding with 2.8 mm stroke
High removal rate
Simultaneous rotating and oscillating motion
Integrated dust extraction
Can also be used without the external extraction function if necessary.
Adjusting wheel for adapting the number of rotations and
oscillations
Sensitive materials such as veneer or thin layers of paint can be processed without a
problem.
• Oscillating diameter, 1st gear/2nd gear: 2.8 / 6.2 mm

Sanding disc Useit ® Superpad, wood: 1 x Grid size: 80, 1 x Grid size: 120, 1 x Grid size: 150; 1 x Dust cassette 0702 129 0

ECCENTRIC DISC-TYPE SANDER ETS 150-E COMPACT

1
Small, handy random orbital sander designed for sanding work on
wood, metal and coatings
Very good handling and easy operation
Smaller dimensions enable very good handling and efficient processing.
Optimal setting
The vibration level can be set for any application as required.
Low vibration work
The rubberised, comfortable handle absorbs strong vibrations.
High efficiency
The 5 mm stroke of the eccentric grinder ensures high removal during use.
Longer service life
The brushless EC motor gives the machine a long operating time, resulting in greater
efficiency as well as lower maintenance costs.
The restarting protection prevents unintentional start-up after a power interruption.
• Oscillating diameter: 5 mm

1 x Abrasive disc; 1 x Open-ended wrench 0702 124 0

STRAIGHT GRINDER GSL 950-E POWER

1
The geared high-power model with long neck and planetary gear unit
for machining surfaces.
High torque at optimum, constant speed
Planetary gear unit
Easy tool change with spindle stop
Block the gear with the push of a button and change the tool without a second key.
For use in hard-to-reach areas
Lightweight collar design (conical shape)
Comfortable and safe working
Removable rubber cap and additional handle
Safety cut-out
If the tool blocks, the power supply is interrupted immediately
Restart protection
To prevent an accidental restart of the tool
Thermal overload protection
Cut-out carbon brushes for protecting the motor
Long service life
Insensitive to dust with coated field coil and winding protective grille.
Drive for flexible shaft
Suitable for clamping frame
• Collet chuck diameter: 6 mm

1 x Collet chuck for straight grinder; 1 x Wrench; 1 x Handle; 1 x Protective rubber cap 0702 522 0

STRAIGHT GRINDER GSL 700-E

1
The universal tool with long neck for milling and grinding work.
Easy tool change with spindle stop
Block the gear with the push of a button and change the tool without a second key.
Lightweight collar design (conical shape)
Comfortable and safe working
Removable rubber cap and additional handle
Safety cut-out
Restart protection
Long service life
Insensitive to dust with coated field coil and winding protective grille.
Drive for flexible shaft
Suitable for clamping frame

1 x Collet chuck for straight grinder; 1 x Wrench; 1 x Protective rubber cap 0702 521 0

STRAIGHT GRINDER GS 700-E

1
The high-power model, small and powerful
Lightweight collar design
Safety cut-out
Restart protection
Long service life
Insensitive to dust with coated field coil and winding protective grille

1 x Collet chuck for straight grinder; 1 x Wrench; 1 x Handle 0702 520 0
POLISHING MACHINE PM 200-E

Powerful polishing and burnishing machine in a compact and handy
design
For painted and metal surfaces
With the corresponding accessories, the PM 200-E replaces a burnishing machine
Extremely handy and lightweight
Minimal force needed when working side surfaces
Careful, targeted polishing
Double transmission reduction enables very low speed
Increased user safety
Soft start and restart protection (after power cuts)
• Max. polishing element diameter: 200 mm

1 x Hood; 1 x Handle 0702 453 0

ECCENTRIC POLISHING MACHINE EPM 160-E

1
Compact and high-performance, with 1,010 W motor and 8 mm polis-
hing stroke for a high level of efficiency. Ideal for hologram-free polis-
hing with permanent positive drive
Compact, ergonomic, quiet
• Low weight for easy handling
• Low noise emissions
• Extremely smooth running with equalising weight
• Accurate handling with dome grip. Ergonomically shaped bail handle can be
unscrewed.
A tachometer generator ensures that the speed remains constant, even under loads.
Continuously adjustable speed
Speed pre-selection for easily adjusted polishing speed
Straightforward attachment of polishing pad
Special dampened Velcro plate
Fatigue-free and comfortable work
Locking in continuous operation
High level of user safety and motor protection
Soft start for slow, careful start of the machine without jerking or spraying polish
Power-on inhibitor
Prevents unintentional start-ups after power cuts.
Overload protection
Increases the machine‘s service life.
Temperature monitoring
No burning through coils.
Ideal for heat-sensitive finishes
Low surface heat generation

1 x Hook-and-loop disc for EPM 160-E Diameter: 140 mm; 1 x Bow handle Length: 200 mm; 1 x Hexagon socket wrench Length: 5707 500 0
100 mm; 1 x Cover handle Length: 200 mm; 1 x Screw Length: 100 mm

POLISHING MACHINE AUTOMOTIVE EPM 14-200-E

1
Powerful 1450 W automotive polishing machine ideal for removing
scratches
• Powerful 1450-W motor for maximum performance in all applications
• Thermal overload protection prevents the machine from overheating
• Overload protection prevents the machine from being overworked by the user
• Restart protection prevents unintentional start-up after a power interruption
• Constant electronics ensures consistent speeds when working at low rotation speeds
• Spindle lock enables tool-free plate change
• Soft start
• Lockable throttle switch
• Max. polishing element diameter: 200 mm
Art. no.
5707 510 0

ELECTRICAL ORBITAL SANDER ESS 115-2

1
With universal clamping system for fastening hook-and-loop sandpa-
per with dimensions of 230 x 115 mm and 10-hole perforation, and
for clamping sandpaper without an adhesion system
Excellent grinding finish
• Low-vibration and long-lasting oscillation system
• Achieves perfect sanding results with almost no sanding grooves
Robust clamping system for versatile use
• Universal clamping system permits the use of sandpaper with and without hook-
and-loop fastener.
• Use of abrasives up to 10 mm thick
Integrated dust extraction
• Easy-to-empty dust collection cartridge
• Self-generated dust extraction and washable polyester filter
Clean work
Additional extraction with side extraction channels on the hook-and-loop abrasive
pad.
Stronger hold when connecting external vacuum cleaners
Universal extraction connection with fluting
• Grinding surface length x grinding surface width: 230 x 115 mm
• Oscillating diameter: 2.2 mm

1 x Handle; 1 x Dust collection cassette; 1 x Abrasive pad 5707 700 0

ELECTRIC BENCH GRINDER PRO 150

1
Ideal for small workshop jobs
• Induction motor, reliable and silent, for optimal working comfort (little vibration, less
than 80 dB(A) in normal use)
• Reinforced aluminium body for optimum robustness
• Switch with anti-start-up function to ensure complete safety when working
• Pre-equipped for base plate mounting
• Anti-spatter protection (not pre-fitted) and work supports (not pre-fitted)
• Supplied with two grinding wheels of different grain size (36 and 60) for multiple
applications (roughing and finishing)
• Length: 520 mm
• Width: 210 mm
• Height: 320 mm
• Internal diameter: 16 mm
Art. no.
0701 124 150
ELECTRIC BENCH GRINDER PRO 200

Powerful and quiet motor for all deburring and polishing tasks
• Induction motor, reliable and silent, for optimal working comfort (little vibration, less
than 80 dB(A) in normal use)
• Reinforced aluminium body for optimum robustness
• Switch with anti-start-up function to ensure complete safety when working
• Pre-equipped for base plate mounting
• Anti-spatter protection (not pre-fitted) and work supports (not pre-fitted)
• Supplied with two grinding wheels of different grain size for multiple applications
(roughing and finishing)
• Length: 570 mm
• Width: 290 mm
• Height: 340 mm
Art. no.
0701 124 200

ELECTRIC BENCH GRINDER PRO 200-B

1
Powerful and quiet motor for all deburring and polishing tasks
• Induction motor, reliable and quiet, for optimum working comfort (minimal vibration,
noise level below 80 dB(A) during normal use)
• Reinforced aluminium body, ensuring a high degree of sturdiness
• Isolating switch with anti-start-up function for absolute operating safety
• Pre-equipped for fitting on base plate
• Anti-projection protection mechanisms (not pre-mounted) and working supports (not
pre-mounted)
• Delivered with one grinder and one brass brush
• Length: 570 mm
• Width: 290 mm
• Height: 340 mm
Art. no.
0701 124 201

CONCRETE GRINDER EBS 125-E

1
Powerful 1700-W concrete grinder for sanding and removal of concre-
te, screed and coatings on hard substrates.
High productivity
Powerful 1700 watts yet low weight
Enables work suitable for materials and close to edges
The speed control enables speeds suitable for materials, which remain constant even
under load. The expanding segment enables work close to edges and walls.
Dust-free system
The spring-loaded brush rim on the protective hood adapts to any surface and
segment height, ensuring efficient suction in combination with the suction hood and
connected suction unit.
Optimum handling of the machine
Ergonomic bow handle for secure and even guidance during grinding
The restarting protection prevents an unintentional start-up after a power interruption.
• Min. idle speed: 2200 rpm
• WEEE (taking back waste electrical and electronic equipment): 06

1 x Long-life & Speed diamond cup wheel for hard material 125 mm; 1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Double-headed wrench; 1 x Case insert 5707 701 1
for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.3

WALL AND CEILING GRINDERS WSS 225-E COMPACT

1
Ergonomic long neck grinder with high removal rate and effective
dust extraction
Protection for workers and machine
Worker and machine are protected by soft start.
Ergonomic and fatigue-free working
The very handy and lightweight machine with high operating comfort and optimal
balance between motor and grinding plate ensures ergonomic and effortless work.
Ideally suited for edge grinding
The straight, rotatable edge segment allows surface transitions between wall/wall or
ceiling/wall to be sanded more easily and closer to the edge.
High stability
The optimised flexible shaft provides for increased stability of the grinding head.
Effective suction
Suction between brush ring and abrasive and via the 10-hole suction device prevents
fast clogging of the abrasive.
Smooth grinding
Spring-mounted grinding head hood ensures perfect adjustment to the grinding head
on all uneven surfaces.

Sanding disc Useit ® Superpad, wood: 1 x Grid size: 60, 1 x Grid size: 80, 1 x Grid size: 100; 1 x Hook-and-loop adapter SuperSoft; 0702 121 1
1 x Clip connector; 1 x Transport bag
BRUSH GRINDER MBX 3200

A compact and lightweight machine for removing underbody com-
pounds, PVC coating, rust, sealants and paint.
• No heating in the work area
• Prevents tools from getting dirty
• Long brush service life
• Finishes jobs quicker
• Versatile due to its extensive brush selection
Art. no.
0702 460 350

Power tools / Electric power tools / Cut and sep devices, electric
MULTI-CUTTER EMS 350-SL COMPACT

1
Very compact, low-vibration 350 Watt multi-cutter with innovative
Starlock-Plus tool holder for better torque transmission
Starlock Plus tool chuck
The innovative Starlock Plus chuck ensures better torque transfer. Compatible with all
Starlock and Starlock Plus accessories.
Electronic speed control
Optimally controlled with tachogenerator electronics for continual working progress,
even in demanding applications.
Anti-vibration system offers maximum operating comfort
Decoupled motor housing ensures very low vibration and noise levels.
Fast and tool-free exchanging of saw blades
Convenient quick-action clamping system
Dust-free working and an outstanding range of applications
Accessories set including suction device
• Tool holding device: Starlock Plus
Included in delivery Nominal voltage Weight of machine Art. no.

- 230 V/AC 1400 g 5706 101 17
Hook and loop dry sandpaper triangle: 220 V/AC 1.4 kg 5706 101 1
3 x P60, 3 x P80, 3 x P120, 3 x P180;
1 x Starlock triangular grinding disc;
1 x Suction; 1 x Case insert for MASTER

MULTI-CUTTERS EMS 450-SL POWER

1
Very strong, low-vibration 450 Watt multi-cutter with innovative Star-
lock-Max tool holder for better torque transmission
Quick and tool-free accessory change
Quick-In quick-action clamping system
Universal compatibility
Starlock Max tool chuck is suitable for all existing Starlock accessories.
Highest level of comfort while working
Anti-vibration system provides significantly less noticeable vibration.
Optimum adaptation to the respective application
Infinitely-adjustable speed
Perfect consistency while under load
Tacho generator
Fast work progress
Long 4.0° oscillation stroke for fast removal and fast cutting.
• Tool holding device: Starlock Max
Included in delivery Oscillation stroke Art. no.

- 4 Degree 5706 102 17
1 x System case 8.4.2; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines 4 Degree 5706 102 1

MULTI-CUTTER EMS 450 1.7 COMPACT

1
Extremely powerful multi-cutter with quick-action clamping system for
the automotive sector
Ergonomic working
Anti-vibration system reduces vibration by up to 70%.
Robust
Metal gearbox ensures robustness and long life.
Powerful and fast work progress
450 W motor is designed for continual use and is overload protected
Optimally suited to application
Infinitely variable speed regulation adapts the tool perfectly to the respective applica-
tion and keeps the speed constant even under load (tachometer generator).
Quick saw blade replacement
Tool-free quick-action clamping system

1 x Whetstone; 1 x Case insert for MASTER machines; 1 x System case 8.4.2 5706 103 1
DRY CONSTRUCTION SCREWDRIVER S 50 TB

Extremely light and handy dry construction driver
Specially designed for dry wall screws up to 5 mm in diameter
The screwing speed can be perfectly matched to the dry wall screws.
Quick cable change
A longer cable can be connected in just seconds if necessary.
Lightweight and handy
Making it possible to work for long periods without fatigue.
Easily adjustable screwing depth
Adjustable depth stop
• Max. torque: 0.67 Nm
• Screw diameter: 5 mm

1 x Universal holder E 6.3 (1/4“); 1 x Depth stop; 1 x Belt clip; 1 x Quick-change cable 0702 050 0

Power tools / Electric power tools / Angle grinder, electric
WALL CHASER MSF 180N

1
Supplied in a robust metal case, Allen keys, fixing key and suction
hose fitting
• A powerful and manageable tool thanks to its two handles (to facilitate both verti-
cal and horizontal cutting)
• Two parallel diamond discs produce two cuts. The leftover core of the groove can
be removed with a flat chisel (to be ordered separately)
• Safety switch to prevent accidental switch-on
• Adjustable cutting depth: 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 and 60 mm
• Cutting width with single disc: 3 mm
• Cutting width with two discs: from 5 to a max. of 45 mm with 5-mm progression
• Min./max. cutting width: 2-45 mm
Nominal voltage Min./max. cutting depth Cable length Art. no.

220 V/AC - 4m 0702 417 01
230 V/AC 30-60 mm 3.8 m 0702 417 1

WALL SLITTING CUTTER MSF 40

1
Extremely powerful wall slitting cutter with 1900 W motor, including
two diamond cutting discs 125 mm
Fast and powerful work progress
The extremely powerful 1900 W drive with slip coupling provides fast and powerful
work progress.
Tool-free depth setting
Clamping lever allows easy, tool-free depth adjustment and saves time.
Very robust and anti-static
Die-cast aluminium cover ensures a high degree of robustness as well as anti-static
properties.
Highly ergonomic and easy to handle
The column and bow handles ensure good ergonomics and optimum handling for
horizontal and vertical work. The switch can be locked to provide support, making
work more comfortable.
Precise working
Additional rollers support lateral tilting effect and facilitate precise guidance of the
machine
• Min./max. cutting depth: 0-40 mm
• Min./max. cutting width: 0-35 mm

2 x Diamond cutting disc Construction site Longlife & Speed RS Plus 125 mm; 1 x Slitting chisel; 1 x Double-headed wrench; 1 x Case 0702 416 1

ANGLE GRINDER EWS 7-115 BASIC

1
Powerful 720 W angle grinder with a 115 mm safety guard. Ideal for
simple grinding and cutting.
Lightweight and easy to handle
With the smallest grip size in its power range (176 mm) and weighing just 1.8 kg, the
angle grinder rests comfortably in your hand, even over longer periods.
Small drive head
Thanks to the small drive head, even difficult-to-reach areas are entirely accessible.
Longer service life
The specially developed air vents cool the motor down optimally. The carbon brushes
with automatic cut-out function protect the motor and ensure a longer service life.
Anti-twist protective hood
Provides a high degree of protection for the user.

1 x Handle; 1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Angle grinder, protective panel on both sides WSH 230; 1 x Spare parts - machines 5707 016 0
QUICK-CLAMPING NUT FIXTEC

Tool-free changing of abrasives for angle grinders. Tightened and
released by hand
For angle grinders up to max. Ø 150 mm with commercially availab-
le M14 spindle thread
If necessary, quick-action nut can also be loosened with face wrench
• Holes are located below the clip
• Use suitable face wrench
• Diameter: 49 mm
• Height: 9 mm
Art. no.
0702 480 900

QUICK-CLAMPING NUT JACOBS

1
Tool-free changing of abrasives for angle grinders. Tightened and
released by hand
• For angle grinders with 180–230 mm diameter and standard M14 spindle thread
• Patented clamping system design practically rules out the risk of jams during hea-
vy-duty work
• Diameter: 47 mm
• Height: 12.5 mm
Art. no.
0702 489 900
EXTRACTOR HOOD WSA 125 FOR ANGLE GRINDER

Permits almost dust-free operation.
Easy assembly
Quick and tool-free preparation for any work that needs to be done.
Grinding close to the wall
Thanks to the easy-to-open sliding element.
Low-dust work
The brush ring and an optimised flow channel allow almost dust-free grinding work,
whether inside or outside.
Constantly high extraction rates
• Anti-static plastic prevents electrostatic charging and the accumulation of dust
• Dust extraction connection Ø 35/41 mm
• Diameter: 125 mm
• Height: 80 mm
• Suitable machines: Würth EWS 14-125 EQ Universal, Würth EWS 17-125
Q Power, Würth EWS 12-125 Solid, Würth EWS 10-125 Compact, Würth EWS
12-125 T Solid
• Weight: 0.3 kg
Art. no.
5707 000 107

ANGLE GRINDER EWS 10-125 COMPACT

1
Powerful 1000-watt compact angle grinder with the smallest grip cir-
cumference in its performance class for perfect ergonomics and effort-
less work. Ideal for light to mid-level grinding and cutting work, such
as deburring.
Rapid work progress, as the rotation speed remains constant even under load.
Restart protection
The angle grinder will not restart unintentionally following an interruption to the power
supply, significantly reducing the risk of injury.
Protection of the user and the machine
Overload protection and soft start
Recoil protection
Mechanical decoupling ensures no recoil if the disk locks. For a high level of protecti-
on for the user and rapid continuation of work.
Quick adjustment of protective cover
Enables quick adjustment of the protective cover without the use of tools.
• Functions: Constant electronics, Restarting protection, Overloading protection

1 x Handle; 1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Face spanner; 1 x Angle grinder, protective panel on both sides WSH 230 5707 003 0

ANGLE GRINDER EWS 12-125-T SOLID

1
Reliable 1200-watt angle grinder demonstrates impressive robust-
ness, endurance and an additional anti-vibration handle. Ideal for
intensive work with high safety requirements
Deadman‘s switch
The angle grinder only functions when the switch is held down.
Recoil protection
Prevents recoil if the disk locks thanks to mechanical decoupling.
Quick-adjustment protective hood
The hood allows tool-free adjustment.
• Functions: Anti-vibration system, Recoil protection, Dead man‘s switch, Quickly
adjustable cover

1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Face spanner; 1 x Angle grinder, protective panel on both sides WSH 230; 1 x Anti-vibration handle 5707 004 3

ANGLE GRINDER EWS 14-125-E UNIVERSAL

1
Angle grinder with speed control, anti-vibration handle and high
power density. Ideal for continuous intense roughing and cutting
work.
Speed control
• The infinitely adjustable speed control makes the angle grinder the ideal solution for
all applications
• The rotation speed can be optimally adapted to the material that is to be machined
For rapid progress with work as the rotation speed remains constant even under load.
Restart protection
Following an interruption in the power supply, the angle grinder does not restart unin-
tentionally, significantly reducing the risk of injury.
Increases the service life and operational safety of the machine.
Recoil protection
• Mechanical decoupling ensures no recoil if the disk locks.
• For a high level of user protection and the rapid continuation of work
• Functions: Speed electronics, Constant electronics, Restarting protection, Over-
loading protection, Anti-vibration system

- 5707 005 07

ANGLE GRINDER EWS 14-125-EQ UNIVERSAL

1
Powerful 1400-W universal angle grinder with speed control, anti-vi-
bration handle and the highest power density in its class for rapid pro-
gress with work. Ideal for tough rough machining and cutting work.
Adapts ideally to the material and task at hand
The infinitely adjustable speed control makes the angle grinder the ideal solution for
all applications.
With constant electronics, the speed remains constant, even under load.
Restart protection
Recoil protection
Tool-free and fast disc change at the touch of a button
“Q-Nut” quick clamping nut and quickly adjustable protective cover.
• Functions: Speed electronics, Anti-vibration system, Constant electronics, Restar-
ting protection, Quick clamping system (Fixtec), Overloading protection

1 x Q-Nut quick-clamping nut; 1 x Angle grinder, protective panel on both sides WSH 230; 1 x Anti-vibration handle 5707 005 2

ANGLE GRINDER EWS 17-125 POWER

1
Powerful 1700 W handy angle grinder for removing material as
quickly as possible and achieving maximum productivity. Ideal for
heavy-duty roughing and cutting work. With anti-vibration handle.
Enables rapid progress with work as the speed remains constant even under load.
Restart protection
Recoil protection
• No recoil if the disc is blocked thanks to mechanical decoupling
• Functions: Constant electronics, Restarting protection, Overloading protection,
Anti-vibration system


ANGLE GRINDER EWS 17-125-Q POWER

1
With constant electronics, the speed remains constant, even under load.
Restart protection
Recoil protection
Tool-free and fast disc change at the touch of a button
“Q-Nut” quick clamping nut and quickly adjustable protective cover.
• Functions: Constant electronics, Restarting protection, Overloading protection,
Anti-vibration system, Quick clamping system (Fixtec)


ANGLE GRINDER EWS 7-125 BASIC

1
Powerful 720 W angle grinder with a 125 mm safety guard. Ideal for
simple grinding and cutting.
Lightweight and easy to handle
With the smallest grip size in its power range (176 mm) and weighing just 1.8 kg, the
angle grinder rests comfortably in your hand, even over longer periods.
Small drive head
Thanks to the small drive head, even difficult-to-reach areas are entirely accessible.
Longer service life
The specially developed air vents cool the motor down optimally. The carbon brushes
with automatic cut-out function protect the motor and ensure a longer service life.
Anti-twist protective hood
Provides a high degree of protection for the user.
• Functions: Restarting protection

1 x Handle; 1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Angle grinder, protective panel on both sides WSH 230; 1 x Face spanner 5707 015 0

ANGLE GRINDER EWS 12-125 SOLID

1
1,200 watt, powerful and robust angle grinder with anti-vibration
handle for fast working progress and long service life. Ideal for conti-
nuous intense rough machining and cutting work
Restart protection
The angle grinder will not restart unintentionally following an interruption to the power
supply, significantly reducing the risk of injury.
Recoil protection
Rapid adjustment of the protective cover without the use of tools
Quickly adjustable protective cover
Included in delivery Nominal voltage Functions Min./max. idle speed Art. no.
- 220 V/AC Anti-vibration system - 5707 040 07
1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Face 230 V/AC Anti-vibration system, Restarting 0-11000 rpm 5707 040 0
spanner; 1 x Angle grinder, protection, Recoil protection,
protective panel on both sides Overloading protection
WSH 230; 1 x Anti-vibration
handle

SAFETY ANGLE GRINDER SWS 12-125-T SOLID

1
1250 W. Robust safety angle grinder with motor brake and paddle
switch (deadman function). Designed for applications with the highest
safety requirements.
Paddle switch with deadman function and motor brake
• The angle grinder will only operate while the switch is pressed. The mechanical
motor brake also stops the disc within approx. 2 seconds in the event of a power
cut.
Constant electronics and highest power density in its class
• For rapid progress with work and a long service life.
Recoil protection
• No recoil if the disk locks. For a high level of protection for the user and rapid conti-
nuation of work.
Anti-vibration handle and integrated anti-vibration system
• Less hand-arm vibrations, longer service life of the machine and up to double the
service life of the sanding disc.
Quick-adjustment protective cover
• Rapid adjustment of the protective cover without the use of tools.
Electronic overload protection, soft start and restart protection
• Increase service life and level of operating safety offered by the machine.


ANGLE GRINDER EWS 10-125-E COMPACT

1
Compact 1,000-watt angle grinder with ideal balance of power and
ergonomics. Ideal for light- to medium-duty grinding and cutting
work, such as deburring
Rotation speed remains constant, even under load.
6-stage speed control
Allows the user to adjust the speed to suit the application.
Restart protection
Prevents accidental start-up after a power interruption.
Recoil protection
Mechanical decoupling prevents recoil if the disk becomes stuck.
Overload protection and soft-start
The service life of the machine is considerably increased.
Quick-adjustable protective hood
The hood allows for tool-free adjustment.
Easy to handle
Good balance of power and weight enables comfortable working even over long
periods.
Included in delivery Functions Art. no.

- - 5707 030 07
1 x Handle; 1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Face spanner; 1 x Angle Speed electronics, Speed adjustment wheel, Restarting protec- 5707 030 0
grinder, protective panel on both sides WSH 230 tion, Soft start, Recoil protection, Overloading protection, Cons-
tant electronics, Quickly adjustable cover

ANGLE GRINDER EWS 17-125-EQ POWER

1
Powerful 1,700-watt angle grinder with good handling, fast material
removal and maximum productivity. Ideal for heavy-duty roughing
and cutting work
Allows the user to select the ideal speed for the application.
Restart protection
Recoil protection
Ensures no recoil if the disk locks thanks to mechanical decoupling.
Overload protection and soft-start
Considerably increases the service life of the machine.
Quick-adjustable protective hood and quick-clamping nut
• The hood allows tool-free adjustment.
• The nut allows tool-free disc change.
• Functions: Speed electronics, Speed adjustment wheel, Constant electronics,
Recoil protection, Restarting protection, Soft start, Overloading protection, Quick
clamping nut, Quickly adjustable cover, Anti-vibration system


ANGLE GRINDER EWS 17-125 E POWER

1
Powerful 1,700 Watt angle grinder with good handling, fast material
removal and maximum productivity. Ideal for heavy-duty roughing
and cutting work.
Allows the user to adjust the speed to suit the application.
Recoil protection
Prevents recoil if the disk locks thanks to mechanical decoupling.
The service life of the machine is considerably increased.
Quick-adjustment protective hood
Hood can be adjusted without tools


TWO-HAND ANGLE GRINDER EWS 24-180-S

1
2400-watt angle grinder with quick-clamping nut, for discs with max.
180 mm diameter.
Optimum working position
Handle can be rotated in 90° steps
Less fatigue when working
Very slim housing and vibration damping on both handles
Twist-resistant protective guard
• The hood cannot become twisted during work, offering ideal protection for the user
• Adjustable without tools, for rapid and effective work
Recoil protection
If the disc suddenly blocks, the power supply to the motor is interrupted, considerably
reducing the risk of injury.
Overload indicator
To prevent motor damage, an LED comes on if the unit becomes overloaded.
On/Off switch with intelligent electronics
• Restart protection
• Overload protection
• Soft start
Optimised dust-protection concept
• Double labyrinth seals for ball bearing
• Enclosed switch
• Cool air is sucked in at the rear ventilation slots and blown out at the gear head at
the front

1 x Quick-clamping nut Jacobs; 1 x Clamping flange; 1 x Handle; 1 x Spare parts - machines, others 0702 445 20

TWO-HAND ANGLE GRINDER EWS 24-230

1
2400-watt angle grinder for disks with max. 230 mm diameter.
Recoil protection
Overload indicator
• Soft start
• Enclosed switch
the front

1 x Face wrench, straight; 1 x Clamping flange; 1 x Handle; 1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Parts set 0702 446 10

TWO-HAND ANGLE GRINDER EWS 24-230-S

1
2400-watt angle grinder with quick-clamping nut, for discs with max.
230 mm diameter
Recoil protection
Overload indicator
• Soft start
• Enclosed switch
the front

1 x Quick-clamping nut Jacobs; 1 x Clamping flange; 1 x Handle 0702 446 20

TWO-HAND ANGLE GRINDER EWS 24-230-T

1
2400 watt angle grinder with deadman‘s switch, for discs with max.
230 mm diameter.
Handle can be rotated in 90° increments
Optimum working position for both grinding and cutting.
Vibration damping on both handles
Less fatigue during work.
Twist-proof protective hood
Recoil protection
If the wheel suddenly blocks, the power supply to the motor is interrupted, considerab-
ly reducing the danger of injury.
Overload indicator
Extremely slimline housing
Makes it easier to work with the angle grinder.
• Soft start
• Enclosed switch
• Cool air is sucked in at the rear ventilation slots and blown out at the front by the
gear head
Art. no.
0702 446 30

SAFETY ANGLE GRINDER SWS 26-230-T

1
Extremely powerful and safe angle grinder with long-lasting 2600 W
motor, dead man‘s switch and run-out brake
• Patented dust protection and a long-lasting and robust 2600 W motor ensure a
long service life
• Mechanical disc brake in less than 2.5 sec.
• A dead man‘s switch with safety feature prevents unintentional switching on and
interrupts power when released, which stops the machine
• Electronic safety switch-off increases user protection by reducing kickback when the
disc is blocked
• Damping system and integrated auto-balancer reduce vibration and facilitate
working
• Rotatable main handle adjustable in 4 positions; an additional handle can be
mounted at 3 positions to enable optimal handle position depending on the type of
application
• Quick-release nut enables tool-free disc changes
• Protective hood provides tool-free adjustment
• Soft start
• Electronic overload and restart protection

1 x Quick-clamping nut Jacobs; 1 x Clamping flange; 1 x Handle; 1 x Parts set 5707 090 0

ANGLE GRINDER EWS 17-150 POWER

1
Restart protection
Recoil protection

1 x Clamping nut; 1 x Face spanner; 1 x Anti-vibration handle; 1 x Protective hood 5707 007 0

ANGLE GRINDER EWS 17-150 Q POWER

1
very heavy-duty roughing and cutting work, with anti-vibration hand-
le.
Restart protection
Recoil protection
„Q-Nut“ quick-clamping nut and rapidly adjustable protective hood
The quick-action clamping nut allows rapid and tool-free disc changes at the press of
a button. This quick-change system is ideally supplemented by the quick-adjustment
protective hood.

1 x Q-Nut quick-clamping nut; 1 x Anti-vibration handle; 1 x Protective hood 5707 007 2
ANGLE GRINDER EWS 17-150-EQ POWER


1 x Q-Nut quick-clamping nut; 1 x Anti-vibration handle; 1 x Protective hood 5707 008 2

Power tools / Electric power tools / Cleaning devices, electric
HIGH-PRESSURE CLEANER HDR 160 COMPACT

1
Compact cold water high-pressure cleaner for medium-duty cleaning
jobs
Compact design and adjustable aluminium push handle.
Long service life and reduced consumption
If work is interrupted, the automatic pressure cut-out switches the device off immedi-
ately. Relieving the pressure on the components prolongs the service life of the pump
and reduces energy and water consumption.
Fast, simple changes and dosing of the cleaning agent
The required concentration can be set using the dosing valve. The integral suction
hose for cleaning agent fits into any container.
Comfortable, low-fatigue work
Ergonomic manual spray gun with reduced retention and pulling force.
Easy to store
Practical accessory holder and electrical cable winding mechanism.
• Power input: 2.3 kW
• Min./max. feed quantity: 0-480 l/h
• Max. inlet temperature: 60 °C
• Hose length: 10 m

1 x Three-way nozzle; 1 x Dirt blaster; 1 x Tap connection; 1 x Jet pipe HDR 160 C/185 PP; 1 x High-pressure hose HDR 160 C/185 0701 161 0
PP; 1 x Manual spray gun

HIGH-PRESSURE CLEANER HDR 185 POWER PLUS

1
Powerful cold water high-pressure cleaner with hose reel, for medium
to heavy-duty cleaning jobs
Work comfortably thanks to the easy-to-store high-pressure hose
The integrated hose drum ensures that the hose is always in the right place, minimising
the risk of accidents.
Infinitely variable pressure/water quantity regulation
Pressure level/water volume can be adjusted to suit the individual cleaning task.
Long service life and reduced consumption
The automatic pressure cut-out function shuts down the device immediately if work is
interrupted. Relieving the pressure on the components prolongs the service life of the
pump and reduces energy and water consumption.
Fast, simple replacement and dosing of the respective cleaning
agent
The required concentration can be set using the dosing valve. The integral suction
hose for cleaning agent fits into any container.
For convenient, effortless work.
Ergonomic manual spray gun with reduced retention and pulling force.
Easy to store
Thanks to practical accessory holder and electrical cable winding.
• Power input: 2.7 kW
• Min./max. feed quantity: 0-500 l/h
• Max. inlet temperature: 60 °C

1 x Dirt blaster; 1 x Tap connection; 1 x Jet pipe HDR 160 C/185 PP; 1 x Manual spray gun; 1 x High-pressure hose HDR 160 C/185 0701 163 0
PP; 1 x Three-way nozzle;

PLUG-ON WASH BRUSH

1
For surface cleaning
• For universal use with the high-pressure cleaner in surface cleaning
• Compatible with: HDR 160 Premium, HDR 160 Compact, HDR 185 Power Plus
Art. no.
0701 160 008
HIGH-PRESSURE HOSE HDR 160 PREMIUM

For high-pressure cleaner HDR 160 Premium
• Length: 10 m
• Compatible with: HDR 160 Premium
• Material: Rubber
Art. no.
0701 160 001
EXTENDED HAND SPRAY GUN

For easy cleaning of hard-to-reach places with the high-pressure clea-
ner HDR 160 Premium
• Length: 620 mm
• Compatible with: HDR 160 Premium
Art. no.
0701 160 002

THREE-WAY NOZZLE
1
Robust, durable and dirt-resistant nozzle for high-pressure cleaner.
Easy changeover of jet for every cleaning task
High-pressure narrow jet (0°), high-pressure flat jet (25°) and low-pressure flat jet
(40°)
• Compatible with: HDR 160 Premium, HDR 160 Compact
Art. no.
0701 160 004
AUTOMATIC HOSE WINDER FOR CLEANER

• Suitable for hot and cold water at high pressure
• High-resistant technopolymer coil
• Support clamp in corrosion resistant hot-dip galvanized steel
• Can be fitted to the wall with the hose outlet towards the bottom or the top
• The hose lock device can be applied at any length required. This device is easy to
disengage if you want the hose to remain constantly extended
• Brass/stainless steel rotary joint
• Rotating support for flag-type movement
• Inlet fitting on the rotary joint 1/2”M
• 14 metres of black water hose with a rotating fitting 3/8”F
• Supplied with a 2 m connector tube with an inlet fitting with a female thread M22 x
1.5
• Supplied with an adapter nipple 3/8” M- M22 x 1.5 m for connection to the wand
• Length: 530 mm
• Material: Steel
• Connection thread: M22 x 1.5, 1/2 inch, IT 3/8 inch
Art. no.
0699 120

FOAM NOZZLE
1
Ideal for lathering vehicles with the high-pressure cleaner
Pleasant working
Compact and handy design with adjustable spray angle
Stepless dosing of the cleaning agent
The required concentration can be set directly on the foam nozzle at the push of a
button.
• Compatible with: HDR 160 Compact, HDR 185 Power Plus, HDR 160 Premium
• Material: Plastic
• Connection thread: M22 x 1.5
Art. no.
0701 161 141
ROTATING WASH BRUSH

Rotates for highly effective cleaning action
• Length: 250 mm
Art. no.
0701 160 015

Power tools / Electric power tools / Melting technology, electric
THERMO TACKER WTG 40

1
For simple, cost-effective repairs to plastic parts.
Versatile use
Suitable for practically all types of plastic.
Weather-resistant repair work
The staples to be applied are stainless.
Energy-saving
Low power consumption of maximum 40 W.
• Length: 180 mm
• Width: 90 mm
• Height: 90 mm
• Max. temperature conditions: 500 °C

Staple: 25 x 0.8 mm, 15 mm, 25 x 0.8 mm, 16 mm, 25 x 0.8 mm, 21 mm 0702 206 0
MAGNETIC CORE DRILL MKB 35

Compact and powerful electromagnetic core drill for bore holes up to
35 mm in diameter, including safety belt, coolant tank and hexagon
key.
Particularly secure
Using the electromagnet, the machine can be attached easily and completely secu-
rely to metallic workpieces.
Lightweight and strong
The machine is suitable for tough construction site conditions and its low tare weight
makes it easy to transport.
Convenient and easy working
The 5 metre PUR power cable makes working with an extension cable unnecessary.
Flexible at low temperatures, protected against external influences, highly robust.
Ready to use
With the pre-mounted star handle, the machine can be used immediately. No lengthy
assembly time required.
• Tool holding device: Weldon
• Rotation speed at nominal load in 1st gear: 450 rpm
• Magnetic force: 9000 N

1 x System case 8.4.3 5709 200 1

Power tools / Electric power tools / Core drill tech, metal, elec.
MAGNETIC CORE DRILL MKB 35 COMFORT

1
Compact and powerful electromagnetic core drill with current-inde-
pendent permanent magnets including safety belt, coolant tank and
hexagon key.
100% safe and easy drilling
The permanent magnet holds even in case of securing errors (missing tensioning belt)
and power failures. Up to 30-40% more retention force compared to electromagnets.
Drill holes from 3 mm material thickness.
Easy changing of the drill bit
with quick-change drill chuck
Lightweight
With the permanent magnet, the machine is lightweight.
Comfortable and easy working
With the 5-metre PUR power cable, it is not necessary to work with an extension
cable. Flexible at low temperatures, protected against external influences, highly
robust.
Immediately ready to use
With the pre-mounted star handle, the machine can be used immediately. No lengthy
assembly time required.
• Tool holding device: Weldon
• Rotation speed at nominal load in 1st gear: 450 rpm
• Magnetic force: 7500 N

1 x System case 8.4.3 5709 201 1
EWS 10-125-E COMPACT W. TOOL TROLLEY-SET 28-PCS

Art. no.
0988 000 923

Power tools / Electric power tools / Electric power tools assort/set
ANGLE GRINDER EWS WITH CUTTING DISCS 5 PCS

1
Art. no.
0988 300 301
JIGSAW STP 150 POWER-S, JIGSAW BLADES 16 PCS

Art. no.
0988 300 300
INDUCTION HEATING UNIT IEG-1200 POWER

For the induction heating of magnetisable metals
• Ideal for heating stuck nuts and screws without using an open flame
• Minimises the risk of burns to people or materials
• Extremely handy to use thanks to optimised ergonomic design
• Customised power settings available. Can also be set to continuous operation
• LED lighting at the front
• Internal ventilation for system cooling
• Quick and easy assembly/disassembly of the coils thanks to patented clamping
mechanism
• Extremely heat-resistant coils up to 250°C
Scope of delivery:
1 x IEG — 1200
1 x U-coil — Art. 0702999111
1 x coil Ø 23 — Art. 0702999117
1 x coil Ø 18 — Art. 0702999118
1 x power cable
1 x operating instructions
1 x box
*other coil types available
• Length: 490 mm
• Width: 380 mm
• Height: 130 mm
Art. no.
0702 999 106

Power tools / Electric power tools / Heater electric
COIL FOR INDUCTION HEATER IEG-1200 POWER

1
For induction heating of metallic objects (heater necessary).
Diameter Length Product weight (per item) Art. no.

10 mm 1100 mm 150 g 0702 999 108
18 mm 150 mm 80 g 0702 999 118
23 mm 150 mm 80 g 0702 999 117
23 mm 250 mm 90 g 0702 999 116
26 mm 200 mm 90 g 0702 999 115
32 mm 200 mm 100 g 0702 999 114
40 mm 200 mm 100 g 0702 999 113
47 mm 240 mm 110 g 0702 999 112
52 mm 240 mm 120 g 0702 999 111
160 mm 600 mm 80 g 0702 999 109
COIL, THERMAL PAD FOR INDUCTION HEATER IEG-1200 POWER

For removing trim strips, rubber buffers, stickers, adhesives and paint
residues using induction (heater necessary).
• Length: 240 mm
Art. no.
0702 999 110

Power tools / Machine accessories, general / Connection lines
CONNECTION CABLE
1
For percussion drill SB 13-XE
Length Art. no.

4m 0702 690 002
10 m 0702 690 003
DRILL CHUCK ADAPTER

For using toothed ring/quick-action drill chuck on hammer drills
Art. no.
0692 210 120
QUICK-ACTION DRILL CHUCK

With B16 mount
• Drill chuck holder: B 16
0692 838 138 0692 838 136

0692 838 139
Drill chuck type Min./max. drill Suitable for left- Suitable for impact Product weight (per Art. no.
chuck span width hand rotation work item)
Gear ring drill chuck 3-16 mm Yes Yes 623 g 0692 838 136
Quick action chuck 1-13 mm Yes Yes 594 g 0692 838 138
Quick action chuck 3-16 mm No No 863 g 0692 838 139

Power tools / Machine accessories, general / Drill chucks
QUICK-ACTION CHUCK METAL SLEEVE

1
• Drill chuck type: Quick action chuck, metal sleeve
Drill chuck holder Min./max. drill Suitable for left- Suitable for impact Product weight (per Art. no.
chuck span width hand rotation work item)
B 16 1-13 mm No No 290 g 0692 316 130
1/2 inch x 20 UNF 1-13 mm No No 425 g 0692 312 130
1/2 inch x 20 UNF 1-13 mm Yes Yes 564 g 0692 412 132
3/8 inch x 24 UNF 1-13 mm No Yes 460 g 0692 338 132
B 16 3-16 mm No No 881 g 0692 316 160
QUICK-ACTION CHUCK 2-SLEEVE

• Drill chuck type: Quick action chuck, two sleeves
• Suitable for left-hand rotation: Yes
• Suitable for impact work: Yes
Art. no.
0692 838 132
QUICK-ACTION CHUCK 1-SLEEVE

One-handed tool change
For use with machines on which the drill spindle is automatically
locked after switch-off (spindle stop)
• Drill chuck type: Quick action chuck, one sleeve
Art. no.
0692 838 135

HAMMER DRILL CHUCK

1
With SDS-Plus mount for direct use in hammer drills without additional
adapter
• Also suitable for safe impact drilling thanks to carbide jaws
Art. no.
0692 210 133
TOOTHED RING DRILL CHUCK

Suitable for universal use
• Drill chuck type: Gear ring drill chuck
Art. no.
0692 212 132
ANGLED GEAR
Powerful angled gear for screwing and drilling work
High-quality angled gear made from specially hardened steel
Allows a max. torque of 57 Nm or max. rotation speed of 2,000 rpm
Safe stop
thanks to 360°, infinitely adjustable soft grip
Compact design
Especially suitable for all screwing tasks in tight and difficult to access places
Magnetic 1/4“ bit holder with quick-change chuck
• Safe stop for screws via magnetic force.
• Suitable for all standard bits, and bit drills with C6.3 and E6.3 mount
• Blade holder: 1/4 inch, E 6.3 hexagon
• Drive type: Outer hexagon
• Bit holder: 1/4 inch hexagon
• Tip type: For outer hexagon
• Length: 165 mm
Art. no.
0614 900 0

ANGLED GEAR WIBOS JUNIOR METAL

1
Magnetic angled gear for screwing tasks up to max. 11 Nm
• Ideal for use in inaccessible areas
• Blade holder: 6 mm hexagon
• Bit holder: 1/4 inch hexagon
• Length: 130 mm
Art. no.
0713 92 07
ANGLE DEVICE WÜRTH WIBOS JUNIOR

To drive in screws and make holes in difficult to reach places
Transmission at 90°
With inserts and handle
Contents:
• Handle Zebra, 1 pc.
• Insert 1/4“, 0.8 x 5.5 mm, 1 pc.
• Insert 1/4“, 1.0 x 6.0 mm, 1 pc.
• Insert 1/4“, 1.2 x 6.5 mm, 1 pc.
• Insert 1/4“, PR mis. 1 1 pc.
• Insert 1/4“, PZD mis. 1 1 pc.
Art. no.
0713 92 05
MINI-CHUCK
Extra small drill chuck for clamping drill bits with standard bit mounts.
• Drill chuck type: Mini chuck
• Drill chuck holder: 1/4 inch - hexagon
• Suitable for impact work: No
Art. no.
0713 92 04

Power tools / Machine accessories, general / Case machines
CASE INSERT FOR MASTER MACHINES

1
The perfect insert for storing your Würth MASTER machine tidily and
securely.
Suitable for Type description Suitable for case Length Width Art. no.
machine type
Angle grinder AWS 18-125 P System case 8.4.3 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 843 402
COMPACT
Cordless-Drill driver, ABS + ASS System case 8.4.2 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 490
Cordless-Impact
wrenches
Cordless-Drill driver, ABS/ASS + ABH System case 8.4.3 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 843 491
Cordless-Impact wren- COMPACT
ches, Cordless hammer
drill
Drill driver ABH 18 COMPACT System case 8.4.2 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 403
Drill driver ABS 18 BASIC System case 8.4.3 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 408
Drill driver ABS 18 COMPACT System case 8.4.2 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 882 800
Drill driver ABS 18 POWER/ System case 8.4.2 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 404
COMBI
Drill driver ASS 18-1/2 inch System case 8.4.2 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 406
COMPACT
Drill driver ATS 18 AUTOMATIC System case 8.4.3 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 409
Drill driver, Angle grinder ABS + AWS 18 System case 8.4.3 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 843 494
COMPACT
Hammer drill ABH COMPACT + ASA System case 8.4.3 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 843 493
COMPACT
Impact wrenches ASS 18-1/4 inch System case 8.4.3 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 415
COMPACT
Sabre saw AFS 18 COMPACT System case 8.4.2 462.5 mm 335 mm 5801 842 412
Cordless-Drill driver - System case 4.4.2 335 mm 231 mm 5801 442 101
Sabre saw ABS 18 POWER/ System case 4.4.2 335 mm 231 mm 5801 442 109
COMBI

Power tools / Machine accessories, general / Case machines
CASE FOR GRINDER MACHINES Ø 230 MM

1
Suitable for grinders EWS 24 230-T and SWS 230 Power
• Dimensions (length x width x height) : 685 x 320 x 176 mm
• Weight when empty: 2.43 kg
• High density polyethylene case for excellent impact-resistance
• No honeycomb section, interior parts are moulded to the shape of the grinder
Suitable for carrying
• Grinder EWS 24-230-T + 10 discs (diamond or cutting discs) 3 mm thick (including
1 fitted on the machine)
• Grinder SWS 230 Power + 5 discs (diamond or cutting discs) 3 mm thick (including
1 fitted on the machine)
• Length: 685 mm
• Width: 176 mm
• Height: 320 mm
Art. no.
0955 702 446
MAGAZINE SCREW ATTACHMENT TBS-M

Indispensable for all drywall builders and wherever series screw
connections save time. With matching adapters and bits for drywall
screwdriver S 50 TB, cordless drywall screwdriver TBS 12-A and TBS
18-A.
Tool-free adjustment of the depth stop
Quick and tool-free adjustment of the depth stop by pushing the locking screw.
Saves time with series screw connections
Suitable for collated screws
High working flexibility
Suitable for screws from 3.5 x 25 mm to 4.2 x 55 mm
Extremely handy and lightweight
No great effort required, even over longer working periods.
Can be placed in the drywall screwdriver system cases
The magazine screw attachment is supplied in a small, handy cardboard box along
with adapters and bits.
• Suitable for shaft diameter: 3.5 - 4.2 mm
• Suitable for screw length: 25 - 55 mm
• Suitable for screw-head diameter: 8.2 mm
• Adapter diameter: 23 mm

2 x Phillips bit PH2, Length: 176.5 mm; 2 x Bit, cross recess PH2, Length: 192 mm; Adapter: 1 x Dry walling screwdriver TBS 18-A, 0702 051 100
Dry walling screwdriver S 50-TB, 1 x Dry walling screwdriver TBS 12-A

Power tools / Machine accessories, general / Attachments
ATTACHMENT MSV 55-TS FOR ATS 18 AUTOMATIC M-CUBE

1
Lightweight attachment for use with the ATS 18 AUTOMATIC M-CUBE.
Ideal for series fittings to save time.
Tool-free adjustment to screw length and depth stop used
Quick and tool-free adjustment of the depth stop using setting wheel. The screw length
can also be adjusted without tools using the slide.
Saves time with series screw connections
Suitable for collated screws.
High working flexibility
Suitable for screws from 25 mm to 55 mm in length and diameters from 3.5 mm to 4.2
mm.
Very handy due to light and robust housing
No great effort required, even over longer working periods.
• Suitable for shaft diameter: 3.5 - 4.2 mm
• Suitable for screw length: 25 - 55 mm
• Suitable for screw-head diameter: 8.2 mm
• Adapter diameter: 39 mm
Art. no.
5701 421 000

Power tools / Machine accessories, general / Attachments

Hand tools / ChapterToC
HAND TOOLS 2
Extractor 220
Marking tools and labels 221
Twist extractors 224
Building site tools and machinery 226
Bits and accessories 234
Bodywork tools 267
Shovels, Rakes, Mattocks 286
Riveting technology 288
Striking tools 294
Screwdriver range 311
Wrenches 351
Hand tool assortments 372
Chipping tools 423
Clamping tools 434
Socket wrench 442
Cutting tools 495
Application tools 524
Pliers, pincers and tweezers 534
Brooms, brushes and handles 584
Special tools for cars 588
Inspection tools f. cars/comm. vehicles 608
Stripping tools 610

Hand tools / Extractor / External extractor
UNIVERSAL CLUTCH ALIGNMENT TOOL

For cars
2 • The clutch alignment tool is assembled to form a single unit with the plate and pres-
sure plate, then the assembly is reassembled on the flywheel
• The alignment is thus done directly between the plate and the pressure plate with
the advantage of having a single part when reassembling
• Supplied with two expanding cones in a plastic box
Art. no.
0714 521
SPARE PART CONES FOR CLUTCH ALIGNMENT TOOLS

• Diameter: 15 mm
• Length: 50 mm
Art. no.
0714 521 05

Hand tools / Marking tools and labels / Pens and chalks
OIL MARKING CHALK

Non-papered hexagonal oil-marking chalk for wood, cardboard, tex-
tiles, cold and warm iron.
2
• Width x length: 12 mm x 120 mm
Colour Art. no.

Yellow 0984 400 2
Blue 0984 400 4
MASONS‘ PENCIL
With pointed flat lead
• Length: 240 mm
• Width: 12 mm
• Height: 7.5 mm
Art. no.
0714 647 130
MASONS‘ PENCIL
Extremely sturdy design
• Thick wooden sleeve
• Wide flat graphite lead
• Oval
• Untipped
• Length: 300 mm
• Width: 13 mm
• Height: 8.5 mm
Art. no.
0715 64 013

Hand tools / Marking tools and labels / Pens and chalks
CARPENTER‘S PENCIL
With flat lead
2 • Polished
• Oval, pre-sharpened
• Length: 240 mm
• Width: 12 mm
• Height: 8 mm
Art. no.
0715 64 01
CARPENTER‘S PENCIL, UNSHARPENED

Extremely sturdy design
• Thick wooden mantle
• Broad flat oval graphite lead
• Oval
• Non tipped
• Length: 300 mm
• Width: 13 mm
• Height: 8.5 mm
Art. no.
0715 64 012
CHALK HOLDER
Suitable for oil and tyre chalk
Art. no.
0984 400 6
MECHANICAL PENCIL UNI-MARKER

• Push-top automatic lead advance system
• Allows all of the lead to be used (even when the lead breaks inside if the pencil is
accidentally dropped)
• Lead sharpener incorporated in the button (unscrew the button)
• Length: 143 mm
Art. no.
0967 911 402

Hand tools / Marking tools and labels / Scribing tools
SCRIBER
Carbide-tipped scriber with retaining clip
• In plastic bag 2
• Length: 150 mm
Art. no.
0714 70 09
SCRIBER
Knurled steel handle with screw in straight and bent steel nails
• Length: 235 mm
Art. no.
0714 70 10
MARKER TEMPLATE
Hardened, stainless
Advantages over conventional marker templates:
• Hardened stainless steel, plain polished
• Accurate scale etched
• Increments every 5 mm from 5 to 100 mm
• Material thickness 1.3 mm
• Hardened to 48 HRC
• Does not buckle
• Edges substantially more durable
Art. no.
0715 64 402

Hand tools / Twist extractors / Extractors, interior
THREAD EXTRACTOR SET 25 PIECES

For broken screws and bolts from 6-16 mm or 1/4-5/8 inch
2 Complete equipment, also includes the required twist drill bit

The specially profiled extractor pins expand the stud bolts only
slightly
This makes it easier to unscrew the remaining bolts than with tapered extractors
Comes in a high-quality plastic case
Art. no.
0690 14
DOUBLE SPIRAL SOCKET

• Made of chrome steel, phosphate-coated surface
• Drive: 1/2 inch
Width across flats Art. no.

17 mm 0714 13 617
19 mm 0714 13 619
21 mm 0714 13 621

Hand tools / Twist extractors / Extractor, external
ASSORTMENT OF DOUBLE SPIRAL SOCKETS

With a special spiral profile for unlocking and loosening wheel nuts
and rounded nuts
2
Double spiral sockets: with 6-spiral profile on one side and 12 spirals
on the other, in order to better fit the level of damage
The extension can be inserted in either side and is attached to the
middle of the double spiral socket
Can also be used to unscrew anti-theft wheel nuts with a round
profile
Chromium-vanadium steel, phosphate-coated surface
Supplied in a metal box with a foam insert to secure the tools
Content
• Double spiral socket, 17 mm
• Extension
Art. no.
0965 13 800
1/2 INCH SPIRAL SOCKET NUT SET 14 PCS

For extracting screws with round turned heads and nuts
Conical spiral profile
6 aggressive conical spirals facilitate a powerful grip, including on seized securing
elements
• Manufactured from chrome molybdenum steel, phosphated
• Wide selection of all regular retaining nut sizes: SW 10-27 mm
• Includes ejector drift mandrel
• Delivered in a robust metal case
Art. no.
0965 13 900

Hand tools / Building site tools and machinery / Leverage and extracting
tools
SLATERS‘ NAIL PULLER

• For removing defective slate or asbestos cement slabs
• Painted black
2
• Colour: Black
• Length: 500 mm
Art. no.
0714 63 850
WMC 95 DRY TILE CUTTERS

Professional, robust tile cutters made from aluminium and stainless
steel
Made from rustproof stainless steel and aluminium
Simple maintenance and long service life
Practical measuring device
For precise recurring longitudinal or diagonal cuts
Breaking force of 1500 kg
For ceramic tiles of 6–20 mm thickness
Large aluminium table
For tiles with a dimension of max. 950 x 950 mm, diagonal cuts up to max. 670 mm
side length
Excellent cutting precision thanks to precise guide
Precision cutting without major effort
• Length x width: 1165 x 315 mm
• Cutting length: 95 cm
Art. no.
0714 613 95

Hand tools / Building site tools and machinery / Tiler tools
DRY TILE CUTTERS WMC 130

steel
2
Made from rustproof stainless steel and aluminium in robust design
Wide breaking foot with breaking force of 2250 kg
For ceramic tiles from 3 to 21 mm thick
Once-off setting of the breaking mechanism
Position 1 for tiles with thickness of 3 to 15 mm or position 2 for tiles with thickness of
16 to 21 mm
Large fold-out support and integrated roller system
More stability and easy positioning of tiles with max. dimensions 1300 x 1300 mm,
diagonal cuts up to max. 900 mm side length
Outstanding cutting accuracy through unique cutting and breaking
mechanism
Precise cutting and breaking without great force
Easy to transport
using wheels and 2 carry handles
Scope of delivery:
• Ruler (metric) included
• Stop included
• Side boom for large tiles
• Transport sleeve
• Titanium-coated cutting wheel, 18 mm diameter
• Cutting length: 1300 mm
Art. no.
0714 610 130


steel
2
16 to 21 mm
mechanism
Easy to transport
Scope of delivery:
• Stop included
Art. no.
0714 610 155


steel
2
16 to 21 mm
mechanism
Easy to transport
Scope of delivery:
• Stop included
Art. no.
0714 610 185

REPLACEMENT WHEEL FOR WMC SERIES TILE CUTTERS

• Material: Carbide
Diameter Art. no.

6 mm 0714 612 001
10 mm 0714 612 002
18 mm 0714 612 003
18 mm 0714 612 051
10 mm 0714 612 050
SPEEDY TILE-WASHING BUCKET

For optimum and fast cleaning of ceramic.
• Efficient cleaning of the sponge
• Capacity: 23 l
Contents:
Sponge art. no. 069594203
2 slotted rollers with metal axles
2 floor rollers with long axles
• Colour: Black, Red
Art. no.
0695 942 006

PROFESSIONAL TILERS‘ BUCKET

• Cleans tiles perfectly
• Complete with two grooved rollers to wipe off the cleaning trowel and two rollers 2
on the bottom of the tray making it easier to move
• Supplied with the „Hydro“ cleaning trowel with rip-tape fastening
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0695 942 004
WASCHBOY TILE-WASHING SET WITH SLOTTED WASHING ROLLER

For pre-and post-washing of freshly cut tiles
On castors for rolling along the floor
Slotted washing roller
• For extra-thorough cleaning of sponge
• Hollow spaces for improved drainage
Contents
• 1x plastic bucket with plastic holder
• 2x runners
• 1x hydro-grid sponge board
• 2x slotted washing rollers
Art. no.
0695 942 005
MOP WRINGER
For tile-washing bucket system
Slotted washing roller
• For extra-thorough cleaning of sponge
• Hollow spaces for improved drainage
• Material: PS - Polystyrene
Art. no.
0695 942 009

Hand tools / Building site tools and machinery / Marking tools
CHALK LINE REEL WITH GEAR RATIO

For marking out with chalk powder
2 Cord reels in rapidly

With ratio 5:1
Very light, extremely impact-resistant
Magnesium die-cast housing
Cord rapidly extracted
Cord can be extracted in neutral by pushing the handle.
No hook slippage
Toothed, tempered end hook
Safe storage
Hook fixture in housing
Stainless steel belt clip
• Material of the housing: Die-cast magnesium
• Colour: Red
• Width: 84 mm
• Length: 133 mm
• Cord length: 30 m
Art. no.
0713 70 220
CHALK LINE REEL

For marking out with chalk powder
Very light, extremely impact-resistant
Magnesium die-cast housing
Cord rapidly extracted
Cord can be extracted in neutral by pushing the handle
No hook slippage
Toothed, tempered end hook
Safe storage
Hook fixture in housing
Stainless steel belt clip
• Material of the housing: Die-cast magnesium
• Colour: Red
• Width: 78 mm
• Length: 126 mm
• Cord length: 30 m
Art. no.
0713 70 240

Hand tools / Building site tools and machinery / Marking tools
POWDERED CHALK
Fine calcium carbonate powder for general work indoors and out-
doors
2
• Good adhesion properties, resistant to rain and wind
• In transparent, resealable plastic bottle
Colour Weight of content Art. no.

Red 1000 g 0713 70 086
Blue 1000 g 0713 70 085
Blue 250 g 0713 70 08
Red 250 g 0713 70 082
AUTOMATIC CORD PLUMB BOB

Universal hand lead with quick-stabiliser and automatic retraction
Wide range of attachment options
• Adjustable hanger
• Magnet
• Steel pin
Adjustable tensile force
Plumb bob
• With protective cap
• With slim tip and clearly visible nylon cord
• Length: 4.5 m
• Colour: Yellow
Art. no.
0713 72 400

Hand tools / Bits and accessories / Bit assortments
BIT ASSORTMENT
47-piece set with the most common 10 mm bits for the automotive and
cargo sectors.
2
Application examples: TX insert and triple square profile for cylinder
head screws on Fiat, VW and Japanese engines.
Includes 2 adapters in metal case with foam insert with clamping
effect.
Contents: 47 pcs.
• 8 TX bits with hole, 10 mm, length 30 mm
TX 20, 25, 27, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50
• 8 TX bits, 10 mm, length 75 mm
TX 20, 25, 27, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50
• 5 hexagon socket Bits, 10 mm, length 30 mm
Sizes 5, 6, 7, 8, 10
• 5 triple square bits, 10 mm, length 30 mm
XZN M 5, 6, 8, 10, 12
• 4 triple square bits, 10 mm, length 75 mm
XZN M 6, 8, 10, 12
• 9 TX insert bits, 10 mm, length 30 mm
RI 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14
• 4 TX insert bits, 10 mm, length 75 mm
RI 5, 6, 8, 10
• 2 PH bits, 10 mm, length 30 mm
PH 2, 3
• 1 adapter for 1/2“ ratchet
• 1 adapter for 3/8“ ratchet
Art. no.
0965 12 470
Contents for art. no. 0965 12 470

Designation Art. no. Quantity
TX bit 20 0614 788 120 1
TX bit 25 0614 788 125 1
TX bit 27 0614 788 127 1
TX bit 30 0614 788 130 1
TX bit 40 0614 788 140 1
TX bit 45 0614 788 145 1
TX bit 50 0614 788 150 1
TX bit 55 0614 788 155 1
TX bit with hole TX20 0614 788 20 1
Hexagon socket bit 5 mm 0614 788 305 1
Triple square bit XZN M5 0614 788 405 1


Triple square bit XZN M12 0614 788 412 1 2
TX insert bit RI 5; 30 mm 0614 788 605 1
Phillips bit PH2 0614 788 902 1
3/8“ adapter 0715 12 02 1
1/2 inch adapter 0715 13 03 1
Metal box 0955 12 371 1
Foam insert 0955 12 470 1
SOCKET WRENCH AND BIT ASSORTMENT

30-pc complete assortment with TX head and socket wrench and 10
mm bits.
• 2 adapters included for 3/8-inch and 1/2-inch ratchet tools
• Supplied in metal case with foam insert and clamping effect
• Length: 280 mm
• Width: 165 mm
• Height: 45 mm
Art. no.
0965 12 300

Continuation SOCKET WRENCH AND BIT ASSORTMENT

2 TX bit 20; 75 mm 0614 788 120 1
TX bit 25; 75 mm 0614 788 125 1
TX bit 27; 75 mm 0614 788 127 1
TX bit 30; 75 mm 0614 788 130 1
TX bit 40; 75 mm 0614 788 140 1
TX bit 45; 75 mm 0614 788 145 1
TX bit 50; 75 mm 0614 788 150 1
TX bit 55; 75 mm 0614 788 155 1
TX bit with hole TX20; 30 mm 0614 788 20 1
1/4-inch socket wrench insert, TX head E5; Length 22 mm 0715 112 05 1
3/8“ adapter 0715 12 02 1
1/2 inch adapter 0715 13 03 1
Foam insert 0955 12 300 1
Metal box 0955 12 371 1

RATCHET BIT ASSORTMENT, 10 MM

Special bit assortment for motor vehicle and cargo applications, 38
pcs.
2
With ratchet tool for 10-mm bits
Additional adapter allows working with a 1/2 inch ratchet tool
Bit ratchet with very low overall height
Supplied in metal box with high-quality foam insert and clamping
effect
Contents:
38 pieces
• 8 TX bits 10 mm, length 30 mm
TX 20, 25, 27, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50
TX 20, 25, 27, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50
TX 40, 45, 50
• 6 hexagon socket bits 10 mm, length 30 mm
Sizes 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12
• 5 XZN triple square bits, 10 mm, length 30 mm
XZN M 5, 6, 8, 10, 12
• 4 XZN triple square bits, 10 mm, length 75 mm
XZN M 6, 8, 10, 12
• 2 PH bits 10 mm, length 30 mm
PH 2, 3
• 1 ratchet tool for 10-mm bits
• 1 adapter for 1/2 inch ratchet tool
Art. no.
0965 12 371
BIT SET WITH METAL BELT CLIP

17 pieces. Practical bit set with all conventional bits
• Rapid access to bits
• 16 bits: Length 25 mm, 1/4 inch mount
• 1 universal bit holder
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 170 mm
• Width: 52 mm
• Height: 19 mm
Art. no.
0614 211
Contents for art. no. 0614 211

Slotted bit 0.8 x 5.5 mm; Length 25 mm 0614 175 653 1
Hexagon socket bit 4 mm, Length 25 mm 0614 176 094 1

Continuation BIT SET WITH METAL BELT CLIP

Phillips bit PH1; Length 25 mm 0614 176 274 1
2 Phillips bit PH2; Length 25 mm 0614 176 461 1
Pozidriv bit PZ1; Length 25 mm 0614 176 651 1
Universal holder E 6.3 (1/4“) Length 74 mm 0614 176 702 1
TX bit TX15, Length 25 mm 0614 311 5 1
TX bit TX20; Length 25 mm 0614 312 0 1
RW® bit RW10, Length 25 mm 0614 70 10 1
RW bit RW40, Length 25 mm
®
0614 70 40 1

UNIVERSAL 1/4 BIT ASSORTMENT

Contains all the bits for the most
popular traditional screws and safety screws 2
Always have the right bit to hand
Bushing fitting to combine the bit with a 1/4 ratchet tool
Universal magnetic bit holder to combine the bit with a screwdriver
In metal box
Foam insert which holds the bits in place even when the box is
turned upside down
Contents: 90 pieces
• connector
• universal bit holders
• special bit for eyelet screw
• slotted bits, 6 pcs
• PR bits, 6 pcs
• PZD bits, 6 pcs
• AW bits, 6 pcs
• bits for hexagon sockets, measurements in inches, 10 pcs
• bits for hexagon sockets 8 pcs
• bits for hexagon sockets with hole, 6 pcs
• TORX bits, 9 pcs
• TORX bits with hole, 9 pcs
• XZN bits, 3 pcs
• Spanner bits, 4 pcs
• Tri Wing bits, 4 pcs
• bits for recessed cabinets, 4 pcs
• Torque bits, 3 pcs
• „double wedge“ bits, 3 pcs
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 220 mm
• Width: 120 mm
• Height: 40 mm
Art. no.
0614 250 500

BIT ASSORTMENT
59-piece set with the latest 1/4 inch standard bits in short and long
versions, adapter and socket wrench bits
2
Contents:
36 short bits, 15 long bits, 2 magnetic bit holders, 1 adapter, 5 socket wrench bits.
Colour coding system
Easy to remove and clear storage of bits
In practical metal box with foam insert. Profile type imprinted.
Includes magnetic socket wrench bits
The latest sizes for machine processing in separate plastic holder with belt clip.
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 225 mm
• Width: 126 mm
• Height: 41 mm
Art. no.
0614 251 59

1/4 inch socket wrench insert, set 0614 176 01 1
Connector DIN 7427 1/4 inch 0614 176 680 1
Universal holder E 6.3 (1/4“) 74 mm 0614 176 702 1
Hexagon socket bit 2 mm; Length 25 mm 0614 176 92 1
Hexagon socket bit 2.5 mm; Length 25 mm 0614 176 925 1


TX bit TX10; Length 70 mm 0614 331 0 1 2
®
0614 70 30 1
RW® bit RW10; Length 70 mm 0614 75 10 1
Metal box Length x width x height=220 x 110 x 35 mm 0955 715 1 1
BIT ASSORTMENT
10 pieces, 1/4 inch bits with practical belt clip
For hard-to-reach areas
70 mm long bits
Fast and simple removal
Practical belt clip
Easy selection of the appropriate bit
Colour-coded system
• Drive: 1/4 inch
Art. no.
0614 250 020

Pozidriv bit PZ1 0614 176 776 1
TX bit 20 0614 332 0 1
TX bit 25 0614 332 5 1
TX bit 30 0614 333 0 1
RW® bit RW10 0614 75 10 1
RW® bit RW20 0614 75 20 1
RW® bit RW40 0614 75 40 1

1/4 INCH BIT, 25 MM ASSORTMENT

142 pieces in system case 4.4.1. 1/4 inch bit, 25 mm, AW/Tx/PZ/PH
assortment
2
Art. no.
5964 061 401

Universal holder E 6.3 (1/4“) Bithalter 0614 176 702 2
AW® bit AW10 0614 511 0 10
AW® bit AW20 0614 512 0 10
AW® bit AW25 0614 512 5 10
AW® bit AW30 0614 513 0 10
AW® bit AW40 0614 514 0 10
System case 4.4.1 5581 020 000 1
BIT HOLDER WITH BELT CLIP, EMPTY

Practical universal bit holder with belt clip
The bit holder can be equipped with up to 20 1/4 inch bits and 2 bit
holders.
• Length: 170 mm
• Width: 30 mm
• Height: 19 mm
Art. no.
0614 20

BIT BOX, 44 PIECES

Practical bit box containing all common long and short bits and a bit
holder
2
Simple removal and clearly laid-out storage of bits
Foldable bit strip with profile type imprinted
For hard-to-reach areas
70 mm long bits
Colour-coded system
Identify bit and screw combinations at a glance
Bit holder
• Changing bits made quick and easy
• One-hand quick-change function: Pressing lightly on the knob shoots the bit
forwards.
• Access to low-lying and hard-to-reach screw heads is possible thanks to the very
slim design (max. diameter 10.5 mm)
Robust, impact-resistant plastic case
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 177 mm
• Width: 110 mm
• Height: 50 mm
Art. no.
0614 251 044

1/4 inch bit holder, magnetic 1/4 inch; Length 66 mm 0614 176 638 1
Connector DIN 7428 C 6.3 (1/4 inch) 1/4 inch; Length 25 mm 0614 176 700 1

Continuation BIT BOX, 44 PIECES

2 RW® bit RW10, Length 25 mm 0614 70 10 1
®
0614 70 20 2
RW bit RW40; Length 70 mm
®
0614 75 40 1
91-PIECE 1/4“ UNIVERSAL BIT ASSORTMENT

Extensive bit assortment with short and long versions of the most
common standard bits. In addition to the bit holder, the set also cont-
ains a bit ratchet for using bits without machine
Contains all bits for the most popular standard screws
70 mm long bits for hard-to-reach places
Simple removal and clearly laid-out storage of bits
• Foam inserts with printed profile designation
• Colour-coded system to identify bit and screw combinations at a glance
Bit ratchet
• Very compact ratchet head, very slim design, 10° offset
• Finely toothed, 64 teeth
• With 2C handle
Bit holder
• Very fast, easy and safe bit change
• One-hand quick-change function: Pressing the button ejects the bit.
• Access to low-lying and hard-to-reach screw heads is possible thanks to the very
slim design (max. dia. 10.5 mm)
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 220 mm
• Width: 110 mm
• Height: 35 mm
Art. no.
0614 251 091

Bit Square drive 1/4 inch; Length 25 mm 0614 176 082 1
1/4 inch bit holder, magnetic 1/4 inch; Length 66 mm 0614 176 638 1


Pozidriv bit PZ3; Length 25 mm 0614 176 653 3 2
Connector DIN 7427 1/4 inch Length 25 mm 0614 176 680 1
Connector DIN 7428 C 6.3 (1/4 inch) Length 25 mm 0614 176 700 1
Hexagon socket bit 1/4 inch; Length 25 mm 0614 176 963 1
RW bit RW40; Length 25 mm
®
0614 70 40 2
1/4 inch bit ratchet 0712 014 5 1

BIT BOX
33 pieces. Extensive bit assortment in impact-resistant plastic box with
removable belt clip
2
Mobility and interchangeable bit strips
The individual bit strips can be taken to the application location or the boxes can be
configured individually
Secure clamping and easy removal
Movable bit strips
Easy identification of the desired bit size
Colour coding system printed on the bits
Mounting clip can be removed as required
Practical belt clip
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 108 mm
• Width: 76 mm
• Height: 42 mm
Art. no.
0614 400 301

®
0614 70 20 2
Phillips bit PH1, Length 25 mm 0614 176 274 1
Pozidriv bit PZ1, Length 25 mm 0614 176 651 2
Slotted bit 0.6 x 4.5 mm, Length 25 mm 0614 175 652 1
Universal holder, magnetic Length 60 mm 0614 176 753 1

BIT BOX C 6.3 (1/4) W. BIT HOLDER SET 2, 33 PCS

• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 108 mm
• Width: 76 mm
2
• Height: 42 mm
Art. no.
0614 400 302

TX bit TX10 0614 311 0 1
TX bit TX15 0614 311 5 1
TX bit TX20 0614 312 0 2
TX bit TX25 0614 312 5 2
TX bit TX27 0614 312 7 1
TX bit TX30 0614 313 0 2
TX bit TX40 0614 314 0 1
Hexagon socket bit 2.5 mm 0614 176 925 1
Slotted bit 0614 175 652 1
Slotted bit 0614 175 653 1
Slotted bit 0614 175 655 1
Universal holder E 6.3 (1/4“) 0614 176 702 1

BIT ASSORTMENT 90 PIECES

Extensive 1/4 inch bit assortment, includes the most common stan-
dard and security bits, plus adaptors
2
Contains all bits for the most popular standard and safety screws
Universal magnetic bit holder for combining the bit with a
screwdriver
Packaged in a sturdy metal box
Contents:
• Connector
• Universal bit holder
• Special bit for eyelet screw
• Slotted bits, 6 pieces
• PR bits, 6 pieces
• PZD bits, 6 pieces
• RW bits, 6 pieces
• Bits for hexagon socket, size in inches, 10 pieces
• Bits for hexagon socket, 8 pieces
• Bits for hexagon socket with hole, 6 pieces
• TX bits, 9 pieces
• TX bits with hole, 9 pieces
• XZN bits, 3 pieces
• Spanner bits, 4 pieces
• Tri wing bits, 4 pieces
• Bits for built-in cabinet, 4 pieces
• Torque bits, 3 pieces
• Double wedge bits, 3 pieces
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 220 mm
• Width: 120 mm
• Height: 40 mm
Art. no.
0614 251 500

Screw hook bit Length 25 mm 0614 176 400 1
Bit holder with snap ring, others 0614 176 650 1
Connector DIN 7427 1/4 inch 1/4 inch 0614 176 680 1


Hexagon socket bit 4 mm; Length 25 mm 0614 176 94 1 2
Hexagon socket bit assortment, hole, 7 pcs. Sizes 2; 2.5; 3; 4; 5; 6.7 0614 250 301 1
Spanner bit assortment, 4 pcs. Sizes 4, 6, 8, 10 0614 250 302 1
Tri-wing bit assortment, 4 pcs. Sizes 1, 2, 3, 4 0614 250 303 1
Torq bit assortment, 3 pieces Sizes 6, 8, 10 0614 250 304 1
Hexagon socket bit assortment imperial, 4 pcs. Sizes 1/8 in, 9/64 in, 5/32 in, 3/16 in 0614 250 306 1
Square bit assortment, 4 pcs. Sizes 1, 2, 3, 4 0614 250 310 1
Clutch bit assortment, 3 pcs. Sizes 3/32 in, 1/8 in, 5/32 in 0614 250 311 1
TX bit with hole TX8; Length 25 mm 0614 352 608 1

BIT BOX SET W. RATCHET MAG. SCREWDRIVER 46 PCS

• Length: 272 mm
• Width: 218 mm
2 • Height: 76 mm
Art. no.
0614 000 001
BIT ASSORTMENT
105 pieces. Extensive 1/4 inch bit assortment with the most common
standard and safety bits in short and long versions
The vast majority of the bits are for safety screws. Used wherever
unauthorised release must be prevented
Art. no.
0614 250 300
0614 251 300

AW® bit 10; Length 25 mm 0614 511 0 1
AW® bit 20; Length 25 mm 0614 512 0 2
AW® bit 25; Length 25 mm 0614 512 5 1
AW bit 30; Length 25 mm
®
0614 513 0 1
AW® bit 40; Length 25 mm 0614 514 0 1


TX bit 8; Length 25 mm 0614 310 8 1
TX bit TX10; Length 25 mm 0614 311 0 1 2
TX bit 15; Length 25 mm 0614 311 5 1
TX bit 27; Length 25 mm 0614 312 7 1
TX bit 45; Length 35 mm 0614 314 51 1
XZN triple square bit assortment, 4 pcs. M4, 5, 6, 8 0614 250 305 1
Ribe bit assortment, 4 pcs. M5, 6, 7, 8 0614 250 307 1
Screw hook bit 0614 176 400 1
Tri-wing bit E 6.3 (1/4“) TW1; Length 70 mm 0614 176 301 1
Spanner bit E 6.3 (1/4“) Claw spanner 6; Length 70 mm 0614 176 406 1
TX bit with hole E 6.3 (1/4 inch) TX10; Length 70 mm 0614 371 0 1
Five-star bit with hole E 6.3 (1/4“) 5star SZ20; Length 70 mm 0614 176 420 1

Continuation BIT ASSORTMENT

2 Connector DIN 7427 1/4 inch 0614 176 680 1
®
0614 70 25 1
TX bit 27; Length 25 mm 0614 312 7 1
TX bit 45; Length 35 mm 0614 314 51 1
XZN triple square bit assortment, 4 pcs. M4, 5, 6, 8 0614 250 305 1


Ribe bit assortment, 4 pcs. M5, 6, 7, 8 0614 250 307 1
Clutch bit assortment, 3 pcs. Sizes 3/32 in, 1/8 in, 5/32 in 0614 250 311 1 2
Screw hook bit 0614 176 400 1
Connector DIN 7427 1/4 inch 0614 176 680 1
BIT BOX C 6.3 (1/4) W. BIT HOLDER SET 3, 33 PCS

• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 108 mm
• Width: 76 mm
• Height: 42 mm
Art. no.
0614 400 303

Continuation BIT BOX C 6.3 (1/4) W. BIT HOLDER SET 3, 33 PCS

2 TX bit with hole TX8 0614 352 608 1
UNIVERSAL HOLDER E 6.3 (1/4“)

Stainless steel sleeve, snap ring and permanent magnet
• Drive: E 6.3 (1/4 inch)
• Tip size: 1/4 inch
• Tip type: Hexagon socket
• Length: 74 mm
Art. no.
0614 176 702
1/4 INCH BIT HOLDER, E 6.3

Magnetic bit holder with quick-change chuck for one-handed bit inser-
tion
Secure
Bit locks in automatically
Easy insertion and removal of the bits
The spring mechanism facilitates bit change
• Sleeve diameter: 15 mm
• Blade length: 20 mm
• Length: 51 mm
Art. no.
0614 176 755

Hand tools / Bits and accessories / Bit holder
UNIVERSAL HOLDER, MAGNETIC

Quick-change chuck and permanent magnet
Super-fast tool change 2
Pushing the clamping bush forward slightly releases the latch mechanism.
Sleeve diameter Blade length Length Art. no.

14.3 mm 31 mm 75 mm 0614 176 708
14 mm 25 mm 60 mm 0614 176 753

Quick-change chuck
• Non-magnetic holder for screws in metallic environment. Magnets would attract
swarf.
• Quick-change chuck forms a strong connection between holder and bit Pushing the
clamping bush forward slightly releases the latch mechanism and facilitates extre-
mely rapid tool replacement.
• Length: 51 mm
Art. no.
0614 176 711
UNIVERSAL HOLDER WITH SDS-PLUS MOUNT

Rapid tool change
• Drive type: Suitable for SDS-plus
• Length: 80 mm
Art. no.
0614 176 701

1/4-INCH BIT DRILL HOLDER

Quick-change holder, optimised for use of bit drills and bits (shape C
6.3, shape E 6.3 and double bits) with 1/4 inch hexagon drive
2
Sleeve with non-slip zone
Easy one-hand operation: no slippage when opening and closing holder
• Length: 60 mm
Art. no.
0614 176 760

Super-fast tool change
• Length: 74 mm
Art. no.
0614 176 688
1/4 INCH BIT HOLDER, MAGNETIC

Innovative bit holder with one-hand quick-change function
Very rapid and simple bit replacement
One-hand quick-change function: Pressing lightly on the knob to shoot the bit
forwards.
Access deep and hard-to-reach screw heads
Very slim design (Ø max. 10.5 mm)
For bits with hexagon head drive to DIN 3126
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Drive type: Hexagon
• Sleeve diameter: 10.5 mm
Blade length Length Design Art. no.

40 mm 66 mm - 0614 176 638
120 mm 150 mm With guide sleeve 0614 176 639

1/4 INCH 2 IN 1 ADAPTER

Socket wrench and bit adapter in one tool
• By simply sliding, the sleeve can be used as a socket wrench adapter and a bit 2
holder
• Blade holder 1/4 inch E 6.3 for 1/4 inch square socket wrench inserts or 1/4 inch
hexagon
• Tip type: Hexagon socket and outer square
• Length: 60 mm
Art. no.
0614 176 636
1/4 INCH QUICK CHANGE CHUCK AND MAGNETIC BIT HOLDER SLIM
Slim quick change chuck with bit locking function and guide sleeve
Quick-change chuck
• Bit lock prevents unintentional removal of the bit from the bit holder
• To change the bits, simply pull on the aluminum ring
Permanent magnet
The magnet ensures tight attachment of the screw on the bit, thus guaranteeing a simp-
le screw application
Very slim design (max diameter: 10.7mm)
Suitable for loosening difficult to access screws
Guide sleeve for comfortable handling
Sleeve does not rotate with the bit.
For bits with external hexagon drive according to DIN 3126
• Tip size: C 6.3 (1/4 inch)
• Tip type: Hexagon socket inch
• Sleeve diameter: 10.7 mm
• Length: 66 mm
Art. no.
0614 176 634

CONNECTOR DIN 7428 E 6.3 (1/4 INCH)

Allows the use of socket wrenches on machines with a standard drill
chuck.
2
• Tip type: Outer square
Tip size Length Art. no.

1/2 inch 74 mm 0614 176 780
1/4 inch 50 mm 0614 176 726
BIT HOLDER FOR IMPACT SCREWDRIVER

Specially developed for use with tangential impact screwdrivers
Extended service life of bits
• Three torsion zones ensure efficient absorption of torque impulses
• 1-2-3 graduated damping zones enable usage with various bit sizes
Bit lock
Magnet and snap ring for improved bit locking in the holder
Slim bit sleeve enables access to hard-to-reach screw heads
Blade with the E 6.3 (1/4 in) output
• Drive: 1/4 inch
Art. no.
0614 176 621
AW® BIT
E 6.3 (1/4“)
Benefits of AW drive:
• Improved force transfer
• Longer service life
• Optimum centring
• Bits have largest possible contact surface in the screw drive
Ejection forces:
Ejection forces virtually zero. Even force distribution prevents damage to the surfa-
ce-protection coating and therefore ensures better resistance to corrosion.

AW40 50 mm 0614 524 0
AW25 110 mm 0614 582 5

Hand tools / Bits and accessories / Bits
AW® BIT
C 6.3 (1/4 inch)
Benefits of AW tip: 2
• Better power transmission
• Optimum centring
• Largest possible contact surface of bit in screw drive
Ejection forces:
Ejection forces (come-out) virtually zero. Even force distribution prevents damage to
the surface-protection coating and therefore ensures better resistance to corrosion.
• Drive: C 6.3 (1/4 inch)
• Length: 25 mm
Tip size Art. no.

AW20 0614 512 0
AW10 0614 511 0
AW25 0614 512 5
AW30 0614 513 0
AW® BIT C 6.3 (1/4 INCH)

• Length: 25 mm
Tip size Art. no.

AW10 0614 125 10
AW20 0614 125 20
AW25 0614 125 25

HEXAGON SOCKET BIT

C 6.3 (1/4“) POWERDRIV
2 With POWERDRIV
• Force is distributed across the curved surfaces on each side of the hexagon
• This reduces the load on screw and bit
Without POWERDRIV
• Force is exerted only at individual points
• The result: high point load on screw and bit
• Tip type: For hexagon socket
• Length: 25 mm
Tip size Drive Art. no.

4 mm 1/4 inch 0614 176 094
5 mm 1/4 inch 0614 176 095
6 mm 1/4 inch 0614 176 096
3 mm 1/4 inch 0614 176 093
2 mm C 6.3 (1/4 inch) 0614 176 92
2.5 mm C 6.3 (1/4 inch) 0614 176 925
3 mm C 6.3 (1/4 inch) 0614 176 93
4 mm C 6.3 (1/4 inch) 0614 176 94
5 mm C 6.3 (1/4 inch) 0614 176 95
6 mm C 6.3 (1/4 inch) 0614 176 96
PHILLIPS BIT
PH C 6.3 (1/4“)
• Length: 25 mm
Tip size Art. no.

PH2 0614 122 52
PH3 0614 122 53
PH1 0614 122 51

PHILLIPS BIT
PH C 6.3 (1/4“)
• Drive: C 6.3 (1/4 inch) 2

PH2 25 mm 0614 176 461
PH2 50 mm 0614 176 692
PH1 25 mm 0614 176 274
PH3 25 mm 0614 176 648
PHILLIPS BIT
PH E 6.3 (1/4“)

PH2 50 mm 0614 176 736
PH1 50 mm 0614 176 735
PH2 110 mm 0614 176 739
PH3 50 mm 0614 176 737
PHILLIPS BIT
PH M5 mm thread
• Tip size: PH2
• Drive: M5
• Drive type: Metric thread
• Length: 45 mm
Art. no.
0614 176 679
POZIDRIV BIT
PZ/Pozidriv C 6.3 (1/4“)
• Length: 25 mm
Tip size Art. no.

PZ2 0614 112 52
PZ1 0614 112 51
PZ3 0614 112 53

POZIDRIV BIT
PZ C 6.3 (1/4“)
2 • Drive: C 6.3 (1/4 inch)


PZ1 25 mm 0614 176 651
PZ2 25 mm 0614 176 652
PZ3 25 mm 0614 176 653
PZ2 50 mm 0614 176 695
PZ4 32 mm 0614 176 751
POZIDRIV BIT
PZ/Pozidriv E 6.3 (1/4“)

PZ1 50 mm 0614 176 659
PZ2 50 mm 0614 176 660
PZ3 50 mm 0614 176 661
PZ2 110 mm 0614 176 738
SLOTTED BIT
C 6.3 (1/4“)
• Tip type: Slot
• Length: 25 mm
Thickness of cutting edge x width of cutting edge Art. no.

0.6 x 4.5 mm 0614 175 652
0.8 x 5.5 mm 0614 175 653
1 x 6 mm 0614 175 654
1.2 x 6.5 mm 0614 175 655
1.2 x 8 mm 0614 175 656

SLOTTED BIT
E 6.3 (1/4“)
• Tip type: Slot 2
• Thickness of cutting edge x width of cutting edge: 0.6 x 3.5 mm
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 50 mm
Art. no.
0614 177 968
TX BIT
TX E 6.3 (1/4“)
• Material: Steel
Tip size Drive Length Art. no.

TX10 1/4 inch 50 mm 0614 361 0
TX15 1/4 inch 50 mm 0614 361 5
TX20 1/4 inch 50 mm 0614 362 0
TX20 E 6.3 (1/4 inch) 70 mm 0614 332 0
TX25 1/4 inch 50 mm 0614 362 5
TX30 1/4 inch 50 mm 0614 363 0
TX40 1/4 inch 50 mm 0614 364 0
TX10 E 6.3 (1/4 inch) 70 mm 0614 331 0
TX15 E 6.3 (1/4 inch) 70 mm 0614 331 5
TX25 E 6.3 (1/4 inch) 70 mm 0614 332 5
TX30 E 6.3 (1/4 inch) 70 mm 0614 333 0
TX BIT
TX C 6.3 (1/4“)
• Length: 25 mm
• Material: Steel
Tip size Art. no.

TX25 0614 312 5
TX10 0614 311 0
TX15 0614 311 5
TX40 0614 314 0
TX20 0614 312 0
TX30 0614 313 0
TX27 0614 312 7

TX BIT WITH HOLE

C 6.3 (1/4“)
2 • Drive: C 6.3 (1/4 inch)

• Length: 25 mm
• Material: Steel
Tip size Art. no.

TX10 0614 352 610
TX15 0614 352 615
TX20 0614 352 620
TX25 0614 352 625
TX30 0614 352 630
TX40 0614 352 640
TX27 0614 352 627
CONNECTOR DIN 7428 C 8.0 (5/16“)

• Drive: 5/16 inch
• Length: 50 mm
Art. no.
0614 176 705
CONNECTOR DIN 7427 1/4 INCH

Non-magnetic holder for screwing in metallic environments
Magnetic force would attract chips in this situation.
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Drive type: Internal square
• Length: 25 mm
Art. no.
0614 176 680

RW® BIT
The perfect bit for the new generation of ASSY screws
• More power due to larger contact area at the bit 2
• More stability and precise positioning due to perfect fit of the bit in the drive
• One-handed work and excellent support when positioning due to plug-in effect
• Double printed bit for easy identification of the desired bit size
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Drive type: Hexagon socket
• Tip type: RW
• Length: 25 mm
Tip size Art. no.

RW10 0614 70 10
RW20 0614 70 20
RW30 0614 70 30
RW40 0614 70 40
RW25 0614 70 25
RW® BIT
The perfect bit for the new generation of ASSY screws
• More power due to larger contact area at the bit
• More stability and precise positioning due to perfect fit of the bit in the drive
• One-handed work and excellent support when positioning due to plug-in effect
• Double printed bit for easy identification of the desired bit size
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Drive type: Hexagon socket
• Tip type: RW

RW10 50 mm 0614 71 10
RW20 50 mm 0614 71 20
RW25 50 mm 0614 71 25
RW30 50 mm 0614 71 30
RW40 50 mm 0614 71 40
RW20 120 mm 0614 72 20
RW25 120 mm 0614 72 25

Hand tools / Bits and accessories / Socket wrench blades
1/4-INCH SOCKET WRENCH INSERT

Hexagonal with magnet
2 • 1/4 inch machine mount, E, 6.3

• Length 51 mm
• Material: Chromium-vanadium steel
• Length: 51 mm
Width across flats Socket wrench depth to magnet Socket wrench external diameter Art. no.
1/4 inch 2.8 mm 11 mm 0614 176 713
3/8 inch 4.2 mm 14.6 mm 0614 176 716
5.5 mm 2.1 mm 11 mm 0614 176 712
7 mm 2.8 mm 11.8 mm 0614 176 714
8 mm 3.5 mm 12.7 mm 0614 176 715
10 mm 4.2 mm 14.6 mm 0614 176 717
13 mm 6 mm 19.5 mm 0614 176 718
1/4 INCH SOCKET WRENCH INSERT, SET

The 5-piece set includes the most common magnetic socket wrench
inserts for use in mechanical applications.
• Plastic holder with belt clip
• Machine chuck 1/4 inch E 6.3, sizes 1/4 inch, 7, 8, 10, 13 mm
Art. no.
0614 176
Contents for art. no. 0614 176

1/4-inch socket wrench insert 1/4 inch 0614 176 713 1
1/4-inch socket wrench insert 7 mm 0614 176 714 1

Hand tools / Bodywork tools / Dent repair system
DENT STRAIGHTENER KIT

Straightening kit with adhesive system
No damage to paint and no re-painting 2
Adapters can be used several times and may be customised accor-
ding to the shape of the dent
• The adapters may be used on small, large, round and oval dents
• The kit’s wide range of adapters allows for uniform straightening of dents
Time-saving
• No time-consuming removal and installation of interior cladding and battery
• No incineration on the back side of the plate, making it unnecessary to work on the
back
Wide range of applications - also in critical areas
• Minor heat generation makes it possible to process critical areas
• Can be used on motorcycle tanks, cars, caravans, stainless steel etc.
Art. no.
0691 500 109
ROUND/RIGID ADAPTER
For dent lifter and PinPuller
Suitable for round and large-area deformities
The adapter material can withstand high tensile forces and stresses.
• Diameter: 40 mm
• Form: Round
• Design: Rigid
• Colour: Yellow
Art. no.
0691 500 115
ROUND, FLEXIBLE ADAPTER

Suitable for round and angular deformations
The adapter material can be adapted to the dent contour by heating.
• Diameter: 40 mm
• Form: Round
• Design: Flexible
• Colour: Violet
Art. no.
0691 500 116

OVAL/RIGID ADAPTER
2 Suitable for scratches and scuff damage

The adapter material can withstand high tensile forces and stresses.
• Form: Oval
• Design: Rigid
• Colour: Yellow
• Length: 47 mm
• Width: 33 mm
Art. no.
0691 500 117
OVAL, FLEXIBLE ADAPTER

Suitable for scratches and scuff damage
The adapter material can be adapted to the dent contour by heating.
• Form: Oval
• Design: Flexible
• Colour: Violet
• Length: 47 mm
• Width: 33 mm
Art. no.
0691 500 118
ROUND/SMALL ADAPTER
Suitable for round and small deformations
The tab material can be adapted to the dent contour by heating.
• Diameter: 35 mm
• Form: Round
• Design: Small
• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
0691 500 121

BARREL-SHAPED ADAPTER
Suitable for removing scuff damage 2
The adapters are placed side by side and pulled alternately.
• Form: Barrel shape
• Colour: Violet
• Length: 37 mm
• Width: 33 mm
Art. no.
0691 500 122
DENT REMOVAL TOOL DENT KILLER

Dent removal tool for bodywork damage
Enables bodywork dents to be repaired from the outside
Eliminates need for time-consuming removal of interior panelling
Short welding times (approx. 0.3 sec.) and instant cooling only heats
sheet metal on the surface
Easy to use
Sound level in line with DIN 45635, part 1/04.84-KL2 Supplied in plastic case with pin electrode, pin wrench and 1/4“ plug
connection
• Length: 190 mm
• Width: 80 mm
• Height: 170 mm
• Min. working pressure: 6 bar
• Suitable for hose internal diameter: 4 mm
• Max. acceleration: 2.5 m/s2
Art. no.
0691 500 095

DENT REMOVAL TOOL EASY PULLER

Battery-powered spotters, for removing small and medium dents on
steel bodywork
2
Handy
• Lightweight and ergonomic for comfortable handling
• Full freedom of movement without disruptive cables
Flexible
• Five power levels can be adjusted as required
• Additional equipment available to weld rings
Scope of delivery
• Easy Puller
• Li-ion battery
• Charger
• Length: 480 mm
• Width: 85 mm
• Height: 220 mm
Art. no.
0691 500 001
MAXILIFTER LEVER
Pulling lever for sensitive, precision levelling of deformations. An
ideal addition to the Dent Lifter, PinPuller, Triple Claw, and Dent Killer
Very economical
The Maxilifter lever has a wide variety of applications thanks to exclusive accessory
products
The Maxilifter lever works like a third hand
Your free hand can actively support the straightening process
One-hand Maxilifter operation leaves the other hand free for ham-
mering the edges of the dent
The straightened dents have greater stability and less tension than those only repaired
using a slide hammer
Improved access even under the lever
Large size for optimum work with panel beating hammer. Total length 700 mm, clear
height 115 mm
Rubber pad for gentle support
Prevents accidental damage to paintwork
Art. no.
0691 500 140

ELECTRODE COUPLING FOR DENT KILLER

For removing large deformations in combination with the Maxilifter
lever
• Includes one weld-on electrode
2
• Total length: 210 mm
• Length: 180 mm
Art. no.
0691 500 142
THREE-FINGER BEAR CLAW FOR WIGGLE WIRE

Large area straightening of elongated deformations using Maxilift
The bear claws can be set at individual heights and generate a pul-
ling motion beginning from their lowest point and terminating at an
equal height
In contrast to conventional systems in which the straightening action is applied only at
a single point, the pulling action is applied at multiple pulling points equally.
Height adjustment via the knurled screw allows the system to adapt
to various circumstances
Optimum point of application, even for deep or high-lying deformations.
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0691 500 143
BI-PULLER FOR WIGGLE WIRE

Bear claw for straight and curved surfaces with broad range of appli-
cations for straightening large and elongated deformations by hand
or using a slide hammer
The straightening claws generate a pulling motion beginning from
their lowest point and terminating at an equal height
In contrast to conventional systems in which the straightening action is applied only at
a single point, the pulling action is applied at multiple pulling points equally.
Flat surfaces, edges and curved sheet metal parts can be processed
The claws of the Bi-Puller can be switched from equal lengths to a graduated, curved
configuration in seconds.
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0691 500 144

WIGGLE WIRE
For welding onto steel bodywork for 3x claws and Bi-Puller
2 Wiggle wire enables you to pull at multiple pulling points

simultaneously
Typical peak stresses do not occur which prevents sheet metal from tearing and
bumps from forming.
• Length: 360 mm
• Wire diameter: 2 mm
Art. no.
0691 500 147
PIN ELECTRODE
Product weight (per item) Art. no.

8.2 g 0691 500 097
49 g 0691 500 099
WELDED STUDS
• Length: 50 mm
Diameter Product weight (per item) Art. no.

2 mm 1.279 g 0691 500 080
2.6 mm 2.168 g 0691 500 081
BODYWORK FILE HOLDER

• Concave and convex settings
• Aluminium handle
• Sheet width: 35 mm
• Length: 350 mm
• Height: 110 mm
Art. no.
0714 61 73

Hand tools / Bodywork tools / Bodywork pliers
FIXING CLAMP SET

For rapid and simple securing of sheet metal for welded and bonded
connections
2
Rapid attachment and releasing of clamps
Huge time savings compared to clamps that need to be opened up or screwed
closed.
The lowest-price alternative to conventional vice-grip pliers
Lowest purchase price
Large clamping range in relation to size
Clearances can be effortlessly adjusted owing to their small size (equal to a door
seal).
No laborious releasing or unscrewing of clamps
Sheet metal can be easily readjusted at any time.
Special, angled clamping pliers for universal application of clamps
Application in hard-to-reach places, e.g. boot edges, hatchbacks, door pillars, trian-
gular windows.
Art. no.
0965 744 17
FIXING CLAMP
For rapid and simple securing of sheet metal and welded and bonded
connections
Art. no.
0713 744 025
0713 744 050

Hand tools / Bodywork tools / Window repair tools
SUCTION LIFTER
Vacuum indicator and two rigid heads
2 Vacuum indicator for safe working

Warning button in toggle rises if the vacuum in the suction head leaks.
Suitable for briefly holding sandblasted panes
Display also detects and shows gradual vacuum loss.
Very comfortable
Large ergonomic handle
• Load capacity: 50 kg
Art. no.
0714 58 047
VACUUM LIFTER
With vacuum pump and vacuum indicator in practical storage case
High load capacity and safety reserves
Integrated vacuum pump and large suction disc diameter
Safe working
Vacuum control by means of marking ring
Extremely easy to carry
Padded, non-slip handle
Ergonomic holding area
Large reach-through height
Art. no.
0714 58 045
SUCTION LIFTER
With three mobile heads
High load-bearing capacity and flexibility
Three mobile suction heads
Suitable for transporting curved panels
E.g. truck and bus panels
Ergonomic holding area
Large reach-through height
Art. no.
0715 58 02

VACUUM LIFTER
Two mobile heads
Also for transporting curved windscreens 2
such as e.g. vehicle windscreens
Windscreens can be secured using belts
thanks to slots in handles
• Elongated hole length: 30 mm
Art. no.
0714 58 20
SUCTION LIFTER
With two rigid heads
Stable and robust construction
High-quality materials
For use on flat surfaces
For materials with smooth and gas-tight surfaces such as glass, plastic sheeting, sheet
metal, marble, tiles etc.
Art. no.
0714 58 043
VACUUM LIFTER WITH ONE HEAD

For fast and effective work
due to use of just one suction head
Ideal for objects on which there is only space for a single suction disc
Art. no.
0715 58 01

WINDSCREEN REMOVAL SET

9 pieces For easy and cost-effective removal of glued windscreens in
passenger and commercial vehicles.
2
Particularly well suited to one-man operation
Removal tool with suction system, cutting cord and mounting hook allows operation by
only one person.
Practical
The use of cutting cord and protector means that the inner panelling does not need to
be removed.
Can also be used with narrow clearance dimensions
Robust cutting cord
Art. no.
0714 58 230
WINDSCREEN REMOVAL SET BASIC, 7 PIECES

For simple and cost-effective removal of bonded vehicle front and
rear windscreens.
Operation can be completed by just one person
• Thanks to removal device with suction system, cutting cord/wire and fastening hook
Effective control of the cutting process, especially in the corners, as
well as the option to alternate between wire and cord
• Thanks to ratchet solution
Removal of interior panelling unnecessary
• Thanks to use of cutting cord and protector
Can also be used for narrow clearance dimensions
• Thanks to highly robust cutting cord
Set with basic equipment in Orsy case
• Containing all required items
Scope of delivery:
• 1x window removal tool
• 1x cutting wire, art. no. 071458 282
• 1x cutting cord,art. no. 071458 283
• 1x fastening hook art. no. 071458 214
• 1x cord awl, art no.071458 213
• 1x protector, art. no. 071458 219
• 1x Orsy System case art. no. 5581021000
Art. no.
0714 58 229

WIRE FEEDER
For easy insertion of cutting wire for flat front windscreens
• Length: 155 mm 2
Art. no.
0714 58 27
PULLING HANDLE
For cutting wire
Art. no.
0714 58 23
WIRE ANCHOR
Long version
Wire anchor with knurled screw
Art. no.
0714 58 24
STAINLESS STEEL CUTTING WIRE

Extremely smooth surface, cuts more easily through adhesive bead
In handy plastic dispenser roll
• Width: 0.6 mm
• Height: 0.6 mm
• Form: Square-cut
• Length: 50 m
• Material: Stainless steel
• Edge radius: 0.1 mm
Art. no.
0891 656

SPECIAL STEEL CUTTING WIRE

Particularly strong cutting wire
2 On conventional spool
• Width: 0.6 mm
• Height: 0.6 mm
• Length: 50 m
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0714 58 281
SPECIAL STEEL CUTTING WIRE

Excellent flexibility with high tensile strength, particularly suitable for
hard-to-reach areas
In handy plastic dispenser roll
• Width: 0.6 mm
• Height: 0.6 mm
• Length: 50 m
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0714 58 282
ROUND CUTTING WIRE

Braided for high cutting capacity despite lack of cutting edges
Secured on plastic spool
• Form: Round
• Length: 22.5 m
• Wire diameter: 0.8 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0714 58 28

WIRE FEEDER
For piercing adhesive bead and inserting cutting wire
Universal application 2
Particularly long and slender shape for flat and inclined panes
Comfortable and quick handling
The wire is threaded through the pointed eyelet, then simply pulled through the adhe-
sive bead
Form Material Art. no.

- - 0714 58 213
Equalling needle Stainless steel/plastic 0714 58 232
WINDSCREEN CUTTING LINE

For damage-free removal of vehicle windows with particularly nar-
row gaps.
High-tech fibres for very high tensile force
Extremely tear-resistant cutting thread for use in tight corners and in particularly nar-
row gaps
Minimal risk of paint and interior damage
Thanks to its round cross section, cutting injuries are virtually unheard of.
Reusable and flexible
• Can be used 2–4 times
• If the thread tears, it can be knotted to continue working
• Material: PE - Polyethylene
Form Min. tensile force Length Wire diameter Colour Art. no.
Roll 1800 N 25 m - Red 0714 58 283
Roll 1600 N 65 m - Orange 0714 58 284
Roll 1850 N 65 m - Red 0714 58 240
Round 2850 N 65 m 1.1 mm Yellow 0714 58 300
PROTECTOR TO WINDSCREEN REMOVAL SET

For protecting the interior trim when removing vehicle windscreens.
• Form: Flat
• Material: Plexiglass
Width Height Length Art. no.

225 mm 205 mm - 0714 58 219
220 mm 270 mm 320 mm 0714 58 233

COMBINATION WORKBENCH
For passenger vehicle and commercial vehicle windscreens and
assembly parts
2
• Cross tubing covered in soft, hard-wearing padding.
• Collapsible and height-adjustable from 0.8 to 1 m
• Robust tubular steel frame, powder coated
• Length: 1050 mm
• Width: 1100 mm
• Min./max. height: 850-1000 mm
• Max. load capacity: 225 kg
• Material: Steel / rubber
Art. no.
0714 58 263
KNIFE BLADE, STRAIGHT, TOOTHED

• Cutting edge length: 35 mm
Art. no.
0696 573
KNIFE BLADE, STRAIGHT, LONG
Cutting edge length Art. no.

55 mm 0696 512 3
85 mm 0696 512 5

KNIFE BLADE U-SHAPED

18 mm 0696 587
24 mm 0696 576
28 mm 0696 516 3
32 mm 0696 511 4
36 mm 0696 579
40 mm 0696 511 0
45 mm 0696 515 4
52 mm 0696 515 3
60 mm 0696 510 1
60 mm 0696 510 7
60 mm 0696 515 7
95 mm 0696 511 1
KNIFE BLADE, L-SHAPED, TOOTHED

25.4 mm 0696 520 7
38 mm 0696 520 9

KNIFE BLADE, STRAIGHT, LONG, TOOTHED

Art. no.
0696 581
KNIFE BLADE, STRAIGHT, LONG, WITH STOP ROLLER

Art. no.
0696 597
CUTTING KNIFE, CURVED

Art. no.
0696 572

CUTTING KNIFE
For removing adhesive beads
Cutting edge length Cutting edge length 2 Number of pieces in assortment/ Art. no.
set
12 mm 25 mm 2 PCS 0696 512 9
18 mm - - 0696 514 6
KNIFE BLADE, OFFSET WITH ADJUSTABLE STOP ROLLER

• Max. cutting edge length: 35 mm
• Min./max cutting edge length: 16-35 mm
• Design: Cranked
Art. no.
0696 514 3

RATCHET UNIT
Spare part for windscreen removal tool
2 • Product weight (per item): 380 g
Art. no.
0714 58 234
CORD PULLEY FOR WINDSCREEN REMOVAL TOOL, MINI

Art. no.
0714 58 295
VACUUM PUMP FOR WINDSCREEN REMOVAL TOOL, MINI

Art. no.
0714 58 239
ROLLERS FOR MINI WINDSCREEN REMOVAL TOOL

Spare part for mini windscreen removal set
Art. no.
0714 58 287

SUCTION CUP AND PUMP SET FOR MINI WINDSCREEN REMOVAL SET
• Product weight (per item): 295 g 2
Art. no.
0714 58 288
MOUNTING HOOK FOR MINI WINDSCREEN REMOVAL SET

Art. no.
0714 58 289
ASSEMBLY WEDGE SET

12 piece set for disassembling internal panelling and fastening ele-
ments.
Slim yet tough construction
Fibreglass-reinforced plastic.
Large number and optimum assortment
Offers the right assembly wedge for almost every problem.
Includes high-quality tool roll
Clear and space-saving storage.
Art. no.
0714 58 245

Hand tools / Shovels, Rakes, Mattocks / Pickaxe
PICKAXE
• Without handle
2 • Large socket: 72 x 40 mm, DIN 1197

• Forged construction
• Length: 500 mm
Art. no.
0715 999 021
PICKAXE
With shaft
Pick and axe with a tip and a cross-shafted, flattened axe blade
• Length: 900 mm
Art. no.
0715 999 300
PICKAXE
Pickaxe with 2-component fibre glass handle
Pickaxe:
• Pick and axe with a tip and a cross-shafted, flattened axe blade
Shaft:
• Long-lasting fibre glass shaft
• Elastomer insert with non-slip and anti-vibration properties
• Length: 900 mm
• Material of the handle: Fibreglass
Weight of head Art. no.

2 kg 0715 999 201
2.5 kg 0715 999 301

Hand tools / Shovels, Rakes, Mattocks / Rammer
ASPHALT RAMMER
Rammer with rubber shock absorbers.
• Ideal for solidification work on smaller surfaces (asphalt repair work) 2
• Especially durable design, high wear resistance
• Integrated rubber elements absorb shock, permitting high compaction forces and
low impact stress for the operator
• Material: Steel Powder-coated
• Height 115 cm, handle tube 10 cm
• Rammer plate 20 x 20 cm
• Weight: 9 kg
• Also suitable for applying tennis court lines
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Powder-coated
• Length: 115 cm
Art. no.
0695 559 416

Hand tools / Riveting technology / Blind rivet tools
HAND-HELD RIVET PLIERS

For processing 2.4 mm, 3 mm and 4 mm diameter blind rivets in alumi-
nium, copper, steel and stainless steel and 5 mm diameter blind rivets
2 in aluminium
• Material: Steel
• Weight: 590 g
Art. no.
0915 12

With long nozzle for processing 3.2 mm, 4 mm, 4.8 mm diameter blind
rivets in aluminium, copper, steel and stainless steel
• Length of nozzle mount incl. nozzle: 52 mm
• Diameter of chuck mount: 19 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0915 11

For processing Ø 2.4 mm, 3 mm and 4 mm blind rivets in aluminium,
copper, steel and stainless steel and Ø 5 mm blind rivets in aluminium
• Weight: 590 g
• Min./max. rivet diameter: 4-2.4 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0949 15

HAND RIVET TOOL W150

• Capacity: Aluminium rivets up to Ø 5.0 mm
• Capacity: Stainless steel rivets up to Ø 4.0 mm 2
• Lever arm: Chrome vanadium steel with steel parts
• Equipment: Nozzle Ø 3.0 – 5.0 mm, 1 wrench
• Material: Aluminium
• Weight: 611 g
Art. no.
0946 01
LEVER RIVET PLIERS HNG 26 N

Blind rivet setting tool for processing blind rivets dia. 3.0-6.4 mm
Easy and quick recognition of the right nozzle
The nozzles are equipped with a colour code.
Easy stroke adjustment
The stroke can be adjusted by turning the nozzle mount.
Convenient and clean work
• The ergonomic design of the hand lever allows you to work with little effort.
• The nozzles are pre-assembled on the hand levers and can be changed using the
included installation key.
• The pin collecting container keeps your workplace clean.
• Length: 490 mm
• Width: 170 mm
• Height: 50 mm
Art. no.
0949 610

LEVER RIVET PLIERS HNG 28 N

Blind rivet setting tool with variably adjustable lever rivet length (4
positions) for processing blind rivets dia. 3.0-6.4 mm
2
Easy and quick recognition of the right nozzle
The nozzles are equipped with a colour control system.
Simple stroke adjustment
The stroke can be adjusted by turning the nozzle mount.
Comfortable and clean working
• The supplied nozzles are integrated in the foam insert, and are easy to install with
the installation key supplied.
• The pin collecting container ensures a clean workplace.
• Length: 500 mm
• Width: 140 mm
• Height: 50 mm
Art. no.
0949 810
RIVET NUT PLIERS

Hand rivet tool with nozzle quick-change system for use with M3 to
M8 rivet nuts (limitations in the M8 range)
• Length: 276 mm
Art. no.
0917 101

Hand tools / Riveting technology / Rivet nut tools
RIVET NUT SETTING PLIERS HES 510 OZS

Hand rivet nut setting pliers with quick-change system for working
with threaded rivet nuts (M5–M10) and rivet screws (M5–M8).
2
Easy changing of thread mandrels
Quick-change system enables easy and fast changing of thread mandrels.
Easy and fast identification of the correct thread mandrel
The thread mandrels are equipped with a colour coding system.
Simple stroke adjustment with precise stroke display
Adjust the stroke by turning the thread mandrel mount.
The ergonomic design of the hand lever allows you to work with little effort.
• Length: 500 mm
• Height: 50 mm
• Width: 170 mm
Art. no.
0948 820
RIVET NUT SETTING PLIERS HES 510 N

Manual rivet nut setting pliers with twisted rod and quick-change sys-
tem for working with threaded rivet nuts (M5-M10) and rivet screws
(M5-M8).
Easy changing of thread mandrels
Quick-change system enables easy and fast changing of thread mandrels.
Easy and fast identification of the correct thread mandrel
The thread mandrels are equipped with a colour coding system.
Simple stroke adjustment with precise stroke display
Adjust the stroke by turning the thread mandrel mount.
• The thread mandrels are pre-assembled on the hand levers and can be changed
using the included installation key.
• The pin collecting container keeps your workplace clean.
• Length: 500 mm
• Height: 50 mm
• Width: 160 mm
Art. no.
0948 880

MANUAL RIVET NUT SETTING PLIERS ASSORTMENT W-306

Compact and practical manual pliers for blind rivet nuts, for the preci-
se installation of nuts from M3 to M6
2
The small structural dimensions of the tool ensure that nuts can also be installed in a
controlled fashion in small and fragile environments (electronics).
Scope of delivery:
• Manual rivet nut setting pliers W 306
• Conversion kits for blind rivet nuts: M3, M4, M5, M6
• Blind rivet nut M3 (50 pieces)
• Orsy® 100 assortment case
• Min./max. diameter of rivet-nut thread: 3-6 mm
• Min. diameter of rivet-nut thread: 3 mm
Art. no.
0964 948 905
HAND-HELD RIVET SETTING PLIERS ASSORTMENT HES 412

16 pieces in system box 8.4.1. Hand-held rivet setting pliers with
quick-change system for processing blind rivet nuts and M4 - M12
bolts.
• Requires less force compared to manual setting pliers
• Quick-change system for mandrels and sleeves
• Clear stroke scale
• Colour coding system for nozzles
• Min./max. diameter of rivet-nut thread: 4-12 mm
• System dimensions: 8.4.1
• Min. diameter of rivet-nut thread: 4 mm
Art. no.
5964 094 803

THREAD MANDREL
With nozzle, for all rivet nuts with round pan and countersunk heads
of articles with prefix number 0948
2
• Material: Steel
Thread type x nominal diameter Nominal diameter Suitable for thread Art. no.
M3 3 mm M3 0917 948 30
M4 4 mm M4 0917 948 40
M5 5 mm M5 0917 948 50
M6 6 mm M6 0917 948 60
M8 8 mm M8 0917 948 80
THREAD MANDREL
With nozzle for rivet nuts with small countersunk heads
Thread type x nominal diameter Nominal diameter Art. no.

M3 3 mm 0917 130
M4 4 mm 0917 140
M5 5 mm 0917 150
M6 6 mm 0917 160
M8 8 mm 0917 180

Hand tools / Striking tools / Chisels
BEVELLED-EDGE CHISEL
2-component handle for maximum resistance in line with DIN 5139
2 Ergonomically shaped 2-component handle

Non-slip, effortless work
Metal striking cap
Optimum transfer of impact force, durable
Polished chromium-vanadium blade
Clean cuts, long service life
Width of knife blade Art. no.

10 mm 0715 653 410
12 mm 0715 653 412
16 mm 0715 653 416
18 mm 0715 653 418
20 mm 0715 653 420
22 mm 0715 653 422
24 mm 0715 653 424
26 mm 0715 653 426
30 mm 0715 653 430
35 mm 0715 653 435

BEVELLED-EDGE CHISEL 2C LONG VERSION

Bevelled-edge chisel for the highest demands with 2C handle
Handle: 2
• Highly impact-resistant hard components
• Ergonomic design for tireless tool handling
• Unusually long construction length for precise tool guidance
• Asymmetrical, non-slip rubber components
• Hanging loop – for simple and effective presentation and easy storage in the tool
cabinet
• Roll stop – two surfaces prevent the tool from rolling off the table
• Balanced weight ratio of chisel
Blade:
• High-strength, alloyed tool steel
• 2/3 of the total blade length hardened to 62 Rockwell
• High-gloss polished blade
• Corrosion protection through environmentally-friendly, water-soluble stove enamel
• Supplied with removable blade guard

6 mm 0715 653 106
16 mm 0715 653 116
20 mm 0715 653 120
22 mm 0715 653 122
24 mm 0715 653 124
26 mm 0715 653 126
28 mm 0715 653 128
30 mm 0715 653 130
32 mm 0715 653 132
35 mm 0715 653 135
8 mm 0715 653 108
10 mm 0715 653 110
12 mm 0715 653 112
18 mm 0715 653 118
40 mm 0715 653 140

BEVELLED-EDGE CHISEL SET

6 pieces. 2-component handle for maximum loads in line with DIN.
2 2-component handle
Slip-proof, fatigue-free working
Metal impact cap
Optimal impact force transfer, long service life
Polished chrome vanadium blade
Clean cut, long service life
Art. no.
0715 653 400
FIRMER CHISEL SET PLASTIC HANDLE

• Fitted with oval plastic handle
• Blade length 155 mm
• Hardness 60.5 HRC
• Anti-rust coating
• 25° milled cutting angle
Set contents:
• Chisel widths: 6, 12, 20, 26, 32 mm
Art. no.
0715 651 001

BEVELLED-EDGE CHISEL ASSORTMENT 6-PIECE

Bevelled-edge chisel for the highest demands with 2C handle
Handle: 2
• Highly impact-resistant hard components
• Ergonomic design for tireless tool handling
• Unusually long length for precise tool guidance
• Asymmetrical, non-slip rubber components
• Replaceable rubber ring for colour-coding
• Hanging loop – for simple and effective presentation and easy storage in the tool
cabinet
• Roll stop – two surfaces prevent the tool from rolling off the table
• Balanced weight ratio of chisel
Blade:
• High-strength, alloyed tool steel
• 2/3 of the total blade length hardened to 62 Rockwell
• High-gloss polished blade
• Corrosion protection through environmentally-friendly, water-soluble stove enamel
Blade widths: 6, 10, 12, 20, 26, 32 mm
Art. no.
0715 653 100
CLUB HAMMER
Robust 3-component handle for use in the toughest conditions
• Sturdy and easy to handle under high-stress conditions
• German type in line with DIN 6475
Hammer weight Length Art. no.

1000 g 260 mm 0714 734 510
1500 g 280 mm 0714 734 515
2000 g 300 mm 0714 734 520
CLUB HAMMER
• In special steel

800 g - 0715 999 108
1000 g - 0715 999 110
1000 g - 0715 999 139
1200 g 370 mm 0715 999 05

Hand tools / Striking tools / Hammers
MALLET, 3C HANDLE
• 3-component handle guarantees working safety and prevents accidents
2 • Ergonomically designed polypropylene base layer to minimise vibration

• Non-slip elastomer handle and ergonomic design guarantee ideal handling

1000 g 260 mm 0714 732 910
1500 g 260 mm 0714 732 915
2000 g 265 mm 0714 732 920
ROOFER‘S HAMMER
With magnetic nail holder
• Black powder-coated hammer head
• Die-forged and hardened hammer head
• The crosswise ribbed striking surface prevents slipping when hammering.
• Non-slip plastic handle for high operating safety.
• Firmly pressed-in, hardened steel tube handle for the highest loads
• Hammer weight: 600 g
Art. no.
0714 733 02
BRICK HAMMER WITH FIBRE GLASS HANDLE

Hammer:
• Made from high-quality steel
Shaft:
• Multi-component fibre glass handle for comfort and safety
• Secure hold thanks to conical force fit
• Non-slip elastomer handle insert
• Material: Steel
• Material of the handle: Fibreglass-reinforced plastic
• Length: 255 mm
Art. no.
0715 999 07

MACHINISTS‘ HAMMER
German type in line with DIN 1041, double-curved ash handle
Optimum impact hardness and no splintering 2
Electro-inductively hardened
Good handling and long service life
Double-curved, varnished ash handle
Handle secured by ring wedge sealed with synthetic resin

300 g 300 mm 0715 731 30
400 g 310 mm 0715 731 40
500 g 320 mm 0715 731 50
MACHINISTS‘ HAMMER WITH PROTECTIVE HANDLE SHEATH

German type in line with DIN 1041 with double-curved hickory hand-
le
No damage to the hammer handle
Robust protective handle sheath
• Length: 320 mm
Art. no.
0715 73 50
MACHINIST‘S HAMMER WITH PLASTIC HANDLE

Robust 3-component hammer handle for use in the toughest condi-
tions
Vibration-free work and high hammer stability
Aluminium alloy handle core
Robust
Polyamide component is permanently bonded to hammer head.
Additional protection
Steel wedge
No slipping for comfortable working
Soft handle in non-slip, thermoplastic rubber

300 g 287 mm 0714 732 403
500 g 316 mm 0714 732 405
1000 g 360 mm 0714 732 410
1500 g 380 mm 0714 732 412
2000 g 400 mm 0714 732 415

MACHINIST‘S HAMMER, 3C HANDLE

• High-quality steel hammer head
2 • Handle inseparably connected with hammer head

• Non-slip elastomer handle surface
• Unbreakable fibre glass core
• Vibration-damping

300 g 285 mm 0714 731 930
500 g 300 mm 0714 731 950
800 g 320 mm 0714 731 980
MACHINIST‘S HAMMER 3C HANDLE SET 3 PIECES

• High-quality steel hammer head
• Handle inseparably connected with hammer head
• Non-slip elastomer handle surface
• Unbreakable fibre glass core
• Vibration-damping
Contents:
Machinist‘s hammer 300 g, 500 g, 800 g
Art. no.
0714 731 903
RECOIL-FREE HAMMER
Housing filled with steel shot
• Nylon striking inserts
• On striking, the steel shot delivers additional impact
• No force lost to recoil
Length Hammer weight Art. no.

350 mm 400 g 0715 72 52
375 mm 700 g 0715 72 54
385 mm 1000 g 0715 72 56

SECURAL SOFT FACE HAMMER

Recoil-free soft-face hammer for corners, edges and surfaces for
which hammers with round impact inserts are unsuitable.
2
• Shaped, sheet steel housing
• Ergonomic rubber handle
• Replaceable inserts in yellow polyurethane
• Material of the handle: Steel-pipe reinforced rubber
• Hammer head insert length x hammer head insert width: 30 x 40 mm
• Length of handle: 278 mm
• Length: 300 mm
Art. no.
0715 72 35
SIMPLEX SOFT FACE HAMMER

Steel housing
• Impact inserts and handle rapidly replaceable
• Inserts and handle immovably secured
• Soft face hammer with custom equipment
• Impact insert combination creates 2-in-1 soft face hammer
• Includes inserts: Black rubber composition and red plastic
• Material: Steel
• Material of the handle: Wood
Length of handle Length Hammer weight Art. no.

278 mm 330 mm 655 g 0715 72 10
312 mm 365 mm 1130 g 0715 72 20
PLASTIC HAMMER WEDGE SHAPE

Wedge shape hammer head, made from wear-resistant plastic, highly impact resistant
(splinter-free), rounded edges, additional screwing for handle fixture, curved, unvar-
nished ash handle, therefore optimal handling (non-slip)
• Material: Plastic impact-resistant
• Material of the handle: Ash
• Length: 155 mm
Art. no.
0715 437 23

SLEDGE HAMMER WITH FIBRE GLASS HANDLE

Hammer:
Made from high-quality steel
2
Handle:
Multi-component fibre glass handle for comfort and safety
Secure hold thanks to conical force fit
Non-slip elastomer handle insert
• Material of the handle: Fibre glass
Hammer weight Art. no.

4000 g 0715 999 400
5000 g 0715 999 500
SLEDGE HAMMER WITH FIBRE GLASS HANDLE, ANTIRUP

Hammer
Made from high-quality steel
Handle
Multi-component fibre glass handle for comfort and safety
Secure hold thanks to conical force fit
Non-slip elastomer handle insert
• Material of the handle: Fibre glass
Hammer weight Art. no.

4000 g 0715 999 401
5000 g 0715 999 501
FIBREGLASS CLUB HAMMER HANDLE

• Material: Fibre glass
Length Art. no.

260 mm 0715 999 06
370 mm 0715 999 08

FIBRE GLASS SHAFT FOR SLEDGEHAMMER

• Long-lasting fibre glass shaft
• Elastomer insert with anti-slip and anti-vibration properties 2
• Length: 900 mm
Design Art. no.

Oval 0715 999 011
Round 0715 999 010
FLAT CHISEL IN LINE WITH DIN 6453

Tempered hammer head
Length Art. no.

125 mm 0714 63 01
150 mm 0714 63 02
175 mm 0714 63 03
200 mm 0714 63 04
250 mm 0714 63 05
BODYWORK CHISEL
Flat chisel with flat/oval handle
Design
• Extra thin
• Material: Steel, specially hardened
• Length: 240 mm
Art. no.
0714 63 051
CROSS CUT CHISEL IN LINE WITH DIN 6451

Tempered impact head
Length Cutting edge width Striking-surface length x width Art. no.

125 mm 5 mm 14 x 9 mm 0714 63 07
200 mm 8 mm 20 x 12 mm 0714 63 09

Hand tools / Striking tools / Hand chisels
STONE OR BRICKLAYER‘S CHISEL ACC. TO DIN 7254, TYPE B

With hardened hammer head
2 • Length: 200 mm
• Cutting edge width: 22 mm
• Striking-surface diameter: 14 mm
Art. no.
0714 63 109
MANUAL STAPLER HT 34
High-performance manual stapler for staples up to 14 mm long
• Adjustable impact force (max. and min.)
• Recoil-free
• Large magazine for 84 staples
• Rapid loading
• High operational safety
• Staple length: 6 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm, 12 mm, 14 mm
Art. no.
0714 834
MANUAL STAPLER HT 53
High impact strength for thinner materials
• Convenient handling
• Recoil-free
• Large magazine for approx. 156 staples
• Simple loading
• High operational safety
• Staple length: 4 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm, 10 mm
Art. no.
0714 853

Hand tools / Striking tools / Tackers/staplers
HAMMER TACKER ST 54
Robust professional tacker with ergonomic handle for staples up to
14 mm long
2
• Balanced weight distribution
• Rebounding head
• Slip-proof, ergonomic handle
• Large magazine for 168 staples (2 full sticks)
• Wide impact face protects the material being stapled
Art. no.
0714 854
HAMMER TACKER ST 11 ERGONOMIC

Professional all-round tacker for staples up to 10 mm long
• Maximum impact force
• Minimum force expenditure
• Rebounding head
• Ergonomic handle for fatigue-free operation
• Large magazine for 168 staples (2 full sticks)
• Easy cleaning (only 4 parts)
Art. no.
0714 811
HAMMER TACKER ST06-12

Robust, recoil-free tacker for professional use, for use with staples of
type 140, 6-12 mm
No falling of loose parts
With permanently integrated staple pusher spring
Protection of work materials
Large impact plate
Long service life
The driver can be rotated after wear.
Secure grip to prevent slipping from hand
Ergonomic, soft handle
Art. no.
0714 811 000

Hand tools / Striking tools / Centre punch
AUTOMATIC CENTRE PUNCH

For quick and convenient centre punching
2 Automatic, one-handed impact trigger

Saves an enormous amount of time
Knurled cap for continuously adjustable impact force regulation
Suitable for use with various materials
Replaceable impact tips
Long service life
Length Shaft diameter Min. adjustable striking Max. adjustable striking Art. no.
force force
95 mm 11 mm 2 kg 5 kg 0714 63 410
125 mm 14 mm 6 kg 13 kg 0714 63 450
130 mm 17 mm 18 kg 25 kg 0714 63 455
CENTRE PUNCH
Two-component plastic handle
• Hardness at work end 54 – 58 HRC
• Hardness at impact head 38 – 46 HRC
• Length: 120 mm
• Width of tip: 2 mm
• Impact protection length: 30 mm
Art. no.
0714 63 150
CENTRE PUNCH
Acc. to DIN 7250 with tempered hammer head
• Length: 120 mm
Art. no.
0714 63 15

Hand tools / Striking tools / Punches
PIN PUNCH SET

8 pieces: Diameters 0.9; 1.4; 1.8; 2.4; 2.8; 3.4; 3.9; and 5.9 mm
Ejector drift set with coded guide sleeves 2
Hardened chromium-vanadium steel inserts
For clamping sleeves
Art. no.
0714 63 46
DRIFT PUNCH ACCORDING TO DIN 6458

Chrome vanadium air hardening steel
Tempered safety impact heads
Prevents impact head from deforming or fracturing
Full length of shaft hardened
Particularly tough and wear resistant
Tempered impact head
2 versions available
• B = Lightweight version
• D = Heavy-duty version
• Length: 120 mm
Striking-surface diameter Width of tip Design Art. no.

- 1 mm - 0714 63 17
10 mm 2 mm B 0714 63 18
10 mm 3 mm B 0714 63 19
12 mm 4 mm D 0714 63 20

PIN PUNCH
In accordance with DIN 6450, shape C with hardened impact head
2 Chrome vanadium air hardening steel

Tempered safety impact heads
Prevents impact head from deforming or fracturing
Fully hardened shaft
Particularly tough and wear resistant
• Length: 150 mm
Blade length Width of tip Striking-surface diameter Art. no.

30 mm 2 mm 10 mm 0714 63 25
40 mm 3 mm 10 mm 0714 63 27
50 mm 4 mm 10 mm 0714 63 28
50 mm 5 mm 10 mm 0714 63 29
50 mm 6 mm 10 mm 0714 63 30
50 mm 8 mm 12 mm 0714 63 31
IMPACT TOOL PIN PUNCHES WITH PILOTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIN 6450
For locking pins
Chromium-vanadium air hardening steel
Tempered safety hammer heads
Prevents hammer head from developing bulges or splintering
Fully hardened shaft
Particularly tough and wear-resistant as a result
Pilots on shaft of pin punch
Used to perfectly centre tool on clamping sleeves.
• Length: 180 mm
• Length of tenon: 5 mm
• Tenon diameter: 3 mm
Art. no.
0714 63 45

PIN PUNCH, LARGE DIMENSIONS

2-component plastic handle
Ergonomically shaped 2-component handle 2
• Secure grip
• Effortless work
Vibration protection
Handle absorbs vibrations during striking
Impact guard
Prevents hand injuries
Made from tempered tool steel
Long service life
Hardness at work end: 54 – 58 HRC
Hardness at impact head: 38 – 46 HRC
Length Width of tip Striking-surface diameter Art. no.

230 mm 8 mm 10 mm 0714 63 308
240 mm 10 mm 10 mm 0714 63 310
260 mm 12 mm 10 mm 0714 63 312
280 mm 14 mm 15 mm 0714 63 314
290 mm 16 mm 15 mm 0714 63 316
PIN PUNCH ASSORTMENT

5-piece assortment with Ø 2–6 mm
Ergonomically shaped 2C handle
Secure grip, effortless work
The grip dampens impact vibrations and oscillations
Impact protection
Prevents injuries to the hand
Made from hardened tool steel
Long service life
Hardness at working end 54 – 58 HRC
Hardness on hammer head 38 – 46 HRC
Art. no.
0714 63 259

PIN PUNCH SET

6-piece set
2 Chromium-vanadium air hardening steel

Tempered safety hammer heads
Prevents hammer head from developing bulges or splintering
Full length of shaft hardened
Particularly tough and wear-resistant as a result
According to DIN 6450, type C
Tempered hammer head
Contents: 6 pin punches, sizes 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
Art. no.
0714 63 41
PIN PUNCH SET, LARGE DIMENSIONS

5 pcs., 2-component plastic handle
Contents:
• Pin punch, length 230 mm, Ø 8 mm
Ergonomically shaped 2-component handle
• Secure grip
• Effortless work
Handle absorbs vibrations during striking
Impact guard
Prevents hand injuries
Made from tempered tool steel
Long service life
Hardness at work end: 54 – 58 HRC
Hardness at impact head: 38 – 46 HRC
Art. no.
0714 63 320

Hand tools / Screwdriver range / Screwdrivers
SCREWDRIVER 1/4 INCH TIP

• Blade: Round, bright chromium-plated
• Output: DIN 3126-A 6,3 2
• Application: Mounting socket wrench inserts, square
• Handle length/handle width: 106 / 35 mm
• Length: 216 mm
• Material of the grip handle: 2-component plastic
Art. no.
0613 430 311
1/4 INCH SCREWDRIVER

One-piece blade
• Blade: Round, bright chromium-plated
• Tip: DIN 3120-A 6.3
• Length: 216 mm
Art. no.
0613 430 310
1/4 INCH SCREWDRIVER

Quick-change chuck
• Blade: Hexagon blade with wrench adapter, matt chrome-plated
• Head: Bright nickel-plated
• Tip: DIN 3126-D 6.3
Art. no.
0613 210 21

SCREWDRIVER WITH FLEXIBLE SHAFT

For hexagon head screws
2 • Blade: round, flexible

• Tip: Hex head
• Head: bright nickel-plated, inner bore for projecting threaded shafts
• Standard: Tip DIN 3125
• Application: hard-to-reach places, hose clamps
Width across flats Blade length Handle length/handle width Art. no.
6 mm 150 mm 96/31 mm 0613 286 06
7 mm 150 mm 106/35 mm 0613 286 07
8 mm 150 mm 106/35 mm 0613 286 08
10 mm 175 mm 106/35 mm 0613 286 10
SOCKET WRENCH FOR HEXAGON HEAD SCREWS

• Blade: Round blade, matt chrome-plated
• Tip: DIN 475/2
• Standard: DIN 3125
Width across flats Handle length/handle width Art. no.

5.5 mm 96/31 mm 0613 436 055
6 mm 96/31 mm 0613 436 06
7 mm 106/35 mm 0613 436 07
8 mm 106/35 mm 0613 436 08
10 mm 106/35 mm 0613 436 10
13 mm 114/38 mm 0613 436 13

RATCHET MAGAZINE SCREWDRIVER

Empty
Blade: Circular blade with magnet, bright chrome-plated 2
Tip: DIN 3126-D 6.3
High-performance ratchet screwdriver
28 teeth, max. torque 20 Nm.
Powerful and fast screwing action
One-handed screwing action, easy to change direction whilst working without using
the other hand.
Advantage of the ratchet function
No need to reposition hand. This enables fast, efficient operation in any assembly
situation.
2-component handle
Very slim ratchet screwdriver for optimum power transfer and comfortable handling.
Bit magazine for max. 12 bits
Extendible, rotating magazine lets you find the bit you need quickly.
1/4-inch bit with colour coding
Quickly find the bit you need with the Würth colour coding system – the right bit for
every screw.
Snap lock
Audible click confirms secure locking of bit magazine.
• Handle length: 147 mm
• Handle width: 37.5 mm
• Number of bits: 0 PCS
Art. no.
0613 610 0

RATCHET MAGAZINE SCREWDRIVER, AUTOMOTIVE/METALWORK

Equipped with 12 bits
2 Blade: Circular blade with magnet, bright chrome-plated

Tip: DIN 3126-D 6.3
Powerful ratchet screwdriver
28 teeth, max. torque over 20 Nm.
situation.
1/4“-bit with colour coding system
Fast location of bits using Würth colour coding system – the right bit for every screw.
Contents: 13 pieces
• 1 empty ratchet screwdriver
• One bit each of PH 1; PH 2; TX 10; TX 15; TX 20; TX 25; TX 30; hex socket 4 mm;
hexagon socket 5 mm; hexagon socket 6 mm; slot 0.6 x 4.5 mm; connecting bit 1/4
inch
Art. no.
0613 610 3

RATCHET MAGAZINE SCREWDRIVER, WOOD/CONSTRUCTION

Equipped with 12 bits
Blade: Circular blade with magnet, bright chrome-plated 2
Drive: DIN 3126-D 6.3
28 teeth, max. torque above 20 Nm.
Advantage of ratchet function
No more regripping required. This enables fast, efficient operation in any assembly
situation.
Pull-out rotating magazine for fast location of desired bit.
1/4 inch bit with colour coding system
Fast location of bits using Würth colour coding system — the right bit for every screw.
Art. no.
0613 610 8

PISTOL GRIP RATCHET MAGAZINE SCREWDRIVER, SET 1

8 pieces. Consists of a pistol-grip ratchet magazine screwdriver with
LED light and 7 bits.
2
• 3-position adjustment wheel: Easy to change direction whilst working, adjustable
with one hand
• 45 teeth, max. torque of 40 Nm
2C grip for optimum ergonomic work
• Can be used as a standard screwdriver in the straight position or as a pistol grip in
the 60° position thanks to the adjustable handle
LED technology
• Working area is always well lit, lights the screw directly
Light: 2 bright LEDs, battery LR41 4.5 V
Blade: Short bit holder blade with magnet, brushed
chromium-plated
Output: DIN 3126-D 6.3
Contents: 8 pieces
• 1 pistol grip ratchet magazine screwdriver with LED light (bits not included)
• One bit each of PH 1; PH 2; TX 10; TX 20; hexagon socket 4 mm; hexagon socket
5 mm; slot 0.8 x 5.5 mm
• Handle width: 40 mm
Art. no.
0613 640 1

RATCHET MAGAZINE SCREWDRIVER AUTOMOTIVE/METALWORK TYPE 2

Blade: Circular blade with magnet, bright chrome-plated
Tip: DIN 3126-D 6.3 2
28 teeth, max. torque 20 Nm.
Powerful and fast screwing action
One-handed screwing action, easy to change direction whilst working without using
the other hand.
situation.
2-component handle
Very slim ratchet screwdriver for optimum power transfer and comfortable handling.
1/4-inch bit with colour coding
Quickly find the bit you need with the Würth colour coding system – the right bit for
every screw.
Snap lock
Audible click confirms secure locking of bit magazine.
Art. no.
0613 610 1
PH SCREWDRIVER
Round blade
• Blade: Matt chrome-plated
• Tip: DIN 5260-PH, ISO 8764-PH, Black Point
• Standard: DIN 5262, SMS SS 2831
• Material of the grip handle: Plastic multi components
Tip size Handle length Blade length Length Art. no.

PH1 96 mm 80 mm 176 mm 0613 232 01
PH2 106 mm 100 mm 206 mm 0613 232 02
PH3 114 mm 150 mm 264 mm 0613 232 03

PH SCREWDRIVER
Round blade
2 • Blade: Matt chrome-plated, long model

Tip size Handle length Length Art. no.

PH1 96 mm 396 mm 0613 262 1
PH2 106 mm 406 mm 0613 262 2
PH SCREWDRIVER
Short model with round blade
• Length: 87 mm
Tip size Art. no.

PH1 0613 252 1
PH2 0613 252 2
PH SCREWDRIVER
Screwdriver with one-piece hexagon blade/hex bolster made from
tempered, impact-resistant material
• Large impact cap

PH1 96 mm 80 mm 176 mm 0613 322 1
PH2 106 mm 100 mm 206 mm 0613 322 2
PH3 114 mm 150 mm 264 mm 0613 322 3
PH4 120 mm 200 mm 320 mm 0613 322 4

PH SCREWDRIVER
Hexagon blade, wrench adapter
• Blade: Matt chrome-plated 2

PH1 96 mm 80 mm 176 mm 0613 422 1
PH2 106 mm 100 mm 206 mm 0613 422 2
PH3 114 mm 150 mm 264 mm 0613 422 3
CROSS RECESS HEAD SCREWDRIVER (PZ)

Short version
• Blade: Circular blade, brushed chromium-plated
• Tip: ISO 8764-PZ, Black Point
• Tip size: PZ2
Art. no.
0613 253 2
PZ SCREWDRIVER
Hexagon blade, wrench adapter
• Tip: ISO 8764-PZ, Black Point
Tip size Blade length Handle length/handle width Art. no.

PZ1 80 mm 96/31 mm 0613 423 1
PZ2 100 mm 106/35 mm 0613 423 2
PZ3 150 mm 114/38 mm 0613 423 3

CROSS RECESS HEAD SCREWDRIVER PZ

• Blade: Circular blade, brushed chromium-plated
2 • Tip: ISO 8764-PZ, Black Point


PZ1 80 mm 96/31 mm 0613 233 1
PZ2 100 mm 106/35 mm 0613 233 2
SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER
Round blade
• Tip: DIN 5264-A, ISO 2380, Black Point
Thickness of cutting edge x width Blade length Handle length/handle width Art. no.
of cutting edge
0.5 x 3 mm 80 mm 73/20 mm 0613 231 03
0.8 x 4 mm 100 mm 84/27 mm 0613 231 04
1 x 5.5 mm 125 mm 96/31 mm 0613 231 055
1.2 x 6.5 mm 150 mm 106/35 mm 0613 231 065
1.2 x 8 mm 175 mm 114/38 mm 0613 231 08
1.6 x 10 mm 200 mm 114/38 mm 0613 231 10
SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER
Round blade
• Standard: SMS SS 2830, DIN 5265
Thickness of cutting edge Blade length Handle length/handle Length Art. no.
x width of cutting edge width
0.4 x 2.5 mm 75 mm 73/20 mm - 0613 231 725
0.5 x 3 mm 80 mm 70/20 mm 153 mm 0613 231 730
0.6 x 3.5 mm 100 mm 83/27 mm - 0613 231 735
0.8 x 4 mm 100 mm 83/27 mm - 0613 231 74
1 x 5.5 mm 150 mm 96/31 mm - 0613 231 755

SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER
Round blade
• Blade: Matt chrome-plated, long model 2
• Tip type: Slot
of cutting edge
0.8 x 4 mm 300 mm 83/27 mm 0613 261 04
1 x 5.5 mm 200 mm 96/31 mm 0613 261 055
1.2 x 8 mm 300 mm 114/38 mm 0613 261 08
SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER
Short model with round blade
• Tip type: Slot
Thickness of cutting edge x width of cutting edge Art. no.

0.6 x 3.5 mm 0613 251 035
1 x 5.5 mm 0613 251 05
1.2 x 6.5 mm 0613 251 065

SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER
One-piece hexagon blade/wrench adapter made from tempered,
impact-resistant material
2
• Large impact cap
Thickness of cutting Design Blade length Handle length/ Length Art. no.
edge x width of cut- handle width
ting edge
0.8 x 4.5 mm With impact cap, With 90 mm 96/31 mm 186 mm 0613 321 045
wrench aid
1 x 5.5 mm With wrench aid, With 100 mm 96/31 mm 196 mm 0613 321 055
impact cap
1.2 x 7 mm With impact cap, With 125 mm 106/35 mm 231 mm 0613 321 07
wrench aid
wrench aid
wrench aid
2 x 12 mm With wrench aid, With 200 mm 120/40.5 mm 320 mm 0613 321 12
impact cap
2.5 x 14 mm With wrench aid, With 250 mm 120/40.5 mm 270 mm 0613 321 14
impact cap
SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER
Hexagon blade and wrench adapter
• Tip type: Slot
• Design: With wrench aid
1 x 5.5 mm 100 mm 96/31 mm 196 mm 0613 421 055
1.2 x 6.5 mm 125 mm 106/35 mm 231 mm 0613 421 065
1.6 x 8 mm 150 mm 114/38 mm 264 mm 0613 421 08
1.6 x 10 mm 175 mm 114/38 mm 289 mm 0613 421 10
2 x 12 mm 200 mm 120/40.5 mm 320 mm 0613 421 12

SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER
Hexagon blade
• Blade: Brushed chromium-plated 2
• Output: DIN 5264-A, ISO 2380, Black Point
• Tip type: Slot
0.6 x 3.5 mm 80 mm 83/27 mm 158 mm 0613 421 035
0.8 x 4 mm 90 mm 96/31 mm 186 mm 0613 421 004
TX SCREWDRIVER
• Tip: TX socket, Black Point

TX10 80 mm 83/27 mm 0613 434 10
TX15 80 mm 96/31 mm 0613 434 15
TX20 100 mm 96/31 mm 0613 434 20
TX25 100 mm 106/35 mm 0613 434 25
TX27 115 mm 106/35 mm 0613 434 27
TX30 115 mm 106/35 mm 0613 434 30
TX40 130 mm 114/38 mm 0613 434 40
TX SCREWDRIVER WITH HOLE

• Tip: For TX socket screws with security pin, black point

TX10 80 mm 83/27 mm 0613 434 810
TX15 80 mm 96/31 mm 0613 434 815
TX20 100 mm 96/31 mm 0613 434 820
TX25 100 mm 106/35 mm 0613 434 825
TX30 115 mm 106/35 mm 0613 434 830

SCREWDRIVER HANDLE
Mount for 6 mm blade
2 Hexagon insert
Wrench adapter, matt chrome-plated
Tip: Mount for 6 mm blade
• Tip size: 6 mm
• Wrench aid: 10 mm
Art. no.
0613 473 1
PRECISION ENGINEERING MAGAZINE SCREWDRIVER

13 pieces. With all the essential precision engineering double bits,
ideal for all fine and filigree screw work
• Ideal for use in electronics and precision engineering
• Optimum working application thanks to rotating cap
• 2C plastic handle
• Removable and rotatable magazine
• Including 12 precision engineering double bits, 4 mm
• Tip size: HEX 4 mm
• Handle length (open): 178 mm
• Handle diameter: 28 mm
• Number of pieces: 13 PCS
Art. no.
0613 480 1

Hand tools / Screwdriver range / Screwdrivers, t-handle
T-HANDLE HEXAGON SOCKET WITH BALL HEAD

Side tip
• Blade: Hexagon blade with side tip, matt chrome-plated 2
• Tip: Size similar to DIN 911
• Ball head for screwing at angles of up to 25°
• Black Point
Tip size Blade length Handle width x length x length of Art. no.
side tip
5 mm 150 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 130 05
5 mm 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 131 05
6 mm 150 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 130 06
6 mm 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 131 06
8 mm 150 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 130 08
8 mm 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 131 08
10 mm 200 mm 39 x 117 x 22 mm 0613 131 10
T-HANDLE WRENCH, HEXAGON SOCKET

Side tip
• Blade: Hexagon blade with side tip, matt chrome-plated
• Tip: Size similar to DIN 911
• Handle width x length x length of side tip: 27 x 82 x 13 mm
Tip size Blade length Art. no.

2.5 mm 150 mm 0613 132 025
3 mm 150 mm 0613 132 03
3 mm 200 mm 0613 133 03
4 mm 150 mm 0613 132 04
4 mm 200 mm 0613 133 04

Hand tools / Screwdriver range / Screwdrivers, t-handle
T-HANDLE, TX WITH SIDE TIP

TX socket
2 Integrated side tip

• Effortless tightening and loosening of screw connections.
• Particularly suitable for rusted and seized screw connections.
High-quality blade
• Matt chrome-plated hexagon blade for optimal corrosion protection and long ser-
vice life.
• High-quality special steel ensures optimal balance of ductility and wear resistance.
Multi-component handle comprising solid core and soft casing
• Highly slip-proof special black plastic ensures maximum torque transfer.
• Solid core and soft casing ensure rigidity and a secure grip.
• Ergonomically adapted handle for a comfortable grip and fatigue-free operation.
• Integrated drilled hole for storage on tool rack.
Black Point tip
Higher torque and a precise fit
One-piece blade
Resistant even to extremely high stresses
Output: For TX socket
Tip size Blade length Handle width x length x length of Art. no.
side tip
TX10 100 mm 27 x 82 x 13 mm 0613 140 10
TX15 100 mm 27 x 82 x 13 mm 0613 140 15
TX20 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 140 20
TX25 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 140 25
TX27 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 140 27
TX30 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 140 30
TX40 200 mm 35 x 105 x 17 mm 0613 140 40

Hand tools / Screwdriver range / Screwdriver assortments
PRECISION ENGINEERING SET

29 pcs Contains all the essential precision engineering bits and is ideal
for all fine and delicate screwdriving work
2
• Ideal for use in electronics and precision engineering
• Precision engineering screwdriver with rotating self-centring cap for optimal work
use.
• 1C plastic handle and brushed chromium-plated circular blade with DIN 3126-D4
mount and clamping ring
• Hinged sliding cassette for convenient use on the workbench
Scope of delivery
• 1 precision engineering screwdriver for 4 mm bits
• 1 bit each 4 mm TX4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15
• 1 bit each 4 mm slotted 1.5 mm, 2 mm, 2.5 mm, 3 mm
• 1 bit each 4 mm recessed head PH00, 0, 1, 2, PZ0, PZ1
• 1 bit each 4 mm hexagon socket 0.9 mm, 1.3 mm, 1.5 mm, 2 mm, 2.5 mm, 3 mm
• 1 bit each 4 mm tri-wing TW1.5, TW2
• 1 bit each 4 mm 5-star 1, 5
Art. no.
0613 489 5
T-HANDLE SCREWDRIVER SET TX

For TX socket, with side output, 6 pieces
Integrated side tip
• Effortless tightening and loosening of screw connections.
High-quality blade
• Matt chrome-plated hexagon blade for optimal corrosion protection and long ser-
vice life.
• Highly slip-proof special black plastic ensures maximum torque transfer.
• Integrated drilled hole for storage on tool rack.
Contents: 6 pcs.
• 6 T-handle screwdrivers for TX socket
TX 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40
Art. no.
0613 914 06

T-HANDLE HEXAGON SOCKET BALL HEAD SET

6 pieces in a sheet steel rack
2 Integrated side tip

Effortless tightening and loosening of screw connections.
High-quality blade
Brushed chrome-plated hexagon blade for optimal corrosion protection and long
service life.
Highly non-slip special black plastic ensures maximum torque transfer.
One-piece blade
Resistant even to extremely high stresses.
Can be used as a workbench stand
Art. no.
0613 913 6
T-HANDLE HEXAGON SOCKET ASSORTMENT

6 pieces
Scope of delivery
• 1 each of T-handle wrench with ball head hexagon socket, size 5 mm, 6 mm, 8 mm
• 1 each of T-handle wrench with hexagon socket, size 2.5 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm
Art. no.
0613 913 06

SCREWDRIVER SET, CIRCULAR BLADE FOR PRECISION METAL WORK

6-piece set
Contents: 2
0.6 x 3.5 x 100 mm, 1.0 x 5.5 x 125 mm, 1.2 x 6.5 x 150 mm, 1.2 x 8.0 x 175, PH1,
PH2
Art. no.
0613 923 26
CIRCULAR BLADE SCREWDRIVER SET FOR WOODWORK

• Tip size: PZ1, PZ2, Slot
Art. no.
0613 923 35

SCREWDRIVER SET WITH FLEXIBLE SHAFT

5-piece set
2 • Blade: round, flexible

• Tip: Hex head
• Head: bright nickel-plated, inner bore for projecting threaded shafts
• Standard: Tip DIN 3125
• Application: hard-to-reach places, hose clamps
Art. no.
0613 986 5
SCREWDRIVER SET TX
8 pcs
Scope of delivery:
1 x screwdriver set TX 8 pcs, Art. no. 06139348
Blade: Round blade, brushed chromium-plated, tip: TX socket, Black Point
Art. no.
0613 934 8

TX SCREWDRIVER ASSORTMENT WITH HOLE

Blade: Circular blade, brushed chromium-plated
Output: For TX socket screws with locking pin, Black Point 2
Contents: 7 pcs.
• 7 TX screwdrivers with hole
TX 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40
Art. no.
0613 934 87
SCREWDRIVER SET AUTOMOTIVE/METAL

Hexagon blade and torque adjustment in sheet steel rack
Bored slots for wall mounting
One-piece hexagon blade with torque adjustment
Contents: 8 pieces
• 1 each of slotted screwdriver with hexagon blade, torque adjustment and striking
cap 1.0 x 5.5 x 100; 1.2 x 7.0 x 125; 1.6 x 9.0 x 150
• 1 slotted screwdriver with circular blade, short 1.0 x 5.5 x 25
• 1 each of PH screwdriver with hexagon blade, torque adjustment and striking cap
PH 1; PH 2; PH 3
• 1 PH screwdriver with circular blade, short PH 2
Art. no.
0613 940 81

SCREWDRIVER SET FOR HEXAGON HEAD SCREWS

Blade: Circular blade, brushed chromium-plated
2 Output: DIN 475/2
Standard: DIN 3125
Contents: 6 pieces
1 each of socket wrench, size 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13
Art. no.
0613 936 6
MINI RATCHET SCREWDRIVER

10-piece bit strip and PH2 bit
• Handle: 2-component handle
• Blade: Short bit holder blade with magnet, bright chromium-plated
• Output: DIN 3126-D 6.3
• For high torque applications in tight spaces
• 3-position adjustment wheel: Easy to change direction whilst working, adjustable
with one hand
• 45 teeth, max. Torque up to 40 Nm
• Variable connector system for all hex bits with 6.35 mm = 1/4-in mount
Art. no.
0613 630 50
SCREWDRIVER SET
Consists of 5 screwdrivers with one-piece hexagon blade/torque
adjustment made from tempered, impact-resistant material and large
striking cap
Art. no.
0613 932 25

SCREWDRIVER SET
Hexagon blade and hex bolster for automotive and metalwork tra-
des
2
Blade: Brushed chromium-plated
Contents: 6 pcs.
• 1 screwdriver with hexagon blade 0.6 x 3.5 x 75
• 1 each of slotted screwdriver with hexagon blade and torque adjustment 1.0 x 5.5
x 100; 1.2 x 6.5 x 125; 1.6 x 8.0 x 150
• 1 each of PH screwdriver with hexagon blade and torque adjustment PH 1; PH 2
Art. no.
0613 942 26
SCREWDRIVER SET
Hexagon blade and torque adjustment for woodwork
Blade: Brushed chromium-plated
Contents: 5 pcs
• 1 each of slotted screwdriver with hexagon blade and hex bolster 0.6 x 3.5 x 80*;
1.0 x 5.5 x 100; 1.2 x 6.5 x 125
• 1 each of PZ screwdriver with hexagon blade and torque adjustment PZ 1; PZ 2
*Without hex bolster
Art. no.
0613 942 35
SCREWDRIVER SET PH/PZ/SLOTTED 6

Zebra screwdriver set with hexagon blade and torque adjustment, to
apply even greater torque a combination spanner can be used.
• Matt chrome-plated as corrosion protection
• Black Point tip for higher torque and a precise fit
• High-quality special steel for a high level of wear resistance
Art. no.
0613 942 44

RADIO SCREWDRIVER SET 60 PIECES

• 3 different lengths with different handle colours
• Slotted screwdriver
2
Art. no.
0695 104 651
VDE SCREWDRIVER SET, SLOTTED/PH RECESSED HEAD

5 pieces
• Blade: bronzed, insulated
• Standard: Individually tested in accordance with IEC 60900:2004
VDE tested, 1000 V, GS tested
Art. no.
0613 963 25

VDE SCREWDRIVER SET SLOTTED/PH

5 pieces. Extra slim design.
Blade burnished, reduced blade insulation diameter in critical wor- 2
king area
• Effortless access to low-lying screw and spring elements
• Prevents insulation from fraying
Screw symbol on end of handle
Individually tested in accordance with IEC 60900:2004
Art. no.
0613 963 250
VDE SCREWDRIVER TX SET

6 pieces
• Blade: Burnished, insulated
• Tip: TX socket, Black Point
• Screw symbol and handle size on end of handle for quick identification
• Standard: IEC 60900:2012
Art. no.
0613 962 35

VDE SCREWDRIVER SET SLOTTED/PZ RECESSED HEAD

5 pcs: 1 x slotted 0.4 x 2.5; 1 x slotted 0.8 x 4.0; 1 x slotted 1.2 x 6.5;
1 x PZ1; 1 x PZ2
2
Blade: burnished, insulated
Standard: Individually tested in line with IEC 60900:2004
Includes: 5 pcs
• Slot 0.4 x 2.5 x 80
• Slot 0.8 x 4.0 x 100
• Slot 1.2 x 6.5 x 150
• PZ 1 recessed head
• PZ 2 recessed head
VDE tested, GS tested
Art. no.
0613 963 35
VDE SCREWDRIVER SET SLOTTED/PH

5 pieces, 3-component handle, slim design
All screwdrivers individually tested according to IEC 60900:2012
• Electrician‘s screwdriver with 3-component handle, handle adapts to the hand
• Insulation up to 50% thinner allows poorly accessible screws to be reached, without
restricting safety
• Extra long 30% thinner handle
• Anti-roll
• Cross hole for hanging tools or for inserting a lever
• Screw symbols and sizes on the handle cap
Art. no.
0613 615 005

ALLEN KEY SET

On ring, 8 pcs., short version
• Bright nickel-plated 2
• Chamfered front edges
• Contents: Size in mm: 2; 2.5; 3; 4; 5; 6; 8; 10
ISO 2936 (similar to DIN 911)
Art. no.
0715 31 55
ALLEN KEY SET

9 pieces. In plastic holder, long version.
• Bright nickel-plated
• Contents: Size 1.5; 2; 2.5; 3; 4; 5; 6; 8; 10
ISO 2936L (comparable to DIN 911)
Art. no.
0715 31 120

ALLEN KEY SET

In plastic holder, 9 pcs., short version
2 • Bright nickel-plated
• Contents: Size 1.5; 2; 2.5; 3; 4; 5; 6; 8; 10;
Art. no.
0715 31 100
ALLEN KEY SET

• Contents: Size 1.5; 2; 2.5; 3; 4; 5; 6; 8; 10; 12
Art. no.
0715 31 110

ALLEN KEY SET

• Bright nickel-plated 2
• Contents: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 17, 19
• Delivered in plastic bag
Art. no.
0715 31 54
ALLEN KEY SET, HEXAGON SOCKET

7 pieces. In glass fibre reinforced plastic housing.
• Brushed chromium-plated hexagon blade
• Handy eject button for simple selection of the desired wrench size
• 180° position allows it to be used as a screwdriver
• Contents: Size 2; 2.5; 3; 4; 5; 6; 8
Size similar to DIN 911
Design Art. no.

With ball head and retaining ring 0715 31 71
Without ball head 0715 31 70

ALLEN KEY SET

• Contents: 1/16, 5/64, 3/32, 1/8, 5/32, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 1/2 inch
• Tip type: Hexagon socket inch
Art. no.
0715 311 110
ALLEN KEY FOLDING SET, TX

TX, in fibreglass reinforced plastic housing, 8 pcs.
• TX socket
• Round blade
• Matt chrome-plated
• Contents: TX 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40
• Handy eject button for simple selection of the desired wrench size
• 180° position allows it to be used as a screwdriver
Art. no.
0715 36 70

ALLEN KEY SET

TX, in plastic holder, 8 pcs., short version
• TX socket 2
• Round blade
• Contents: TX 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40
• Tip type: TX
Art. no.
0715 36 100
ALLEN KEY SET, TX

Ball head, in plastic holder, short version, 8 pcs.
• TX socket with ball head
• Round blade
• Contents: TX 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40
Art. no.
0715 37 100
ALLEN KEY SET, HEXAGON SOCKET

9 pieces. Ball head, extra-long, in plastic holder with sliding function
• Plastic holder with sliding function for one-handed opening
• Allen key with an angle of max. 25°
• Design: With ball head on one side
Art. no.
0715 40 100

SET OF HEX KEYS

Ball end
2 • To use at angles up to 30°

• Long version
• Design: Long, With ball head on one side
Art. no.
0714 311 199
0715 311 57
ALLEN KEY SET TX

With holding spring
• With special steel spring that keeps the screw in any position
• The holding spring and a thin protective disc are laser-beam welded to the tip of the
blade.
• Long version
• Made of hardened chromium-vanadium steel, phosphated
• With special sliding holder that allows the key to be removed without moving those
surrounding them

0715 39 10
Long version without retaining spring, 1 x TX6
Long version with retaining spring, 1 x TX9
Long version with retaining spring

ALLEN KEY FOLDING SET MULTI, 9 PIECES

Blade chromium-vanadium steel, fully hardened, galvanised finish
Ergonomic handle, glass-fibre-reinforced housing, 120 mm long 2
Extra-robust housing with eject button for simple selection of the
desired blade
Drive
• Hex. socket - 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0 mm
• TX25
• PH2
• Slotted 3.5 mm
Art. no.
0715 31 72
ALLEN KEY SET WITH LOCK WASHER

Ball head, extra-long version with retaining ring, in plastic holder
with sliding function, 9 pieces.
• Chrome-Vanadium steel, through-hardened, matt Chrome-plated
• Ball head enables screws to be tightened at angles of up to 25°
• Plastic holder with sliding function for one-handed opening
• Content: 1.5; 2; 2.5; 3; 4; 5; 6; 8; 10 mm
Retaining ring
• High-strength spring steel retaining ring holds the screw firmly in any position
• Retaining ring on keys from size 3 mm
• Design: Long
Art. no.
0715 50 100
REVERSIBLE BLADE
For screwdrivers
• Length: 175 mm
Tip size Art. no.

PH2, Slot 6 mm 0613 801 2
PH2, PZ2 0613 803 2
TX20, TX25 0613 804 2

Hand tools / Screwdriver range / Screwdrivers VDE
VDE SCREWDRIVER PH RECESSED HEAD

For working on live parts up to 1000 V (AC) and up to 1500 V (DC)
2 • Blade: burnished, insulated

• Tip: In accordance with DIN ISO 8764-1-PH
• Individually tested in water bath with 10 kV test voltage
• Marked with year of manufacture
• Stricter cold impact test
Standard: EN 60900:2012

PH0 80 mm 83/27 mm 0613 632 0
PH1 80 mm 96/31 mm 0613 632 1
PH2 100 mm 106/35 mm 0613 632 2
PH3 150 mm 114/38 mm 0613 632 3
VDE SCREWDRIVER, PH RECESSED HEAD, EXTRA SLIM

Effortless access to deep-seated screw and spring elements.
• Insulation with reduction of blade diameter in critical working area
• Prevents fraying of insulation
• Screw symbol on end of handle
• Tip: DIN ISO 8764-I-PH
• Blade: Burnished

PH1 80 mm 96/31 mm 0613 632 10
PH2 100 mm 106/35 mm 0613 632 20

VDE SCREWDRIVER, PH RECESSED HEAD 3C HANDLE, SLIM

3-component handle, narrow design
All screwdrivers individually tested according to IEC 60900:2012 2
• Electrician‘s screwdriver with 3-component handle, handle adapts to the hand
• Insulation up to 50% thinner allows poorly accessible screws to be reached, without
restricting safety
• Extra long 30% thinner handle
• Anti-roll
• Cross hole for hanging tools or for inserting a lever
• Screw symbols and sizes on the handle cap
• Tip size: PH1, PH2
Blade length Handle length/handle width Art. no.

80 mm 105/25 mm 0613 615 1
100 mm 115/27 mm 0613 615 2
VDE SCREWDRIVER PZ RECESSED HEAD

For working on live parts up to 1000 V (AC) and up to 1500 V (DC)
• Blade: burnished, insulated
• Tip type: ISO 8764-PZ
• Standard: DIN 7438, IEC 60900:2012

PZ0 80 mm 83/27 mm 0613 633 0
PZ1 80 mm 96/31 mm 0613 633 1
PZ2 100 mm 106/35 mm 0613 633 2

VDE SCREWDRIVER FLAT SLOTTED

For working on live parts up to 1000 volts (AC) and up to 1500 volts
(DC)
2
• Blade: Burnished, insulated
• Tip: Based on DIN ISO 2380-1-B
• Individually tested in water bath with 10 kV test voltage
• Marked with year of manufacture
• Stricter cold impact test
• Tip size: Slot
Standard: EN 60900:2012
of cutting edge
0.4 x 2.5 mm 80 mm 83/27 mm 0613 631 025
0.5 x 3 mm 100 mm 83/27 mm 0613 631 03
0.6 x 3.5 mm 100 mm 83/27 mm 0613 631 035
0.8 x 4 mm 100 mm 83/27 mm 0613 631 04
1 x 5.5 mm 125 mm 96/31 mm 0613 631 055
1.2 x 6.5 mm 150 mm 106/35 mm 0613 631 065
1.2 x 8 mm 175 mm 114/38 mm 0613 631 08

VDE SCREWDRIVER, FLAT SLOTTED, ULTRA SLIM

Effortless access to deep-seated screw and spring elements.
• Insulation with reduction of blade diameter in critical working area 2
• Prevents fraying of insulation
• Screw symbol on end of handle
• Tip: DIN ISO 2380-I-A
• Blade: Burnished
• Tip size: Slot
of cutting edge
0.4 x 2.5 mm 80 mm 83/27 mm 0613 631 25
0.6 x 3.5 mm 100 mm 83/27 mm 0613 631 35
0.8 x 4 mm 100 mm 83/27 mm 0613 631 40
1 x 5.5 mm 125 mm 96/31 mm 0613 631 55
VDE SLOTTED SCREWDRIVER, 3C HANDLE, SLIM

3-component handle, narrow design
All screwdrivers individually tested to IEC 60900:2012
• Electrician’s screwdriver with 3C handle, handle sits in the hand
• Up to 50% thinner insulation allows inaccessible screws to be reached without com-
promising safety
• Extra-long handle, 30% more slimline
• Unwind protection
• Oblong hole for suspending the tools or inserting a lever
• Screw symbols and size on the handle cap
• Tip size: Slot
of cutting edge
0.6 x 3.5 mm 100 mm 105/25 mm 0613 615 035
1 x 4.5 mm 125 mm 115/27 mm 0613 615 045
1 x 5.5 mm 125 mm 115/27 mm 0613 615 055

Hand tools / Screwdriver range / Allen key
ALLEN KEY, HEXAGON SOCKET

Short version
Tip size Length Short-limb dimension Art. no.

12 mm 137 mm 57 mm 0715 31 47
14 mm 154 mm 70 mm 0715 31 48
17 mm 177 mm 80 mm 0715 31 49
19 mm 199 mm 89 mm 0715 31 50
22 mm 222 mm 102 mm 0715 31 51
4 mm 74 mm 29 mm 0715 31 39
6 mm 96 mm 38 mm 0715 31 41
5 mm 85 mm 33 mm 0715 31 40
8 mm 108 mm 44 mm 0715 31 43
10 mm 122 mm 50 mm 0715 31 45
ALLEN KEY HEXAGON SOCKET

Long version
ISO 2936L (comparable to DIN 911)
Tip size Short-limb dimension Long-limb dimension Art. no.

19 mm 89 mm 379 mm 0715 31 31
4 mm 29 mm 144 mm 0715 31 20
5 mm 33 mm 160 mm 0715 31 21
6 mm 38 mm 186 mm 0715 31 22
8 mm 44 mm 208 mm 0715 31 24
12 mm 57 mm 262 mm 0715 31 28
14 mm 70 mm 294 mm 0715 31 29
17 mm 80 mm 337 mm 0715 31 30

ALLEN KEY, BALL HEAD

• The screws can be positioned easily and securely
• Retaining ring clamps the hexagon Screw and tool 2
• Easiest possible removal of keys thanks to mechanical operation
• Screwing in hard-to-reach locations at an angle of up to 25°
Tip size Length Short-limb dimension Long-limb dimension Art. no.

3 mm 144 mm 19 mm 125 mm 0715 50 03
4 mm 162 mm 24 mm 138 mm 0715 50 04
5 mm 185 mm 27 mm 158 mm 0715 50 05
6 mm 209 mm 31 mm 178 mm 0715 50 06
8 mm 233 mm 35 mm 198 mm 0715 50 08
10 mm 261 mm 40 mm 221 mm 0715 50 10
ALLEN KEY, HEXAGON SOCKET BALL HEAD POWERDRIV

Extra-long version
• Powerdriv ®
• Screwing in hard-to-reach locations at an angle of up to 30°
Tip size Length Short-limb dimension Long-limb dimension Art. no.

1.5 mm 105 mm 15 mm 90 mm 0714 311 115
2 mm 118 mm 17 mm 101 mm 0714 311 12
2.5 mm 132 mm 20 mm 112 mm 0714 311 125
3 mm 149 mm 22 mm 127 mm 0714 311 13
4 mm 171 mm 28 mm 143 mm 0714 311 14
5 mm 197 mm 32 mm 165 mm 0714 311 15
6 mm 223 mm 37 mm 186 mm 0714 311 16
8 mm 250 mm 43 mm 207 mm 0714 311 18
10 mm 276 mm 48 mm 228 mm 0714 311 110

ALLEN KEY
TX, short version
2 • TX socket
• Round blade
Tip size Long-limb dimension Short-limb dimension Art. no.

TX10 54 mm 20 mm 0715 36 10
TX15 58 mm 22 mm 0715 36 15
TX20 61 mm 23 mm 0715 36 20
TX25 65 mm 25 mm 0715 36 25
TX30 76 mm 30 mm 0715 36 30
TX40 83 mm 33 mm 0715 36 40
ALLEN KEY TX LONG

With retaining spring
Retaining spring
• Retention function holds all TX screws in place without a magnet
Tip size Long-limb dimension Short-limb dimension Art. no.

TX5 72 mm 13 mm 0715 39 105
TX6 80 mm 15 mm 0715 39 106
TX7 88 mm 18 mm 0715 39 107
TX8 101 mm 20 mm 0715 39 108
TX9 111 mm 21 mm 0715 39 109
TX10 121 mm 23 mm 0715 39 110
TX15 135 mm 27 mm 0715 39 115
TX20 148 mm 29 mm 0715 39 121
TX25 163 mm 33 mm 0715 39 125
TX27 176 mm 36 mm 0715 39 127
TX30 191 mm 38 mm 0715 39 130
TX40 210 mm 43 mm 0715 39 140
TX45 232 mm 50 mm 0715 39 145

Hand tools / Wrenches / Double open-end wrenches
DOUBLE OPEN-END WRENCH

Design: Metric
• Standard: DIN 3110 /ISO 1085 2
• Material: Chrome-vanadium steel
• Surface: Chrome-plated, polished heads
• Geometry: 15° head offset, strong heavy-duty heads
Width across flats Length External dimension of External dimension of Art. no.
wrench head wrench head 2
6 x 7 mm 125 mm 14 mm 16 mm 0713 304 067
8 x 9 mm 138 mm 18 mm 20 mm 0713 304 089
8 x 10 mm 146 mm 18 mm 22.5 mm 0713 304 080
10 x 11 mm 158 mm 22.5 mm 25 mm 0713 304 101
10 x 13 mm 168 mm 22.5 mm 29 mm 0713 304 103
12 x 13 mm 175 mm 27 mm 29 mm 0713 304 123
13 x 17 mm 200 mm 29 mm 38 mm 0713 304 137
14 x 15 mm 185 mm 31 mm 33.5 mm 0713 304 145
16 x 17 mm 205 mm 36 mm 38 mm 0713 304 167
17 x 19 mm 220 mm 38 mm 42 mm 0713 304 179
18 x 19 mm 225 mm 40 mm 42 mm 0713 304 189
20 x 22 mm 238 mm 45 mm 49 mm 0713 304 202
22 x 24 mm 256 mm 49 mm 53 mm 0713 304 224
24 x 26 mm 268 mm 53 mm 57 mm 0713 304 246
24 x 27 mm 275 mm 53 mm 59 mm 0713 304 247
30 x 32 mm 310 mm 65 mm 69 mm 0713 304 302
DOUBLE RING WRENCH, DEEP OFFSET

Metric, DIN 838/ISO 3318
• Drive: POWERDRIV bi-hex
• Surface: Chrome-plated, polished rings
• Geometry: Ring sides offset 18°
• Surface: Chrome plated
Width across flats External diameter External diameter Ring thickness Ring thickness 2 Art. no.
of ring of ring 2
10 x 11 mm 16.3 mm 17.4 mm 7.4 mm 7.9 mm 0713 305 101
12 x 13 mm 19 mm 20.7 mm 8.4 mm 9.5 mm 0713 305 123
14 x 15 mm 22.1 mm 23.4 mm 9.9 mm 10.3 mm 0713 305 145
16 x 17 mm 25.4 mm 26.2 mm 10.8 mm 11.3 mm 0713 305 167
17 x 19 mm 28 mm 29.4 mm 11.3 mm 11.8 mm 0713 305 179
18 x 19 mm 28 mm 29.4 mm 11.3 mm 11.8 mm 0713 305 189
22 x 24 mm 33 mm 37 mm 12.8 mm 14.3 mm 0713 305 224
24 x 27 mm 37 mm 41 mm 12.8 mm 14.3 mm 0713 305 247
30 x 32 mm 45 mm 48.2 mm 14.8 mm 15.8 mm 0713 305 302

Hand tools / Wrenches / Double-end box wrench
DOUBLE OPEN END RING WRENCH, HEXAGON

Metric, open, union nut wrench
2 • Drive: Hex POWERDRIV

• Geometry, ring sides angled 15°, rings angled 5°
• Width across flats: 10 x 11 mm
• External diameter of ring: 19.4 mm
• External diameter of ring 2: 21.4 mm
• Length: 153 mm
Art. no.
0714 240 101
DOUBLE OPEN END RING WRENCH, BI-HEX

Metric, open, union nut wrench
• Drive: POWERDRIV
• Geometry: Ring sides angled 15°, rings angled 5°
Width across flats External diameter of ring External diameter of Length Art. no.
ring 2
17 x 19 mm 31.2 mm 33.3 mm 212 mm 0714 240 179
22 x 24 mm 38.5 mm 42 mm 242 mm 0714 240 224
24 x 27 mm 42.6 mm 46.6 mm 259 mm 0714 240 247

Hand tools / Wrenches / Double-ended socket wrenches
DOUBLE-JOINTED SOCKET WRENCH

• Drive: POWERDRIV. Bi-hex socket wrench
• Material: Chrome-vanadium steel 2
• Surface: matt chrome-plated
• Geometry: both sides swivel by 90°
Width across flats Length Socket wrench external Socket wrench external Art. no.
diameter diameter 2
10 x 11 mm 197 mm 14.5 mm 16 mm 0714 244 101
12 x 13 mm 213 mm 17.5 mm 19 mm 0714 244 123
14 x 15 mm 232 mm 20 mm 21.5 mm 0714 244 145
17 x 19 mm 274 mm 24 mm 26.5 mm 0714 244 179
ADJUSTABLE OPEN-END WRENCH

• Standard: DIN 3117/ISO 6787
• Surface: Polished head
• Geometry: 22.5º offset head, clockwise model with metric scale for rapid and relia-
ble identification of width across flats
• Jaw position: 22.5 Degree
Max. width across Length in inches Length Jaws thickness Thickness Art. no.
flats
13 mm 4 in 114 mm 4.5 mm 9.5 mm 0715 221 04
19.2 mm 6 in 159 mm 5.8 mm 10.8 mm 0715 221 06
24 mm 8 in 206 mm 7 mm 13.5 mm 0715 221 08
29 mm 10 in 257 mm 8 mm 16 mm 0715 221 10
34 mm 12 in 320 mm 10 mm 19 mm 0715 221 12
43 mm 15 in 386 mm 13 mm 24 mm 0715 221 15
53 mm 18 in 462 mm 16 mm 29 mm 0715 221 18
53 mm - 462 mm 30 mm 30 mm 0715 222 18
43 mm - 386 mm 25 mm 25 mm 0715 222 15
39 mm - 311 mm 19 mm 19 mm 0715 222 12
34 mm - 259 mm 16 mm 16 mm 0715 222 10
30 mm - 207 mm 14 mm 14 mm 0715 222 08
24 mm - 161 mm 10.8 mm 10.8 mm 0715 222 06
13 mm - 115 mm 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 0715 222 04

Hand tools / Wrenches / Open-end wrench
OPEN-END WRENCH WITH PLASTIC HANDLE

Extra large jaws and ergonomic plastic handle.
2 For use in confined spaces.

60% wider jaws compared to conventional open-end wrenches.
Comfortable working and reduced hand fatigue when working with
larger nuts and screws
Ergonomic plastic handle
Max. width across Length in inches Length Jaws thickness Thickness Art. no.
flats
34 mm 6 in 174 mm 13.4 mm 13.4 mm 0715 223 06
39 mm 8 in 217 mm 13.6 mm 13.6 mm 0715 223 08
ADJUSTABLE OPEN-END WRENCH, INCH, SLIM, BLACK

Lightweight and universal
Narrow heads for use in confined spaces
Extra wide jaws
• 6-inch wrench - 34 mm (1 11/32 inch)
• 8-inch wrench - 39 mm (1 17/32 inch)
Made from high quality chromium-vanadium steel
15° offset head
• Jaws thickness: 4.5 mm
• Thickness: 4.5 mm
Max. width across flats Length in inches Length Art. no.

34 mm 6 in 175.21 mm 0715 223 60
39 mm 8 in 214.35 mm 0715 223 80
SCAFFOLDING RATCHET
Reversible, with two different jaw sizes, chromium-vanadium steel
Two tools in one
Toggle switches between clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation
Easy and very comfortable to work with.
Includes a pointed tapered pin on the ratchet tip
For aligning scaffolding holes.
• Width across flats: 19 x 22 mm
• Length: 320 mm
• External diameter of ring: 42 mm
• Tapered-bolt length: 100 mm
• Tapered bolt diameter: 16 mm
Art. no.
0713 851 192

Hand tools / Wrenches / Ratchet wrenches
DOUBLE RING RATCHET WRENCH 4-IN-1

Metric, straight
• Tip: Double ring end POWERDRIV® bi-hexagon 2
• Finely toothed, 72 teeth
• Single-handed operation with reversing lever for clockwise and anti-clockwise
rotation
• Basic body surface: chromium-plated, high-gloss polished
• Geometry: Straight ring end
4 sizes in one ratchet wrench
Most common wrench sizes are covered by only 2 ratchet wrenches.
1/4 inch bit adapter available
Simply insert into size 10 mm ratchet wrench to use as a bit ratchet.
For hard-to-access areas
Narrow ratchet head
• Tip type: Twelve-sided head
Width across flats Length Ratchet head height External diameter External diameter Art. no.
2 of ring of ring 2
8 x 10 mm, 12 x 13 mm 150 mm 16.8 mm 20.2 mm 24.8 mm 0714 257 013
10 x 19 mm, 13 x 17 mm 200 mm 21.9 mm 31.5 mm 33.5 mm 0714 257 017
16 x 17 mm, 18 x 19 mm 230 mm 20 mm 33 mm 35 mm 0714 257 019
RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH, METRIC, STRAIGHT

• Drive: Modified POWERDRIV bi-hexagon ring end, finely toothed, 72 teeth
• Standard: max. torque according to DIN 899
• Geometry: Straight ring end, jaw angle 15°
• Loosen bolts with the open end and tighten with the ratchet mechanism of the ring
end
• Ultra slim ring end for working in tight spaces, 5° angle of rotation, precision-manu-
factured ring core for smooth, secure movement
• Basic body surface: chrome-plated, matt satin finish
Width across flats Thickness of jaw Width of jaws Ring thickness External diameter Art. no.
(outside) of ring
8 mm 6.6 mm 16.7 mm 4.4 mm 16 mm 0714 251 08
10 mm 7.3 mm 20.9 mm 5.3 mm 19 mm 0714 251 10
13 mm 8.6 mm 27.2 mm 6.6 mm 23.6 mm 0714 251 13
17 mm 10.3 mm 35.6 mm 8.1 mm 30.5 mm 0714 251 17
18 mm 10.7 mm 37.6 mm 8.4 mm 31.5 mm 0714 251 18
19 mm 11.2 mm 39.7 mm 8.7 mm 32.5 mm 0714 251 19

RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH

Innovative wrench with ratchet function both on ring and open sides
2 Drive: Modified POWERDRIV bi-hexagon ring end, open end with

open ratchet segment
Standard: max. torque to DIN 899
Geometry: Straight ring end, jaw angle 15°
Simply turn the key to change the direction of rotation.
Extremely slimline version for working in extremely tight spaces,
ring core with precision-manufactured ring end for smooth, secure
movement
Material: Chromium-vanadium steel
Basic body surface: chrome-plated, matt satin finish
(outside) of ring
10 mm 7.3 mm 20.8 mm 4.8 mm 20.8 mm 0714 259 10
13 mm 8.6 mm 26.8 mm 5.9 mm 24.8 mm 0714 259 13
MULTI-RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH

Multiple profile suitable for five most common screw head drives!
Hexagon metric, square metric, bi-hex metric, hexagon inch, TX head.
• Drive: Ring side bi-hex, fine tooth, 72 teeth with reverse lever for clockwise and
anti-clockwise running
• Surface: Chrome-plated, high-gloss polished
• Geometry: Head offset: 15°
• Ring side angled 15°
• Strong heads for heavy-duty applications
(outside) of ring
8 mm 4 mm 17.7 mm 6.55 mm 17.8 mm 0714 256 08
10 mm 5 mm 21.9 mm 8.05 mm 21.5 mm 0714 256 10
13 mm 6.3 mm 25.9 mm 10.05 mm 25 mm 0714 256 13
17 mm 7 mm 36.5 mm 12.05 mm 32 mm 0714 256 17
19 mm 8.7 mm 38.7 mm 12.95 mm 36.5 mm 0714 256 19

RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH

Flexible ratchet head provides greater free space for fingers or for
negotiating obstacles
2
• Very rugged, strong ratchets for high tightening torques
• Design: Metric
• Drive: Ring side POWERDRIV bi-hexagon, fine-tooth 72 teeth
• Standard: Max. Torque according to DIN 899
• Surface: Chrome-plated, matt satin finish
• Geometry: Head offset 15°, ring side 180° joint, strong heads for heavy-duty
applications
(outside) of ring
8 mm 4.3 mm 16.7 mm 6.5 mm 16.1 mm 0714 263 08
10 mm 5 mm 20.9 mm 7.3 mm 19.6 mm 0714 263 10
13 mm 6.1 mm 27.2 mm 8.6 mm 24.7 mm 0714 263 13
17 mm 7.6 mm 35.5 mm 10.3 mm 31.2 mm 0714 263 17
19 mm 8.6 mm 39.7 mm 11.2 mm 33.4 mm 0714 263 19

RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH, METRIC, REVERSING LEVER

Design
• Metric
2
Drive
• Ring side POWERDRIV® bi-hexagon, fine-tooth 72 teeth with reversing lever for
clockwise and anti-clockwise rotation
Standard
• Max. torque in line with DIN 899
Material
• Chromium-vanadium steel
Surface
• Highly polished, chrome-plated
Geometry
• Head offset 15°, ring side 15° angled, strong heads for heavy-duty applications
• The 15º angle of the ring wrench provides more space for fingers and for overco-
ming obstacles
(outside) of ring
8 mm 4.5 mm 17.8 mm 6.5 mm 17.8 mm 0714 252 08
9 mm 4.5 mm 19.8 mm 7.5 mm 19.5 mm 0714 252 09
10 mm 5.1 mm 21.8 mm 8 mm 21.8 mm 0714 252 10
11 mm 5.6 mm 23.6 mm 8.5 mm 22.7 mm 0714 252 11
12 mm 6.5 mm 25.2 mm 9 mm 23.5 mm 0714 252 12
13 mm 7 mm 26.1 mm 10 mm 25.4 mm 0714 252 13
14 mm 6.4 mm 29.4 mm 10.2 mm 27.3 mm 0714 252 14
15 mm 7 mm 31.9 mm 11 mm 28.5 mm 0714 252 15
16 mm 7 mm 33.3 mm 11 mm 30.7 mm 0714 252 16
17 mm 7 mm 35.6 mm 12.1 mm 31 mm 0714 252 17
18 mm 8 mm 38.5 mm 12 mm 35 mm 0714 252 18
19 mm 9 mm 38.1 mm 12.9 mm 36.8 mm 0714 252 19
22 mm 9.6 mm 46 mm 13 mm 39 mm 0714 252 22
24 mm 52.2 mm 52.2 mm 14.5 mm 45.5 mm 0714 252 24

RATCHET COMB. WRENCH, FLEXIBLE

Flexible ratchet head for even more clearance for fingers and for
overcoming obstacles
2
Socket end drive:
• POWERDRIV modified, bi-hex
• Finely toothed - 72 teeth, 5° angle of rotation
• Precision-manufactured socket core for smooth and safe running
• Thin design for working in the tightest spots
Flexible ratchet head:
• 180° joint
• High flexibility in mounting or loosening, especially in confined spaces
Standard: max. torque in accordance with DIN 899
Geometry:
• Straight socket end
• 15° open end position
(outside) of ring
9 mm 5.2 mm 18.8 mm 6.9 mm 17.5 mm 0714 253 09
11 mm 6 mm 23 mm 7.7 mm 20.6 mm 0714 253 11
12 mm 6.1 mm 25.1 mm 8.2 mm 21.7 mm 0714 253 12
14 mm 7.1 mm 29.3 mm 9 mm 25.9 mm 0714 253 14
15 mm 7.4 mm 31.3 mm 9.4 mm 27.2 mm 0714 253 15
16 mm 7.7 mm 33.4 mm 9.9 mm 28.7 mm 0714 253 16
18 mm 8.5 mm 37.6 mm 10.7 mm 31.5 mm 0714 253 18
21 mm 9.3 mm 46.1 mm 13 mm 42.1 mm 0714 253 21
22 mm 9.4 mm 45.5 mm 13.1 mm 42.3 mm 0714 253 22
24 mm 10.1 mm 51.7 mm 14.6 mm 48.9 mm 0714 253 24
RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH, METRIC, STRAIGHT

Wrench with ratchet function on the ring side
Ring side drive:
• POWERDRIV modified, 12 point
• Precision-manufactured ring core for smooth and safe running
Geometry:
• Ring side straight
• Jaw position 15°
Narrow ring side for working in the tightest spots
(outside) of ring
12 mm 7.4 mm 26.6 mm 8.6 mm 25 mm 0714 261 012
14 mm 8.3 mm 31.2 mm 9.4 mm 28.4 mm 0714 261 014
15 mm 8.3 mm 33.7 mm 9.9 mm 31 mm 0714 261 015
16 mm 8.8 mm 34.5 mm 10.3 mm 32.9 mm 0714 261 016
18 mm 9.4 mm 40.2 mm 11.2 mm 35.8 mm 0714 261 018

RATCHET COMB. WRENCH, METRIC, DOUBLE-END

Wrench with ratchet on socket end and open end
2 Socket end drive:

Open end:
• With open ratchet segment
• The flexible ratchet segment enables working without stopping; the wrench no lon-
ger needs to be removed from the nut
• Just turn the key to change the direction of rotation
Geometry:
(outside) of ring
8 mm 5 mm 19.5 mm 6.9 mm 16.9 mm 0714 258 08
12 mm 7.4 mm 26.6 mm 8.6 mm 23 mm 0714 258 12
17 mm 9.2 mm 37.9 mm 10.7 mm 32.3 mm 0714 258 17
19 mm 9.5 mm 41.3 mm 11.2 mm 34 mm 0714 258 19
COMBINATION WRENCH, SHORT TYPE

Metric DIN 3113A/ISO 3318/7738
• Ring side drive: POWERDRIV bi-hex
• Surface: Chrome-plated, polished heads and ring
• Geometry: Ring side angled 15°, head offset 15°
Width across flats External diameter Width of jaws Ring thickness Thickness of jaw Art. no.
of ring (outside)
36 mm 53.4 mm 73.6 mm 18.2 mm 13 mm 0713 301 360
38 mm 56.5 mm 76.6 mm 19 mm 14.5 mm 0713 301 380
41 mm 61.5 mm 83.5 mm 20 mm 15.5 mm 0713 301 410
46 mm 66.5 mm 91.5 mm 21 mm 16.2 mm 0713 301 460
50 mm 73.5 mm 101.5 mm 22.6 mm 17.2 mm 0713 301 500
55 mm 86 mm 118 mm 28 mm 21 mm 0713 301 550
60 mm 93.6 mm 126 mm 30 mm 23 mm 0713 301 600
5.5 mm 10.5 mm 14 mm 5.5 mm 3.7 mm 0713 301 055
6 mm 10.5 mm 14 mm 5.5 mm 3.7 mm 0713 301 06
7 mm 11.8 mm 16 mm 6 mm 4 mm 0713 301 07
8 mm 13.2 mm 18 mm 6 mm 4 mm 0713 301 08
9 mm 14.6 mm 20 mm 7 mm 4 mm 0713 301 09
10 mm 16.1 mm 22.5 mm 7.5 mm 4.5 mm 0713 301 10
11 mm 17.4 mm 25 mm 8 mm 5 mm 0713 301 11

Hand tools / Wrenches / Combination wrenches
of ring (outside)
12 mm 18.9 mm 27 mm 8.5 mm 5.5 mm 0713 301 12
13 mm 20.4 mm 29 mm 9 mm 5.5 mm 0713 301 13
14 mm 21.6 mm 31 mm 9.5 mm 6 mm 0713 301 14 2
15 mm 22.9 mm 33.5 mm 10 mm 6 mm 0713 301 15
16 mm 24.6 mm 36 mm 10 mm 6 mm 0713 301 16
17 mm 26.1 mm 38 mm 10.5 mm 6.5 mm 0713 301 17
18 mm 27.7 mm 40 mm 11 mm 7 mm 0713 301 18
19 mm 29.9 mm 42 mm 11.5 mm 7.5 mm 0713 301 19
20 mm 30.7 mm 45 mm 12 mm 8 mm 0713 301 20
21 mm 32.2 mm 47 mm 12.5 mm 8 mm 0713 301 21
22 mm 33.7 mm 49 mm 13.5 mm 8 mm 0713 301 22
23 mm 35.2 mm 51 mm 14 mm 8 mm 0713 301 23
24 mm 36.9 mm 53 mm 14.5 mm 9 mm 0713 301 24
25 mm 38.5 mm 55 mm 15 mm 9 mm 0713 301 25
26 mm 39.8 mm 57 mm 15.5 mm 9 mm 0713 301 26
27 mm 40.8 mm 59 mm 15.5 mm 9 mm 0713 301 27
28 mm 42.8 mm 62 mm 16 mm 9 mm 0713 301 28
29 mm 43.8 mm 63.5 mm 16.5 mm 10 mm 0713 301 29
30 mm 44.8 mm 65 mm 17 mm 10 mm 0713 301 30
32 mm 47.8 mm 69 mm 17.5 mm 11 mm 0713 301 32
34 mm 50.8 mm 73 mm 18 mm 12 mm 0713 301 34
COMBINATION WRENCH, EXTRA LONG

Metric, extra long type
• Drive: Ring side POWERDRIV, bi-hex
• Standard: DIN 3113A/ISO 3318/7738
• Geometry: Ring side angled 15°, head offset 15°
• Surface: Chrome-plated, heads and ring polished
of ring (outside)
10 mm 16 mm 23.5 mm 8.5 mm 5 mm 0713 308 10
13 mm 20 mm 29.5 mm 10 mm 6.5 mm 0713 308 13
17 mm 26 mm 37 mm 14 mm 8.5 mm 0713 308 17
19 mm 29 mm 41.5 mm 16 mm 9.5 mm 0713 308 19
22 mm 34 mm 48 mm 18 mm 11 mm 0713 308 22
24 mm 37 mm 51 mm 19 mm 12 mm 0713 308 24
27 mm 41 mm 58 mm 20 mm 13 mm 0713 308 27
30 mm 46 mm 63 mm 21 mm 14 mm 0713 308 30
32 mm 49 mm 66 mm 22 mm 15 mm 0713 308 32
36 mm 57 mm 73 mm 24 mm 16 mm 0713 308 36
41 mm 63 mm 86 mm 26 mm 16 mm 0713 308 41
46 mm 69.5 mm 96 mm 27 mm 17.5 mm 0713 308 46

Hand tools / Wrenches / Wrench assortments
DOUBLE OPEN-END WRENCH ASSORTMENT

Metric
2 • Standard: DIN 3110/ISO 1085

• Geometry: 15° head offset, strong heavy-duty heads
Number of pieces in assortment/set Width across flats Art. no.

8 PCS 6 x 7 mm, 8 x 9 mm, 10 x 11 mm, 12 x 13 mm, 14 x 15 mm, 16 x 0713 304 40
17 mm, 18 x 19 mm, 20 x 22 mm
17 mm, 18 x 19 mm, 20 x 22 mm, 21 x 23 mm, 24 x 27 mm
17 mm, 18 x 19 mm, 20 x 22 mm, 24 x 27 mm, 30 x 32 mm
17 mm, 18 x 19 mm, 20 x 22 mm, 21 x 23 mm, 24 x 27 mm, 25 x
28 mm, 30 x 32 mm
DOUBLE OPEN END RING WRENCH SET

5 pcs.
Drive: POWERDRIV
Standard: DIN 3118
Geometry: Ring sides angled 15°, rings angled 5°
7 x 9 to size 12 x 14 mm in hexagon
14 x 17 to size 30 x 32 mm in bi-hex
Material: Chrome-vanadium steel
Surface: Chrome-plated, polished heads
Contents: 5 pcs.
1 each of double open end ring wrench size 7 x 9, 8 x 10, 11 x 13, 12 x 14, 17 x 19
• Width across flats: 7 x 9 mm, 8 x 10 mm, 11 x 13 mm, 12 x 14 mm, 17 x 19 mm
Art. no.
0714 240 50

DOUBLE-END BOX WRENCH, DEEP DEPRESSED CENTRE

8 pieces. Metric, DIN 838/ISO 3318
• Drive: POWERDRIV bi-hex 2
• Surface: Chromium-plated, polished rings
• Geometry: Ring end offset 18°
• Width across flats: 6 x 7 mm, 8 x 9 mm, 10 x 11 mm, 12 x 13 mm, 14 x 15 mm,
16 x 17 mm, 18 x 19 mm, 20 x 22 mm
Art. no.
0713 305 40
DOUBLE RING WRENCH SET, DEEP OFFSET

Drive: POWERDRIV bi-hexagon
Surface: Chrome-plated, polished rings
Geometry: Ring end offset 18°
Contents: 12 pieces
1 each of double-end box wrench, 6 x 7, 8 x 9, 10 x 11, 12 x 13, 14 x 15, 16 x 17, 18
x 19, 20 x 22, 21 x 23, 24 x 27, 25 x 28, 30 x 32
• Width across flats: 6 x 7 mm, 8 x 9 mm, 10 x 11 mm, 12 x 13 mm, 14 x 15 mm,
16 x 17 mm, 18 x 19 mm, 20 x 22 mm, 21 x 23 mm, 24 x 27 mm, 25 x 28 mm, 30
x 32 mm
Art. no.
0713 305 42

DOUBLE-END BOX WRENCH ASSORTMENT, DEEP OFFSET

2 • Drive: POWERDRIV bi-hexagon

• Surface: Chrome-plated, polished rings
• Geometry: Ring end offset 18°
• Width across flats: 8 x 9 mm, 10 x 11 mm, 12 x 13 mm, 14 x 15 mm, 16 x 17
mm, 18 x 19 mm, 20 x 22 mm, 21 x 23 mm, 24 x 27 mm, 30 x 32 mm
Art. no.
0713 305 41
DOUBLE RING RATCHET SPANNER SET

Set of 3 pieces covers the 8 most common sizes
Contents: 3 pieces
• 1 double-ring ratchet spanner 8x10 + 12x13
• 1 double-ring ratchet spanner 16x17 + 18x19
• 1 bit adapter 10 mm x 1/4 inch, length 20 mm
Art. no.
0714 257 30

RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH SET, METRIC, STRAIGHT 5 PIECES IN PLASTIC CASE

With extremely narrow ring side for working in compact spaces
Drive: Ring-side POWERDRIV modified, bi-hex, fine tooth, 72 teeth 2
Standard: max. torque according to DIN 899
Geometry: Ring side straight, 15° offset head
Use the open end to loosen bolts and the ratchet mechanism on the
ring side to tighten
5° angle of rotation, precision-engineered ring core for smooth and
safe running
Contents: 5 pcs.
1 each of ratchet combination wrench, AF 8; 10; 13; 17; 19
Art. no.
0714 251 100
RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH ASSORTMENT, DOUBLE-ENDED

6 pieces Innovative wrenches with ratchet function both on ring and
open sides.
Drive: Modified POWERDRIV® bi-hexagon ring end, open end with
open ratchet segment
Standard: max. torque according to DIN 899
Geometry: Straight ring end, jaw angle 15°
Simply turn the key to change the direction of rotation.
Extremely slimline version for working in extremely tight spaces
Precision-manufactured ring core for smooth, secure movement
• Number of teeth: 72 PCS
Art. no.
0714 259 50

MULTI RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH SET

6-piece set including the most common sizes. More free space for fin-
gers or for negotiating obstacles owing to 15° angle of box wrench.
2
• The multiple profile is suitable for the five most common screw head drives (hexagon
metric, square metric, bi-hex metric, hexagon inch, external TX)
• Drive: Ring side bi-hex, fine tooth, 72 teeth with reverse lever for clockwise and
anti-clockwise running
• Surface: Chrome-plated, high-gloss polished
• Geometry: Head offset: 15°
• Ring side angled 15°
• Strong heads for heavy-duty applications
• Width across flats: 10 mm, 12 mm, 13 mm, 17 mm, 19 mm, 8 mm
Art. no.
0714 256 50
RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH ASSORTMENT

Consists of 8 ratchet combination wrenches with a retaining ring that
prevents the screw connection slipping off the tool.
Design: metric
Drive: Ring side POWERDRIV bi-hex with retaining ring, fine tooth,
72 teeth with reverse lever for clockwise and anti-clockwise rotation
and 5° angle of rotation
Very rugged, strong ratchet for high tightening torques
Standard: max. torque in line with DIN 899
Material: Chrome-vanadium steel
Surface: Body chrome-plated, matt satin finish, ring
yellow-nickel-plated
Geometry: Jaw angle 15°, angled 15°, ring matt nickel-plated
Art. no.
0714 265 50

RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH SET

6 pieces. Flexible ratchet head provides greater freedom for fingers
and for overcoming obstacles.
2
Very rugged, strong ratchets for high tightening torques
• Design: Metric
• Drive: Ring side POWERDRIV®, bi-hexagon, finely toothed, 72 teeth
• Standard: Max. torque in line with DIN 899
• Surface: Chrome-plated, matt satin finish
• Geometry: Head offset 15°, ring side 180° joint, strong heads for heavy-duty
applications
Art. no.
0714 263 50
RATCHET COMB. WRENCH, FLEXIBLE, ASSORTMENT

In practical key holder, 9 pcs
Flexible ratchet head for even more clearance for fingers and for
overcoming obstacles
Socket end drive:
• Thin design for working in the tightest spots
Flexible ratchet head:
• 180° joint
• High flexibility in mounting or loosening, especially in confined spaces
Geometry:
• Width across flats: 8 mm, 10 mm, 12 mm, 13 mm, 17 mm, 19 mm, 21 mm, 22
mm, 24 mm
• Number of teeth: 72
Art. no.
0714 263 52

COMBINATION RATCHET SPANNER SET

Inclined, reversible
2 • ring ratchet, reversible by actuating the special lever

• The 15° angle of the ring head offers greater flexibility
• 72-tooth ratchet allows a return angle of only 5°, making the wrench suitable for
work in enclosed spaces
• Product packing: Plastic frame
• Width across flats: 10 mm, 12 mm, 13 mm, 17 mm, 19 mm, 8 mm
Art. no.
0714 252 50
COMBINATION WRENCH ASSORTMENT, SHORT TYPE

Metric DIN 3113A/ISO 3318/7738
• Drive: Ring end POWERDRIV®, bi-hexagonal
• Surface: Chrome-plated, heads and ring polished
• Geometry: Ring end angled 15°, jaw angle 15°
Number of pieces in assortment/set Width across flats Art. no.

17 PCS 6 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, 10 mm, 11 mm, 12 mm, 13 mm, 14 mm, 0713 301 41
15 mm, 16 mm, 17 mm, 18 mm, 19 mm, 20 mm, 21 mm, 22 mm
11 PCS 8 mm, 9 mm, 10 mm, 11 mm, 12 mm, 13 mm, 14 mm, 15 mm, 17 0713 301 40
mm, 19 mm, 22 mm
28 PCS 5.5 mm, 6 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, 10 mm, 11 mm, 12 mm, 13 0713 301 42
mm, 14 mm, 15 mm, 16 mm, 17 mm, 18 mm, 19 mm, 20 mm, 21
mm, 22 mm, 23 mm, 24 mm, 25 mm, 26 mm, 27 mm, 28 mm, 29
mm, 30 mm, 32 mm, 34 mm

COMBINATION WRENCH ASSORTMENT, INCH

Short design, 12 pcs
Drive: Ring side POWERDRIV, bi-hex 2
Standard: DIN 3113A/ISO 3318/778
Geometry: Ring side angled 15°, jaw offset 15°
Surface: Chrome-plated, polished heads and ring
Contents: 12 pcs
1 combination wrench in each size (inch) 3/8; 7/16; 1/2; 9/16; 5/8; 11/16; 3/4; 7/8;
1; 1 1/16; 1 1/8; 1 1/4
• Width across flats: 9/16 inch, 7/8 inch, 7/16 inch, 5/8 inch, 3/8 inch, 3/4 inch,
1 inch, 1 1/8 inch, 1 1/4 inch, 11/16 inch, 1 1/16 inch, 1/2 inch
Art. no.
0713 303 41
COMBINATION WRENCH SET, EXTRA LONG

12 pcs.
Drive: Ring side POWERDRIV, bi-hexagon
Geometry: Ring side angled 15°, head offset 15°
Surface: Chrome-plated, heads and ring polished
Contents: 12 pcs.
1 each of combination wrench, extra long, size 10; 11; 12; 13; 14; 17; 19; 22; 24; 27;
30; 32
mm, 24 mm, 27 mm, 30 mm, 32 mm
Art. no.
0713 308 51

COMBINATION WRENCH SET, EXTRA LONG

11 pcs.
2 Drive: Ring side POWERDRIV, bi-hexagon

Geometry: Ring side angled 15°, head offset 15°
Surface: Chrome-plated, heads and ring polished
Contents: 11 pcs.
1 each of combination wrench, extra long, size 8; 10; 11; 12; 13; 14; 16; 17; 18; 19;
22
mm, 19 mm, 22 mm, 8 mm
Art. no.
0713 308 50
COMBINATION WRENCH SET, POCKET, 28 PIECES

Supplied in professional, sturdy and high-quality textile bag
Combination wrench specifications
• Version: metric, short design
• Drive: Ring side POWERDRIV®, bi-hex
• Standard: DIN 3113A/ISO 3318/7738
• Surface: chrome-plated, heads and ring polished
• Geometry: Ring side angled 15°, jaw offset 15°
• Min./max. width across flats: 5.5-34 mm
Art. no.
0713 301 052

COMBINATION WRENCH ASSORTMENT BAG 27 PCS:

Contents:
5.5; 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27,
28, 29, 30, 32 mm
2
Metric, short design. In practical, high-quality textile bag
• Drive: Ring side POWERDRIV® bi-hex
• Standard: DIN 3113B/ISO 3318/7738
• Surface: chrome-plated, heads and ring gloss-polished
• Geometry: Ring side angled 15°, jaw offset 15°
• Bi-hex on the ring side and the 15° jaw offset are ideally positioned in relation to
the handle. Results in minimum angle of rotation
• The 15° angle of the box wrench provides more space for fingers and for overco-
ming obstacles
• Narrowest tolerance of the width across flats guarantee greater reliability and safe-
ty with intense use
• Min./max. width across flats: 5.5-32 mm
Art. no.
0713 301 054
COMBINATION WRENCH ASSORTMENT, INCH

Short design, 8 pcs
Drive: Ring side POWERDRIV, bi-hex
Standard:
DIN 3113A/ISO 3318/773
Geometry:
Ring side angled 15°, jaw offset 15°
Surface: Chrome-plated, polished heads and ring
Contents: 8 pcs
1 combination wrench in each size (inch) 3/8; 7/16; 1/2; 9/16; 5/8; 11/16; 3/4; 7/8
• Width across flats: 9/16 inch, 7/8 inch, 7/16 inch, 5/8 inch, 3/8 inch, 3/4 inch,
11/16 inch, 1/2 inch
Art. no.
0713 303 40

Hand tools / Hand tool assortments / Hand tool assortments
SET OF TOOLS FOR ELECTRICIANS

Tool holder pouch
Pouch with belt holder, 7 pockets and universal belt clip
2
Contents:
• Zebra VDE PR1 insulated screwdriver
• Zebra VDE PR2 insulated screwdriver
• Zebra VDE insulated slotted screwdriver 3.5 mm
• Zebra VDE insulated combination pliers 180 mm
• Zebra cable cutters
Art. no.
0715 93 735
ELECTRICAL PLIERS WITH HOLDER

Stainless steel blade and 2-component handle
Facilitates the cutting of single wires with a diameter of 35 mm2 and multi-wires up to
Ø 10 mm.
Art. no.
0714 036 322

ELECTRIC TOOL ASSORTMENT IN PE/AL CASE, 71 PIECES

With VDE 1000V insulated screwdrivers, pliers and side cutters
Delivered in a high-quality, practical case: 2
• Aluminium fittings
• Document compartment
• Two tool holder flaps with rubber
• Reinforced, robust base tray with adjustable dividers
• Two handy small parts boxes
• Two metal locks, with keys
• Three metal zips
• Polypropylene handle, with soft rubber grip
Art. no.
0965 93 151
TOOL ASSORTMENT VDE 88 PCS.

Art. no.
0965 93 087

TYRE CHANGING SET 5 PIECES

Equipped with a pneumatic impact wrench, a torque wrench and a
3-piece impact socket wrench set
2
Torque wrench
• Torque measuring range 40-200 Nm / 30-150 lbf.ft
• Accuracy of ± 3% to the set value
• Corresponds to the DIN EN ISO 6789-1:2017 standard
• pass-through square drive
• 2C handle
DSS pneumatic impact wrench
• Reliable, compact impact wrench in robust, glass-fibre reinforced plastic housing
• Up to 1,350 Nm max. breakaway torque at a weight of 2.0 kg
• High-quality double impact mechanism and cylinder with balanced 7-vane motor
• 4-stage power setting with convenient one-handed reversing
• Ergonomic, non-slipping soft handle with sensitive trigger and integrated silencer
impact socket wrench insert 3 pieces
• Plastic-coated to protect the aluminium rims
• Most common widths against flats of 17, 19 and 21 mm
• The colour code makes it easier to identify the desired size, thus saving working
time.
• Delivered in a sturdy plastic box
Art. no.
0965 93 161
TOOL ASSORTMENT PE/AL SERVICE CASE SET 76 PIECES

Delivered in a high-quality, practical case:
• Document tray
• Two tool holder flaps with rubber
• Reinforced, robust base tray with adjustable dividers
• Two handy small parts boxes
• Two metal locks, with keys
• Polypropylene handle with soft rubber grip
Art. no.
0965 93 107

TOOL ASSORTMENT WITH M-CUBE® CORDLESS DRILL DRIVER, 108 PIECES

General tool set for mobile use
Extensive set 2
• Most common hand tools
• Extremely compact and powerful M-CUBE® cordless drill driver for general drilling
and screwing applications
• 2 batteries and charger
Packaged in a practical case
• Robust yet lightweight construction
• Two tool holder flaps with rubber and pockets
• Two metal locks with key
• Handle with soft rubber grip
Insert made of high-quality plastic
• In attractive carbon finish for improved robustness, stability and easy cleaning
• Easy and fast location of suitable tools thanks to printed tool sizes
Art. no.
0965 93 142
TOOL ASSORTMENT WITH M-CUBE® CORDLESS DRILL DRIVER, 109 PIECES

Electrician‘s tool set for mobile use
Extensive set
• Most common hand tools incl. VDE 1000V insulated screwdrivers, pliers and side
cutters
• Extremely compact and powerful M-CUBE® cordless drill driver for general drilling
and screwing applications
• 2 batteries and charger
Packaged in a practical case
• Robust yet lightweight construction
• Two tool holder flaps with rubber and pockets
• Handle with soft rubber grip
Insert made of high-quality plastic
• In attractive carbon finish for improved robustness, stability and easy cleaning
• Easy and fast location of suitable tools thanks to printed tool sizes
Art. no.
0965 93 144

ASSORTMENT OF INSULATED TOOLS

In a practical nylon bag
2 Ergonomic 2-component handle with 14 interchangeable blades, so

that the right screwdriver at hand is always on hand
Rotating cap for the blades for precision engineering work
With ZEBRA combination pliers and scissors
Pocket-size LED light
Contents:
• 1 x insulated VDE handle
• 1 x cap
• 14 x insulated VDE interchangeable blades in the sizes: 2.5 x 0.4; 3.0 x 0.5; 3.5
x 0.6; 4.0 x 0.8; 5.5 x 1.0; 6.5 x 1.2; TX10, TX15, TX20; PH1, PH2; PZ2; +/- PH2;
+/- PZ2
• 1 x ZEBRA scissors for electricians
• 1 x ZEBRA VDE combination pliers insulated, length: 180 mm
• 1 x LED pocket torch (single LED)
• 4 x AAA batteries
Art. no.
0613 900 19
VDE PLIERS ASSORTMENT, COMBI IEC 60900

8 pcs.
• For work on live parts up to 1000 volts (AC) and up to 1500 volts (DC), observing
all prescribed safety precautions
• Pliers made from high-quality tool steel for long service life and precise gripping
and cutting surfaces
• Stripping pliers with opening spring for automatic opening
• Side cutters with slim head shape for optimum accessibility
• Snipe nose pliers with tips resistant to high bending strain
• Ergonomic and slip-proof 2-component comfort handle for safe working
Art. no.
0714 01 582

Hand tools / Hand tool assortments / Foam inserts for hand tool assort-
ment
FOAM INSERT FOR SCREWDRIVER SYSKO

• Width: 58 mm
• Height: 37.5 mm
• Length: 335 mm
2
Art. no.
0965 000 111
FOAM INSERT FOR EMPTY COMPARTMENT SIZE 1

For custom equipping of workshop trolleys, ORSY BULL boxes, vehicle
interior equipment and ORSY shelving systems.
• Length: 335 mm
• Width: 96 mm
• Height: 38 mm
• Decor: Carbon appearance
• Size foam section: 1
0955 905 950
Art. no.
0955 905 950

Hand tools / Hand tool assortments / Foam inserts for hand tool assort-
ment
FOAM INSERT FOR EMPTY COMPARTMENT SIZE 5

For custom filling of gaps in the WE series and Robust series workshop
trolleys.
2
• Length: 185 mm
• Width: 80 mm
• Height: 38 mm
0955 905 951
Art. no.
0955 905 951
METAL BOX SIZE 6

• Length: 560 mm
• Width: 163 mm
• Height: 70 mm
Art. no.
0955 141 50
METAL BOX SIZE 7

• Length: 22 cm
• Width: 12 cm
• Height: 4 cm
Art. no.
0955 744 170

Hand tools / Hand tool assortments / Tool assortment systems
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 8.4.1, SOCKET WRENCH 1/4 + 1/2 INCH

108 pieces
Compatible with all products of the ORSY system world 2
Uniform grid dimensions
Attractive carbon finish
Insert made from high-quality plastic in attractive carbon finish for improved robust-
ness, stability and easy cleaning
Find the correct tools quickly and easily
Tool sizes marked on insert.
• Size foam section: 8.4.1
• Width x height x depth: 462 x 38 x 335 mm
Art. no.
0965 905 922

91 pcs
Compatible with all products of the ORSY system world
Art. no.
0965 905 903

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 2.4.1, SOCKET WRENCH 1/2 INCH TX

17 pieces
2 Compatible with all products of the ORSY system world

Art. no.
0965 905 201

56 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 901
5988 905 901

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 2.4.1, HEXAGON SOCKET WRENCH 1/2 INCH

11 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 204

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, SCREWDRIVER

8 pieces

Art. no.
0965 905 501
0965 905 505
0965 905 503
5988 905 501

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, SCREWDRIVER TX

7 pieces. With circular blade and drill hole.
Art. no.
0965 905 502

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, PLIERS

4 pieces

Art. no.
0965 905 600

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, COMBINATION WRENCH

17 pieces. Metric, ring angled 15°.
Art. no.
0965 905 401
5988 905 401
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, DRIFT PUNCH AND STRIKING TOOL

14 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 701

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 8.4.1, SCREWDRIVER

21 pieces

Art. no.
0965 905 980
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 8.4.1, DOUBLE-END BOX WRENCH

12 pieces Metric, deep offset.
Art. no.
0965 905 405

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, CIRCLIP PLIERS

4 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 602
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, FLEXIBLE RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH

8 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 407

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 8.4.1, SOCKET WRENCH 3/8 INCH

42 pieces
2 Compatible with all ORSY system products

Tool sizes are marked on the insert.
Art. no.
0965 905 101

13 pieces
Compatible with all ORSY system products
Art. no.
0965 905 205

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, SOCKET WRENCH 1/2 INCH, LONG, HEX

11 pcs.
Compatible with all ORSY system products 2
Art. no.
0965 905 206


23 pieces

Art. no.
0965 905 208
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 2.4.1, POWER SOCKET WRENCH 1/2 INCH

6 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 212

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, DOUBLE-JOINTED SOCKET WRENCH, BI-HEX

6 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 408

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH, FLEXI

12 pieces

Art. no.
0965 905 412
0965 905 420

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, T-HANDLE SCREWDRIVER, HEXAGON SOCKET

6 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 510

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, T-HANDLE SCREWDRIVER, TX

6 pieces

Art. no.
0965 905 511
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, STRIKING TOOL

5 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 702

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, PIN PUNCH

5 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 704
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 8.4.1, TOOLS

14 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 959


10 pieces
2 Compatible with all products from the ORSY systems

Art. no.
0965 905 402
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, BITS

47 pieces
Compatible with all products from the ORSY systems
Art. no.
0965 905 906


27 pieces
Compatible with all products from the ORSY systems 2
Art. no.
0965 905 920
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 8.4.1, CIRCLIP PLIERS

25 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 917
5988 905 917

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, DOUBLE OPEN-END WRENCH

8 pieces

Art. no.
0965 905 404
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 8.4.1, STRIKING TOOL, MIXED

19 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 918

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, CIRCLIP PLIERS STRAIGHT

4 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 603
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, CIRCLIP PLIERS CURVED

4 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 604


33 pieces

Art. no.
0965 905 001
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT TOOLS, MIXED

127 pieces
Extensive set
• All of the most common tools in one set
• To equip 4 drawers in workshop trolleys with drawer size 8.4.1
• To equip 2 drawers in workshop trolleys with drawer size 8.8.1
Tool sizes are marked on the insert
• Size foam section: 8.4.1 + 4.4.1
Art. no.
0965 905 111

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 2.4.1, POWER SOCKET WRENCH, HEX SOCKET 1/2 INCH
11 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 215
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 2.4.1, POWER SOCKET WRENCH, HEX 1/2 INCH

16 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 214

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1, POWER SOCKET WRENCH, HEX, LONG 1/2 INCH
12 pieces

Art. no.
0965 905 218
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 2.4.1, POWER SOCKET WRENCH, INTERNAL/EXTERNAL TX, 1/2

INCH
13 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 217

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 2.4.1, POWER SOCKET WRENCH ACCESSORIES 1/2 INCH

6 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 216
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1 SOCKET WRENCH 1/4 INCH AND PLIERS

36 pieces
Art. no.
0965 905 930

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1 VDE SCREWDRIVER SET AND PLIERS

15 pieces

Art. no.
0965 905 936
SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 8.4.1 COMBINATION WRENCH, EXTRA LONG

13 pcs
Art. no.
0965 905 937

SYSTEM INSERT 4.4.1, DRIFT PUNCH AND STRIKING TOOL

Empty, for assortment, art. no. 0965905701
Art. no.
0955 905 701
In addition to Designation Art. no. Details

0955 905 701 Centre punch Width of tip 4 mm 0714 63 15 p. 306
Cross cut chisel In line with DIN 6451 125 mm 0714 63 07 p. 303 ●
Drift punch According to DIN 6458 Width of tip 1 mm 0714 63 17 p. 307
Flat chisel In line with DIN 6453 125 mm 0714 63 01 p. 303 ●
Impact tool Pin punches with pilots in accordance with DIN 6450 Width of tip 6 mm 0714 63 45 p. 308 ●
Pin punch Width of tip 2 mm 0714 63 25 p. 308

SYSTEM INSERT 2.4.1, POWER SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT 1/2 INCH


Art. no.
0955 905 212

0955 905 212 1/2 inch impact socket wrench insert 17 mm 0714 130 17
1/2 inch impact socket wrench insert 19 mm 0714 130 19
1/2-inch impact socket wrench insert 17 mm 0714 13 14
SYSTEM INSERT 8.4.1, SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT 3/8 INCH

Art. no.
0955 905 101


0955 905 101 3/8“ socket wrench insert, metric 8 mm; For outer hexagon 0713 122 108 ●
3/8“ socket wrench insert, metric 10 mm; For outer hexagon 0713 122 110 ●
3/8“ socket wrench insert, metric 16 mm; For outer hexagon 0713 122 116 ● 2
3/8 inch extension 3/8 inch; Length 75 mm 0713 128 103 ●
3/8 inch extension Length 250 mm 0713 128 110 ●
3/8 inch socket wrench insert 8 mm 0713 121 108 ●
Reversible ratchet 3/8 inch Length 175 mm 0712 038 0

Art. no.
0955 905 205

Continuation SYSTEM INSERT 4.4.1, SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT 1/2 INCH

0955 905 205 1/2“ socket wrench insert TX40; Length 120 mm 0715 134 40
2 1/2“ socket wrench insert TX45; Length 120 mm 0715 134 45
1/2“ socket wrench insert TX50; Length 120 mm 0715 134 50
1/2“ socket wrench insert XZN M8; Length 100 mm 0715 138 081
1/2“ socket wrench insert XZN M12; Length 100 mm 0715 138 121
1/2 inch impact socket wrench insert XZN M10; Length 100 mm 0715 138 171 ●
1/2 inch socket wrench insert, metric 5 mm; Length 180 mm 0715 137 052
SYSTEM INSERT 4.4.1, DOUBLE-JOINTED SOCKET WRENCH SET

Art. no.
0955 905 408

SYSTEM INSERT 4.4.1, STRIKING TOOL ASSORTMENT

Art. no.
0955 905 702

0955 905 702 Cross cut chisel In line with DIN 6451 Cutting edge width 8 mm 0714 63 09 p. 303
Flat chisel In line with DIN 6453 Cutting edge width=18 mm 0714 63 02 p. 303
Flat chisel In line with DIN 6453 Cutting edge width=25 mm 0714 63 04 p. 303
Flat chisel In line with DIN 6453 Cutting edge width 26 mm 0714 63 05 p. 303
Machinists‘ hammer with protective handle sheath Hammer weight 500 g 0715 73 50 p. 299 ●

SYSTEM INSERT 4.4.1, PIN PUNCH SET


Art. no.
0955 905 704
SYSTEM INSERT 8.4.1, TOOL ASSORTMENT

Compatible with all products from ORSY systems
Art. no.
0955 905 959


0955 905 959 1C cutter knife with slider 155 mm 0715 66 21 ●
Circlip pliers Type C 12-25 mm 0714 02 02
Circlip pliers Type A 10-25 mm 0714 02 12 2
Circlip pliers Type A 19-60 mm 0714 02 13
Crimping tool QI 60 0,5-6 mm2 0714 101 111
Locking pliers with semi-circular jaws 235 mm 0714 09 08
Pocket measuring tape 63 mm 0714 64 511
Self-locking locking pliers 160 mm 0714 09 03
Side cutters DIN ISO 5749 160 mm 0715 01 571
Snipe nose pliers 200 mm 0715 01 568
Telescopic magnet 155-670 mm 0715 34 96
Vernier calliper 0715 76 01
Water pump pliers DIN ISO 8976 Min./max. grip range 10-30 mm; Length 250 mm 0714 02 76
SYSTEM INSERT 4.4.1, CRANKED BOX SPANNER ASSORTMENT

Empty for assortment art. no. 0965905934/0965905935
Art. no.
0955 905 934

SYSTEM INSERT 4.4.1, EMPTY COMPARTMENT

2
Art. no.
0955 905 980
SYSTEM INSERT 2.4.1, EMPTY COMPARTMENT

Art. no.
0955 905 952

SYSTEM INSERT 8.4.1, T-HANDLE WRENCH ASSORTMENT

Art. no.
0955 905 900
SYSTEM INSERT 8.4.1, COMBINATION WRENCH

Art. no.
0955 905 920

SYSTEM INSERT 8.4.1, CIRCLIP PLIERS


Decor Art. no.

- 0955 905 917
Carbon appearance 5988 955 917

0955 905 917 Power side cutters DIN ISO 5749 0714 01 552
Combination pliers DIN ISO 5746 0714 01 555
Snipe nose pliers DIN ISO 5745 0714 01 557
Water pump pliers DIN ISO 8976 0714 01 563
Circlip pliers Type B 19-60 mm 0714 02 18
Circlip pliers Type D 19-60 mm 0714 02 08
Allen key TX9 0715 36 09 p. 350 ●
Allen key TX10 0715 36 10 p. 350
Allen key TX15 0715 36 15 p. 350
Allen key TX20 0715 36 20 p. 350
Allen key TX25 0715 36 25 p. 350
Allen key TX27 0715 36 27 p. 350 ●
Allen key TX30 0715 36 30 p. 350
Allen key TX40 0715 36 40 p. 350
Allen key, hexagon socket with ball head 1.5 mm 0715 40 015 ●
Allen key, hexagon socket with ball head 2 mm 0715 40 02 ●


5988 955 917 Power side cutters DIN ISO 5749 0714 01 552
Combination pliers DIN ISO 5746 0714 01 555
Snipe nose pliers DIN ISO 5745 0714 01 557
Water pump pliers DIN ISO 8976 0714 01 563 2
Circlip pliers Type B 19-60 mm 0714 02 18
Circlip pliers Type D 19-60 mm 0714 02 08
Allen key TX9 0715 36 09 p. 350 ●
Allen key TX10 0715 36 10 p. 350
Allen key TX15 0715 36 15 p. 350
Allen key TX20 0715 36 20 p. 350
Allen key TX25 0715 36 25 p. 350
Allen key TX27 0715 36 27 p. 350 ●
Allen key TX30 0715 36 30 p. 350
Allen key TX40 0715 36 40 p. 350
SYSTEM INSERT 8.4.1, STRIKING TOOL MIXED

Art. no.
0955 905 918

Continuation SYSTEM INSERT 8.4.1, STRIKING TOOL MIXED

0955 905 918 Locking pliers with prism jaws 0713 09 26
2 1/2 inch impact socket wrench insert 17 mm 0714 130 17
Seal scraper 0714 34 51
Flat chisel In line with DIN 6453 18 mm 0714 63 02 p. 303
Flat chisel In line with DIN 6453 22 mm 0714 63 03 p. 303
Pin punch 2 mm 0714 63 25 p. 308
Pin punch 3 mm 0714 63 27 p. 308
Pin punch 4 mm 0714 63 28 p. 308
Pin punch 5 mm 0714 63 29 p. 308
Pin punch 6 mm 0714 63 30 p. 308
Pin punch 8 mm 0714 63 31 p. 308
Pocket measuring tape 0714 64 511
Telescopic magnet 0715 34 96
Magnetic lifter with plastic handle 0715 35 35
Car tester 0715 53 07
Brake caliper brush 0715 55 26
Simplex soft face hammer 0715 72 10 p. 301
Machinists‘ hammer 0715 731 40 p. 299
SYSTEM INSERT 4.4.1, SOCKET WRENCH 1/4 INCH

Art. no.
0955 905 001


0955 905 001 1/4 inch screwdriver 0613 430 310 p. 311
Slotted bit 0.8 x 5.5 mm 0614 175 653 p. 262
Phillips bit PH1 0614 176 274 p. 261
Phillips bit PH2 0614 176 461 p. 261 2
Pozidriv bit PZ3 0614 176 653 p. 262
Hexagon socket bit 3 mm 0614 176 93 p. 260
TX bit TX10 0614 311 0 p. 263
TX bit TX15 0614 311 5 p. 263
TX bit TX20 0614 312 0 p. 263
TX bit TX25 0614 312 5 p. 263
TX bit TX27 0614 312 7 p. 263
TX bit TX30 0614 313 0 p. 263
TX bit TX40 0614 314 0 p. 263
1/4 inch ratchet 0712 014 0
1/4 inch socket wrench insert, metric 4 mm 0713 111 104
SYSTEM INSERT 4.4.1, SCREWDRIVER ASSORTMENT PZ/SZ

Art. no.
0955 905 503

SYSTEM INSERT 4.4.1, SCREWDRIVER ASSORTMENT PH/SZ


Art. no.
0955 905 505

Art. no.
0955 905 208


0955 905 208 1/2 inch cardan joint 70 mm 0712 138 301
1/2 inch extension Length 125 mm 0712 138 105
1/2 inch extension Length 250 mm 0712 138 110
1/2 inch ratchet 0712 012 0 2
1/2 inch socket wrench insert 10 mm; Length 36 mm 0712 131 110
SYSTEM INSERT 4.4.1, RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH ASSORTMENT, FLEXI

Art. no.
0955 905 412

Continuation SYSTEM INSERT 4.4.1, RATCHET COMBINATION WRENCH ASSORTMENT, FLEXI

0955 905 412 Ratchet comb. wrench, flexible 8 mm 0714 253 08 p. 359 ●
2 Ratchet comb. wrench, flexible 9 mm 0714 253 09 p. 359
Ratchet comb. wrench, flexible 10 mm 0714 253 10 p. 359 ●
Ratchet comb. wrench, flexible 11 mm 0714 253 11 p. 359

Art. no.
0955 905 206

0955 905 206 1/2 inch socket wrench insert 13 mm 0712 132 313
1/2 inch socket wrench insert 14 mm 0712 132 314

SYSTEM INSERT 4.4.1 TOOL SET, MIXED

Art. no.
0955 905 930
SYSTEM INSERT 4.4.1, TOOL SET VDE MIXED

Art. no.
0955 905 936

SYSTEM ASSORTMENT 4.4.1 + 8.4.1 MIXED

Universal tool set in foam inserts in attractive black design
2 Equipped with 106 common tools

Contents:
• Combination wrench system assortment 4.4.1, 17 pieces
• Screwdriver system assortment 4.4.1, 8 pieces
• Socket wrench 1/4 + 1/2 inch system assortment 8.4.1, 56 pieces
• Circlip pliers system assortment 8.4.1, 25 pieces
• Size foam section: 8.4.1 + 4.4.1
Art. no.
5988 905 111

Hand tools / Chipping tools / Hand files
HAND RASP FOR TYRE REPAIR

• Rasping tool
• For roughing and enlarging the area to be repaired (hole)
2
• File blade length: 80 mm
• Width: 115 mm
• File cut: 1
Art. no.
0879 28 131
KEY FILE SET

6 pcs., DIN 7283
Wooden handle
In plastic bag
Shapes:
• flat hand file
• flat-pointed
• half round
• round
• triangular
• square
• File blade length: 100 mm
• File cut: 2
Art. no.
0714 61 74

Hand tools / Chipping tools / Hand files
FLAT BLUNT-ENDED FILE

DIN 7261, shape A
2 Ideal geometry of file cut (ideal cut angle, uniform tooth height and
spacing)
• Ensures a clean workpiece surface and eliminates the need for time-consuming
reworking.
• Facilitates good chip removal and prevents the workpiece from being scratched.
• Boosts cutting performance at reduced power. High-quality steel and thorough har-
dening ensures a long service life.
• Conical tang ensures the file sits securely in the handle.
• File cut: 2
File blade length Width Thickness Art. no.

200 mm 20 mm 5 mm 0714 61 06
250 mm 25 mm 6.3 mm 0714 61 07
EDGE CUTTER
• Neat and precise cut of melamine edges, laminate, wood, PVC etc.
• We recommend carrying out the end trimming before the edge trimming
• Complete with interchangeable, reversible blades
Art. no.
0714 64 210
DOUBLE TRIMMER FOR EDGES

• To trim both panel surfaces at the same time
• With 2 double-edged blades to trim in both directions
• To trim panels larger than 26 mm the tool can be divided and the two parts used as
independent trimmers
• Interchangeable blades
Art. no.
0714 64 13

Hand tools / Chipping tools / Hand planes
REPLACEMENT BLADE SET FOR EDGE TRIMMING PLANE
Art. no.
0714 64 131
MINI UNIVERSAL SAW

Can be used with metal and wood saw blade
• Particularly light and manageable thanks to aluminium frame
• 6-way secure blade adjustment
• Length: 147 mm
Art. no.
0714 64 03
HAND SAW, 1-C

High-quality hand saw with 1-component plastic handle for precision
cuts in wood products.
The handle has integrated 90° and 45° angles
Fast and easy line and angle marking
Inductively hardened teeth
• Gives extremely clean cuts and has excellent durability
• Excellent chip removal while sawing (fast penetration depth)
Tooth guard included
• Teeth per unit of length: 7 PCS/Inch
Sheet length Length Art. no.

559 mm 636 mm 0695 935 555
509 mm 585 mm 0695 935 500

Hand tools / Chipping tools / Hand saws/saw blades
HAND SAW, 2-COMPONENT HANDLE

• Very sharp toothing ground on three sides ensures rapid and precise cuts
2 • Hardened tooth tips guarantee long-lasting sharpness

• Ergonomic 2-component handle
Sheet length Length Teeth per unit of length Art. no.

375 mm 471 mm 11 PCS/Inch 0695 935 375
479 mm 557 mm 9 PCS/Inch 0695 935 476
554 mm 633 mm 9 PCS/Inch 0695 935 551
BACK SAW, 2-COMPONENT HANDLE

• Sharp toothing ground on two sides
• Hardened tooth tips for long-lasting sharpness
• Heavy steel back for stability and clean cuts
• Sheet length: 318 mm
• Length: 409 mm
Art. no.
0695 935 300
HAND SAW FOR WOOD WITH 2-PART HANDLE

Fast-cutting hand saw with ergonomic handle
Hand saw for universal use
Toothing
• Ground on both sides with induction-hardened teeth
• Fast penetration depth and long service life
Handle
• Ergonomic 2-component handle for effortless work
• With integrated 45° and 90° angle stop
• Length: 660 mm
Art. no.
0692 600

HANDSAW 2-C HANDLE, NON-SLIP COATING

• Very sharp toothing ground on three sides ensures rapid and precise cuts
• Hardened tooth tips guarantee long-lasting sharpness 2
• Friction-reducing coating, also protects against rust
• Ergonomic 2-component handle
Sheet length Length Art. no.

554 mm 633 mm 0695 935 550
479 mm 557 mm 0695 935 475
HANDSAW 2-C HANDLE FOR GYPSUM PLASTERBOARD

• Very sharp toothing ground on three sides
• Regular toothing on the first 100 mm from the tip
• Beyond 100 mm from the tip, toothing in groups of four teeth with extra large chip
spaces for optimal cutting performance and minimal obstruction
• Length: 633 mm
Art. no.
0695 935 556
HAND-HELD JIGSAW, 2-COMPONENT HANDLE

• Hardened tooth tips for long-lasting sharpness
• Universal toothing for sawing lengthwise and crosswise to fibres
• Strong blade for particular robustness and high comfort
Art. no.
0695 935 302

JAPANESE HAND SAW 1C

Japanese saw with 1-component plastic pistol grip
2 Fine-toothed saw, without back

Pistol grip
Excellent guidance, comfortable action
Extremely flexible saw blade
For working in hard-to-reach places
Includes tooth guard
• Length: 445 mm
• Blade thickness: 0.6 mm
• Teeth spacing: 1.6 mm
Art. no.
5760 051 005
METAL SAW BLADE

Heavy-duty, flat steel saw bow with 2C plastic handle
Power-coated, flat steel bow 18 x 8 mm
Automatic saw blade tensioning by turning handle
Optimal blade pre-tensioning via integrated torque control
Universal use, easy blade replacement
Saw blade 4x adjustable via handle
2-component handle
Non-slip handle
• Length: 530 mm
• Height: 140 mm
Art. no.
0695 552 892

METAL BOW SAW

Light and manageable metal bow saw with aluminium handle
Very light, very robust and extremely scratch-resistant 2
Metal bow produced from powder-coated metal pipe
Good blade guidance
Pistol grip made from powder-coated aluminium
Universal use
6x adjustable saw blade positions
Rapid blade tensioning and replacement
Saw blade clamped with quick-action clamping system in handle
• Length: 400 mm
• Height: 140 mm
Art. no.
0714 64 02
METAL BOW SAW

Ergonomic, aluminium die cast metal bow saw
Extremely robust and highly scratch-resistant
Thanks to high-quality, high-pressure die-cast aluminium saw bow
Prevents hand slipping from saw
Thanks to pistol handle and hand guide made from 2-component plastic
Two saw blade positions (45° and 90°)
Rapid blade tensioning and replacement
Thanks to clamping of saw blade with quick-action clamping system in handle
• Length: 400 mm
• Height: 135 mm
Art. no.
5760 071 001
METAL SAW FRAME WITH METAL HANDLE

Saw blade is adjustable
• This makes it possible to saw at an angle of 55°
Adjustable saw blade tension
• The saw blade tension can be adjusted by turning the knob
• Length: 400 mm
Art. no.
0714 64 01

BI-METAL SAW BLADE HSS

No saw blade offers more cutting performance and flexibility
2 Specialist steels: High-alloyed, high-speed steel on tooth edge,

tough tool steel on back
Tooth edges of fully hardened material make for unbeatable cutting
performance and service life
Work faster, longer and more economically with only one saw blade
Normal toothing
• Improved economy
• Improved safety
• High cutting performance
Progressive toothing
• For universal use
• High tooth pitch in the initial cut area for easy initial cuts. Fluttering of thin materials
is considerably reduced.
• Low tooth pitch in remaining cutting area for high cutting performance.
• Max. material thickness: 2 mm
• Length: 300 mm
Teeth per unit of length Min./max. teeth per unit Width Thickness Art. no.
of length
24 PCS/Inch - 12.5 mm 0.63 mm 0603 300 13
- 18-32 PCS/Inch 13 mm 0.65 mm 0603 301 13
32 PCS/Inch - 12.5 mm 0.63 mm 0603 300 133
HAND SAW BLADE

Double-sided saw blade made of high-speed steel
Long service life even with hard, high-alloyed and stainless steel
• Length: 300 mm
• Width: 25 mm
Art. no.
0603 300 25

DOUBLE-SIDED BOW SAW SPARE BLADE FOR BOW SAW

Double-sided saw blade made of HCS
• Min./max. teeth per unit of length: 14-24 PCS/Inch 2
• Length: 300 mm
• Width: 25 mm
Art. no.
0603 301 424
SAW BLADE
For folding saw with Japanese toothing
Art. no.
0695 932 154
SAW BLADE FOR JAPANESE HAND SAW

Ensures fatigue-free cutting without excessive force
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
5760 051 002
FOLDING SAW
High-quality folding saw with Japanese toothing
Three-way sharpened and impulse-hardened teeth
Extremely rapid cutting action and long service life
Non-slip, ergonomically designed handle
Excellent handling, comfortable action
Saw blade folds fully into handle
No risk of injuries
Two-way saw blade adjustment
• Length: 500 mm
• Blade thickness: 0.8 mm
Art. no.
0695 932 149

FOLDING SAW, 2-COMPONENT HANDLE

• Versatile, folding branch saw with patented special toothing
2 • With hardened tooth tips that also work well in fresh wood
• Robust 2-component handle for comfortable handling
• Safety latch for opened and closed saw
• Length: 230 mm
Art. no.
0695 935 234
SEAL SCRAPER
Vanadium special steel, chrome-plated
• Scraper width: 25 mm
• Length: 260 mm
• Material of the grip handle: Plastic
Art. no.
0714 34 51
SCRAPER AND BLADE SET

27-piece scraper set with 4 different scraper blades and carpet knife
• Ergonomic 2C scraper handle with blade clamp
• Carpet knife with multi-stage locking
• Blade can be fully retracted
Art. no.
0715 66 40

Hand tools / Chipping tools / Scrapers
BLADE SCRAPER
With ergonomic, slip-free 2-component handle
• Includes 6 doctor blades 2
• Robust stainless steel blade holder
• Removable blade protector
• Length: 180 mm
• Scraper width: 40 mm
• Material: Stainless steel A2 1.4310
Art. no.
0714 663 35
SCRAPER BLADE

12 mm 0715 66 42
16 mm 0715 66 43
20 mm 0715 66 44
STEEL SCRAPER BLADE

• Width of knife blade: 40 mm
Art. no.
0714 663 351

Hand tools / Clamping tools / Vices
MACHINE VICE
For holding round materials
Horizontal and vertical prism
2
• Width of clamping jaw: 100 mm
• Width: 150 mm
• Max. clamping width: 85 mm
• Min./max. length: 275-350 mm
• Height: 65 mm
• Clamping depth: 30 mm
Art. no.
0714 671 05
PARALLEL VICE
Robust vice made from forged steel with adjustable guide rail
Long service life
Induction-hardened jaws and anvil work surface
Width of clamping Max. clamping Clamping depth Length Height Art. no.
jaw width
125 mm 150 mm 80 mm 355 mm 150 mm 0714 671 03
150 mm 200 mm 100 mm 460 mm 180 mm 0714 671 04
PARALLEL VICE
Robust vice made from forged steel
Long service life
Induction-hardened jaws and anvil work surface
Width of clamping Max. clamping Clamping depth Max. pipe diameter Min./max. pipe dia- Art. no.
jaw width meter in inches
120 mm 120 mm 65 mm 46 mm 5/8-1-1/4 in 0714 671 01
140 mm 180 mm 90 mm 100 mm 3/4-4 in 0714 671 02

PARALLEL VICE MONDIAL

• Drop-forged steel (CF45 steel), jaws and anvil inductively hardened (HRC 52-58)
• Adjustable guide guarantees precise clamping 2
• Clamping depth: 108.5 mm
• Min./max. pipe diameter in inches: 1/4-6 in
• Length: 520 mm
• Height: 202.5 mm
Art. no.
0714 671 051
PROTECTIVE JAW ALUMINIUM

Protective jaws made from special alloy aluminium for rough to medi-
um-fine workpieces
Secure clamping
6 longitudinal grooves
Suitable for round workpieces
One deeper milled groove for round workpieces.
Special magnetic holder
Clamped parts are not magnetised
Width of clamping jaw Art. no.

125 mm 0715 671 19
150 mm 0715 671 07
ALUMINIUM JAW COATED WITH SYNTHETIC RUBBER

• For delicate parts that need to be protected from scratches
Length Art. no.

125 mm 0715 671 20
150 mm 0715 671 21

ROTARY DISC FOR PARALLEL VICE

Fast adjustment and precise fastening
2
Material Art. no.

- 0714 671 050
Steel 0714 671 030
Steel 0714 671 040
GLUING CLAMP
Adjustable gluing clamp for gentle clamping
Movable polyamide clamping arm
• Large clamping range with equal pressure force
• Easily and rapidly adjustable
Structurally optimised E-profile adjustable rails
Corrugated ratchet for reliable pre-setting of clamping arm
Ergonomically shaped two-component handle with soft inserts
Easy, energy-saving application
Pressure plates in soft plastic
Prevents workpiece being scratched
Robust polyamide handle section
Cross-ribbed for maximum stability
Max. external clamping width Overhang Art. no.

60 mm 37 mm 0714 661 900
100 mm 50 mm 0714 661 901

Hand tools / Clamping tools / Clamps
ONE-HANDED CLAMP
Clamp, open and spread with just one hand
Clamp workpieces more securely 2
• 150 kg clamping force
• Deep jaws with cross slot
Excellent, comfortable handle design
• Spray-moulded 2-component handle
• No need to reposition your hands, e.g. to open the clamp
• Clamping force is easy to release
Spreading function for increased versatility
Easy conversion with quick, push-button adjustment
Highly robust for a long service life
Fixed and sliding bars made of fibreglass-reinforced plastic
Spacer for increased convenience
Clamp can be used on a table
• Overhang: 100 mm
• Profile thickness: 6 mm
• Tension force: 1500 N
Max. external clamping width Art. no.

150 mm 0714 662 150
300 mm 0714 662 300
450 mm 0714 662 450
700 mm 0714 662 700
SOLID STEEL QUICK-ACTION LEVER CLAMP

Simple and handy clamping tool, for flexible, elastic and sensitive
clamping.
With swivelling, case-hardened, galvanised steel pressure plate
Extremely wear-resistant with a long service life.
Ratchet mechanism with sliding bar forged in one piece, hardened
and galvanised
For regulated and secure clamping.
Sintered steel cam with high surface hardness
Extremely wear-resistant.
Max. external clamping width Overhang Profile thickness Art. no.

160 mm 80 mm 7.5 mm 0714 676 16
200 mm 100 mm 9.5 mm 0714 676 20
250 mm 120 mm 10.5 mm 0714 676 25
300 mm 140 mm 12 mm 0714 676 30
400 mm 120 mm 12 mm 0714 676 40

MG POWER EDGE CLAMP

Ultra lightweight and ultra powerful! Lever edge clamp for quick tigh-
tening.
2
• Fibre glass ratchet and clamping lever, ultra tough and lightweight.
• 12-notch clamping lever, gradual and precise tightening.
• Plastic protection on the upper clamping jaws, secure hold on delicate parts.
• Immediate tightening and loosening; time-saving.
• Ergonomic clamping lever, comfortable to use.
• Steel support rail with case-hardened teeth, mounting on high-strength support rail.
• Upper jaw with groove to attach tubes.
• Maximum tightening pressure: 1200 N
• Overhang: 80 mm
Max. external clamping width Art. no.

120 mm 0714 679 120
200 mm 0714 679 200
RAFTER CLAMP
Manageable clamping tool
Fixed clamp with tip for driving into rafters
For regulated and secure clamping
Recesses on both sides of fixed bar
For levering out using roofer‘s hammer
Striking surface for driving in the clamp
Movable, cold-extruded pressure plate, galvanised
Optimum adaptation to the material
Spindle with rolled and strain-hardened trapezoidal thread, smooth
running
T-handle for very heavy-duty applications
Profile rail in cold-drawn quality steel, galvanised
Good corrosion resistance and high stability
• Profile width: 27 mm
Art. no.
0714 675 960

SOLID STEEL SCREW CLAMP WITH WOODEN HANDLE

Easy and handy clamping tool for flexible, elastic and sensitive clam-
ping.
2
Dimensionally stable and warp-resistant even under high loads
One-piece fixed and sliding bars heat-formed, hardened and galvanised
Optimum adaptation and enhanced corrosion protection
Movable pressure plate, galvanised
Extremely wear-resistant and effortless to use
Cold-hardened and burnished trapezoidal thread spindle
Optimal power transmission
Manageable wooden handle, riveted burr-free
Max. clamping width Overhang Profile width Profile thickness Art. no.
160 mm 80 mm 16 mm 7.5 mm 0714 674 16
200 mm 100 mm 19.5 mm 9.5 mm 0714 674 20
250 mm 120 mm 22 mm 10.5 mm 0714 674 25
300 mm 140 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 30
400 mm 120 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 40
500 mm 120 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 50
600 mm 120 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 60
ALL-STEEL SCREW CLAMP WITH T-HANDLE

Simple and handy clamping tool, for flexible, elastic and sensitive
clamping.
Robust design with reinforced fixed and sliding bars
For maximum loads and optimum security.
Movable special pressure plate, swivels to 35°
Effortlessly adapts to the material being clamped.
Spindle with rolled, strain-hardened and hardened trapezoidal
thread
T-handle for very heavy-duty applications.
Max. clamping width Overhang Art. no.

250 mm 120 mm 0714 675 25
300 mm 140 mm 0714 675 30
500 mm 120 mm 0714 675 50
800 mm 120 mm 0714 675 80
1000 mm 120 mm 0714 675 100

MALLEABLE CAST IRON SCREW CLAMP WITH PROTECTIVE CAP

For rigid, non-elastic, secure clamping
2 Fixed and sliding bars in high-quality, powder-coated malleable

cast iron
High stability and improved corrosion protection
Slip prevention: if the clamp tilts, a set screw engages in the track
guide
Maximum safety No slipping or loosening
Hollow profile track in cold-drawn quality steel with six-fold rib-
bing, galvanised
High stability and good corrosion protection
Spindle with trapezoidal thread, rolled and strain-hardened
Extremely wear-resistant and very smooth running
120 mm 60 mm 20 mm 5 mm 0714 671 12
160 mm 80 mm 25 mm 6 mm 0714 671 16
200 mm 100 mm 27 mm 7 mm 0714 671 20
250 mm 100 mm 27 mm 7 mm 0714 672 25
300 mm 120 mm 29 mm 9 mm 0714 672 30
300 mm 140 mm 32 mm 10 mm 0714 671 30
400 mm 120 mm 29 mm 9 mm 0714 672 40
400 mm 175 mm 32 mm 10 mm 0714 671 40
500 mm 120 mm 29 mm 9 mm 0714 671 500
600 mm 120 mm 29 mm 9 mm 0714 671 600
800 mm 120 mm 29 mm 9 mm 0714 671 800
MALLEABLE CAST IRON SCREW CLAMP WITHOUT PROTECTIVE CAPS

For rigid, non-elastic, secure clamping
Robust design (bar clamps)
High stability and improved corrosion protection
Fixed and sliding bars in high-quality, powder-coated malleable iron
Maximum security, no slipping or loosening
Slip prevention: if the clamp tilts, a set screw engages in the track guide
High stability and good corrosion protection
Hollow profile track in cold-drawn quality steel with six-fold ribbing, galvanised
Extremely wear-resistant and effortless to use
Spindle with trapezoidal thread, rolled and strain-hardened
Max. clamping width Art. no.

500 mm 0714 671 50
1250 mm 0714 671 125

STEEL SCREW CLAMP

Die-forged and galvanised steel
Stable and safe clamping with low weight 2
Swivelling cap
160 mm 80 mm 16 mm 7.5 mm 0714 674 316
200 mm 100 mm 19.5 mm 9.5 mm 0714 674 320
250 mm 120 mm 22 mm 10.5 mm 0714 674 325
300 mm 140 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 330
400 mm 120 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 340
500 mm 120 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 350
600 mm 120 mm 25 mm 12 mm 0714 674 360
DOOR FRAME STRAIGHTENING CLAMP

For fast and precise adjustment of the door jamb
• Eliminates the need for laborious alignment using inserts or wedges
• Clamp body in fibre-reinforced super polyamide
• Two fixed rails as counter supports, one moving rail to align the frame
(spring-mounted)
• Spindle and rails in bright galvanised steel
• Pressure plates with large protective caps
• Manageable wooden handles, riveted burr-free
• Material: PA - Polyamide
• Material of the grip handle: Wood
• Overhang: 70 mm
Art. no.
0715 67 70

Hand tools / Socket wrench / Ratchets 1/2 inch
1/2-INCH JOINTED-HEAD RATCHET, EXTENDABLE

Extendable up to max. 432 mm via locking sleeve with latch
2 Standard: DIN 3122, ISO 3315

Optimum power transmission
Extendable telescopic handle up to max. 432 mm
Easy to use
• Quick release with safety lock
• Flexible, rotating ratchet head with locking device. 72 teeth with a rotating angle of
5°.
• Surface: Chromed high-gloss satin finish
• Ratchet head height: 15.5 mm
• Ratchet head height with square: 34 mm
• Sleeve outside diameter: 24 mm
• Ratchet diameter: 40 mm
Art. no.
0715 13 92
1/2 INCH RATCHET

Rotary disc reverse
• Compact, narrow head
• Simple changeover from clockwise to anti-clockwise rotation
• Chamfered square — easier removal of socket wrench inserts
• Offset ratchet body for more hand freedom
• Fine tooth rotary disc with 72 teeth; 5° angle of rotation
• Chrome-plated, 2-component handle
• Ratchet head height: 26 mm
• Length: 250 mm
Art. no.
0712 012 0

RATCHET 1/2 INCH WITH TURNING HANDLE

2
• Length: 251 mm
Art. no.
0712 012 06
REVERSIBLE RATCHET 1/2 INCH

Lever reverse
• Robust ratchet with convenient ejector
• Fast, simple changeover from clockwise to anti-clockwise rotation
• Safety catch with rapid ejection
• Lowered, protected reversing lever and ratchet body with depressed centre for
more hand freedom
• Coarse toothing with 48 teeth – 7.5° angle of rotation
• Length 250 mm
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Length: 250 mm
• Material: Steel
• Design: With 48 teeth
Art. no.
0712 012 01

1/2 INCH LEVER REVERSIBLE RATCHET, DUST-PROTECTED

Dust-protected ratchet for a long service life even under difficult wor-
king conditions.
2
• Drive: 12.5 – 1/2 inch
• Standard: DIN 3122, ISO 3315
• Reversing lever for clockwise and anti-clockwise rotation
• Geometry: Ratchet body with depressed centre for more freedom of movement
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Length: 253 mm
• Length 2: 240 mm
• Width: 19 mm
• Width 2: 36 mm
• Diameter: 26 mm
• Diameter 2: 38 mm
• Design: With 72 teeth - 5 degree angle of rotation
• IP protection class: IP 5X
Art. no.
0712 012 03
1/4 INCH FULLY MANUAL RATCHET

Freewheel function
• Design: Short, with bidirectional square drive
• Head: Freewheel, angle of rotation less than 3°
• Material: Chrome molybdenum steel
• Surface: Satin finish, matt chrome-plated
• Geometry: Short version
• Length: 72 mm
• Length of lever: 64 mm
Art. no.
0713 110 111

1/4 INCH BALL-HEAD RATCHET

3-in-1! Can be used like a conventional ratchet, as a screwdriver or
T-handle
2
• Multi-functional ball-head ratchet with variable handle
• Tip: 6.3–1/4 inch external square
• Head: 72 teeth, 5° angle of rotation, 270° rotatable joint
• Handle: 2-component straight handle or adjustable 90° as T-handle
• Length: 145 mm
• Ratchet head height with square: 26.5 mm
Art. no.
0712 014 05
1/4 INCH RATCHET

Rotary disc reverse
• Compact, narrow head
• Simple changeover from clockwise to anticlockwise rotation
• Chamfered square - easier removal of socket wrench inserts
• Offset ratchet body for more hand clearance
• Length 135 mm
• DIN 3122, ISO 3315
• Length: 138 mm
Art. no.
0712 014 0
RATCHET 1/4 INCH WITH TURNING HANDLE

• Length: 135 mm
Art. no.
0712 014 06

1/4 INCH BIT RATCHET

• Tip: For 1/4 inch hexagon head drive in accordance with DIN 3126-C 6.3 and E
6.3
2
• Head: Extremely compact ratchet head, fine tooth, 64 teeth
• Surface: Chrome-plated
• 2-component handle, extremely slim design, angled down 10°
• Very rugged design, max. torque of up to 40 Nm
• Tip size: C 6.3 (1/4 inch)
• Ratchet diameter: 16.6 mm
• Handle thickness: 10.5 mm
• Length: 100 mm
Art. no.
0712 014 5

1/4 INCH RATCHET

Lever reverse
• Robust ratchet with convenient ejector 2
• Fast, simple changeover from clockwise to anticlockwise rotation
• Lowered, protected reverse lever and offset ratchet body for more hand freedom
• Length 135 mm
• Length: 135 mm
• Material: Steel
DIN 3122, ISO 3315
Art. no.
0712 014 01

Dust-protected ratchet ensuring durability, even under difficult wor-
king conditions.
• Drive: 6.3 – 1/4 inch
• Length: 136 mm
• Length 3: 61 mm
• Width: 13 mm
• Width 2: 22 mm
• Diameter: 16 mm
Art. no.
0712 014 03

REVERSIBLE RATCHET 3/8 INCH

With rotary disc reverse
2 • Compact, narrow head

• Simple changeover from clockwise to anticlockwise rotation
• Chamfered square — easier removal of socket wrench inserts
• Offset ratchet body for more hand clearance
• DIN 3122, ISO 3315
• Length: 175 mm
Art. no.
0712 038 0
3/8 INCH RATCHET WITH LEVER REVERSE

Robust ratchet with convenient ejector
• Fast, simple changeover from clockwise to anticlockwise rotation using lever
• Lowered, protected reverse lever and offset ratchet body for more hand clearance
• Length 175 mm
• DIN 3122, ISO 3315
• Length: 175 mm
• Material: Steel
Tested by TÜV SÜD test: 10/2008
Art. no.
0712 038 01


Dust-protected ratchet ensuring durability, even under difficult wor-
king conditions.
2
• Drive: 10 – 3/8 inch
• Length: 177 mm
• Length 3: 79 mm
• Width: 16 mm
• Width 2: 29 mm
• Diameter: 21 mm
Art. no.
0712 038 03
1/2“ SOCKET WRENCH INSERT

Triple square, short
• Drive: 1/2“ square socket, ball catch groove
• Tip: Triple square
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Length: 60 mm
Tip size Socket wrench external diameter Art. no.

XZN M6 22.5 mm 0715 138 06
XZN M8 22.5 mm 0715 138 08
XZN M10 22.5 mm 0715 138 10
XZN M14 25 mm 0715 138 14

Hand tools / Socket wrench / Socket wrench, hand 1/2 inch

Triple square, long
2 • Surface: Chrome-plated
• Tip: Triple square
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Length: 100 mm
• Socket wrench external diameter: 22.5 mm
Tip size Art. no.

XZN M8 0715 138 081
XZN M12 0715 138 121
1/2-INCH SOCKET WRENCH INSERT, TX HEAD

For TX head screws, short
• Surface: chrome-plated
• Tip: For TX head screws
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Length: 40 mm
• Socket wrench external diameter 2: 22.5 mm

E10 12.3 mm 0715 132 10
E12 14.3 mm 0715 132 12
E14 15.8 mm 0715 132 14
E16 19.6 mm 0715 132 16
E18 21 mm 0715 132 18


For TX screws, short
• Design: Short 2
• Drive: 1/2 inch square socket, ball catch groove
• Output: For TX screws
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Length: 60 mm
Tip size Art. no.

TX20 0715 133 20
TX30 0715 133 30
TX40 0715 133 40
TX45 0715 133 45
TX50 0715 133 50

For TX screws, long
• Design: Long
• Tip: For TX screws
• Drive: 1/2 inch
Tip size Length Blade length Art. no.

TX40 120 mm 80 mm 0715 134 40
TX45 120 mm 80 mm 0715 134 45
TX50 120 mm 80 mm 0715 134 50
TX55 140 mm 100 mm 0715 134 55

1/2 INCH SOCKET WRENCH INSERT

Metric, hexagon, short
2 • Standard: DIN 3124, ISO 2725

• Surface: Chrome-plated, ground/matt
• Tip: For hexagon head
• POWERDRIV
• Drive: 1/2 inch
Width across flats Length Socket wrench external Socket wrench external Art. no.
diameter diameter 2
8 mm 36 mm 13 mm 23 mm 0712 131 108
9 mm 36 mm 14.2 mm 23 mm 0712 131 109
10 mm 36 mm 15.5 mm 23 mm 0712 131 110
11 mm 36 mm 16.7 mm 23 mm 0712 131 111
12 mm 36 mm 18 mm 23 mm 0712 131 112
13 mm 36 mm 19.2 mm 23 mm 0712 131 113
14 mm 36 mm 20.5 mm 23 mm 0712 131 114
15 mm 36 mm 21.7 mm 22 mm 0712 131 115
16 mm 36 mm 23 mm 23.2 mm 0712 131 116
17 mm 36 mm 24.2 mm 23.2 mm 0712 131 117
18 mm 36 mm 25.5 mm 23.5 mm 0712 131 118
19 mm 36 mm 26.7 mm 24.7 mm 0712 131 119
20 mm 36 mm 28 mm 25.5 mm 0712 131 120
21 mm 38 mm 29.2 mm 26 mm 0712 131 121
22 mm 38 mm 30.5 mm 26.5 mm 0712 131 122
23 mm 38 mm 31.7 mm 27.7 mm 0712 131 123
24 mm 38 mm 33 mm 29 mm 0712 131 124
26 mm 38 mm 35.5 mm 31.5 mm 0712 131 126
27 mm 44 mm 36.7 mm 32.2 mm 0712 131 127
28 mm 44 mm 38 mm 33.5 mm 0712 131 128
30 mm 44 mm 40.5 mm 36 mm 0712 131 130
32 mm 44 mm 43 mm 38.1 mm 0712 131 132

1/2 INCH SOCKET WRENCH INSERT

Metric, hexagon, long
• Surface: Chrome-plated, polished/matt 2
• POWERDRIV®
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Length: 77 mm
Drive type Width across flats Socket wrench Socket wrench Surface Art. no.
external diameter external diameter 2
Hexagon socket 32 mm 41.9 mm 34 mm Chrome plated 0712 132 332
Internal square 30 mm 39.8 mm 33 mm Chrome plated 0712 132 330
Internal square 13 mm 19.1 mm 21.8 mm Chrome plated 0712 132 313

1/2 INCH SOCKET WRENCH INSERT, METRIC

• Surface: Chrome-plated, polished/matt
2 • Drive: 1/2“ square socket, ball catch groove

• Tip: For hexagon socket
• DIN 7422
• Drive: 1/2 inch
Width across flats Length Blade length Socket wrench external Art. no.
diameter
5 mm 60 mm 20 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 051
6 mm 60 mm 20 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 060
6 mm 90 mm 50 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 061
7 mm 60 mm 20 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 07
8 mm 60 mm 20 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 080
8 mm 90 mm 50 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 081
10 mm 60 mm 20 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 100
12 mm 60 mm 20 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 120
14 mm 60 mm 20 mm 25 mm 0715 137 14
17 mm 60 mm 20 mm 28 mm 0715 137 17
19 mm 60 mm 20 mm 30 mm 0715 137 19
5 mm 180 mm 140 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 052
6 mm 140 mm 100 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 062
7 mm 100 mm 60 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 072
10 mm 140 mm 100 mm 22.5 mm 0715 137 102

1/2 INCH SOCKET WRENCH EXTRACTOR, JAW

Conical spiral profile
• 6 abrasive streams enable strong grip even on the fully turned fixing elements
2
• Manufactured from chrome molybdenum steel
• Drive – ½ inch, square
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Length: 34 mm
• Surface: Phosphated
Tip size Socket wrench external diameter Socket wrench external diameter Art. no.
2
10 mm 15 mm 22 mm 0965 13 910
11 mm 16 mm 22 mm 0965 13 911
12 mm 18 mm 22 mm 0965 13 912
13 mm 19 mm 22 mm 0965 13 913
14 mm 21 mm 25 mm 0965 13 914
16 mm 22 mm 25 mm 0965 13 916
17 mm 24 mm 25 mm 0965 13 917
18 mm 25 mm 26 mm 0965 13 918
19 mm 27 mm 27 mm 0965 13 919
21 mm 29 mm 27 mm 0965 13 921
22 mm 31 mm 27 mm 0965 13 922
24 mm 33 mm 27 mm 0965 13 924
27 mm 35 mm 27 mm 0965 13 927
1/4-INCH SOCKET WRENCH INSERT, TX HEAD

For TX head screws
• Tip: For TX head screws
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 22 mm
• Tip type: For outer TX
• Socket wrench external diameter 2: 12 mm

E8 9.6 mm 0715 112 08
E10 11.3 mm 0715 112 10

1/4-INCH SOCKET WRENCH INSERT

For TX screws
2 • Drive: 1/4 inch square drive, ball catch groove

• Output: For TX screws
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 32 mm
• Tip type: TX
• Socket wrench external diameter: 12 mm
Tip size Art. no.

TX25 0715 113 25
TX30 0715 113 30

For hexagon socket, metric
• Surface: Chrome-plated, polished/matt
• Drive: 1/4 inch square drive, ball catch groove
• Output: For hexagon socket, DIN 7422
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 32 mm
Tip size Width across flats Art. no.

4 mm 4 mm 0715 115 04
5 mm 5 mm 0715 115 05
6 mm 6 mm 0715 115 06


Metric, long
• Surface: Chrome-plated, polished 2
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 50 mm
• Design: Long
Width across flats Socket wrench depth Socket wrench external Socket wrench external Art. no.
diameter diameter 2
7 mm 16 mm 10.8 mm 11.9 mm 0713 112 107
8 mm 16 mm 11.9 mm 11.9 mm 0713 112 108
9 mm 16 mm 13.4 mm 13.4 mm 0713 112 109
10 mm 21 mm 14.5 mm 14.5 mm 0713 112 110
12 mm 21 mm 16.9 mm 16.9 mm 0713 112 112
13 mm 21 mm 18 mm 18 mm 0713 112 113
1/4 INCH SOCKET WRENCH INSERT, METRIC

Short
• Surface: Chrome-plated, polished
• Drive: 1/4 inch square socket, ball catch groove
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 22 mm
• Design: Short
Width across flats Socket wrench depth Socket wrench external Socket wrench external Art. no.
diameter diameter 2
4 mm 5 mm 6.8 mm 11.9 mm 0713 111 104
5 mm 5 mm 8.1 mm 11.9 mm 0713 111 105
5.5 mm 5.5 mm 8.7 mm 11.9 mm 0713 111 155
6 mm 6 mm 9.3 mm 11.9 mm 0713 111 106
7 mm 6 mm 10.8 mm 11.9 mm 0713 111 107
8 mm 7 mm 11.9 mm 11.9 mm 0713 111 108
9 mm 7 mm 13.4 mm 13.4 mm 0713 111 109
10 mm 10 mm 14.5 mm 14.5 mm 0713 111 110
11 mm 10 mm 15.9 mm 15.9 mm 0713 111 111
12 mm 10 mm 16.9 mm 16.9 mm 0713 111 112
13 mm 11 mm 18 mm 18 mm 0713 111 113
14 mm 11 mm 19.6 mm 19.6 mm 0713 111 114

3/4“ POWERDRIV® SOCKET WRENCH INSERT

Metric, hexagon
2 • Surface: chrome-plated, ground/matt

• Drive: 3/4 inch square drive, pin latch
• Version: Short
• Drive: 3/4 inch
Width across flats Socket wrench Socket wrench Socket wrench Length Art. no.
external diameter external diameter 2 depth
24 mm 34.2 mm 36 mm 16 mm 51 mm 0715 142 24
27 mm 38 mm 36 mm 22 mm 52 mm 0715 142 27
30 mm 42 mm 38 mm 24 mm 54 mm 0715 142 30
32 mm 44 mm 38 mm 26 mm 56 mm 0715 142 32
36 mm 50 mm 42 mm 28 mm 58 mm 0715 142 36
46 mm 62 mm 48 mm 34 mm 68 mm 0715 142 46

3/4“ POWERDRIV® SOCKET WRENCH INSERT

Metric, bi-hexagon
• Surface: chrome-plated, ground/matt 2
• Drive: 3/4 inch square drive, pin latch
• Version: Short
• Drive: 3/4 inch
Width across flats Socket wrench Socket wrench Socket wrench Length Art. no.
24 mm 34.2 mm 36 mm 16 mm 51 mm 0715 141 24
27 mm 38 mm 36 mm 22 mm 52 mm 0715 141 27
30 mm 42 mm 38 mm 24 mm 54 mm 0715 141 30
32 mm 44 mm 38 mm 26 mm 56 mm 0715 141 32
36 mm 50 mm 42 mm 28 mm 58 mm 0715 141 36
38 mm 52 mm 45 mm 28 mm 60 mm 0715 141 38
41 mm 56 mm 45 mm 30 mm 64 mm 0715 141 41
46 mm 62 mm 47 mm 34 mm 68 mm 0715 141 46
UNIVERSAL SOCKET
For loosening and tightening screws and nuts
• Universal application as socket wrench insert size 7 to size 19 (1/2 inch) and size
13 to 32 (3/8 inch)
• Replaces hexagon wrenches, hexagon wrench heads and open-end spanners.
• Enormous time and space savings. Holds square and hexagon heads, TX profiles,
wing nuts, hook bolts and eye screws securely with its 54 spring-loaded special
pins.
• Drive: 3/8 inch
• Suitable for width across flats: 7-19 mm
• Length: 53.5 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0714 121 907

3/8-INCH SOCKET WRENCH

For TX screws, short
• Output: TX
• Drive: 3/8 inch
• Tip type: TX
• Design: Short
• Length: 50.5 mm
• Blade length: 20.5 mm
• Max. nominal diameter of external Torx: 6.66 mm
• Material: Steel
• Tip size: TX40
Art. no.
0715 123 40
INSPECTION TOOL SET 8 PIECES

Aid for vehicle inspection work.
• Suitable for inspection work in places with restricted viewing
• Can illuminate hard-to-reach places
• For finding lost objects in hard to reach places
Includes:
1x telescopic arm, length 190–655 mm including quick release 1/4
1x square mirror, 64 x 42 mm including rotary joint
1x round mirror, diameter 60 mm including pivot joint
1x high quality LED lamp with a service life of up to 100,000 hours
1x magnet, diameter 17 mm, with a force of approx. 3.6 kg
3x LR 44 cell batteries (Art. no. 082708 13)
1x storage case including foam insert
Art. no.
0714 35 353

Hand tools / Socket wrench / Socket wrench, hand assortment
DOUBLE-END RATCHET WRENCH ASSORTMENT MINI

31 pieces. With the most popular short socket wrench inserts and bits.
• Extremely short socket wrench inserts and bits for use in the tightest of spaces 2
• Ratchet wrench with specially depressed centre, with optimised working length of
115 mm
Scope of delivery:
• 1/4 inch bits, length 18 mm: PH0, PH1, 2 x PH2; PZ0, PZ1, PZ2; slotted 4, 6 mm;
hexagon socket 3, 4, 5, 6 mm; TX10, TX15, TX20, TX25, TX27, TX30, TX40
• Socket wrench insert: 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 mm
• 1/4 inch double-ring ratchet wrench, 11 mm, hexagon
Art. no.
0965 11 310
TOOL CASE
93 pieces The ideal choice for use on the move
Extensive set
All common tools in one case
High-quality case
Plastic case with snap lock
Art. no.
0965 93 180

TOOL ASSORTMENT IN CASE 115 PIECES

This 115-piece tool case is ideal for use on the move.
2 Extensive set
• All common tools in one case
High-quality case
• Robust plastic case with four snap locks
Art. no.
0965 93 124
UNIVERSAL TOOL CASE

52-piece tool case for mobile use
Basic tool kit for universal applications
Art. no.
0965 93 152

TOOL ASSORTMENT IN CASE

This tool case with 61 pieces is ideal for use on the move
Extensive set 2
All common tools in one case
High-quality case
Robust plastic case with four snap locks
Art. no.
0965 93 061
TOOL BOX SET WITH ERGONOMIC HANDLE 4663 PCS

Art. no.
0614 000 111

Art. no.
0614 000 112

Art. no.
0614 000 113

PLIERS ASSORT. WITH RATCHET 1/4 INCH SET 7 PCS

2
Art. no.
0614 000 002

Art. no.
0614 000 003

1/2 INCH SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT

For TX screws
Contents: 21 pieces 2
• 1 ratchet
• 1 125 mm extension
• 1 cardan joint
• 8 socket wrench inserts:
E 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 and 24
• 9 TX socket wrench inserts:
TX 20, 25, 27, 30, 40, 45, 50, 55 and 60
Art. no.
0965 13 210

For hex socket screws
Contents: 11 pcs.
• 1 ratchet
• 10 socket wrench inserts for hexagon socket:
Sizes 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 17, 19
Art. no.
0965 13 110


23 pieces. Hexagonal
2 • Number of pieces in assortment/set: 23 PCS
Art. no.
0965 13 230

17 pieces. Hexagonal
Art. no.
0965 13 170


21 pieces. Bi-hexagon
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 21 PCS 2
Art. no.
0965 13 20

31 pieces
• Complete 1/2 inch assortment with short and long socket wrench inserts for hexa-
gon socket, TX and triple square
• Equipment specially adapted to the automotive and cargo sectors
Art. no.
0965 13 310


24 pieces. High-quality, comprehensive 1/2 inch assortment for the
highest demands of functionality and durability, with lever reverse
2
Art. no.
0965 012 24
1/2 INCH MULTI-SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT

23 pieces. One tool for all jobs: Multi-socket wrench for 5 different
drives
Supplied in a metal box and a high-quality foam insert with clam-
ping effect
Multi profile suitable for the five most common screw head drives
• Hexagon metric, square metric, bi-hexagon metric, hexagon inch, external TX
• One set covers all applications
Extremely high-quality multi-socket wrench guarantees long service
lives
Surface: Chrome-plated, polished
Drive: Square drive 1/2 inch
Output: bi-hex, multi profile
Design: Short
Art. no.
0965 13 023

1/2-INCH SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT

35-piece 1/2-inch assortment for hexagonal nuts in short and long
designs
2
1/2 inch socket wrench set, 35 pieces
Art. no.
0965 13 35
1/2 IN. SOCKET WRENCH ASS. HEX SOCKET SHORT 9 PCS

Art. no.
0965 012 90
1/2 IN SOCKET WRENCH ASS. HEX SOCKET LONG 6 PCS

Art. no.
0965 012 60

1/4 INCH MULTI-SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT

Assortment of 33 pieces with bi-hex multi-profile socket wrench for
the five most common screw head drives
2
• Extremely high-quality multi-socket wrenches guarantee long service lives
• Supplied in a metal box and a high-quality foam insert with clamping effect
• Design: chrome-plated, polished
• Drive: 1/4-inch square socket
• Tip: bi-hexagon, multi-profile
Art. no.
0965 11 032

42 pcs
Contents: 42 pcs
• 1 ratchet
• 1 cardan joint
• 1 1/4 inch drive handle
• 1 adapter with quick-change chuck
• 12 socket wrench inserts, short version:
Sizes 4; 5; 5.5; 6; 7; 8; 9; 10; 11; 12; 13; 14 mm
• 9 socket wrench inserts, long version:
Sizes 6; 7; 8; 9; 10; 11; 12; 13; 14 mm
• 3 PH bits:
PH 1, 2, 3
• 1 slotted bit:
0.8 x 5.5 mm
• 4 hexagon socket bits:
Sizes 3, 4, 5, 6 mm
• 7 TX bits:
TX 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40
Art. no.
0965 11 42


16 pcs
Contents: 16 pieces 2
• 1 ratchet
• 2 extensions
100, 150 mm
• 1 cardan joint
Sizes 4; 5; 5.5; 6; 7; 8; 9; 10; 11; 12; 13; 14
Art. no.
0965 11 16
1/4 INCH SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT HEXAGON

33 pieces. Very high-quality socket wrenches guarantee long service
lives
• Output: Hex, short
• Drive: Square drive 1/4 inch
Art. no.
0965 11 32


For TX screws, 20 pcs.
2 Contents: 20 pieces
• 1 reversible ratchet
• 1 extension, 100 mm
• 1 Zebra handle
• 1 cardan joint
E 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11;
8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40
Art. no.
0965 11 180

Multi-functional ball-head ratchet with variable handle and essential
socket wrenches, 27 pieces
Contents: 27 pieces
• Ball-head ratchet
• 2 extensions:
50, 150 mm
• Cardan joint
6; 7; 8; 9; 10; 11; 12; 13; 14
• 3 PH socket wrench inserts:
PH 1; PH 2; PH 3
• 3 socket wrench inserts for hexagon socket:
4; 5; 6 mm
TX 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40
• 1 slotted socket wrench insert:
1.0 x 5.5
Art. no.
0965 014 27


32 pieces Comprehensive 1/4 inch assortment for universal applicati-
on with lever reverse.
2
Socket wrench with press fit bits for rapid tool changes
Content: 32 pieces
• 1 lever ratchet
• 1 25 mm angled extension
• 1 150 mm flexible extension
• 1 cardan joint
• 1 1/4 inch screwdriver handle
• 12 socket wrench inserts, sizes: 4; 5; 5,5; 6; 7; 8; 9; 10; 11; 12; 13; 14
• 3 PH socket wrench inserts: PH 1, PH 2, PH 3
• 3 socket wrench inserts for hexagon socket: 4, 5, 6 mm
• 7 TX socket wrench inserts: TX 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40
• 1 slotted socket wrench insert 0.8 x 5.5
Art. no.
0965 014 32

One set for almost any job, 34 pcs. The multiple profile is suitable for
the five most common screw head drives (hexagon metric, square
metric, bi-hex metric, hexagon inch, TX head).
Contents: 34 pcs.
• 1 lever ratchet
• 1 150 mm flexible extension
• 1 cardan joint
• 1 1/4 inch screwdriver handle
• 1 adapter with quick-change chuck
• 12 socket wrench inserts, sizes:
4; 5; 5.5; 6; 7; 8; 9; 10; 11; 12; 13; 14
• 3 PH bits:
PH 1, PH 2, PH 3;
• 4 hexagon socket bits:
3, 4, 5, 6 mm
• 7 TX bits:
TX 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40;
• 1 slotted bit:
0.8 x 5.5
Art. no.
0965 014 34

1/4 INCH MULTI-SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT, MINI

23 pieces. Compact special tool with bit ratchet, multi-socket wrench
and adapter. The multi profile is suitable for the five most common
2 screw head drives (hexagon metric, square metric, bi-hex metric,
hexagon inch, external TX).
Bit ratchet
• Drive: For 1/4 inch hexagon head drive in line with DIN 3126-C 6.3 and E 6.3
• Head: Extremely compact ratchet head, fine tooth, 64 teeth
• Surface: Chromium-plated
• 2-component handle, extremely slim design, angled down 10°
High-performance bit ratchet
Very sturdy design, max. torque of 40Nm
Maximum flexibility
A large number of different adapters, bit holders and socket wrench inserts can easily
be combined
Application
Ideal problem solver in trade sector: e.g. cars and commercial vehicles, motorcycles
and bicycles, mechanical engineering, precision mechanics and the furniture industry
Art. no.
0965 11 23
1/4“ SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT, MINI

Universal socket wrench assortment with a 1/4“ bit ratchet, socket
wrench, bits, bit holder and an extension.
Art. no.
0965 11 023


15 pieces. Hex head, metric, assortment box in metal design
• Number of pieces in assortment/set: 15 PCS 2
Art. no.
0965 14 15
3/4 INCH SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT, BI-HEXAGON

Metric, 15 pcs.
Metal assortment box
Contents: 15 pieces
• 1 ratchet
• 1 cardan joint
• 1 t-handle
Sizes 22, 24, 27, 30, 32, 36, 38, 41, 46, 50 mm
Art. no.
0965 14 150


16 pcs
2 Contents: 16 pieces
• 1 ratchet
• 1 cardan joint
• 12 socket wrench inserts
Sizes 8; 9; 10; 11; 12; 13; 14; 15; 16; 17; 18; 19
Art. no.
0965 12 160

For TX screws
Contents: 19 pieces
• 1 cardan joint
E 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12 and 14
• 8 TX screwdriver inserts:
TX 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40, 45, 50
Art. no.
0965 12 190


42 pcs
Contents: 42 pcs 2
• 1 cardan joint
• 14 socket wrench inserts, short:
Sizes 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 ,13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22
• 8 socket wrench inserts, long
Sizes 8, 10, 13, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21
E 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14
TX 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40, 45, 50
Art. no.
0965 12 42

19 pieces Compact basic assortment with wrench sizes 6-19 mm, with
lever reverse.
Contents: 19 pieces
• 1 lever ratchet
• 1 cardan joint
• 14 socket wrench inserts, sizes: 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14.15, 16, 17, 18, 19
Art. no.
0965 038 19

3/8-INCH SOCKET WRENCH SET

22 pcs.
2 Supplied in a metal box and a high-quality foam insert with clam-

ping effect.
Contents:
• 175 mm ratchet
• 125 mm extension
• 250 mm extension
• 55 mm cardan joint
• 1 each of multi-socket wrench sizes 6–22
• Metal box, size 2
• Foam insert 312x113x34 mm
Art. no.
0965 12 022
1/4 AND 3/8 INCH SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT

35 pcs.
Art. no.
0965 17 35

1/4 INCH AND 1/2 INCH SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT

56 pieces. Extensive 1/4-inch and 1/2-inch combination assortment for
a very wide range of applications, ratchets with turntable reverse
2
Art. no.
0965 17 56

1/4 INCH AND 1/2 INCH SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT

59 pieces: Extensive 1/4 inch and 1/2 inch assortment for a very wide
range of applications, ratchets with lever reverse
2
Contents: 59 pcs
1/4 inch:
• 1 x lever reversible ratchet
• 1 x angled extension, 25 mm
• 1 x extension, 150 mm
• 1 x flexible extension, 150 mm
• 1 x cardan joint
• 1 x 1/4 inch screwdriver handle
• 1 x adapter with quick-change chuck
• 1 each of socket wrench inserts AF 4; 5; 5.5; 6; 7; 8; 9; 10; 11; 12; 13; 14
• 1 each of bits PH 1, 2, 3
• 1 each of hexagon socket bits AF 3, 4, 5, 6 mm
• 1 each of TX bits 10, 15, 20, 25, 27, 30, 40
• 1 x slotted bit 0.8 x 5.5 mm
1/2 inch:
• 1 x lever reversible ratchet
• 1 x angled extension, 53 mm
• 1 x cardan joint
• 1 each of socket wrench inserts AF 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,
22, 24, 26, 27, 28, 30, 32
Art. no.
0965 090 59
1/4-INCH, 3/8-INCH AND 1/2-INCH SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT 77 PIECES

Extensive TX assortment with the most common profiles
• Output: TX, TX with hole, TX IP, TX IPR, TX Plus, external TX
• Drive: 1/4 inch, 3/8 inch and 1/2 inch socket wrench with square drive
• Material: Chromium-vanadium steel, surface: Zinc-phosphated
• Suitable for manual use in DIN 3120 reversible ratchets
Art. no.
0965 17 77


Art. no.
2
0614 000 004

• Length x width x height: 52 x 27 x 28 cm
Art. no.
0614 000 005
1/2 INCH IMPACT SOCKET WRENCH INSERT

For gentle installation of alloy rims. Long version with colour coding
system. Standard: DIN 3121/ISO 1174
Design: forged, burnished
Drive: 1/2 inch, hole for locking pin and groove for O-ring
Drive: Hexagon, metric, Powerdriv
Geometry: long
Plastic sleeve
Prevents damage to paint on aluminium rims
Plastic stop inside the socket wrench insert
Protects edges and surfaces of chrome-plated wheel bolts
Plastic sleeve with colour code
Simplifies identification of dimensions and prevents wasting working time
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Length: 85 mm
• Socket wrench depth: 22 mm
• Design: Forged
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Burnished
• Standards: ISO 1174 DIN 3121
Width across flats Sleeve inside diameter Sleeve outside diameter Art. no.
17 mm 24.4 mm 26.8 mm 0714 130 17
19 mm 26.5 mm 28.8 mm 0714 130 19
21 mm 28.4 mm 30.7 mm 0714 130 21

Hand tools / Socket wrench / Socket wrenches, machine 1/2 inch
1/2 INCH IMPACT SOCKET WRENCH INSERT

Hexagon, metric, short
2 • Suitable for all standard compressed air and electric screwdrivers

• Standard: square drive according to DIN 3121
• Design: forged, burnished
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Material: Steel
• Standards: ISO 1174
Width across flats Length Socket wrench Socket wrench Socket wrench Art. no.
10 mm 38 mm 17 mm 25 mm 5 mm 0714 13 03
13 mm 38 mm 21 mm 25 mm 6 mm 0714 13 05
15 mm 38 mm 23 mm 30 mm 8 mm 0714 13 07
17 mm 38 mm 26 mm 30 mm 8 mm 0714 13 08
19 mm 38 mm 28.5 mm 30 mm 9 mm 0714 13 09
21 mm 38 mm 30 mm 30 mm 10 mm 0714 13 091
22 mm 38 mm 32 mm 30 mm 10 mm 0714 13 10
24 mm 38 mm 34 mm 30 mm 12 mm 0714 13 11
27 mm 42 mm 38 mm 30 mm 13 mm 0714 13 12
1/2-INCH IMPACT SOCKET WRENCH INSERT

Hexagon, metric, long
• Fits all conventional compressed air and electric drivers
• Standard: Square drive acc. to DIN 3121
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Length: 78 mm
• Material: Steel
Width across flats Socket wrench external Socket wrench external Socket wrench depth Art. no.
diameter diameter 2
13 mm 20.5 mm 25 mm 6 mm 0714 13 13
17 mm 25 mm 30 mm 8 mm 0714 13 14
19 mm 27 mm 30 mm 9 mm 0714 13 15
21 mm 30 mm 30 mm 10 mm 0714 13 151
22 mm 32 mm 30 mm 10 mm 0714 13 16
24 mm 34 mm 30 mm 12 mm 0714 13 17
27 mm 38 mm 30 mm 13 mm 0714 13 18

1/2 INCH IMPACT SOCKET WRENCH INSERT, POWER

With integrated reinforcement ring for longer service life
• Standard: DIN 3121/ISO 1174 2
• Drive: Hole for locking pin and groove for O-ring
• Geometry: long
Long service life
Reinforcement ring to ensure a service life at least twice as long as that of standard
impact socket wrenches for light metal rims.
Replaceable plastic sleeve
Plastic-coated to protect aluminium rims
Colour-coded socket wrenches
Makes it easier to spot the required size so that less working time is wasted.
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Length: 86 mm
• Design: Forged
• Material: Steel
Width across flats Socket wrench external Sleeve inside diameter Sleeve outside diameter Art. no.
diameter
17 mm 25.5 mm 24 mm 26 mm 0714 134 17
19 mm 27.5 mm 26 mm 28 mm 0714 134 19
21 mm 30 mm 28 mm 30 mm 0714 134 21

For TX socket screws, long
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Tip type: TX
• Length: 78 mm
• Blade length: 11.2 mm
• Material: Steel
Tip size Art. no.

TX30 0715 136 130
TX40 0715 136 140
TX45 0715 136 145
TX50 0715 136 150


For hexagon socket screws, metric, long
2 • Fits all conventional compressed air and electric drivers

• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Length: 78 mm
• Material: Steel
Drive type Tip size Tip type Blade length Art. no.
Hexagon socket 14 mm Hexagon socket 24 mm 0715 137 614
Hexagon socket 17 mm For hexagon socket 24 mm 0715 137 617
Hexagon socket 19 mm For hexagon socket 25 mm 0715 137 619
Internal square 5 mm Hexagon socket 8 mm 0715 137 605

6-point, metric, short
• Drive: 3/4 inch
Width across flats Length Socket wrench external Socket wrench depth Art. no.
diameter
24 mm 51 mm 39 mm 16 mm 0714 14 04
27 mm 54 mm 42 mm 16 mm 0714 14 05
30 mm 54 mm 46 mm 16 mm 0714 14 06
32 mm 57 mm 48 mm 18 mm 0714 14 07
33 mm 57 mm 50 mm 20 mm 0714 14 071
36 mm 57 mm 54 mm 20 mm 0714 14 08


• Fits all conventional compressed air and electric drivers 2
• Drive: 3/4 inch
• Length: 90 mm
Width across flats Socket wrench external diameter Socket wrench depth Art. no.
22 mm 36 mm 15 mm 0714 14 11
24 mm 39 mm 16 mm 0714 14 12
27 mm 42 mm 16 mm 0714 14 13
30 mm 46 mm 16 mm 0714 14 14
32 mm 48 mm 18 mm 0714 14 15
33 mm 50 mm 20 mm 0714 14 151
36 mm 54 mm 20 mm 0714 14 16
1/2 INCH IMPACT SOCKET WRENCH SET

Delivered in a sturdy plastic box
• Width across flats: 17 x 19 x 21 mm
Art. no.
0714 130 30

Hand tools / Socket wrench / Socket wrench machine, assortment
1/2-INCH IMPACT SOCKET WRENCH ASSORTMENT

4 pieces. Hexagon, metric, short with deep hexagon socket for e.g.
wheel nuts.
2
Art. no.
0714 13 25
1/2 INCH IMPACT SOCKET WRENCH INSERT POWER SET

3-piece set comprising impact socket wrench inserts in sizes 17/19/21
with integral reinforcement ring for a longer service life
• Standard: DIN 3121/ISO 1174
• Drive: Hole for locking pin and groove for O-ring
• Geometry: long
Long service life
Reinforcement ring to ensure a service life at least twice as long as that of standard
impact socket wrenches for light metal rims.
Replaceable plastic sleeve
Plastic-coated to protect aluminium rims
Colour-coded socket wrenches
Makes it easier to spot the required size so that less working time is wasted.
• Width across flats: 17 x 19 x 21 mm
Art. no.
0714 134 30

12 pieces. Hexagon, metric, short
Art. no.
0714 900 100

Hand tools / Socket wrench / Socket wrench machine, assortment

12 pieces. Hexagon, metric, long
• Fits all conventional compressed air and electric drivers 2
Art. no.
0714 900 200

8 pieces. For TX socket screws, long.
Art. no.
0715 900 100

8 pieces. For hexagon socket screws, metric, long.
Art. no.
0715 900 200

Hand tools / Socket wrench / Hand socket wrench accessories
1/2 INCH CARDAN JOINT

With braked joint to hold the set position
2 • Standard: DIN 3123, ISO 3316

• Output: 1/2 inch square drive
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Length: 70 mm
Art. no.
0712 138 301
1/4-INCH CARDAN JOINT

With braked joint to hold the set position
• Surface: Chromium-plated, polished
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 33 mm
Art. no.
0713 118 301
1/4“ T-HANDLE
• Sliding handle: ball lock
• Application: T or L-handle
• Length: 115 mm
• Head height: 15.5 mm
• Width of head: 14 mm
Art. no.
0713 110 201

3/4“ T-HANDLE
• Sliding handle: Ball lock 2
• Application: T or L-handle
• Length: 450 mm
• Head height: 38 mm
• Width of head: 37.5 mm
Art. no.
0715 141 04
1/2-INCH T-HANDLE
Sliding handle with ball lock can be used as a T or an L-handle.
• Design: Chromium-plated
• Length: 295 mm
• Head height: 25 mm
• Width of head: 25 mm
Art. no.
0712 130 201
3/4-INCH CONNECTOR
• Drive: 3/4 inch
• Material: Steel
• Length: 53.5 mm
Art. no.
0715 141 08

3/8“ CONNECTOR
2 • Chrome-plated version
• Drive: 3/8 inch square socket
• Tip: 1/2 inch or 1/4 inch external square drive
• Drive: 3/8 inch
• Material: Steel
Tip size Socket wrench external diameter Length Art. no.

1/2 inch 20 mm 36 mm 0713 128 402
1/4 inch 17 mm 27 mm 0713 128 401
1/2“ CONNECTION
• Drive: 1/2“ square socket
• Tip: Square head
• Drive: 1/2 inch
• Material: Steel
Tip size Socket wrench external diameter Length Art. no.

3/8 inch 23 mm 38 mm 0712 138 401
3/4 inch 25 mm 44 mm 0712 138 402

3/4“ EXTENSION
• Surface: Chrome-plated 2
• Drive: 3/4“ square socket, pin detent
• Tip: 3/4“ square head, pin detent
• Drive: 3/4 inch
Length Art. no.

400 mm 0715 141 06
200 mm 0715 141 05
1/4 INCH EXTENSION

• Surface: Chrome-plated, polished
• Drive: 1/4 inch
Length Art. no.

100 mm 0713 118 104
152 mm 0713 118 106

1/2 INCH EXTENSION

• Tip: 1/2 inch square head
• Drive: 1/2 inch
Length Art. no.

75 mm 0712 138 103
125 mm 0712 138 105
250 mm 0712 138 110
1/4 INCH BIT ADAPTER

Quick-change chuck
Drive: 1/4 inch square drive, DIN 3121
For use with ratchet or square drive
Output: 1/4 inch hexagon socket, DIN 3126
• Drive: 1/4 inch
• Length: 30 mm
Art. no.
0715 11 01

SET OF FITTINGS
For ratchet-type combination wrench
Allows use of ratchet-type combination wrench together with slee- 2
ves and inserts
With bushing locking button
Smaller than traditional ratchet levers
Contents:
• Adapter, bushing holder, 1/2“ for 19 mm spanner
• Adapter, bit holder, 1/4“ for 10 mm spanner
Art. no.
0714 253 51
3/4 INCH CONNECTOR

With 3/4-inch square drive and ball lock
• Drive: 3/4 inch
• Tip size: 1 inch
• Length: 63 mm
Art. no.
0714 14 19
1/2 INCH POWER EXTENSION

1/2-inch square drive and ball lock
• Suitable for all standard compressed air and electric screwdrivers
• Standard: square drive according to DIN 3121
• Drive: 1/2 inch
Length Art. no.

75 mm 0714 13 22
150 mm 0714 13 23

Hand tools / Socket wrench / Socket wrenches, machine 1 inch
1-INCH IMPACT SOCKET WRENCH INSERT

Hexagon, metric, short
2 • Fits all conventional compressed air and electric drivers

• Drive: 1 inch
• Width across flats: 32 mm
• Length: 62 mm
Art. no.
0714 15 04
1-INCH IMPACT SOCKET WRENCH INSERT

• Drive: 1 inch
• Length: 90 mm
Width across flats Socket wrench external diameter Socket wrench depth Art. no.
32 mm 52 mm 18 mm 0714 151 32
33 mm 54 mm 20 mm 0714 151 33
36 mm 56 mm 20 mm 0714 151 36
PASS-THROUGH RATCHET ASSORTMENT

36 pieces. Extensive tool assortment with pass-through socket wrench
and multi profile. The multi profile is suitable for the five most common
screw head drives (hexagon metric, square metric, bi-hex metric,
hexagon inch, external TX).
Solution for narrow spaces
Very low overall height
Ideal for long bolts and threaded rods
Through hole
Art. no.
0965 13 036

Hand tools / Cutting tools / Knives
CHROME STEEL CABLE KNIFE

Universal blade suitable for professional use
Handle 2
• Made from non-slip TPE rubber
• The ergonomic design fits the hand perfectly and makes working easier
Plastic case with belt clip for secure storage
• Length: 225 mm
• Height: 21 mm
• Material of the grip handle: TPE (rubber)
• Length (folded together): 225 mm
Art. no.
0695 840
CABLE KNIFE, STAINLESS STEEL

Universal blade suitable for professional use.
Blade
Stainless steel
Handle
Made from non-slip TPE rubber
The ergonomic design fits the hand perfectly and makes working easier
Secure storage thanks to plastic case with belt clip
• Length: 225 mm
• Height: 21 mm
• Material of the grip handle: TPE (rubber)
Art. no.
0696 112
0695 870

SAFETY CABLE KNIFE

Safe handling thanks to liner lock
2 • Long-lasting sharpness thanks to high-quality blade made of stainless steel 440 A

• The blade is held in position by a liner lock
• Additional cutting edges for sheath stripping and stripping cables
• Ergonomic ABS plastic handle
• Length: 190 mm
• Min./max. cable diameter: 2-16 mm
• Material of the grip handle: Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene
• Min. cable diameter: 2 mm
Art. no.
0715 66 565
CABLE KNIFE
Bevelled and sharpened edges on both sides for cable stripping.
• Symmetrical double-end cutting edges, suitable for both right-handed and left-han-
ded users.
• Extremely sharp thanks to high-grade tool steel.
Stable and safe
• Ergonomic grip shape and fine, textured surface
• The blade is securely connected to the handle
Optimal storage and protection against injuries
High-quality quiver with belt clip
• Length: 162 mm
Art. no.
0715 66 538

SNAP-OFF BLADE
Extremely sharp blade for precision cuts even of fine strips. Ideal for
paper, film and thin materials
2
Glides through material rapidly and easily
Acute blade angle and top-quality steel make the blade extremely sharp
Safe storage
Practical sliding dispenser
• Material: Steel
Blade length Width of knife blade Thickness of blade Cutting edge length Art. no.
85 mm 9 mm 0.4 mm 80 mm 0715 66 073
110 mm 18 mm 0.5 mm 100 mm 0715 66 053
140 mm 25 mm 0.7 mm 125 mm 0715 66 093
BI-METAL BLADE
The bi-metal makes it almost unbreakable
Extremely safe to use
Unbreakable under normal working conditions.
Excellent profitability and efficiency
3 x longer service life than standard blades.
Bendable and flexible
The blade can be bent and worked with as required. Such special applications are
only possible with this blade
• Width of knife blade: 18.7 mm
• Thickness of blade: 0.6 mm
• Material: Bimetal
Art. no.
0715 66 021
SNAP-OFF BLADE
Robust blade with long service life
• Ice-hardened blade
• 3-facet cut
• In convenient dispenser
• Material: Steel
Blade length Width of knife blade Thickness of blade Cutting edge length Art. no.
100 mm 22 mm 0.7 mm - 0715 66 251
110 mm 18 mm 0.5 mm 100 mm 0715 66 05
85 mm 9 mm 0.4 mm 80 mm 0715 66 07
140 mm 25 mm 0.7 mm 125 mm 0715 66 351

TRAPEZOIDAL BLADE
In dispenser
2 • Blade length: 61 mm
• Width of knife blade: 18.7 mm
• Material: Carbon steel
Art. no.
0715 66 02
SAFETY BLADE
With concealed cutter for box cutters
Art. no.
0715 66 019
CARBON UNIVERSAL BLADE

• Handle and case material: PP (polypropylene)
• Blade material: Carbon steel hardened to 58-61 HRC and polished
• Angle from blade edge: 20°
• Improved handle rests nicely in hand and robust finger protection ensures optimal
safety
• Blade produced from high-quality carbon steel can be easily resharpened and is
corrosion-resistant
• Length: 208 mm
Art. no.
0715 66 502

2-COMPONENT UNIVERSAL KNIFE

With corrosion-resistant blade made of premium stainless steel and
case
2
Very easy to handle
Non-slip, ergonomic 2-component handle
Long blade and suitable for universal use
Very high cutting hardness of 58 HRC
Stable
The knife blade is extremely securely connected to the handle.
High-quality case with belt clip
• Length: 220 mm
Art. no.
0715 66 536
1-COMPONENT UNIVERSAL KNIFE

With hardened carbon steel blade.
Universal use
• Non-slip, ergonomic 1-component handle.
• Long blade and suitable for universal use.
• Very high cutting hardness of HRC 58.
Sturdy
• Ergonomic handle shape and fine, textured surface.
• Blade connects securely with the handle.
• Optimal storage and protection against injuries
• Length: 225 mm
Art. no.
0715 66 547
0715 66 546

2C CUTTER AND BLADE SET 9 MM

Scope of delivery:
2 1 x 2C cutter knife with slide, Art. No. 071566 274
Including 1-way ultra-sharp snap-off blade
1 x Snap-off blade, Art. No. 071566 073
Extremely sharp in blade dispenser, contents: 10 pieces
• Length: 160 mm
Art. no.
0715 66 059
2C CUTTER 18 MM AND BLADE SET

Ultra non-slip and ergonomic with high-quality 2C handle and blade
slide
High stability and precise blade guidance
• Extremely rugged stainless-steel blade guide.
Automatic blade locking up to a pressure load of 12 kg
Packaging
• Art. No. 071566 275 cutter blade incl. 1 ultra-sharp snap-off blade and 2 replace-
ment blades in the magazine
• Art. No. 071566 053: Blade magazine with 10 ultra-sharp snap-off blades
• Length: 170 mm
Art. no.
0715 66 055
1-COMPONENT CUTTER KNIFE INCLUDING EXTREMELY SHARP SNAP-OFF BLADES

Set of 14 pieces
Cutter knife
• High stability and precise blade guidance
• Impact-resistant plastic handle and stainless steel blade guide
• Includes blade magazine for 2 blades
Snap-off blade
• Extremely sharp blade for precise cuts
• Safe storage in practical sliding dispenser
Art. no.
0715 66 118

COMBINATION POCKET KNIFE

With knife blade and blade holder for trapezoidal blades
Safe to use 2
Stud lock keeps blades safely in place.
Consistently high cutting ability
Replaceable trapezoidal blades
Universal cutting
Rust-free knife blade
Comes in high-quality leather pouch
With stud and belt loop
Scope of delivery includes 1 trapezoidal blade
• Length: 120 mm
Art. no.
0715 66 500
2C CUTTER KNIFE WITH SLIDE

Highly non-slip and ergonomic thanks to high-quality 2-component
handle and automatic blade locking
Highly stable and precise blade guide
Very robust blade guide made from stainless steel
Width of knife blade Length Art. no.

25 mm 195 mm 0715 66 276
18 mm 170 mm 0715 66 275
9 mm 160 mm 0715 66 274
1C CUTTER KNIFE WITH SLIDER

With automatic blade locking for convenient one-hand operation
High stability and precise blade guidance
Impact-resistant plastic handle and stainless steel blade guide

22 mm 15 mm 0715 66 25
18 mm 160 mm 0715 66 210
9 mm 140 mm 0715 66 060

1C CUTTER KNIFE WITH CLAMPING WHEEL

Blade locking via clamping wheel
2 High stability and precise blade guidance

Impact-resistant plastic handle and stainless steel blade guide

18 mm 165 mm 0715 66 041
18 mm 155 mm 0715 66 879
25 mm 185 mm 0715 66 350
CUTTER KNIFE 2-COMPONENT HANDLE

• Non-slip 2-component handle
• Robust design
• Automatic blade attachment

9 mm 150 mm 0715 66 26
18 mm 160 mm 0715 66 27
25 mm 190 mm 0715 66 28
2C HANDLE CUTTER, SLIDER, BLADE CLAMP

2-component design with steel blade guide
Secure against pulling out
Clamping wheel fixes the blade in the guide
• Length: 170 mm
Art. no.
0715 66 271

CUTTER KNIFE 2-COMPONENT DUAL HANDLE

Automatic retraction system
• 2-component handle with pleasant and anti-slip surface texture
2
• Dual function with traditional push and safety function, with rapid forwards and
backwards sliding
• Black razor-sharp 18 mm blade
• Screwdriver function of dual-hardened blade design
• Eyelet at end of handle for hanging on tool panel or for attaching to safety suspen-
sion point
Fin on end of handle
• For gently opening can packaging
• Length: 182 mm
Art. no.
0715 66 279
2-COMPONENT CARPET KNIFE

With three stop positions and a fully retractable bi-metal blade.
Fast and easy blade change
Magnetic holder means no tools are required for blade changes.
Sits securely and comfortably in the hand
Ergonomic, non-slip 2-component handle
Optimal storage for spare blades
Integrated blade magazine for 5 blades
• Length: 170 mm
Art. no.
0715 66 015
CARPET KNIFE
With slim, extremely robust metal handle.
Suitable for different cutting depths
Adjustable blade with 3 stop positions
• Length: 160 mm
• Design: Carpet knife
Art. no.
0715 66 01

2-COMPONENT SAFETY KNIFE

With full, automatic blade retraction and a bi-metal blade
2 Fast and easy blade change

Magnetic holder means no tools are required for blade changes.
Sits securely and comfortably in the hand
Ergonomic, non-slip 2-component handle
Optimal storage for spare blades
Integrated blade magazine for 5 blades
• Length: 170 mm
Art. no.
0715 66 013
BOX CUTTER
With concealed blade
• Maximum safety when cutting packing strips thanks to concealed blades
• Quick opening of adhesive tape using scoring tabs on the top of the blade
• High-quality and ergonomic aluminium handle with hanging loop
• Easy blade replacement without the need for tools
• Integrated blade magazine for one replacement blade
• Length: 165 mm
• Material of the grip handle: Aluminium
Art. no.
0715 66 018
3-COMPONENT SAFETY KNIFE

With fully automatic blade retraction after the cutting process.
• Even when the slide is activated, the blade retracts after leaving the cut material
(regardless of person)
• Non-slip and solid 3-component handle
• Tool-free blade change
• Length: 160 mm
• Material of the grip handle: Aluminium
Art. no.
0715 66 017

BEVELLED-EDGE CHISEL
Robust blade features knife and chisel function.
Universal use 2
• V shape chisel tip and flat surface on top of the handle enable use as a regular
wood working chisel.
• Double bevelled with sharpened edge enables various applications.
• Extremely sharp and robust thanks to high-grade tool steel.
Sturdy
• Ergonomic handle shape and fine, textured surface.
• Blade connects securely with the handle.
High-quality shank with belt clip
Art. no.
0715 66 537
IDEAL SNIPS
Leverage sheet metal snips for continuous and shaped cuts
Rounded grip made from 2-component plastic
Prevents your hand from slipping
Lower handle made from 1-component plastic
You can slide your finger over the lower handle when opening and closing the handle
Handle heights prevent the shears from slipping out of your hand
Safe execution of the sheet-metal shears
Long service life
• Cutting head made from special stainless steel, die-forged
• Induction hardened cutting edges
Unserrated cutting geometry
Effortless, without the sheet metal slipping
Lever transmission
High cutting power with little effort
• Length: 260 mm
• Max. cutting capacity in sheet metal: 1.8 mm
• Max. cutting capacity in stainless steel: 1.2 mm
Design Art. no.

Left-hand cutting 0713 03 110
Right-hand cutting 0713 03 100

Hand tools / Cutting tools / Shears
IDEAL SNIPS WITH CARBIDE BLADES

Leverage sheet metal snips for continuous and shaped cuts
2 Rounded grip made from 2-component plastic

Safe execution of the sheet metal shears
Long service life
• Inductively hardened cutting edges
Inserted cemented carbide blades
Improved cutting performance and longer service life
Lever transmission
High cutting force with minimum force application
• Length: 260 mm
Design Art. no.


SHAPE-CUTTING SNIPS
Leverage sheet metal shears for continuous cuts and tight curves
Rounded grip made from 2-component plastic 2
Safe execution of the sheet metal shears
Long service life
• Inductively hardened cutting edges
Lever transmission
High cutting power with little effort
• Length: 260 mm
Design Art. no.

PELICAN SNIPS
Induction hardened cutting edges guarantee a long service life and
optimum cutting results
• Fully forged sheet metal shears (head and handle)
• For sheet thickness up to 1 mm
• Cutting length 62 mm
• Design: Right-hand cutting
• Length: 300 mm
Art. no.
0714 03 13

BERLIN PATTERN SNIPS

Induction hardened cutting edges guarantee a long service life and
2
• Fully forged sheet-metal shears (head and handle)
• Length: 250 mm
• Max. cutting capacity in sheet metal: 1 mm
• Max. cutting capacity in stainless steel: 1 mm
Art. no.
0714 03 15
SHEET METAL SHEARS

Inductively hardened cutting edges guarantee a long service life and
• Fully forged sheet metal shears (head and handle)
• Length: 280 mm
Design Art. no.


SHEET METAL SNIPS

Extremely manoeuvrable, powerful and compact
Double leverage 2
Lower application of force with simultaneously increased cutting performance
Perfect design
• Small and light, therefore enormously manoeuvrable and versatile
• Easily stored in any jacket pocket or carpenter‘s pocket
Extremely compact shearing head
Ideal for cutting extremely tight radii and for hard-to-reach places
Combined lock and stop
• Combined lock and stop for improved safety
• Shears can be quickly and easily closed and kept closed
Ergonomically shaped handle
Handle sits extremely well in the hand and is especially easy to grip thanks to the soft
insert in the upper handle shell. This also guarantees low-fatigue working
Optimised cutting geometry
No slipping and no serration
• Length: 180 mm
Art. no.
0713 03 200

LEFT-CUTTING SHEET METAL SHEARS

Left-cutting sheet metal shears
2 Extremely manoeuvrable, powerful and compact

Double compound leverage
• Lower application of force with simultaneously increased cutting performance
Ideal design
• Small and light, therefore enormously manoeuvrable and versatile
• Easily stored in any jacket pocket or carpenter‘s pocket
Extremely compact cutting head
• Ideal for cutting extremely tight radii and for hard-to-reach places
Combined lock and stop
• Combined lock and stop for improved safety
• Shears can be easily closed and kept closed
Ergonomically shaped handle
• Handle sits extremely well in the hand and is especially easy to grip thanks to the
soft insert in the upper handle shell. This also guarantees low-fatigue working
Optimised cutting geometry
• No slippage, even without serrations
These shears are for left-handed use
• Design: Left-hand cutting
• Length: 180 mm
Art. no.
0713 03 205
STRAIGHT-CUTTING SNIPS
• For long, straight and continuous cuts
• Blade and handle forged from a single piece
• Inductively hardened blades
• Length: 350 mm
Art. no.
0714 03 200

COMBINATION SHEET METAL SHEARS

• High-alloy tool steel
• Blades inductively hardened 2
• Head polished
• Length: 280 mm
• Max. cutting capacity in stainless steel: 1 mm
Design Art. no.

Left 0714 030 100
Right 0714 030 090
MITRE SNIPS
For straight and 45° cuts
• Hardened steel
• PVC handle
• Length: 220 mm
Art. no.
0714 03 50
CABLE CUTTERS
• Length: 165 mm
• Max. cable diameter cutting capacity in aluminium/copper: 15 mm
• Max. aluminium/copper wire cross-section cutting capacity: 50 mm2
Art. no.
0715 07 52

VDE CABLE CUTTERS WITH SINGLE BLADE

For cutting copper and aluminium cable
2 For working on live parts up to 1000 volts (AC) and up to 1500 volts
(DC), observing all prescribed safety precautions
Long service life and precision cutting surfaces
Guaranteed by high-quality tool steel
Easy and distortion-free cutting action through single or multi-stran-
ded cable
Special shear geometry
Optimum transmission of forces
2-stage operation with dual blades
Safe working
Ergonomic and slip-free 2-component comfort handle with wide VDE collar
Hardened precision blades
Surface ground and chrome-plated
Bolted and adjustable joint
• Length: 160 mm
• Length in inches: 6 in
• EN standard: 60900
Art. no.
0714 01 585
VDE CABLE SHEARS WITH DUAL BLADE

For cutting copper and aluminium cable; for precutting and recutting
• For working on live parts up to 1000 volts (AC) and up to 1500 volts (DC), obser-
ving all prescribed safety precautions
• High-quality tool steel ensures long tool life and precision of cutting surfaces
• Special blade geometry facilitates easy and distortion-free cutting action through
single or multi-stranded cable
• 2-stage operation with dual blades for optimum transmission of forces
• Ergonomic and slip-free 2-component comfort handle with wide VDE collar for safe
working
• Cutting: hardened precision blades
• Surface: ground and chrome-plated
• Joint: bolted and adjustable
• Length: 210 mm
Art. no.
0714 01 586

VDE CABLE SHEARS

For multi-stranded copper and aluminium cable
Standard: EN 60900. IEC 900 2
Handle:
• Insulated with plastic
• Impact-resistant
• Hand slip guard
Cutting edge:
• For multi-strand copper and aluminium cables
• Works without compressing cables
• Hardened
• Precision-ground
Joint:
Adjustable screw joint
Head:
Stainless steel
• Length: 230 mm
Art. no.
0715 07 50
VDE CABLE SHEARS, FORGED HEAD

IEC 60900. For multi-stranded copper and aluminium cable
• Special blade geometry facilitates easy and distortion-free cutting action through
single or multi-stranded cables
• 1-component comfort handle with wide VDE collar for secure working
• Cutting edges: hardened precision blades
• Surface: ground and chrome-plated
• Joint: screwed and readjustable
• Length: 170 mm
Art. no.
0715 07 55

PLASTIC PIPE CUTTERS

For cutting plastic piping and plastic composite piping.
2 With ratchet function

Minimal force required
• Magnesium die cast shears
Extremely robust yet light
• Blade retraction at the push of a button
Huge time savings
• Shear blade in coated
Stainless steel
Extremely clean cutting action and long service life
• No tools required to change blades
• Min./max. cutting capacity in plastic pipe: 0-42 mm
• Min./max. cutting capacity in inches in plastic pipe: 0-1-5/8 in
• Length: 240 mm
Art. no.
0715 55 160
COMBINATION SHEARS
Handy shears for cutting soft materials, film, paper, cardboard and
plastics
• Stainless steel blades for a long service life
• Plastic handle
• Comfortable working through automatic opening of scissors when cutting (built-in
spring between handles)
• With locking lever
• Design: Right- and left-hand cutting
• Length: 190 mm
Art. no.
0714 03 14
OFFICE SCISSORS
• With a large loop
• Length: 180 mm
Art. no.
0714 03 174

STAINLESS STEEL CUTTER WITH WIRE STRIPPER NOTCH

• Stainless steel blades with wire-stripping notches
• The wire-stripping notch makes cutting easier 2
• Blade with knurled profile for a better adherence to the cable
• Robust M5 screw with lock nut
• Bi-component handles
• Safety stop
• Handles with angled surfaces to prevent accidental pinching
Length Max. cable dia- Max. aluminium/ Material Material of the grip Art. no.
meter cutting capa- copper wire handle
city in aluminium/ cross-section cutting
copper capacity
140 mm 10 mm 35 mm2 Stainless steel Plastic multi components 0714 036 317
160 mm - 50 mm2 Stainless steel AISI 420 2-component plastic 0714 036 326
CABLE CUTTER WITH WIRE STRIPPER NOTCH

• Special steel for nickel-plated tools
• Particularly tough M5 screw
• Length: 145 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0714 03 163
CABLE CUTTERS PANZER

• Special bronzed steel
• Razor cut
• Particularly tough M5 screw with jam nut
• Plastic-coated handles
• Length: 145 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0714 03 167

CABLE CUTTERS, STAINLESS STEEL

2 • Plastic-coated handles
• Safety stop
• Length: 115 mm
Art. no.
0714 036 316
TELEPHONE CABLE CUTTERS

• Wire stripper notch
• Blade with knurled edge for better adherence to the cable
• Length: 155 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0714 03 166
INOX STEEL SCISSORS, ZEBRA

• Stainless steel blade with knurled profile for better adherence to the cable
• Robust M5 screw with jam nut
• Ergonomic bi-component handles
• Safety stop
• Cutter holder not included
• Length: 140 mm
Art. no.
0714 036 320

CABLE CUTTERS, STAINLESS STEEL TOUGH

• Stainless steel blade with knurled profile for better adherence to the cable
• Robust M5 screw with jam nut with protective cap 2
• Bi-component handles, safety stop
• Length: 160 mm
• Material: Stainless steel AISI 420
Art. no.
0714 036 325
GLASS CUTTER
6 cutting wheels
• Min./max. glass thickness: 3-4 mm
• Length: 135 mm
Art. no.
0714 70 11
COMPACT BOLT CUTTERS

For cutting hardened steel wires
• Inductively hardened precision blades
• Particularly high cutting performance with low force application thanks to lever
transmission
• Length: 200 mm
• Max. soft wire diameter cutting capacity: 6 mm
• Max. medium wire diameter cutting capacity: 5.2 mm
• Max. hard wire diameter cutting capacity: 4 mm
• Max. piano wire diameter cutting capacity: 3.6 mm
• Material: Steel
• Material of the grip handle: Polyvinyl chloride
Art. no.
0715 06 01

Hand tools / Cutting tools / Cutting tool
BOLT CUTTERS
• Forged jaws
2 • Robust tubular handles with PVC grips

• Eccentricity bolt for adjusting jaws
• Material: Steel
Length Material of the grip handle Art. no.

460 mm Polyvinyl chloride 0714 06 460
630 mm Forged steel 0714 060 630
BOLT CUTTERS WITH REPLACEABLE BLADES

• With replaceable triangular blades made from die-forged special steel
• Powder-coated tubular handles
• Length: 780 mm
• Material: Steel
• Material of the grip handle: Rubber
Art. no.
0714 061 780
SPARE HEAD FOR BOLT CUTTERS WITH REPLACEABLE CUTTING HEAD

• Spare head for bolt cutters with replaceable head, Art. no.0714061780
• With three cutting edges
• Forged from special steel and hardened to 62-63HRC
Art. no.
0714 061 782

SPARE HEAD FOR BOLT CUTTERS WITH REPLACEABLE BLADES

• Spare head for bolt cutters with replaceable blades art. no.- 0714061780
• Art. no. 0714061781- spare head is supplied together with replaceable blades 2
0714061782
Art. no.
0714 061 781
REPLACEMENT HEAD FOR BOLT CUTTERS

Without screws
Art. no.
0714 060 631
0714 060 781
0714 060 921

ONE-HAND RATCHET CUTTERS

Handle with hand slip guard
2 Cutting edge:
• Hardened
Shears can be unlocked in any cutting position
Flank:
One-handed operation, optimum lever transmission
Joint:
Ratchet mechanism
• Length: 250 mm
Art. no.
0715 07 54
VDE ONE-HAND RATCHET CUTTERS

EN 60900, IEC 900
Handle:
• Insulated sleeve
• Non-slip
Blade:
• Hardened
Shears can be unlocked in any cutting position
Flank:
One-handed operation, optimum lever transmission
Joint:
Ratchet mechanism
• Length: 280 mm
Art. no.
0715 07 56

END CUTTING NIPPERS

DIN ISO 5748
• Strength-saving, clean cuts with specially-milled precision cutting edge 2
• Blades: Additional inductive hardening
• Surface: Entirely polished and sealed with clear lacquer
• Handle shells: PVC, double-dipped
• Joint: lap joint
• Length: 160 mm
• Jaws width (closed): 30 mm
• Max. hard wire diameter cutting capacity: 2.5 mm
• Max. piano wire diameter cutting capacity: 2.2 mm
• Length in inches: 6-1/4 in
• Jaws length: 9 mm
Art. no.
0715 01 578
PIPE CUTTER
Easy cutting of aluminium, copper and thin-walled metal pipes
Very light weight
Body, slide and turning knob made from high-pressure die-cast zinc
Easy to use
• Steel spindle bearings for smoother carriage movement
• Four guide rollers for optimum pipe grip during cutting
• Longer turning knob sits deep in the hand for effective power transmission
Saves time
Tool-free cutting wheel change
Min./max. cutting capacity in steel pipe Art. no.

3-35 mm 0714 551 331
3-45 mm 0714 551 345
3-35 mm 0714 551 236

PIPE CUTTER COMPACT

Easy cutting of aluminium, copper and thin-walled metal pipes
2 Lightweight
Body, slide and turning knob made from high-pressure die-cast zinc.
Saves time
Tool-free cutting wheel change.
Long service life for smoother slide movement
Steel spindle bearings
Very small working radius

3-16 mm 0714 551 117
3-30 mm 0714 551 127
PLASTIC PIPE CUTTER

High-quality pipe cutter for cutting plastic pipes
Very light weight
Body, slide and turning knob made from high-pressure die-cast zinc
Easy to use
• Steel spindle bearings for smoother slider movement
• Four guide rollers for optimum pipe grip during cutting
Saves time
Ratchet telescopic feed, rapid feed
Fully removable deburring blade for left and right-handed users
• Max. cutting capacity in plastic pipe: 76 mm
Art. no.
0714 551 667

STAINLESS STEEL PIPE CUTTER

Easy cutting of aluminium, copper and thin-walled metal pipes. Speci-
fically designed for V2A/INOX pipes
2
Very low weight
Body made from high-pressure die-cast magnesium, slide and turning knob made
from die cast zinc
Saves time
Easy to use
• Steel spindle bearings for smoother movement when cutting
• Four needle-mounted guide rollers for optimal pipe grip when cutting
• Long turning knob sits deep in the hand for effective power transmission
Integrated deburring blade for left and right-handed users

3-45 mm 0714 551 515
3-35 mm 0714 551 510
MINERAL WOOL INSULATION KNIFE

Toothing
• Special toothing design to ensure efficient cutting of a range of insulation types
• Length: 500 mm
• Width: 1.4 mm
Art. no.
0696 400 0
PIPE CUTTERS
• For plastic pipes up to Ø 15 mm
• Length: 75 mm
• Length: 75 mm
Art. no.
0885 20 01

Hand tools / Application tools / Trowels
SMOOTHING TROWEL CORK HANDLE

• Material of the grip handle: Cork
2 • Sheet length: 280 mm
• Material thickness: 0.75 mm
• Material of the blade: Stainless steel
Serrated sides Serration width Art. no.

None - 0695 800 470
2 6 mm 0695 800 471
2 8 mm 0695 800 472
2 10 mm 0695 800 473
SMOOTHING TROWEL LONG CORK HANDLE

Art. no.
0695 800 410
PLASTIC SMOOTHING TROWEL

Curved handle
• Material thickness: 3 mm
• Material of the blade: Polyvinylchlorid - PVC
Art. no.
0695 800 440
CAT-TONGUE TROWEL
Stainless
Resistance-welded
Art. no.
0695 800 140

BRICK TROWEL CORK HANDLE

2
Art. no.
0695 800 180
OUTER CORNER TROWEL

Stainless
Resistance-welded
Art. no.
0695 800 121
BRICK TROWEL PROFESSIONAL QUALITY

• Forged tang
• Parallel blade
• Hardened
• Polished
• Flexible
• Weld not plastered
• Red metallic handle
• Material of the blade: Steel
Art. no.
0695 800 101

BRICK TROWEL PROFESSIONAL

• Forged tang
• Conical
2
• Hardened ground blade
• Polished
• Flexible
• Weld plastered
• Red handle
Art. no.
0695 800 100
BERNE BRICK TROWEL NATURE-LINE

Art. no.
0695 800 190
FLOORING TROWEL
Art. no.
0695 800 461

Hand tools / Application tools / Floats
TILE GROUT FLOAT

Plastic float, foam rubber cover
• Hard cover, green 2
• Long service life
• Drainage channel
Art. no.
0695 942 02
POLYURETHANE FLOAT
• High abrasion resistance
• Flattened handle shape for more comfortable working
Length x width Art. no.

280 x 140 mm 0695 800 10
360 x 200 mm 0695 800 11
420 x 220 mm 0695 800 12
480 x 240 mm 0695 800 13
CONCRETE FLOAT
Art. no.
0695 942 15

FLOAT HYDRO
For cleaning
2 • Made of special sponge for high water absorption

• The grid-shaped grooves allow the sponge to adapt to the surface and also with-
stand sand and cement
• The off-centre handle allows you to work even in hard-to-reach areas
Art. no.
0695 942 03
SPARE RUBBER SPONGE COVER, LARGE-PORED

For float
Art. no.
0695 942 153
VELOUR HYDRO MATRIX SPONGE

Hook-and-loop fastening
• Material: Foam material
• Colour: Beige
Art. no.
0695 942 150

REPLACEMENT COVER FOR SANDING BELT

Art. no.
0695 800 2
SANDING BOARD FOR POLYSTYRENE

With coarse sanding wall for sanding polystyrene and Ytong.
• Material: Wood
• Length: 500 mm
• Width: 240 mm
Art. no.
0695 800 1

Hand tools / Application tools / Spatulas
SCREW HANDLE SPATULA, CORK HANDLE

High-quality hand tool with cork handle
2 • Width: 150 mm
Art. no.
0695 800 958
SURFACE SPATULA STAINLESS

• Riveted with plywood back
• Width: 300 mm
Art. no.
0695 800 950
INSIDE CORNER SPATULA

For plastering inner corners
Rust-proof
Stainless steel blade and tang
Easy to work with
Handle in waxed, natural-coloured beech wood
Art. no.
0695 800 120

PLASTERING TROWEL WITH WOODEN HANDLE VARNISHED

Stainless
• Resistance-welded
2
Sheet width Art. no.

50 mm 0695 800 300
60 mm 0695 800 301
80 mm 0695 800 302
100 mm 0695 800 303
120 mm 0695 800 304
DECORATOR‘S STRIPPING KNIFE A2 CORK HANDLE

High-quality hand tool with cork handle.
• Ergonomically-shaped handle – very easy to use
• Pleasant grip
• Cork from naturally grown raw material
• Softener-free, free of any toxins
• Ecological handle – harmless to health
Width Art. no.

30 mm 0695 800 970
40 mm 0695 800 971
50 mm 0695 800 972
60 mm 0695 800 973
80 mm 0695 800 974

DECORATOR‘S STRIPPING KNIFE CORK HANDLE

High-quality hand tool with cork handle.
2 • Ergonomically-shaped handle – very easy to use

• Pleasant grip
• Cork from naturally grown raw material
• Softener-free, free of any toxins
• Ecological handle – harmless to health
Width Art. no.

30 mm 0695 800 960
40 mm 0695 800 961
50 mm 0695 800 962
60 mm 0695 800 963
70 mm 0695 800 964
80 mm 0695 800 965
100 mm 0695 800 966
JOINT SMOOTHER PLUS

Can be used in six different ways for any jointing task
Fits perfectly in your hand
Comfortable size makes it easy to use. In addition, no bead forms while scraping, allo-
wing seamless scraping.
• Colour: White
• Length: 70 mm
• Width: 5 mm
Art. no.
0891 182
SPATULA FOR SEALANT

• Univer-
sal
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0891 180 100

Hand tools / Application tools / Forming dies
WELT/SEAM IRON STRAIGHT

• Forged from one piece and tempered
• Prism height: 25 mm
2
• Material: Tool steel
Art. no.
0715 43 031

Hand tools / Pliers, pincers and tweezers / Flat nose pliers/round nose
pliers
SNIPE NOSE PLIERS

DIN ISO 5745
2 • High-quality tool steel for long service life and precise gripping and cutting surfaces
• Extra-long blade also suitable for thicker cables
• Joint: Lap joint
• Material: Steel
• Material of the grip handle: Polyvinyl chloride
Length Length in inches Jaw-tips thickness Jaw-tips width Jaws length Art. no.
160 mm 6-1/4 in 2.5 mm 3 mm 52 mm 0715 01 567
200 mm 8 in 3 mm 4 mm 77 mm 0715 01 568
200 mm 8 in 3 mm 4 mm 72 mm 0715 01 569
SNIPE NOSE PLIERS DIN ISO 5745

For gripping, holding and cutting soft and hard wires and cables
• High-quality tool steel for long service life and precise gripping and cutting surfaces
• Elastic tips for high stresses, especially under bending forces
• Ergonomic and slip-free 2-component comfort handle with narrow collar profile for
comfortable working and optimum force transfer
• Surface: Entirely ground and chrome-plated
• Gripping surfaces: Toothed
• Material: Steel
Length Length in inches Jaw-tips thickness Jaw-tips width Jaws length Art. no.
200 mm 8-1/4 in 3 mm 4 mm 72 mm 0714 01 558
160 mm 6-1/2 in 2.5 mm 3 mm 50 mm 0714 01 559
200 mm 8-1/4 in 3 mm 4 mm 76 mm 0714 01 557

pliers
ELECTRONICS SNIPE NOSE PLIERS

• Standard: DIN ISO 9655
• Handle: Soft comfort-grip handle shells 2
• Joint: Grip surfaces ground smooth
• Joint: Box joint, opening spring
• Head: Polished
• Length: 120 mm
• Jaw-tips thickness: 1.8 mm
• Jaw-tips width: 1.5 mm
• Jaws length: 22.5 mm
• Material: Steel
• Jaws width: 6.3 mm
Art. no.
0714 07 31
PLUMBERS’ FLAT-NOSE PLIERS

With toothing
Special flat-nose pliers
• Forged
• Chamfered edges
• Polished jaws
• With box joint
• Plastic-coated red arms
• Length: 240 mm
• Surface: Plastic-coated
• Material: Unalloyed steel, C45
Art. no.
0714 280 001

pliers
VDE SNIPE NOSE PLIERS WITH BLADE DIN ISO 5745, IEC 60900
2 • For working on live parts up to 1000 volts (AC) and up to 1500 volts (DC), obser-
• Elastic tips for high stresses, especially under bending forces
• Single-component handle with wide VDE collar for safe working
• Inductively hardened blades
• Surface entirely ground and chrome-plated
• Serrated gripping surfaces
• Lap joint
• Length: 200 mm
• Jaws width: 17.5 mm
• Jaw-tips width: 3 mm
• Jaw-tips thickness: 2.5 mm
• Material: Steel
• ISO: 5745
Angle of jaws Art. no.

- 0715 01 85
45 Degree 0715 01 86
VDE SNIPE NOSE PLIERS DIN ISO 5745, IEC 60900

• Elastic tips for high stresses, in particular under bending forces
• Ergonomic and slip-proof two-component comfort handle with wide VDE collar for
safe working
• Blades are additionally inductively hardened
• Serrated gripping surfaces
• Lap joint
• Material: Steel
• ISO: 5745
Length Length in inches Jaws length Jaws width Jaws thickness Art. no.
160 mm 6-1/2 in 50 mm 16.5 mm 9 mm 0714 01 579
200 mm 8-1/4 in 76 mm 17.5 mm 9.5 mm 0714 01 577
200 mm 8-1/4 in 72 mm 17.5 mm 9.5 mm 0714 01 578

pliers
FLAT NOSE PLIERS DIN ISO 5745

• High-quality tool steel ensures high durability and precision of gripping surfaces
• Jaws serrated at front, long design 2
• Surface entirely polished and sealed with clear lacquer
• Double-dipped PVC handle casing
• Lap joint
• Length: 160 mm
• Jaws thickness: 9 mm
• Jaw-tips width: 3 mm
Art. no.
0715 01 564
ELECTRONIC FLAT NOSE PLIERS

Standard: DIN ISO 9655
Handle: Soft comfort-grip handle shells
Jaws: Gripping surfaces ground smooth
Joint: Box joint, opening spring
Head: Polished
• Length: 120 mm
• Jaws length: 22.5 mm
• Jaw-tips width: 1.6 mm
Art. no.
0714 07 30
PLUMBER‘S ROUND-NOSE PLIERS

With toothing
Special round-nose pliers
• Forged
• With box joint
• Favourable lever ratio, high power transmission thanks to 45 mm tips
• Inductively hardened, slightly rounded tips
• Length: 240 mm
• Jaws width: 8 mm
• Jaw-tips thickness: 4 mm
Art. no.
0714 281 001

Hand tools / Pliers, pincers and tweezers / Locking pliers
SHEET METAL LOCKING PLIERS

Wide and flat clamping jaws for especially high surface pressure
2 • Smooth-action release lever with spring mechanism

• One-hand operation – pulling instead of pushing
• Jam nut for locking the clamping width, consistent adjustment during repetitive
operations
• Ergonomic and appealing design
• High-quality epoxy coating, welding beads remain barely adhesive
• Less rust infiltration than with nickel
• Length: 200 mm
• Min./max. clamping width: 0-45 mm
Art. no.
0713 09 12
SELF-LOCKING LOCKING PLIERS

For sheet metal
• Adjusting screw and quick-release lever
• Length: 185 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0714 09 12

LOCKING PLIERS
With half-round jaws
• Smooth-action release lever with spring mechanism 2
• One-hand operation – pulling instead of pressing
• Jam nut for locking clamping width, constant adjustment for repetitive work steps
• Ergonomic, attractive design
• Convenient, effortless use
• High-quality epoxy coating, welding spatters hardly adhere
• Lower rust infiltration than nickel
• 10 times better rust resistance than a nickel coating
• More environmentally friendly
• Material: Steel
Length Min./max. clamping width Product weight (per item) Art. no.
135 mm 0-30 mm 168 g 0713 09 06
190 mm 0-42 mm 405.65 g 0713 09 07
235 mm 0-63 mm 661 g 0713 09 08
LOCKING PLIERS WITH SEMI-CIRCULAR JAWS

For clamping pipes and shafts
• Smooth-action release lever with spring mechanism
• Convenient and effortless one-hand operation - pulling instead of pressing
• Made from high-strength rolled steel, as well as partially forged and oil-hardened
• High-quality zinc coating for extra-long corrosion protection
Length Min./max. clam- Material Surface Product weight (per Art. no.
ping width item)
- - - - 94 g 0714 09 05
190 mm 0-42 mm Steel Nickel plated 378.7 g 0714 09 07
235 mm 0-48 mm Steel Nickel plated 552 g 0714 09 08

LOCKING PLIERS WITH HALF-ROUND JAWS AMERICAN VERSION

With wire cutter
2 Curved jaw with serrated teeth

Can provide strong bite to hex, bolt, nuts, pipes, tubs and etc.
Includes convenient wire cutter.
Adjust screws
To adjust the pressure and suit the job.
Maximum toughness and durability
Made of advanced heat treated alloy steel
Maximum locking force.
Thanks to classic trigger release
Hardened teeth are designed to grip from any angle.
Nickel plated
• Material: Chrome-vanadium steel, hardened
• Surface: Nickel plated
105 mm 0-25 mm 130 g 0714 09 051
130 mm 0-26 mm 220 g 0714 09 061
170 mm 0-41 mm 380 g 0714 09 071
205 mm 0-53 mm 570 g 0714 09 081
LOCKING PLIERS
With long straight jaws
operations
• Convenient and effortless handling
• Eco-friendlier
• Material: Steel
165 mm 0-55 mm 194 g 0713 09 03
235 mm 0-70 mm 398 g 0713 09 04

LOCKING PLIERS
With straight jaws
• Smooth-action release lever with spring mechanism 2
operations
• Eco-friendlier
• Material: Steel
190 mm 0-42 mm 424.25 g 0713 09 09
235 mm 0-63 mm 671.5 g 0713 09 10
LOCKING PLIERS WITH STRAIGHT JAWS

For clamping sheets and plates
• Length: 235 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0714 09 10

With wire cutter
• Adjustment screw and quick release lever
• Material: Steel
125 mm 0-44 mm 140 g 0714 09 02
160 mm 0-52 mm 220 g 0714 09 03
200 mm 00-73 mm 360 g 0714 09 04

LOCKING PLIERS WITH STRAIGHT JAWS AMERICAN VERSION

Straight Jaw
2 Straight jaws
Provides maximum contact on flat, square or hexagonal workpieces.
Suitable for tightening, clamping, twisting and turning rotary
Adjust screws
To adjust the pressure and suit the job.
Maximum toughness and durability
Made of advanced heat treated alloy steel
Maximum locking force
Thanks to classic trigger release
Hardened teeth are designed to grip from any angle
Nickel plated
• Material: Chrome-vanadium steel, hardened
170 mm 0-33 mm 420 g 0714 09 091
210 mm 0-43 mm 550 g 0714 09 101
LOCKING PLIERS SET

With universal jaws
operations
Art. no.
0713 09 28

MOBILE VICE LOCKING PLIERS SET

With table clamps
The combination of locking pliers with universal jaws and table 2
clamps results in a versatile clamping tool for countless applications.
Perfect composition for maximum economic efficiency.
Free-hand system offers comfortable handling
The fitter’s third hand
Individual parts with practical carrying bag
Optimum storage and transport
Scope of delivery:
• 2 locking pliers with universal jaws (Art. No. 071309 26), total length 235 mm,
clamping width 0 - 60 mm
• 2 table clamps, clamping width 0 - 55 mm
• 1 carrying bag
Art. no.
0713 09 29
LOCKING PLIERS SET

4 locking pliers in a set
Supplied in a high-quality tool roll
Art. no.
0714 09 007
ZEBRA SOFT JAW PLIERS WITH CHAIN

• Length: 250 mm
Art. no.
0713 09 15

CLAMPING GRIP PLIERS, C TYPE

High, long clamping bracket for especially large range
2 • Smooth-action release lever with spring mechanism

• Made from high-strength rolled steel, also partially forged
Length Min./max. clamping Clamping depth Height Art. no.

width
300 mm 0-100 mm 75 mm 106 mm 0713 09 18
460 mm 0-260 mm 260 mm 103 mm 0713 09 20
630 mm 0-400 mm 410 mm 103 mm 0713 09 21
CLAMPING GRIP PLIERS, C TYPE, PARALLEL

Long, tall clamping bracket with movable jaws
• Convenient and effortless one-hand operation – pulling instead of pressing
• Made from high-strength rolled steel, partially forged

width
165 mm 0-50 mm 46 mm 60 mm 0713 09 22
320 mm 0-100 mm 78 mm 100 mm 0713 09 23

Pliers with two curved jaws

width
150 mm 0-50 mm 30 mm 55 mm 0714 09 17
600 mm 0-317 mm 400 mm 90 mm 0714 09 21
260 mm 0-88 mm 65 mm 85 mm 0714 09 18
430 mm 0-163 mm 240 mm 106 mm 0714 09 20

SELF-LOCKING PLIERS
Locking pliers with flush ends

width
160 mm 0-36 mm 30 mm 55 mm 0714 09 22
270 mm 0-89 mm 85 mm 85 mm 0714 09 23
WELDING LOCKING PLIERS

U-shaped gripper jaws, the upper gripper jaw is angled 90°.
operations
• Eco-friendlier
• Length: 200 mm
Art. no.
0713 09 13

For welding pipes, sheet metal and profiles
• Adjustment screw and quick release lever
• Length: 205 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0714 09 13

LOCKING PLIERS WITH PRISM JAWS

For a variety of clamping possibilities through combining straight and
half-round jaw shapes
2
• Material: Steel
Length Min./max. clamping width Surface Art. no.

200 mm 0-40 mm Epoxy coating 0713 09 25
235 mm 0-47 mm Zinc plated 0715 09 26
COMBINATION PLIERS DIN ISO 5746

For gripping, holding and cutting hard and soft wires and cables
• High-quality tool steel ensures long tool life and precision of gripping and cutting
surfaces
• Burner port for gripping round materials
Length Max. medium wire dia- Max. hard wire diameter Max. cable diameter Art. no.
meter cutting capacity cutting capacity cutting capacity in
aluminium/copper
160 mm 3.1 mm 2 mm 10 mm 0714 01 554
180 mm 3.4 mm 2.2 mm 12 mm 0714 01 555
200 mm 3.8 mm 2.5 mm 13 mm 0714 01 556

Hand tools / Pliers, pincers and tweezers / Combination pliers
COMBINATION PLIERS DIN ISO 5746

• High-quality tool steel for long service life and precise gripping and cutting surfaces 2
Length Max. medium wire diameter cut- Max. hard wire diameter cutting Art. no.
ting capacity capacity
160 mm 2.5 mm 1.8 mm 0715 01 574
180 mm 2.8 mm 2.5 mm 0715 01 575
200 mm 3 mm 2.5 mm 0715 01 576
VDE COMBINATION PLIERS DIN ISO 5746 IEC 60900

surfaces
• Single-component handle with wide VDE collar for safe working
• Lap joint
• Material: Steel
• ISO: 5746
Length Length in inches Max. medium wire Max. hard wire Max. cable dia- Art. no.
diameter cutting diameter cutting meter cutting capa-
capacity capacity city in aluminium/
copper
180 mm 7 in 3.4 mm 2.2 mm 12 mm 0715 01 82
200 mm 8 in 3.8 mm 2.5 mm 13 mm 0715 01 83

Hand tools / Pliers, pincers and tweezers / Combination pliers
VDE COMBINATION PLIERS DIN ISO 5746 IEC 60900

2 • For working on live parts up to 1000 volts (AC) and up to 1500 volts (DC), obser-
surfaces
• Ergonomic and slip-free 2-component comfort handle with wide VDE collar for secu-
re working
• Lap joint
• Material: Steel
• ISO: 5746
Length Length in inches Max. medium wire Max. hard wire Max. cable dia- Art. no.
diameter cutting diameter cutting meter cutting capa-
capacity capacity city in aluminium/
copper
160 mm 6-1/2 in 3.1 mm 2 mm 10 mm 0714 01 574
180 mm 7 in 3.4 mm 2.2 mm 12 mm 0714 01 575
200 mm 8 in 3.8 mm 2.5 mm 13 mm 0714 01 576
CRIMPING TOOL C 161

For insulated and uninsulated wire end ferrules in accordance with
DIN 46228
• Mandrel pressing
• Made of forged tool steel
• Made in Germany
• Min./max. wire cross section: 0.5-16 mm2
• Number of crimping points: 8 PCS
• Length: 190 mm
Art. no.
0557 10

Hand tools / Pliers, pincers and tweezers / Special pliers
CRIMPING PLIERS MOBILE CRIMP TOOL

For interchangeable crimping bits
• Linear stroke for consistent and precise crimping results 2
• Easily accessible unlocking function enables a quick and easy change of the crim-
ping bits
• The handles are designed for one- or two-handed operation with minimal effort
• Handle opening for attaching safety straps
• Length: 232 mm
Art. no.
0714 107 300
CRIMPING PLIERS WITH INTEGRATED LOCATOR

TE Superseal 1.5 Series
• Crimping tool exclusively for processing cable connectors art. no. 055899579 -
055899584 in conjunction with single wire seals.
• Two crimping points: 0.35–0.5 mm2 and 0.75–1.5 mm2
• Connector type: TE Super Seal
• Min./max. wire cross section: 0.35-1.5 mm2
• Locator: Yes
• Length: 190 mm
Art. no.
0714 107 130

RATCHETING PLIERS
Shape
Compact lightweight design
2
Forced closing
For reliable crimping (unlockable)
Crimping force
High thanks to the efficiency of the ratios
Ergonomic and non-slip
Ergonomic two-component handle improves comfort while working and reduces
fatigue
Design Length Material Surface Material of the grip Art. no.

handle
- 198 mm - - 2-component plastic 0557 21
Side insertion 203 mm Steel Phosphated 1-component plastic 0714 107 722
CRIMPING PLIERS WITH RATCHET FUNCTION

For insulated cable connectors
• With ratchet mechanism
• Only 1 crimping operation required
• Conductor cross-section 1.5 mm - 6 mm2
• Length: 255 mm
Art. no.
0558 110 9

PLIERS FOR PRE-INSULATED CABLE LUGS

• With ratchet
• The toggle and ratchet system requires the operator to completely close the pliers 2
before opening them again
• Option to disengage the pliers when tightening using a device situated between the
handles
• Constant, controlled pressure of the cable lug on the cable
• Chrome-plated steel with handle covered in ergonomic plastic
• Length: 235 mm
• Material: Steel
Material of the grip handle Art. no.

2-component plastic 0714 106 117
Plastic 0558 110
PLIERS FOR UNINSULATED CABLE LUGS

• With ratchet
• The toggle and ratchet system requires the operator to completely close the pliers
before opening them again
• Option to disengage the pliers when tightening using a device situated between the
handles
• Chrome-plated steel with handle covered in ergonomic plastic
• Length: 235 mm
• Material: Steel
Number of crimping points Material of the grip handle Art. no.

3 PCS 2-component plastic 0714 104 117
- Plastic 0558 130

RATCHETING PLIERS
For uninsulated cable lugs
2 • The toggle ratcheting system requires the operator to completely close the pliers
before releasing them again
• Option to disengage the ratcheting mechanism of the pliers when tightening using a
device situated between the handles
• Length: 195 mm
Art. no.
0558 133
CRIMPING TOOL, C 25
• For crimping wire end ferrules with and without insulation
• 2-component handles
• High strength thanks to hardened alloyed steel
• Flexible and easily adjustable for left or right-handers
• Force stop function to ensure crimp procedure is completed
• Unlocking mechanism to rectify erroneous crimping and remove blockages
• Precise eccentric fitting setting for consistent crimping quality and calibration
function
• Min./max. wire cross section: 10-25 mm2
• Length: 225 mm
Art. no.
0714 103 125

CRIMPING TOOL WITH PARALLEL LOADING

For insulated and non-insulated wire end ferrules
• Automatic setting to the respective crimp diameter 2
• Ergonomically shaped 2-component handles for comfortable and effortless work
• Made in Germany
• Design: Side insertion
• Length: 180 mm
Type description Min./max. wire cross section Profile shape Art. no.
16/4S 0.08-16 mm2 Square 0714 107 162
10/6S 0.08-10 mm2 Hexagon 0714 107 171
CRIMPING TOOL WITH FRONT LOADING

For insulated and non-insulated wire end ferrules
• Automatic setting to the respective crimp diameter
• Front entry – beneficial with short conductor ends
• Made in Germany
• Profile shape: Square
• Design: Front insertion
Connector type Type description Min./max. wire cross Length Art. no.
section
- 16/4F 0.08-16 mm2 190 mm 0714 107 182
Wire end ferrules - 0.5-6 mm2 198 mm 0557 158
CRIMPING TOOL FOR CABLE TERMINALS

Crimping with graduated serration
Easy use of lateral crimping
• Length: 200 mm
Art. no.
0557 14

CRIMPING TOOL FOR WIRE END FERRULES

Premium manual crimping tool made in Germany
2 • Compact, lightweight design

• With force stop function for reliable crimping (unlockable)
• High crimping force due to efficient transmission ratios
• Connector type: Wire end ferrules
• Profile shape: Trapezoidal profile
• Length: 215 mm
Min./max. wire cross section Number of crimping points Art. no.

0.25-6 mm2 5 PCS 0714 107 191
10-25 mm2 3 PCS 0714 107 192
CRIMPING TOOL FOR INSULATED CONNECTORS

• Compact lightweight design
• With force stop function for reliable crimping (can be unlocked)
• High crimping force thanks to efficient transmission ratios
Ergonomically shaped 2-component handles
For comfortable and effortless work
• Connector type: Isolated crimp cable lugs
• Locator: No
• Length: 215 mm
Art. no.
0714 106 111

CRIMPING TOOL FOR UNINSULATED FLAT CONNECTORS

• Compact, lightweight design 2
• With force stop function for reliable crimping (unlockable)
• High crimping force due to efficient transmission ratios
• Connector type: Uninsulated plug connectors
• Locator: No
• Length: 215 mm
Art. no.
0714 104 121
CRIMPING TOOL QI 60
For insulated and uninsulated cable connectors
• Crimping of insulated and uninsulated cable connectors 0.5–6.0 mm2
• Shortening of screws M2.6–M5
• Stripping of cables 0.75–6.0 mm2
• Length: 235 mm
Art. no.
0714 101 111
RETAINING JAW SET FOR CRIMPING PLIERS

• Colour: Black
• Material: Steel
Connector type Min./max. wire cross section Art. no.

Insulated connectors red/blue 0.5-6 mm2 0558 110 1
Uninsulated connectors 0.1-1.5 mm2 0558 133 1
Uninsulated connectors 1.5-6 mm2 0558 130 1

INSERT FOR INSULATED CABLE LUGS

• Crimp insert for the crimping tool with exchangeable inserts
2 • With parallel guidance for precise crimping

• Supplied in a modular, reusable plastic holder
Min./max. wire cross section Art. no.

0.1-6 mm2 0714 107 310
0.5-2.5 mm2 0714 107 311
INSERT FOR WIRE END FERRULES

• With parallel guidance for precise crimping

0.25-10 mm2 6 PCS 0714 107 315
16-25 mm2 2 PCS 0714 107 316
35-50 mm2 2 PCS 0714 107 317

INSERT FOR PUSH CONNECTORS

• With parallel guidance for precise crimping 2

0.1-1 mm2 3 PCS 0714 107 318
0.5-2.5 mm2 2 PCS 0714 107 319
0.5-6 mm2 3 PCS 0714 107 320
QUICK-CHANGE INSERT FOR WIRE END FERRULES

Insert for the crimping tool with exchangeable inserts
Easy and quick tool-free switching of the inserts
Insert for wire end ferrules
• Colour: Grey
• Material: Steel - 4140.0
Art. no.
0714 107 926
QUICK-CHANGE INSERT FOR INSULATED CABLE LUGS

Insert for insulated cable lugs
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0714 107 922

QUICK-CHANGE INSERT FOR CLOSED, UNINSULATED CABLE LUG

2
Insert for closed, uninsulated cable lugs
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0714 107 923
QUICK-CHANGE INSERT FOR OPEN, UNINSULATED CABLE LUG

Insert for open, uninsulated cable lugs
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0714 107 924
QUICK-CHANGE INSERT FOR WIRE END FERRULE WITH/WITHOUT COLLAR

Insert for wire end ferrules with and without collars
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0714 107 925

INSERT FOR RJ45 PLUG-IN CONNECTOR

• With parallel guidance for precise crimping 2
Art. no.
0714 107 324
SEAMING PLIERS, CURVED 45 DEGREES

Forged steel, bronzed, twist-resistant
• Shape of jaws: 45° angle
Width of jaws (outside) Length Art. no.

40 mm 300 mm 0714 282 104
60 mm 270 mm 0714 282 102
CORNER SEAMING PLIERS

• Forged steel
• Also suitable for bends in hard-to-reach areas
• Hardened jaws
• Slightly rounded edges
• Simple joint
• Width of jaws (outside): 60 mm
• Shape of jaws: Straight
• Length: 270 mm
Art. no.
0714 282 002

DOUBLE-SEAMING PLIERS
Straight model
2 Special seaming pliers

• Forged
• With box joint
• Tempered jaws and mouth
• Slightly rounded edges
• Width of jaws (outside): 80 mm
• Shape of jaws: Straight
• Length: 325 mm
Art. no.
0714 282 801
PINCERS
DIN 5241, German design
• Design: Polished head
Length Length in inches Art. no.

180 mm 7 in 0715 02 01
210 mm 8 in 0715 02 02
250 mm 10 in 0715 02 03
MONIER PLIERS
DIN 5242
Length Length in inches Art. no.

200 mm 5 in 0715 02 04
220 mm 8-1/2 in 0715 02 05
250 mm 10 in 0715 02 06
280 mm 11 in 0715 02 07

POWER MONIER PLIERS/CONCRETORS‘ PLIERS

Slimline design for working in hard-to-reach spots
Relief for muscles and tendons 2
Cutting impact dampening on cutting through binding wire
High transmission
Optimal cutting performance with low power application.
Twisted binding wire Ø 2x2 mm is cut effortlessly; soft wire up to
max. Ø 5 mm
• Length: 300 mm
Art. no.
0715 02 10
STEEL FIXERS NIPPERS

• Forged from special steel, polished head
• Plastic-coated handles
• The round head shape permits access to all work areas. The solid design guaran-
tees especially high-strength while cutting and braiding wires on construction steel
wire fabrics.
• Length: 280 mm
Design Art. no.

Narrow 0715 02 08
Wide 0715 02 09
S-JAW CORNER PIPE WRENCH

Swedish form, S-jaw, with three-point support and self-adhesive
fixing.
Infinitely adjustable
Attached with captive adjusting nut
Excellent hold and high strength
Toothing offset against direction of rotation on head
Durable and wear-resistant
Induction-hardened teeth
Grip range in inches Max. pipe diameter Grip range Length Width of clamping Art. no.
in inches jaw
1 in 1 in 35 mm 320 mm 18 mm 0714 06 60
1-1/2 in 1-1/2 in 46 mm 416 mm 24 mm 0714 06 61
2 in 2 in 65 mm 535 mm 28 mm 0714 06 62
3 in 3 in 80 mm 640 mm 30 mm 0714 06 63

90° CORNER PIPE WRENCH

Swedish type, angled 90°
2 Continuously adjustable
Fixed with captive adjusting nuts
Optimal hold with high strength properties
Toothing on head set against the direction of rotation
Durable and wear resistant
Inductively hardened teeth
Max. pipe diameter Grip range Length Width of clamping Jaws thickness Art. no.
in inches jaw
1-1/2 in 46 mm 420 mm 20 mm 18.5 mm 0714 06 51
1 in 35 mm 310 mm 18 mm 15.5 mm 0714 06 50
2 in 65 mm 560 mm 25 mm 22.5 mm 0714 06 52
TONGS FOR SHAFT LOCKING CLIPS

DIN 5254
Handle: plastic-coated
Slip-resistant
Pliers: Chrome-vanadium steel, forged
Head: chrome-plated
Joint: lap joint
Opening spring
Gripping surfaces: parallel
• Length: 200 mm
• Suitable for min. diameter: 12 mm
• Hook length: 10 mm
• Angle of jaws: 27 Degree
Art. no.
0715 02 20

CIRCLIP PLIERS TYPE B

For shaft locking rings
Standard: DIN 5254 2
Handle: Plastic-coated
Guarantees a secure grip, prevents slippage
Tip from compressed spring steel
Optimised stability, even with seized rings.
Inserted tips
Offers maximum strength when loosening seized rings and allows rings to be installed
with minimal distortion.
Screwed and mounted joint
High precision and optimised movement.
Large locating faces
Rings mounted without torsion.
Pliers head
Narrow design for optimum access to workpiece, including in hard-to-reach spots.
Internal spring
• Inside screwed joint for protection
• Does not obstruct work
• Cannot be soiled or lost
• Material: Steel
• Form: B
Length Min./max. grip Jaws length Hook length Tenon diameter Art. no.
range
130 mm 3-10 mm 27 mm 12 mm 0.9 mm 0714 02 16
130 mm 10-25 mm 27 mm 12 mm 1.25 mm 0714 02 17
165 mm 19-60 mm 40 mm 15 mm 1.8 mm 0714 02 18
210 mm 40-100 mm 55 mm 16 mm 2.25 mm 0714 02 19
305 mm 85-140 mm 73 mm 20 mm 3.2 mm 0714 02 20

CIRCLIP PLIERS TYPE A

For shaft locking rings
2 Standard: DIN 5254

Inserted tips
Pliers head
Internal spring
• Inside screwed joint for protection
• Does not obstruct work
• Cannot be soiled or lost
• Material: Steel
• Form: A
Length Min./max. grip range Jaws length Tenon diameter Art. no.
140 mm 3-10 mm 39 mm 0.9 mm 0714 02 11
140 mm 10-25 mm 38 mm 1.25 mm 0714 02 12
180 mm 19-60 mm 56 mm 1.8 mm 0714 02 13
225 mm 40-100 mm 70 mm 2.25 mm 0714 02 14
320 mm 85-140 mm 92 mm 3.2 mm 0714 02 15

CIRCLIP PLIERS TYPE C

For bore circlips
Standard: DIN 5256 2
Optimised stability, even with seized rings
Inserted tips
Pliers head
• Material: Steel
• Form: C
Length Min./max. grip range Jaws length Tenon diameter Art. no.
140 mm 8-13 mm 39 mm 0.9 mm 0714 02 01
140 mm 12-25 mm 38 mm 1.25 mm 0714 02 02
180 mm 19-60 mm 54 mm 1.8 mm 0714 02 03
225 mm 40-100 mm 65 mm 2.25 mm 0714 02 04
320 mm 85-140 mm 91 mm 3.2 mm 0714 02 05

CIRCLIP PLIERS TYPE D

For bore circlips
2 Standard: DIN 5256

Optimised stability, even with seized rings
Inserted tips
Pliers head
• Material: Steel
• Form: D
Length Min./max. grip Jaws length Hook length Tenon diameter Art. no.
range
130 mm 8-13 mm 26 mm 12 mm 0.9 mm 0714 02 06
130 mm 12-25 mm 26 mm 12 mm 1.25 mm 0714 02 07
165 mm 19-60 mm 40 mm 14 mm 1.8 mm 0714 02 08
210 mm 40-100 mm 49 mm 16 mm 2.25 mm 0714 02 09
305 mm 85-140 mm 73 mm 20 mm 3.2 mm 0714 02 10
WATER PUMP PLIERS DIN ISO 8976

Self-clamping water pump pliers with push button adjustment
Rapid and convenient fine adjustment at the push of a button, direct-
ly on the workpiece
Hardened precision teeth
High wear resistance and secure grip
Ergonomic and non-slip 2-component comfort handle with narrow
collar profile
Comfortable working and optimum power transmission
Huge gripping capacity yet slim design
• Length: 250 mm
• Min./max. grip range: 10-46 mm
Art. no.
0714 01 563


Box joint, 7x adjustable
Handle: Plastic-coated 2
Non-slip
Teeth: Inductively hardened
• Self-clamping on pipes and nuts
• No slippage on workpiece
Head: Painted black, ground
Material: Chromium-vanadium steel, hardened
Length in inches Length Min./max. grip range Length of gripping jaws Art. no.
7 in 175 mm 10-28 mm 27 mm 0714 02 75
10 in 250 mm 10-30 mm 32 mm 0714 02 76
12 in 300 mm 10-40 mm 41 mm 0714 02 77

Self-clamping water pump pliers with push button adjustment
• Slip-resistant, plastic-coated handle
• Hardened chromium-vanadium steel
• Inductively hardened, polished teeth
• Pinch guard prevents crushing injuries
• Box joint
• Rapid and precise, one-handed fine adjustment directly on the workpiece
• No unintentional adjustment
10 in 250 mm 10-46 mm 35 mm 0715 02 23
7 in 180 mm 10-36 mm 31 mm 0715 02 33
6 in 150 mm 10-30 mm 27 mm 0715 02 330
12 in 300 mm 10-60 mm 40 mm 0715 02 331
5 in 125 mm 10-27 mm 23 mm 0715 02 332
22 in 560 mm 10-120 mm 88 mm 0715 02 341
16 in 400 mm 10-95 mm 56 mm 0715 02 34


Box joint, 7x adjustable
2 • Red-painted, slip-resistant handle

• Tempered chrome-vanadium steel
• Inductively hardened teeth
• Ground head
7 in 175 mm 10-28 mm 27 mm 0714 02 70
10 in 250 mm 10-32 mm 36 mm 0714 02 71
12 in 300 mm 10-42 mm 41 mm 0714 02 72
WATER PUMP PLIERS, SELF-ADJUSTING

Self-adjusting water pump pliers with multiple engagement points
Always the correct opening width
No need to find the correct opening width thanks to automatic setting.
Robust
Specially-hardened teeth (51 HRC) and spring shock absorbers
• Length: 250 mm
Art. no.
0714 02 85

PLIER WRENCH
Pliers and wrench in one tool
Plastic-covered handle 2
Baking: parallel, smooth and chromium-plated
No damage to workpiece thanks to zero-backlash surface pressure
Push-button adjustment
Adjustable directly on the workpiece
Joint: box joint
Force transfer: 10x
High clamping force
The stroke between the gripping surfaces allows rapid tightening
and loosening of bolted connections using the ratchet principle
Max. grip range Max. grip range in Length Width of clamping Jaws thickness Art. no.
inches jaw
27 mm 1 in 150 mm 12 mm 5 mm 0715 02 515
35 mm 1-3/8 in 180 mm 14 mm 6 mm 0715 02 51
46 mm 1-3/4 in 270 mm 18.5 mm 8 mm 0715 02 50
60 mm 2-3/8 in 300 mm 22 mm 10 mm 0715 02 52
REVOLVING PUNCH PLIERS

Handle: plastic coated
Slip-resistant
Pliers: Sheet steel, nickel-plated
Punches: Tempered steel, powder-coated
Opening spring with catch
• Length: 220 mm
• Number of punches: 6 PCS
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0715 05 11

VDE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION PLIERS IEC 60900

3 tools in one set of pliers: For cutting, sheath stripping and stripping
electrical cables
2
For working on live parts, observing all prescribed safety
precautions
Up to 1,000 Volt (AC), up to 1,500 Volt (DC)
3 in 1 tool
• Convenient handling and no tool change
• Side cutter function
• De-sheathing and stripping in ergonomic pulling movement
Ergonomic handle for safe operations
Slip proof 2C comfort handle with wide VDE collar.
Inductively-hardened precision cutting edges
Surface ground and chrome-plated all-round
Inlaid joint
• Length: 170 mm
Art. no.
0714 01 588

VDE MULTI-PURPOSE INSTALLATION PLIERS

Multi-purpose pliers for electrical installation
6 functions in one set of pliers 2
• Gripping flat and round material
• Bending
• Deburring
• Cable cutting
• Stripping
• Crimping of wire end ferrules
Properties
• Cable cutters with precision cutting edges (induction hardened)
• Clear-cut outside edge on the jaw for working on flush-mounted junction boxes and
deburring feed-through holes
• Ergonomic, non-slip 2-component comfort handle with wide VDE collar for safe
working
• Stripping holes for wires 0.75–1.5 mm2 and 2.5 mm2
• Crimp die for wire-end ferrules 0.5–2.5 mm2
• Cutting capacity of Cu and Al cables up to 5 x 2.5 mm2/Ø 15 mm
• Length: 200 mm
Art. no.
0714 01 511

Hand tools / Pliers, pincers and tweezers / Pliers assortments
CIRCLIP PLIERS SET

4-piece set
2 Handle: Plastic-coated
Inserted tips
Pliers head
Contents: 4 pcs
• 1 circlip pliers, shape A, 19 - 60 mm
• 1 circlip pliers, shape B, 19 - 60 mm
• 1 circlip pliers, shape C, 19 - 60 mm
• 1 circlip pliers, shape D, 19 - 60 mm
Art. no.
0714 02 30

CIRCLIP PLIERS SET

2
Inserted tips
Pliers head
Contents: 4 pieces
• 1 circlip pliers, shape B, 10–25 mm
• 1 circlip pliers shape B, 19–60 mm
• 1 circlip pliers shape D, 10–25 mm
• 1 circlip pliers shape D, 19–60 mm
Art. no.
0714 02 32

CIRCLIP PLIERS SET

2
Inserted tips
Pliers head
Contents: 4 pieces
• 1 circlip pliers, shape A, 10–25 mm
• 1 circlip pliers, shape A, 19–60 mm
• 1 circlip pliers, shape C, 10–25 mm
• 1 circlip pliers, shape C, 19–60 mm
Art. no.
0714 02 31
VDE PLIERS ASSORTMENT, IEC 60900

4 pieces
surfaces
re working
• Combination pliers with extra-long blade also suitable for thicker cables
• Stripping pliers with opening spring for automatic opening
• Snipe nose pliers with tips for high bending stresses
• Side cutters with slim head shape for optimal accessibility
Art. no.
0714 01 580

VDE PLIERS ASSORTMENT, IEC 60900

4 pieces
• For working on live parts up to 1000 volts (AC) and up to 1500 volts (DC) in accor- 2
dance with all prescribed safety precautions
• High-quality tool steel ensures long service life and precision of gripping and cut-
ting surfaces
• Ergonomic, non-slip two-part comfort handle with wide VDE collar for safe working
• Combination pliers with extra-long blade, also suitable for thicker cables
• Cable cutters for cutting single and multi-stranded wires easily
• Side cutters with slim head design for maximum accessibility
Art. no.
0714 01 581
PLIERS ASSORTMENT
Double-dipped
Art. no.
0715 01 561

PLIERS ASSORTMENT 1
Set comprising combination pliers, stripping pliers and snipe nose
pliers and power side cutters
2
ting surfaces
• Wire stripping pliers with opening spring for automatic opening
• Heavy-duty side cutters for piano wire, hard and soft wire
Art. no.
0714 01 560
PLIERS ASSORTMENT
4 pcs. Including combination pliers, water pump pliers, snipe nose
pliers and heavy-duty side cutters
surfaces
• Water pump pliers with convenient quick-adjustment
• Power side cutters for piano wire, hard and soft wire
Art. no.
0714 01 565

PLIERS, ASSORTMENT
3-piece set of combination and snipe nose pliers, as well as heavy-du-
ty side cutters
2
ting surfaces
• Ergonomic, non-slip two-part comfort handle with narrow collar profile for comfor-
table use and optimal power transmission
• Combination pliers with extra-long cutting edge for thicker cables
• Heavy-duty side cutters for piano wire, hard wire and soft wire
Art. no.
0714 01 561
CRIMPING PLIERS SET

With 5 interchangeable sets of jaws
Crimping pliers set with automatic ratchet, adjustable locking and
pressure point unlocking
Includes 5 interchangeable crimping profile inserts for:
Nozzle A
• For insulated and non-insulated cable lugs, 0.5–6.0 mm2 (red, blue, yellow)
• DIN 0.5–1.0 / 1.5–2.5 / 4–6 mm2
Nozzle B
• For closed, uninsulated cable lugs, 1.5–10.0 mm2
• DIN 1.5 / 2.5 / 6 / 10 mm2
Nozzle C
• For open and uninsulated cable lugs, 0.5–6.0 mm2, up to 6.3 mm wide
• DIN 0.5–1.0 / 1.5–2.5 / 4–6 mm2
Nozzle D
• Small, insulated wire end ferrules with and without collars, 0.5–4 mm2
• DIN 0.5 / 0.75 / 1.0 / 1.5 / 2.5 / 4 mm2
Nozzle F
• Large, insulated wire end ferrules, 6–16 mm2
• DIN 6 / 10 / 16 mm2
Art. no.
0714 107 920

Hand tools / Pliers, pincers and tweezers / Side cutters
SIDE CUTTERS DIN ISO 5749

• Strength-saving, clean cutting due to specially-milled precision cutting edge
2 • High-quality tool steel ensures long service life and precision of blades
• Inductively hardened
• Surface entirely polished and sealed with clear lacquer
Length Max. hard wire diameter cutting capacity Art. no.

140 mm 2.2 mm 0715 01 570
160 mm 2.5 mm 0715 01 571
180 mm 2.7 mm 0715 01 572
200 mm 3 mm 0715 01 573
SIDE CUTTERS DIN ISO 5749

For cutting hard and soft wires and cables, including in hard-to-reach
places
• Strength-saving, clean cutting thanks to milled precision cutting edge
• High-quality tool steel ensures long service life and precision of blades
• Slim head shape for optimum accessibility
• Lap joint
Length Max. hard wire diameter cutting capacity Art. no.

140 mm 1.8 mm 0714 01 566
160 mm 2 mm 0714 01 567
180 mm 2.5 mm 0714 01 568

VDE SIDE CUTTERS DIN ISO 5749 IEC 60900

places
2
• Strength-saving, clean cutting thanks to milled precision blade
re working
• Blades: Inductively hardened precision blades
• Surface: Ground and chrome-plated on all sides
• Joint: Inserted
140 mm 2.5 mm 1.8 mm 0714 01 571
160 mm 2.8 mm 2 mm 0714 01 572
180 mm 3 mm 2.5 mm 0714 01 573
VDE SIDE CUTTERS, DIN ISO 5749 IEC 60900

places
• Strength-saving, clean cutting thanks to milled precision blade
• 1-component comfort handle with wide VDE collar for secure working
• Blades: Inductively hardened precision blades
• Joint: Inserted
140 mm 2.5 mm 1.8 mm 0715 01 87
160 mm 2.8 mm 2 mm 0715 01 88

POWER SIDE CUTTERS DIN ISO 5749

For cutting piano wire, hard and soft wire
2 • Strength-saving, clean cutting thanks to milled precision cutting edge

• High-quality tool steel ensures long service life and precision of blades, even under
maximum loads
• Joint: Lap joint, forged on rivets
• Material: Steel
• Type of joint: Launched
Length Max. medium wire dia- Max. hard wire diameter Max. piano wire dia- Art. no.
meter cutting capacity cutting capacity meter cutting capacity
140 mm 3.1 mm 2 mm 1.5 mm 0714 01 551
160 mm 3.4 mm 2.5 mm 2 mm 0714 01 552
180 mm 3.8 mm 2.7 mm 2.2 mm 0714 01 553
HEAVY-DUTY SIDE CUTTERS, REVERSIBLE

2 tools in one: Side cutters with connectible lever transmission
Twice the cutting power
By pressing the power button
High cutting power also allows you to cut thick cables
Avoids hard cutting impact like with experienced with conventional
side cutters
Precision cutting has a long service life
High-grade steel
Safe handling
Ergonomic 2-component handle with non-slip surface.
• Length: 200 mm
• Max. hard wire diameter cutting capacity: 3.5 mm
• Max. piano wire diameter cutting capacity: 3 mm
• Material: Steel
• Type of joint: Launched
Art. no.
0714 01 599

ELECTRONIC SIDE CUTTERS, ROUND HEAD

Small bevel
• Standard: DIN ISO 9654 2
• Handle: Soft comfort-grip handle shells
• Joint: Box joint, high precision, zero-backlash action
• Opening spring: Double spring for automatic opening of pliers
• Blade: For soft wires and some hard wires
• Head: Polished
• Length: 115 mm
• Min./max. soft wire diameter cutting capacity: 0.3-1.6 mm
Art. no.
0714 07 36

Wire clamp
• Head: Polished
• Length: 115 mm
Art. no.
0714 07 37


Without bevel, for flush cutting
2 • Standard: DIN ISO 9654

• Head: Polished
• Length: 115 mm
• Max. medium wire diameter cutting capacity: 1 mm
Art. no.
0714 07 38
ELECTRONIC SIDE CUTTERS, POINTED HEAD

Small bevel
• Head: Polished
• Length: 115 mm
Art. no.
0714 07 39

ELECTRONIC SIDE CUTTERS, POINTED HEAD

Without bevel, for flush cutting
• Standard: DIN ISO 9654 2
• Head: Polished
• Length: 115 mm
• Max. medium wire diameter cutting capacity: 1 mm
Art. no.
0714 07 40
2C SUPER NIPPERS
Fine-cut pliers for precision working
• Ergonomic 2-component grip
• Joint with stainless steel rivet, opening spring and opening limiter
• Non-chamfered cutting; precision-ground for sharp, flush cutting
• Length: 125 mm
Jaws width Min./max. soft wire dia- Max. medium wire dia- Design Art. no.
meter cutting capacity meter cutting capacity
12.5 mm 0.2-1 mm - Narrow head 0714 07 542
13.5 mm 0.2-1.6 mm 1.2 mm Normal head size 0714 07 544

Hand tools / Brooms, brushes and handles / Brooms
STREET BROOM SUPER V7

• V-shaped rubber bristles
2 • Retains dust (owing to static charge)

• Adjustable telescopic handle
• Integrated rubber floor squeegee
• Length: 320 mm
• Material of the bristles: Rubber
• Width: 65 mm
Art. no.
0695 943 975
WIRE BRUSH
With wooden body
• Wire diameter: 0.35 mm
• Length of bristles: 25 mm
• Length: 290 mm
• Length of head: 135 mm
Material of the wire Number of rows Width Art. no.

Brass 3 PCS 28 mm 0697 03
Brass 4 PCS 33 mm 0697 04
Stainless steel A2 4 PCS 33 mm 0697 14
Stainless steel A2 5 PCS 38 mm 0697 15
Steel 3 PCS 28 mm 0697 3
BATTERY TERMINAL UNIVERSAL CLEANING TOOL

• Brush for quickly removing deposits from battery terminals
• Length: 230 mm
Art. no.
0697 977

Hand tools / Brooms, brushes and handles / Brushes
FILE BRUSH
• Length: 260 mm
• Length of head: 115 mm
• Width: 40 mm
2
Art. no.
0714 61 67
POLE TERMINAL BRUSH

Combined cleaning brush for car batteries
Art. no.
0715 516 95
HAND BRUSH
Car brush with ergonomic, comfortable handle for effective and simp-
le cleaning of all surfaces
• Diagonally arranged bristles can reach all areas
• Split hair tips so the brushes draw in lots of water
• Cleaning that is gentle on paint thanks to split and therefore softened bristles
• Colour: Red, Black
• Material: PP - Polypropylene
• Material of the bristles: Polybutylene terephthalate -PBT
• Length: 320 mm
• Width: 115 mm
• Height: 107 mm
Art. no.
0891 350 102

Hand tools / Brooms, brushes and handles / Wipers
SQUEEGEE WIPE-N-SHINE
With handle mount for removing residual drops of water
2 • Ideal for large surfaces

• Can be used with telescopic handle
• Soft rubber ensures gentle treatment and optimum protection of surfaces
• Durable
• Colour: Green
• Material: Polyoxymethylene, thermoplastic elastomers
• Length: 450 mm
• Width: 190 mm
• Height: 70 mm
Art. no.
0891 350 206
FLOOR SQUEEGEE
Black cellular rubber floor squeegee for effective removal of water
and oil
• Made of black polypropylene
• Oil-resistant
• Ideal for large surfaces
• Soft cellular rubber ensures gentle treatment and optimal protection of surfaces
• Long-lasting
• Colour: Black
• Material: Polypropylene, foam rubber
• Length: 600 mm
• Width: 35 mm
• Height: 95 mm
Art. no.
0891 350 207

Hand tools / Brooms, brushes and handles / Wipers
RUBBER BLADE WIPE-N-SHINE

With handle for removing drops of water
• Can be used with telescopic handle 2
• Soft rubber ensures gentle treatment and optimum protection of surfaces
• Durable
• Colour: Green
• Material: Polyoxymethylene, thermoplastic elastomers
• Length: 350 mm
• Width: 198 mm
• Height: 53 mm
Art. no.
0891 350 205
CLEANING SET EASYSHINE, 5 PIECES

Complete solution for cleaning surfaces: Contains cleaning cloths,
spray bottle, dust mop and telescopic handle
For cleaning:
• Windows
• Mirror
• Tiling
• Stainless steel
• Revolving doors
• Bathtubs
• Jacuzzis
• Plastic seats
• Vehicle windows
Art. no.
9501 006 983

Hand tools / Special tools for cars / Tools for car engines
PNEUMATIC VALVE GRINDER

• Lightweight, practical and easy to handle
2 • Minimal air consumption

• Speed regulation
• Perfectly uniform grinding
• Alternating right/left rotation
• Supplied in shockproof plastic box with accessories
Art. no.
0691 209
FUEL BLEEDER
For draining a fuel tank after a fuel filling error
• 45-litre mobile tank (on wheels) to completely drain petrol or diesel tanks
• Supplied with two anti-static earth cables, an anti-overflow pipe and three fuel
sensors
Draining is via the fuel tank filler neck or the fuel hoses
• To drain via the hoses, the optional priming kit must be used
Stainless steel tank
• To prevent any risk of corrosion
Art. no.
0714 570 011

SPARE PART VACUUM CUP FOR PNEUMATIC VALVE GRINDER

• Diameter: 21 mm
2
Art. no.
0691 209 235
ACCESSORIES FOR UNIVERSAL CLEANING SET FOR DIESEL INJECTION NOZZLES
Length Diameter Number of pieces Material Art. no.

100 mm 25 mm 3 PCS - 0715 57 114
86 mm 15 mm 2 PCS Silicone 0715 57 117
30 mm 8.5 mm 1 PCS Stainless steel 0715 57 118

FUEL BLEEDER
For draining a fuel tank after a fuel filling error
2 • 45-litre mobile tank (on wheels) to completely drain petrol or diesel tanks
• Supplied with two anti-static earth cables, an anti-overflow pipe and three fuel
sensors
Draining is via the fuel tank filler neck or the fuel hoses
• To drain via the hoses, the optional priming kit must be used
Stainless steel tank
• To prevent any risk of corrosion
Art. no.
0714 571 010
SEALING RING PULLER FOR DIESEL INJECTION NOZZLES

Allows pulling of ingrained or jammed copper sealing rings in the
channel of diesel injection nozzles where conventional tools fail. Pre-
vents injuries due to the use of unsuitable tools.
Art. no.
0715 57 112

PULLER SET FOR DIESEL INJECTION NOZZLES

Enables seized diesel injection nozzles to be pulled out using pneu-
matic chipping hammers
2
Seized diesel injection nozzles can be pulled out more easily and
quickly through the combination of impact and vibration
Special pulling mechanism that is operated with pneumatic chipping
hammer
Incl. six adapters for the most common diesel injection nozzles
Incl. elbow adapter for hard-to-reach injection nozzles and disas-
sembly adapter for Bosch injection nozzles
Scope of delivery
• Adapter for Siemens injectors, M25
• Adapter for Denso injectors, M20
• Adapter for Siemens injectors, M27
• Adapter, female thread, M12
• Adapter for Delphi injectors, M14
• Universal elbow adapter
• Pulling mechanism for chipping hammer
• Double puller adapter for Bosch injectors
• Disassembly adapter for Bosch injectors
Art. no.
0714 526 035
UNIVERSAL CLEANING SET FOR DIESEL INJECTION NOZZLES

For thorough cleaning of the diesel injection nozzle channel, opening
and seat.
Everything you need for neat and efficient cleaning
Three brass-coated steel brushes for cleaning carbon deposits on
duct walls
Two silicone brushes for gentle cleaning of nozzle seating surfaces
Universally applicable in most diesel injection systems
Allows compliance with the specifications for changing diesel injec-
tor nozzles from the vehicle manufacturer
Scope of delivery
• Cleaning brush set, 3 pcs.
• Thread insert, 6 pcs.
• Extension for thread insert
• Cleaning brush set, 2 pcs., silicone-nylon
• Cleaning brush for injection nozzle opening
• Bit holder, 1/4 inch, 225 mm
Art. no.
0715 57 120

Hand tools / Special tools for cars / Tools for car radiators
AUTOMATIC QUICK-ACTION CLAMP

Automatic quick-action clamp: used for one-handed plugging of hoses
or flexible pipes
2
• Allows rapid plugging of cooling system, fuel and oil hoses and flexible hydraulic
pipes.
• Ergonomic handle for optimal working comfort
• Pivoting jaws for perfect application and optimal sealing
• Spring mechanism
• Automatic mechanism unlocking
• Manufactured from a robust, lightweight fibre-reinforced polymer material
• Colour: Red
• Material: Glass-fibre reinforced polyamide
Min./max. grip range Length of grip jaws Length Art. no.

3-19 mm 5.5 cm 16 cm 0714 601 913
19-57 mm 8 cm 25 cm 0714 601 914
COOLING SYSTEM TESTER WITH INFLATABLE SEALING BLADDER

Universal application for pressure testing on radiator systems thanks
to unique sealing system.
Inflatable sealing bladder for very high coverage of radiator
systems
For radiator coolers or expansion tanks, and bayonet and screw caps
Universal applications for water-cooled engines
For a multitude of motor vehicles
Securing rings for testing on running engines
Safety loops grip around the securing rings and prevent the sealing bladder from
slipping out. Blue for VW engines up to 1998, black for VW and Audi engines from
1998 and red for Japanese vehicles
Scope of delivery:
• 1 pressure pump
• 1 spare sealing bladder
• 3 securing rings
• 1 high-quality case
• 1 operating instructions
• Min./max. recommended testing pressure: 1-1.6 bar
• Max. pressure of bladder: 1.7 bar
• Max. testing pressure: 2 bar
• Min./max. radiator opening: 20-48 mm
Art. no.
0853 52

VISUAL ANTI-FREEZE AND BATTERY ACID TESTER

For reliably checking radiator anti-freeze and battery acid
Simple way to test display accuracy with distilled water 2
The exact measuring result is determined by the principle of optical
refraction
Reliable display due to sharp light-dark separating line
Adjustable resolution to individual visual acuity
Two different types of anti-freeze – propylene glycol and ethylene
glycol
• Propylene glycol as anti-freeze is used predominantly outside of Europe
• Ethylene glycol as anti-freeze is used predominantly within Europe
Scope of delivery:
• Optical testing device
• 2 x extraction pipettes
• Calibrating screwdriver
• Case
• Operating instructions
• Cleaning cloth
Art. no.
0704 506
SPRING HOSE CLAMP PLIERS

With non-slip plastic handles.
• For installing spring clip hose clamps up to a nominal size of 70 mm
• Maximum jaw opening 80 mm, clamp travel greater than 40 mm
• Quick adjustment by sliding directly onto the workpiece
• Open at the push of a button
• Fine adjustment for optimum adaptation to a wide range of clamp sizes
• Rotating, universal gripping inserts for secure clamp grip in any position
• Box joint, high level of stability thanks to double guide
• Chromium-vanadium electric steel, forged, oil-hardened
• Length: 250 mm
• Min./max. clamp diameter: 5-70 mm
Art. no.
0714 577 100

RADIATOR FILLING SYSTEM COOLANT REFILLER

Simple and reliable system for filling vehicle cooling systems. The
vacuum created inside the system prevents air bubbles forming and
2 the engine does not need to be switched on while filling the system
• The pneumatic device sucks the air present in the empty refrigeration system, crea-
ting a vacuum
• Thanks to the manometer which measures the vacuum, it is possible to check the
tightness of the pipes and the radiator
• The solution for filling systems that do not have the coolant tank at the highest point,
which is an increasingly common problem in newer cars
• No additional procedures are required after filling the system
• Supplied in a plastic case, complete with vacuum generator, manometer, suction
tube and three adapters
• Ø adapters: 16-33 mm, 23-41 mm, 34-52 mm
• Connection thread: R 1/4 inch
Art. no.
0714 55 16
COOLING SYSTEM REFILLER UNIVERSAL

• Min./max. diameter: 18-52 mm
Art. no.
0714 55 21

GRIPPING INSERTS FOR SPRING BAND CLAMP PLIERS

Scope of delivery: 1 pair
• Length: 9 mm 2
Art. no.
0714 577 101
VACUUM BRAKE BLEEDER

• Max. contents: 2 l
Art. no.
0714 55 201

Hand tools / Special tools for cars / Tools for car brakes
AUTOMATIC BRAKE BLEEDER, 12 V

Compatible with ABS and ESP systems
2 • Portable and stand-alone:

fitted with 4 wheels, one with brake.
• Compatible with DOT 3, DOT 4 and DOT 5.
• Power supply 12V with reverse pole protection.
• Stainless steel body:
To avoid any risk of corrosion.
• Pump with automatic shut-off:
No direct contact between liquid, air and moving parts of the pump.
• 5-litre tank with level display and minimum level indicator.
• Automatic shut-off of pump at minimum level:
Prevents the pump from running idle.
• Wide opening of tank:
for easy cleaning.
• Power supply cable 12V with jack socket.
• Brake fluid supply hose with quick-action coupling.
• Supplied with a reusable canister of liquid, hanging chain and screw-on cap.
Art. no.
0714 556 30
REFILL CONTAINER FOR VACUUM BRAKE BLEEDER

Art. no.
0714 55 202

SILICONE HOSE FOR VACUUM BRAKE BLEEDER

Art. no.
0714 55 203
SEAL SET FOR VACUUM BRAKE BLEEDER

Art. no.
0714 55 204
SILENCER FOR BRAKE BLEEDER

Art. no.
0714 55 207

SEALING RING FOR REFILL CONTAINER

Art. no.
0714 55 208
BRAKE BLEEDER ADAPTER KIT

An essential addition to the brake bleeder, to cover all vehicles
Various adapters for connecting to American and Asian vehicles
(Jeep, Dodge, Chrysler, Honda, Nissan)
Art. no.
0714 55 329
BRAKE FLUID TESTER

Practical tester for determining brake fluid quality (DOT4)
5 LEDs for precise indication of water content in brake fluid at levels:
0%, <1%, < 2%, < 3%, > 4%
Robust with protective cap
For professional applications
Always on hand
Small and handy
Art. no.
0715 53 200

BRAKE FLUID TESTER

Test water content in all polyglycol-based brake fluids (DOT3/DOT4
and DOT5.1) easily, quickly and precisely
2
Practical test pen with clip
Practical storage in breast pocket
One push button for quick test and switching
Intuitive operation possible
Manufactured and certified in line with IEC/EN 61010-1
standard
Compact, lightweight design
Approx. 55 g incl. batteries
Rapid and precise measurement
Supports service department, can be shown directly to customers
Self-test
Test battery and readiness for use
Housing made from fibreglass-reinforced polyamide
Acid and alkali resistant, impact and break-proof. Long service life.
Automatic switch-off
Battery conservation after approx. one minute
LED light
Illuminates immersed measuring tips and makes dirt particles in the brake fluid cont-
ainer visible.
Art. no.
0715 53 220
BRAKE CALIPER BRUSH

Narrow steel wire brush with plastic handle
0715 55 261
Length Art. no.

225 mm 0715 55 26
245 mm 0715 55 261

PNEUMATIC SPINDLE
Multi-purpose pneumatic spindle for easier resetting of brake pistons
with the help of compressed air.
2
For universal use
Compatible with all common adapter systems
Makes work easier
Minimum force required due to pneumatic compression on the brake piston
Accuracy
Owing to manual turning movement
• Min./max. working pressure: 4.9-7.9 bar
• Max. working pressure: 7.9 bar
• Min. working pressure: 4.9 bar
• Length: 260 mm
Art. no.
0715 55 246
VACUUM BRAKE BLEEDER SET, 20 PCS

Inexpensive bleeder set for fast and simple brake fluid change.
• Suitable for one-person operation
• Permits fast, time-saving bleeding of the brake cable system while replacing old
brake fluid with new brake fluid
• Universal adapter set allows connection to virtually all nipples
Art. no.
0714 55 200

VACUUM BRAKE BLEEDER SET, 18 PCS

Inexpensive bleeder set for fast and simple brake fluid change.
• Suitable for one-person operation 2
• Permits fast, time-saving bleeding of the brake cable system while replacing old
brake fluid with new brake fluid
• Universal adapter set allows connection to virtually all nipples
Art. no.
0714 55 205
BRAKE BLEEDER SET, 6 PIECES

Facilitates simple and time-saving suction and bleeding of brake and
clutch systems using compressed air.
Compact and powerful
• 1.8 l container with adjustable suction power
Simple and convenient handling
• Selection of accessories; everything you need included
• Quick-action couplings and swivelling air connection
Scope of delivery
• Bleeder
• Ventilation hose, 1.8 m
• Suction hose, 1.2 m
• Subframe for table mounting
• Suspension hooks
• 3 adapters for ventilation screws
• User handbook
Art. no.
0714 55 126

BRAKE PISTON RESETTING TOOL SET

Comprehensive brake piston resetting tool set for rapid brake pad
replacement on all commercially available passenger vehicles
2
Comprehensive and up-to-date
Contains adapters for all commercially available passenger vehicles
Practical magnetic adapter plate attachment
Perfectly fitting, specially designed adapter plates for safe working
Contents: 44 pcs.
• 2 brake piston resetting spindles
RH, LH
• 40 brake piston resetting adapters
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 0 disc, 11, 12, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, J, K, K1, K2, M, N, P,
Q, R, S, Z, T, V, IV, A1, B1, F1, G1, P1, R1
• 2 brake piston reset latch tools
H6, H7
Art. no.
0715 55 200
MACPHERSON SPRING STRUT COMPRESSOR SET

Basic unit with four clamping plates for removing and mounting screw
springs when replacing shock absorbers on MacPherson spring struts.
Fast and efficient operation
Suitable for use with impact screwdrivers
For robust and universal application
Die-forged, easily replaceable clamping plates
Protects painted spring surface
Powder-coated clamping plates
For a wide range of spring struts, especially for heavy vehicles
High clamping force of 18,000 N
Special clamping plates for conical and spherical springs
For safety reasons, conical and spherical springs may only be compressed using cor-
responding clamping plates (see vehicle table)
• Tension force: 18000 N
• Min./max. spring diameter: 80-195 mm
Art. no.
0713 525 20

Hand tools / Special tools for cars / Tools for car chassis
AXIAL JOINT REMOVAL TOOL

For the simple removal and fitting of axial joints to tie rods.
• For universal use on hexagonal and round joints with diameters of 35 mm to 45 mm 2
• Rod adjusted automatically thanks to patented mechanism
• Inserts do not need to be changed
• Especially suitable for hard-to-reach axial joints
• Can be used on 99% of all vehicles
Art. no.
0715 55 256
CLAMP INSERT FOR AXIAL JOINT REMOVAL TOOL

Art. no.
0715 55 257
BALANCING WEIGHT PLIERS

With plastic-coated handles
• With cutting device and hub cap lifter
• Length: 250 mm
Art. no.
0695 391 889

Hand tools / Special tools for cars / Tools for car wheels
TYRE INFLATOR
Portable device without hose connection - calibrated design
2 Automatic refilling
By means of filling socket with filling valve (counter piece)
Can be attached on both sides
Double-sided filling station connector
Easy two-button operation
Filling and draining
Clear view of the scale
The water runs off easily thanks to inclined manometer.
Protects the manometer from rough impacts
Rubber buffer
• Min./max. pressure measuring range: 0-10 bar
• Pressure conditions for measuring accuracy: < 0.08 bar: 0-4 bar, < 0.16
EU type-approval bar: 4-10 bar, < 0.25 bar: > 10 bar
• Medium that can be measured: Air
• Manometer diameter: 160 mm
• Hose length: 800 mm
• Volumetric capacity: 6 l
• Material of the housing: Plastic
Art. no.
0715 93 92

ANALOGUE TYRE INFLATOR

Precise measurements from well protected manometer
Long service life 2
Shock-absorbed connection nipple effectively cushions unwanted impact.
Problem-free operation
Built-in metal filters sift out dirt particles without reducing air flow.
Consistently precise measured values
Measuring device protected with integrated safety mechanisms.
Easy-to-read precision manometer
The large dial provides enough space for the scale chart.
• Manometer diameter: 80 mm
Min./max. pressure mea- Pressure conditions for Medium that can be Product weight (per item) Art. no.
suring range measuring accuracy measured
0-12 bar < 0.08 bar: 0-4 bar, < 0.16 bar: Air, Nitrogen 1057.25 g 0715 54 05
4-10 bar, < 0.25 bar: > 10 bar
1-10 bar - - 915 g 0715 540 507
TYRE INFLATOR UNIV‘AIR®

Standard capacity — for inflating and monitoring air pressure
• High-strength body made of fibreglass-reinforced thermoplastic material with rub-
ber crash protection on the manometer
• Watertight manometer with decimal scale dial (1 bar is divided into 10 parts) for
easy, accurate reading of values
• All components are made from corrosion-resistant materials that can also be used
outdoors
• Min./max. pressure measuring range: 0.7-11 bar
• Hose length: 1.5 m
• Connection thread: IT 1/4 inch
Model approved under 86/217/EEC
Art. no.
0715 540 54

TYRE INFLATION DEVICE MAST AIR®

Standard capacity — for inflating and monitoring air pressure with
push button control
2
• Tough ABS body with rubber crash protection for manometer
• Watertight manometer with decimal scale dial (1 bar is divided into 10 parts) for
easy, accurate reading of values
• All components are made from corrosion-resistant materials that can also be used
outdoors
• Swivelling inlet and outlet air fittings that prevent tube twisting
• Connection thread: ET R 1/4 inch
Model approved under 86/217/EEC
Art. no.
0715 540 55
DIGITAL TYRE INFLATOR

Precise digital tyre inflator for professional use. Especially suitable for
work on tyre pressure monitoring systems.
• Suitable for work on tyre pressure monitoring systems
• Very high measurement accuracy with a resolution of 0.01 bar
• Air connection F G 1/4 inch
• Rubber protection around the measuring instrument
• Precision level maintained even under the influence of impacts on the unit
• Corrosion-resistant internal mechanism
• Filtering of the air in the display mechanism by microporous stainless steel nickel
silver filter
• Device withstands an unintentional overpressure of 15.00 bar
Complies with EN12645, incl. calibration certificate.
• Easy-to-read measurement result thanks to 12-mm-high display
• Measurement starts automatically as soon as atmospheric pressure exists (connecti-
on to valve required)
• Auto shut-off feature
• Automatic calibration to zero at each new inflation
• Warning in the event of failure
• Connection thread: G 1/4 inch
• Pressure measuring accuracy: 0.01 bar
Art. no.
0715 54 099

QUICK-CONNECT NIPPLE
For quick connection of the manual tyre inflator to the tyre valve.
Fast sealing 2
with a slight twist of the plug-in nipple
Art. no.
0715 54 061
REPLACEMENT HOSE FOR TYRE INFLATOR
Length Art. no.

1.5 m 0715 540 57
3m 0715 540 58
VALVE MOUNTING TOOL

• Length: 280 mm
Art. no.
0715 54 04
UNIVERSAL SCREWDRIVER AND EXTRACTOR, VALVE INSERT

• Length: 125 mm
• Material: Plastic/steel
Art. no.
0715 540 515

Hand tools / Inspection tools f. cars/comm. vehicles / Inspection tools f.
cars/comm. vehicles
MAGNETIC LIFTER WITH PLASTIC HANDLE

Flexible shaft for versatile applications
2 • Max. loading weight: 600 g

• Head diameter: 8 mm
• Length: 460 mm
Art. no.
0715 35 35
TELESCOPIC MAGNET
Magnetic retention force 500 g
• With wash nozzle adjustment needle, magnetic head, cover cap and pocket clip
• Extension length 155-670 mm
• Max. loading weight: 500 g
Art. no.
0715 34 96
TELESCOPIC MAGNET
With non-magnetic cover
• Strong telescopic tube made of stainless steel
• Anti-magnetic cover prevents unwanted attachment to metal surfaces, concentrates
and intensifies the magnetic field
• Comfortable soft grip handle ensures a secure grip, even with wet or oily hands
• With convenient pocket clip for secure transport
• Max. loading weight: 3.9 kg
Art. no.
0715 34 900

Hand tools / Inspection tools f. cars/comm. vehicles / Inspection tools f.
cars/comm. vehicles
TELESCOPIC INSPECTION MIRROR WITH SOFT GRIP

Impact-resistant mirror 60 mm in diameter
For precise, visual inspection of areas that are difficult to see 2
• With telescopic handle, extendable to max. 850 mm
• With soft grip and practical pocket clip
• Double joint allows adjustment of the mirror in all directions; easily adjustable and
lockable thanks to the screw
• Material: Brass / steel
• Diameter of mirror: 60 mm
Art. no.
0715 35 71
UNIVERSAL HOOK ASSORTMENT

4 pieces. For the removal and insertion of seals and O-rings, ideal for
hard-to-reach places.
• Material: Stainless steel AISI 420
• Surface: Uncoated
Art. no.
0715 55 340

Hand tools / Stripping tools / Wire stripping pliers
WIRE STRIPPING PLIERS

Precise, effortless stripping of cables and wires with plastic or rubber
insulation
2
High-quality tool steel
Long service life and precision of cutting surfaces.
For single, multi and fine-wire conductors
Opening spring opens pliers automatically
Ergonomic and non-slip 2-component comfort handle with narrow
collar profile
Comfortable working and optimum power transmission.
Adjustment screw can be fixed in place with knurled nut
Surface: entirely ground and chrome-plated
Joint: lap
• Length: 160 mm
• Max. wire diameter: 5 mm
• Max. wire cross section: 10 mm2
Art. no.
0714 01 550
VDE WIRE STRIPPING PLIERS, IEC 60900

Precise, effortless stripping of cables and wires with plastic or rubber
insulation.
• High-quality tool steel ensures long tool life and precision
• Automatic opening of the tongs due to opening spring
re working
• Adjustment screw can be fixed with knurled nut
• Joint: Inserted
• Length: 160 mm
• Max. wire diameter: 5 mm
• Max. wire cross section: 10 mm2
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0714 01 570

Hand tools / Stripping tools / Wire stripping pliers
WIRE STRIPPING PLIERS, ADJUSTABLE

Integrated cutting depth adjustment for fine adjustment with different
insulation materials
2
• Adjustable longitudinal stop: 3-18 mm
• Integrated cable cutters: Flexible up to 10.0 mm2, rigid up to 1.5 mm2
• Replaceable knife block and longitudinal stop
• Ergonomically shaped 2-component handle for comfortable and effortless work
• Made in Sweden
• Blade geometry: Straight
• Min./max. American Wire Gauge (AWG): 34-8
• Material: Plastic / metal
Art. no.
0714 108 10
WIRE STRIPPING PLIERS, ADJUSTABLE, WITH 1C HANDLE

Self-adjusting tool for cutting and stripping cables.
• Strip and cut cables with just one tool
• Easy, tool-free blade replacement
• Ergonomic handle
• Adjustable stop for precision length adjustment
Art. no.
0713 41 20

Measuring / ChapterToC
MEASURING
Measuring instruments 614 3
Measuring tools 639

Measuring / Measuring instruments / Measuring instruments, temperature
INFRARED LASER THERMOMETER

For contact-free measurement of surface temperatures, with integra-
ted laser pointer
Ergonomic, practical and suitable for use anywhere
Easy measurement of temperatures in just seconds
3 Thanks to the two-point laser beam, the measuring point can be
focused even more precisely
Reliable, precise measurement
Extremely slim measuring cone of 12:1
The slimmer the measuring cone, the more accurate the measuring result (e. g. for a
distance of 12 cm, the measuring diameter is 1 cm)
Digital setting of degree of emission
Variable between 0.1 and 1.0 (factory setting 0.95)
Can be switched from Celsius to Fahrenheit
Eliminates complicated conversions
With integrated display lighting
Results displayed to one decimal place
Adjustable alarm with extremely high or low temperatures
Between -50°C and +650°C
Infrared laser thermometer is supplied in a practical pouch that can
be fastened to the belt.
Repeatability
• -50°C to +20°C/-58°F to +68°F: +/-1.3°C (2.3°F)
• +20 to +650°C/+68 to +1202°F: +/- 0.5%, 0.5°C (0.9°F)
Measuring tolerances
• -50°C to +20°C/-58°F to +68°F: +/-2.5°C (4.5°F)
• +20 to +300°C/+68 to +572°F: +/-1%, 1°C (1.8°F)
• +300°C to +650°C/+572°F to +1202°F: ±1.5%
• Min./max. temperature measuring range: -50 to 650 °C
• Thermometer measuring cone: 12:1
• Min./max. spectral range: 8-14 µm
• Reaction time: 150 ms
• Automatic switch-off: 5 s
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: 9 V block; PP3; F22
Art. no.
0715 53 110

Measuring / Measuring instruments / Measuring instruments, temperature
NON-CONTACT FOREHEAD INFRARED THERMOMETER DT-8806H

Specially designed to take the body temperature of a person regard-
less of room temperature.
• Precise non-contact measurement
• Selectable C° or F°
• Automatic selection range and display resolution 0.1C°/ F° 3
• Selectable body or surface temperature
• Memorization of the last 32 measurements
• Auto data hold & power off
• Backlight LCD display
• Alarm setting
• Min./max. temperature measuring range: 0 to 60 °C
• Min./max. spectral range: 8-14 µm
• Reaction time: 0.5 s
• Automatic switch-off: Yes
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: 1.5 V LR6 AA
Art. no.
9501 006 572
SINGLE-POLE VOLTAGE TESTER

With slotted screwdriver blade
• Full safety insulation
According to DIN 57680, Part 6 and VDE 0680/6
• Metal clip
• Thickness of cutting edge x width of cutting edge: 0.5 x 3 mm
• Min./max. voltage range AC: 150-250 V/AC
Blade length Length Art. no.

68 mm 163 mm 0613 247 360
65 mm 140 mm 0715 53 05

Measuring / Measuring instruments / Measuring instruments, electr. varia-
bles
CAR TESTER
With voltage testing and polarity determination (+/–)
• Four LEDs for voltage and polarity display
• Built-in piercing probe facilitates testing on cables
• Length: 150 mm
3
• Display: LED
• Min./max. voltage range DC: 6-48 V/DC
Art. no.
0715 53 07
VOLTAGE TESTER TEST PLUS

Contactless voltage tester with torch function (LED)
• No current flow required
• Detects live wires, cable breakages, faults at switches etc.
TÜV-/GS-tested to EN 61010/DIN VDE 0100-410/IEC 1010 • Identifies blown fuses, defective lamps in chains of lights without direct metallic
contact
• Measuring tip illuminates when voltage is present
• Torch function with bright LED (approx. 60 h light time)
• With acoustic warning signal
• Overvoltage protection category: CAT III/1000 V
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: 1.5 V Micro AAA
Art. no.
0715 53 100

bles
SOCKET TESTER A WITH FI/RCD TRIPPING

Quick and reliable testing of all potentially fatal connection faults in
the Schuko sockets.
Handy tester
Practical storage facility
No presetting required 3
Intuitive operation
Approx. 50 g
Fast and reliable testing of sockets
Tests for correct connection and indicates wiring faults via LED display
Power supply across socket being tested
No follow-up costs, no battery required
Housing made from fibreglass-reinforced polyamide
Shock and break-proof, allowing a long service life
Manufactured and certified to IEC/EN 61010-1 (DIN VDE Equipped with additional FI/RCD test circuit
0411)
For testing FI circuit breakers with a rated current of 30 mA (at 230 V AC) with a trip-
ping time of 200 milliseconds (trips only on right phase).
• Switchable load: 30 mA at 230V/AC
• Overvoltage protection category: CAT II/300 V
Art. no.
0715 53 001

bles
SOCKET TESTER B
Quick and reliable testing of all potentially fatal connection faults in
the Schuko sockets
Handy tester
Practical storage facility
3 No presetting required
Intuitive operation possible
Approx. 50 g
Fast and reliable testing of sockets
Tests for correct connection and indicates wiring faults via LED display
Power supply across socket being tested
No follow-up costs, no battery required
Housing made from fibre glass-reinforced polyamide
Shock and break-proof, allowing a long service life
Manufactured and certified to IEC/EN 61010-1 (DIN VDE 0411)
• Overvoltage protection category: CAT II/300 V
Art. no.
0715 53 003

bles
TWO-PIN VOLTAGE TESTER MULTI-TESTER PRO II LCD

Overvoltage category CAT IV (1000 V) — suitable for use in electrical
installation and servicing work, and for testing hybrid and electric
vehicles and photovoltaic systems
Test equipment with maximum safety level
(CAT IV 1000 V) 3
No presetting, intuitive operation
Automatic testing range selection
Displays voltages from approx. 45 V/AC and 110 V/DC:
• With batteries: visual and vibrating warning
• Without batteries: ELV LED indicates the presence of a voltage
FI/RCD test with two keys
Intentional triggering of the FI switch facilitates push-button activation of the load so
that the protective conductor can also be tested.
Screwable 4 mm test probe adapter
• Improved hold in safety socket and CEE socket
• Suitable for narrow test openings
Energy-saving
Automatic shut-off device
• Length: 300 mm
• Display: LCD
• Continuity testing, min./max. electrical resistance: 0-5 kOhm
• Min. voltage for phase testing: 100 V/AC
• Diode testing: Yes
• Polarity testing: Yes (- in LCD)
• PELV display: Visual, Vibrating
• Display min./max. electrical resistance display: 10-199.9 kOhm
• Min./max. frequency display: 0-500 Hz
• Overvoltage protection category: CAT IV/1000 V
Art. no.
0715 53 175

bles
TWO-PIN VOLTAGE TESTER MULTI-TESTER PRO II LED

Overvoltage category CAT IV (1000 V) — suitable for use in electrical
installation and servicing work, and for testing hybrid and electric
vehicles and photovoltaic systems
Test equipment with maximum safety level
3 (CAT IV 1000 V)
No presetting, intuitive operation
Automatic testing range selection
Displays voltages from approx. 45 V/AC and 110 V/DC:
• With batteries: visual and vibrating warning
• Without batteries: ELV LED indicates the presence of a voltage
FI/RCD test with two keys
Intentional triggering of the FI switch facilitates push-button activation of the load so
that the protective conductor can also be tested.
Screwable 4 mm test probe adapter
• Improved hold in safety socket and CEE socket
• Suitable for narrow test openings
Energy-saving
Automatic shut-off device
• Length: 300 mm
• Display: Optical, LEDs
• Continuity testing, min./max. electrical resistance: 0-200 kOhm
• Diode testing: Yes
• Polarity testing: Yes (+/- LED)
• PELV display: Visual, Vibrating
Art. no.
0715 53 165

bles
TWO-PIN VOLTAGE TESTER FOR LOW-VOLTAGE NETWORKS

With measuring accessories IP2X
The CA 762 voltage tester is an indispensable tool for any electrician
to check the absence of voltage before any intervention in an electri-
cal system connected to the mains.
The CA 762 comprehensively self-tests the electrical circuits, the 3
power supply, the indicators and the perfect condition of the test
leads.
• Complete self-test integrated
• Voltage test up to 690 VAC (16 2/3Hz - 800 Hz) / 750 VDC
• Single-pin external conductor detection
• Rotation field direction indicator up to 400 Hz
• Conductivity testing
• Test probe and test lead removable
• Length: 163 mm
• Display: LED
• Min./max. frequency: 16.66 / 800 Hz
• Length x width x depth: 163 x 64 x 40 mm
Art. no.
9501 007 747
MEASURING TIP RED

For all W760 and W751 testers
• 600 V category 4
• for testing connectors
Colour Art. no.

Black 0715 53 426
Red 0715 53 425

bles
CONTINUITY TESTER BEEPER PLUS

For continuity testing of wires, fuses, light bulbs etc.
• External voltage-proof to 300 V/a warning lamp comes on for safety
• Torch function with LED technology
• Contact-free detection of voltage sources, hence no current flow required
3
• Display from 110-300 V alternating voltage
• Testing with buzzer and can be used as a pocket torch at the same time
• Test display via buzzer and LED (0-30 Ω) or LED pocket torch (0-250 Ω)
• Min. voltage measuring range: 110 V/AC
• Max. voltage measuring range: 300 V/AC
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Mignon AA
• Rechargeable battery/battery permanently installed: No
Tested to EN 61010/DIN VDE 0100-410/IEC 1010
Art. no.
0715 53 315
SOCKET TESTER 2P+E W751

For fast, complete analysis of power sockets
• Provides acoustic and visual indication when voltage is present
• Verifies the earth connection
• Determines the phase position
• Reversible
• Self-powered from the socket being tested
• Fits on safety tester W 760 N
• For use with tester W 760 N
Indicates the phase position
Checks the earth connection of the cable
Checks the AC/DC voltage
• Saves time when checking electrical installations
• Width: 50 mm
• Length: 95 mm
• Height: 38 mm
Art. no.
0715 53 421

bles
CABLE TESTER CT 51
Test telephone, computer and video cables
• Check continuity, cable breaks, short circuits, and crossing of pairs
• Test RJ11, RJ45, IEEE 1394, USB and BNC cables
• Quick identification of the fault by simply pressing the button
3
• All tests can be carried out by one person
• Comprises a central unit and a secondary unit
• Measuring distance 180 m
• Operating temperature 5°C to 45°C
• Weight of device: 280 g
• Width: 100 mm
• Length: 200 mm
• Height: 27 mm
Art. no.
0715 53 570
MINI DIGITAL MULTIMETER

Small measuring instrument for measuring direct and alternating cur-
rent, resistance testing, continuity testing, diode testing and contact-
less voltage testing
• The test leads can be fastened to the rear of the device; this protects them from
damage and prevents injury from the measuring tips
• Permanently attached test leads, data hold, diode testing, continuity testing, integra-
ted LED pocket torch and automatic range detection
• With robust, splash-proof rubber housing and membrane keyboard
• Contactless voltage testing
• Automatic switch-off of device after 15 minutes
• Display: LCD, 2000 digits
• Min./max. voltage measuring range: 0.5 V/AC-600 V/AC
• Min./max. voltage measuring range 2: 0.5 V/DC-600 V/DC
• Min./max. electrical-resistance measuring range: 0 Ohm-20 MOhm
Art. no.
0715 53 370

bles
MINI DIGITAL MULTIMETER

For measuring direct and alternating current and voltage. For perfor-
ming resistance, diode and continuity tests
• Voltage tester, without integrated contact, with indicator light
• Integrated mini LED torch
3 • Easy-to-read LCD display with 2000 digits
• Housing with double insulation
• CAT III 1000 V
• Maximum input current 200 mA/250 V (0.2 A/250 V) with self-resetting fuse for
overload protection on all scales
• Automatic scale with automatic shutdown feature
• HOLD button for storing the last measured value
Complies with standard EN 61010-1
Art. no.
0715 53 390
DIGITAL MULTIMETER MM 600 TRMS

Modern, digital multimeter with effective value measurement (TRMS),
cable break detector and LED pocket torch for professional use in
trade and industry.
The Würth MM 600, certified for safe use in CAT IV 600 V environ-
ments, offers essential functions for the detection of malfunctions
and numerous problems in electrical and electronic systems.
Properties:
• Suitable for measuring AC/DC current, AC/DC voltage, resistance, continuity and
diodes
• Can be used for AC/DC voltage up to 600 V, and also AC/DC current up to 10 A
• Resistance measurement up to 20 MΩ
• Contactless voltage tester (visual and acoustic) for quick detection of cable
breakage
• Display saving (hold function)
• Automatic shut-off after 15 min
• Fused inputs for protecting the measuring device
• LCD display with 2000 digits
• Conforms to EN Standard 61010-2-033
• Display: 2000 digits, LCD
• Min./max. voltage measuring range: 1 mV/AC-600 V/AC
• Min./max. voltage measuring range 2: 0.1 mV/DC-600 V/DC
• Min./max. current measuring range: 0.1 µA/AC-10 A/AC
• Min./max. current measuring range 2: 0.1 µA/AC-10 A/DC
• Min./max. electrical-resistance measuring range: 0.1 Ohm-20 MOhm
Art. no.
0715 53 415

bles

0715 53 415 Spare fuse for multimeter 10 A 0715 53 416
Spare fuse for multimeter 250 mA 0715 53 417
AUTOMOTIVE MULTIMETER MM 50/20

3
Modern, digital multimeter, specially developed for professional
applications in garages.
Enables measurements that are specifically required in the vehicle
environment
In addition to conventional measurements, measurements can also be performed for
rotation speed, closing angle and duty cycle.
Measurements possible up to 20 amperes (caution: only up 50 volts!)
Conventional multimeters measure up to 10 amperes, which is not sufficient for
modern vehicles under certain circumstances.
Scope of delivery
• Automotive multimeter
• Measuring cables
• Crocodile terminals
• Temperature sensor
• Calibration certificate
• On-call bag
• User handbook
• Display: Optical, 3 1/2 digit, LCD
• Min./max. voltage measuring range: 0.1 mV/AC-50 V/AC
• Min./max. voltage measuring range 2: 1 mV/DC-120 V/DC
• Min./max. current measuring range 2: 0.01 mA/DC-20 A/DC
• Min./max. capacity measuring range: 0.01 nF-100 µF
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: 9 V 6LR61
Art. no.
0715 53 440

0715 53 440 Crocodile terminals 0715 53 403
Spare fuse for multimeter 20 A 0715 53 406
Temperature sensor with K-type plug 0715 53 405
Test lead for automotive multimeter 0715 53 404

bles
DIGITAL MULTIMETER PROFESSIONAL

Versatile TRMS multimeter, provides the most important functions for
daily use in skilled trades, business and industry. For maintenance,
installation, service. Robust due to shock-proof cover.
• Measurement of voltage: AC, DC
3 • Measurement of current: AC, DC, from as little as 10 µA
• Measurement of resistance, capacitance, temperature
• Audible continuity testing, diode test
• Voltage measurement with low impedance (VLOWZ = 500 kOhm), adjustable
• Non-contact voltage indicator (NCV): Displayed in red for hazardous voltage
• Built-in LED for simplified working in dark environments (illuminates the measuring
point)
• Large backlit LCD display for optimum readability
• Resolution of 6000 digits for high accuracy
• Automatic range selection, AC/DC – detection and shutdown
• Fuses are very easy to change
• Attachment of the device to switch cabinets, metal doors with magnets in the shock
protection cover
• Adjustable folding support enables installation at different angles of inclination
• Holder for test tips with 19 mm spacing simplifies measurement at sockets
• Display: 6000 digits
• Min./max. current measuring range: 10 µA/AC/DC-10 A/AC/DC
• Min./max. electrical-resistance measuring range: 1 Ohm-60 MOhm
• Min./max. capacity measuring range: 1 nF-100 mF
• Min./max. temperature measuring range: -55 to 1200 °C
Art. no.
0715 58 550

0715 58 550 Battery High Power 0827 112
Spare fuse for multimeter 0.63 A 0715 58 505
Spare fuse for multimeter 10 A 0715 58 506

bles
MAGNET TESTER
Test tip lights up without metallic contact as soon as a magnetic field
is present – it reacts to magnetic fields, excited by direct voltage,
alternating voltage or permanent magnets
3
Art. no.
0715 53 150
DIGITAL CLIP-ON AMPERE METER AM 600 AC/DC

Digital clip-on ampere meter with extensive measuring options, effec-
tive value measurement (TRMS), auto-range function and LED measu-
ring point illumination for professional use in trade and industry.
The Würth AM 600, certified for safe use in CAT lll 600 V environ-
ments, offers essential functions for the detection of malfunctions
and numerous problems in electrical and electronic systems.
Properties:
• Suitable for measuring AC/DC current, AC/DC voltage, resistance, continuity, dio-
des, frequency and capacity
• Can be used for AC/DC voltage up to 600 V, and also AC/DC current up to 600 A
• Resistance measurement up to 60 MΩ
• Min/max key for displaying the maximum or minimum measured value or difference
between the two values
• Toggling between manual range switchover and autorange
• Display saving (hold function)
• Automatic shut-off after 15 min
• Fused inputs for protecting the measuring device
• LCD display with 6000 digits
• Conforms to EN Standard 61010-2-032
• Enclosure diameter: 23 mm
• Min./max. current measuring range: 10 mA/AC-600 A/AC
• Min./max. current measuring range 2: 10 mA/DC-600 A/DC
• Min./max. voltage measuring range: 1 mV/AC-600 V/AC
• Min./max. voltage measuring range 2: 1 mV/DC-600 V/DC
Art. no.
0715 53 715

bles
MULTI-PURPOSE CURRENT CLAMP PROFESSIONAL

The ideal tool for any use on site. Contains all necessary measuring
functions in one compact device. A measuring instrument for all cases.
Measurement of current
AC, DC, AC+DC
3 Measurement of voltage
AC, DC, AC+DC
Power measurement
Active, apparent, reactive power, power factor (single-phase and total three-phase
current)
• Measurement of resistance, frequency
• Audible continuity testing, diode test
• Determination of phase sequence of external leads
Innovative TRUE INRUSH function for the start-up current
measurements.
• The start-up current of a motor can be established easily, as well as the current
requirement of a plant, which supplies a series of running machines.
• The current clamp automatically detects the signal type and the present current
consumption of a plant and adapts the detection and measuring algorithms to the
measured overcurrent.
Many more features
HOLD, MIN/MAX/PEAK, ΔREL, THD (harmonic)
• Large backlit LCD display for optimum readability
• Resolution of 6000 digits for high accuracy
• Automatic range selection, AC/DC detection, auto power off
• Clearly assigned function keys, 1 key = 1 function
• Ergonomic “one-hand operation” thanks to optimally positioned rotary switches
• Min./max. current measuring range: 0.15 A/AC-600 A/AC
• Min./max. current measuring range 2: 0.15 A/DC-900 A/DC
• Min./max. current measuring range 3: 0.15 A/AC/DC-600 A/AC/DC
• Min./max. voltage measuring range 3: 0.15 V/AC/DC-1000 V/AC/DC
• Min./max. effective power measuring range: 1 W-600 kW
• Min./max. reactive power measuring range: 1 var-600 kvar
• Min./max. apparent power measuring range: 1 VA-600 kVA
• Min./max. electrical-resistance measuring range: 0.1 Ohm-59.99 kOhm
Art. no.
0715 58 770

bles
CURRENT TRANSFORMER WÜRTH FLEX 400

Digital TRMS ammeter with flexible measurement loop allows measu-
rement at inaccessible conductors. The ideal addition for every electri-
cian.
Current measurement:
AC, starting from just a few mA 3
Flexible current measurement loop with shielded cable securely
attached to housing
Innovative closing system of the measurement loop
For extremely easy handling at hard-to-reach points
MAX HOLD function for the maximum value — memory
e.g. to monitor a plant in idle/continuous operation
• Large LCD display for optimum readability
• 4000 count resolution for high levels of accuracy
• Automatic range selection and power off
• Min./max. current measuring range: 20 mA/AC-400 A/AC
Art. no.
0715 58 660
SPARE FUSE FOR MULTIMETER
Length Max. nominal current Max. nominal voltage Art. no.

20 mm 20 A 250 V 0715 53 406
32 mm 0.63 A 1000 V/AC/DC 0715 58 505
37 mm 10 A 1000 V/AC 0715 53 416
37 mm 250 mA 1000 V/AC 0715 53 417
38 mm 10 A 1000 V/AC/DC 0715 58 506

bles
TEMPERATURE SENSOR WITH K-TYPE PLUG

• Length: 110 mm
Art. no.
0715 53 405
CROCODILE TERMINALS
• Insulation: PVC
• Contact: nickel-plated steel
• Safety socket in the insulating body with female thread
• Min./max. temperature range: -10 to +55°C
• Scope of delivery: One red and one black tapper
• Max. nominal current: 5 A
• Max. nominal voltage: 600 V
• Overvoltage protection category: CAT II
• Max. grip range: 8 mm
Art. no.
0715 53 403

bles
TEST LEAD FOR AUTOMOTIVE MULTIMETER

• Length: 1000 mm
Art. no.
0715 53 404
WIRING DIAGNOSTICS KIT

A complete kit for automotive electrical diagnostics
• Contains practically all wires needed for complete electrical diagnostics
• All wires are correctly arranged in „male and female“ pairs and by terminal size
• Includes an ATC adapter for mini and maxi fuses and a current loop for use with a
current clamp
Airbag simulator
• Used to confirm the airbag supply by connecting it first to check for short circuits
LED stroboscope
• To check terminal series to ensure correct wiring. The LED shows red for reverse
polarity and green for correct polarity
• Also includes standard components such as crocodile clips, a banana plug for use
with a multimeter, 3-way extension connectors and removable test probes
Art. no.
0964 715 535

Measuring / Measuring instruments / Measuring instruments, humidity
MOISTURE MEASURING UNIT FMM10

For measuring the moisture in wood and building materials such as
plaster, etc.
The measuring principle
An electric current flows between two electrodes, which helps measure the impedan-
3 ce change based on the moisture contained in the material. The device immediately
converts the measurement into the moisture content as a percentage. The device gives
you a clear reading of the moisture in wood as an H2O percentage of between 6%
and 100%. With other building materials, the device works out the equivalent wood
moisture.
Scope of delivery
• Measuring instrument
• Battery 9V art. 0827 115
• Case
• Min./max. wood humidity measuring range: 6-100 %
Art. no.
0715 53 188
REPLACEMENT PARTS FOR THE MOISTURE MEASURING UNIT REPLACEMENT NEEDLES

4 pieces
Art. no.
0715 53 189

Measuring / Measuring instruments / Measuring instruments/testers, spe-
cial
VISUAL ANTI-FREEZE, BATTERY AND AD BLUE TESTER

For reliable testing of coolant anti-freeze, battery acid and AD Blue in
one unit
Simple test of display accuracy with distilled water
Automatic temperature compensation between 10°C–30°C
3
The exact measuring result is determined by the principle of optical
refraction
Reliable display due to sharp light-dark separating line
Adjustable resolution to individual visual acuity
Differentiates between anti-freeze in propylene glycol and ethylene
glycol
• Propylene glycol is mainly used as an anti-freeze agent outside Europe
• Ethylene glycol is mainly used as an anti-freeze agent within Europe
Precise result even with different composition
Includes:
• Optical tester
• 2 x extraction pipettes
• Calibrating screw driver
• Case
• Cleaning cloth
• Min. temperature conditions: -50 °C
Art. no.
0704 510
EASY-FINDER SET
Contactless cable locator
The cable finder allows any technician to find any kind of cable,
wire or wire pair in the shortest possible time without contact and
without time-consuming stripping work.
• Search depth down to 60 cm (also when concealed)
• For locating cables and cableways up to 15 km
• For limiting cable disruptions
• Test cable, with fully insulated alligator clips, length 25 cm
• Test cable, with special RJ11 connector, 10 cm long
• Transmission power (in dBm) at 600 Ohms: 12 dBm
• Transmission power (in dBm) at 50 Ohms: 10.5 dBm
• Output voltage: 9 V/DC
• Length of test cable: 25 cm
• Length of test cable 2: 10 cm
• Material of the housing: ABS, splash water protected
Art. no.
0715 53 750

cial
COATING THICKNESS GAUGE COMBI

Fully electronic coating thickness measuring instrument for determi-
ning coatings (e.g. paintwork, corrosion protection coating thicknes-
ses)
• One-hand operation with multi-function key
3 • Automatic substrate switchover
Reliable, fast measurements with no calibration
• Manual substrate switchover by user also possible
• High measuring accuracy over entire measuring range
• Broad range of applications thanks to dual probe (steel, iron and non-ferrous metals
such as aluminium, zinc, copper and brass)
• Compact design with integrated sensor
• Long-term use with gentle measurement thanks to polished ruby measuring heads
• Innovative technology: Hall sensors and eddy current technology
• Acoustic signal on start of measurement
• Automatic switch-on/switch-off
• Graphic LCD display with backlight indicates measured value, battery state, measu-
ring unit and operating mode
• Measurement display approx. 15 seconds
Measuring range (FE/N Fe)
0–3000 μm (μm/mils switching)
Measuring time increment
Individual measurement: 600 ms
Measurement display
From 0.0–999 in µm, from 1000 µm in mm
Smallest measuring surface
10 x 10 mm
Smallest curvature radius
• Convex: 5 mm
• Concave: 25 mm
Smallest thickness of base material
• Fe: 0.2 mm
• N Fe: 0.05 mm
• Display: LCD
• Measuring accuracy in %: 3 %
• Error of measurement for length (+/-): +/- 2 µm
• Length: 100 mm
• Width: 60 mm
Art. no.
0715 53 790

cial
VIDEO, ENDOSCOPE PRO PRO

10 pieces. For perfect examination and documentation in inaccessible
places, for the automotive, plumbing, construction, industrial, aviati-
on, police, and customs sectors via video recording and/or imaging.
With 5.5 mm x 1 m semi-rigid probe.
• „Live“ observation via the TFT colour display or recording straight to the SD card in 3
the multifunctional console
• Recording function: Image in JPG and film in NTSC or PAL format
• High-power battery: Two hours of charging, four hours of continuous use
• Optimal image quality with four bright and dimmable mini LEDs
• Portable, network-neutral system
• Option of transmission via USB connection
• Direct connection via AV jack and connection cable
• Probes with scratch-proof sapphire glass for high image quality and to protect
camera and lens
• Various mirror attachments for optimum viewing angle
• Digital zoom function and mirror imaging
• Width: 72 mm
• Height: 200 mm
• Type of rechargeable battery/battery: Lithium
Art. no.
0715 53 758

cial
VIDEO, BASIC ENDOSCOPE

7 pieces. Fast and simple visual inspection of damaged areas in diffi-
cult to access locations with no costly and time-intensive disassembly
required (e.g. door sills, engine, gears, axles, hollow spaces, cable
shafts, and many other application areas). With 5.5 mm x 1 m semi-ri-
gid probe.
3
• 4 luminous, dimmable mini LEDs
• Portable, mains-independent system
• Direct connection option via AV port and connection cable
• Probes with scratch-resistant sapphire glass for high image quality and to protect
the camera and lens
• Various mirror attachments for optimum viewing angle
• Digital zoom function and mirror imaging
Technical data:
• 2.4-inch TFT LCD QVGA colour monitor (resolution: 320 x 240 pixels)
• Weight: 1704 grams/set
• Video output format: NTSC & PAL
• Horizontal angle 46°
• Vertical angle 34°
• Diagonal angle 56°
• Depth of focus (DOF): between 1–6 cm distance
• Probes: water-resistant according to degree of protection IP 67
• Width: 30 cm
• Height: 45 cm
• Tip diameter: 5.5 mm
Art. no.
0715 53 962

cial
VIDEO ENDOSCOPE PRO DUAL

For perfect examination and documentation in inaccessible places via
video recording and/or imaging
• 4.9 mm dual camera with 90° front and side view
• Live observation via the TFT colour display
• Record directly to the SD card in the multifunctional console; JPG image format and 3
NTSC or PAL video format
• Optimal image quality with two dimmable, luminous mini LEDs
• Probes with scratch-proof sapphire glass for high image quality and to protect the
camera lens
• Just two hours of charging required for four hours of use
• Option of transmission via USB connection
• Direct connection via AV jack and connecting cable
• Various zoom functions and image mirroring options
• Width: 72 mm
• Height: 200 mm
Art. no.
0715 53 757
CHARGER
• Charger for endoscope
Art. no.
0715 53 766

cial
POSITION FINDER MD 12
Digital position finder for locating metal, wood and electrical cables
Automatic calibration
Fastest possible use and no more measuring errors.
Effortlessly locate
3 energised and non-energised cables.
Clear borehole guides
With a three-colour LED ring and accurate indication of the object centre using the
„centre finder“ scale.
Illuminated display
Excellent readability, even in poor light.
3 detection modes
Dry-wall mode, metal mode, mode for energised cables
• Max. detection depth: 120 mm
• Steel detection depth: 120 mm
• Copper detection depth: 80 mm
• Current-carrying line detection depth: 50 mm
• Wooden substructure detection depth: 38 mm
• Automatic switch-off: 5min
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: 9 V block; 6LR61; 6AM6
• Length: 200 mm
• Width: 85 mm
• Height: 32 mm
Art. no.
5709 300 800
SONOSCOPE - SOUND AMPLIFIER

Electronic diagnostic tool to amplify sounds
• Comes with two 9V batteries, not fitted (Item No. 0827 115)
• All in a plastic case with foam padding
Precisely identifies the problem area
• Saves time
Lets you check several vehicle components simultaneously
• Avoids removing components
Colour-coded amplifier dial and clamps
• Prevents connection errors
Comes with a probe
• Lets you check places that are difficult to access, particularly in the engine
compartment
Art. no.
0715 939 100

Measuring / Measuring tools / Gauges
PROFILE GAUGE
• Transfer of profiles
• The profile gauge can be extended an unlimited number of times.
• The profile gauge adapts to directional changes via the delay angle
• The scanned profiles can be transported secured without changes.
3
• Length: 400 mm
• Max. profile depth: 50 mm
Art. no.
0714 64 400
FIBRE GLASS TAPE MEASURE

In wear-resistant palatal case
Lightweight and corrosion-resistant
Fibre glass-reinforced
Good readability
Tape measure to EEC precision class III
White-painted tape measure with metre counts in red font (cm graduation on both
sides)
• Width of band: 13 mm
• Accuracy class: III
Length of tape Product weight (per item) Art. no.

20 m 385.5 g 0714 64 50
20 m 385.5 g 0714 64 94
30 m 585 g 0714 64 51
FIBREGLASS TAPE MEASURE

Tape measure made of fibreglass
• Fibreglass tape measure in enclosed ABS housing with special PVC coating
• Low weight and no corrosion
• Yellow fibreglass tape rule with millimetre pitch and red metre markings
• Length of tape: 20 m
Art. no.
0714 64 521

Measuring / Measuring tools / Length measuring tool
FIBREGLASS CONSTRUCTION TAPE MEASURE

Long tape measure made of fibreglass
• Fibreglass tape measure in open lightweight design with special PVC coating
• Low weight and no corrosion
• Yellow fibreglass tape rule with millimetre pitch and red metre markings
3
Art. no.
0714 64 522
WOODEN FOLDING RULE

Measuring tool conforms to EEC precision class 3
Good readability
Millimetre pitch on both sides at the top and bottom edges of the sections
Long service life and reliable use
Robust metal hinges that lock firmly in place
• Material: Hornbeam
• Colour: Natural
• Max. length measuring range: 2 m
• Length of link (pivot point): 200 mm
• Number of chain links: 10 PCS
• Angle markings on joints: 180 Degree
• Material of joints: Steel
Art. no.
0715 64 58

PLASTIC FOLDING RULE

• Millimetre pitch on both sides
• Black decimal numbers
• Links made from fibreglass reinforced polyamide
• Scale corresponds to EU accuracy class III
Durable joint connections with steel springs can also be locked into
3
place at right angles.
• Colour: White
• Length of link (pivot point): 20 cm
• Length (folded up) x width (folded up) x height: 240 x 35 x 16 mm
Art. no.
0715 64 603
BEECHWOOD FOLDING RULE

• Millimetre graduation on both sides
• Red decimal numbers
• 3 mm beech links
• Environmentally friendly dip coating for unrivalled weather and wear-resistance
• Tried and tested link connections
• Concealed rivet with hardened steel spring
• Rule corresponds to EU accuracy class III
• Material: Beech
• Colour: Yellow, White
• Length of link (pivot point): 200 mm
• Length (folded up) x width (folded up) x height: 250 x 36 x 16 mm
Art. no.
0715 64 57
0715 64 56

TAPE MEASURE
Steel design in wear-resistant palatal case
Good readability
White-painted steel tape with millimetre pitch and metre count in red font
No corrosion and long service life of the tape
3 Start of tape in stainless steel
Tape measure to EEC precision class II
• Accuracy class: II
Length of tape Art. no.

20 m 0714 64 53
20 m 0714 64 92
20 m 0714 64 93
30 m 0714 64 54
STEEL TAPE MEASURE WITH LIGHT METAL FRAME

On straight light metal frame
• Painted white
• Impact-resistant plastic handle
• Continuous mm graduation on the front
• Flexible start fitting
Tape measure according to EC accuracy class II


30 m 0714 64 55
50 m 0714 64 56
50 m 0714 64 95
50 m 0714 64 96
STEEL TAPE MEASURE, LIGHT METAL FRAME, WITH HOOK

• Painted white
• Impact-resistant plastic handle
• Continuous mm graduation on the front
• Measure starts at the front of the ring edge with hook ring
Tape measure according to EC accuracy class II


30 m 0714 64 733
50 m 0714 64 735

STEEL ENCLOSED TAPE MEASURE

Complete with 3:1 crank ratio for retracting the tape three times fas-
ter
• Painted white with millimetre pitch and metre markers
• High abrasion resistance and long service life thanks to the tape‘s special coating
• The plastic reinforcement prevents the end of the tape from kinking or becoming 3
scratched
• Must be lined up flush, e.g. to a table edge, using the folding plastic anchor
• End of tape B
• Accuracy class 2
Art. no.
0714 641 603
STEEL TAPE MEASURE, LIGHT METAL FRAME, V SHAPE

Ergonomically designed light metal frame
Converts from right-handed to left-handed version in seconds
Rigid aluminium profile
Wear-resistant belt outlet made of high-tech plastic
Parking position for starting ring and crank arm
Measure according to EC accuracy class II
Easy to read
White-painted steel tape measure with millimetre pitch and metre count in red
Art. no.
0714 64 97
STEEL MEASURING TAPE

From stainless, flexible steel
Hard-rolled, spring steel with matt-stained surface
According to EEC precision class II
No corrosion and long service life
Scale etched in black
Allows simple, precise reading
• Thickness of tape: 1 mm
Length of tape Width of band Art. no.

150 mm 13 mm 0715 641 215
200 mm 13 mm 0715 641 220
300 mm 13 mm 0715 641 230
500 mm 20 mm 0715 641 250

ADHESIVE STEEL RULE

• Steel rule with cm/mm graduation and red ten markings
• Self-adhesive film on reverse
• Suitable as an aid for applications in mechanical engineering, on workbenches etc.
3 • Width of band: 13 mm
• Thickness of tape: 1 mm
Art. no.
0714 64 902
MARKING GAUGE
Made of stainless steel with hardened marking edge and millimetre
graduation
• Rail width: 40 mm
Max. length measuring range Art. no.

200 mm 0715 70 200
300 mm 0715 70 300
POCKET MEASURING TAPE

With plastic housing
Plastic housing
Lightweight and corrosion-resistant
The steel tape is cushioned via an end stop when rolled up.
This prolongs the service life of the tape
Yellow-painted steel tape with cm/mm graduation and moving try
square
Extremely stable
Due to the curve of the steel tape, it bends very late when extended
With removable belt clip and plastic loops
Max. length measuring range Width of band Maximum extension before the Art. no.
tape bends (vertical)
3m 16 mm 220 cm 0714 64 511
2m 13 mm 150 cm 0714 64 510
5m 19 mm 360 cm 0714 64 512
7m 25 mm 360 cm 0714 64 513
5m 25 mm 320 cm 0714 64 514
8m 25 mm 320 cm 0714 64 516
10 m 25 mm 320 cm 0714 64 541

POCKET TAPE MEASURE

High-quality measuring rule with rubberised housing
Housing made from rubberised, impact-resistant plastic
Maximum stability with low weight
This prolongs the service life of the tape
Corresponds to accuracy class ll An end stop cushions the steel tape when rolled in
3
Good legibility
• Coated tape measure painted yellow
• Centimetre/millimetre scale on top side and bottom side of tape
Movable end fastenings
For simple indoor and outdoor measurements
User-friendly
• Automatic tape retraction
• Supplied with hand strap and removable belt clip
Max. length measuring Width of band Maximum extension Design Art. no.
range before the tape bends
(vertical)
5m 25 mm 3.6 m With magnetic end hook 0714 64 599
5m 25 mm 3.6 m - 0714 64 518
7m 25 mm 3.6 m - 0714 64 519
10 m 25 mm 3.6 m - 0714 64 540
8m 25 mm 3.6 m - 0714 64 538
3m 16 mm 2.2 m - 0714 64 530
POCKET TAPE MEASURE

High-quality tape measure with plastic housing for simple measuring
of all measuring ranges.
• Automatic tape retraction
• An end stop cushions the steel tape when rolling in, this prolongs the service life of
the tape
• Curvature makes steel tape extremely stable
• Movable end hooks for simple internal and external measurements
• Complies with EC accuracy class ll
• Excellent readability thanks to yellow-painted, coated tape, centimetre and millimet-
re graduations and red tens
• With removable belt clip
• Material of the housing: Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol
Max. length measuring range Width of band Design Art. no.

3m 16 mm - 0714 64 566
5m 25 mm - 0714 64 567
5m 25 mm With magnetic end hook 0714 64 569
8m 25 mm - 0714 64 568

TAPE MEASURE WITH WINDOW FOR DIRECT READING

• Reading pane on the case for internal measurement
• Tough plastic case
3 • Material of the housing: Plastic
Art. no.
0714 64 515
POCKET TAPE MEASURE PULL-LOCK MM/INCH

Tape measure with millimetre and inch graduation.
Plastic housing
• Lightweight and corrosion-resistant
An end stop cushions the steel tape when rolled in
• Long service life of the tape
Automatic tape stop after pulling out the tape
• No blocking required
Curvature makes steel tape extremely stable
• Can be extended a long way before bending
Automatic retraction

Pocket tape measure complies with accuracy class II Yellow nylon-coated steel tape with cm/mm and inch graduation
Sliding end hook for stop and retraction measurement
Curvature makes steel tape extremely stable

All tape measures feature removable belt clip


5m 0714 64 575
8m 0714 64 578

POCKET TAPE MEASURE 2C-PT18

High-quality pocket tape measure with shock-proof 2-component pla-
stic housing and painted on both sides.
• With 2-component lock button
• Triple riveted end hooks guarantee a long service life
• Movable end hooks for internal and external measurements 3
• Complies with EC accuracy class 2
• Excellent readability thanks to double-sided printing on the tape (top is yellow, bot-
tom is white)
• With belt clip and wrist strap
3m 16 mm 220 mm 0714 65 013
5m 25 mm 360 mm 0714 65 015
8m 25 mm 360 mm 0714 65 018
10 m 25 mm 360 mm 0714 65 020
POCKET TAPE MEASURE 1C-PT18

High-quality and handy pocket tape measure with impact-resistant
plastic housing and yellow painted tape.
• Triple-riveted end hooks ensures a long service life
• Movable end hooks for internal and external measurements
• Meets EC precision class 2
• Excellent readability of the tape
• Extremely scratch-resistant coating on the tape
3m 16 mm 220 cm 0714 65 003
5m 19 mm 240 cm 0714 65 005
8m 25 mm 3.6 m 0714 65 008

POCKET TAPE MEASURE MAGNETIC 2-COMPONENT PT18

High-quality pocket tape measure with shock-proof 2-component pla-
stic housing, double-sided painted tape and magnetic end hook.
• Triple riveted end hooks guarantee a long service life
3 • Movable end hooks for internal and external measurements
• Complies with EC accuracy class 2
• Excellent readability thanks to double-sided printing on the tape (top is yellow, bot-
tom is white)
• Maximum extension before the tape bends (vertical): 3.6 m

5m 0714 65 035
8m 0714 65 038
MEASURING WHEEL LM
• Robust, ergonomic design
• Wear-resistant precision wheel and precision counter guarantee accurate measu-
ring results
• Pistol grip with integrated brake button enables ease of handling
• Small packaging dimensions thanks to clever folding mechanism on the guide rod
• Wheel circumference: 1 m
• Wheel diameter: 31 cm
• Measuring accuracy: < 0.05%
• Max. length measuring range: 9999.9 m
• Weight: 2100 g
Art. no.
0714 641 210

AUTO-MESSFIX
The telescopic measuring tool for bodywork repairs.
• For measuring vehicle bodywork after accident damage
• Comparison measurements for fitting new components. Actual dimensions can be
read immediately and compared directly with the reference dimensions
• Reliable inspection and final check of competed work. 3
• Fast, easy damage assessment for quotation, insurance and workshop planning
purposes
• The interchangeable measuring tips for inside, diagonal and outside measurements
permit precise positioning
• Design: Square aluminium pipe for removal and insertion with abrasion-proof pla-
stic guides
• Supply scope: 1 telescopic scale with 2 angled tips, measuring tubes, tube holders,
longitudinal measuring tips, measuring cone
• Min. length measuring range: 0.92 m
• Max. length measuring range: 2.6 m
• Length (folded together): 0.92 m
Art. no.
0715 64 94
TELESCOPIC RULE
Analogue measuring tool for trade professionals. For vertical and
horizontal measurements.
Fast, simple measurement of successive sections
Individual telescopic sections made from round aluminium
Extremely sturdy and torsion-free, no corrosion
With horizontal and vertical level
No measuring errors through positioning of the measuring instrument
Coated tape measure with millimetre pitch
Very precise reading and long service life
Reading window with magnifying effect
Numbers enlarged for quicker reading of the measurement results
Min. length measuring range Max. length measuring range Art. no.
0.6 m 3m 0714 642 103
0.9 m 5m 0714 642 105

TELESCOPIC RULER, CALIBRATED

Fast, simple measurement of successive sections
Complies with EC accuracy class 2
Individual telescopic sections made from round aluminium
Extremely sturdy and torsion-free, no corrosion
3 With horizontal and vertical level
No measuring errors through positioning of the measuring instrument
Coated tape measure with millimetre pitch
Very precise reading and long service life
Reading window with magnifying effect
Numbers enlarged for quicker reading of the measurement results
• Min. length measuring range: 0.6 m

3m 0714 642 203
5m 0714 642 205

Measuring / Measuring tools / Length measuring tools, laser technology
LASER RANGE FINDER WDM 5-12

High-precision, robust laser range finder with inclinometer and com-
pass
Technical specifications (accuracy ± 1.0 mm, range 80 m) full compli-
ance with the new ISO standard 16331-1
Large illuminated display 3
Excellent legibility
8-point compass
Enables precise orientation
360° inclinometer
Levelling, measuring of roof pitches or gradients
Cubic measurement function
Shell surface, top surface and/or room dimensions
Extremely sturdy, handy device
• Impact protection with extra-thick soft components
• IP65 (dustproof and protected against water jets from all directions)
Automatic detection of end piece position
• Permits measurements from slots and corners
• Precise measurements with the aid of a corner stop
Tripod screw
Permits precise measurement from the tripod
Functions
• Area calculation
• Volume calculation
• Cubic dimensions
• Tracking (permanent measurement)
• Pythagoras
• Marking function
• Timer
• Inclinometer
• Memory (20 spaces)
• Compass
• Rechargeable battery/battery life: up to 5000 measurements
• Length: 130 mm
• Width: 61 mm
• Height: 31 mm
• Error of measurement for length (+/-): +/- 1 mm
• Laser category: 2
Art. no.
5709 300 510


Highly-precise distance measuring unit according to ISO standard
16331-1
Highly-precise measurements, even in direct sunlight
Integrated colour camera allows digital target tracking.
3 Sighted target can easily be enlarged
View finder with 4x zoom
Numerous indirect measuring options and spirit levels
360° inclinometer
Protects against dust and splash water
IP 54 degree of protection
Functions
• Minimum/maximum measurement
• Area/volume
• Triangle/solid angle
• Trapezoidal measurement
• Pythagorean theorem
• Tracking/inclination
• Height profile measurement
• Delimiting function
• Addition/subtraction
• Pocket calculator
Scope of delivery
1x WDM 8-14 laser rangefinder, belt holster, operating instructions on CD, quick
instruction
• Rechargeable battery/battery life: up to 5000 measurements
• Type of rechargeable battery/battery: Alkali
• Length: 143 mm
• Width: 58 mm
• Height: 29 mm
Art. no.
5709 300 515

LASER DISTANCE METER WDM 2-18

Handy, precise laser distance meter for measuring lengths and calcu-
lating surfaces.
Simple and fast working
Extremely lightweight and practical device
Very robust 3
Generous soft elements
Accurate measurement of distances with only one person
Measuring range of 0.20–50 m
Excellent legibility
Illuminated 3-line display
Functions
Area, volume, continuous measurement, addition and subtraction
Scope of delivery
WDM2-18 laser rangefinder, 2 x 1.5 V AAA batteries, protective textile pouch, ope-
rating instructions on CD, quick start guide, safety instruction manual
• Rechargeable battery/battery life: Up to 10000 measurements
• Length: 116.5 mm
• Width: 52 mm
• Height: 26 mm
• Error of measurement for length (+/-): +/- 1.5 mm
Art. no.
5709 300 522

LASER DISTANCE METER WDM 3-19

Handy, lightweight and very precise distance meter for measuring
lengths and calculating areas
Measuring accuracy 1.5 mm over the complete measuring range of
0.2–100 metres
3 Easy readability
Large, illuminated 3-line display
Shock protection
Extra-thick soft elements
Detects correct measuring position
Fold-out measuring flap
Data and images can be transmitted to a tablet or smartphone using
the Android/iOS app
Bluetooth smart function
Automatic end detection
No time-consuming pre-setting necessary
Scope of delivery:
• 2 x 1.5 V AAA batteries
• Textile protective case
• Operating instructions on CD
• Rechargeable battery/battery life: Up to 10000 measurements
• Length: 116 mm
• Width: 53 mm
• Height: 26 mm
• Error of measurement for length (+/-): +/- 1.5 mm
Art. no.
5709 300 523


High-precision laser rangefinder with Bluetooth and digital spirit level
function
Intuitive operation and easy reading from any position
• The graphical menu navigation of the colour display makes using the rangefinder
simple 3
• Thanks to the built-in gyroscope, the screen rotates in every direction
Easy data transfer
• The Bluetooth smart function enables the data of each measurement to be automati-
cally transferred to the preferred software application, such as Word or Excel
• The laser rangefinder connects to paired devices, such as tablets, computers or
smartphones
Robust, compact and practical device
• Thanks to its IP54 degree of protection, the device is protected against rain and dust
Easy measurement from slots and corners and precise measurement
from the tripod
• The extended 50 mm end piece can also be measured from slots or corners
• An indirect measurement can be carried out precisely thanks to the 1/4 inch brass
tripod
Additional measuring options
• The 360° incline sensor enables additional indirect measuring options, such as a
digital spirit level
Scope of delivery
• 2 x 1.5 AA LiFe batteries
• Textile protective case
• Quick-start guide
• Safety instruction manual
• Rechargeable battery/battery life: 5000 measurements
• Length: 300 mm
• Width: 55 mm
• Height: 28 mm
Art. no.
5709 300 516

TILE LAYER LASER FLL 13

High-quality line laser with highly visible laser lines for floor layers
Broad range of applications
• 4 laser lines at 90° angles
• One additional line can be activated
3 Extremely easy to use
One-button operation
Laser lines can be pulsed
Laser lines can be located, even in direct sunlight.
Precise levelling
Thanks to high-quality levels
Dust and moisture protection
Degree of protection IP 55
Scope of delivery
Batteries, homing board, protective case, quick start guide, operating instructions
• Laser category: 2M
• Levelling measuring accuracy (+/- per length): 1 mm/m
• Self-levelling range (+/-): 4 Degree
• Range without receiver: 10 m
• Range with receiver: 40 m
• Length: 115 mm
• Width: 76 mm
• Height: 108 mm
• Rechargeable battery/battery life: 20 h
Art. no.
5709 300 030

MULTI-LINE LASER MLLG 18

High-quality, electronic, self-levelling line laser with very clearly visib-
le, green laser lines. Including laser vision goggles and rechargeable
battery
Rapid levelling, maximum degree of accuracy and huge time
savings on the job 3
Electronic self-levelling
Lines can be switched individually
• Continuous 360° line in horizontal and vertical plane.
• 4 x 90° lines in the vertical plane. 90° angle to the ground.
Long battery life
Lithium-ion battery pack
For horizontal and vertical application without having to move the
device
With soldering function
Problem-free use in bright light conditions at greater distances
In conjunction with the hand receiver
Can be used in rain, as well as in dust-laden surroundings
Protection class IP 55
• Levelling measuring accuracy (+/- per length): 1 mm/10m
• Length: 215 mm
• Width: 150 mm
• Height: 156 mm
• Type of rechargeable battery/battery: Li-lon
Art. no.
5709 300 110

CROSS LINE LASER CLL 18

Self-levelling cross and line laser for indoor and outdoor use with
highly visible red laser lines.
Highly visible laser lines
• The large outlet openings in the laser create particularly long lines.
3 • Fine, yet clear lines
Great time-saver
Self-levelling in seconds
Simple one-button operation
All lines can be quickly and simply turned on or off with one button.
Can be used over longer distances
Can also be used for levelling over longer distances with the LRU 18 handheld
receiver.
Level monitoring
If the self-levelling range is exceeded, the laser lines start flashing. Levelling errors are
therefore eliminated.
Flexible mounting
• The laser can be attached to ceiling profiles, 1/4 and 5/8 inch tripods using the
optional WM 1 universal wall mount.
• A strong magnet system supplied with the CLL-A adapter easily holds the laser on
steel surfaces.
Ecological and economical
• The lithium-ion battery pack enables the device to be used while it is charging.
• Alkaline batteries can also be used (battery holder included in scope of delivery).
• Length: 115 mm
• Width: 65 mm
• Height: 100 mm
• Rechargeable battery/battery life: Up to 44 hours
Art. no.
5709 300 021

CROSS LINE LASER CLG 18

Self-levelling cross and line laser for indoor and outdoor use with
highly visible green laser lines.
• Significantly better visibility with green laser lines when compared to red lines,
especially in bright light. 3
• Fine, yet clear lines
Great time-saver
receiver.
Level monitoring
Flexible mounting
• A strong magnet system supplied with the CLL-A adapter easily holds the laser on
steel surfaces.
• Length: 110 mm
• Width: 65 mm
• Height: 100 mm
Art. no.
5709 300 041

MULTI-LINE LASER MLL 18R

The MLLR 18 creates three precise 360° lines: 1x horizontal and 2x
vertical at a 90° angle. The lines are visible on the floor, walls and
ceiling.
• Innovative splitting and reflection of the laser point to a 360° line, resulting in a
3 very long service life and excellent accuracy
• No complex moving of the laser: all references visible at the touch of a button
• Use indoors with easily visible lines
• Very high outdoor range with handheld receiver
• Precise, electronic levelling
• With manual tilt function
• With upward and downward plummet dot
• Usable with universal handheld receiver LRU18
• Easy to operate and quick alignment
• Scope of delivery: Multi-line laser MLLR 18, lithium-ion battery, charger, homing
board, laser goggles, transport case, operating instructions
• Length: 215 mm
• Width: 155 mm
• Height: 156 mm
Art. no.
5709 300 111

MULTI-LINE LASER MLPG 22

Self-levelling multi-line laser with 3 green, highly visible 360° laser
lines
Easy to use
• The laser in the pendulum self-levels within just a few seconds
• All lines can be easily switched on and off using the power button 3
Flexible mounting
• The laser can be attached to ceiling profiles and 1/4 and 5/8 inch tripods using the
optional universal wall bracket
• It can also be easily affixed to magnetic surfaces thanks to the powerful magnet
system
Variety of options for operation
• The integrated battery pack can be used to charge the device via the charging
socket before, during or after operation
• In emergency situations, the device can be operated using the batteries and the
supplied battery holder
The luminosity can also be adjusted using the keypad in order to reduce the power
consumption
Universal use even over long distances
When using the laser over a long distance, locate the laser beams using the universal
receiver (available separately)
Levelling errors eliminated thanks to the level monitoring function
If the self-levelling range is exceeded, the laser lines start flashing
• Max. temperature conditions: +40 °C
• Length: 120 mm
• Width: 110 mm
• Height: 160 mm
Art. no.
5709 300 116

MULTI-LINE LASER MLPR 22

Self-levelling multi-line laser with 3 red, very visible 360° laser lines
Easy to use
• The laser in the pendulum self-levels within just a few seconds
• All lines can be easily switched on and off using the power button
3 Flexible mounting
• The laser can be attached to ceiling profiles and 1/4 and 5/8 inch tripods using the
optional universal wall bracket
• It can also be easily affixed to magnetic surfaces thanks to the powerful magnet
system
Variety of options for operation
• The integrated battery pack can be used to charge the device via the charging
socket before, during or after operation
• In emergency situations, the device can be operated using the batteries and the
supplied battery holder
Very visible laser lines
The luminosity can also be adjusted using the keypad in order to reduce the power
consumption
Universal use even over long distances
When using the laser over a long distance, locate the laser beams using the universal
receiver (available separately)
Levelling errors eliminated thanks to the level monitoring function
If the self-levelling range is exceeded, the laser lines start flashing
• Max. temperature conditions: +40 °C
• Length: 120 mm
• Width: 110 mm
• Height: 160 mm
Art. no.
5709 300 115

POINT LINE LASER PLL 18

Self-levelling point line laser for indoor and outdoor use with highly
visible red laser lines and points.
Excellent visibility of laser lines and points
• Fine, yet clear lines 3
Great time-saver
receiver.
Suitable for making perpendicular lines and separating rooms
Perpendicular lines and room separations can be carried out with four laser dots,
which are aligned to 90 degrees.
Level monitoring
Flexible mounting
• A strong magnet system supplied with the PLL-A adapter easily holds the laser on
steel surfaces.
• Min. working temperature: -10 °C
• Max. working temperature: 50 °C
• Length: 120 mm
• Width: 65 mm
• Height: 100 mm
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Li-Ion
• Measuring accuracy (per length): 2 mm/10m
Art. no.
5709 300 222

HORIZONTAL ROTATION LASER RL2-14

Specifically designed for outdoor use. Extremely robust with a long
service life, and easy to operate. The glass-fibre-reinforced composite
housing makes the RL2-14 perfect for use on construction sites.
Very high levels of accuracy, even in adverse weather conditions
3 Fulfils ISO 17123-7
Great time-saver
Automatic self-levelling takes just seconds
Levelling errors are avoided
Automatic level monitoring prevents levelling errors caused by wind, soft surfaces and
impacts against the stand.
Complete protection against dirt and water
Degree of protection IP67
• Coverage distance: 400 m
• Measuring accuracy (per length): 1 mm/10m
• Min./max. storage temperature: -20 to 70 °C
• Min. application temperature: -10 °C
• Max. application temperature: 50 °C
• Max. usage duration: 60 h
Art. no.
5709 300 302

ROTATION LASER RL5-14

Specifically designed for indoor and outdoor use. Vertical and hori-
zontal alignment for all levelling tasks. The glass-fibre-reinforced com-
posite housing makes the RL5-14 perfect for use on construction sites.
Very high levels of accuracy, even in adverse weather conditions
Fulfils ISO 17123-6 3
Great time-saver
Remote control for controlling the laser lines
Levelling errors are avoided
Automatic level monitoring prevents levelling errors caused by wind, soft surfaces and
impacts against the stand.
Degree of protection IP67
Li-ion battery pack included
Charging socket for recharging on the device.
• Measuring accuracy (per length): 0.75 mm/10m
Art. no.
5709 300 305

ROTATION LASER RL1-18

Specifically designed for outdoor use. Extremely robust with a long
service life and easy to operate. The fibre glass-reinforced composite
housing makes the RL1-18 perfect for use on construction sites.
For horizontal work outdoors and indoors
3 Option of manual tilt function in one axis
Maximum rotational speed of 2000 rpm
• The rotating beam becomes a precise line on the wall
Scan mode for increased visibility in unfavourable conditions
Automatic level monitoring
• Prevents levelling errors due to wind, soft substrates and knocks against the tripod
Saves time
• Automatic self-levelling takes just seconds
• Dust-proof, protection from spray water
Battery life 30 h (Li-ion battery)
• Option to recharge the device using a charging socket
• Measuring accuracy (per length): 0.75 mm/10m
Art. no.
5709 300 301

ROTATION LASER SET RL1-18

4 pieces. Specifically designed for outdoor use. Extremely robust with
a long service life and easy to operate. The fibreglass-reinforced com-
posite housing makes the RL1-18 perfect for use on the construction
site.
For indoor and outdoor work performed horizontally 3
Manual tilt function in one axis possible
Maximum rotational speed of 2000 rpm
The rotating beam becomes a precise line on the wall
Scan mode for increased visibility under adverse conditions
Automatic height monitoring
Prevents levelling errors due to wind, soft substrates and knocks against the tripod
Saves time
Dustproof, protected against jets of water
Battery life: 30 hours (Li-ion battery)
Can be recharged on the device thanks to the charger socket
Art. no.
5709 300 981
LASER VISION GOGGLES

Guarantee optimum visibility of laser lines and dots even in bright
ambient light or over long distances.
• Suitable for all visible red lasers in class 2
• 620 to 690 nm
• With red lenses
Art. no.
5709 300 915

Measuring / Measuring tools / Laser technology, accessories
LASER RECEIVER LR5-14

High-quality laser receiver with millimetre indicator for rotation laser
including holder for measuring rod.
Suitable for any construction site
600 m work area
3 Setting of pitches
Controls the RL5-14 via radio communication
IP 67
Rapid detection of laser beam
Large reception window
Simple reading of values
2 LCD displays on front and back
5 sensitivity levels
Levelling instrument as alignment tool
Receiver holder for application with a rod
3 acoustic signal levels
• Reception range: 120 mm
• Display: LED/LCD
• Rechargeable battery/battery life: 50 hours
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: 1.5 V Mignon AA
Art. no.
5709 300 451

LASER RECEIVER UNIVERSAL LRU 18

Universal receiver for red and green rotation and line lasers
• Long range up to 400 m
• Maximum reading quality thanks to LCD and switchable LED display
• The receiver can be read from the front and back
3
• Adjustable acoustic signal
• Degree of protection IP 67 (watertight and dustproof)
• Two strong retaining magnets on the top enable attachment to metallic surfaces
• With battery level indicator
• Measuring rod holder and battery included in scope of delivery
• Max. working range: 400 m
• Display: LED, LCD
• Rechargeable battery/battery life: 50 hours
• Type of rechargeable battery/battery: AlMn
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Mignon AA
Art. no.
5709 300 452
LASER RECEIVER FOR ROTATION LASER RLE18

The hand-held receiver RLE 18 receives red laser beams from rotation
lasers
• Two sensitivity levels
• Very robust rod clamp
• Level for precise alignment
• Easy-to-read keyboard with on and off button
• Sensitivity button and volume button
• Rubber armouring as shock protection and seal protected from spray water
• Two-sided LCD display with full function overview and graphic display: operating
control, battery charge indicator, precision setting, volume
• Scope of delivery: laser receiver RLE 18, bracket with screw connection, 1 x 9 V
block battery, operating instructions (DE, IT) on CD, quick guide
• Display: LED
• Rechargeable battery/battery life: 20 h
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: 9 V block
Art. no.
5709 300 453

ELEVATOR TRIPOD
For rangefinder
• Min./max. length: 63.5-170 cm
Art. no.
0714 649 210
TRIPOD GWD 5/8 INCH

High-quality aluminium flat-headed stand for indoor and outdoor use.
• Made from high-quality anodised aluminium
• Working range at 1 m peak distance: 91-257 cm
• Transport length: 114 cm
• Millimetre-precise and comfortable approach to working height with the crank
• All plastic parts made of high-quality, glass-fibre reinforced polyamide
• Stand can be quickly adjusted on the construction site
• With horizontal bubble
Crank lift/extension: 35 cm/66 cm
Integrated extension tube for increasing the usage height
Excellent stability
On damp surfaces due to ground spike with inlet tappet
On smooth surfaces, protection against scratching of high-quality floors owing to inte-
grated protective caps for covering over the ground spikes
• Min./max. length: 91-257 cm
Art. no.
0714 64 442

ALUMINIUM ELEVATOR TRIPOD

High-quality aluminium elevator tripod for indoor and outdoor use
Very light and long service life
Made from high-quality anodised aluminium
Extremely robust, even at low temperatures
All plastic parts made of high-quality, glass-fibre reinforced polyamide
3
Millimetre-precise and comfortable approach to working height
with the crank
High-quality machined crank element
Excellent stability
• On damp surfaces due to ground spike with inlet tappet
• On smooth surfaces, protection against scratching of high-quality floors owing to
integrated protective caps for covering over the ground spikes
Stand can be quickly adjusted on the construction site
• Integrated extension tube for increasing the usage height
• With horizontal bubble
Min./max. length Art. no.

95-269 cm 0714 649 303
142-356 cm 0714 649 304
ALUMINIUM FLAT-HEADED STAND

High-quality flat-headed stand for levelling and laser devices
Very light and with a long service life
Made from high-quality anodised aluminium.
Extremely stable, even at low temperatures
All plastic parts made from high-quality fibreglass-reinforced polyamide
Excellent stability
On damp surfaces due to ground spikes with inlet tappet.
Stand can be quickly adjusted on the construction site
With horizontal level
Art. no.
0714 649 302

MONOPOD 145–290 CM
Clamping stand incl. universal fastening platform for the use of line,
dot and rotation lasers.
• For stepless positioning of the laser at different heights
• Easy to fasten e.g. between the floor and ceiling
3 • Telescopic aluminium rods
• Easy operation
• Robust design
• Single-handed operation
• Stepless adjustment
• Automatic feed
• Ball joint and non-slip rubber pads enable diagonal positioning
• Supplied with adapter, 1/4 inch and 5/8 inch screw
•
Includes:
1 x stand rod
1 x adapter incl. screw
• Connection thread: 1/4 inch, 5/8 inch
Art. no.
0962 980 851
TELESCOPIC TRIPOD, 5/8 INCH

Telescopic tripod for indoor and outdoor use
• Made from high-quality anodised aluminium.
• Working range at 1 m distance: 77-190 cm
• Transport length: 99 cm
• All plastic parts made from high-quality fibreglass reinforced polyamide
• Stand can be quickly adjusted on the construction site
• With horizontal level
• Excellent stability
• On damp surfaces due to ground spikes with inlet tappet
Art. no.
0714 649 301

5/8“ INCH WALL HOLDER

Wall bracket for rotation and multi-line laser
Art. no.
5709 300 900
FACADE HOLDER
Art. no.
5709 300 913
SCAFFOLD HOLDER
Art. no.
5709 300 914

WALL BRACKET WM 1
Universal bracket for the CLL 18, CLLG 18 and PLL18 lasers.
Art. no.
5709 300 908
TELESCOPIC LEVELLING STAFF

Aluminium measurement aid for levelling with millimetre graduation
Art. no.
0714 64 425
ADAPTER FOR MONOPOD

• Universal fastening platform for clamp tripod
• Adapter incl. 1/4 and 5/8 screw
Includes:
Adapter incl. screw
Art. no.
0962 980 853

CHARGING CABLE
For rotation lasers
Art. no.
5709 300 903
CHARGING CABLE FOR CLL 18, CLLG 18 AND PLL 18

High-quality charging cable for cross and line lasers CLL 18 and CLLG
18, as well as dot laser PLL 18.
Art. no.
5709 300 921
HOMING BOARD GREEN

Green reflective homing board with a magnet for multi-line laser.
• Width: 75 mm
• Length: 105 mm
• Colour: Green
Art. no.
5709 300 916

RECEIVER BRACKET
For using the laser receiver LR5-14 on a rod
Art. no.
5709 300 901
LI-ION BATTERY 12 V

High-quality Li-ion battery for rotation lasers RL2-14 and RL5-14
Art. no.
5709 300 902
BATTERY FOR CLL 18, CLLG 18 AND PLL 18

High-quality lithium-ion battery for cross and line lasers CLL 18 and
CLLG 18 as well as dot laser PLL 18.
• Runs for up to 24 hours
• Charging socket allows you to remove the battery from the device while charging
Art. no.
5709 300 920

Measuring / Measuring tools / Calliper gauges
BRAKE DISC VERNIER CALLIPER

For measuring the thickness of fitted brake discs.
• Stainless steel, brushed chromium-plated
• Accuracy according to DIN 862
• Hardened, with locking screw
3
• Vernier scale: 1/10 mm
• Min./max. length measuring range: 0-50 mm
• Length of jaw: 75 mm
Art. no.
0715 76 16
VERNIER CALLIPERS, DIGITAL

Vernier callipers with thumb roller, locking screw and depth gauge.
• Measuring unit: Metric or inch, direct conversion
• LCD digital display 10 mm
• Data output RS 232 compatible
• Battery: 1.5 V silver oxide battery (SR44)
• Battery voltage monitor light on the display
• Automatic switch-off/5 min.
• Stainless steel, hardened and smoothed
• Measuring surfaces ground and lapped
• With locking screw
• Flat depth gauge
• Thread table on the reverse, depth gauge on the calliper
• Absolute length measuring accuracy: 0.03 mm
• Max. length measuring range: 150 mm
Art. no.
0715 76 19

VERNIER CALLIPER
With torque fixing
• Thread table on the rear
• Stainless
• Scale and nonius matt chrome-plated
3
• Depth scale on the calliper
• Supplied in elegant case
• DIN 862
• Vernier scale (imperial): 1/128 inch
• Vernier scale: 0.05 mm
• DIN: 862
• Standards: DIN 862
Art. no.
0715 76 01
VERNIER CALLIPERS
With locking screw
• Thread table on the reverse
• Stainless
• Scale and vernier, matt chrome-plated
• Depth gauge on calliper
• Supplied in an elegant case
• DIN 862
• DIN: 862
Max. length measu- Vernier scale Vernier scale Length of jaw Material Art. no.
ring range (imperial)
150 mm 1/128 inch 0.05 mm 40 mm - 0715 76 02
200 mm - 0.02 mm 50 mm Stainless steel 0715 76 013

PRECISION GAUGE VERNIER CALLIPER

• Reading 0.02 (1/50)
• From high-grade stainless steel, forged and hardened
• Measuring surfaces ground and finely lapped
• The dial gauge permits glare-free, reliable reading
3
• The drive is sturdy and impact-proof
• Depth scale is held by a sturdy metal bar
• Supplied in elegant plastic case
• Length of measuring tip: 20 mm
• Scale value: 0.02 mm
Art. no.
0715 76 10
PRECISION VERNIER CALLIPER

DIN 862
• The measuring instrument with the parallax error-free reading
• With torque fixing
• Stainless
• Scale and vernier scale brushed chromium-plated
• Measuring surfaces finely ground and lapped
• Rail and calliper hardened
• Thread table
• For external, internal, depth and height measurement
• Vernier scale (imperial): 1/128 inch
• DIN: 862
Art. no.
0715 76 07

WORKSHOP VERNIER CALLIPER

• Special gauge steel, stainless, chrome-plated
• Accuracy to DIN 862
• For internal measurement (top graduation) and external measurement (bottom
3 graduation)
• Min./max internal length measuring range: 50-500 mm
Art. no.
0715 76 12
MICROMETER
With reference dimension
Bracket: forged steel
Measuring surfaces: Carbide, ground and lapped
With reference dimension and scale adjustment wrench
Micrometer with heat protection
No dimensional deviation
With ratchet
For consistent measuring pressure
• Measuring spindle increments: 0.5 mm
Min./max. length measuring range Art. no.

0-25 mm 0715 761 01
25-50 mm 0715 761 02

Measuring / Measuring tools / Levelling technology
AUTOMATIC CONSTRUCTION LEVELLING INSTRUMENT

Additional rough sight
Levelling of the line of sight: Automatic (pre-adjustment via level)
• The instrument automatically compensates minor reading errors on the box level
• Largely insensitive to vibrations
Very short sighting distance
3
Large, non-slip operating buttons
Simple, time-saving operation.
Metal horizontal circle behind glass, 400 gon
Tough, even in extreme weather conditions.
Housing: Aluminium, splash-proof
For use in rain, impact-resistant
Continuous spring-mounted horizontal tangent screw
Focus with over-rotation prevention
Mirror with box level
• Length: 220 mm
• Magnification: 24-times
• Min. graduation (size of angle): 1 gon
• Max. graduation (size of angle): 400 gon
• Lens opening: 36 mm
Art. no.
0714 646 21
TELESCOPIC LEVELLING RULE, TENIMETER

Aluminium profiles: Anodised, telescopically extending
Easy and precise guidance of the individual sections
Push button screen
• Easy, fast operation
• Safety mechanism
Graduation: both sides, protected by protruding edges and anodic
coating
• Front side: Level graduation = cm-E graduation.
• Rear side: mm graduation.
For measuring heights and lengths
For vertical alignment with a box level
• Min./max. length: 1.24-5 m
Art. no.
0714 646 210

Measuring / Measuring tools / Levelling technology
TILTING WEDGE
For rotation lasers
Art. no.
0714 649 151
REMOTE CONTROL
Controls the laser lines on rotation laser RL5-14
Art. no.
5709 300 306

Measuring / Measuring tools / Spirit level
DIGITAL SPIRIT LEVEL

Waterproof and dustproof digital spirit level with stable light metal
profile
Excellent reading of indicated values
Two large, clearly laid-out, illuminated displays (front and upper milled measuring
surface) 3
Acoustic tilt guide that can be switched off
• Continuous tone at 0.00 degrees in horizontal and vertical position
• Easy alignment of objects without visual contact
Excellent readability and long service life
Level block made from acrylic glass with inlaid, corrosion-free reading rings
No liquid discolouration, maximum precision with fluctuating
temperatures
Fluorescent level liquid, highly-resistant to UV radiation
Very smooth surface, therefore easy to clean
Red electrostatic powder coating
Very high degree of accuracy, even for overhead measurements
Two milled measuring surfaces
Easy-to-remove, impact-reducing end caps
Workpiece-flush transferring of measuring levels
Convenient handling and firm, safe hold
Two handles consisting of two-component plastic grip
Two vertical levels
No cumbersome rotation of the spirit level to read the vertical level
• Length: 61 cm
• Width: 60 mm
• Height: 30 mm
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: 1.5 V Mignon AA
• Measured value display: 0.1 mm
• Measuring accuracy (per length): 0.5 mm/m
• Measuring accuracy for overhead measurements (per length): 0.5
mm/m
• Degrees measuring accuracy: 0.029 degree
• Degrees measuring accuracy for overhead measurements: 0.029
Degree
Art. no.
0714 644 060

DIGITAL MAGNETIC SPIRIT LEVEL

Waterproof and dustproof digital magnetic spirit level with stable
light metal profile
Excellent reading of indicated values
Two large, clearly laid-out, illuminated displays (front and upper milled measuring
3 surface)
Acoustic tilt guide that can be switched off
• Continuous tone at 0.00 degrees in horizontal and vertical position
• Easy alignment of objects without visual contact
Very strong magnets, non-slip on metallic surfaces
Rare earth magnets
Very high degree of accuracy, even for overhead measurements
Easy-to-remove, impact-reducing end caps
Workpiece-flush transferring of measuring levels
• Length: 61 cm
• Width: 60 mm
• Height: 30 mm
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Micro AAA
• Measured value display: 0.1 mm
mm/m
Degree
Art. no.
0714 644 360

MAGNETIC SPIRIT LEVEL

Rugged design with strong magnets
Excellent reading and long service life
Acrylic glass level block with integrated corrosion-free reading rings
temperatures 3
Fluorescent level liquid, highly resistant to UV radiation
Rare earth magnets
High accuracy
Sturdy light metal profile, rectangular profile with milled measuring surface (to 120
cm)
Very smooth, easy-clean surface
Electrostatic powder coating
mm/m
Degree
Length Height Width Number of magnets Art. no.

40 cm 20 mm 50 mm 2 PCS 0714 644 304
60 cm 20 mm 50 mm 2 PCS 0714 644 306
80 cm 20 mm 50 mm 4 PCS 0714 644 308
100 cm 50 mm 20 mm 4 PCS 0714 644 310
120 cm 20 mm 50 mm 4 PCS 0714 644 312

SPIRIT LEVEL
Extra-strong, stable light metal rectangular profile with two handles
Precise measurements
• Two milled measuring surfaces allow for very high accuracy including for overhead
measurements.
3 • Transferring of measuring planes flush with workpiece by means of removable end
caps
• Two vertical bubbles mean there is no need to turn the spirit level to read vertically.
Highly resistant and long service life
• Acrylic glass level block with integrated corrosion-free reading rings
• Fluorescent bubble liquid, highly resistant to UV radiation, no liquid discolouration,
maximum precision with fluctuating temperatures.
Easy to clean
thanks to very smooth electrostatic powder coating
• Height: 30 mm
• Width: 60 mm
mm/m
Degree
Length Number of handles Art. no.

61 cm 1 PCS 0714 644 006
80 cm 2 PCS 0714 644 008
100 cm 2 PCS 0714 644 010
122 cm 2 PCS 0714 644 012
183 cm 2 PCS 0714 644 018
200 cm 2 PCS 0714 644 020

LIGHT METAL SPIRIT LEVEL WITH MAGNET

Extra-strong, stable light metal rectangular profile
temperatures 3
Rare earth magnets
Extremely high accuracy even for overhead measurements
Two milled measuring surfaces (up to 120 cm)
Transfer of measuring levels ﬂush with workpiece
Easily removable, shock-absorbing end caps
No cumbersome rotation of the spirit level to read the vertical level
Two vertical levels
• Length: 61 cm
• Height: 30 mm
• Width: 60 mm
• Number of magnets: 2 PCS
mm/m
Degree
Art. no.
0714 644 106

LIGHT METAL SPIRIT LEVEL

Lightweight design
Acrylic glass level block with integrated, corrosion-free reading rings
No discolouration of liquid, maximum precision with temperature
3 fluctuations
Fluorescent level liquid with high resistance to UV radiation
Anodic-coloured, electrostatic powder coating
• Height: 20 mm
• Width: 50 mm
Length Art. no.

40 cm 0714 644 404
50 cm 0714 644 405
60 cm 0714 644 406
80 cm 0714 644 408
100 cm 0714 644 410
120 cm 0714 644 412
150 cm 0714 644 415
180 cm 0714 644 418


Rugged light metal spirit level for metalworking and construction tra-
des
Excellent reading and simple determination of gradients
Six-line level for 1% and 2% gradients
Direct testing of gradients 3
360° rotating angle level with scaling
temperatures
Extra-strong hold on pipes, profiles and steel components
Milled measuring surface with V-shaped groove and rare earth magnets
For the toughest applications
Extra-strong die-cast aluminium profile
• Length: 25 cm
• Height: 20 mm
• Width: 50 mm
mm/m
Degree
Art. no.
0714 644 125
SMALL SPIRIT LEVEL, ELECTRIC

Spirit level for aligning switches and sockets
Very strong hold on metallic surfaces
Extra-strong rare earth magnet
Excellent reading and long service life
temperatures
Application as standard spirit level
Additional ground measuring surface
• Length: 67 mm
• Height: 18 mm
• Width: 41 mm
• Measuring accuracy (per length): 1 mm/m
• Measuring accuracy for overhead measurements (per length): 1 mm/m
Art. no.
0714 644 510

SMALL SPIRIT LEVEL WITH MAGNET

Professional small spirit level with two magnetic surfaces
Easy to use
One level for horizontal and vertical measurement
3 Level block made from acrylic glass with inlaid, corrosion-free reading rings
temperatures
Fastening to metal tubes
Rectangular aluminium frame with two milled V-shaped groove measuring surfaces
and two rare earth magnets
Always close at hand
Equipped with robust belt clip
• Length: 74 mm
• Height: 34 mm
• Width: 41 mm
• Measuring accuracy for overhead measurements (per length): 1 mm/m
• Degrees measuring accuracy for overhead measurements: 1 Degree
Art. no.
0714 644 505


Stable rectangular profile with smooth lateral surfaces
Acrylic glass level block with integrated, corrosion-free reading rings
No discolouration of liquid, maximum precision with temperature
fluctuations 3
Very smooth surface, therefore easy to clean
High precision
Robust light metal profile with milled measuring surface (up to 120 cm)
• Height: 20 mm
• Width: 50 mm
mm/m
Degree
Length Art. no.

20 cm 0714 644 202
30 cm 0714 644 203
40 cm 0714 644 204
50 cm 0714 644 205
60 cm 0714 644 206
80 cm 0714 644 208
100 cm 0714 644 210
120 cm 0714 644 212
150 cm 0714 644 215
180 cm 0714 644 218
200 cm 0714 644 220

SPIRIT LEVEL, FOUR BUBBLES

Aluminium profile
2 vertical and 2 horizontal levels
Acrylic glass level block with integrated, corrosion-free reading
rings
3 Excellent readability and long service life
Fluorescent level fluid with high resistance to UV radiation
No liquid discolouration, maximum precision with fluctuating temperatures
Anodic coloured, electrostatic powder coating
Very smooth surface for easy cleaning
• Length: 200 cm
• Height: 50 mm
• Width: 20 mm
Art. no.
0714 644 222
TRAPEZOID SPIRIT LEVEL

Easy to clean
Non-slip, slimline trapezoidal shape
Can be used to measure in tight spaces
Milled measuring surface
Precise positioning on measured surface
1 vertical and 1 horizontal level
Strong cast aluminium T-shaped profile
• Height: 5 cm
• Width: 2 cm
Degree
Length Art. no.

40 cm 0714 644 604
50 cm 0714 644 605
60 cm 0714 644 606
80 cm 0714 644 608
100 cm 0714 644 610

SPIRIT LEVEL, FOUR BUBBLES

rings
Fluorescent level fluid with high resistance to UV radiation 3
• Length: 200 cm
• Height: 50 mm
• Width: 20 mm
Art. no.
0714 644 422
TRAPEZOID SPIRIT LEVEL WITH MAGNET

Easy to clean
Non-slip, slimline trapezoidal shape
Can be used to measure in tight spaces
Milled measuring surface
Precise positioning on measured surface
With strong magnet system
Strong cast aluminium T-shaped profile
• Height: 5 cm
• Width: 2 cm
Degree
Length Art. no.

40 cm 0714 644 704
50 cm 0714 644 705
60 cm 0714 644 706

SPIRIT LEVEL, 2 BUBBLES

Aluminium profile
2 pads on profile underside
Bridge unevenness
3
rings
• Height: 50 mm
• Width: 20 mm
Length Art. no.

180 cm 0714 644 960
200 cm 0714 644 961
TORPEDO SPIRIT LEVEL

Stable, torsion-resistant rectangular profile with smooth lateral surfa-
ces.
Strong light metal profile
rings
• Length: 250 mm
• Height: 50 mm
• Width: 20 mm
Degree
Art. no.
0714 70 025

SMALL SPIRIT LEVEL, HANDY

Easy-to-carry spirit level, fits into any trouser pocket or tool belt.
Impact-resistant acrylic glass level block
Impact-resistant end caps
With rare earth magnet 3
Powder coating
Easy to clean
Measuring accuracy
Normal position 0.029° = 0.5 mm/m
• Length: 10 cm
• Height: 5 cm
• Width: 2 cm
Art. no.
0714 644 962
SPIRIT LEVEL PLUMB SITE, TYPE 2, MILLED

Extra-strong, stable light metal rectangular profile with two handles
• Achieve a very high degree of accuracy, even for overhead measurements
• 2 vertical and 1 horizontal bubble
Vertical bubble with plumb site
• Enables reading from different perspectives of the bubble
Fluorescent bubble liquid with high resistance to UV radiation
Acrylic glass bubble block
• Easy to clean
• Very good readability and long service life
Shock-absorbing rubberised end caps
Measuring accuracy
• Normal position 0.029° = 0.5 mm/m
• Overhead measurement = 0.75 mm/m
• Height: 60 mm
• Width: 24 mm
• Number of handles: 2 PCS
mm/m
Degree
Length Number of magnets Art. no.

100 cm 2 PCS 0715 643 641
120 cm 0 PCS 0715 643 632
120 cm 2 PCS 0715 643 642

SPIRIT LEVEL PLUMB SITE, TYPE 2, WITH MAGNET

Strong aluminium profile with milled measuring surface and strong
magnets
Vertical level with plumb site
3 Makes it possible to read the level from different angles
Acrylic glass level block
Easy to clean
Measuring accuracy
Normal position = 0.5 mm/m
• Height: 50 mm
• Width: 20 mm
Length Art. no.

40 cm 0715 643 624
60 cm 0715 643 626
80 cm 0715 643 628
100 cm 0715 643 621

SPIRIT LEVEL PLUMB SITE, TYPE 2

Strong aluminium profile with milled measuring surface
Vertical level with plumb site
Makes it possible to read the level from different angles
3
Acrylic glass level block
Easy to clean
Measuring accuracy
Normal position = 0.5 mm
• Height: 50 mm
• Width: 20 mm
Length Art. no.

40 cm 0715 643 614
60 cm 0715 643 616
80 cm 0715 643 618
100 cm 0715 643 611
LIGHT-METAL SPIRIT LEVEL CONSTRUCTION

• Height: 50 mm
• Width: 20 mm
Length Art. no.

40 cm 0714 644 434
50 cm 0714 644 435
60 cm 0714 644 436
80 cm 0714 644 438
100 cm 0714 644 440
120 cm 0714 644 442
150 cm 0714 644 445
180 cm 0714 644 448

SPIRIT LEVEL STRAIGHT EDGE WITH BUBBLES

From thick-walled light metal profile with middle web and two plastic
end caps
• Length: 200 cm
• Width: 94 mm
3 • Height: 18 mm
Art. no.
0714 64 31
SPIRIT LEVEL TRIVELLE

• Torpedo spirit level with three levels for horizontal, vertical and 45° measurements
• Dimensions: 200 x 42 x 17 mm
• Highly adhesive magnetic strip
• Length: 200 mm
• Width: 42 mm
• Height: 17 mm
Art. no.
0715 642 202
STOP ANGLE
Accuracy 1
Made from standard steel DIN 875/1
Very low rectangularity tolerance
Suitable for monitoring and precision work
High edges finely ground and adjusted
Flat sides finely ground and trued
• Thickness: 6 mm
Width Long-limb dimension Short-limb dimension Art. no.

35 mm 300 mm 200 mm 0715 765 300
25 mm 150 mm 100 mm 0715 765 150
30 mm 200 mm 130 mm 0715 765 200

Measuring / Measuring tools / Squares, measuring tools
TRY SQUARE
Accuracy 2
Made from carbon steel DIN 875/2
Low rectangularity tolerance
Suitable for general mechanical engineering work
3
High edges finely ground and adjusted
Flat sides finely ground and trued
• Thickness: 6 mm
Width Long-limb dimension Short-limb dimension Art. no.

25 mm 150 mm 100 mm 0715 766 150
30 mm 200 mm 130 mm 0715 766 200
35 mm 250 mm 165 mm 0715 766 250
35 mm 300 mm 200 mm 0715 766 300
STEEL SQUARE
With stop
Galvanised design
No corrosion
Accuracy in line with DIN 7168 m
• Thickness: 5 mm
• Width: 30 mm
Long-limb dimension Short-limb dimension Art. no.

250 mm 160 mm 0695 940 364
300 mm 180 mm 0695 940 365
400 mm 230 mm 0695 940 366
750 mm 375 mm 0695 940 369
PRECISION PROTRACTOR
Precision dial gauge for measuring angles of 0 to 180 degrees
• Measuring arms and degree arcs are movably connected to the knurled nut and
can be locked at any point
• Min./max angle measuring range: 0-180 Degree
Degree arc diameter Free length of protractor arm Art. no.

120 mm 150 mm 0715 774 150
150 mm 200 mm 0715 774 200
200 mm 300 mm 0715 774 300

GONIOMETER WINKELFIX MINI

Compact analogue goniometer for simple measurement of angles.
Dimensions can be easily read off and transcribed
Short design and symmetrical arrangement of the measuring arms
Locking possible in each setting
3 Locking screw
No measurement error due to slanted positioning of the measuring
instrument.
Horizontal and vertical level
Delivered in a plastic case
Art. no.
0715 64 92
GONIOMETER WINKELFIX MAXI

Analogue goniometer for quick and easy measurement of angles.
Long life
Scale printed on fibre glass-reinforced toothed belt
No measurement error due to slanted positioning of the measuring
instrument
Fitted with compass tips
Can be replaced with pencil
Art. no.
0715 64 93

GONIOMETER WINKELTRONIK
Electronic goniometer for quick and easy measurement of angles.
Fast reading with maximum accuracy
With digital display (0.1° graduation)
No measurement error due to slanted positioning
With level in horizontal and vertical direction
3
Good base for transcription of angles
Arms of the Winkeltronik fit into each other
No unnecessary waste of energy
Automatic switch-off after 3 minutes
• Limb length: 600 mm
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0715 64 950
DIGITAL GONIOMETER DWM 350

Short digital goniometer.
No measurement error due to slanted positioning
Good readability
• Large digital display field
• Additional lighting can be switched on in poorly lit areas
Easy to use
• Reset function: The goniometer can be reset in any position
• Hold function: Measured values remain in the display, even when the goniometer is
moved
• When the goniometer is switched on, the previous value is displayed
Long service life
• High-precision aluminium measuring arm
• Hard-wearing red powder coating
Fits in all standard tool cases
Short arm length
• Rechargeable battery/battery permanently installed: Yes
• Surface: Aluminium FINISH
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0715 641 91

Measuring / Measuring tools / Torque measurement
1/4 INCH TORQUE WRENCH, HEXAGONAL

• Accuracy of ± 6 % to the set value, in accordance with DIN EN ISO 6789:2003
• Adapter for 1/4“ hexagon drive to 1/4“ square drive
• Acoustic and tangible torque triggering prevents over-tightening of bolts
• With calibration certificate
3
• Min./max. torque measuring range: 1-5 Nm
• Suitable for right-hand tightening: Yes
• Suitable for left-hand tightening: Yes
• Scale value torque: 0.1 Nm
• ISO: DIN EN ISO 6789-1:2017
• Length: 165 mm
Art. no.
0714 71 19
1/4-INCH TORQUE WRENCH

With switchover square drive
• Accuracy of ± 3% to the set value, to ISO 6789:2003
• Simple and precise setting by turning the handle
• With fine-toothed ratchet head (72 teeth) for working in the tightest places
• Scaling in Nm and also in pound force per square foot
• After use, relax spring and set to lowest value
• Min./max. torque measuring range (inches): 40-180 lbf.in
• Suitable for left-hand tightening: No
• Scale value torque: 1 Nm
• ISO: DIN EN ISO 6789-1:2017
• Length: 220 mm
Art. no.
0714 71 20

3/4 INCH TORQUE WRENCH

Switchover square drive
• Accuracy of ± 3 % to the set value, in accordance with DIN EN ISO 6789:2003
3
• ISO: DIN EN ISO 6789-1:2017
Min./max. torque Min./max. torque Scale value torque Length Head diameter Art. no.
measuring range measuring range
(inches)
300-1000 Nm 220-750 lbf.ft 10 Nm 1750 mm 75 mm 0714 71 25
110-550 Nm 80-405 lbf.ft 5 Nm 850 mm 60 mm 0714 71 26

With push-through square drive, ratchet head (60 teeth)
• Accuracy of ± 3% to the set value, in accordance with DIN EN ISO 6789:2003
• Switchover and/or push-through square drive
• Anti-slip 2-component handle
• Min./max. torque measuring range (inches): 45-220 lbf.ft
• ISO: DIN EN ISO 6789-1:2017
• Length: 570 mm
Art. no.
0714 71 24


With push-through square drive and fine toothed ratchet head (72
teeth)
3 • Switchover and/or push-through square drive
• ISO: DIN EN ISO 6789-1:2017
• Length: 350 mm
Art. no.
0714 71 22


With push-through square drive and fine toothed ratchet head (72
teeth)
• Switchover and/or push-through square drive 3
• ISO: DIN EN ISO 6789-1:2017
• Length: 440 mm
Art. no.
0714 71 23

1/4-INCH DYNANOMETRIC SCREWDRIVER

With replaceable blade
Torque screwdriver for controlled screwing to a specified torque
• Torque value via integrated window scale with numerical display, continuously
adjustable with setting tool
3 • Ergonomic multi-component handle, light, compact design for ease of use. Ergono-
mic handle size adjusted to the torque range.
• Click signal on reaching the set torque value.
• Bit adapter blade for ¼-inch bits
• Accuracy +/- 6% from the set scale value.
• According to DIN EN ISO 6789, BS EN 26789
• Delivered in a plastic box
Scope of delivery:
• Handle
• Setting tool
• Bit adapter blade for ¼-inch bits
• Factory calibration and inspection protocol
• Length: 180 mm
Art. no.
0714 71 80
TORQUE WRENCH
With switchover square drive, fine-toothed ratchet head (72 teeth)
• ISO: DIN EN ISO 6789-1:2017
• Length: 350 mm
Art. no.
0714 71 21

Measuring / Measuring tools / Dial gauges
PRECISION DIAL GAUGE

Accuracy: DIN 878
• Scale value 0.01 mm
• Rugged metal housing, impact-proof
• Toothed rack, gear wheels from hardened tool steel
3
• Clamping shank, stainless, hardened and ground
• Adjustable tolerance marks
• Locking screw
• Replaceable probe pins
• Supplied in plastic bag
• Tolerance class: 8h6
Art. no.
0715 762 01
MAGNETIC ARTICULATED MEASURING STAND WITH FINE ADJUSTMENT

For fixing the dial gauge in any position using the mechanical central
clamp.
• Mechanical central clamp
• Fine adjustment
• Permanent magnetic base on/off
• Location hole Ø 8 mm
• Prismatic base
• Adhesive force = 750 N kp
• L x W X H magnetic base = 73 x 50 x 55 mm
• Operation radius: 255 mm
• Height: 390 mm
Art. no.
0715 762 04

Metal fittings / ChapterToC
METAL FITTINGS
Furniture fittings 710
Working aids for furniture fittings 719
4

Metal fittings / Furniture fittings / Drawer guidance
BALL-BEARING GUIDE FULL EXTENSION, UNHINGED, 45 KG

45 mm series ball bearing guides with 45 kg load capacity
• Full extension guide
• Screw-on mounting
• Height 45 mm
• Load capacity 45 KG (99 LB)
• Certified for 50,000 cycles
4
Nominal length Extension travel (AW) Art. no.
250 mm 250 mm 0684 303 250
300 mm 250 mm 0684 303 300
350 mm 315 mm 0684 303 350
400 mm 365 mm 0684 303 400
500 mm 465 mm 0684 303 500
550 mm 515 mm 0684 303 550
600 mm 565 mm 0684 303 600
450 mm 415 mm 0684 303 450
BALL-BEARING GUIDE FULL EXTENSION, SOFT CLOSE, 25 KG

Ball-bearing guide, full extension 45 mm
• Load capacity 25kg
• Version: With damping and stopper
Nominal length Extension travel (AW) Art. no.

300 mm 265 mm 0684 530 300
350 mm 350 mm 0684 530 301
400 mm 400 mm 0684 530 302
406 mm 450 mm 0684 530 303
506 mm 500 mm 0684 530 304
556 mm 550 mm 0684 530 305
606 mm 600 mm 0684 530 306

Metal fittings / Furniture fittings / Drawer frame systems
FRONT PULL-OUT SLIDEBOX H135

Set packaging
• Screw-on bar
• With integrated damping system
• Integrated height adjustment ±2 mm and side adjustment 1 mm
• Nominal height: H135
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Epoxy coating 4
• Colour: Grey, similar to RAL 7042
Tested over 60,000 cycles
• Load capacity at 60,000 cycles: 35 kg
• Pullout type: Full extension
• Opening/closing system: Soft-close
• Lateral adjustment: +/- 1 mm
• Height adjustment: +/- 2 mm
Nominal length Art. no.

270 mm 0684 318 108
300 mm 0684 318 109
350 mm 0684 318 110
400 mm 0684 318 111
450 mm 0684 318 112
DRAWER SLIDEBOX H84

Set packaging
• With integrated soft-close system
• Integrated height adjustment ±2 mm and side adjustment 1 mm
• Nominal height: H84
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Epoxy coating
Tested over 60,000 cycles
• Load capacity at 60,000 cycles: 35 kg
• Pullout type: Full extension
• Opening/closing system: Soft-close
• Lateral adjustment: +/- 1 mm
• Height adjustment: +/- 2 mm
Nominal length Art. no.

270 mm 0684 318 101
300 mm 0684 318 102
350 mm 0684 318 103
400 mm 0684 318 104
450 mm 0684 318 105
500 mm 0684 318 106

END CAP
For Slidebox
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0684 318 008
T-BAR BRACKET
For Slidebox
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0684 318 007

CROSS BAR BRACKET

For Slidebox
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0684 318 006
BAR
For Slidebox
• Length: 1080 mm
Art. no.
0684 318 005
PANEL BRACKET
For Slidebox H135
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0684 318 004

TRIM PANEL
For Slidebox H135
• Fits body width 1200 mm
• To adjust length
• Colour: Grey
• Length: 1092 mm
4
Art. no.
0684 318 003
PANEL BRACKET
For Slidebox H84
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0684 318 002
TRIM PANEL
For Slidebox H84
• Fits body width 1200 mm
• To adjust length
• Colour: Grey
• Length: 1079 mm
Art. no.
0684 318 001

BASIC RAILING FOR SLIDEBOX

• Material: Aluminium-plastic
• Surface: Epoxy coating
• Nominal length: 500 mm
4
Art. no.
0684 318 126
REAR BRACKET FOR SLIDEBOX

Material:
Steel
Color:
White or Grey
• Material: Steel
• Colour: Grey
Length Art. no.

118 mm 0684 318 117
- 0684 318 118
182 mm 0684 318 119

Metal fittings / Furniture fittings / Furniture hinges
FURNITURE HINGE CLIPS WITH DAMPING, 105°

• Hinge cup Ø 35 mm/depth 11.5 mm
• Door thickness: 14 - 21 mm
• Click-on
• Integrated damping
• Surface: nickel-plated
• Diameter: 35 mm
4 Certified for 80,000 cycles
• Hinge pot depth: 11.5 mm
• Material: Steel
• Max. hinge pot distance: 7 mm
• Min. hinge pot distance: 3 mm
• Opening angle: 105 Degree
• Suitable for max. door thickness: 21 mm
• Suitable for min. door thickness: 14 mm
• Type of assembly: To screw
Door position Hole distance Hole distance Hole drilling Type description Art. no.
(horizontal) (vertical)
Enclosed 6 mm 48 mm 48/6 mm Full overlay, 2-way, T48 0683 138 415
with hinge cap screws
Enclosed 6 mm 48 mm 48/6 mm Half overlay, 2-way, T48 0683 138 416
with hinge cap screws,
Enclosed 6 mm 48 mm 48/6 mm Embed, 2-way, T48 with 0683 138 417
hinge cap screws,
Full support 5.5 mm 52 mm 52/5.5 mm one way 0683 138 315
Half support 6 mm 48 mm 48/6 mm one way 0683 138 116
Full support 9.5 mm 45 mm 45/9.5 mm one way 0683 138 215

CLIPS FURNITURE HINGE, DAMPING 105°, ECCEN. FIT.

• Hinge cup Ø 35 mm/depth 11.5 mm
• Door thickness: 14–21 mm
• Click-on
• Integrated damping
• Finish: nickel-plated
• Diameter: 35 mm
4
Certified for 80,000 cycles
• Height: 11.5 mm
• Hole distance (horizontal): 6 mm
• Hole distance (vertical): 48 mm
• Hole drilling: 48/6 mm
• Material: Steel
• Max. hinge pot distance: 7 mm
• Min. hinge pot distance: 3 mm
• Suitable for max. door thickness: 21 mm
• Suitable for min. door thickness: 14 mm
• Type of assembly: To screw
Door position Opening angle Type description Art. no.

Enclosed 105 Degree Full over lay 0683 138 115
Full support 100 Degree one way 0683 138 000
MOUNTING PLATE FOR SOFT-CLOSE HINGE

with cam adjustable
Material:
Cold-rolled steel
Finish:
Nickel plated
Distance between screws:
32 mm
• Hole distance: 32 mm
• Material: Steel
Type description Art. no.

H0/SCR3,5MM 0683 138 900
H2/PIN5MM 0683 138 911
H2/SCR3,5MM 0683 138 901
H0/PIN5MM 0683 138 910

FURNITURE HINGE CLIPS WITH DAMPING 95°

with 3D mounting plate
Concealed Hydraulic Hinge, soft close
Quick fitting with clip
Opening angle :
95°
Hinge cup Ø:
4 40mm
Depth of hinge cup:
12.5 mm
With 3D mounting plate
Main material:
Cold-rolled steel
Coating:
Nickel plated
Door thickness:
16-30mm
• Type of assembly: Screw-on
• Hole drilling: 52/5.5 mm
• Opening angle: 95 Degree
Door position Mounting plate height Art. no.

Full support 0 0683 138 211
Half support 0 0683 138 212
Enclosed 2 mm 0683 138 223
ASSORTMENT OF SELF-ADHESIVE CAPS

Resistant to soap, waterproof
Contents:
• Self-adhesive caps, white, 100 pc.
• Self-adhesive caps, black, 100 pc.
• Self-adhesive caps, beech, 100 pc.
• Self-adhesive caps, fir, 100 pc.
• Self-adhesive caps, walnut, 100 pc.
• Self-adhesive caps, oak, 100 pc.
• Self-adhesive caps, cherry, 100 pc.
• Self-adhesive caps, aluminium, 100 pc.
• Material: PVC - Polyvinyl chloride
• Design: Self-adhesive
• Diameter: 13 µm
Art. no.
0683 277 117

Metal fittings / Working aids for furniture fittings / Drilling jigs and gluing
drilling jigs
CUP HOLE CUTTER

For drilling jig SBL-3/VBL-2
• Material: Carbide
• Drill diameter: 35 mm
Art. no.
0683 800 435
4
REPAIR KIT SBL 3
Scope of delivery:
• 3 x hexagon socket M8 x 16
• 3 x washer
• 3 x spring
• Material: Metal
Art. no.
0683 800 450

Metal fittings / Working aids for furniture fittings / Drilling jigs and gluing
drilling jigs
CONNECTOR DRILLING JIG VBL-2

Drilling jig for furniture connectors
For drilling connectors and bolts
• Easy to use with hand drill
• Precision drilling with HM drill bits
Connector drilling jig:
• Drill depth adjustment from 12 – 17 mm
4 • Adjustable stops for rapid positioning on the workpiece (8 – 11.5 mm)
• Lateral fixed stops (37 mm) can be used
• Clamping device to fix the setting jig into place
• Drive with hexagon socket (included)
• Drill bit tipping: 1 piece HM 20 mm, 1 pc. HM 10 mm
• Material: Aluminium die casting
Bolt drilling jig:
• For 5 mm drill holes
• Hardened drill bushings
• With fixed stop (37 mm) for rapid positioning on the workpiece
• Drill holes with 32 mm spacing
• For 16 mm and 19 mm material thickness
• Material: plastic
Art. no.
0683 800 460
HINGE DRILLING JIG SBL-3

For Nexis and Tiomos hinges (bore size of 52/5.5 mm)
• With wood screws, pre-mounted anchors or Impresso hinges (mountable without
tools) and for cross mounting plates
• Compact and easy to handle
• Max. grip range: 25 mm
• Min./max. hinge pot distance: -7-+8 mm
• Material: Steel / Die-cast zinc / plastic
Art. no.
0683 800 400
0683 800 401
0683 800 402
0683 800 404

4
721
Building supplies / ChapterToC
BUILDING SUPPLIES
Facades, full heat insulation 724
Products roof 725
Products interior fitting 743
Construction site materials 749 5
Roof sealing 752
Roof jointing elements 788
Fixing and mounting accessories 789
Window-,shutter a.door construc.,floors 791

Building supplies / Facades, full heat insulation / Masonry insulating
MASONRY BARRIER
Ensures the capillary action of brick walls is interrupted
• Made of black embossed polyolefin film, 30 microns thick
• Better age resistance compared to bituminous felt
• Withstands crushing
• Colour: Black
• Length: 50 m
• Thickness: 300 µm
5
Width Art. no.
20 cm 0818 900 301
25 cm 0818 900 302
35 cm 0818 900 303
50 cm 0818 900 304
POLYETHYLENE FILM FOR BASE OF WALL

Colourless polyethylene film for base of wall
• Colourless polyethylene film
• Low-density film created by extruding high-quality virgin raw materials
• The use of virgin raw materials ensures consistency and optimal resistance
• Colour: Colourless
• Length: 100 m
• Thickness: 150 µm
Test report from the French Laboratoire National d‘Essais on water

vapour permeability
Width Art. no.

26 cm 0992 410
32 cm 0992 412

Building supplies / Products roof / Solar collector
CENTRE CLAMP
For framed photovoltaic modules
Height-adjustable
A single centre clamp covers almost all available module types
Fully pre-assembled
The centre clamp can be clicked straight onto the mounting rail without any prepara-
tory work
• Grip distance between the modules: 19 mm
• Grip width: 40 mm
• Internal drive: HS5 5
Suitable for module height Surface Colour Art. no.

36 - 50 mm Plain - 0865 799 900
36 - 50 mm Anodised Black 0865 799 902
30 - 36 mm Plain - 0865 799 904
END CLAMP
For framed photovoltaic modules
Height-adjustable
A single end clamp covers almost all available module types
Fully pre-assembled
The end clamp can be pushed straight onto the mounting rail without any preparatory
work
• Suitable for module height: 30 - 50 mm
• Internal drive: HS5
Surface Colour Art. no.

Plain Aluminium coloured 0865 799 913
Plain Black 0865 799 915

KLICK LAMINATE CENTRE CLAMP

For frameless photovoltaic modules (laminate modules)
Certified by First Solar, Calyxo and Q-Cells
Fully pre-assembled
The centre clamp can be clicked straight onto the mounting rail without any prepara-
tory work
The advantages at a glance
• Quick mounting
Pre-assembled delivery of all system components and innovative click mounting
considerably reduces assembly time.
5 • Maximum flexibility
Centre and end clamps and roof hooks are height adjustable making them flexible
enough for all common module and roofing types.
All system components are manufactured from high-quality aluminium or A2 stain-
less steel, guaranteeing a very high level of corrosion resistance.
• Optimal adaptability
Using the telescopic element enables the system to be laid out with millimetre
precision. The time-consuming task of cutting of the mounting rails to size is com-
pletely eliminated.
• Maximum safety
Fastening system meets the requirements of DIN 1055.
• Suitable for module height: 6.8 mm
• Surface: Plain
Art. no.
0865 799 942

KLICK LAMINATE END CLAMP

Fully pre-assembled
The end clamp can be clicked straight onto the mounting rail without any preparatory
work
The advantages at a glance
• Quick mounting
Pre-assembled delivery of all system components and innovative click mounting
considerably reduces assembly time.
• Maximum flexibility 5
Centre and end clamps and roof hooks are height adjustable making them flexible
enough for all common module and roofing types.
All system components are manufactured from high-quality aluminium or A2 stain-
less steel, guaranteeing a very high level of corrosion resistance.
• Optimal adaptability
Using the telescopic element enables the system to be laid out with millimetre
precision. The time-consuming task of cutting of the mounting rails to size is com-
pletely eliminated.
• Maximum safety
Fastening system meets the requirements of DIN 1055.
• Surface: Plain
Art. no.
0865 799 952
LAMINATE CENTRE CLAMP

Fully pre-assembled
The centre clamp can be attached straight to the mounting rail without any preparato-
ry work
• Surface: Plain
Art. no.
0865 799 946

CENTRE CLAMP COMFORT

For attaching framed photovoltaic modules.
Easy to fit
The elongated side sections prevent the centre clamp from rotating when being fitted.
This allows simple assembly with just one hand.
Wide field of application
The centre clamp is height-adjustable making it suitable for all commercially available
module frame heights.
Time-saving
Centre clamp is completely pre-assembled and can be clicked straight onto the moun-
5 ting rail without time-consuming preparatory work.
Surface Colour Art. no.

Plain Aluminium coloured 0865 799 905
Anodised Black 0865 799 906
CENTRE CLAMP
Aluminium
• Surface: Plain
• Width: 30 mm
• Length: 80 mm
Art. no.
0865 799 90

ELEVATION TRIANGLE
Aluminium (EN-AW-6063 T6)
Variable
Adjustable in 5° increments.
Completely pre-assembled
The triangle can be attached to the roof without any preparatory work.
• Limb length 2: 1300 mm
• Width: 33 mm
Preset angle Possible elevation angle Product weight (per item) Art. no.
10° 10°, 15° 2572 g 0865 700 103
20° 20°, 25°, 30° 2500 g 0865 700 104
35° 35°, 40°, 45° 3045 g 0865 700 105
SOLAR TRIANGULAR MOUNT, 8 DEGREES

Zebra solar series for photovoltaic panel fitting
• Aluminium (EN - AW 6063 T6)
• Thanks to its limited height, it allows photovoltaic systems with a maximum lower
panel height of 30 cm to be installed, by laying the panels horizontally, i.e. directly
onto the triangular mounts
• Fixed 8° angle, not adjustable
• Pre-assembled
• This type of mount allows photovoltaic panels to be installed at an angle onto a flat
plane
• Extremely sturdy
• Limb length 2: 1100 mm
• Width: 50 mm
• Height: 217 mm
Art. no.
0865 700 106

ALUMINIUM ANGLE BRACKETS SHEET METAL ROOF

Height compensation
Angle brackets can compensate unevenness of up to 20 mm using the slot
Fully pre-assembled
Mounting rails 39 x 37, 47 x 37 and 60 x 37 can be attached to the angle brackets
without preparatory work
Bonded EPDM sealing strip on the bottom of the angle bracket
Optimum protection against moisture
• Base hole diameter: 5 mm
Art. no.
0865 998 8
MOUNTING RAIL, 47 X 37
Lateral rail mounting
Simple, time-saving mounting
Lateral ribbing
Guaranteed optimum positive and friction locking
Length Art. no.

3300 mm 0865 747 330
3150 mm 0865 747 315
6200 mm 0865 747 620

Rail fastening possible on both sides
Heavy loads can be easily transferred to the roof substructure
Lateral ribbing
• Length: 6200 mm
Art. no.
0865 770 620
SHEET METAL RAIL LIGHT

• Length: 3150 mm
For attaching directly on the trapezoidal plate
Art. no.
0865 726 315

SHEET METAL RAIL, PRE-DRILLED LIGHT

Rail pre-drilled (5 mm)
The metal rail can be attached to all popular spacings without additional drilling
With adhered EPDM sealing strip
Completely eliminates the need for the additional adhesion of EPDM sealing tape
• Length: 395 mm
Art. no.
0865 726 041
Lateral rail mounting
Simple, time-saving mounting
Lateral ribbing
Length Art. no.

2250 mm 0865 739 225
3300 mm 0865 739 330
2100 mm 0865 739 210
3150 mm 0865 739 315
6200 mm 0865 739 620

SHEET METAL RAIL HK

For mounting directly on the trapezoidal plate
Rail length 180 mm, pre-drilled
The sheet metal rail HK can be attached directly to the crest without requiring additio-
nal drilling.
With bonded EPDM sealing strips
Additional attachment of EPDM sealing tape is entirely unnecessary
• Length: 180 mm
Art. no.
0865 726 180
MOUNTING RAIL ALU CLIK

Zebra Solar series for photovoltaic panel fitting
• Made of aluminium (EN – AW 6063 T6)
• For quick and easy attachment
• „Easy click“ coupling system, compatible with snap clips in the Zebra SOLAR line
• Accommodates hammer head screws
• Mounting rail is not pre-drilled
• Length: 3150 mm
Art. no.
0865 731 315

MOUNTING RAIL FMP LIGHT

Zebra Solar - range for the mounting of photovoltaic panels
• In aluminium (EN – AW 6063 T6)
• For quick and easy mounting
• „Easy click” fastening system, compatible with the Zebra Solar line snap clips
• Length: 3150 mm
Art. no.
0865 727 315
MOUNTING RAIL 60X37

• Lateral rail mounting
• Simple, time-saving mounting
• Lateral ribbing
• Guaranteed optimum positive and friction locking
Length Art. no.

2100 mm 0865 760 210
2250 mm 0865 760 225
3150 mm 0865 760 315
6200 mm 0865 760 620

ADAPTER ANGLE BRACKET

For attaching ZEBRA mounting rails on the solar mountings and stan-
dard roof hooks
Height compensation
The adapter angle bracket can compensate unevenness of up to 20 mm via the slot
Ribbing on angle bracket
Optimum positive and friction locking with mounting rail
Fully pre-assembled
Mounting rails can be attached to the adapter angle bracket without preparatory
work
• Elongated hole diameter: 9 mm
5
Suitable for screw Diameter of hole Art. no.

M8 9 mm 0865 999 8
M10 11 mm 0865 999 10
M12 13 mm 0865 999 12
ADAPTER ANGLE BRACKET

For attaching ZEBRA mounting rails on the solar mountings of diame-
ter M10 and M12
Height compensation
Adapter angle bracket can compensate unevenness of up to 18 mm via the slot
Ribbing on angle bracket
Optimum positive and friction locking with mounting rail
Fully pre-assembled
Mounting rails can be attached to the adapter angle bracket without preparatory
work
• Elongated hole diameter: 9 mm
Suitable for screw Diameter of hole Art. no.

M10 11 mm 0865 999 110
M12 13 mm 0865 999 120

ROOF HOOK ALUMINIUM

Adjustable 3-ways, 9 mm Ø drilled base
Low weight
Adjustable height and sides for flexibility
• Variable bar height in roof batten area
• Laterally adjustable in roof batten area
• Height adjustment of up to 20 mm in rail area
Ribbing on bracket
Optimum positive and friction locking
5
Fully pre-assembled
Mounting rail, 39 x 37 mm, 47 x 37 mm and 60 x 37 mm, can be attached to the roof
hook without preparatory work.
Maximum load values without resting on roof tiles
• Pressure parallel to roof surface: 0.7 kN
• Pressure perpendicular to roof surface: 1.5 kN
• Tensile force perpendicular to roof surface: -1.5 kN
• Baseplate length: 110 mm
• Adjustment range: 75 mm
• Bar height: 40 - 51 mm
Art. no.
0865 994 81

ROOF HOOK VARIO

Special type for attaching vertical mounting rails
Aluminium
Universally adjustable
• Variable bar height in roof batten area: 40–51 mm
• Lateral adjustment in roof batten area: 75 mm
• Height adjustment in rail area: Up to 20 mm
Ribbing on bracket
Optimum positive and friction locking
Fully pre-assembled
5
Mounting rail, 39 x 37 mm, 47 x 37 mm, 60 x 37 mm, can be attached to the roof
hook without preparatory work.
Maximum load values without resting on roof tiles
Art. no.
0865 994 851
ROOF HOOKS ADJUSTABLE 3-WAYS ALUMINIUM

Low weight
Flexible thanks to the possibility of height/lateral adjustments
• Variable rib height in roof batten area
• Lateral adjustment in roof batten area
• Height adjustment in rail area: Up to 20 mm
Fluting on bar
Optimum positive and non-positive fit
Entirely pre-assembled
Mounting rail 39x37, 47 x 37 and 60 x 37 can be attached to the roof hook without
any preliminary work
Maximum load values without using the roof tile as support
Art. no.
0865 994 8

VARIO HOOK FOR RAISED TILES ZEBRA SOLAR

For mounting of photovoltaic panels
• In aluminium (EN - AW 6082 T6)
• For fixing of vertical and horizontal mounting rails
• Vertical hook with knurling for a perfect fit between mounting rails and hook
• Knurled plate, adjustable between corner and base hook for optimum hold
• Adjustable horizontally and vertically
• Base plate with mounting holes Ø 10 mm and Ø 6 mm
• Pre-assembled
5 • Base hole diameter: 7 mm

Art. no.
0865 995 85
BRACING FOR ELEVATION TRIANGLE

For additional elevation triangle bracing, depending on structural
analysis.
• Material designation: EN-AW-6063 T6
Art. no.
0865 700 111

RAIL CONNECTORS
For mounting rail 47 x 37 and 60 x 37
Aluminium
Pure plug-in connection
Fast mounting with no need for additional screwing
Suitable for mounting rail Length x width x height Art. no.

- 195 x 37 x 26 mm 0865 739 910
70 x 44 mm 195 x 24 x 57 mm 0865 770 910
47 x 37 mm 195 x 24 x 35 mm 0865 747 910
60 x 37 mm 195 x 24 x 48 mm 0865 760 910
CROSS-RAIL CONNECTOR
For the creation of a two-layer rail installation
Fully pre-assembled
Connectors can be clipped straight onto the mounting rail without preparatory work
Art. no.
0865 799 930

LOCKING CLAMP
Slip protection for the lowest end clamp in vertical rail mounting
Fully pre-assembled
The end clamp can be pushed straight onto the mounting rail without any preparatory
work
Suitable for 39 x 37, 47 x 37, 60 x 37, 70 x 44 and 120 x 90 mm
mounting rails
Art. no.
0865 799 920
END CAP
Aluminium
Simple plug-in assembly
Suitable for mounting rail Art. no.

39 x 37 mm 0865 739 916
47 x 37 mm 0865 747 916

Building supplies / Products roof / Leaf-traps
DOWN PIPE REPLACEMENT FILM

Protects façades from soiling and structural damage
• Reliable façade protection
• Less expensive than plastic tubes
• Down pipe replacement can be used for all drain pipes up to 150 mm diameter
Easy to use
• Fast and easy to attach and remove
• Practical dispenser simplifies fitting
• Foil thickness: 0.14 mm
5
• Length of roll: 150 m
• Additional articles: Cable ties, art. prefix no. 0502 ...; Adhesive tapes, art. pre-
fix no. 0992 ...; Blades, art. prefix no. 0715 ...
Art. no.
0818 070 150

Building supplies / Products roof / Roof hatches
LOFT HATCH RT-W

Insulated and airtight hatch complying with RT 2012 technical regula-
tions and low-energy building requirements
Continuous composite seal on the door
• Airtight with no leakage in the seal of the building envelope
• Complies with regulatory texts and low-energy building specifications
• No black dusty marks around the hatch
100% polyester insulation especially for access doors
• R=6.88 W/m2K suitable in most cases
• R=8.13 W/m2K for maximum performance
5 • Non-irritant during handling for the installer and users
• Not hazardous to health
Push-to-open hatch
• Opens and closes with just a touch of the hand
• Invisible closure system
• Removable door
Lacquered steel finish, brilliant white RAL 9016
• Can be installed in normal and humid rooms
• Good finish, can be installed with no additional finishing on white walls and ceilings
• Can be painted using suitable paint
Optional polypropylene mounting frame for lofts which are insula-
ted with blown wool
• Prevents blown wool escaping when the hatch is opened
• Makes it possible to maintain the correct depth of blown wool near the hatch frame
and prevents thermal bridges
• Attaches to the hatch frame with adhesive tape or screws onto the wooden beam of
the structure
• Colour: White
• Material: Steel
Width x height x depth Art. no.

550 x 220 x 550 mm 5397 542 600
550 x 260 x 550 mm 5397 542 601

Building supplies / Products interior fitting / Inspection hatches
MOUNTING FRAME BLOWN WOOL FOR ACCESS HATCH

Keeps blown wool in position at the edges of the access hatch
Prevents blown wool spilling over the access hatch
Length x width x height Material Product weight (per item) Art. no.
550 x 548 x 300 mm PP - Polypropylene 327 g 5397 542 550
5
570 x 570 x 220 mm PES - Polyester 875 g 5397 542 570
INSPECTION HATCH, PUSH-TO-OPEN, SHEET METAL

Push-to-open hatch, white, for walls and ceilings
Push-to-open hatch
4 pre-drilled and adjustable fixing brackets
• Quick and easy installation, lightweight to handle
• Direct mounting on timber frame
• Or through plasterboard (see application opposite)
Lacquered steel finish, brilliant white RAL 9016
• Can be installed in normal and humid rooms
• Good finish, can be installed with no additional finishing on white walls and ceilings
• Can be painted using suitable paint
• Colour: Traffic white RAL 9016
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Zinc plated
Depth Height Width Art. no.

21 mm 538 mm 500 mm 5397 540 500
21 mm 638 mm 600 mm 5397 540 600
27 mm 234.5 mm 200 mm 5397 540 200
27 mm 335 mm 300 mm 5397 540 300
27 mm 435 mm 400 mm 5397 540 400

INSPECTION HATCH, PUSH-TO-OPEN, PLASTERBOARD, FLUSH-MOUNTED

Push-to-open, water-repellent, plasterboard hatch for walls and cei-
lings
Secure push-to-open hatch
• Two blue PVC catches hold the door, preventing sudden opening
Door made from water-repellent plasterboard, installed in an alumi-
nium frame which sits flush with the surface
• The hatch does not protrude from the wall or ceiling once installed, known as a
5 „flush“ installation
• Suitable for both humid and normal rooms
• Integrates perfectly with the decoration of plasterboard surfaces, particularly com-
pared to wood, PVC or sheet metal models
• Can be tiled, except for sizes 500 x 500 mm and 600 x 600 mm
The board on the hatch is attached with concealed screws
• No plastering or sanding translates to time savings
• High degree of finish and adjustment of parts
Rubber seal between the door and the frame
• Improves the overall sealing of the hatch compared to sheet metal models, for
example
• Reduces black dusty marks around the hatch
• Colour: Aluminium coloured
• Depth: 38.9 mm
• Surface: Plain
Height Width Art. no.

239 mm 200 mm 5397 541 200
339 mm 300 mm 5397 541 300
439 mm 400 mm 5397 541 400
539 mm 500 mm 5397 541 500
639 mm 600 mm 5397 541 600

FIRE-RATED ACCESS HATCH 30 MINUTES FOR CEILING

Fire-rated inspection hatch specially designed to be installed in
suspended ceilings, with self-contained fire protection and for a „com-
bustible load only on the room side“ requirement
• Hatch for effective protection against the spread of fire in the area around suspen-
ded ceilings
• The integrated aluminium frame includes protection against fire
• The inspection hatch cover is fitted with a DF fire-resistant panel
Fire-resistance class EI 30
CSTB fire classification report no. RS-20-054 + EXT 20.168 • Bolted gypsum fire-resistant plasterboard(s)
(18 mm)
CSTB fire classification report no. RS-20-054 + EXT 20.168 (2 x
• Resistant to fire from below (room side)
12.5 mm) • Fire-protection plates 18 mm thick for the 400 x 400-mm size 5
A four-sided peripheral seal helps prevent the passage of smoke:
• High-quality lip seal
• Intumescent seal to stop gas, smoke and flames in the event of a fire
• The cover is secured on both sides by safety arms that automatically lock in place
• The locking arms ensure that the cover stops whenever the door is opened
• The cover can be easily removed and put back in place
• „Push-and-release“ system for opening and closing the hatch
• Quick and easy installation
Art. no.
5397 546 302

ded ceilings
• Bolted gypsum fire-resistant plasterboard(s)
CSTB fire classification report no. RS-20-054 + EXT 20.168C (2
x 15 mm) • Resistant to fire from below (room side)
Art. no.
5397 546 602


ded ceilings
CSTB fire classification report no. RS-20-054 + EXT 20.168 (2 x
20 mm)
• Resistant to fire from below (room side)
5 A four-sided peripheral seal helps prevent the passage of smoke:
Art. no.
5397 546 902

ded ceilings
CSTB fire classification report no. RS-19-067 (2 x 25 mm) • Resistant to fire from below (room side)
• Carriage key opening system
Art. no.
5397 546 122

FIRE-RATED ACCESS HATCH 30 MINUTES FOR WALLS

Fire-rated inspection hatch specially designed for mounting on mecha-
nical shafts with a „fire load inside and outside the shaft“ requirement
• Hatch for effective protection against the spread of fire from a room into the shaft
• The aluminium mounting frame is equipped with a fire-protection strip
• Resistant to fire on the shaft side and on the room side
• The inspection hatch cover comprises two DF fire-resistant panels
• Fire-protection plates are 12.5 mm thick, so 25 mm thick overall
• Intumescent seal to stop gas, smoke and flames in the event of a fire 5
• The cover is secured on both sides by self-adjusting safety arms, which ensure that
the cover stops whenever the door is opened
CSTB fire classification report no. RS-20-054 + EXT 20.168 (2 x • Quick and easy installation
12.5 mm)
Art. no.
5397 545 301
FIRE-RATED ACCESS HATCH 60 MINUTES FOR WALLS

Fire-rated inspection hatch specially designed for mounting on mecha-
nical shafts with a „fire load inside and outside the shaft“ requirement
• Hatch for effective protection against the spread of fire from a room into the shaft
• Resistant to fire on the shaft side and on the room side
• The mounting frame and door leaf are made of galvanised sheet steel reinforced at
the rear by fire-protection panels
• Smoke-proof
• Approved acoustic insulation
• Variable fitting, regardless of wall thickness
• Door leaf can be removed for wall mounting
• There are no screw heads on the surface of the door leaf, which saves concealing
CSTB fire classification report no. RS-20-063
work
• Supplied with a square chuck key, a RAL 9016 end cap, moulded stops, a steel bra-
cket mounting kit and assembly instructions
Art. no.
5397 545 601

Building supplies / Products interior fitting / Products dry walling
ADJUSTABLE INTERMEDIATE BRACKETS

For wall lining with F45/F47 metal furring
100% polyamide and fibreglass
• Prevents thermal bridges
Quick and easy installation
• Quick adjustment using the buttons on each side
• Precise adjustment by turning the wheel
Large thumb wheel
• Excellent maintaining of insulation
• Adjustment possible once furring is clipped
5 Impact and tear resistant
• Width: 42.5 mm
Compliant with French standard DTU verified with F45 furring (F47
pending)
Length Length x width Type description Art. no.

45 mm 45 x 42.5 mm 45 mm 5397 100 101
75 mm 75 x 42.5 mm 75 mm 5397 100 102
100 mm 100 x 42.5 mm - 5397 100 103
120 mm 120 x 42.5 mm - 5397 100 104
140 mm 140 x 42.5 mm - 5397 100 105
160 mm 160 x 42.5 mm - 5397 100 106

Building supplies / Construction site materials / Consumables, construction
site materials
PNEUMATIC WHEEL, PLASTIC RIM

Includes hub
• Material: Rubber plastic
Art. no.
0998 011 22
TRAY FOR MODULAR WHEELBARROW

• High-strength polypropylene tray
• Tray capacity: 100 l
Art. no.
0998 011 0
GALVANISED CHASSIS SUPPLIED WITH SCREWS FOR MODULAR WHEELBARROW

Advantages compared with traditional wheelbarrows
• Lighter
• Replaceable tray
• The wheelbarrow is rust-resistant (polypropylene tray, galvanised chassis, galvani-
sed screws)
• Puncture-proof solid rubber wheel
• Larger tray capacity
• Material: Steel
• Diameter: 30 mm
Art. no.
0998 011 1

site materials
PUNCTURE-PROOF SOLID RUBBER WHEEL FOR MODULAR WHEELBARROW

• Width: 80 mm
Art. no.
0998 011 2
GALVANISED CHASSIS WITH FOLDING HANDLES (SUPPLIED WITH SCREWS) FOR MODULAR
WHEELBARROW
Advantages compared with traditional wheelbarrows
• Lighter
• Replaceable tray
• The wheelbarrow is rust-resistant (polypropylene tray, galvanised chassis, galvani-
sed screws)
• Larger tray capacity
• Material: Steel
• Diameter: 30 mm
Art. no.
0998 011 11

site materials
DUST PROTECTION DOOR

Allows temporary concealment of rooms, workstations and construc-
tion sites, thus avoiding the spread of dirt and dust during work.
Non-woven fabric
• Can be reused
Attached with fastening tape on polyethylene film or splayed
• Quick and simple to install, ensures cleanliness of the construction site
Zip fastening
• Practical
Can be used with universal stands
• Colour: Grey
5
• Height: 310 cm
• Material: PES - Polyester
• Width: 130 cm
Art. no.
0992 419 980
WATERPROOF FILM, VIRGIN QUALITY

Made of 100% virgin polyethylene
• Conforms to French DTU standard of March 2005 adopted in standard AFNOR NF
P11-213
• Rolls of less than 30 kg (in accordance with CPAM recommendations)
• 100% virgin materials
• Stronger than recycled films
• Colour: Milky-transparent (protective film)
Certified as waterproof by the CSTB (CE marking)
Test report from the Laboratoire National d‘Essais on water vapour • Resistance against: Water
permeability
Width Length Thickness Art. no.

3m 56 m 200 µm 0992 400 471
3m 74 m 150 µm 0992 400 460
6m 28 m 200 µm 0992 400 470
6m 37 m 150 µm 0992 400 461

Building supplies / Roof sealing / Windproofing systems
BREATHABLE MEMBRANE WÜTOP® METAL SK

Highly-breathable synthetic membrane, triple-layer, combined with
a three-dimensional drainage mesh and sound-deadening coating
for sheet metal roofs
Sound damping
• reduction of noise caused by rain and hail on the sheet metal covering
• improves living comfort
Impermeable to water
• the drainage layer allows for the removal of the condensate that may form under
the metal covering and reduces the risk of corrosion
5 • The triple-layer membrane protects the thermal insulation from condensation or
leaks and keeps it dry and functional
Correct degree of breathability
• high permeability for water vapour
• aids the expulsion of damp accumulated inside the insulation package
EN 13859-1
Classification according to UNI 11470-2015: class A • Design: Self-adhesive
• Coating weight per m2: 430 g
• Roll width: 1.5 m
• Area: 37.5 m2
Art. no.
0681 001 204
UNDERLAY/ROOF PROTECTION FILM WÜTOP® 95

Lightweight, pale, vapour-permeable underlay membrane and roof
protection film for pitched roofs
• PP top fleece protects the membrane from damage and reduces the risk of slipping
• Fire behaviour EN-13501-1 – class E
• Normally inflammable DIN 4102 – class B2
• Not suitable for slate roofs
• Fulfils the requirements of the German Central Association of the Roofing Trade
product data sheet
• Design: Without self-adhesive strips
• Area: 75 m2
DIN EN 13859-1
• Number of rolls per pallet: 20 PCS
• Min./max. temperature resistance: -40 to 80 °C
• Suitable for makeshift roofing/makeshift coverage: 2 Weeks
Art. no.
0681 001 015

UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM WÜTOP TRIO 2SK

All-round roof protection film
WÜTOP Trio is a highly vapour-permeable underlay membrane and roof protection
film with a monolithic membrane. It is laid directly on the heat insulation or formwork
of ventilated and non-ventilated pitched roofs.
When combined with a WÜTOP vapour retarder/barrier and EURASOL adhesive
tapes, it can be used to create modern airtight and windproof structures that fulfil cur-
rent energy saving regulations.
Versatile
Available in 3 designs (without adhesive strip, with adhesive strip and with two adhe-
sive strips).
5
Technology
3-layer, polypropylene-based roof protection film with monolithic functional
membrane.
Reliability
PP top fleece reduces the risk of slipping and protects the membrane inside thanks to
Meets the
requirements its 3-ply structure.
of the German
Central Asso-
Saves time and money
ciation of the Easy and fast installation thanks to integrated adhesive strips (SK and 2SK).
Roofing Trade
product data Specially designed for slates
sheet for class
UDB-A/USB-A. Particularly suitable as temporary roofing for slate roofs according to German Central
Association of the Roofing Trade
DIN EN 13859-1
Meets the requirements of the ZVDH (German Central Association • Design: With self-adhesive strips
of the Roofing Trade) product data sheet for class UDB-A/USB-A. • Coating weight per m2: 145 g
• Area: 75 m2
• Suitable as preliminary roofing for slate: 4 Weeks
Art. no.
0681 001 026

UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM WÜTOP® TRIO

All-round roof protection film
Variety
Available in 3 designs (without adhesive strip, with adhesive strip and with two adhe-
sive strips).
Technology
3-ply, polypropylene-based roof protection film with monolithic functional membrane.
Safety
its 3-ply structure.
5 Saves time and money
Easy and fast installation thanks to integrated adhesive strips (SK and 2SK).
Meets the
requirements
of the German • Suitable for makeshift roofing/makeshift coverage: 4 Weeks
Central Asso-
ciation of the
Roofing Trade
product data
sheet for class
UDB-A/USB-A.
DIN EN 13859-1
Meets the requirements of the ZVDH (German Central Association
of the Roofing Trade) product data sheet for class UDB-A/USB-A.
Design Roll width Area Number of rolls per Suitable as preli- Art. no.
pallet minary roofing for
slate
- 1.2 m 60 m2 - - 0681 001 120
Without self-adhesive 1.5 m 75 m2 20 PCS 4 Weeks 0681 001 001
strips

WÜTOP® UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM

Basic roof protection film for ventilated and non-ventilated pitched
roofs
WÜTOP is a highly vapour-permeable, polypropylene-based underlay membrane
and roof protection film with a microporous membrane. It is laid directly on the heat
insulation or formwork of ventilated and non-ventilated pitched roofs. When com-
bined with a WÜTOP vapour retarder/barrier and EURASOL adhesive tapes, it can
be used to create modern, airtight and windproof structures that fulfil current energy
saving regulations.
Technology
3-layer, vapour-permeable, polypropylene roof protection film with a microporous
membrane and double-sided adhesive strip. 5
Safety
3-ply structure protects the internal membrane
Meets the
requirements
of the German Easy and fast installation thanks to integrated adhesive strips
Central Asso-
ciation of the • Coating weight per m2: 136 g
Roofing Trade
product data • Length of roll: 50 m
sheet for class • Number of rolls per pallet: 20 PCS
UDB-A/USB-A.
DIN EN 13859-1 • Min./max. temperature resistance: -40 to 80 °C
Windproof in external areas. Suitable for requirements classes
3 - 6 according to the German Central Association of the Roofing
Trade
Certified resistance to driving rain
Meets the requirements according to the German Central Asso-
ciation of the Roofing Trade product data sheet for class UDB-A/
USB-A
Design Roll width Area Art. no.

Without self-adhesive strips 3m 150 m2 0681 001 087
With self-adhesive strips 1.5 m 75 m2 0681 001 014

BREATHABLE MEMBRANE WÜTOP® 170

Highly breathable, watertight roof underlay membrane with wind
barrier
Breathable, non-slip and highly tear-resistant synthetic membrane,
composed of three thermally sealed layers
Composition
• Top layer: non-woven polypropylene (PP) fabric, non-slip, water-repellent and
UV-stabilised
• Middle layer: micro porous membrane allowing vapour diffusion, watertight
• Bottom layer: non-woven polypropylene (PP) fabric
5 Wind resistance
• No heat dispersion
• Energy saving
EN 13859-1/2
Watertight
Classification according to UNI 11470-2015: class B Thermal insulation protected from accidental infiltration of water and atmospheric
agents, which could compromise functionality
Suitably breathable
• Highly permeable to water vapour
• Expels excess moisture coming from inside the house
• No condensation formation in the thermal insulation if used in conjunction with a
vapour retarder on the inside of the house
2SK version
• Double-sided adhesive tape built into the overlap area for optimal hermetic sealing
• Avoids the use of additional adhesive tapes to seal the joints
Design Roll width Area Number of rolls per pallet Art. no.
- 1.5 m 75 m2 20 PCS 0681 001 016
With two self-adhesive strips 1m 50 m2 30 PCS 0681 001 081
With two self-adhesive strips 1.5 m 75 m2 20 PCS 0681 001 018
With two self-adhesive strips 3m 150 m 2
30 PCS 0681 001 083

UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM WÜTOP® THERMO ND PLUS

The perforation-proof polyester roof protection film
The WÜTOP Thermo ND Plus is a highly vapour-permeable polyester-based underlay
membrane and roof protection film with a special coating. It is laid directly on the heat
insulation or formwork of ventilated and non-ventilated pitched roofs.
Secured against perforation in accordance with ETA-17/0206
Self-seals around nail punctures on pressure-resistant surfaces (tested at the Fraunho-
fer Institute for Building Physics).
Technology
Polyester fleece with special coating
Safety 5
Tested Impact
Polyester is an extremely weather-resistant material, offers excellent resistance against
Integrity UV radiation, and is temperature resistant up to 120°C. The special coating is non-slip
and can be securely bonded.
European Technical Assessment ETA-17/0206
UDB-A/USB-A Saves time and money
Meets the requirements specified in the German Central Associ-
ation of the Roofing Trade product data sheet for class UDB-A/
Self-seals around nail punctures saving huge amounts of time and money. Easy and
USB-A fast installation thanks to integrated adhesive strips.
Perforation-proof in accordance with ETA-17/0206
In accordance with the Technical University of Berlin test certificate Special version for slate
and the Fraunhofer Institute for Building Physics test reports no. Suitable as a preliminary covering for slate roofs according to German Central Asso-
P-06-186-2015 and P-06-187-2015 (each based on DIN EN
13111; 2001-08), the product is classified as perforation-proof ciation of the Roofing Trade.
(nail-proof) and resistant to driving rain as defined by these test
reports. Note: Both systems were tested for test reports P-6-186- • Design: With self-adhesive strips
2015 (without nail sealing tape) and P-6-187/2015 (with nail seal- • Coating weight per m2: 230 g
ing tape). The Wütop Thermo ND Plus showed sufficient resistance
to nail punctures. The following construction-related conditions • Length of roll: 50 m
must be met: • Number of rolls per pallet: 20 PCS
• Fasten counter battens (30/50) with min. 3.1 x 90 nails (smooth)
or 2.8 x 80 (grooved) • Material: Polyester fleece
• Install dry counter battens (S10, <20M%)
• No staples in the surface area of the strip; alternatively, these
staple points can be sealed afterwards with a suitable adhesive • Suitable as preliminary roofing for slate: 12 Weeks
tape
Roll width Area Art. no.

1.1 m 55 m2 0681 001 091
1.5 m 75 m2 0681 001 037

UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM WÜTOP® TRIO NOVA

Simple roof protection film
WÜTOP Trio Nova is a highly vapour-permeable underlay membrane and roof pro-
tection film with a microporous membrane. It can be laid directly on the heat insulation
or formwork of ventilated and non-ventilated pitched roofs. When combined with a
WÜTOP vapour retarder/barrier and EURASOL adhesive tapes, it can be used to cre-
ate modern airtight and windproof structures.
Technology
3-layer polypropylene roof protection film with microporous membrane
Reliability
5 PP top fleece reduces the risk of slipping and provides additional protection for the
membrane inside thanks to its 3-ply structure

- 1.5 m 75 m2 0681 001 022
- 3m 150 m2 0681 001 041
With self-adhesive strips 3m 150 m2 0681 001 042

UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM WÜTOP® TRIO STRONG SK

Reliable roof protection film with 2 integrated adhesive tapes
WÜTOP® Trio Strong SK is a highly vapour-permeable underlay membrane and roof
protection film with a monolithic membrane. It is laid directly on the heat insulation
or formwork of ventilated and unventilated pitched roofs. When combined with a
WÜTOP vapour retarder/barrier and EURASOL® adhesive tapes, it can be used to
create modern airtight and windproof structures.
Reliable
The grammage of 170g/m2 and high tear strength make Wütop® Trio Strong a very
reliable roof protection film.
Technology 5
3-layer, polypropylene-based roof protection film with monolithic functional
membrane.
Reliability
its 3-ply structure. Resistant to bitumen, oil and timber preservative (tenside).
2 integrated Fingerlift adhesive strips for quick and easy installation.
• Area: 75 m2
Art. no.
0681 001 024

UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM WÜTOP® TRIO 330 SK

Robust roof protection film with 2 integrated special adhesive strips
for heavy-duty applications.
WÜTOP Trio® 330 SK is a highly vapour-permeable underlay membrane and roof
protection film with a monolithic and microporous membrane. It is laid directly on the
heat insulation or formwork of ventilated and non-ventilated pitched roofs. When com-
bined with a WÜTOP® vapour retarder/barrier and EURASOL® adhesive tapes, it can
be used to create modern airtight and windproof structures.
Durable
WÜTOP® Trio 230 SK is extremely durable and robust thanks to its grammage of 330
g/m2 and high tear strength.
5
Technology
6-layer, polypropylene-based roof protection film with monolithic and microporous
functional membrane.
Safety
• PP top fleece reduces the risk of slipping and protects the internal membrane thanks
to its 6-ply structure. Resistant to bitumen, oil and timber preservative (tenside)
• Shear strength of the two special adhesive strips certified by the Building Testing
and Research Institute (test report no. 90-12-0343)
Two integrated special Fingerlift adhesive strips (40 mm/60 mm) for quick and easy
installation.
• Area: 75 m2
• Material: Polypropylene fleece
Art. no.
0681 001 341

UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM WÜTOP® THERMO ERS

The efficient, weldable roof protection film
WÜTOP® Thermo ERS is an extremely robust, highly vapour-permeable, welda-
ble underlay membrane and roof protection film with a monolithic membrane.
It is laid directly on the heat insulation or formwork of ventilated and non-venti-
lated pitched roofs. When combined with a WÜTOP® vapour retarder/barrier,
use to create modern airtight and windproof structures.
Technology
3-layer laminate of PET fleece coated on both sides with thermoplastic polyurethane.
Weldable using hot air gun and solvent welding agent.
5
Safety
Resistant to bitumen, oil and timber preservative (tenside).
Quicker to install thanks to the 3.2-metre-wide roof protection film and cold-welding
process. No waste as both sides are weldable.
Suitable for pre-assembly
Ideal for pre-assembly in workshops.
• Material: Polyurethane/polyester
• Suitable for makeshift roofing/makeshift coverage: 6 Month
Length of roll Roll width Area Number of rolls per pallet Art. no.
30 m 3.2 m 96 m2 - 0681 001 461
50 m 1.6 m 80 m2 20 PCS 0681 001 459

UNDERLAY/ROOF PROTECTION MEMBRANE WÜTOP® THERMO L-SK

Non-slip polyester roofing membrane
Surface
The surface of Wütop Thermo L-SK has a special non-slip TPU coating, making it
cost-effective to lay on steep roofs.
Safety
Polyester is a highly weather-resistant material with good UV and temperature-re-
sistance up to +120°C. This facilitates the creation of secure underlay/roof protection
membranes.
Recyclable
5 Ecologically safe
Especially suitable as temporary roofing for slate roofs according to
the German Central Association of the Roofing Trade (ZVDH)
Meets the Tested Impact
requirements Integrity
• Design: With self-adhesive strips
of the German • Coating weight per m2: 210 g
Central Asso-
ciation of the
Roofing Trade • Roll width: 1.5 m
product data
sheet for class • Area: 75 m2
UDB-A/USB-A. • Number of rolls per pallet: 15 PCS
• Material: Polyester fleece
Meets the requirements of the German Central Association of the

Roofing Trade product data sheet for class UDB-A/USB-A.
Art. no.
0681 001 080
UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM WÜTOP® TRIO D-PLUS

Highly vapour-permeable underlay membrane and roof protection
film that is particularly resistant to surface water. Has 2 x adhesive
acrylic strips for laying directly on insulation or formwork in all venti-
lated or unventilated pitched roofs.
3-layer composite
• Made from PP fleece and monolithic membrane.
Diffusion-open coating
• Stops rain, dust and blown snow, but allows water vapour to easily diffuse from the
room interior.
Art. no.
0681 001 044

UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM WÜTOP® TRIO TR 3

WÜTOP® Trio TR 3 is a highly vapour-permeable underlay membrane
and roof protection film. It can be laid directly on the heat insulation
or formwork of ventilated and non-ventilated pitched roofs.
• Material: 3-layer composite of PP fleece and microporous PP membrane
• Highly vapour-permeable with a high level of resistance to the ingress of water
• Non-slip and skid-proof
• Can be recycled, environmentally friendly
• Material: PP - Polypropylene 5
Design Roll width Area Suitable for makeshift Art. no.

roofing/makeshift
coverage
- 1.5 m 75 m2 2 Weeks 0681 001 048
- 3m 150 m2 4 Weeks 0681 001 046
With self-adhesive strips 1.5 m 75 m2 4 Weeks 0681 001 049
With self-adhesive strips 3m 150 m2 4 Weeks 0681 001 050
UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM WÜTOP® TRIO TR 2

WÜTOP® Trio TR 2 is a highly vapour-permeable underlay membrane
and roof protection film. It can be laid directly on the heat insulation
or formwork of ventilated and non-ventilated pitched roofs.
• Material: 3-layer composite of PP fleece and microporous PP membrane
• Area: 75 m2
Art. no.
0681 001 047

WÜTOP® NORDIC UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM

WÜTOP Nordic is a highly vapour-permeable underlay membrane
and roof protection film with a monolithic membrane. It is laid directly
on the heat insulation or formwork of ventilated and non-ventilated
pitched roofs.
• Material: 4-layer composite of PP fleece and monolithic membrane with a PET core
• Resistant to surface water thanks to closed coating
• Airtight and windproof (prevents draughts)
• High tear strength thanks to mesh reinforcement
5 • Non-slip and safe to walk on
• Version with 2 self-adhesive tapes for easier laying

- 120 cm 60 m2 0681 001 052
- 150 cm 75 m2 0681 001 053
With self-adhesive strips 120 cm 60 m2 0681 001 054
With self-adhesive strips 150 cm 75 m2 0681 001 055

BREATHABLE MEMBRANE WÜTOP® 200

Highly breathable synthetic membrane, triple-layer, tough, water-
proof, non-slip and tear resistant
Composition
Three-layer heat-sealed membrane: two outer layers protecting an
inner microporous film
• 1) Upper outer layer: Non-woven fabric made of polypropylene (PP) water-repel-
lent, UV-stabilized, non-slip and tread-resistant
• 2) Inner layer: functional film, waterproof and breathable
• 3) Lower outer layer: Non-woven fabric made of polypropylene (PP), absorbent
Wind resistant 5
• no heat dispersion due to effects of wind
• energy savings
• improves living comfort
EN 13859-1/2
Classification according to UNI 11470-2015: class A
Waterproof
Total protection of thermal insulation from rain and accidental ingress of water
Correct degree of breathability
• high degree of water vapour permeability
• aids the expulsion of dampness accumulated in the insulation package
• no formation of condensation in the thermal insulation if used in combination with
vapour retarder screen or vapour barrier, with sd value greater than 2 m, applied
on the warm side of the roof
• Area: 75 m2
Design Art. no.

- 0681 001 200
With double-sided self-adhesive strips, With self-adhesive strips 0681 001 202

BREATHABLE MEMBRANE WÜTOP® FACCIATA 210 2SK

Highly breathable monolithic façade membrane, double-layer,
waterproof, UV resistant. Opaque black to provide a uniform, neut-
ral background
Membrane consisting of two heat-sealed layers: Non-woven polyes-
ter fabric (PES), coated with a waterproof monolithic polyacrylic
membrane, resistant to UV rays and atmospheric agents
Wind resistant
• No heat loss due to wind
• Energy-saving
5 • Improvement of living comfort
Impermeable to water
Total protection against rain and snow: The thermal insulation is kept dry and working
efficiently
EN 13859-2 Correct breathability
Classification according to UNI 11470-2015: class A
Allows any moisture present in the thermal insulation covering to escape
• Design: With double-sided self-adhesive strips, Self-adhesive
• Area: 75 m2
Art. no.
0681 001 203

WÜTOP® TRIO SOFT RAIN-BARRIER SCREEN - 3 M

Very resistant HPV rain-barrier screen for the protection of façades
under jointed cladding (can be used as a roof underlay)
• Protects the insulation of external walls from any ingress of water or snow
• Less heat loss
• High water vapour permeability
• Improves the construction‘s airtightness and waterproofness
• Non-woven product: no banging against walls in the wind
• Grey external coating: no glare
• Identification between the layers due to pre-printed trims and cross pattern
5
• For use as underlay membrane
• Centre-to-centre distance between rafters of 45 cm (TR1)
• Suitable for ventilated roofs
• Suitable for non-ventilated roofs
• Lays directly on the heat insulation
• Roll width: 3 m
• Area: 150 m2
Art. no.
0681 001 032

WÜTOP® TRIO R2 RAIN-BARRIER SCREEN, 3 M

Extremely resistant HPV rain-barrier screen for the protection of faça-
des under jointed cladding (can be used as a roof underlay)
• Protects the insulation of external walls from any ingress of water or snow
• High water vapour permeability
• Improves the construction‘s airtightness and waterproofness
• Temporarily protects walls awaiting exterior cladding (3 months max.)
• Non-woven product: no banging against walls in the wind
• Grey external coating: no glare
5
• For use as underlay membrane
• Centre-to-centre distance between rafters of 60 cm (TR2)
• Suitable for ventilated roofs
• Suitable for non-ventilated roofs
• Lays directly on the heat insulation
• Roll width: 3 m
• Area: 150 m2
Art. no.
0681 001 045

PERSPIRE ROOF UNDERLAY HPV TR1

Roof underlay (can be used as a rain screen for façades) Highly per-
meable to vapour (HPV) for installation on continuous or disconti-
nuous support, or in direct contact with the insulation
• Protects against ingress of powdery snow, dust and any faults in a roofing compo-
nent that could lead to water leakage
• Less heat loss
• Prevents tiles from lifting during strong gusts of wind
• Waterproof (can be used as temporary roofing – 8 days max.)
E1
S d1 • High water vapour permeability (protects against condensation)
16-008
T R1
• Lightweight and easy to handle 5
• Highly tear-resistant
• No UV reflection (no glare)
• Version with two integrated and inverted adhesive strips
• Strip width: 50 mm
• Improves the airtightness and waterproofness of the membrane
• Saves time during installation
• Area: 75 m2
Design Art. no.

Without self-adhesive strips 0681 001 096
With self-adhesive strips on both sides 0681 001 097

PERSPIRE ROOF UNDERLAY HPV TR2

Roof underlay (can be used as a rain screen for façades) Highly per-
meable to vapour (HPV) for installation on continuous or disconti-
nuous support, or in direct contact with the insulation
• Protects against ingress of powdery snow, dust and any faults in a roofing compo-
nent that could lead to water leakage
• Less heat loss
• Prevents tiles from lifting during strong gusts of wind
• Waterproof (can be used as temporary roofing – 8 days max.)
• High water vapour permeability (protects against condensation)
5 • Lightweight and easy to handle
• Highly tear-resistant
• No UV reflection (no glare)
• Version with two integrated and inverted adhesive strips
• Strip width: 50 mm
• Improves the airtightness and waterproofness of the membrane
• Saves time during installation
• Area: 75 m2
Design Art. no.

Without self-adhesive strips 0681 001 098
- 0681 001 092
- 0681 001 093

UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM WÜTOP® TRIO 230 SK

The reliable roof underlay membrane with increased grammage and
two integrated special adhesive strips.
WÜTOP Trio® 230 SK is a highly vapour-permeable underlay membrane and roof
protection film with a monolithic membrane. It is laid directly on the heat insulation or
formwork of ventilated and unventilated pitched roofs.
Durable
WÜTOP® Trio 230 SK is extremely durable and robust thanks to its grammage of 230
g/m2 and high tear strength.
Technology
3-layer, polypropylene-based underlay membrane with monolithic functional 5
membrane.
Safety
• PP top fleece reduces the risk of slipping and protects the membrane inside thanks
to its three-ply structure
• Resistant to bitumen, oil and timber preservative (tenside)
• Shear strength of the two special adhesive strips certified by the Building Testing
and Research Institute
Two integrated special Fingerlift adhesive strips (40 mm/60 mm) for quick and easy
installation.
• Area: 75 m2
• Material: Polypropylene fleece
Art. no.
0681 001 342

UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM WÜTOP® 200 B

The membrane has two integrated adhesive strips on the same side,
making it much easier to attach
• Only suitable for exterior insulation and finish systems
• Increased fire resistance
• Very high UV resistance – up to 6 months – with average annual radiation in Cent-
ral European climate
• High diffusion openness
• Protects the insulation from drifting snow and driving rain
• Ensures that the insulation functions well for years to come
5 • Quick and cost-effective to apply with two integrated adhesive strips
• Saves material and energy
• Windproof surface
• Black surface
• Design: Self-adhesive
• Area: 75 m2
• Material: Thermoplastic polyurethanes
Art. no.
0681 001 220
BREATHABLE MEMBRANE WÜTOP 230

• Area: 75 m2
Design Art. no.

- 0681 001 207
Self-adhesive 0681 001 206

BREATHABLE MEMBRANE WÜTOP 180

• Area: 75 m2
Art. no. 5
0681 001 104
0681 001 105
FAÇADE MEMBRANE WÜTOP® THERMO FAÇADE 2SK

With self-adhesive edge for wind and rainproof façade constructions.
The UV-stabilised façade membrane is suitable for all back-ventilated
façade structures with closed and open claddings with an open joint
portion of max 40% of the façade surface and clear joint widths of up
to 50 mm.
• Windproof and rainproof
• Protects the insulation from pounding rain and blown snow
• Normally inflammable
• Highly vapour-permeable
• High UV resistance
• Joint portion of façade surface up to 40%
• Clear joint width up to 50 mm
• Quick and efficient application
DIN EN 13859-2
• Black surface
• Processing temperature +5°C to +50°C
• Material: Polyester fleece

Without self-adhesive strips 1.5 m 75 m2 0681 001 061
With self-adhesive strips 3m 150 m2 0681 001 067

WÜTOP® FAÇADE MEMBRANE DUO FAÇADE PLUS

WÜTOP® Duo Façade Plus is suitable for all back-ventilated façade
structures with closed formwork and rhomboid formwork with trans-
verse joints of up to 1 cm without direct UV radiation.
Can be used as a wind retarder in façade structures.
• Provides complete protection against condensate in accordance with DIN 4108
when used in combination with a vapour retarder applied to the room interior with
an sd value of ≥ 2 m (e.g. Wütop DB 2, art. no. 0681 000 004).
• Wütop Duo Façade Plus is the optimum solution for creating a windproof façade
construction on wooden stand structures, metal constructions and renovations.
• It provides an excellent living climate thanks to its outstanding physical construction
5 properties.

1.5 m 75 m2 0681 001 009
3m 150 m2 0681 001 029
WÜTOP® DU 300 FAÇADE MEMBRANE

WÜTOP DU 300 is a highly vapour-permeable and windproof façade
membrane.
• Material: 3-layer composite made from PP fleece and microporous PP membrane
• Can be used for base applications and as a façade membrane
• Cost-effective and quick to lay thanks to a membrane width of up to 3 metres. This
makes it particularly suitable for prefabricated construction, wood frame constructi-
on, modular construction etc.
• Provides complete protection against condensate when used in combination with a
vapour retarder applied to the room interior with an sd value of ≥ 2 m
• Material: Polypropylene fleece / polypropylene micro-porous membrane

1.5 m 75 m2 0681 001 017
3m 150 m2 0681 001 007

FAÇADE MEMBRANE WÜTOP® TRIO

WÜTOP® Trio façade membrane is a lightweight, highly vapour-per-
meable and windproof façade membrane.
For all back-ventilated façade structures with closed formwork
and rhomboid formwork with joints of up to 1 cm without direct UV
radiation.
• Windproof and rainproof
• Protects insulation against driving rain and drifting snow
• Normal flammability
• Highly vapour-permeable
• Lightweight
5
• With integrated self-adhesive edge (SK version)
• Quick and easy to process
• Black surface
Length of roll Roll width Area Art. no.

1.5 m 1.5 m 75 m2 0681 001 063
50 m 3m 150 m2 0681 001 065
FAÇADE MEMBRANE WÜTOP® 200 B

Due to the PES non-woven fabric and innovative, diffusion-open
polyurethane coating, the WÜTOP® 200 B has long-lasting UV protecti-
on and high fire resistance.
• Suitable for all suspended ventilated façades
• Joint proportion of max. 40% and a clear joint width of max. 50 mm
• Increased fire resistance
• High UV resistance
• High diffusion openness
• Protects the insulation against driving rain and drifting snow
• Safe drainage of accumulating moisture
• Fast, cost-effective processing
• Windproof surface
• Black surface
• Material: Polyester with PU coating
Roll width Area Number of rolls per pallet Art. no.

1.5 m 75 m2 40 PCS 0681 001 230
3m 150 m2 20 PCS 0681 001 232

WÜTOP ECONOMY UNDERLAY MEMBRANE AND ROOF PROTECTION FILM

Long-term outdoor weathering and high temperature resistance in
standard class
WÜTOP Economy is a highly water vapour permeable underlay
membrane and roof protection film with a special membrane. It is
laid directly on the heat insulation or formwork of ventilated and
unventilated pitched roofs.
When combined with a WÜTOP vapour retarder/barrier and
EURASOL adhesive tapes, it can be used to create modern air-
tight and windproof structures that fulfil current energy saving
regulations.
5
Suitability as temporary roofing/outdoor exposure time
Meets the 6 weeks
requirements
of the German Technology
Central Asso-
ciation of the
3-ply, polypropylene-based roof protection film with special functional membrane.
Roofing Trade
Safety
product data
sheet for class PP top fleece reduces the risk of slipping and protects the membrane inside thanks to
UDB-A/USB-A.
its three-ply structure
Meets the requirements of the ZVDH (German Central Association • Design: 3-ply
• Area: 75 m2
Art. no.
0681 001 251

Building supplies / Roof sealing / Ridge seals
UNDER-RIDGE VENTILATION WÜTOP®- ROLL NET

Under-ridge ventilation with polypropylene mesh for the construction
of ventilated roofs
• Central part: waterproof polypropylene mesh, with a reinforced non-woven fabric
band for professional fixing
• Side bands: painted corrugated aluminium with butyl adhesive strips which ensure
perfect adherence to the tiles and a perfect seal
• The aluminium bands are connected to the central part by stitching and glue
• Ventilation in accordance with DIN 4108-3
• Universal
• Excellent adaptability, can be used even on very structured tiles 5
• Waterproof (with roof ridge laid on top)
• Breathable
• Protects against water, snow and dust seepage, and prevents birds and rodents
from entering
• Roll width: 390 mm
Colour Number of rolls Ventilation cross section Min./max. processing Art. no.
temperature
Black 4 PCS 0 cm2 5 to 25 °C 0681 000 259
Brick red 4 PCS 200 mm2 5 to 90 °C 0681 000 231
Brick red 6 PCS 0 cm2 5 to 25 °C 0681 000 257
Brown 4 PCS 200 mm2 5 to 90 °C 0681 000 232
Brown 6 PCS 0 cm2 - 0681 000 258
RIDGE AND HIP, AEROFLEX ROLL RIDGE

Sealing strips for roofs and ventilation systems
• Fabric blend and thin layer ensure outstanding mechanical properties
• Compatible with every tile surface
• Extremely flexible butyl adhesive: Shore hardness of between 20 and 30
• Bonded compound layers
• Flexible installation
• The cross section provides outstanding ventilation as well as acting as a dust barrier
• Butyl ensures long-lasting adhesion to all surfaces and guarantees an absolutely
reliable seal against heavy rain or snow
• Number of rolls: 4 PCS
• Ventilation cross section: 210 cm2
• Length: 5 m
Colour Roll width Art. no.

Brick red 220 mm 0681 000 301
Black 220 mm 0681 000 303
Brick red 260 mm 0681 000 311
Black 260 mm 0681 000 313
Brick red 400 mm 0681 000 341

Building supplies / Roof sealing / Ridge seals
CANAL FLEX ROOF RIDGE SEAL

Aluminium ventilated seal for rounded tiles
100% aluminium backing
• Resistant to corrosion and harsh weather
• Cannot be damaged by insects, birds and small rodents
• Non-flammable
Wide butyl adhesive strip (3 cm)
• Strong and flexible
• Watertight
Made in a single piece
5 • No stitching or glueing for maximum strength and waterproofness
• Uniform colour over the entire surface
Multiple ridges
• Can be used with all types of tiles
Pre-folded lengthwise
• Easy installation on timber beams
Several perforations
• Good ventilation capacity
5 m roll
• Lighter
• Easier to handle
• Colour: Red brown
• Ventilation cross section: 110 cm2
• Length: 20 m
Art. no.
0681 000 370

Building supplies / Roof sealing / Connector seals
JOINT SEAL WÜTOP® FLEX

One-sided, self-adhesive, profiled aluminium roll for durable and
secure sealing of typical roof junctions.
Ideal alternative to sheet metal and lead flashing
Material adapts perfectly to roof surface:
The embossed surface structure allows it to be optimally moulded to the roof and
easily bent in any direction
Problem-free drainage of water
ensured by almost flat surface
No harmful heavy metals such as lead
5
UV and weather-resistant
Paint-coated surface allows optimum adaptation to the respective
tile
Permanently elastic, temperature-resistant butyl adhesive with high
adhesive strength on almost all substrates
Colour Roll width Length Number of rolls Art. no.

Black 280 mm 10 m 2 PCS 0681 018 032
Copper 280 mm 10 m 2 PCS 0681 018 033
Red 300 mm 5m 1 PCS 0681 000 235
Red 280 mm 10 m 2 PCS 0681 018 030
JOINT SEAL DACHFLEX 3D

The 3-dimensional Dachflex adhesive strips made from aluminium
and butyl for complex connection work on rising components such as
chimneys and roofs
• Dachflex 3D consists of a weather and UV-resistant aluminium foil that has a com-
plete butyl adhesive layer
• The aluminium is flanged approx. 5 mm at the edges to avoid injuries during use
• The butyl adhesive layer adheres to almost all surfaces
• Is covered with a siliconised plastic film, split into two
• High strength due to high-quality polyisobutylene and expanded aluminium grate
• Secure fixation due to full-surface, butyl adhesive coating on bottom
• High elasticity in both directions
• Very good formability on profiled pantiles
• Colour: Black
• Roll width: 120 cm
• Length: 50 m
Art. no.
0681 001 056

Building supplies / Roof sealing / Airtight systems
VAPOUR RETARDER WÜTOP® DB 2

Vapour-permeable, moisture-regulating, airtight and easy-to-install
vapour retarder for interior renovations and attic conversions. To be
used in conjunction with vapour-permeable underlay membranes and
roof protection films
• Durable and tear-resistant thanks to embedded mesh fabric
• Prevents heat loss caused by unnecessary airflow
• Prevents moisture penetration of internal heat insulation and, therefore, the impair-
ment of the insulating effect
• DB2 2SK with adhesive strips on both sides for permanent airtight/windproof
5 bonding
• Wütop DB 2 in combination with vapour-permeable roof protection film from the
Wütop series provides year-round breathability for insulation and frame structure
and creates a healthy indoor climate
DIN EN 13984
EMICODE EC1plus: Very low emissions: The EMICODE classifi-
cation system distinguishes the environmental and health compat- • Length of roll: 50 m
ibility of construction products. The lowest-emission products bear
the EC1plus mark.
• Building material class/conditions: E - Normally inflammable / in accordan-
ce with DIN EN 13501-1
Design Roll width Area Number of rolls per Material Art. no.
pallet
- 0.5 m 25 m2 30 PCS Polypropylene/polyethy- 0681 000 02
lene/ethylene vinyl
acetate
- 2.1 m 105 m2 30 PCS Polypropylene/polyethy- 0681 000 01
lene/ethylene vinyl
acetate
3-ply 1.5 m 75 m2 46 PCS PP - Polypropylene 0681 000 004
3-ply 3m 150 m2 46 PCS PP - Polypropylene 0681 000 144

VAPOUR RETARDER WÜTOP® DB 5 - 150

Membrane that acts as a vapour retarder, regulating the passage
of water vapour from the inside of a building to the outside and
preventing the formation of harmful condensation in the thermal
insulation
Composition
• Top layer: water-repellent, non-slip and UV-stabilised polypropylene (PP) protective
coating
• Middle layer: vapour retarder membrane
• Bottom layer: absorbent polypropylene (PP) protective coating
Airtight 5
• Stops air escaping from the inside
• Prevents heat loss and helps save energy
Correct breathability
EN 13984
Classification according to UNI 11470-2015: class B
• Excellent thermal insulation protection
• Improves living comfort
• Helps stop condensation forming in the thermal insulation if used in combination
with highly-breathable roof membranes (Wütop® Trio, Wütop® 170, Wütop® ND,
applied to the cold side (outside))
2SK version
• Double-sided adhesive tape built into the overlap area for excellent hermetic
sealing
• No need for additional adhesive tapes to seal the joints
• Area: 75 m2
• Width: 1.5 m
Design Art. no.

- 0681 000 157


Vapour-permeable vapour retarder with good re-drying potential.
Wütop® DB 10 is a vapour-permeable, airtight vapour retarder that is particularly
easy to install for interior renovations and loft conversions. To be used in conjunction
with vapour-permeable underlay membranes and roof protection films.
Safety
• Provides year-round breathability for insulation and frame structure and creates a
healthy indoor climate
5 • Stores condensate and prevents spontaneous condensation
Technology
• Two-ply vapour retarder
• Environmentally friendly since it can be recycled
For universal use
• Roofs, walls and floors
• Thanks to rapid processing of the 3-m-wide vapour retarder
• Easy to use (translucent)
• Ideally suited to factory pre-assembly
• Roll width: 3 m
• Area: 150 m2
• Width: 3 m
• Building material class/conditions: E - Normally inflammable / in accordan-
ce with DIN EN 13501-1
Art. no.
0681 000 010

WÜTOP® VAPOUR RETARDER DB 20

Extremely resistant and vapour-permeable vapour retarder.
Wütop® DB 20 is a vapour-permeable, airtight vapour retarder that is particularly
easy to install for interior renovations and loft conversions. To be used in conjunction
with vapour-permeable underlay membranes and roof protection films. Also for timber
frame constructions with thermal insulation systems.
Safety
• Fabric reinforcement for extreme durability, tear-resistance and puncture resistance.
Ideal for blow-in insulation
5
Technology
• Three-ply vapour retarder with fabric reinforcement
• Environmentally friendly since it can be recycled
Universal use
Roofs, walls and floors.
3-metre-wide vapour retarder for quick installation.
• Design: With fabric mesh
Coating weight per Roll width Area Number of rolls per Material Art. no.
m2 pallet
130 g 1.5 m 75 m2 50 PCS Polyethylen/HDPE/PP 0681 000 267
Polypropylen
140 g 0.5 m 25 m2 - PP - Polypropylene 0681 000 256
140 g 1.5 m 75 m2 - Polyethylen/HDPE/PP 0681 000 250
Polypropylen
140 g 2.1 m 105 m2 - PP - Polypropylene 0681 000 255
140 g 3m 150 m2 - PP - Polypropylene 0681 000 254
WÜTOP® DB 20 VAPOUR RETARDER

The DB20 vapour retarder is a vapour-permeable, airtight vapour
retarder that is particularly easy to install for interior renovations
and attic conversions. To be used in conjunction with vapour-perme-
able underlay membranes and roof protection films.
Technology: Two-ply composite made from PP fleece and film
• Wind-proof and draught-proof
• Prevents spontaneous condensation
• Fire class E
• Roll width: 3 m
• Area: 150 m2
• Width: 3 m
Art. no.
0681 000 260

VAPOUR RETARDER SCREEN WÜTOP® DB4 - 220

Vapour retarder screen, three-layer, tough, non-slip and tear
resistant, regulates the passage of water vapour through the insu-
lation package and prevents the formation of harmful condensation
inside
Composition
Three-layer heat-sealed screen: two protective outer layers, an
inner microporous film
• 1) Upper outer layer: Non-woven fabric made of water repellent, UV-stabilized,
non-slip and tread-resistant polypropylene (PP)
• 2) Inner layer: functional film, low transpiration
5 • 3) Lower outer layer: Non-woven fabric made of absorbent polypropylene (PP)
Airtight**
• crates a hermetically-sealed covering which prevents air leaks and heat loss and
EN 13984 improves energy savings
Classification according to UNI 11470-2015: class A • improves living comfort
Correct breathability
• optimally regulates the diffusion of water vapour to the outside
• prevents the formation of condensation within the insulation package, keeping it dry
and efficient when used in combination with breathable membranes (Wütop® 150,
Wütop® 170 etc.) laid on the cold side
• Area: 75 m2
• Width: 1.5 m
Design Art. no.

- 0681 000 016
With double-sided self-adhesive strips, Self-adhesive 0681 000 017

VAPOUR RETARDER WÜTOP® DB 20 RENOVATION 2SK

This vapour retarder can be applied to structures as both a sarking
membrane and a freely suspended vapour retarder.
• Area: 75 m2
• Width: 1.5 m
5
Meets the requirements of the ZVDH (German Central Association

Art. no.
0681 000 270

Vapour-permeable, moisture-regulating, airtight and easy-to-install
vapour retarder for interior renovations and attic conversions. To be
used in conjunction with vapour-permeable underlay membranes and
roof protection films
• Durable and tear-resistant thanks to embedded mesh fabric
• Prevents heat loss caused by unnecessary airflow
• DB3 3SK with double-sided adhesive strips for permanently airtight/windproof
DIN EN 13984
bonding
• Wütop DB 3 in combination with vapour-permeable roof protection film from the
Wütop series provides year-round breathability for insulation and frame structure,
creating a healthy indoor climate
• Length of roll: 50000 mm
• Area: 75 m2
• Width: 1500 mm
Art. no.
0681 000 268
0681 000 269

WÜTOP® DS 100 VAPOUR BARRIER

WÜTOP DS 100 is a vapour and wind barrier with high sd value
• Prevents heat loss caused by unnecessary airflow.
ment of the insulating effect.
• This vapour barrier is reflective due to the metallic coating on the inside. This boosts
the insulating effect and creates a more efficient vapour barrier.
• Due to the embedded mesh fabric, WÜTOP DS 100 is extremely resilient and
tear-resistant compared with conventional construction films.
• Type description: WÜTOP vapour barrier DS 100
5 • Coating weight per m2: 156 g
• Min. air layer thickness equivalent to water-vapour diffusion: 100 m
• Foil thickness: 12 µm
Art. no.
0681 000 006
VAPOUR BARRIER WÜTOP® DS ALU

Extremely robust, impermeable vapour barrier
WÜTOP® DS Alu is an aluminium-coated and diffusion-tight vapour barrier for interior
renovations and attic conversions.
Safety
Fabric reinforcement for extreme durability, tear-resistance and puncture resistance.
Technology
• Three-ply vapour barrier with fabric reinforcement
• Recyclable, therefore ecologically harmless
• Reflective, metallised inside for additional insulating effect

Art. no.
0681 000 009

AIRTIGHT AND WINDPROOF CUFF WÜTOP®

For rapid and permanent sealing of openings
Powerful-bond, solvent-free adhesive with maximum ageing
resistance
Can be used from -5°C and above
Optimum compensation of component movements and pressure
relief on the seal area
Owing to conical, flexible grommet with long sealed connecting pieces
Maximum safety in blower-door tests
Guaranteed airtight seal according to DIN 4108-7, OVE guideline R7 and current
EnEV. 5
• Design: 1-fold
• Length: 150 mm
• Width: 150 mm
• Adhesive base: Acrylate
• Moisture resistance: No
• Ultraviolet resistance: Max. 6 months
• Min. processing temperature: 5 °C
• Shelf life from production: 18 Month
Colour Min./max. diameter Art. no.

Black 28-35 mm 0681 000 298
- 8-12 mm 0681 000 286
- 15-22 mm 0681 000 287

Building supplies / Roof jointing elements / Ridge connections
ALUMINIUM RIDGE TILE CLIP W 1.470/M01

For attaching ridged and burred tiles
• Surface: Al2O3
• Length: 183 mm
Colour Art. no.

Brick red 0681 012 471
5 Dark brown 0681 012 470

• Surface: Al2O3
• Length: 127 mm
Colour Art. no.

Brick red 0681 012 473
Dark brown 0681 012 472

• Surface: Al2O3
• Length: 150 mm
Colour Art. no.

Dark brown 0681 012 474
Brick red 0681 012 475

Building supplies / Fixing and mounting accessories / Assembly tapes
PUNCHED MOUNTING STRIP PLASTIC-COATED, NOT WELDED

• Max. temperature resistance: 80 °C
• Halogen-free: Yes
• Silicone-free: Yes
5
Width Diameter of hole Hole distance Max. load force Art. no.
14 mm 5.3 mm 10 mm 1300 N 0972 001 4
19 mm 6.3 mm 15 mm 1250 N 0972 001 9
PLASTIC-COATED PUNCHED MOUNTING STRIP

Welded: Plastic coating will not slip
• Width: 19 mm
• Diameter of hole: 6.3 mm
• Hole distance: 15 mm
• Max. load force: 1250 N
• Halogen-free: Yes
Art. no.
0972 019
PUNCHED MOUNTING STRIP, NO MARGINAL PERFORATIONS

In practical plastic roller box
• Length: 10 m
• Surface: Sendzimir galvanized
Width Diameter of hole Hole distance Max. load force Art. no.
12 mm 5.3 mm 10 mm 1300 N 0972 12
17 mm 6.3 mm 12 mm 1600 N 0972 171
26 mm 8.3 mm 14 mm 2400 N 0972 261

Building supplies / Fixing and mounting accessories / Assembly tapes
PUNCHED MOUNTING STRIP WITH MARGINAL PERFORATIONS

For mounting electrical/sanitary pipes, cables and lines on unfinished
concrete
• Length: 25 m
• Surface: Sendzimir galvanized
Width Diameter of hole Hole distance Marginal-hole Hole distance of Art. no.
diameter holes on the edges
17 mm 6.3 mm 12 mm 3 mm 12 mm 0972 17
25 mm 8.3 mm 14 mm 4 mm 14 mm 0972 25
5

Building supplies / Window-,shutter a.door construc.,floors / Spacer
blocks,wedges, assem.spacer clips
INFLATABLE AIR CUSHION AMO BAG

For rapid positioning and spacing when installing windows
Prevents scratches
Soft air cushion protects casing and frame
No wedges required
Amo bags can be reused again and again
Joints are clear
Immediately ready for completion with mountings and joint compound
• Min./max. joint width: 3 x 50 mm
• Load-bearing capacity (single direct): 100 kg
5
• Material: Fibre-reinforced plastic
Art. no.
0715 67 80
GLAZING BLOCK
For long-lasting, professional frame blocking of glazing units
• Material: Polypropylene
• Ageing-resistant
• Temperature-resistant
• Optimised rib system for high load-bearing capacity
• Verified compatibility with conventional glazing sealants (based on polysulphide,
polyurethane and silicone)
Glazing blocks verified as compatible with cured
sealants of double glazing edge bond • Ventilation channel for vapour pressure compensation (from 32 mm block width
• Test report 607 41481/4
and 2 mm thickness upwards)
• Tests carried out in line with IfT Rosenheim guideline VE 05/01
„Verified compatibility of glazing blocks“ in conjunction with
• Length: 100 mm
conventional sealants used for double glazing edge bonds
based on polysulphide, polyurethane, silicone, Würth Natural • Material: PP - Polypropylene
Stone Sealant and Würth Glass Active Sealing Compound.
Thickness Width Colour Art. no.

1 mm 24 mm White 0875 524 1
2 mm 30 mm Blue 0875 530 2
2 mm 26 mm Blue 0875 526 2
2 mm 24 mm Blue 0875 524 2
3 mm 30 mm Red 0875 530 3
3 mm 24 mm Red 0875 524 3
3 mm 26 mm Red 0875 526 3
5 mm 24 mm Green 0875 524 5
5 mm 30 mm Green 0875 530 5
5 mm 26 mm Green 0875 526 5
6 mm 24 mm Black 0875 524 6
4 mm 30 mm Yellow 0875 530 4

Personal Protective Equipment / ChapterToC
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT
Work clothing 794
Personal protective equipment 795
Work shoes 971 6
Occupational safety 984
Protection equipment, hazardous goods 988
Emergency equipment 989
Skin protection 1011

Personal Protective Equipment / Work clothing / Work clothes
WORK VEST
High-quality work vest made from a special anti-slip material and bre-
athable 3D Air Mesh
• Many different sized pockets
• Breast pocket with rip-tape fastening
• ID card holder
• Elastic bands on the outside for pens, screwdrivers, knifes or pliers
• Optimum ventilation thanks to the mesh fabric on the inside
• Elastic bands on the sides and adjustable straps on the rear guarantee a perfect fit
• Comfortable to get on and off thanks to the sturdy zip on the front
• Small discreet Würth logo
• Colour: Black
6 • Size: Universal
• Coating weight of mesh per m2: 210 g
Art. no.
0715 930 239

Personal Protective Equipment / Personal protective equipment / Breathing
protection
COMBINATION FILTER ABEK2HGP3 RD

For breathing protection series 175
• Easy attachment of the filters by a bayonet connection system
• Compatible with full face mask VM 175
• Optimum weight distribution
• Filter class: ABEK2Hg-P3
• Protection against: Organic vapours, Inorganic and acidic gases, Ammoniac,
Derivatives, Fine dusts up to 30 times the limit value, Fine dusts with full face mask
up to 400 times the limit value
Art. no.
0899 175 101
6
FOLDING MASK FM 1000 WITH VALVE

Effective and comfortable protection against dust and solid and liquid
particles
Flexible nose clip
• Adapts well to the face
• Reliable sealing around the nose
Soft inner fleece
• Comfortable to wear
• Hydrophobic material acts as a moisture deterrent
Extended application period
• Skin friendly and comfortable
Multi-layer filter medium
• Outstanding permanent filtering action against harmful particles
• Very low breathing resistance
EN 149: 2001 + A1: 2009

Exhalation valve
• Reduces exhalation resistance
• Moisture and heat can escape more easily
Elastic fabric straps
• Extremely high-quality, tear-proof head harness suitable for various head sizes
• Does not catch on hair
Flat, folded design
• Easy to carry around and always to hand
• Outstanding air-tight fit
Masks packaged individually in poly bags
Hygienic, clean and ready to use
• Design: With valve
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Filter class Art. no.

FFP1 NR D 0899 110 201
FFP2 NR D 0899 110 203
FFP3 NR D 0899 110 204

protection
FOLDING MASK FM 1000 WITHOUT VALVE

particles
Flexible nose clip
Soft inner fleece
• Skin-friendly and comfortable
• Outstanding permanent filtering action against harmful particles
6
Elastic fabric straps
EN 149: 2001 + A1: 2009
• Extremely high-quality, tear-resistant head straps, suitable for different head sizes
• Does not get catch on hair
Flat, folded design
• Easy to carry and always at hand
• Outstanding air-tight fit
Masks packaged individually in polybags
• Design: No valve
Filter class Art. no.

FFP1 NR D 0899 110 200
FFP2 NR D 0899 110 202

protection
FOLDING MASK FM 1000 CARBON WITH VALVE

Odour-filtering disposable mask with activated carbon
Flexible nose clip
• Reliable seal around the nose
Soft inner fleece
Extended application period
• Skin friendly and comfortable
Comfortable exhalation valve
• The optional, comfortable exhalation valve reduces exhalation resistance.
• Moisture and heat can escape more easily, thereby ensuring a more pleasant tem- 6
perature inside the mask.
• Outstanding and permanent filtering action against harmful particles
Elastic textile straps
Extremely high-quality, tear-proof head straps suitable for various head sizes
Flat, folded design
Easy to carry around and always to hand
Masks packaged individually in poly bags
With activated carbon layer against odours below the occupational
exposure limit
• Filter class: FFP2 NR D
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 110 205

protection
FACE MASK WITH FILTER FFP3 V CARBON NR

With activated carbon to neutralise unpleasant odours
Adjustable nose pad, aluminium
• To adjust the mask to the shape of your face
• Secure seal around the nose
Multi-layer filter material
• Excellent filtration of dust and particles of solids and liquids
• Offers very low breathing resistance
Elastic tapes
Highly resistant to tears
Ergonomic shape and good adherence to the face
For concentrations of contaminants up to 30 times the threshold limit
6 value (TLV)
• Filter class: FFP3 V CARBON NR
Complies with standards EN 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 114 10
DISPOSABLE BREATHING MASK FFP1 CM 2000 WITHOUT VALVE

particles
Flexible nose clip
• Excellent fit on the face
• Secure seal in the nose area
Soft inner fleece
• Hydrophobic material keeps out moisture
• Outstanding filter performance
• Extremely low breathing resistance
Elasticated textile straps with EasyStop
Premium quality and extremely tear-resistant head straps, suitable for various head
sizes, no trapping of hair
Preformed mask body
Ergonomic shape, large internal volume
Art. no.
0899 110 300

protection
DISPOSABLE BREATHING MASK FFP1 CM 2000 WITH VALVE

particles
Flexible nose clip
Soft inner fleece
Comfortable exhalation valve 6
• Makes it easier for moisture and heat to escape
Preformed mask body
Art. no.
0899 110 301

protection
DISPOSABLE BREATHING MASK FFP2 CM 2000 WITHOUT VALVE

particles
Flexible nose clip
Soft inner fleece
6 Elasticated textile straps with EasyStop
Preformed mask body
Art. no.
0899 110 302

protection

particles
Flexible nose clip
Soft inner fleece
Preformed mask body
Art. no.
0899 110 303

protection
DISPOSABLE BREATHING MASK FFP2 CM 2000 CARBON WITH VALVE

With activated carbon to protect against unpleasant odours
Flexible nose clip
Soft inner fleece
6 • Reduces exhalation resistance
Preformed mask body
Art. no.
0899 110 305

protection

particles
Flexible nose clip
Soft inner fleece
• Excellent filter performance
High-quality, extremely tear-resistant head straps, suitable for various head sizes, do
not catch on hair
Pre-cast mask body
Art. no.
0899 110 304
DISPOSABLE BREATHING MASK FFP1

Lightweight and comfortable to wear
Flexible aluminium nosepiece
Soft inner fleece
• Low breathing resistance
• Tear-resistant head straps
• Suitable for various head sizes
Without exhalation valve
• Filter class: FFP1
Art. no.
0899 110 400

protection
DISPOSABLE BREATHING MASK FFP2 WITH VALVE

High level of comfort and low respiratory resistance
Soft inner fleece
6 • Makes it easier for moisture and heat to escape
Art. no.
0899 121 100
DISPOSABLE BREATHING MASK FFP2 CARBON

With activated carbon to protect against unpleasant odours
Soft inner fleece
With activated carbon layer to protect against unpleasant odours
Art. no.
0899 121 104

protection
DISPOSABLE FOLDING MASK FFP2 WITH VALVE

In a practical design that folds completely flat.
Soft inner fleece
Comfortable to wear
• Makes it easier for moisture and heat to escape 6
Hygienic individual packaging
Art. no.
0899 123 100
CUP-SHAPED MASK CM 3000 FFP1 NR D

Complete protection and comfortable to wear thanks to special, soft
filter materials
Low breathing resistance
Optimum fit and seal thanks to
• Pre-moulded design
• Nosepiece for a better grip
• Half-height sealing lip in the nose area
Looped-through cotton head strap
Use together with Würth safety glasses for optimum protection
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 110 500

protection
CUP-SHAPED MASK CM 3000 V FFP1 NR D

filter materials
Exhalation valve ensures a pleasant microclimate inside the mask
6 • Design: With valve
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 110 501
CUP-SHAPED MASK CM 3000 FFP2 NR D

filter materials
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 110 502

protection

filter materials
• Design: With valve 6
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 110 503
CUP-SHAPED MASK CM 3000, CARBON V FFP2 NR D

With active carbon to remove unpleasant odours and for use when
welding under the occupational exposure limit
Ideal protection and comfortable thanks to special soft filter
materials
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 110 504

protection

filter materials
Exhalation valve ensures the user feels comfortable wearing the
mask
Minimal breathing resistance
Perfect, sealed fit
• Preformed design
• Nose clip for optimised fitting
• Sealing lip around the circumference
• Adjustable head strap
Use together with Würth safety goggles for optimum protection
6 • Filter class: FFP3 NR D
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 110 505
COMFORT MASK CM 3000 PRO V FFP3 NR D

Optimum protection with maximum comfort
• Two extra filters ensure a longer service life and minimal breathing resistance
• Mask is more pleasant to wear thanks to an exhalation valve and two additional
inhalation valves (heat and moisture)
• 3D nose area ensures an optimum fit. Mask can also be used with Würth safety
glasses and provides a clear field of vision
• Head strap length can be adjusted in a flexible manner
• Sealing lip all round for optimum seal
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 110 511

protection
FOLDING MASK FM 3000 FFP1 NR D

In a practical design that folds completely flat
filter materials
Perfect, sealed fit thanks to:
• Half sealing lip in the nose area
6
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 110 520
FOLDING MASK FM 3000 V FFP1 NR D

mask
filter materials
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 110 521

protection
FOLDING MASK FM 3000 FFP2 NR D

materials
6 • Design: No valve
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 110 522

mask
filter materials
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 110 523

protection
FOLDING MASK FM 3000, CARBON V FFP2 NR D

With active carbon to remove unpleasant odours and for use when
welding under the occupational exposure limit
Practical design that folds completely flat
materials
Looped-through cotton head strap 6
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 110 524

mask
filter materials
• Sealing lip around the circumference
• Head strap length can be adjusted
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
Art. no.
0899 110 525

protection
DISPOSABLE BREATHING MASK FFP2 FLEXIBLE

Comfortable to wear and low respiratory resistance. The outer const-
ruction keeps the mask in good shape
Exterior mesh structure
• Outstanding flexibility despite high level of robustness and durability
Preformed design
Soft inner fleece
6 Comfortable exhalation valve
Circumferential sealing lip for a perfect seal
Elasticated textile wrap-around straps with a clip fastening
Art. no.
0899 121 110

protection
DISPOSABLE BREATHING MASK FFP3 FLEXIBLE

High level of comfort and low respiratory resistance
Exterior mesh structure
Stable and durable yet flexible
Preformed design
Adapts well to the face
Soft inner fleece
Comfortable to wear
• Good filter performance
• Reduces exhalation resistance 6
Circumferential sealing lip for optimal sealing
Elastic wrap-around textile strapping with clip fastening
• Tear-resistant head harness
• Suitable for different head sizes
Art. no.
0899 121 103
BREATHING MASK FFP2 FM GIMA

With low weight and comfortable to wear
• Close fit on face thanks to ergonomic design
• Soft and skin-friendly inner fleece
• Adjustable nose bridge
• Flexible and stretchy ear loops
• Folding
• Hygienic individual packaging
• Filter class: FFP2 NR
• Design: Folding
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0997 895 399

protection
FOLDING MASK FMH 4000 V FFP1 NR D WITH VALVE

Powerful FFP1 disposable mask with outstanding wearing comfort
and optimum fit
• Comfortable to wear even for users who wear glasses thanks to soft materials and
special shape in which airflow is directed downwards when exhaling
• Reduced exhalation resistance and easier escape of moisture and heat thanks to
the comfort exhalation valve
• Filter class label on the mask for easier recognition
• Perfect protection thanks to optimum fit on the face
• Better fixing thanks to nose clip embedded in the filter material
• Loop-through elastic headband
• Can be combined with Würth safety goggles for optimum protection
6 • Filter class: FFP1 with valve

• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 110 431
FOLDING MASK FMH 4000 FFP1 NR D WITHOUT VALVE

and optimum fit
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 110 430

protection

and optimum fit
• Filter class: FFP2 with valve 6
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 110 433
FOLDING MASK FMH 4000 FFP2 NR D WITHOUT VALVE

and optimum fit
• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 110 432

protection

and optimum fit
6 • Filter class: FFP3 with valve

• EN standard: 149:2001 + A1:2009
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 110 434
HALF FACE MASK HM 175

Custom-fit breathing protection for maximum comfort
Easy use of various filters
Double bayonet mount
Simplified attachment and removal
Practical quick-action closure that additionally protects the inside of the mask against
contamination when not wearing
Large exhalation valve
Extra tight fit
Flexible nose area
Excellent field of vision
Flat design
Barely noticeable even with a helmet
Very comfortable head harness thanks to supple material
Art. no.
0899 175 000

protection
GAS FILTER A2
• Compatible with half face and full face mask from series 175
• Using a filter pad can be expanded to an A2 P2R combination filter
• Filter class: Edelstahl A2
• Protection against: Organic vapours and gases (boiling point above 65°C)
• Range of applications: Spray painting, Application of solvents
Art. no.
0899 175 010
6
COMBINATION FILTER A2P3 RD
• Filter class: A2-P3 RD
• Protection against: Organic vapours and gases (boiling point above 65°C)
• Range of applications: Spray painting, Application of solvents
Art. no.
0899 175 011
GAS FILTER ABEK1

• Using a filter pad can be expanded to an AEBK1 P2R combination filter
• Filter class: ABEK1
Derivatives
• Range of applications: Application of chlorine, Application of bleaching
agents, Application of hydrochloric acid, Application of sulphur dioxide, Applicati-
on of methylamine
Art. no.
0899 175 012

protection
COMBINATION FILTER ABEK1HGP3 RD

• Filter class: ABEK1Hg-P3 RD
Derivatives, Fine dusts up to 30 times the limit value, Fine dusts with full face mask
up to 400 times the limit value
• Range of applications: Application of chlorine, Application of bleaching
agents, Application of hydrochloric acid, Application of sulphur dioxide, Applicati-
on of methylamine, Against solid and liquid particles of toxic, highly toxic and car-
cinogenic substances, Application of mercury arc
6
Art. no.
0899 175 013
PARTICLE PRE-FILTER PAD P2 R

For breathing protection series 175 for expanding the A2 and ABEK1
filters
• Filter class: Zink-Nickel schwarz
• Protection against: Fine dusts up to 10 times the limit value, Fine dusts with full
face mask up to 15 times the limit value
• Range of applications: As a particle prefilter for gas filters for solid and liquid
particles
Art. no.
0899 175 014
PRE-FILTER HOLDER
For breathing protection series 175 for expanding the A2 and ABEK1
filters
• Range of applications: Is required when using the particle prefilter for all gas
filters
Art. no.
0899 175 015

protection
PARTICULATE FILTER P3 R
• Filter class: Zink-Nickel schwarz
• Protection against: Fine dusts up to 30 times the limit value, Fine dusts with full
face mask up to 400 times the limit value
• Range of applications: Against solid and liquid particles of toxic, highly toxic
and carcinogenic substances
Art. no.
0899 175 016
6
FULL MASK VM 175

Custom-fit breathing protection for the most demanding applications
as well as a clear view
Easy use of various filters
Double bayonet mount
Quick and easy to attach and remove
5-point headband
Mist-free view
Intelligent ventilation system with separate inner mask
Large field of vision
180° polycarbonate lens
Protects almost all face shapes safely and comfortably
Double sealing frame and triple sealing line
Art. no.
0899 175 100
PAINTER‘S SET
3 Pieces ready-for-use breathing protection set for painting and deco-
rating work.
• Practical quick-action closure allows you to protect the inside of the mask from dirt
when not wearing
• Filter against gases, vapours, fine dust and particles that occur during painting
• Can be used flexibly on construction sites, during renovation work and in the paint
booth
Art. no.
0899 175 020

Personal Protective Equipment / Personal protective equipment / Protective
gloves
PROTECTIVE GLOVE PROTECT

Flexible pigskin nappa leather glove for installers and mechanics
• Soft, supple pigskin nappa leather
• Back of the hand made from breathable elastic cotton fabric for comfort
• Excellent fit, flexibility and dexterity
• Perfect fit thanks to hook and loop fastener
• Material: Pig Nappa leather
• Interior finish: Without lining
EN 388:
2016 • Standards: EN 388 EN 420
• Category: II
• Colour: Red, White
2111X
6 Size Art. no.

7 0899 400 131
8 0899 400 132
9 0899 400 133
10 0899 400 134
11 0899 400 135
PROTECTIVE GLOVES BASE

Flexible driving-style assembly and mechanic‘s glove made from soft
goat leather
Soft, supple goatskin
Index finger reinforced with leather
• For added protection at work
Back of the hand made from elastic nylon fabric for comfort
Elasticated band on the back of the hand
Excellent fit, flexibility and dexterity
• Material: Goatskin
• Standards: EN 388 EN 420
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 5350 000 308
9 5350 000 309
10 5350 000 310
11 5350 000 311

gloves
PROTECTIVE GLOVE DRIVER CLASSIC

High-quality driver-style protective glove completely made from
durable, soft cowhide leather
• Very good fit and very comfortable to wear
• Good grip
• Elasticated band on the back of the hand
• Material: Full-grain cowhide leather
EN 388:
2016
2122X
• Category: II
• Colour: Natural
Size
8
Art. no.
5350 000 408
6
9 5350 000 409
10 5350 000 410
11 5350 000 411
PROTECTIVE GLOVES, DRIVER-COMBI

Driver-Combi glove made from strong buffalo leather
Excellent fit, very comfortable
Palms made from full-grain buffalo leather
Backs made from split buffalo leather
• Good grip
Palm unlined
Leather thickness: 0.8–1.0 mm
• Material: Buffalo leather
• Tolerance, material thickness (+/-): 0.1 mm
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

08 5350 000 508
09 5350 000 509
10 5350 000 510
11 5350 000 511

gloves
FULL COWHIDE LEATHER GLOVE W-20

Rugged work glove made from high-quality full-grain cowhide
• Particularly supple
• Good flexibility and grip
• Rubberised cuff
• Backs of hands and cuffs made from heavy cotton fabric
• Backs of hands elasticated for more safety
EN 388:
2016 • Knuckle guards and fingertips made from full-grain cowhide
• Index finger made completely from full-grain cowhide
2122X
• Cotton half-lining
• Interior finish: Palm lining
• Category: II
• Colour: Natural
Size Art. no.

10 5350 000 010
11 5350 000 011
SPLIT COWHIDE LEATHER GLOVE W-10

Robust work glove made from split leather
• The thumb and index finger are completely made of leather for special protection
• Backs of hands made from heavy cotton fabric
• Knuckle guards and fingertips made of split leather
• Rubberised cuff
• Cotton half-lining
• Material: Split cowhide leather
EN 388: • Interior finish: Palm lining
2016

3113X
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

9 5350 000 109
10 5350 000 110
11 5350 000 111

gloves
PROTECTIVE GLOVE DRIVER HYDRO

Driver glove made from strong, water-repellent, soft and supple full-
grain cowhide
Very good fit, high wearing comfort, high-quality design
Palm and back of hand made of full-grain cowhide
• Extremely rugged, hard-wearing and durable
• Good grip
Palm unlined
Leather thickness: 0.9–1.1 mm
6.5 cm cuff with additional wrist protection
• Material: Leather
• Tolerance, material thickness (+/-): 0.1 mm 6
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 5350 000 708
9 5350 000 709
10 5350 000 710
11 5350 000 711
PROTECTIVE GLOVE W-30

Flexible driving-style assembly and mechanic‘s glove made from soft
goat leather
Soft, supple goat leather
Index finger reinforced with leather
For added protection at work
Back of the hand made from elastic nylon fabric for comfort
Excellent fit, flexibility and dexterity
• Material: Goatskin
• Category: II
• Colour: White, Red
Size Art. no.

8 5350 000 208
9 5350 000 209
10 5350 000 210
11 5350 000 211

gloves
SPLIT LEATHER GLOVES W-40

Durable work gloves made of split leather with reinforcement on the
palm as well as on the index finger
• Back of the hand made from heavy cotton fabric
• Knuckle protection and fingertips made from split leather
• Rubberised cuffs
• Double seam
• Half flannel lining
• Good resistance
• Interior finish: Palm lining
6 • Category: II
• Colour: Grey, Beige, Blue
Size Art. no.

8 5350 000 118
9 5350 000 119
10 5350 000 120
11 5350 000 121
CUT PROTECTION GLOVE W-110 LEVEL B

Universal, very comfortable cut protection glove with Dyneema® fib-
res and breathable PU coating
• Excellent hand temperature and optimal comfort for long periods thanks to Dynee-
ma® fibres
• Maximum comfort thanks to breathable PU coating
• High degree of abrasion resistance and mechanical resistance
• Good fit and flexibility
• Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: Dyneema®/polyamide/elastane
• Material coating: Polyurethane
• Cut resistance according to ISO 13997: B
• Category: II
EN 388:
2016
4343B
Size Art. no.

7 0899 400 739
8 0899 400 740
9 0899 400 741
10 0899 400 742

gloves
CUT PROTECTION GLOVE W-200 LEVEL C

Very comfortable and robust cut protection glove with Dyneema® fib-
res and breathable PU coating
• Excellent hand temperature and optimal comfort for long periods thanks to Dynee-
ma® fibres
• Maximum comfort thanks to breathable PU coating
• High degree of abrasion resistance and mechanical resistance
• Good fit and flexibility
• Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: Dyneema®/polyamide/glass
EN 388:
• Cut resistance according to ISO 13997: C
4X43C
• Category: II
6
Size Art. no.

8 0899 400 762
9 0899 400 763
10 0899 400 764

Universal, flexible cut protection glove for light cut protection work
• Outstanding wearing comfort thanks to breathable PU coating
• Highly flexible and good tactile sensitivity
• Good mechanical abrasion resistance and good cut protection
• Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: HPPE
• Colour: White
• Standards: EN 388
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

6 0899 451 926
7 0899 451 927
8 0899 451 928
9 0899 451 929
10 0899 451 930
11 0899 451 931

gloves
CUT PROTECTION GLOVE TIGERFLEX® W-230 LEVEL C

Universal, extremely comfortable cut protection glove with nitrile
foam coating specially for dry work conditions
Nitrile foam-coated palms with additional nitrile TIGERFLEX grip
Breathable, good grip, comfortable to wear
Optimal fit and outstanding tactile and touch sensitivity
Suitable for precision work in dry conditions with high cut protection
requirements
• Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: HPPE
• Material coating: Nitrile foam
6
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

7 0899 451 357
8 0899 451 358
9 0899 451 359
10 0899 451 360
11 0899 451 361
CUT PROTECTION GLOVE PU LEVEL D.

• PE lining, high-density (13 gauge)
• PU coating on the palms of the hands
• For excellent grip and protection, for maximum flexibility and precise working
• Excellent cut protection, mechanically resistant
• Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: Polyethylene/polyester
• Category: II
EN 388:2016 performance level: 4X43D
Size Art. no.

8 0899 407 108
9 0899 407 109
10 0899 407 110
11 0899 407 111

gloves

Extremely fine and flexible cut protection glove with maximum com-
fort and superior tactile and fingertip sensitivity
• Fine-knit glove with optimal fit and flexibility
• Maximum wear comfort owing to special knitted fabric with Dyneema® diamond
fibre and breathable PU coating
• Perfect wear properties
• Gauge: 18
• Material of the liner: Dyneema® Diamond/polyamide/elastane
EN 388:
2016
• Category: II
3X42B 6
Size Art. no.

8 0899 403 208
9 0899 403 209
10 0899 403 210

• Gauge: 13
EN 388:
2016 • Material of the liner: Polyethylene/elastane/polyamide/polyester/glass fibre
4X42B

• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 403 308
9 0899 403 309
10 0899 403 310
11 0899 403 311

gloves

• Very good grip due to special nitrile foam coating with roughened surface
• Gauge: 18
• Material of the liner: Polyethylene/elastane/polyamide/polyester/glass fibre
EN 388:
2016
4X42B
• Category: II
6 Size Art. no.

8 0899 403 408
9 0899 403 409
10 0899 403 410

Robust cut protection glove with nitrile foam coating specially for
damp and oily work conditions
• Nitrile foam coating with ¾ dipping
• Good resistance to oils, greases and liquids
• Good grip
EN 388: • Good mechanical abrasion resistance and cut protection
2016
• Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: HDPE/glass fibre/polyester/elastane
4X42C

• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 403 508
9 0899 403 509
10 0899 403 510

gloves

Universal, very comfortable cut protection glove with touch screen
capability and additional reinforcement in the crook of the thumb
Ideal for operating screens with a capacitative touchscreen
Maximum comfort
Extremely breathable nitrile foam coating
Additional reinforcement in the crook of the thumb
EN 388:
2016
4X42C
Extended service life
Optimal fit and outstanding tactile and touch sensitivity
Suitable for precision work in dry conditions with high cut protection
requirements
• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: HDPE/glass fibre/polyester/elastane 6
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

7 0899 403 607
8 0899 403 608
9 0899 403 609
10 0899 403 610
11 0899 403 611
CUT PROTECTION GLOVE, WINTER W-250 LEVEL C

Robust winter cut protection glove with polymer foam coating special-
ly for damp and oily work conditions
• Polymer foam coating with ¾ dipping
• Good resistance to oils, greases and liquids
• Good grip and breathability
• Roughened acrylic fibres for maximum comfort
• Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: Nylon/glass
• Material coating: PVC foam
• Standards: EN 420 EN 388 EN 511
• Category: III
Size Art. no.

8 0899 403 618
9 0899 403 619
10 0899 403 620
11 0899 403 621

gloves
CUT PROTECTION GLOVE W-300 LEVEL D

Robust cut protection glove with nitrile foam coating
Nitrile foam coating
• Good resistance to greases and oils
• Outstanding grip in dry work environments
Additional reinforcement in the crook of the thumb ensures exten-
EN 388:
2016
ded service life
Outstanding abrasion and cut protection performance thanks to
4X42D
special fibre construction
• Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: HDPE/polyester/steel/basalt/elastane/polyamide
• Cut resistance according to ISO 13997: D
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 403 708
9 0899 403 709
10 0899 403 710
CUT PROTECTION GLOVE W-400 LEVEL E

With very good cut protection properties with maximum tactile and
touch sensitivity
• Breathable PU coating for comfortable wear
• Outstanding abrasion and cut protection performance thanks to special fibre
construction
• Optimal fit and flexibility thanks to fine knit design
EN 388:
2016
• Size: 8
3X21E
• Gauge: 18
• Material of the liner: Para-Aramide/polyester/elastane/steel
• Cut resistance according to ISO 13997: E
• Category: II
Art. no.
0899 403 808

gloves
CUT PROTECTION GLOVE W-500 LEVEL F

Extremely robust cut protection glove with maximum cut protection
and abrasion resistance
• Outstanding mechanical resistance in terms of cut and abrasion resistance
• Nitrile foam coating with outstanding grip and good resistance against grease and
oils
• Additional reinforcement in the crook of the thumb ensures extended service life
EN 388:
• Good puncture resistance against metal chips

2016
4X44F • Good fit

• Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: HDPE/steel/basalt/polyester/elastane
6
• Cut resistance according to ISO 13997: F
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 403 908
9 0899 403 909
10 0899 403 910
CUT PROTECTION GLOVE W-510 LEVEL F

Extremely robust cut protection glove with maximum cut protection
and abrasion resistance
• Outstanding mechanical resistance in terms of cut and abrasion resistance
• Double dipped nitrile foam coating with outstanding grip and good resistance
against grease and oils
EN 420 + EN 388:2016 • Good grip
Cat. II/performance values 4X43F
• Good puncture resistance against metal chips
• Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: HDPE/nylon/polyester/elastane/glass fibre/steel
• Material coating: Nitrile/nitrile foam
• Cut resistance according to ISO 13997: F
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 403 918
9 0899 403 919
10 0899 403 920

gloves

Very robust cut protection glove with extremely resistant natural
latex coating and additional thumb joint reinforcement
Outstanding cutting and abrasion resistance, especially under
mechanical pressure
Good puncture resistance against metal chips
Extremely resilient natural latex coating
EN 388:
2016
Additional thumb joint reinforcement
3X43E Extended service life
Good grip
Special surface profiling
Optimum protection with a good fit
6 • Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: HDPE/steel/glass fibre/polyester/elastane
• Material coating: Natural rubber with crinkle finish
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 403 818
9 0899 403 819
10 0899 403 820
11 0899 403 821

Touchscreen-compatible protective glove with very good cut protecti-
on properties with maximum tactile and finger sensitivity
• Outstanding abrasion and cut protection performance thanks to special fibre
construction
• Optimal fit and flexibility thanks to fine knit design
• Suitable for operating screens with capacitive touchscreen
• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: Polyethylene/polyamide/elastane/steel
• Standards: ISO 21420 EN 388 EN 407
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 403 828
9 0899 403 829
10 0899 403 830

gloves
CUT PROTECTION GLOVE W-210 LEVEL C ESD

Universal, very comfortable cut protection glove with touchscreen
compatibility with ESD function in accordance with EN 16350
• Protection against electrostatic discharge
• Ideal for operating screens with a capacitive touchscreen
• Maximum wearing comfort due to seamless fine-knit design with breathable nitrile
coating
• Optimal fit and outstanding tactile and touch sensitivity
• Suitable for precision work in dry conditions with high cut protection requirements
• Extended service life thanks to additional thumb joint reinforcement
• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: HPPE/fibre glass/polyamide/carbon/elastane
• Material coating: Nitrile foam 6
• Standards: ISO 21420 EN 388:2016 EN 16350
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

7 0899 403 637
8 0899 403 638
9 0899 403 639
10 0899 403 640
11 0899 403 641
WELDING GLOVE W-100

Robust welding glove for universal use; made from full-grain cowhide
• Full-grain cowhide palms
• Split leather backs and cuffs
• Very rugged and hard-wearing
• Repellent to oil, grease and water
• Size: 10
• Length: 35 cm
EN 388: • Interior finish: Without lining
2016
• Standards: EN 388 EN 420 EN 12477A

2132X
• Category: II
Art. no.
5350 050 010

gloves
WELDING GLOVE W-110

High-quality, fully lined welding glove for all welding tasks with
increased heat development
• Fully lined, including cuffs
• Heat-insulating Molton lining
• Full-grain cowhide palms
• Split leather backs and cuffs
• Leather surface protects against welding beads and sparks
EN 388:

2016
2132X
• Length: 35 cm
6 • Interior finish: Complete lining
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

9 5350 050 109
10 5350 050 110
11 5350 050 111
WELDING GLOVE W-120

Split leather standard glove with porous surface
• Size: 10
• Length: 35 cm
• Category: II
EN 388:
2016
3132X
Art. no.
5350 050 210

gloves
WELDING GLOVE W-130

Touch-sensitive welding gloves for work with excellent touch feel
• Excellent touch sensitivity
• Palms and backs of hands made from supple nappa leather
• Split leather cuffs
• Lined cuffs
EN 388:
• Material: Nappa leather

2016
2111X • Interior finish: Without lining

• Standards: EN 388 EN 420 EN 12477B
• Category: II
Size Length Art. no. 6

8 30 cm 5350 050 308
9 31 cm 5350 050 309
10 32 cm 5350 050 310
11 33 cm 5350 050 311
WINTER GLOVE COMFORT

Two-layer knitted glove with excellent protection against cold
• Acrylic/pure new wool fibre for maximum comfort
• Open backs for excellent breathability
• High-quality natural latex coating
• Fine surface texture for outstanding wet and dry grip
• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: Polyamide/acrylic-wool
• Category: II
• Colour: Orange
EN 388:
2016
2132X
Size Art. no.

8 0899 450 108
9 0899 450 109
10 0899 450 110

gloves
PROTECTIVE GLOVE FLEXCOMFORT COOL

• Seamless round-knit nylon base fabric (13 gauge)
• Latex foam coated palms
• Extremely soft and comfortable
• Outstanding fit, grip and dexterity
• Elasticated cuffs prevent the penetration of foreign particles
• Silicone-free manufacturing process
• Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: Nylon
• Material coating: Latex foam
• Category: II
6
Size Art. no.
8 0899 401 078
9 0899 401 079
10 0899 401 080
11 0899 401 081
FLEX COMFORT THERMO PROTECTIVE GLOVE

High-lite
• Seamless round-knitted and brushed acrylic base fabric (10 gauge)
• Palms coated with sandy latex foam.
• Soft and comfortable to wear
• Excellent fit guarantees an outstanding grip and dexterity
• Elasticated cuffs to prevent the penetration of foreign bodies
• Silicone-free manufacturing process.
• Colour of fabric: fluorescent yellow
• Colour of coating: black
• Gauge: 10
• Material of the liner: Acrylic
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 401 408
9 0899 401 409
10 0899 401 410
11 0899 401 411

gloves
WINTER GLOVE MEMBRANE

Driving style winter glove with membrane
• Polyester hand backs
• Acrylic thermal lining
• Palm made of PU, water resistant and offers a secure grip
• 100% chrome-free
• Very comfortable to wear
• Sits perfectly on hand
• Open cuff
• Material of the liner: Polyester
• Category: II 6
Size Art. no.
8 0899 402 848
9 0899 402 849
10 0899 402 850
11 0899 402 851
12 0899 402 852
PROTECTIVE GLOVE TIGERFLEX® THERMO DRY

Double-layer knitted glove with excellent cold and water resistance
Double-dipped latex/latex foam-coated palms with additional nitri-
le „TIGERFLEX“ grip
Good grip, comfortable to wear
Very comfortable to wear due to brushed acrylic lining
Waterproof
• Gauge: 15
• Material coating: Latex
• Material: Nylon (polyamide)
• Category: II
• Interior finish: Acrylic
Size Art. no.

8 0899 402 528
9 0899 402 529
10 0899 402 530
11 0899 402 531

gloves
TIGERFLEX® THERMO PROTECTIVE GLOVE WINTER

Two-layer knitted glove with excellent protection against cold.
• Very pleasant to wear thanks to acrylic polyester fibres
• Latex foam-coated palm with additional latex „TIGERFLEX“ grip
• ¾ dipped
• Open back to ensure breathability
• Elastic cuff
• Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: Polyester/acrylic
• Category: II
6
Size Art. no.
8 0899 404 028
9 0899 404 029
10 0899 404 030
11 0899 404 031
WINTER GLOVE MULTIFIT DRY

Liquid repellent, fully dipped winter glove with optimal fit as well as
maximum tactile sensitivity for work in cold and wet work environ-
ments
Good heat insulation
Fluid-repellent and breathable
Full-surface coating made from very flexible, breathable natural latex foam
EN 388:
2016
Excellent grip in wet and dry conditions
3232X
Additional coating on the palm of the hand with particularly slip-proof micro-textured
surface.
Easy and quick to put on and take off
Comfortably wide cuff and rip-tape fastening
Maximum comfort
Soft, heat-insulating polyester fabric backing combined with breathable, flexible natu-
ral rubber latex coating
• Gauge: 13
• Material coating: Natural latex
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 405 608
9 0899 405 609
10 0899 405 610
11 0899 405 611

gloves
BLUE NITRILE GLOVE

Laminated safety cuff
• Nitrile coating on a heavy cotton jersey lining
• Breathable thanks to open backs of hands
• Very comfortable
• Liquid and oil repellent with good chemical resistance
• Good abrasion resistance
• Size: 10
EN 388: • Material of the liner: Cotton jersey
• Material coating: Nitrile
2016
4121B • Standards: EN 388 EN 420

• Category: II
• Colour: Blue 6
Art. no.
0899 420
NITRILE GLOVE NBR YELLOW

Universal, lightweight assembly glove with nitrile coating
• Nitrile coating on a dense interlock cotton lining with knitted wrist gaiters
• Breathable through open back of hand
• Good abrasion resistance
• Repellent to liquids, oil and grease
• Very good dry grip
• Material of the liner: Cotton-Interlock
• Category: II
• Colour: Yellow
Size Art. no.

8 0899 410 008
9 0899 410 009
10 0899 410 010

gloves
DISPOSABLE NITRILE GLOVE

Liquid-proof, food-safe disposable glove
• Powder-free
• In practical disposable dispenser
• Material: Nitrile
• Interior finish: Powder-free, Chlorinated
• Category: III
• Length: 240 mm
6 Colour Size Material thickness Art. no.

Blue S 0.1 mm 0899 470 00
Blue M 0.1 mm 0899 470 01
Blue L 0.1 mm 0899 470 02
Blue XL 0.1 mm 0899 470 03
Black S 0.1 mm 0899 470 100
Black M 0.1 mm 0899 470 101
Black L 0.1 mm 0899 470 102
Black XL 0.1 mm 0899 470 103
Black XXL 0.1 mm 0899 470 104
BLACK, NITRILE POWDER-FREE DISPOSABLE GLOVE

Liquid-tight disposable nitrile glove
Tested as food-safe
Silicone-free manufacturing process
Free from allergenic latex proteins
Powder-free
Can be worn on both sides
• Colour: Black
EN ISO
374-1:2016
Type B
JKPT • Standards: EN 374 EN 420
• Category: III
• Length: 240 mm
• Material thickness of finger (textured): 0.15 mm
• Material thickness of palm (textured): 0.12 mm
• Material thickness of cuff (smooth): 0.08 mm
Size Art. no.

S 0899 470 369
M 0899 470 370
L 0899 470 371
XL 0899 470 372
XXL 0899 470 373

gloves
DISPOSABLE GLOVES BLUE, POWDER-FREE NITRILE

Liquid-proof, food-safe disposable glove
• Protective glove made from nitrile/4mil
• Food-safe
• Free of allergenic latex proteins
• Reversible
• Powder-free
• Liquid-tight
Material thickness
Fingers: 0.12 - 0.13 mm, palms: 0.09 - 0.10 mm, cuff: 0.07 - 0.08 mm
• Colour: Blue
• Material: Nitrile 6
• Interior finish: Powder-free
• Category: III
• Length: 240 mm
• Material thickness of finger (smooth): 0.13 mm
Size Art. no.

S 0899 470 380
M 0899 470 381
L 0899 470 382
XL 0899 470 383
XXL 0899 470 384

gloves
DISPOSABLE NITRILE GRIP GLOVE

Unique, diamond texture for optimal grip
• Extremely tear-resistant
• Powder-free and latex free
• Orange colour increases visibility
• In a practical disposable dispenser
• Colour: Orange
• Interior finish: Powder-free
• Category: III
6 • Length: 240 mm
Size Art. no.

S 0899 470 120
M 0899 470 121
L 0899 470 122
XL 0899 470 123
XXL 0899 470 124
DISPOSABLE GLOVES, NITRILE, EXTRA STRONG, TYPE A

Durable and robust disposable gloves with excellent chemical protec-
tion
• Powder-free
• Food-safe
• Good grip thanks to roughened surface
EN 388:
• Colour: Blue
2016
2000X • Material: Nitrile

• Category: III
• Length: 300 mm
Size Art. no.

M 0899 470 418
L 0899 470 419
XL 0899 470 420
XXL 0899 470 421

gloves
DISPOSABLE GLOVES NITRILE POWDER-FREE, BLACK

Liquid-proof, thin disposable gloves, tested as food-safe
• Protective glove made from nitrile
• Textured palm
• Powder-free
• Can be worn on both hands
• Material thickness: (+/-0.01 mm)
• Fingers: 0.12 mm
• Palms: 0.09 mm
• Cuff: 0.075 mm
• Colour: Black
6
• Category: III
• Length: 240 cm
Size Material thickness Tolerance, material thickness (+/-) Art. no.

M 0.1 mm 0.01 0899 470 182
L 0.1 mm 0.01 0899 470 183
XL 0.1 mm 0.01 0899 470 184
XXL 0.1 mm 0.01 mm 0899 470 185

gloves
DISPOSABLE GLOVE NITRILE GRIP COMFORT

Very robust disposable gloves with excellent grip thanks to special
nubs and maximum wearing comfort thanks to cotton flocking inside
Easy to take off and put on, as well as comfortable to wear thanks to
cotton flocking
EN ISO Special textured surface
374-1:2016
Type B
• Excellent mechanical resistance and tear resistance
JKPT
• Optimum grip even in damp and oily work environments
Powder-free and latex-free
In a practical disposable dispenser
• Colour: Black
6 • Interior finish: Flocklined
• Category: III
• Length: 240 mm
Size Art. no.

S 0899 470 140
M 0899 470 141
L 0899 470 142
XL 0899 470 143
XXL 0899 470 144
DISPOSABLE GLOVE NITRILE BLUE D4500

Liquid-proof, thin disposable gloves, tested as food-safe
• Protective glove made from nitrile
• Textured palm
• Powder-free
• Can be worn on both sides
• Colour: Blue
• Category: III
• Length: 240 mm
Size Art. no.

7 0899 470 147
8 0899 470 148
9 0899 470 149
10 0899 470 150

gloves
DISPOSABLE GLOVES NITRILE LIGHT

Liquid-tight, thin disposable gloves with maximum flexibility
• Textured fingertips
• Food-safe
• Colour: Blue
• Standards: ISO 21420 EN 374
• Category: III
• Length: 240 mm
6
Size Art. no.

M 0899 470 201
L 0899 470 202
XL 0899 470 203
NITRILE CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE GLOVE

Cotton velour lining
• 100% liquid-proof
• Diamond pattern for a secure grip
• Chemical and liquid protection against many alkalis, acids, greases, oils and in
some cases solvents
• Food-safe
• Interior finish: Flocklined
• Category: III
• Length: 330 mm
EN 388:
2016
4101X
• Colour: Green
Size Art. no.

7 0899 435 07
8 0899 435 08
9 0899 435 09
10 0899 435 10
11 0899 435 11

gloves
POLYAMIDE/COTTON FINE-KNIT GLOVE

Knitted glove with a good fit for flexible use
Seamless, two-layer round-knit design
• Inside: Cotton material makes them pleasant to wear
• Outside: Rugged, wear-resistant nylon
High level of flexibility
Good fit
Good tactile sensitivity
EN 388: Good grip
2016
Thanks to abrasion-proof vinyl dots

• Size: 9
3141X
• Gauge: 13
6 • Material of the liner: Polyamide/cotton
• Material coating: PVC dots
• Category: II
Art. no.
0899 404 109
PROTECTIVE GLOVE TIGERFLEX® GUARD

Perforation-proof glove with breathable nitrile coating and good grip
Cut, perforation and needle protection according to ANSI/ISEA 105-
2016, 5.1.3, Level 5
The integrated steel net prevents needle tips from penetrating the glove
Nitrile foam-coated palms with additional nitrile „Tiger“ grip
Breathable, good grip, comfortable to wear
Very pleasant, good finger feeling
Comfortable and elasticated knitted backing fabric with nitrile coating
• Material: High-performance polyethylene
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 451 458
9 0899 451 459
10 0899 451 460
11 0899 451 461

gloves
MECHANIC‘S GLOVE
Universal glove with good mechanical resistance and special surface
texturing for excellent dry and wet grip
• Outstanding flexibility for fine assembly work
• Good mechanical resistance
• Special surface texturing for outstanding wet and dry grip
• Skin-friendly, seamless knitted nylon lining
• High-quality natural latex coating with open backs of hands for good breathability
EN 388: • Gauge: 15
2016
• Material of the liner: Polyamide

2131X • Material coating: Natural rubber with crinkle finish
• Category: II 6
Size Art. no.
8 0899 400 529
9 0899 400 530
10 0899 400 531
11 0899 400 532
PROTECTIVE GLOVE MULTIFIT NITRILE

Universal and robust
• Highly resistant to wear
• Good resistance to many greases and oils in small amounts
• Microporous foamed nitrile coating in the palm
• Seamless polyamide-elastanebacking fabric
EN 388:
2016
• Very good skin compatibility through Oeko-Tex® Standard 100
• Compatible with touchscreens
4131X
• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: Polyamide/elastane
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 405 218
9 0899 405 219
10 0899 405 220
11 0899 405 221

gloves
PROTECTIVE GLOVE MULTIFIT NITRILE PLUS

Extremely robust and durable
• Outstanding mechanical resistance and service life thanks to additional nub texture
• Good resistance to many greases and oils in small amounts
• Microporous foamed nitrile coating in the palm
• Seamless polyamide-elastanebacking fabric
• Compatible with touchscreens
EN 388:
• Gauge: 15
2016
4131X • Material of the liner: Polyamide/elastane

• Material coating: Nitrile foam with dots
6 • Category: II
Size Art. no.

7 0899 405 307
8 0899 405 308
9 0899 405 309
10 0899 405 310
11 0899 405 311
PROTECTIVE GLOVE NITRILON PLUS

Outstanding mechanical resistance
• High-quality acrylic/nitrile/butadiene coating on a rugged, seamless round-knit
polyamide backing fabric
• Skin-friendly backing and coating materials
• Excellent dry grip properties for safe handling of workpieces and tools
• Great fit
• Gauge: 10
EN 388:
2016
4132X • Standards: EN 388 EN 420

• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 400 660
9 0899 400 661
10 0899 400 662

gloves
MECHANIC‘S GLOVE UNI-TOP

Universal glove for work performed by mechanics and skilled trades-
men
• Skin-friendly, seamlessly round-knit polyamide backing fabric
• Very good dry and wet grip properties
• Special foamed polymer coating with pressure and vibration-damping properties
• Outstanding fit and flexibility tanks to stretchable materials
• Wearer safety ensured thanks to rip-tape fastening
EN 388:
2016
• Gauge: 15
3131X
• Category: II 6
Size Art. no.
8 0899 400 690
9 0899 400 691
10 0899 400 692
GLOVE WHITE TOUCH

The polyurethane (PU) coating provides a balanced ratio between
strength and weight, is breathable and offers a good grip on wet and
dry surfaces.
• Glove made of nylon continuous filament, seamless
• Polyurethane (PU) layer on the palm and fingers
• Very good adhesion and comfort
• Breathable back of hand
• Elasticated cuff
• Gauge: 13
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

6 0899 416 06
7 0899 416 07
8 0899 416 08
9 0899 416 09
10 0899 416 10

gloves
PROTECTIVE GLOVE FLEXTON

Lightweight, breathable fine assembly glove
• Seamless fine-knit nylon backing
• Breathable PU coating
• Excellent flexibility
• Outstanding fit
• Very comfortable to wear
• Gauge: 13
• Category: II
6
Size Art. no.
6 0899 400 328
7 0899 400 329
8 0899 400 330
9 0899 400 331
10 0899 400 332
NITRILE GLOVE WELL NIT

The nitrile coating provides the best grip on dry and oily surfaces. It
has excellent mechanical strength and does not let liquids through
• Fine-knit glove
• Seamless round-knit 100% nylon base fabric
• Resistant to oil and lubricants
• Elasticated cuff
• Gauge: 13
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

7 0899 444 07
8 0899 444 08
9 0899 444 09
10 0899 444 10

gloves
PROTECTIVE GLOVE NITRILE

• Fully nitrile-coated
• Skin-friendly, seamless round-knit 100% nylon base fabric
• Elasticated cuffs
• Colour of fabric: grey
• Colour of coating: grey
• Gauge: 15
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

6
7 0899 442 107
8 0899 442 108
9 0899 442 109
10 0899 442 110
11 0899 442 111
FLEXCOMFORT PROTECTIVE GLOVE

• Seamless round-knit nylon
• Base fabric (13 gauge)
• Latex foam coated palm
• Extra soft wearing comfort
• Good fit ensures excellent grip and dexterity
• Elastic cuff
• Gauge: 13
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 401 308
9 0899 401 309
10 0899 401 310

gloves
NITRILON PROTECTIVE GLOVE

• Extremely rugged fine-knit glove
• Skin-friendly, seamless round-knit 100% nylon base fabric
• Nitrile-coating palms
• Outstanding dexterity, particularly when handling small parts, oils and lubricants
• Gauge: 15
• Category: II
6 Size Art. no.

7 0899 442 7
8 0899 442 8
9 0899 442 9
10 0899 442 10
PROTECTIVE GLOVE NITRILE TIGERFLEX® COOL

Universal protective glove with excellent wearing comfort and opti-
mal grip thanks to unique TIGERFLEX® coating
Maximum wearing comfort
• Skin-friendly and soft, seamless, round-knit fabric with a snug fit
• Breathable TIGERFLEX coating made of nitrile foam
• Elastic knitted cuff
Excellent grip and good mechanical strength
Special TIGERFLEX coating
• Gauge: 13
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

7 0899 401 047
8 0899 401 048
9 0899 401 049
10 0899 401 050
11 0899 401 051

gloves
PROTECTIVE GLOVE NITRILE SOFTFLEX

Extremely robust and durable
• Skin-friendly, seamless round-knit nylon/Spandex base fabric (15 gauge)
• Water-based PU and NBR (nitrile) foam-coated palms
• Extremely breathable, comfortable
• Outstanding grip and dexterity
• Excellent wet and dry grip
• Oil-repellent and water-repellent
• Gauge: 15
• Standards: EN 388 EN 420 6
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

7 0899 401 067
8 0899 401 068
9 0899 401 069
10 0899 401 070
11 0899 401 071
PROTECTIVE GLOVE NITRILE POLY NIT

• Fine-knit glove
• Skin-friendly, seamless round-knit 100% polyester base fabric
• Nitrile-coated palms
• Outstanding sensitivity
• Gauge: 13
• Category: II
Size Material of the liner Art. no.

6 Polyamide 0899 404 156
7 Polyamide 0899 404 157
8 Polyamide 0899 404 158
9 Polyamide 0899 404 159
10 Polyamide 0899 404 160
11 Polyester 0899 404 161

gloves
PROTECTIVE GLOVE NITRILE TIGERFLEX® PLUS

• Elasticated knitted cuff
• Gauge: 15
6 • Category: II
Size Art. no.

6 0899 411 016
7 0899 411 017
8 0899 411 018
9 0899 411 019
10 0899 411 020
11 0899 411 021
ASSEMBLY GLOVE PU BLACK

Extremely lightweight and flexible glove with superior dexterity and
fingertip sensitivity
• Comfortable or lightweight assembly glove
• Seamless round-knit 100% nylon base fabric
• PU coating
• Outstanding flexibility
• Excellent fit
• Extremely comfortable
• Gauge: 13
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

6 0899 401 156
7 0899 401 157
8 0899 401 158
9 0899 401 159
10 0899 401 160
11 0899 401 161

gloves
PROTECTIVE GLOVE TIGERFLEX® HI-LITE

• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: Polyester/spandex
• Standards: EN 388 EN 420 6
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 403 088
9 0899 403 089
10 0899 403 090
11 0899 403 091
PROTECTIVE GLOVE TIGERFLEX® HI-LITE COOL

Special Tigerflex coating
• Gauge: 13
• Material of the liner: Polyester/acrylic
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 403 078
9 0899 403 079
10 0899 403 080
11 0899 403 081

gloves
PROTECTIVE GLOVE MULTIFIT DRY

Liquid-repellent, fully dipped all-round glove, particularly suitable for
wet working environments
Fluid-repellent and breathable
Full-surface coating made from very flexible, breathable natural latex foam
Excellent grip in wet and dry conditions
Also features a particularly slip-resistant microstructure surface on the palm.
EN 388:
2016
Optimum fit and maximum touch sensitivity
3142X Easy and quick to put on and take off
Cuff with comfortable width
Maximum comfort
Seamless, round-knit polyamide/elastane backing fabric combined with a breathable
6 coating
• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: Polyamide/elastane
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

7 0899 405 507
8 0899 405 508
9 0899 405 509
10 0899 405 510
11 0899 405 511
ASSEMBLY GLOVE BLACK GRIP

• Extremely rugged fine-knit glove
• Skin-friendly, seamless round-knit 100% nylon base fabric (13 gauge)
• Nitrile foam-coated palms
• Outstanding dexterity, particularly when handling small parts, oils and lubricants
• Gauge: 13
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

7 0899 403 160
8 0899 403 161
9 0899 403 162
10 0899 403 163
11 0899 403 164

gloves
PROTECTIVE GLOVE WHITE PU

Polyester knit lining size 13
Lightweight PU palm coating
Fine surface and excellent flexibility
• Gauge: 13
• Category: II
EN388:2016 performance level: 2121X
Size Art. no.

6 0899 401 106 6
7 0899 401 107
8 0899 401 108
9 0899 401 109
10 0899 401 110
11 0899 401 111
PROTECTIVE GLOVE RED, NITRILE

Polyester shell with smooth nitrile coating, size 13
Comfortable to wear and good fit
Breathable and well-suited for especially small parts, oil and
lubricants
• Gauge: 13
EN388:2016 performance level: 3121X • Category: II
Size Art. no.

7 0899 403 107
8 0899 403 108
9 0899 403 109
10 0899 403 110
11 0899 403 111

gloves
PROTECTIVE GLOVE RED, LATEX GRIP

• Polyester knit lining with latex palm crinkled look coating size 13
• Breathable, open back of hand
• Excellent grip and freedom of movement
• Gauge: 13
• Material coating: Latex
• Category: II
EN388:2016 performance level: 2121X
6 Size Art. no.

7 0899 408 207
8 0899 408 208
9 0899 408 209
10 0899 408 210
11 0899 408 211
PROTECTIVE GLOVE TIGERFLEX® DOUBLE

Assembly glove with TigerGrip, fits equally well on the right and left
hands. Can be worn on either hand.
• Breathable glove coated with nitrile foam and additional nitrile „Tiger“ grip on both
sides
• Special bending areas for maximum finger movement
• Elastic cuff
High degree of protection and mechanical resistance
The all-over coating ensures improved dust- and water-repellency
Cost-effective and environmentally friendly
The glove can be worn on both hands, for a longer service life
• Gauge: 15
• Standards: EN 388:2016
• Category: II
EN 388:2016, EN 420
Size Art. no.

7 0899 411 217
8 0899 411 218
9 0899 411 219
10 0899 411 220
11 0899 411 221

gloves
TIGERFLEX® PLUS FIT NITRILE PROTECTIVE GLOVE

EN 388:2016, EN 420
• Gauge: 15
• Standards: EN 420 EN 388:2016 6
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

7 0899 411 317
8 0899 411 318
9 0899 411 319
10 0899 411 320
11 0899 411 321
ASSEMBLY GLOVE WORKHAND AIRFLOW BIO

Environmentally friendly glove with extreme properties
• SmartFiber™ made from recycled plastic bottles offers a particularly soft and flexib-
le glove
• 360° air circulation
• 4-way stretch, seamless knit
• 50% polyester produced from plastic bottles, 45% cotton, 5% spandex
• Woven touchscreen function
• Biodegradable nitrile foam coating
• Elastic cuff
• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: Polyester/cotton/spandex
• Standards: EN 420 EN 388:2016
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

7 9501 007 593
8 9501 007 594
9 9501 007 595
10 9501 007 596
11 9501 007 597

gloves
ASSEMBLY GLOVE WORKHAND AIRFLOW

The unique Airflow™ technology combined with revolutionary MagicK-
nit™ ensures full air circulation and a perfect fit of the glove.
• SmartFiber™ made from recycled plastic bottles offers a particularly soft and flexib-
le glove
• 360° air circulation
• 4-way stretch, seamless knit
• 50% polyester produced from plastic bottles, 45% nylon, 5% spandex
• Woven touchscreen function
• Nitrile foam coating
• Elastic cuff
6 • Very good skin compatibility through Oeko-Tex® Standard 100
• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: Polyester/cotton/spandex
• Category: II
Size Standards Art. no.

6 EN 420 EN 388 9501 007 622
7 EN 420 EN 388 9501 007 623
8 EN 420 EN 358 9501 007 624
9 EN 420 EN 388 9501 007 625
10 EN 420 EN 388 9501 007 626
11 EN 420 EN 388 9501 007 627
PROTECTIVE GLOVES MULTIFIT OIL GRIP

Fully coated, 100% liquid-proof protective gloves with maximum grip,
especially in oily environments
• Double-dipped palm with special nitrile coating
• Excellent wet and dry grip properties
• Easy to pull on and off thanks to the practical cuff shape
• Seamless, round-knit polyamide backing fabric
• Gauge: 15
• Category: III
Size Art. no.

8 0899 405 518
9 0899 405 519
10 0899 405 520

gloves
PROTECTIVE GLOVE E-100

Sustainable, universal glove produced in an environmentally friendly
manner, balancing ecological considerations with outstanding protec-
tive properties and suitability for a wide range of applications
Robust, abrasion-resistant natural latex coating with good dry and
wet grip
EN 407:
Favourable cut and heat protection properties
• Short-term protection against contact heat up to 250°C
2004
• Cut protection level B

Resource-saving and sustainable production
Sustainable backing fabric thanks to the use of recycled materials
Environmentally friendly, 100% plastic-free packaging
• Gauge: 13 6
• Material of the liner: Polyester/cotton
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 401 208
9 0899 401 209
10 0899 401 210
11 0899 401 211
ASSEMBLY GLOVE COMFORT ESD

Electrostatically dissipative and touchscreen-compatible protective
glove with PU coating
• Maximum wearing comfort and excellent fit thanks to breathable fine-knit design
with PU coating on the palms
• Very good tactile and fingertip feel
• Protection against electrostatic discharge thanks to EN 16350 certification
• Suitable for machining and handling sensitive electronic components
• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: Polyester/carbon
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

6 0899 404 406
7 0899 404 407
8 0899 404 408
9 0899 404 409
10 0899 404 410

gloves
ASSEMBLY GLOVE TOUCH ESD

glove with PU-coated fingertips
• Maximum wearing comfort and excellent fit thanks to breathable fine-knit design
with integrated fingertip coating
• Suitable for machining and handling sensitive electronic components
• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: Polyester/carbon
• Category: II
6
Size Art. no.
6 0899 404 416
7 0899 404 417
8 0899 404 418
9 0899 404 419
10 0899 404 420
ASSEMBLY GLOVE NITRILE ESD

glove with nitrile coating
• Ideal for operating screens with a capacitive touchscreen
• Maximum wearing comfort and excellent fit due to seamless fine-knit design with
ultra-thin nitrile coating
• Very good grip when working in dry and slightly damp areas
• Gauge: 18
• Material of the liner: Polyamide/carbon/elastane
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

7 0899 404 507
8 0899 404 508
9 0899 404 509
10 0899 404 510
11 0899 404 511

gloves
CRAFTSMAN‘S GLOVE PROFESSIONAL

Universal glove with excellent wet and dry grip and vibration-dam-
ping properties
• Cotton jersey backing fabric
• Excellent dry and wet grip
• Pressure and vibration-damping properties
• Optimum fit
• Hook-and-loop closure ensures wearer safety
EN 388: • Material of the liner: Cotton
2016

2121X
• Category: II
6
Size Art. no.
7 0899 400 651
8 0899 400 652
9 0899 400 653
10 0899 400 654
11 0899 400 655
SYNTHETIC WORK GLOVES WORKWELL

Thin, comfortable work glove with excellent grip.
Palms made from synthetic Amara
• Excellent grip and exceptional sensitivity
• Liquid-repellent
Back of hand made from Spandex
• Made from flexible and breathable material
Open collar
• Interior finish: Polyester fleece
• EN standard: 420, 388
• Category: II
Size Art. no.

8 0899 401 178
9 0899 401 179
10 0899 401 180
11 0899 401 181

gloves
CUTTING PROTECTIVE GLOVE TIGERFLEX W-250 LEVEL C

• Size: 7
• Gauge: 18
• Category: II
Art. no.
0899 411 367
CUTTING PROTECTIVE GLOVE TIGERFLEX W-520 LEVEL F

6
• Size: 7
• Gauge: 13
• Category: II
Art. no.
0899 411 377
PROTECTIVE GLOVE TIGERFLEX RECYCLE

• Size: 7
• Gauge: 15
• Material of the liner: Recycled polyester/elastane
• Standards: ISO 21420 EN 388:2016
• Category: II
Art. no.
0899 411 027

eyewear/face guard
SAFETY GLASSES WEGA®

Sporty safety glasses with perfect all-around protection
Two-component technology for a high level of protection and maxi-
mum comfort
• Safely shields the eyes against flying particles
• Adapts to the shape of the individual wearer‘s face for comfort and perfect
protection
Combines the properties of safety glasses and full-vision goggles
Perfect fit with temple length adjustment and temple inclination
High-quality lens coating:
• Outside is extremely scratch-resistant
• Inside features a permanent mist-free coating
100% UV protection (up to 400 nm) 6
• Colour of safety lens: Clear
• Material of safety lens: Polycarbonate
• UV protection: 400 nm
• Mechanical strength: F (45m/s)
Art. no.
0899 102 115
SAFETY GLASSES CETUS®

Perfect protection with a sporty, dynamic, fashionable look
Perfect eye covering
Special pane technology with high-quality coating
• Distortion-free view
• Outer panes are extremely scratch-resistant and inside panes feature a permanent
anti-fog coating
• 100% UV protection (up to 400 nm)
Innovative arm technology
High wear comfort and secure fit owing to flexible two-component arms
Colour of safety lens EN standard Art. no.

Clear 166, 170 0899 102 320
Grey 166, 172 0899 102 321
Yellow 166, 170 0899 102 322

eyewear/face guard
SAFETY GOGGLES LIBRA®

Versatile use with perfect protection and comfort
Excellent coverage of the eye area
Innovative lens technology with excellent optical clarity
• Fatigue-free working
• Better ability to concentrate
• Prevents accidents and error-related risks
• Ideal for extended periods of use and in conjunction with prescription glasses
Crystal-clear, distortion-free view
Thanks to wavefront-optimised polycarbonate lenses
High-quality lens coating
6 • Inside features a permanent mist-free coating
100% UV protection (up to 400 nm)
Excellent for combining with prescription glasses
No contact between straps and prescription glasses, therefore no
pressure points
Quick, automatic adjustment of arms to head shape
Soft, especially flexible arm ends offer comfort
Art. no.
0899 102 275
SAFETY GLASSES CEPHEUS®

Lightweight, well-fitting safety glasses
• Sporty slip-in bracket for pressure-free fit
• Unrestricted side view
• Highly impact-resistant polycarbonate lens
• Scratch-resistant coating on both sides

Clear 166, 170 0899 102 250
Grey 166, 172 0899 102 252

eyewear/face guard
SAFETY GLASSES LIBRA®

Ultra-light safety glasses for unhindered working
Hardly perceptible weight of just 18 g
First-class comfort thanks to a new type of strap technology
Dual-component technology for a pressure-free fit
Smooth transition from hard to soft plastic at the ends of the arms
Extremely thin and break-proof lens
Lens with extraordinary visual clarity
Optimum fit and high degree of user safety
Perfect safety with a sporty design
• Outside is extremely scratch-resistant 6
100% UV protection (up to 400 nm)

Clear 166, 170 0899 102 270
Grey 166, 172 0899 102 271
SAFETY GLASSES SPICA®

Sporty eye protection with enhanced comfort
Protection and comfort
• Large field of vision
• Ideal adjustment to the face
• Soft nose bridge for non-slip and comfortable fit
• Ergonomic, soft brow rest
High-quality lenses with special coating
• Scratch-resistant lens surface and permanent anti-fog coating on inside
• Variable arm angle for individual adjustment and optimum eye coverage
• Adjustable flexible arm zone for perfect width adaptation
• Soft arm ends ensure a secure fit without pinching

Grey 166, 172 0899 102 331
Clear 166, 170 0899 102 330

eyewear/face guard
SAFETY GLASSES UB ONE

• Glasses for mechanical safety, resistant to low impacts
• Modern, sporty design
• Ideal for work and leisure
• Protects against UV rays and high-speed particles at extreme temperatures (metal
grinding)
• The special scratch-resistant layer protects the lens from damage caused by fine
particles
• Wide field of vision: 180°
• Soft PVC nose pad
• EN standard: 170, 166, 172
6
Colour of safety lens UV protection Art. no.
Clear 380 nm 0899 102 310
Grey 400 nm 0899 102 311
Clear 380 nm 0899 102 312
Yellow 400 nm 0899 102 313
GLASSES WITH NEUTRAL TEMPERED GLASS LENSES

• Safety goggles with black nylon frame
• Central screw for quick lens replacement
• Ventilated side protectors
• Interchangeable lenses
• Glass lenses are not suitable for protection against impacts
• Material of safety lens: Glass
• Mechanical strength: S
Art. no.
0899 106 13

eyewear/face guard
SAFETY GOGGLES IN NEUTRAL POLYCARBONATE

• Safety goggles with black nylon frame
• Central screw for quick lens replacement
• Ventilated side protectors
• Interchangeable lenses
• Glass lenses are not suitable for protection against impacts
Art. no.
0899 106 12 6
SAFETY GLASSES SPICA AF

• Sporty safety glasses with intelligent ergonomics and an individually adjustable fit
• Flexible earpieces with an integrated Flex-Zone
• Multiple earpiece angles ensure optimum coverage of the eyes
• Extremely soft nose pads guarantee a pressure-free fit and prevent inconvenient
slipping
• Soft earpiece ends and a Softflex zone on the forehead for a secure grip
• Unrestricted lateral view
• Highly impact-resistant polycarbonate lenses
• Special coating, anti-fog on both sides, scratch-proof and anti-static
• Permanent anti-fog properties
• 100% UV protection up to 400 nm
Colour of safety lens Art. no.

Yellow 0899 102 332
Grey 0899 102 333
Clear 0899 102 334

eyewear/face guard
SAFETY GOGGLES FORNAX®PLUS

Maximum protection in an innovative design
Optimum protection for the eye area
• With integrated edge protection
• Large field of vision thanks to panoramic pane
Special lens technology with high-quality coating
anti-fog coating
• Very comfortable thanks to flexible two-component arms
• Can be adjusted flexibly thanks to the variable inclination of the arms
6
• Secure fit without pressure marks — even after long periods of wear
Clever design
• Very compact with arms folded in
• Excellent in combination with breathing masks
Art. no.
0899 102 242
SAFETY GLASSES CETUS®S

Perfect protection with a casual, dynamic fashionable look, ideal for
small heads
Perfect eye covering
anti-fog coating
Extremely comfortable and secure fit due to flexible two-component arms

Clear 166, 170 0899 102 324
Grey 166, 172 0899 102 325

eyewear/face guard
SAFETY GOGGLES VISITOR

• Polycarbonate single-lens glasses with resistance to low-energy impact (2 - 1.2 U 1
F EC)
• Can be worn on top of spectacles
• Integrated lenses in neutral polycarbonate
• Suitable for visitors to industrial plants
Art. no.
0899 102 0 6
VISION SAFETY GLASSES

Sporty, dynamic metal frame glasses for perfect protection at work.
• Maximum safety with optimum comfort
• High-quality metal frame
• Excellent fit, even for wearers with small faces
• Coating: Outside scratch-resistant, inside mist-free
• Screwless lens bracket offers a lot of safety for mechanical loads
• Micro-fibre bag to store and clean the glasses (included in scope of delivery)
• 99% UV protection

Clear 166, 170 0899 103 145
Grey 166, 172 0899 103 146
SAFETY GLASSES STANDARD

All-round design for maximum side protection.
• First-class polycarbonate lenses and polycarbonate frame
• Sporty and dynamic design
• Scratch-resistant and impact-resistant
• UV protection up to 99%
CE certified; complies with EN 166-2001 • Material of safety lens: Polycarbonate
Complies with ANSI Z87.1-2010
• UV protection: 99,9 %
• Australian standard: AS/NZS 1337
Art. no.
0899 103 120

eyewear/face guard
SAFETY GLASSES ELECTRA

Highly functional safety glasses in sporty filigree design
Optimal fit – optimal perspective
• Suitable for a wide range of head sizes
Excellent comfort
• Extremely low weight of 23 g
• Soft, adjustable nose rest for non-slip fit
• Anti-slip arm ends
6 • Material of safety lens: Polycarbonate

Clear 166, 170 0899 102 340
Grey 166, 172 0899 102 341
SAFETY GLASSES ASKELLA

Sporty, comfortable eye protection
• Sporty and lightweight design
• Perfect fit and coverage for the eyes
• Exterior/interior coating: extremely scratch-resistant
• Adjustable nose bridge made from non-slip rubber
• Weight: 24 g

Clear 166, 170 0899 103 170
Dark grey 166, 172 0899 103 171
Yellow 166, 170 0899 103 172

eyewear/face guard
SAFETY GLASSES BETRIA

Lightweight safety goggles with good fit
• PC straps with soft TPR inserts for maximum comfort
• Scratch-resistant coating on both sides
• Certified to EN 166:2001 and AS/NZS 1337.1 2010
• Highly impact-resistant polycarbonate lens
Art. no.
0899 103 180 6
SAFETY GOGGLES CETUS®X-TREME

Maximum protection in a casual design
Perfect eye cover
Soft part makes direct contact with the screen.
Extremely comfortable and secure fit
Flexible two-component arms

Clear 166, 170 0899 102 380
Grey 166, 172 0899 102 381

eyewear/face guard
SAFETY GLASSES ZAURAK

Highly functional safety glasses with optimum comfort
• Large field of vision
Excellent comfort
• Soft nose rest prevents slipping
• Adjustable arm length and tilt
• Non-slip arm ends
• Low weight of 25 g
Lens coating
• Scratch-resistant/anti-fog
6 • Colour of safety lens: Clear
Art. no.
0899 102 450
SAFETY GLASSES SARGAS

Highly functional safety glasses in sporty filigree design
• Suitable for a range of head sizes
Excellent comfort
• Extremely low weight of 25 g
• Soft nose rest for non-slip fit
• Anti-slip arm ends
Lens coating
• Clear version: Extremely scratch-proof exterior, mist-free interior
• Grey version: scratch-resistant on both sides

Clear 166, 170 0899 102 440
Grey 166, 172 0899 102 441

eyewear/face guard
SAFETY GOGGLES ARRAKIS

Perfect protection packaged in a sporty design and suitable for diffe-
rent head shapes
Optimal transparency with optimal fit
Large field of vision
Individual adjustment and optimal coverage of the eye area
Variable arm inclination
Secure fit and the glasses do not pinch
Soft, non-slip arm ends
High-quality polycarbonate lenses
• Mist-free indoors and outdoors
• 99.99% UV protection (up to 380 nm)
Extremely light, weighing 24 g 6
• UV protection: 99,9 %
Colour of safety lens Art. no.

Clear 0899 102 390
Grey 0899 102 391
PC SAFETY GOGGLES
Can be worn over all prescription glasses
• Unrestricted peripheral perception due to panoramic lens with 180° field of view
• Polycarbonate lens with matt roof section to suppress reflections
• 99.99% UV protection (up to 380 nm)
Art. no.
0899 102 232

eyewear/face guard
SAFETY GOGGLES FS500

Lightweight goggles with a great fit and essential technical protective
properties
Optimal view
• The goggles are entirely made of transparent polycarbonate, allowing for unrestric-
ted peripheral vision
Highly impact-resistant material
• The high-quality polycarbonate lens also provides 99.99 % UV protection (up to
380 mm)
Low weight
• The safety goggles also stand out thanks to their light weight - weighing just 22 g
6
Art. no.
0899 102 460

Sporty goggles offering ideal protection for various head shapes - in
Würth design
Optimal view and fit
• The large field of view allows for unrestricted vision
Scratch-resistant lens surface and permanent anti-fog coating on the
inside
380 mm)
Excellent comfort
• The soft nose bridge allows for a non-slip fit
• The soft and non-slip arm ends ensure a secure fit
• Variable arm inclination for individual adjustment and optimum coverage for the
eyes
• The arm length is adjustable
Art. no.
0899 102 466

eyewear/face guard

Sporty goggles offering ideal protection for various head shapes - in
Würth design
Optimal view and fit
• The large field of view allows for unrestricted vision
inside
380 mm)
Excellent comfort
• The soft nose bridge allows for a non-slip fit
• The soft and non-slip arm ends ensure a secure fit
6
• Australian standard: AS/NZS 1337.1
Art. no.
0899 102 463
FACE SHIELD
Perfect protection for grinding and cutting work, as well as against
dripping or splashing liquids
• Maximum safety combined with optimum comfort
• Special geometry for extended protection of the upper head and chin
• Large, resistant polycarbonate visor with wide field of view
• Quick and easy lens change
• Multiple visor inclination adjustment settings
• Individual head strap adjustment
• Soft padding on all parts with head contact
• Tested in accordance with EN166 and 170
• Mechanical strength: B (120m/s)
Art. no.
0899 101 202

eyewear/face guard
HEAD GEAR FOR FACE GUARD

• Head gear supplied without visor
• Design: Strong
Classification: U EN166 3 AT, U EN1731 F, U EN175-B
Art. no.
0899 210 15
POLYCARBONATE FACE SHIELD

For grinding and cutting work, as well as for protection against drip-
ping or splashing liquids.
• Maximum safety combined with optimum comfort
• Polypropylene headpiece
• Convex front part protects the head
• Large, resistant polycarbonate visor with wide field of view
• Quick and easy lens replacement
• Multiple visor inclination positions
• Individual head strap adjustment
• Soft padding on all parts with head contact
Art. no.
0899 101 200

eyewear/face guard
FACE SHIELD BASIC

Complete face shield to reduce the risk of face and forehead injuries
Elegant visor that protects against injuries to the face and forehead
Lightweight and comfortable
Adjustable pin lock for height adjustment and ratchet system
Supplied with triangular or round tension knobs
Allows the user to position the hinged visor as desired
Visor is quick and easy to replace
Stylish round polycarbonate visor
Provides excellent protection against impacts, flying particles and splashed liquids
• Material: Polycarbonate - PC
6
Complies with EN166/ANSI Z87.1/AS/NZS1337.1:2010
Art. no.
0899 101 225
FACE SHIELD ULTIMATE

Perfect protection for grinding and cutting work, as well as against
dripping or splashing liquids
• Maximum safety with optimum comfort
• Special geometry provides extended protection for top of the head and chin
• Large, durable polycarbonate visor with wide field of vision
• All parts which come into contact with the head have soft padding
• Quick and easy to replace the lens
• Multi-adjustable visor tilt
• Headband can be adjusted individually
• Tested in accordance with EN 166 and 175
Art. no.
0899 101 205

eyewear/face guard
SPARE SCREEN FOR FACE SHIELD

Polycarbonate
• Material: Ethylene propylene copolymer
Art. no.
0899 101 203
FACE GUARD SUPPORT FOR HARD HAT

• Face guard supplied without visor
Classification: U EN166 3 AT, U EN1731 F, U EN175-B
Art. no.
0899 200 030

eyewear/face guard
FACE GUARD SUPPORT FOR ELECTRICIAN‘S HARD HAT

• Face guard supplied without visor
6
Classification: U EN166 3 8 9 AT, U EN175 9-B
Art. no.
0899 210 13
SPARE LENS FOR PC FACE SHIELD

• Large resilient polycarbonate visor with a wide field of vision
• Quick and easy lens replacement
Art. no.
0899 210 16
0899 101 201

eyewear/face guard
CURVED GRINDER PROTECTION SHIELD

Good grinder protection shield provides good protection, approved
in accordance with EN 166 - 389 B T
Good protection
• Good face coverage
• Protects against particles and splashing, e.g. abrasive residues and other hot
substances
Well designed
• Curved design with 7 holes
6
Approved in accordance with EN 166 - 389 B T.
Art. no.
0899 101 222
FACE GUARD FOR ELECTRICIAN‘S HARD HAT

Classification: 2C-1.2 U 1 AT 8 9 EN166, EN170
Art. no.
0899 210 14

eyewear/face guard
SWEATBAND
• For face shield Proguard
• Keep the sweat out and feel more comfortable at work
• Material: Cotton / polyester
Art. no.
0899 101 226 6
PROTECTIVE FILM
For Ultimate face shield
Art. no.
0899 101 212
SPARE SCREEN
For Ultimate face shield
Art. no.
0899 101 213

eyewear/face guard
WELDING GOGGLES FORNAX®PLUS

Maximum protection in an innovative design
Optimum protection for the eye area
• Integrated side protection
• Panoramic lens for large field of vision
• Minimises the glare of welding sparks
• Grey lens for excellent colour recognition
• Infrared and glare protection
6 Innovative arm technology

• Flexible two-component arms for great comfort and a secure fit
• Variable arm angle for flexible adjustment
• Secure fit without pressure marks — even after long periods of wear
Clever design
• Very compact when folded
• Excellent in combination with breathing masks
• Protection level: 5
• UV and IR protection: Yes
• Colour of safety lens: Grey
Art. no.
0984 502 250
GOGGLES CASE
With zip and belt loop
For safe storage of goggles and corresponding spare lenses
Art. no.
0899 102 350

eyewear/face guard
REPLACEMENT LENSES IN NEUTRAL TEMPERED GLASS
Art. no.
0899 106 131
REPLACEMENT LENSES IN NEUTRAL POLYCARBONATE
Art. no.
0899 106 121
SAFETY GLASSES BAG

• Black microfibre pouch
• L 18.5 cm, W 9.5 cm
Art. no.
0899 102 351
EXTERNAL LENS
For automatic welding helmet WSH II 3/11, WSH II 9-13, WSH II 5-13,
WSH III 10-11, WSH III 9-13 and WSH III 5-13
Art. no.
0984 680 02

eyewear/face guard
CLEAR POLYCARBONATE FRONT VISOR

For S9 welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 743 408
6 INTERNAL LENS FOR S4

• Width x height x thickness: 98 x 47 x 1 mm
Art. no.
0984 743 202
AUTO-DARKENING FILTER FOR S4, AIRKOS

• For S4 welding helmet
• For Airkos welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 743 201
SWEATBAND FOR M11, S4, S9, AIRKOS

• For M11 welding helmet
• For AIRKOS welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 743 106

eyewear/face guard
HEADBAND FOR M11, S4, S9

• For M11 welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 743 105
6
BATTERY PACK FOR S9
• Energy supply: Lithium 3V
Art. no.
0984 743 104
INTERNAL LENS FOR S9

Art. no.
0984 743 103

eyewear/face guard
EXTERNAL LENS FOR S4, S9, AIRKOS

• For Airkos welding helmet
• Width x height x thickness: 96 x 110 x 1.5 mm
Art. no.
0984 743 102
6
AUTO-DARKENING FILTER FOR S9

For S9 welding helmet.
Art. no.
0984 743 101

eyewear/face guard
EXTERNAL LENS FOR HELM SOLAR

Spare external lens for welding helmet Solar 0984700200.
6
Art. no.
0984 700 201
SWEATBAND
Ensures comfortable use
• For automatic welding Helmet
Art. no.
0984 700 621
HEADBAND
Complete headband for welding helmet
• Accessories for automatic welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 700 622

eyewear/face guard
EXTERNAL LENS FOR MULTIVIEW

For Multiview welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 741 001
EXTERNAL LENS FOR PASSIVE DIN11

6
For Passive DIN11 welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 730 005
INTERNAL PROTECTIVE LENS FOR S4, S9

For S4, S9 welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 730 006

eyewear/face guard
FILTER FOR AIRMAX

• For Airmax welding helmet
• TH2P SL filter
EN12941
Art. no. 6
0984 690 004
INTERNAL LENS FOR SOLAR

For Solar welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 700 202
SWEATBAND FOR 4/9-13 HELMET

For 4/9-13 welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 740 009
INTERNAL LENS FOR 4/9-13 HELMET

For 4/9-13 welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 740 006

eyewear/face guard
EXTERNAL LENS FOR HELMET SOLAR II

Spare external lens for welding helmet Solar II Item 0984700400
• Width x height x thickness: 114 x 100 x 1.5 mm
Art. no.
6 0984 700 401
HEADBAND FOR WELDING HELMET SOLAR II

Spare part headband for welding helmet Solar II
Art. no.
0984 700 402
SWEAT BAND FOR WELDING HELMET SOLAR II

Spare part sweat band for welding helmet Solar II
Art. no.
0984 700 403

eyewear/face guard
WELDING LENS
For visor and protective screen
• Width: 110 mm
• Height: 90 mm
• Design: Not metallised
Protection level Art. no.

0 0984 500 100
11 0984 500 111 6
LENS FOR ANDROMEDA FULL-VISION GOGGLES

Highly impact-resistant polycarbonate lens
100% UV protection up to 400 nm
Art. no.
0899 102 111
FACE GUARD
For combination with the Full-vision goggles FS 2020-01
• Functional extension of the Full-vision goggles FS 2020-01
• Additional protection of the entire face from flying particles and splashes
• Integrated ventilation
Art. no.
0899 102 421

eyewear/face guard
FULL-VISION GOGGLES ANDROMEDA®

Two-component technology for reliable protection and maximum
comfort
Spacious
Also ideal for users who wear glasses
• Panoramic field of vision
• Optimum ventilation for ideal eye comfort
• Suitable for combining with half-face masks
• High impact-resistant polycarbonate lens
• Scratch-resistant lens surface and permanent mist-free coating on inside
• Lens can be replaced quickly and easily
• Individually adjustable headband
6 • 100% UV protection up to 400 nm
Art. no.
0899 102 110
FULL-VISION GOGGLES WEGA®

The light-weight of full-vision goggles
• Slim design and lightweight (46 g)
• Perfect fit and very comfortable to wear thanks to flexible soft components
• Adapts to the shape of the wearer‘s face
• Adjustable headband
• High-quality lens coating
anti-fog coating
• Ideal for combining with hard hats and breathing masks
• 100% UV protection up to 400 nm
Art. no.
0899 102 116

eyewear/face guard
FULL-VISION GOGGLES ACETATE

Spacious and suitable for users who wear glasses
• All-round ventilation system
• Frosted frame suppresses light reflections
• Can be combined with half face masks
• Chemical-resistant acetate lens
• Mist-free coating
• Individually adjustable head strap
• Material of safety lens: Cellulose acetate
• Mechanical strength: F (45m/s) 6
Art. no.
0899 102 102
FULL-VISION GOGGLES FS 2020-01

Perfect protection combined with innovative design
• Very comfortable to wear thanks to the two-component technology
• Perfect fit even with narrow and wider head shapes
• Guarantees peripheral vision thanks to the panoramic lens
• Can be worn over prescription glasses and in combination with breathing
protection
• Indirect ventilation system guarantees protection against drops and splashes inside
• Extremely scratch-resistant on the outside and permanently mist-free on the inside
due to the high-quality coating of the lens
• With individually adjustable head strap
Art. no.
0899 102 420

eyewear/face guard
FULL-VISION GOGGLES FS503

Elegant and timeless full-vision goggles with subdued colouring
Perfect view with a perfect fit
• The panoramic lens guarantees excellent peripheral vision
• Suitable for every head size and comfortable to wear, thanks to the extra-wide
adjustable headband
• Suitable for narrow and wide head shapes
inside
• The goggles have a high-quality coating
Offer excellent air circulation as well as protection
• Indirect ventilation allows air circulation inside the goggles
• At the same time, it protects against splashes and coarse dust
6
Can be worn in combination with breathing protection
Art. no.
0899 102 489
FULL-VISION GOGGLES FS100

Compact design and low weight
• Perfect fit and very comfortable to wear thanks to flexible soft components
• Adapts to the shape of the wearer‘s face
• Indirect ventilation system guarantees protection against droplets and splashes
• Extremely scratch-resistant exterior and permanent anti-fog interior due to the
high-quality coating of the lens
• Can be worn in combination with breathing and head protection
• Individually adjustable head strap
Art. no.
0899 102 383

eyewear/face guard
AUTOMATIC WELDING HELMET SOLAR II 9-13

Ideal for all applications using a variety of welding processes
• 2 modes of protection available, automatic and manual adjustment
• Ergonomically designed helmet shell: protects the forehead, crown, ears and neck
perfectly.
• Lightweight and extremely comfortable
• Smoke-repellent design
• Protects against weld spatter and heat and protects during overhead welding
• Comfortable four-way adjustable headband (height, width, angle and longitudinal
direction)
• Padded anti-sweat headband
• Translucency when activated: Protection level 9-13
• Cassette width x cassette height x cassette thickness: 110 x 90 x 9 mm 6
• Width of field of vision x height of field of vision: 96 x 40 mm
• Energy supply: Solar cells and battery replacement
• Standards: EN 166 EN 175 EN 379 CSA Z94.3
• Min./max. dark-to-light switching time: 0.1-1 s
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0984 700 400
AUTOMATIC WELDING HELMET WSH III 10-11

Standard helmet for welding with one or two protection levels
• Recessed viewing window for preventing scratches
• Very comfortable to wear thanks to low weight
• Special smoke-repellent design
• Control unit within the helmet
• Protection levels 10 and 11 adjustable
• Suitable for overhead welding
• Translucency when not activated: Protection level 4
• Cassette width x cassette height x cassette thickness: 110 x 90 x 9.5 mm
• Energy supply: Solar cells and 2 replaceable 3 V button cells (CR2032)
• Min./max. dark-to-light switching time: 0-0 d
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0984 690 010

eyewear/face guard

For discerning welders
• Control unit within the helmet
• Protection levels 9 and 13 infinitely adjustable
• Grinding mode
6 • Width of field of vision x height of field of vision: 100 x 50 mm
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0984 690 020

For professional welders
• Control unit outside the helmet
• Protection levels 5 and 13 infinitely adjustable
• Infinitely adjustable sensitivity
• Grinding mode
• Translucency when activated: Protection levels 5-9 and 9-13
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0984 690 030

eyewear/face guard
PREFILTER FOR AIRKOS

For AIRKOS welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 743 407
6
PSL FILTER FOR AIRKOS

For Airkos welding helmet with respirator unit
Art. no.
0984 743 406
FACE SEAL FOR AIRKOS

For AIRKOS welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 743 405

eyewear/face guard
LITHIUM-ION BATTERY, 4 CELLS

For Airkos welding helmet
Art. no.
0984 743 403
LITHIUM-ION BATTERY, 2 CELLS

6
Art. no.
0984 743 402
AIR PIPE FOR AIRKOS

Art. no.
0984 743 401

eyewear/face guard
ASKELLA CORRECTION SAFETY GLASSES

This sporty model combines safety goggles and corrective lenses for
reading work.
• Casual and lightweight design
• Perfect fit and coverage for the eyes
• Exterior/interior coating: extremely scratch-resistant
• Adjustable nose bridge made from anti-slip rubber
• Available in various strengths for close-up work
• EN standard: 166 6
Correction Art. no.

1.5 dpt 0899 103 160
2 dpt 0899 103 161
2.5 dpt 0899 103 162
KNEE PADS PROFI

For universal use for all kneeling tasks
Certified in accordance with DIN EN 14404
Abrasion-resistant PU surface, very non-slip
Very comfortable
• The pad adapts to the shape of the knee within a short period of time
• Low weight (approx. 250 g/pair), lightweight and safe
No one-sided strain or cutting the hollows of the knees
Thanks to chloroprene straps with universally adjustable, high-quality hook-and-loop
fasteners.
Maximum damping despite low material thickness thanks to a
12-mm-thick sandwich design
High-quality material
• 3-mm-thick, waterproof chloroprene stores heat and protects joints and muscles
from the cold
• A hard-wearing LYCRA® coating prevents heavy sweating and is quick-drying The
pads can be worn directly on the skin
• All seams are sewn with elastic thread and are thus extremely resilient yet flexible
• Material: Polyurethane
• Material of the fastening strip: Chloropren
• Colour: Black
• Number of pieces: 1 Pair
Art. no.
0899 030 10

Personal Protective Equipment / Personal protective equipment / Knee pro-
tection
KNEE PADS UNI

For working on very hard and rough surfaces
Highly abrasion-resistant surface with 600 g/m2 Kevlar®, can slip in
some conditions
Very comfortable
fasteners.
6 12-mm-thick sandwich design
High-quality material
from the cold
• A hard-wearing LYCRA® coating prevents heavy sweating and is quick-drying The
• Material: Kevlar ®
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0899 030 20

tection
KNEE PADS SOFT

For working on smooth and sensitive surfaces
Highly abrasion-resistant surface with 300 g/m2 Kevlar®
Very comfortable
fasteners.
12-mm-thick sandwich design
High-quality material 6
from the cold
• A hard-wearing LYCRA® coating prevents heavy sweating and is quick-drying. The
• Material: Kevlar ®
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0899 030 30
ERGO KNEE PADS

For universal use for all kneeling tasks
• Made from polyurethane foam, CFC-free manufacturing process
• Puncture resistant up to 250 N (=25 kg)
• Attached with extra wide (40 mm) straps
• Ergo-Fix positions the upper strap on the thigh, preventing the strap slipping onto
the back of the knees and cutting off circulation
• Extremely thick foam for comfortable kneeling
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0899 030 50

tection
BASIC KNEE PADS

• Made from polyurethane foam, CFC-free manufacturing process
• Puncture resistant up to 250 N (=25 kg)
• Attached with extra wide (50 mm) straps
• Extremely thick foam for comfortable kneeling
• Strap colour: Turquoise
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0899 030 60
6
STORAGE BOX
For optimal storage of personal protective equipment
• Sign indicating mandatory use included
• Always at hand and neatly stored away
• Suitable for safety goggles, breathing protection (half-face masks), ear defenders
• Width: 225 mm
• Height: 180 mm
Art. no.
0899 102 360

clothing
TYVEK® PROTECTIVE SUIT CLASSIC XPERT

Ideal combination of protection, durability and comfort. Innovative,
ergonomic design for optimum freedom of movement.
Material
• High degree of resistance to wear and tear
• Anti-static on both sides
• Silicon-free
• Breathable: Permeable to air and water vapour
Design
• The hood surrounds the face perfectly.
• The hood has an ideal design for use with breathing protection masks.
• The sleeves fit perfectly, even when working overhead.
Outstanding protection
6
• Against solid, airborne particles
• To a limited extent against liquids
• Colour: White
Protection Type 6: Limited Protective

against radi- protection clothing with
oactive parti- against fluid anti-static
cles Class 2 mist properties
Protection Category III Type 5: Solid

against infec- airborne
tious agents particles
and biological
hazards
Size Art. no.

3XL 0899 020 126
S 0899 020 121
M 0899 020 122
L 0899 020 123
XL 0899 020 124
XXL 0899 020 125

clothing
DISPOSABLE PROTECTIVE SUIT PRO 5/6 COVERALL

Excellent protection against particles, dusts and liquid splashes.
Protective suit CAT 3, type class 5 + 6
Prevents static charge
Anti-static as per EN 1149-1
Ideal for painting work
Lint-free
Robust
• Tear and abrasion-resistant
• Above average liquid repellent characteristics, even with mineral oil products
Increased freedom of movement and comfortable
with soft, textile fabric
6 Prevents unintentional opening
Self-stopping zip
Elasticated bands around hood, cuffs and leg cuffs and in the back
• Colour: White
Size Min./max. chest size Suitable for min./max. body size Art. no.
M 92-100 cm 168-176 cm 0899 021 212
L 100-108 cm 174-182 cm 0899 021 213
XL 108-116 cm 182-188 cm 0899 021 214
XXL 116-124 cm 188-194 cm 0899 021 215
3XL 124-132 cm 194-200 cm 0899 021 216

clothing
DISPOSABLE PROTECTIVE SUIT COVERALL-PRO 4/5/6

Effective protection against chemicals, dirt and moisture
• Protective suit CE-CAT III, type class 4 + 5 + 6
• Anti-static in accordance with EN 1149-1, prevents static charge and minimises saf-
ety risks
• Outstanding protection against particles, dust and splashes of liquid
• Liquid-repellent, including against petroleum products
• Entirely lint-free
• Tear-resistant and wear-resistant, even when wet
• Lightweight and comfortable, full freedom of movement
• Self-stopping zip prevents accidental opening and reduces safety risks
• Self-adhesive zip cover
Design 6
With hood, zip closure and elasticated bands around the hood and cuff openings
and in the back
• Colour: White
Size Min./max. chest size Suitable for min./max. body size Art. no.
M 92-100 cm 168-176 cm 0899 021 222
L 100-108 cm 174-182 cm 0899 021 223
XL 108-116 cm 182-188 cm 0899 021 224
XXL 116-124 cm 188-194 cm 0899 021 225
3XL 122-172 cm 194-200 cm 0899 021 226
BREATHABLE PROTECTIVE SUIT BREATHABLE 5/6 COVERALL PRO

Disposable suit with good protection capacity, approved according to
type 5-6
Comfortable and offering wide coverage
• Breathable fabric on the back, neck, and in the crotch
• Knitted cuffs
• Elasticated hood, ankles and waist
• Colour: White
• Material: Polypropylene / polyethylene / ethylene vinyl acetate
Size Art. no.

M 0899 021 522
L 0899 021 523
XL 0899 021 524
XXL 0899 021 525
3XL 0899 021 526

clothing
DISPOSABLE PROTECTIVE SUIT W14

To protect against light contamination
• Disposable protective suit, category 1
• Elasticated band around the hood, sleeves, ankles and back area
• Easy protection for workplaces free of harmful substances
• Colour: Blue
• Material: Polypropylene material
Size Art. no.

M 0899 021 242
L 0899 021 243
XL 0899 021 244
XXL 0899 021 245
3XL 0899 021 246
OVERSHOE
Hygiene and dirt protection overshoe for protection against fluids and
dirt
• Colour: Blue
• Size: Universal
Art. no.
0899 028 1

Personal Protective Equipment / Personal protective equipment / Fall arrest
system
SAFETY HARNESS ELASTICO

Ergonomic safety harness with elastic belt material around the chest
• Maximum freedom of movement and comfort, even when working in tight
conditions
• Rear harness eye in accordance with EN 361
• Two chest loops as harness eye in accordance with EN 361
• Two side harness eyes in accordance with EN 358
Art. no.
0899 032 008
SAFETY HARNESS PROFI 3

Ideal as safety harness and retaining harness
• Tested and approved for up to 125 kg
• Rear harness eye in accordance with EN 361
• Two side harness eyes in accordance with EN 358
• Design: Standard
Art. no.
0899 032 915

system
SAFETY HARNESS BASIC

Light safety harness
• Back harness eye in accordance with EN 361
Art. no.
0899 032 911
SAFETY HARNESS SLING

• With back and chest attachment
• Chest attachment: fabric loops to attach to a snap hook
• Back attachment: steel D-ring or 30 cm long extension line
• Adjustable leg straps
• Adjustable chest strap
• One size
• Approved up to 140 kg
• Min. breaking force: 1500 daN
• Category: III
Art. no.
0899 032 055

system
SAFETY HARNESS WITH HIGH-VIS WAISTCOAT

Fall arrestor and high-vis vest in one product
• Safety harness with integrated high-vis vest for workplaces with falling hazards,
especially where lighting conditions are poor and where visibility requirements are
higher
• In line with EN 361 and EN 20471
• Harness eyelet on back in line with EN 361
• Two chest loops as harness eyelets in line with EN 361
• Two zips to adjust the size
• Quick and easy to put on and take off thanks to quick-release fasteners on the leg
straps
• Max. load capacity: 100 kg 6
Design Art. no.

M/L 0899 032 064
XL 0899 032 065
BASIC PLUS SAFETY HARNESS

• Lightweight safety harness with back eyelet extension (length: 50 cm)
• Easy to put on thanks to the comfortable back pad
• Rear harness eyelet according to EN 361
• Two chest loops as harness eyelet according to EN 361
• Category: III
Art. no.
0899 032 020

system
LIGHT SAFETY HARNESS

Art. no.
0899 032 029
SPEZIALIST BASIC SAFETY HARNESS

• Wide leg and back pads for superb comfort mean it is also suitable for rope access
work
• Fatigue-free wear, even over extended periods
• Two chest loops as collecting loops in accordance with EN 361
• Two side retention eyelets in according with EN 358
• Front retention eye in accordance with EN 358
• EN standard: 358, 361, 813
Art. no.
0899 032 069

system
LIGHT 2 SAFETY HARNESS

• Lightweight full-body safety harness
• Leg straps can be adjusted by means of adjustment buckles
• Rear harness eyelet (D-ring) according to EN 361
Art. no.
0899 032 901
ELASTICO PRO SAFETY HARNESS

Ergonomic safety harness allowing maximum freedom of movement
Optimum comfort thanks to
• Use of elastic belt material in the chest area
• X-shaped back padding
• Leg padding
Quick and easy to put on and take off thanks to
• Belts threaded through the back padding (no twisting)
• Quick-action buckles on the leg straps
Back harness eye in accordance with EN 361
Two chest loops as harness eye in accordance with EN 361
Art. no.
0899 032 075

system
COMFORT PLUS SAFETY HARNESS

Ergonomic safety harness with maximum freedom of movement
Superb comfort thanks to:
• 45-mm wide water-resistant straps
• X-shaped back pad
• Leg pads
Quick and easy to put on and take off, thanks to:
• Straps routed through back pad (no twisting)
• Automatic quick-action fasteners on leg straps and chest strap
Rear eyelet extension/length: 30 cm
Fall indicator
Approved up to 140 kg
6 Rear harness eyelet according to EN 361
Two chest loops as harness eyelet according to EN 361 and EN 1497
Art. no.
0899 032 959
EXPERT SAFETY HARNESS

• Safety harness for the most demanding applications, particularly when worn for
long periods
• With supportive hip pads Interior leg pads on both sides
• Maximum freedom of movement and comfortable to wear, even when working
under cramped conditions
• Can be adjusted to the legs and chest area using click buckles
• Rear collecting loop according to EN 361
• Two chest loops as collecting loops in accordance with EN 361
• Tested for persons up to 125 kg
EN standard Art. no.

358, 361 0899 032 062
361, 358 0899 032 066

system
BASIC SAFETY HARNESS TYPE 2

Very comfortable to wear
Use of 44-mm-wide straps
Quick and easy to put on and take off
Can be adapted to the legs and chest area using adjustment buckles
Fall indicators
2 collecting loops: one on the back with a large aluminium D-ring
and one on the front with a chest loop eyelet in accordance with EN
361
6
Art. no.
0899 032 931
SPECIALIST SAFETY HARNESS TYPE 2

Ergonomic safety/rescue harness with maximum comfort
Optimum comfort
• Use of 44-mm-wide, water-resistant straps
• X-shaped back pads
• Back support
• Leg pads
• Guide the belts through the back pad (do not twist)
• Automatic quick-action buckles on the leg straps
Front D-ring for fall arrest and rescue operations
Front strap closure: permanently attached trilock snap hook
D-ring as a collecting loop
Front D-ring according to 361, rear collecting loop according to EN
361, workplace positioning or restraint function according to EN
358, rescue harness according to EN 1497, seat harness according to
EN 813
• EN standard: 361, 358, 813, 1497
Art. no.
0899 032 930

system
ELASTICO PLUS SAFETY HARNESS

Ergonomic safety harness with elasticated straps in the chest area and
back eyelet extension
• Elasticated straps in the chest area for excellent comfort and maximum freedom of
movement
• Comfortable back padding — easy to put on
• Back eyelet extension (length 50 cm)
• Rear harness eyelet in accordance with EN 361
• Two chest loops as harness eyelet in accordance with EN 361
Art. no.
0899 032 067
HARNESS, TYPE 2
• Retaining strap with high wearing comfort due to wide and breathable padding
• Quick release for effective and fast working
• Two large tool holder loops on the back
• Material: Polyester
• Two holder loops according to EN 358
• Weight: 550 g
Art. no.
0899 032 089

system
SAFETY HARNESS W100

Ergonomic safety harness for low-fatigue wear, even for longer peri-
ods
• Wide, ergonomically shaped back support with inner lining
• Two chest loops as harness eyelets in accordance with EN 361
• Climb protection eyelet according to EN 361 in connection with EN 353-1
Art. no.
0899 032 900
SAFETY HARNESS W200

Safety harness with maximum comfort
Very comfortable to wear, thanks to:
• Use of 44-mm-wide straps
• Back support
Quick and easy to put on and take off, thanks to:
Can be adapted to the legs and chest area using adjustment buckles
Fall indicators
2 harness eyelets, one on the back with a large aluminium D-ring,
and one on the front with a chest loop eyelet in accordance with EN
361, workstation positioning or restraint function in accordance with
EN 358
Weight: 1.5 kg
• Category: III
Art. no.
0899 032 998

system
SAFETY HARNESS W300

Extremely lightweight safety harness with maximum comfort
Very comfortable to wear
• Use of 44 mm-wide straps
• Breathable back padding that makes wearing quick and easy
• Quick release on leg loops
• Quick release and breast buckle positioning
Front attachment point according to EN 361 with 2 large yellow rings
facilitating recognition
Attachment point (EN 361) on the rear offset upwards, easy to reach
6 No pressure points during transport (e.g. in car) or by material on
the shoulders
Art. no.
0899 033 003
SAFETY HARNESS W101

Ergonomic safety harness with elastic harness material that makes it
very comfortable to wear
Maximum freedom of movement and very comfortable to wear
• The elastic harness material in the back and shoulder area allows maximum free-
dom during movements
• The material also ensures comfort when wearing the harness
Tools immediately to hand
• Tools are quickly at hand thanks to the holding loops on the sides
Tested and approved
• The safety harness can be loaded up to 140 kg
• Category: III
Art. no.
0899 032 096
0899 032 097

system
LOCKING CARABINER, OVAL

Screw retainer
• Material: Steel
• Max. width of mouth: 17 mm
• Length: 109 mm
• Width: 57 mm
In accordance with EN 362 • Load force in an open position: 8 kN
• Load force in a vertical position: 25 kN
Art. no.
0899 032 920
6
SNAP HOOK TRILOCK

With Trilock closure for maximum safety
• Material: Aluminium / aluminium
• Surface: Plain
• Length: 112 mm
• Width: 78 mm
• Load force in a horizontal position: 8 kN
In accordance with EN 362, EN 12275 • Load force in an open position: 6 kN
Art. no.
0899 032 925
OVAL AL TWIST SNAP HOOK

With twist-lock closure for maximum safety
Proof of performance
According to EN 362
• Surface: Anodised
• Length: 108 mm
• Width: 58 mm
Art. no.
0899 032 919

system
SNAP-HOOK
• With double-action lock (automatic lock)
• Material: Steel
• Length: 219 mm
• Width: 101 mm
Art. no.
6 0899 032 917
STEEL OVAL SNAP HOOK

Screw retainer
• Steel carabiner with screw lock
• Maximum opening: 18 mm
• According to EN 362
Breaking strength:
Horizontal: 15 kN
vertical: 23 kN
• Material: Steel
• Length: 106 mm
• Width: 58 mm
• Load force in a horizontal position: 15 kN
Art. no.
0899 032 045

system
SLING FALL ARRESTER TYPE 2

Fall arrester with rope guidance and integrated fall dampener
• Travels freely in the climbing direction and automatically locks in the event of a fall
• Can be used vertically and horizontally
• Robust, flexible 12 mm kernmantle rope
• Tested and approved up to 140 kg
• EN standard: 353-2
In accordance with EN 353-2
Length Art. no.

10 m 0899 032 981
20 m 0899 032 982
SAFETY HARNESS DEVICE, TRAILING W101

With integrated fall dampener
• Runs synchronously in the climbing direction and automatically locks in the event of
a fall
• Robust, flexible 11-mm kernmantle rope
• Can be used vertically and horizontally
• EN standard: 353-2
Length Art. no.

15 m 0899 032 929
20 m 0899 033 000

system
FALL ARRESTER SET COMPACT

Complete set comprising „Basic“ safety harness, fall arrester, belt
sling and rucksack
Art. no.
0899 032 019

system
FALL ARREST KIT UP & DOWN

Fall arrester suitable for temporary work at height, supplied in con-
venient bag
Kit contains:
Fall arrester
• Mobile fall arrester for ascents and/or descents
• Integrated push-button acts as a positioner and lock
• Equipped with one twist lock snap-hook
• For use on ropes Ø 10–11–12 mm
• Made from stainless steel
• Weight: 387 g
• Complies with EN 353-2; EN 358; EN 567; EN 12841 A/B
• Category III PPE
Anchor webbing
6
• Fabric band made from polyamide, closed loop
• Length: 1.80 m; Width: 25 mm
• Tensile strength: 3500 daN
• Complies with EN 566; EN 354; EN 795/B
Semi-static rope, white
• Rope with two stitched loops
• Length: 15 m
• Ø 11 mm
• Complies with EN 566; EN 795/B
Steel snap-hook
• Auto lock closure
• Complies with EN 362 B
Art. no.
0899 032 024

system
SCAFFOLDING FALL ARRESTER SET

Complete set for scaffolding work
Complete set comprising „Basic“ safety harness, Y-connector and
rucksack
6
Art. no.
0899 032 005
FALL ARRESTOR SET, AERIAL WORK PLATFORM LIGHT, 5-PIECE

Complete set comprising a safety harness, positioning rope, snap
hook and bag for rope
Set comprising:
• 0899 032 901
• 0899 032 903
• 0899 032 045 (2 pcs.)
• 0899 032 993
Art. no.
0899 032 933
COMPACT PLUS FALL ARRESTOR SET, 4 PCS

Complete set comprising a safety harness, compact fall arrester, belt
sling with snap hook and rucksack.
Art. no.
0899 032 093

system
FALL ARRESTOR SET 2000, 10 M 3 PCS.

Complete set comprising a safety harness, synchronous-running fall
arrestor with 10 m rope and carry sack
Tested and approved up to 140 kg
Art. no.
0899 032 996
6
FALL ARRESTOR SET 2001, 20 M, 3 PIECES

arrestor with 20 m rope and carry sack
Art. no.
0899 032 997
FALL ARRESTOR SET W1000, 3 PIECES

Complete set comprising safety harness, synchronous-running fall
arrestor with 15 m rope and storage case
• In rugged storage case
Art. no.
0899 032 976
0899 032 091

system
FALL ARRESTER SET W1002, 5 PIECES

arrester with 15-metre rope, belt sling, carabiner and backpack.
Art. no.
0899 033 001
6
FALL ARRESTER SET ELASTICO W1003 3 PIECES
Complete set comprising safety harness, fall arrest traveller with 15 m
rope and storage case
Safety harness
• Maximum freedom of movement and very comfortable to wear thanks to the elastic
harness material in the back and shoulder area
• Tools are quickly at hand thanks to the holding loops on the sides
• The safety harness is tested and approved for up to 140 kg
Fall arrest traveller
• The fall arrestor is free-sliding in the direction of ascent and is automatically locking
in case of a fall
• With a robust and flexible 11 mm kernmantle rope
• The fall arrestor is tested and approved for up to 140 kg
Art. no.
0899 032 103
FALL ARRESTER SET ELASTICO W1005 3 PCS

Art. no.
0899 032 105

system
CONNECTOR WITH ENERGY ABSORBER

One-handed carabiners for easy use
• Length: 2 m
Art. no.
0899 032 012
CONNECTOR WITH ENERGY ABSORBER AND PIPE CARABINER 6

Ideal for façade scaffolding
For fast, easy attachment to pipes and scaffolding up to max. Ø
59 mm
via a large, steel pipe carabiner
• Length: 1.5 m
• Suitable for: Pipe up to max. diameter 59 mm
Art. no.
0899 032 014
Y-CONNECTOR
For attachment on alternating sides
For fast, easy attachment to pipes up to Ø 59 mm with large, steel
pipe carabiner
• Length: 1.5 m
• Suitable for: Pipe up to max. diameter 59 mm
Art. no.
0899 032 015

system
FALL ARREST CORD ELASTIK II

Elastic cord with integrated energy absorber
• High-strength outer protective sleeve
• Equipped with two steel screwgate snap hooks (18 mm opening)
• Length: 1.9 m
Art. no.
6 0899 032 926
CONNECTOR LIGHT WITH BELT FALL CUSHIONER

• Ideal connector for longitudinal-type façade scaffolding
• Large steel pipe snap hook for quick and easy attachment to pipes of up to max. Ø
42 mm
• Length: 1.5 m
Art. no.
0899 032 047
Y-CONNECTOR LARGE SNAP HOOK

• Two aluminium snap hooks with up to max. Ø 56 mm/dual-catch closure
• Snap hook connected to safety harness with Auto-Block closure
• Energy absorber
• Length: 1.7 m
Category III PSA
Art. no.
0899 032 948

system
Y-CONNECTOR 1.7 M
• Elasticated Y-band
• Two aluminium snap hooks up to max. dia. 26 mm/dual-catch closure
• Snap hook with auto block closure for connecting to the safety harness
• Energy absorber
• Length: 1.7 m
Art. no.
0899 032 949
6
CONNECTOR WITH BELT FALL ARRESTER AND SNAP HOOK
Ideal connector with belt fall arrester for use on scaffolding.
• Elasticated belt strap made of polyamide, width 30 mm
• Equipped with trilock aluminium snap hook (for connecting to the safety harness)
and aluminium tubular snap hook with an opening width of up to dia. 56 mm for
easy and quick mounting
• Integrated fall damper for absorbing the fall energy
• Including protective cover with hook-and-loop fastener for holding the fall arrester
and to facilitate regular inspections
• Length: 1.7 m
Art. no.
0899 032 077
CONNECTOR WITH ENERGY ABSORBER W201

with energy absorber and tubular carabiner
• For vertical and horizontal use
• Length: 1.3 m
• Polyamide sheathed-core rope dia. 12 mm
• Large tubular carabiner made of steel for easy and quick attachment to pipes up to
max. dia. 50 mm
• In accordance with EN 355
• Weight: 940 g
• Length: 130 cm
Art. no.
0899 032 978

system
FASTENER WITH FALL DAMPENER W202

Fitted with a fall-band damper and two removable screw-mounted
carabiers
• Polyester tape with a width of 30 mm
• 2 steel carabiner made of steel with manual locking opening 18 mm
• Length: 2 m
Art. no.
0899 033 004
ANCHOR POINT ALUFIX

• Permanent anchoring device
• Anchor point for 3 persons
• In accordance with EN 795 / A:2012
Art. no.
0899 032 954
ROPE, MAST ANCHORAGE

With rope grab for continuous adjustment of the holding position
• Length: 2 m
• Diameter: 12 mm
Art. no.
0899 032 016

system
FALL ARREST STRAP

Stepless adjustment of holding position
• Length: 2 m
Art. no.
0899 032 903
RETAINING AND POSITIONING CABLE

Work positioning device with rope grab
Stepless adjustment of holding position
Supple to hold even under load
Lightweight and compact
Length: 2.0 m
Cladded-core rope: 11 mm diameter
Colour: black
Includes rope sheath
Seams stand out for quick visual inspection
Complies with European standards EN 358 PSA, category III. • EN standard: 358, 364
• Length: 2 m
• Diameter: 11 mm
Art. no.
0899 032 968

system
ROPE, MAST ANCHORAGE BASIC

Cable adjustment using friction buckle
Both ends of rope fitted with fixed snap hooks
Very durable
The core sheath rope used is abrasion-resistant and remains soft under humid
conditions
• Length: 2 m
• Diameter: 12 mm
Art. no.
6 0899 033 002
FALL ARRESTOR DEVICE WITH BELT STRAP

Light fall arrestor device for universal use in areas with a falling
hazard
• Total length of connection element: 2.5 m
• Weight: 1.13 kg
Art. no.
0899 032 908

system
RETRACTABLE FALL ARRESTER BLOCKER

• Fall arrester with retractable galvanized steel cable with rotating hook and plastic
casing
• Equipped with detection system and fall indicator
• Art. 0899032061 approved up to 100 kg
• Art. 0899032410- 0899032420 approved up to 140 kg
Wire cable length Wire cable diameter Weight Art. no.

7m 5 mm 5 kg 0899 032 061
10 m 4m 4.5 kg 0899 032 410
20 m 5 mm 9.5 kg 0899 032 420
FALL ARRESTER HSG-18 COMPACT

Lightweight fall arrester with belt strap, in particular for use involving
aerial work platforms
Equipped with tri-lock aluminium carabiners
Permissible user weight of 135 kg
Integrated belt fall cushioner for absorbing fall energy
• The fall cushioner ensures force transmission to the attachment point of less than 3
kN with a user weight of up to 100 kg
• With a user weight of 100 – 135 kg, force transmission to the attachment point is
3 – 6 kN.
Lightweight, compact construction
Double edges tested
Art. no.
0899 032 110

system
FALL ARRESTER HSG-25-Y COMPACT

Lightweight fall arrester in particular for use involving scaffolding
construction and alternating of work positions
• Two-strand Y-design for securing one individual
• Alternating attachment facilitates optimal, continual safety
• Equipped with tri-lock aluminium carabiner and two aluminium tubular carabiners
with an opening of 60 mm for quick and simple attachment
• Integrated belt fall cushioner for absorbing fall energy
• Permissible user weight of 135 kg
• Lightweight, compact construction
• Double edges tested
6 • Total length of connection element: 2.5 m
Art. no.
0899 032 112
FALL ARRESTER HSG-25 COMPACT

Lightweight fall arrester with belt strap, in particular for use involving
scaffolding construction
• Equipped with tri-lock aluminium carabiner and aluminium tubular carabiner with an
opening of 60 mm for quick and simple attachment
• Integrated belt fall cushioner for absorbing fall energy
• Permissible user weight of 135 kg
• Lightweight, compact construction
• Double edges tested
Art. no.
0899 032 111

system
FALL ARRESTER DEVICE PRO WITH STEEL CABLE

Offers optimum freedom of movement and flexibility during work
whilst providing maximum safety in the event of a fall
• Self-retracting steel cable for optimum safety
• In the event of a fall, the device blocks the movement starting from a fall rate of
1.5 m/s
• Robust plastic housing
• Rotary swivel carabiner prevents cable twisting
• Suitable for horizontal applications
• Tested on sharp edges
• Wire cable diameter: 4.8 mm
• Max. load capacity: 100 kg 6
Wire cable length Width x height x depth Weight Art. no.

5m 145 x 210 x 70 mm 2.6 kg 0899 032 120
10 m 180 x 275 x 80 mm 3.76 kg 0899 032 121
15 m 265 x 375 x 100 mm 5.47 kg 0899 032 122
FALL PROTECTION DEVICE COMPACT ULTRA 6 M

Small and compact fall arrester made from polyamide + fibreglass for
working in areas where there is a risk of falling.
• Corresponds to European standards EN 360, RfU 060 and RfU 062
• Automatic retraction of harness strap for optimum safety
• In the event of a fall, the device locks from a fall speed of 120 m/min
• Breaking load: ≥ 1500 daN
• Breaking force: ≤ 600 daN
• Braking distance: ≤ 1.20 cm (vertical)
• Robust plastic housing
• Integrated energy absorber
• 6 m of Dyneema® harness strapping
• Pivoting anchor carabiner / Twislock
• Integrated fall display on swivel carabiner, anodised carabiner with 16 mm
opening
• Swivel carabiner prevents the rope from twisting
• Suitable for horizontal and vertical use
• Edge-tested
EN 360, RfU 060 and RfU 062
• Total length of connection element: 6 m
• Weight: 1800 g
Art. no.
0899 032 430

system
FALL PROTECTION DEVICE HSG W-300-2

Small and compact fall arrester with integrated fall dampener
• Lightweight and compact construction
• Independent retraction of harness for optimal safety
• Breaking strength: ≥ 1500 daN
• Braking force: ≤ 600 daN
• Rugged plastic housing
• Integrated fall arrester
• 2 m harness made of polyamide
• Rotating eyelet on anchor
• 2 snap hooks with automatic closure
• Integrated fall indicator on swivel snap hook, anodised snap hook with 16 mm
6 opening
• Swivel snap hook prevents rope from twisting
• Suitable for horizontal and vertical use
• Edge-tested
• Approved horizontally up to 100 kg, vertically up to 140 kg
Art. no.
0899 032 435
FALL ARRESTER W-200 EVO

User-friendly safety harness device with 12-metre long retractable
steel rope for vertical and horizontal use
• Can be used horizontally and vertically
• Swivel screw-lock snap hook prevents rope from twisting
• Edge-tested
• Wire cable length: 12 m
• Wire cable diameter: 4.8 mm
• Weight: 5.4 kg
Art. no.
0899 032 440

system
KERNMANTLE ROPE
• Rope with two sewn eyelets
• With a sewn-in „Autoblock“ steel snap hook
• Length 20 m
• Ø 11 mm
• Breaking load 2500 daN
• Length: 20 m
Complies with European standards EN 354; EN 566; EN 795/B,

PSA, category III.
Colour Art. no.

White 0899 032 081 6
Black 0899 032 082
ROPE WINCH FOR TRIPOD

• Dimensions: 220 x 180 x 180 mm
• Rope length: 15 m
• Rope diameter: 5 mm
Art. no.
0899 032 962

system
RUCKSACK
Storage rucksack for personal protective equipment
• Practical storage and transport of fall arrestor gear
• Storage net for helmets, clothing and other accessories
• Pockets for mobile phone and flask
Art. no.
0899 032 943
BELT SLING
Minimum breaking strength: 26 kN
Proof of performance
Belt sling in accordance with EN 354 and EN 795.
Belt sling in accordance with EN 354 and EN 795
• Width: 25 mm
Length Art. no.

1.5 m 0899 032 916
0.8 m 0899 032 922
TRAUMA SLING
For reducing the suspension trauma after a fall
• Trauma slings keep the muscle pump and blood circulation functioning until the fal-
len person is rescued
• Length adjustable from 45 cm to 126 cm
• To be used in pairs
Art. no.
0899 032 966

system
HEAVY-DUTY BELT SLING

• Manufactured from polyamide
• Breaking strength 35 kN
• In the event that the sling is damaged, the black core becomes visible
• Width: 25 mm
• EN standard: 354, 795-B
Category III PSA
Length Art. no.

1.8 m 0899 032 059
1.2 m 0899 032 079
6
BAG FOR ROPE

Ideal for storing personal protective equipment.
• Practical storage and transport of fall arrester articles
• Dimensions Ø x H, 300 x 500 mm
• 35-litre volume
• Length: 500 mm
Art. no.
0899 032 946
ENERGY ABSORBER
• Complete with EN362 auto lock carabiner
Max. extension of the absorber: 1.4 m
• Length: 30 cm
Complies with European standard EN355
Art. no.
0899 032 073

system
ABSEILING DEVICE INDY EVO

• Manually adjustable
• Automatic locking when pushing down or letting go of the lever
• Equipped with a controlled abseiling speed
• Can be used with ropes of Ø 10.5–11mm
• Made of aluminium
• Equipped with a twist-lock carabiner
6
Complies with European standards EN 341/A; EN12841 type C,
PSA category III.
Art. no.
0899 032 083
BACK-UP FALL ARREST/POSITIONING DEVICE

• Mobile ascent and descent fall prevention
• Positioning can be switched to using the black button
• Travels freely in the climbing direction and automatically locks in the event of a fall
• Equipped with a twist-lock carabiner
• Can be used with ropes of Ø 10-11-12 mm
Complies with European standards EN 353-2; EN358; EN567; • Clamping jaws made from stainless steel, housing from aluminium
EN12841 A/B, PSA category III.
• EN standard: 353-2, 358
Art. no.
0899 032 084

system
TRANSPORT CASE 30 LITRES

Practical storage and transport of fall protection items
• Equipped with two reinforced rings for hanging
• Double drawstring fastening and a quick-release buckle
• Shoulder straps and hip belt conveniently attachable to back when not in use
• The slanted cut in the upper section allows the pocket to be kept open by hanging it
through the corresponding eyelet
• With practical inner pockets for storing items
• Material: 100% polyester, coated PVC
• Length: 50 cm
• Width: 30 cm
• Depth: 18 cm
6
Art. no.
0899 033 100
D-RING EXTENSION
• Material: Polyamide/steel
• Length: 0.5 m
Art. no.
0899 032 094

system
RECOVERY KIT
To facilitate rescue in the event of an accidental fall. Max. load:
150 kg/1 person
Kit contains:
Anti-panic descender
• Descender with manual control
• Automatic lock activated by releasing and pushing the lever
• Enables descent at a controlled speed
• Can be used on ropes Ø 10.5–11 mm
• Made from aluminium alloy
• Weight: 477 g
• Complies with EN 341/A; EN 12841 type C
6 Emergency hoist
• Consisting of black, semi-static rope, incorporated snap-hook, webbing and hoist
block and tackle
• Length: 1.50 m
• Safety webbing to prevent the rope from accidentally being cut
• Complies with EN 567; EN12278; EN 566; EN 354; EN 795/B
Anchor webbing
• Fabric band made from polyamide, closed loop
• Length: 1.80 m; width: 25 mm
• Complies with EN 566; EN 354; EN 795/B
Semi-static rope, red
• Rope with two stitched loops
• Length: 20 m
• Ø 11 mm
• Complies with EN 566; EN 795/B
•
Aluminium handle
• With safety lock, prevents the rope from escaping
• For use on ropes Ø 8 mm–13 mm
• Weight: 226 g
• Complies with EN 567
2 steel snap hooks
• Auto lock closure
• Complies with EN 362 B
Art. no.
0899 032 939

system
ANCHOR POINT SET FOR FALL ARRESTOR DEVICE

Comprises one 1.5 m belt sling and a steel snap hook with screw
screw locking device
• Belt sling in accordance with EN 354 and EN 795, minimum breaking strength
26 kN
• Steel snap hook in accordance with EN 362
Art. no.
0899 032 909
LOST ANCHOR POINT 6

For attaching to load-bearing wooden parts
• Can be used as an anchor point for max. 2 people
• May remain on the structure once work is complete
• Mounting with ASSY® 4 A2 CS universal screw A2 stainless steel plain partial
thread countersunk head 5x80/52 mm (art. no. 018745080)
Tested in accordance with EN 795 A
Art. no.
0899 032 953
TEMPORARY HORIZONTAL SECURING SYSTEM

Optimum freedom of movement in horizontal positions
Belt strap with ratchet, length: 20 m
Approved for 2 people
Scope of delivery:
• 2 rotary spring hooks
• 2 belt slings
• Storage and carry bag
• EN standard: 795-B
In accordance with EN 795 B • Material: PES - Polyester
• Height: 64.4 mm
Art. no.
0899 032 960

system
ANCHOR POINT, TRIPOD, STEEL/ALUMINIUM

Multi-functional anchor point on three legs.
• Material load up to 300 kg (without anchoring)
• EN standard: 795-B
• Material: Steel/aluminium
• Width: 220 cm
• Height: 220 cm
• Length: 1750 cm
Art. no.
0899 032 961
TRIPOD ANCHOR POINT ALUMINIUM WITH RESCUE WINCH

For safe descent and rescue operations in manholes and confined spa-
ces when there is no other way of attaching anchor points.
• Telescopic legs extendible from 130 cm to max. 220 cm
• Feet with non-slip coating
• Winch made from brass components and stainless steel. Drum made from anodised
aluminium
• Maximum load: approved for 1 person
• Dimensions during transportation: 1.30 m x 0.45 m x 0.30 m
• Weight: 20 kg
• Height: 2200 mm
Complies with European standards EN 1496/B; EN 795/B, PSA,
category III.
Art. no.
0899 032 087

system
SAFETY TRAVERSE ALUMINIUM

Flexible anchor point in an attractive design for use between load-be-
aring door openings
• Permitted as an anchor point for max. 2 people
• Made from high quality material
• Low weight for very good handling
• Weight: 7.5 kg
• Width: 12 cm
• Height: 14.5 cm
• Length: 139.3 cm
Art. no.
0899 032 980
6
MOBILE STOP CLAMP

Mobile, adjustable anchor point for steel beams with a flange width
from 90 to 380 mm.
• Permitted as an attachment point for 1 person
• Two locking pins to fix the setting
• Height: 109 mm
• Length: 490 mm
Art. no.
0899 032 985
LIFELINE 3 TEMPORARY HORIZONTAL SAFETY SYSTEM

Optimum freedom of movement in horizontal positions
Belt strap with ratchet, length: 5–20 m
Approved for 2 people
Scope of delivery:
• Belt strap with ratchet
• 2 carabiners
• Storage sack
In accordance with EN 795 B+C
• EN standard: 795-B, 795-C
• Height: 0 m
Art. no.
0899 032 995

headgear
IMPACT CAP
Sporty head protection with a modern baseball cap design for any
applications with a risk of impact to the head.
• Upper material: 100% cotton
• Hard plastic shell
• Foam padding on the shell and built-in ventilation holes for comfort
• Adjustable with riptape fastening
• Built-in sweatband
• Covering washable at up to 30°C
• Min./max. size: 54 cm-59 cm
6
Colour Art. no.
Dark blue 0899 200 980
Black 0899 200 981
HARD HAT PRO-TEK

Robust design with reinforcement in the helmet top
• Energy-absorbing shape/lattice structure
• Optimum neck protection
• Integrated eye protection; always attached to the hat, can be folded down as eye
protection when required
• Rain channel to guide the drainage of water
• Ventilation holes
• 30-mm insert pockets for hearing protection/face guard
• 6-point interior
• Sweatband made from absorbent fleece material
• Anti-glide headband
• Rotary adjuster for optimum head fit
Colour Art. no.

Red 0899 200 260
White 0899 200 261
Yellow 0899 200 262
Blue 0899 200 263

headgear
HARD HAT PRO TEK BASIC 4-POINT

• Robust design with reinforced roof area
• Shell made from polyethylene (PE)
• 30 mm insert pockets for hearing protection/face guard
• Pin lock closure for optimum fit
• Interior equipment helmet: 4-point 6
Colour Art. no.

White 0899 200 111
Red 0899 200 112
Blue 0899 200 114
Yellow 0899 200 110
ELECTRICIAN‘S HARD HAT 6-POINT

Electrician‘s helmet without ventilation, tested and approved up to
440 VAC (EN397) and 1,000 V AC / 1,500 V DC (EN50365).
• Colour: White
• Interior equipment helmet: 6-point
Art. no.
0899 200 123

headgear
HARD HAT PRO TEK BASIC 6-POINT

Robust design with reinforcement in the helmet top
• Optimal neck protection
• 30-mm insert pockets for hearing protection/face guard
• Low weight: 315 g (6-point)
• Pin lock closure for optimum fit
6 • Interior equipment helmet: 6-point
Colour Art. no.

Yellow 0899 200 120
White 0899 200 121
Red 0899 200 122
Blue 0899 200 124

headgear
HARD HAT PRO-TEK 6-POINT

Lightweight:
• 396 g (6-point)
• Anti-glide headband 6
• Rotary adjuster for optimum fit
Colour Art. no.

Red 0899 200 250
White 0899 200 251
Yellow 0899 200 252
Blue 0899 200 253

headgear
SAFETY HELMET – SCAFFOLDING BUILDER

Lightweight, ergonomic helmet
• Comfortable foam padding
• Excellent ventilation
• Attachment point for head lamps
• Sculpted helmet shell increases upward visibility
• Helmet shell made of ABS
Fully adjustable chin strap
The chin strap is designed to hold the helmet on the head during a fall
Breaking strength at 25 daN
6 • EN standard: 397
• Material: Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol
Colour Art. no.

White 0899 200 283
Yellow 0899 200 289
Black 0899 200 276
Red 0899 200 277
Blue 0899 200 279
Neon yellow 0899 200 275
Orange 0899 200 274
HARD HAT PHEOS, SIX-POINT

Helmet shell extended downwards for neck protection.
• Size and weight-optimised hard hat
• Optimal fit, high wearing comfort
• Helmet shell made of polyethylene (PE)
• Optimal neck protection
• Individually adjustable ventilation zones on front and back
• 6-point textile interior
• Sweat band made from absorbent fleece material
• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
0899 200 242

headgear
HARD HAT SH 2000-S

Comfortable hard hat with internal dial adjustment
Optimum safety
Neck protector extended downwards
Optimum, quick width adjustment
Dial system
Unobstructed upwards view
Short helmet peak
Easy to carry
• 6-point fabric lining and individually controlled ventilation openings on the front
and back
• Low weight
Good combination options 6
30 mm pockets enable attachment of hearing protection
Tested in line with EN 397 with supplementary requirements
• Suitable for very low temperatures down to -30°C
• Protects against weld spatter (MM = molten metal)
Colour Art. no.

Blue 0899 200 245
Yellow 0899 200 244
White 0899 200 243
Red 0899 200 256

headgear
MOUNTAINEER HARD HAT

Mountaineering hard hat/hard hat for working at heights and rescue
operations in accordance with EN 12492
• Lightweight and ergonomic
• Comfortable foam padding
• Outstanding ventilation
• Fully adjustable chin strap/The chin strap is designed to keep the hat on the head
during a fall (breaking strength of over 50 daN)
• Attachment points for headlamps
• Optimally shaped helmet shell increases upward vision
• Shell made from ABS
6 • Min./max. size: 52 cm-63 cm
Colour Art. no.

White 0899 200 320
Yellow 0899 200 321
Blue 0899 200 322
ELECTRICIAN‘S HELMET SH-E 2000-S

Comfortable electrician’s hard hat with internal dial adjustment
Helmet shell is completely closed, so suitable for use by electricians
In accordance with EN 397 and EN 50365 (1000 VAC)
Optimum, quick width adjustment
Dial system
Unobstructed upwards view
Short helmet peak
Optimum fit and comfort
6-point textile suspension harness
Compatible with visors and ear defenders
Adapter system and side Euroslot adapters
Tested in line with EN 397 with supplementary requirements
• Suitable for very low temperatures down to -30°C
• Protects against weld spatter (MM = molten metal)
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 200 236

headgear
HARD HAT INCEPTOR HV GRX

Safety helmet with an industrial helmet style four-point chin strap,
non-vented version.
Polystyrene (EPS-THORAX) inside the helmet absorbs shocks and

increases comfort.
• Chin strap with a magnetic buckle—easy to open and fasten
• Ratchet suspension
• Electrical insulation 1000 V
• Name sticker on the back of the helmet
• Weight 460 g
• Min. temperature conditions: -30 °C 6
Colour Art. no.

Yellow 0899 200 928
Orange 0899 200 929
White 0899 200 927
Blue 0899 200 936
HARD HAT INCEPTOR GRX

Safety helmet with an industrial helmet style four-point chin strap,
vented version.
Polystyrene (EPS-THORAX) inside the helmet absorbs shocks and

increases comfort.
• Chin strap with a magnetic buckle—easy to open and fasten
• Ratchet suspension
• Vented version, excellent ventilation
• Name sticker on the back of the helmet
• Weight 450 g
Colour Art. no.

Yellow 0899 200 925
Orange 0899 200 926
White 0899 200 924
Blue 0899 200 923

headgear
SWEATBAND
Sweatband for hard hat Pro-Tek
• Material: Faux leather
• Colour: Beige
Art. no.
0899 200 266
CHIN STRAP
Chin strap for hard hat Pro-Tek
• Material: Textile
6
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0899 200 265
SCRATCH-RESISTANT VISOR
• For Pro-Tek hard hat
• Hard-wearing polycarbonate visor
• Interior/exterior coating: scratch-resistant
• Colour: Transparent
Art. no.
0899 200 130
CHIN STRAP, 4-POINT

For hard hat SH 2000
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0899 200 248

headgear
SWEATBAND
For hard hat SH 2000/working-at-height helmet
• Material: Faux leather
• Colour: Skin-coloured
Art. no.
0899 200 249
HEARING PROTECTION ADAPTER FOR HARD HAT

• Hearing protection adapter including fastening material
• 30-mm insert pockets for hearing protection 6
• Colour: Black
• Size: 56 x 18 mm
Art. no.
0899 200 286
HEAD BAND FOR HARD HAT

• For scaffolding construction helmet
• Material: Plastics - Polyamide PA
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0899 200 287

headgear
VISOR FOR SCAFFOLDING CONSTRUCTION HELMET

• Hard-wearing polycarbonate visor
• Interior coating: anti-mist
• Exterior coating: scratch-resistant
• Non-fogging: Yes
Colour Art. no.

Grey 0899 200 278
Colourless 0899 200 288
6
3-PIECE INNER PADDING FOR HARD HAT
Replacement pad for scaffolding hard hat
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0899 200 284
INNER PADDING, 6 PCS, FOR MOUNTAINEER HARD HAT

• Replacement pad for mountaineer hard hat
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0899 200 324

headgear
LINER FOR HARD HAT

• Thermal liner for hard hat (scaffolding and mountaineer)
• The lightweight and functional liner is comfortable to wear underneath a hard hat,
without causing pressure points
• Material: Towelling
• Colour: Black
• Size: L/XL
Art. no.
0899 200 291 6
VISOR FOR HARD HAT INCEPTOR GRX

• Width: 130 mm
Colour Art. no.

- 9501 010 252
Transparent 9501 010 130
HYGIENE KIT FOR W1/30 AND W1H/28 EAR DEFENDERS

• For ear defenders W1/30 and W1H/28
• Comprises two sealing pads and two ear pads
Art. no.
0899 301 351

Personal Protective Equipment / Personal protective equipment / Hearing
protection
REPLACEMENT PLUGS
For ear defender strap x-300
• Number of ear plugs: 5 Pair
6 Art. no.
0899 300 340
EAR PLUG DISPENSER

Easy-to-use and robust ear plug dispenser for wall mounting
Easy filling
Filling quantity: 400 pairs
Grid rotation system prevents multiple plugs from falling out
Catch shelf prevents the plugs from falling to the floor
Art. no.
0899 300 335

protection
EAR DEFENDERS W3/34

Ear defenders with outstanding insulation properties for optimum
protection in very loud areas
Individual adjustment
Telescopic headband
Extremely comfortable to wear
• Padded headband
• Low contact pressure
• Wide and comfortable sealing pads
• Large shells with extra-wide ear space
Quick and easy sealing pad replacement
• SNR attenuation value: 34 dB
• L attenuation value: 27 dB 6
• M attenuation value: 32 dB
Tested in accordance with EN 352-1
• H attenuation value: 33 dB
Art. no.
0899 300 354
EAR DEFENDERS W2F/32

With excellent insulation properties, reflective headband and fluore-
scent muffs
Highly visible
Improves occupational safety, particularly when working outdoors in places such as
roadwork sites, airports and all other workplaces with poor lighting conditions.
Space-saving storage
Folding headband
Extremely comfortable to wear
• Padded headband
• Wide and comfortable sealing pads.
Tested in accordance with EN 352-1 • L attenuation value: 24 dB
Art. no.
0899 300 353

protection
EAR DEFENDERS W1/30

With good insulation properties (SNR value 30 dB) and height-adjus-
table headband
Extremely flat, lightweight and comfortable
Telescopic height adjustment, individually adjustable for each head
size
Headband: Reflective lettering
Weight: 195 grams
Air Flow Control TM technology:
Improved and stable insulation properties, in particular at low frequencies
• L attenuation value: 23 dB
6 • M attenuation value: 28 dB
Art. no.
0899 300 351
EAR DEFENDERS BASIC

Lightweight and comfortable design
• Comfortable design and lightweight plastic structure
• Easily height-adjustable headband
• Headband: Acetal
Art. no.
0899 300 350

protection
EAR DEFENDERS CESSNA CAP

• Ear defenders for attachment to hard hats
• Telescopic band for individual adjustment
• High wearing comfort thanks to:
• Low fitting pressure
• Wide, comfortable sealing pads
• Easier, faster replacement of sealing pads
Tested in accordance with EN 352, ANSI S3.19-1974, AS/NZ • H attenuation value: 34 dB
S1270:2002
Art. no.
6
0899 300 312
EAR DEFENDERS SNIPER CAP

Ear defenders for attachment to hard hats
Telescopic band for individual adjustment
High wearing comfort thanks to:
Tested in accordance with EN 352
Art. no.
0899 390 415
EAR DEFENDERS HERCULES CAP

• Ear defenders for helmet mounting
• Soft replaceable ear pads with gel filling and head pads
• Extremely comfortable to wear
Art. no.
0899 390 416

protection
EAR DEFENDERS, W1H/28

Air Flow Control TM technology
Improved stable insulation, particularly at low frequencies
Extremely flat and lightweight; outstandingly comfortable fit

Telescopic height adjustment, individually adjustable for every head
size
6
Art. no.
0899 300 352
EAR DEFENDERS CESSNA

Folding headband for space-saving storage
Individually adjustable thanks to telescopic headband
Extremely comfortable to wear thanks to:
• Padded headband
Art. no.
0899 300 295

protection
EAR DEFENDERS PIPER

• Three-position headband which can be attached over the head, behind the neck or
under the chin
• Individually adjustable thanks to telescopic headband
• Does not contain any metal parts
• Extremely comfortable to wear thanks to low-pressure design and wide, comfortab-
le sealing pads
• Quick and easy sealing pad replacement
6
Tested in accordance with EN 352, ANSI S3.19- 1974, AS/NZ
S1270:2002
Art. no.
0899 300 296
EAR DEFENDERS SNIPER

• Folding headband for space-saving storage
• Extremely comfortable to wear thanks to padded headband, low-pressure design
and wide, comfortable sealing pads
Tested in accordance with EN 352, ANSI S3.19-1974, AS/NZ

S1270:2002
Art. no.
0899 300 298

protection
EAR DEFENDERS HERCULES

• Ear defenders with outstanding insulation properties for optimum protection in
demanding noise environments
• Folding headband for space-saving storage
• Extremely comfortable to wear thanks to padded headband, low-pressure design
and wide, comfortable sealing pads
6
Tested in accordance with EN 352, ANSI S3.19-1974, AS/NZ
S1270:2002
Art. no.
0899 300 299
EAR DEFENDERS WNA 100

With good insulation properties and height-adjustable headband
Very comfortable
• Padded headband and soft sealing cushions
• Extremely flat and light
Adapts to any head shape
Height adjustment of straps
Suitable for medium noise ranges
Medium SNR value
Art. no.
0899 300 400

protection

With very good insulation properties and height-adjustable head-
band
Very comfortable
Padded headband and soft sealing cushions
Suitable for areas with lots of noise
High SNR value
• H attenuation value: 35 dB 6
Art. no.
0899 300 410
EAR DEFENDERS WNA 200/F

With excellent insulation properties, height-adjustable headband and
fluorescent capsules
Very comfortable
Excellent visibility in difficult visibility conditions
Fluorescent capsules and reflective lettering on the headband
High SNR value
Art. no.
0899 300 430

protection

With very good noise insulation properties and height-adjustable
headband
Very comfortable
Very high SNR value
6 • H attenuation value: 39 dB
Art. no.
0899 300 420
EAR DEFENDERS WNA BASIC

Lightweight and comfortable design
Comfortable design and lightweight plastic structure
Suitable for medium noise ranges
Average SNR value
Headband: Acetate
Art. no.
0899 300 450

protection
EAR PLUGS X-100

Ergonomic, cone-shaped disposable ear plugs for use in extremely
noisy environments
Outstanding insulation properties
Excellent voice recognition
Very comfortable for maximum user acceptance
Closed surface prevents the penetration of foreign bodies and dirt
particles in the plugs
Imprinted X shape provides a number of advantages:
• Reduces contact pressure at the entrance to the ear canal
• Soft and optimum adjustment to the ear canal
• Quick and simple to insert correctly
• Easy to remove 6
Container Design Art. no.

Disposable dispenser In pairs in polybag 0899 300 331
Disposable dispenser Loose 0899 300 342
Refilling bag for dispenser Loose 0899 300 336
CORDED EAR PLUGS X-100

Ergonomic, cone-shaped disposable ear plugs for use in extremely
noisy environments
Always quickly available thanks to the safety cord
Very good insulation
Excellent speech clarity
Very comfortable, thus no reluctance to wear
Closed surface prevents foreign bodies and dirt particles from penet-
rating the ear plug
Imprinted X shape provides a host of advantages:
• Reduces the contact pressure at the ear canal opening
• Gentle, optimum adaptation to the ear canal
• Quick, proper insertion
• Easy to remove the ear plug
• Container: Disposable dispenser
• Design: In pairs in polybag
Art. no.
0899 300 332

protection
EAR PLUGS X-200

Thin, ergonomically shaped disposable ear plugs for people with nar-
row ear canals
Outstanding insulation properties
Excellent voice recognition
Very comfortable for maximum user acceptance
Closed surface prevents the penetration of foreign bodies and dirt
particles in the plugs.
Imprinted X shape provides a host of advantages:
• Quick and simple to insert correctly
6 • Easy to remove
Container Design Art. no.

Disposable dispenser In pairs in polybag 0899 300 334
Refilling bag for dispenser Loose 0899 300 337
EAR PLUGS X-100, DETECTABLE

With detectable metal insert
Ergonomic and conically preformed disposable ear plugs for use in
extremely demanding noise environments
Always available and close at hand thanks to safety cord
Outstanding insulating properties
Excellent speech recognition
Extremely comfortable to wear, for maximum wearer acceptance
Closed surface prevents foreign bodies and particles of dirt from
entering the ear plugs
Imprinted „X“ shape offers a number of advantages:
• Quick to insert correctly
• Easy to remove
Art. no.
0899 300 333

protection
EAR PLUG BAND X-300

Lightweight at only 8 g
• To be worn under the chin
• Designed according to the latest ergonomic findings
• Oval plugs perfectly close up the ear canal.
• Fixing of the strap eliminates distracting friction noises
Art. no.
0899 300 339
FOLDING EAR PLUG BAND X-300

Practical and comfortable hearing protection that you can store in any
shirt or jacket pocket and take with you.
• Strap worn under the chin
• Ergonomic design
• Oval plugs close off the ear canal precisely
• Strap fixes the ear plugs in place to eliminate friction noise
• Lightweight at only 8 g
Art. no.
0899 300 341

protection
CORDED EAR PLUGS

Soft fins make these ear plugs very comfortable to wear
• Always to hand thanks to a securing cord
• High noise insulation with good signal and speech recognition
• Comfortable to wear thanks to soft fins
• Supplied in a practical storage box
Art. no.
0899 300 338

Personal Protective Equipment / Work shoes / Occupational footwear
LEISURE SHOES, TYPE 2

Sneaker shoe
• Lightweight, flexible and extremely comfortable
• The design adapts easily to any foot. Ergonomic shape: better fit, great flexibility
• Ankle: black synthetic fabric
• Lining: red, breathable textile lining
• Footbed: PE with black textile. Perforated front part
• Sole: extra light PU Ergo-Flex sole
• Weight in size 42: approx. 610 g/pair
• Colour: Black
• Material of shoes upper: Synthetic upper with textile insert
Size Art. no. 6

36 5360 016 360
37 5360 016 370
38 5360 016 380
39 5360 016 390
40 5360 016 400
41 5360 016 410
42 5360 016 420
43 5360 016 430
44 5360 016 440
45 5360 016 450
46 5360 016 460
47 5360 016 470

ROOFER SHOE S3 DEEP

• Safety shoe
• Reflective inserts for improved visibility and safety
• Lining: breathable, abrasion-resistant textile lining
• Footbed: removable, quick-drying, antibacterial insole
• Cap: Plastic cap
• Midsole: puncture-proof, metal-free textile midsole
• Sole: double PU sole, non-slip, antistatic, oil-resistant and temperature-resistant up
to +140°C
• Shank: Suede (thickness 1.8–2.0 mm)
• Colour: Grey, Black
• Material of shoes upper: Leather
6 • Safety category: S3
Size Art. no.

38 5357 980 380
39 5357 980 390
40 5357 980 400
41 5357 980 410
42 5357 980 420
43 5357 980 430
44 5357 980 440
45 5357 980 450
46 5357 980 460
47 5357 980 470

ROOFING SHOES S3 LOW 3HYBRID

• Lining: breathable, abrasion-resistant textile lining
• Soft padded, closed tongue
• Reflective strips for improved visibility and safety
• Insoles: removable, anatomically designed, moisture-absorbent, anti-static and
breathable
• Cap: Plastic cap
• Sole 3hybrid: three-density polyurethane, anti-static, hydrocarbon-resistant, anti-
shock, non-slip, temperature resistant up to +140 °C
• Colour: Dark grey, Black
• Material of shoes upper: Buckskin 6
• Safety category: S3
• ISO: 20345
Size Art. no.

38 5357 980 038
39 5357 980 039
40 5357 980 040
41 5357 980 041
42 5357 980 042
43 5357 980 043
44 5357 980 044
45 5357 980 045
46 5357 980 046
47 5357 980 047

Personal Protective Equipment / Work shoes / Safety shoes
SAFETY SHOES, ONTARIO S1P

• Shank: grey textile, black Pampas (PU-coated) leather
• Lining: breathable, quick-drying textile lining
• Footbed: removable, anti-bacterial, breathable, anti-static insole
• Toe cap: perforated steel toe cap
• Midsole: anti-perforation metal-free textile midsole
• Sole: Vibram® Supersafety + TPU
• Colour: Grey
• Material of shoes upper: Textile
• Safety category: S1P
• ISO: 20345
Safety class S1P:

Closed heel area, anti-static, energy absorption capacity in
the heel area, energy absorption in the protective toe cap of
200 joules, oil and petrol-resistant outsole, puncture-proof sole,
water-repellent (not watertight)
Size Art. no.

39 5357 088 390
40 5357 088 400
41 5357 088 410
42 5357 088 420
43 5357 088 430
44 5357 088 440
45 5357 088 450
46 5357 088 460
47 5357 088 470

SAFETY BOOTS ALASKA S3

• Shank: high-quality, waterproof, fine velour leather
• Reflective strips for improved visibility/safety
• Footbed: removable and anti-bacterial insole
• Toe caps: Plastic toe caps
• Midsole: anti-perforation, metal-free and textile midsole
• Sole: double PU sole, self-cleaning, temperature-resistant up to + 140°C
Safety class S3: • Material of shoes upper: Suede
200 joules, oil and petrol-resistant outsole, puncture-proof sole, • Standards: ISO 20345
6
Size Art. no.
36 5357 019 360
37 5357 019 370
38 5357 019 380
39 5357 019 390
40 5357 019 400
41 5357 019 410
42 5357 019 420
43 5357 019 430
44 5357 019 440
45 5357 019 450
46 5357 019 460
47 5357 019 470

SAFETY SHOES FLEX-RUNNING

Safety level S3 SRC / EN ISO 20345
• The lightweight, sporty safety boot
• Shaft: black suede, black breathable textile
• Additional BLOCK UP heel support system
• Footbed: removable, anti-bacterial, anti-static, breathable, comfortable insole
• Toe caps: perforated steel toe caps
Safety class S3: Closed heel, anti-static, energy absorption capac- • Midsole: anti-perforation, non-metal textile midsole
ity in the heel area, energy absorption in the protective toe cap of
water-repellent (not watertight). • Weight in size 42: approx. 1310 g/pair
• Colour: Black
6 • Material of shoes upper: Buckskin
Size Art. no.

36 5357 925 360
37 5357 925 370
38 5357 925 380
39 5357 925 390
40 5357 925 400
41 5357 925 410
42 5357 925 420
43 5357 925 430
44 5357 925 440
45 5357 925 450
46 5357 925 460
47 5357 925 470

SAFETY BOOTS KAROO

Safety level S3 SRC / CE UNI EN ISO 20345:2012
• Breathable, abrasion-resistant textile lining
• Shaft: grey suede, with technical textile inserts, heel reinforcement
• Footbed: removable, quick-drying, anti-bacterial insole
• Sole: 3 RUN, three-layer PU sole, non-slip, antistatic, oil-resistant and tempera-
Safety class S3:
ture-resistant up to +140°C
the heel area, energy absorption in the protective toe cap of • Plastic cap
water-repellent (not watertight) • Weight in size 42: approx. 1100 g/pair
• Material of shoes upper: Suede
• Safety category: S3 6
• Type description: Karoo
• Foot width: 11 (comfort width safety shoes)
Colour Size Art. no.

Grey, Light green 46 5357 152 460
Grey, Light green, Light grey 39 5357 152 390

SAFETY BOOTS SONORA

• Shank: WRU water-resistant, scratch-resistant coated leather, heel reinforcement
• Footbed: removable, quick-drying, anti-bacterial insole
• Sole: 3 CROSS, three-layer PU sole, non-slip, antistatic, oil-resistant and tempera-
Safety class S3: ture-resistant up to +140°C
the heel area, energy absorption in the protective toe cap of • Plastic cap
• Colour: Black, Red, Grey
6 • Material of shoes upper: Polyurethan - PUR
Size Art. no.

39 5357 153 390
40 5357 153 400
41 5357 153 410
42 5357 153 420
43 5357 153 430
44 5357 153 440
45 5357 153 450
46 5357 153 460

SAFETY SHOES ALASKA S3

• Shank: high-quality, waterproof, fine velour leather
• Reflective strips for improved visibility/safety
• Footbed: removable and anti-bacterial insole
• Sole: double PU sole, self-cleaning, temperature-resistant up to + 140°C
Safety class S3: • Colour: Grey, Black
the heel area, energy absorption in the protective toe cap of • Material of shoes upper: Suede
200 joules, oil and petrol-resistant outsole, puncture-proof sole, • Safety category: S3
• ISO: 20345 6
Size Art. no.
36 5357 020 360
37 5357 020 370
38 5357 020 380
39 5357 020 390
40 5357 020 400
41 5357 020 410
42 5357 020 420
43 5357 020 430
44 5357 020 440
45 5357 020 450
46 5357 020 460
47 5357 020 470

SAFETY SHOES FLEX RUNNING S3

• Shank: black suede, black breathable textile
• Additional BLOCK UP heel support system
• Footbed: removable, anti-bacterial, anti-static, breathable, comfortable insole
• Toe caps: perforated steel toe caps
Safety class S3:

• Colour: Black
200 joules, oil and petrol-resistant outsole, puncture-proof sole, • Material of shoes upper: Buckskin
6 • ISO: 20345
• Type description: FLEX-RUNNING
Size Art. no.

36 5357 038 360
37 5357 038 370
38 5357 038 380
39 5357 038 390
40 5357 038 400
41 5357 038 410
42 5357 038 420
43 5357 038 430
44 5357 038 440
45 5357 038 450
46 5357 038 460
47 5357 038 470

LOW-CUT SAFETY SHOES, S3, ROOFER CAP

• Lining: breathable, wear-resistant textile lining
• Soft padded closed tongue
• Footbed: removable, anatomically designed, moisture-absorbent, anti-static and
breathable
• Sole: double PU sole, temperature-resistant up to + 140°C
Safety class S3:
Closed heel area, anti-static, energy absorption capacity in • Colour: Black
• Material of shoes upper: Leather
water-repellent (not watertight) • Safety category: S3
• Foot width: 11 (comfort width safety shoes) 6
Size Standards ISO Art. no.
38 - - 5357 974 380
39 ISO 20345 20345 5357 974 390
40 ISO 20345 20345 5357 974 400
41 ISO 20345 20345 5357 974 410
42 - - 5357 974 420
43 ISO 20345 20345 5357 974 430
44 ISO 20345 20345 5357 974 440
45 ISO 20345 20345 5357 974 450
46 ISO 20345 20345 5357 974 460
47 ISO 20345 20345 5357 974 470

SAFETY SHOE TANAMI

• Upper: microtechnical fabric and scratch-resistant leather
• Footbed: Removable, quick-drying, anti-bacterial insole
Safety class S3: • Midsole: puncture-proof, metal-free textile midsole
• Sole: 3 RUN PU sole, non-slip, antistatic, oil-resistant and temperature-resistant up
200 joules, oil and petrol-resistant outsole, puncture-proof sole, to +140°C
• Plastic cap
• Colour: Black, Light grey, Red
6 • Material of shoes upper: Suede with textile insert
• ISO: 20345
Size Art. no.

39 5357 154 390
40 5357 154 400
41 5357 154 410
42 5357 154 420
43 5357 154 430
44 5357 154 440
45 5357 154 450
46 5357 154 460

SAFETY BOOTS, S5, PVC

• 100% watertight
• Lining: 100% polyester
• Toe cap: Steel toe cap
• Midsole: anti-perforation steel sole
• Sole: PVC, oil-resistant, anti-slip and anti-static
• Colour: Green
• Material of shoes upper: Polyvinylchlorid - PVC
6
Safety class S5:
Closed heel area, anti-static, energy absorption capacity in the
heel area, energy absorption in the protective toe cap of 200
joules, oil and petrol-resistant outsole, anti-puncture sole, water-re-
pellent (not watertight), fully moulded or vulcanised upper (e.g.
boots made of rubber, PVC, PU)
Size Standards ISO Art. no.

39 ISO 20345 EN 345 20345 0899 805 39
40 ISO 20345 EN 345 20345 0899 805 40
41 ISO 20345 EN 345 20345 0899 805 41
42 ISO 20345 EN 345 20345 0899 805 42
43 ISO 20345 EN 345 20345 0899 805 43
44 - - 0899 805 44
45 ISO 20345 EN 345 20345 0899 805 45
46 ISO 20345 EN 345 20345 0899 805 46

Personal Protective Equipment / Occupational safety / Protective equip-
ment, soldering/welding
HIGH-TEMPERATURE PROTECTIVE BLANKET HTD 1000

To protect delicate components during welding and soldering work
• Suitable for extreme conditions
• Resistant to sparks, cinders, welding beads and incandescent materials
• Asbestos-free
• Max. short-term temperature resistance: 1000 °C
Length Width Art. no.

1500 mm 1000 mm 0984 350
3000 mm 2000 mm 0984 350 0
6
HIGH-TEMPERATURE PROTECTIVE BLANKET HTD 900
To protect sensitive components during welding and soldering work
• Resistant to sparks, cinders, welding beads
• Asbestos-free
• Application temperature: 750°C, briefly: 900°C
• Length: 1500 mm
• Width: 1000 mm
Art. no.
0984 350 3
CURTAIN
For portable welding protection wall
• Width: 205 cm
• Height: 180 cm
• ISO: EN ISO 25980
Art. no.
0984 770 3

Personal Protective Equipment / Occupational safety / Protective equip-
ment, soldering/welding
PORTABLE WELDING PROTECTION WALL

The combination of extremely robust base frame based on square
profiles (30x30 mm) and the welding protection curtain is suitable for
arc welding according to EN 1598.
Translucent orange welding protection curtain
Risk factor < 1
Degree of reflection: 230 to 400 nm < 10%
Dimensions:
• Wall: W x H: 200 x 190 cm
• Curtain: W x H: 205 x 180 cm
• ISO: EN ISO 25980
• Width x height: 200 x 190 cm
6
In accordance with EN 1598
Art. no.
0984 770
DISPENSER
Empty roller block for warning tape
• Suitable for strap dimension: 500 m x 80 mm
Art. no.
0899 615 000

Personal Protective Equipment / Occupational safety / Security tapes
WARNING MARKING ADHESIVE TAPE

Soft PVC
Abrasion-resistant and elastic carrier material
• Easy to use
• Adheres even to uneven surfaces
• Length: 33 m
• Width: 50 mm
• Min./max. processing temperature: 5 to 40 °C
• Elongation at break: 200 %
• Adhesive base: Natural rubber adhesive
Colour Art. no.

6 Red-white 0812 44 653
Yellow-black 0812 44 654
MARKING TAPE, SELF-ADHESIVE

• Flexible
• Outstanding abrasion resistance
• Non-corrosive adhesive
• Excellent adhesion
• Can be walked on immediately after application
• Can be applied manually or by machine
• Colour: Yellow-black
• Width: 50 mm
• Length: 33 m
Art. no.
0899 615 010
WARNING TAPE, DIAGONAL

To close off, secure and mark hazard zones, construction sites, const-
ruction pits, plots of land, paths etc.
• Extremely resistant to tearing
• Diagonal blocking on both sides
• PVC and heavy metal free
• Width: 80 mm
• Length: 500 m
Colour Art. no.

Red-white 0899 615 006
Yellow-black 0899 615 007

Personal Protective Equipment / Occupational safety / Security tapes
WARNING TAPE
Made of sustainable regranulate to close off, secure and mark hazard
zones, construction sites, construction pits, plots of land, paths etc.
• Blue Angel certified
• Red/white blocks on both sides
• Free from PVC and heavy metal
• Material: Plastic recyclate
• Colour: Red-white
• Width: 80 mm
• Length: 500 m
6
Art. no.
0899 615 009

Personal Protective Equipment / Protection equipment, hazardous goods /
Protective equipment, hazardous goods
BAG FOR EQUIPMENT ADR

• Length: 560 mm
• Width: 230 mm
• Height: 370 mm
Art. no.
0899 964 801
6

Personal Protective Equipment / Emergency equipment / First aid
DETECT FABRIC FINGER PLASTER

• Flexible fabric adhesive plaster
• Detectable plaster
• Metal strip below the wound pad
• Extra long, specifically for fingers
• Colour: Blue
• Length: 180 mm
• Width: 20 mm
CE-certified
Art. no.
0899 520 104
6
FABRIC FINGER PLASTER
• Flexible fabric adhesive plaster
• Extra long, specifically for fingers
• Colour: Beige
Contents:
100 pcs per box
• Length: 180 mm
• Width: 20 mm
CE-certified
Art. no.
0899 520 102

FIRST AID CASE APPENDIX 1

For activities involving three or more workers
Containing more than the „basic“ content required under Italian
Ministerial Decree 388
Equipped with bracket for wall mounting
Contents:
• Pair of sterile gloves, 5 pc.
• Mask with eye protection visor, 1 pc.
• Bottle of saline solution 500 ml, 3 pc.
• Bottle of disinfectant 500 ml povidone-iodine 10% iodine PMC, 2 pc.
• Packet of sterile compressed gauze 10 x 10 cm, 10 pc.
• Sterile bandage 40 x 60 cm DIN 13152 - BR, 2 pc.
6
Complies with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15.07.03 - Appen-
dix 1 with additions Suitable for class A and B businesses or
production units • Pack of hydrophilic cotton wool, 1 pc.
In accordance with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15.07.03,
• Sterile tweezers, 2 pc.
and with Article 15, paragraph 3 of Italian Legislative Decree 81
of 09.04.08 and subsequent amendments • Pouch of elastic tubular bandages, 1 pc
• Pouch: 3 liquid cleaning agents, 3 disinfectant wipes, 2 ammonia wipes, 1 pc.
• Gold/silver isothermal blanket 160 x 210 cm, 1 pc.
• 3.5 g sterile gel treatment for burns, 2 pc.
• Sterile padding bandage 80 x 100 cm DIN 13151 M, 1 pc.
• Roll of adhesive plaster 5 m x 2.50 cm, 2 pc.
• Pack of assorted plasters, 2 pc
• Lister 14.5 cm scissors DIN 58279 - A 145, 1 pc.
• Latex-free tourniquet, 3 pc.
• Single-use, instant Ice Pack, 2 pc.
• Bag for sanitary waste, 2 pc.
• Digital clinical thermometer, 1 pc.
• Sphygmomanometer with phonendoscope, 1 pc.
• Hemmed bandage 3.5 m x 10 cm, 2 pc.
• Pinocchio mouth opener + Vento resuscitator resuscitation set, 1 pc.
• TNT triangular bandage 96 x 96 x 136 cm, 1 pc.
• Elastic bandage 4 x 6 cm DIN 61634, 2 pc.
• Multilingual first aid instructions, 1 pc.
• Copy of Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15.07.03, 1 pc
• Length: 445 mm
• Width: 320 mm
• Height: 150 mm
Art. no.
0899 520 30

FIRST AID KIT

Complies with Italian Decree no. 25 of 13 June 2005 of the Autono-
mous Province of Bolzano
For activities involving three or more workers. Suitable for class A
and B businesses or production units
Equipped with bracket for wall mounting
Contents:
• Copy of Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15.07.03, 1 pc.
• List of contents DPP 25/2005, 1 pc.
• Pair of sterile gloves, 5 pc.
• Mask with eye protection visor, 1 pc.
• Sterile saline solution 500 ml, 3 pc.
• Bottles of disinfectant 500 ml povidone-iodine 10% iodine PMC, 2 pc.
6
Contents comply with Decree of the President of the Autonomous
Province (DPP) of Bolzano no. 25 of 13 June 2005, Appendix
A1, Art. 3 • Packet of sterile compressed gauze 10x10 cm, 10 pc.
• Sterile dressings 40 x 60 cm DIN 13152 BR, 2 pc.
• Pack of hydrophilic cotton wool, 1 pc.
• Sterile tweezers, 2 pc.
• Pouch of elastic tubular bandages, 1 pc.
• Roll of adhesive plaster 5 m x 2.5 cm, 2 pc.
• Pack of 20 assorted plasters, 2 pc.
• Pair of scissors for cutting bandages 14.5 cm DIN58279, 1 pc.
• Tourniquets, 3 pc.
• Instant Ice Pack, 2 pc.
• Bags for sanitary waste, 2 pc.
• Clinical thermometer with case, 1 pc.
• Sphygmomanometer with phonendoscope, 1 pc.
• Multilingual first aid instructions, 1 pc.
• Hemmed bandage 3.5 m x 10 cm, 3 pc.
• Gold/silver isothermal blanket 160 x 210 cm, 1 pc.
• Elastic bandages 4 m x 8 cm, 3 pc.
• Sterile padding bandages 80 x 100 mm DIN13151M, 3 pc.
• Sterile padding bandages 100 x 120 mm DIN, 3 pc.
• Vento mouth-to-mouth resuscitator, 1 pc.
• Bottle of disinfectant 250, 1 pc.
• Length: 443 mm
• Width: 338 mm
• Height: 147 mm
Art. no.
0899 520 50

FIRST AID CASE APPENDIX 2

For activities with less than three workers
Equipped with bracket for attachment to a wall
Contains:
• Pair of sterile gloves, 2 pc
• Bottle of disinfectant 125 ml Povidone-iodine 10% iodine PMC, 1 pc
• Bottle of sterile saline solution 250 ml, 1 pc
• Packet of sterile compressed gauze 18 x 40 cm, 3 pc
• Pack of hydrophilic cotton wool, 1 pc
Complies with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15.07.03. Appen- • Sterile tweezers, 1 pc
dix 2 with additions Suitable for class C businesses or production
• Gauze dressing 3.5 m x 10 cm, 1 pc
6 units
• Case: 3 liquid cleaning agents, 3 disinfectant wipes, 2 ammonia wipes, 1 pc
In accordance with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15.07.03,
and with Article 15, paragraph 3 of Italian Legislative Decree 81
• Roll of adhesive plasters, 5 m x 2.50 cm, 1 pc
of 09.04.08 and subsequent amendments
• Lister 14.5-cm scissors DIN 58279 - A 145, 1 pc
• Latex-free tourniquet, 1 pc
• Single-use, instant Ice Pack, 1 pc
• Bag for sanitary waste, 1 pc
• Sterile bandage 40 x 60 cm DIN 13152 - BR, 1 pc
• TNT triangular bandage 96 x 96 x 136 cm, 1 pc
• Multilingual first aid instructions, 1 pc
• Copy of Italian ministerial decree 388 of 15.07.03, 1 pc
• Length: 270 mm
• Width: 200 mm
• Height: 125 mm
Art. no.
0899 520 31

FIRST AID KIT

For activities involving up to three workers Suitable for class C busi-
nesses or production units
With bracket for attachment to a wall
Contains:
• Copy of Italian Ministerial Decree 388/2003, 1 pc
• List of contents DPP 25/2005, 1 pc
• Bottle of disinfectant 125 ml Povidone-iodine 10%, 1 pc
• Sterile saline solution 250 ml CE, 1 pc
• Packet of sterile compressed gauze 10 x 10, 3 pc
Contents comply with Decree of the President of the Autonomous • Pack of hydrophilic cotton wool, 1 pc 6
Province (DPP) of Bolzano no. 25 of 13 June 2005, Appendix • Sterile tweezers, 1 pc
A2, Art. 3
• Case of 10 assorted plasters, 1 pc
• Pair of scissors for cutting bandages 14.5 DIN, 1 pc
• Tourniquet, 1 pc
• Instant ICE PACK, 1 pc
• Bag for sanitary waste 250 x 350 mm, 1 pc
• Hemmed bandage 10 cm, 1 pc
• Sterile padding bandage 80 x 100 mm DIN 13151 M, 2 pc
• Sterile padding bandage 100 x120 mm DIN 13151 L, 2 pc
• Elastic bandage 4 m x 8 cm, 2 pc
• Gold/silver isothermal blanket 160 x 210 cm, 1 pc
• VENTO mouth-to-mouth resuscitator, 1 pc
• Length: 282 mm
• Width: 220 mm
• Height: 112 mm
Art. no.
0899 520 51

FIRST AID CASE BASIC

Assortment case that can be wall mounted
Contents:
• pair of sterile gloves 2 pcs
• bottle of disinfectant 125 ml iodiopovidone at 10% iodine PMC 1 pc.
• bottle of sterile saline solution 250 ml 1 pc.
• sachet of sterile gauze 18 x 40 cm 1 pc.
• sterile pliers 1 pc.
• pack of cotton wool 1 pc.
• pack of assorted plasters 1 pc.
• plaster roll 5 m x 2.50 cm 1 pc.
• gauze bandage 3.5 m x 10 cm 1 pc.
6 • scissors 10 cm 1 pc.
Contents comply with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 Appendix
2 Basic • latex-free tourniquet 1 pc.
• sachet of sterile gauze 10 x 10 cm 3 pc.
• Ice Pack disposable instant ice 1 pc.
• sanitary waste bag 1 pc.
• copy of Italian Ministerial Decree no. 388 of 15/07/03 1 pc.
• Length: 250 mm
• Width: 190 mm
• Height: 90 mm
Art. no.
0899 520 32

FIRST AID BOX CPS359 12 PIECES

Specific content for first aid treatment of minor burns caused by cont-
act with heat and/or with acidic or alkaline substances
Impact-resistant polypropylene case
Includes wall mount
Handle
Contents:
• 10 pouches of anti-burn gel, 3.5 g
• 4 sterile anti-burn gauzes, 10x10 cm
• 1 pair of bandage scissors 14.5 cm
• 1 sterile saline solution 100 ml
• 1 pair of sterile disposable tweezers
• 1 patch in spool 5x2.5 cm 6
• 2 non-woven sterile towels 40x60 cm
• 3 bandages with non-stick coating 100x120 mm
• 1 bottle of 50 ml anti-burn hydrogel
• 1 self-adhesive skin-coloured plaster 6x100 cm
• 4 compresses, sterile gauze 10x10 cm
• 2 pairs of sterile gloves
• Length: 260 mm
• Width: 205 mm
• Height: 90 mm
Art. no.
9501 007 834

FIRST AID CASE PRO AID

Carbon steel cabinet with epoxy-polyester coating
Holes for attachment to a wall
With lock
Contains:
• Single-use instant Ice Pack, 2 pc
• Mask with eye protection visor, 1 pc
• Bottle of saline solution 500 ml, 3 pc
• Digital clinical thermometer, 1 pc
• Bottle of povidone-iodine cutaneous solution 500 ml, 2 pc
• Sphygmomanometer with phonendoscope, 1 pct
6
• Pack of sterile compressed gauze 10 x 10 cm, 10 pc
Contents comply with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15.07.03 -
Appendix 1 extended • Pack of sterile compressed gauze 18 x 40 cm, 2 pc
• Case: 3 liquid cleaning agents, 3 disinfectant wipes, 2 ammonia wipes, 1 pc
• Sterile bandage 40 x 60 cm DIN 13152-BR, 2 pc
• Pinocchio + Vento resuscitation set, 1 pc
• Sterile tweezers, 2 pc
• Gold/silver isothermal blanket 160 x 210 cm, 1 pc
• TNT triangular bandage 96 x 96 x 136 cm, 1 pc
• Case of elastic tubular bandage, 1 pc
• 3.5-g sterile gel treatment for burns, 2 pc
• Elastic bandage 4 m x 6 cm DIN 61634, 2 pc
• 14.5-cm scissors DIN 58279, 1 pc
• Sterile padding bandage 80 x 100 mm DIN 13151 M, 1 pc
• Copy of Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15.07.03, 1 pc
• Length: 483 mm
• Width: 402 mm
• Height: 202 mm
Art. no.
0899 520 40

FIRST AID CASE

Coated steel cabinet
Holes for attachment to a wall
With lock and 2 keys
Contains:
• Roll of adhesive plasters 5 m x 2.50 cm, 2 pc
• Mask with eye protection visor, 1 pc
• Bottle of sterile saline solution 500 ml, 3 pc
• Lister 14.5-cm scissors DIN 58279 - A 145, 1 pc
• Bottle of disinfectant 500 ml povidone-iodine 10% iodine PMC, 2 pc
6
Contents comply with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of • Single-use, instant Ice Pack, 2 pc
15.07.2003 - Appendix 1
• Sterile bandage 40 x 60 cm DIN 13152 - BR, 2 pc
• Digital clinical thermometer, 1 pc
• Sphygmomanometer with phonendoscope, 1 pc
• Sterile tweezers, 2 pc
• Case of elastic tubular bandages, 1 pc
• Copy of Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15.07.03, 1 unit
• Length: 460 mm
• Width: 300 mm
• Height: 140 mm
Art. no.
0899 520 125
SAFARI FIRST AID KIT FIRST AID BOX

• For 1–10 employees
• Suitable for stationary or mobile use
• Easy to find what you need thanks to flexible interior compartments and Plexiglas
cover
• High-strength ABS plastic
• Resistant to deformation, impact-resistant, temperature-resistant
• Protected against dust and water spray thanks to rubber seal in the interior
• Length: 27.5 cm
• Width: 22 cm
• Height: 12 cm
Art. no.
0899 110 1

CAR FIRST-AID BOX, DIN 13164 FOR W-FR FIRST AID KIT FOR BUS/CAR
First-aid kit complies with DIN 13164
Contents:
• DIN 13164
• 4 alcohol wipes
• 1 mouth-to-mouth breathing aid
• DIN: 13164
• Length: 255 mm
• Width: 166 mm
• Height: 80 mm
• Box material: Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol
Art. no.
6 0899 520 14
MAGNETIC SPLINTER REMOVAL PENCIL

• Aluminium pencil to remove splinters from eyes
• The neoprene seals ensure secure grip of the tool
• With a magnetic point on one side with exceptional force of attraction to remove
ferrous splinters
• With an abrasion-resistant nylon loop on the other side to remove other types of
splinters
• Supplied in a practical case
Art. no.
0899 511 96

BURN GEL PRE002

FIAMMETTA – Burn treatment gel
• Suitable for the temporary application of pre-medical first aid in case of chemical
burns, sunburn and other burns
• Provides skin with the necessary hydration, cools and relieves pain
• Minimises burn trauma, helps prevent infections
• Composition: 1% melaleuca (tea tree oil), 96% purified water
• Contents: 35 ml
• Smell/fragrance: Neutral
6
Registered as a medical product
Art. no.
9501 007 835
DISPENSER
For adhesive-free latex-free plasters
Optimum availability
Rapid wound care
Hygienic storage
Integrated blade for cutting plasters
• Colour: Red
• Length: 280 mm
• Height: 170 mm
• Width: 170 mm
Art. no.
0899 512 23

PLASTER DISPENSER
Simple and practical dispenser for plaster refills
Quick-release dispenser
The dispenser contains 36 plasters measuring 25 x 72 mm and
42 plasters measuring 19 x 72 mm
Safe and practical
• Dispenses plasters and also protects them from dust
• Each plaster is individually wrapped
• Very easy to use as immediately available when needed
• Unlock to refill
Ready to use
• Easy to use with just one hand
6 • Simply lift the transparent protective cover and take out the plaster
• When you take a plaster from the dispenser, the protective film is removed automati-
cally for immediate application
Can be used anywhere
• Supplied with dowels and screws for wall mounting
• The dispenser is quick and easy to refill using the key
• Colour: White
• Length: 230 mm
• Height: 131 mm
• Width: 38 mm
Art. no.
0899 512 30
MEDICAL SET
For first aid cases, Appendix 1
• 2 x 500 ml bottles of povidone-iodine and 3 x 500 ml bottles of sterile saline
solution
• Complies with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15.07.03 - Appendix 1 with addi-
tions Suitable for class A and B businesses or production units
Art. no.
0899 520 126

MEDICAL SET
• 1 x 125 ml bottle of povidone-iodine and 1 x 250 ml bottle of sterile saline solution
• Complies with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15.07.03. Appendix 2 with addi-
tions Suitable for class C businesses or production units
Art. no.
0899 520 127
REFILL SET
• With extra content
• Complies with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15/07/03 - Appendix 1 with addi-
Art. no.
0899 520 121
REFILL SET
For first aid cabinet, Appendix 1
• With basic contents
• Complies with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15/07/03 - Appendix 1 with addi-
Art. no.
0899 520 123

COMPLETE REFILL SET

For first aid case A1 Alto Adige
Complies with Italian Decree no. 25 of 13 June 2005 of the Auton-

omous Province of Bolzano
6 Art. no.
0899 520 52
REFILL SET
• With extra content
• Complies with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15/07/03. Appendix 2 with addi-
Art. no.
0899 520 122
REFILL SET
• With basic contents
• Complies with Italian Ministerial Decree 388 of 15/07/03. Appendix 2 with addi-
Art. no.
0899 520 321

COMPLETE REFILL SET

For first aid case A2 Alto Adige
6
In accordance with Italian Decree of the President of the Autono-
mous Province of Bolzano no. 25 of 13 June 2005
Art. no.
0899 520 53
REFILL KIT FOR SAFARI FIRST AID KIT

Refill pack for first-aid kit
Art. no.
0899 110 100

PLASTER REFILL
• Fabric backing
• Plaster length: 72 mm
Number of pieces Plaster width Art. no.

216 PCS 25 mm 0899 512 31
252 PCS 19 mm 0899 512 32
ASSORTED PLASTERS
Polyethylene micropore support
Plaster sizes:
• 5 pieces 70 x 20 mm
• 10 pcs 60 x 20 mm
• 5 pcs 40 x 10 mm
Pack:
160 plasters (8 boxes of 20 pieces)
Art. no.
0899 511 94

ADHESIVE-FREE PLASTER ELAST LATEX-FREE

Adhesive-free plaster for all wounds and cuts.
No adhesive
• Does not stick to skin, hair, or wounds
• No residue
Self-adhesive (only sticks to itself)
Excellent bonding even on wet, oily and dirty skin
Absorbent, soaks up blood
Highly elastic
Good freedom of movement
Skin-friendly
• Plaster length: 450 cm 6
Plaster width Art. no.

6 cm 0899 512 24
3 cm 0899 512 240
BLUE, ADHESIVE-FREE PLASTER ELAST LATEX-FREE

Adhesive-free plaster for all wounds and cuts, optimum hold even in
food-processing areas
No adhesive
• Does not adhere to skin, hair or wounds
• No residues
Self-adhesive (only adheres to itself)
Excellent adhesion even on wet, oily and contaminated skin
Absorbent, absorbs blood
Very elastic
Good freedom of movement
Gentle on the skin
Recognisable as for use in areas where food is processed or stored
Cannot be detected
• Plaster length: 450 cm
Plaster width Art. no.

6 cm 0899 512 25
3 cm 0899 512 250

EYE RINSE SOLUTION

Handy bottle with sterile sodium chloride solution (0.9%)
• Ergonomically shaped eye cup
• The bottle is especially suitable for mobile use in the workplace and for refilling wall
stations and wall-mounted emergency boxes
• Contents: 500 ml
• Chemical basis: Sterile sodium chloride solution (0.9%)
6
In accordance with DIN EN 15154-4
Range of applications Recommended rinsing time Art. no.

For rinsing foreign bodies. approx. 5 minutes 0899 511 906
- - 0899 511 926
NEUTRALISING EYE RINSE SOLUTION

Handy bottle with sterile phosphate solution (4.9%) which has a neut-
ralising effect when there is a risk of chemical burns
• Ergonomically shaped eye cup
• The bottle is especially suitable for mobile use at workstations or for refilling wall
stations or wall-mounted first-aid boxes
• Chemical basis: Sterile phosphate buffer solution (4,9%)
• Range of applications: To neutralize acids and a variety of alkali., Rinse until
the bottle is empty., Continuation of rinsing with the Würth Eye Irrigation.
• Recommended rinsing time: approx. 2 minutes
Art. no.
0899 511 921

EMERGENCY STATION FOR EYES

In a dust-proof wall-mounted box
Scope of delivery:
• Eye rinse solution, 500 ml
• Neutralising eye rinse solution, 200 ml
• Mirror and emergency plan for eyes
• Chemical basis: Sodium chlorite
Art. no.
0899 511 920
EYE WASH STATION

Contains:
• 500 ml bottles of eye wash, 2 pc
• Mirror, 1 pc
• Wall mounting set
Art. no.
0899 511 925

EYE WASH SPRAY CAN, WALL STATION

Sterile eye wash
One wall bracket with clear instructions.
Includes
3x eye wash solution 240 ml
• Chemical basis: Sodium chlorite
6
Art. no.
0899 511 803
EYE WASH SPRAY CAN

Sterile eye wash
• Eye shower with spray head
• Suitable for use in all workshops, mobile workplaces and in the industrial sector
• The eye shower can easily be carried when moving workstations
• Recommended rinsing time: Alkaline injuries: at least 15 minutes, Foreign body
(dust, metal, dirt): at least 1 minute, Acid: 3-5 minutes
Art. no.
0899 511 805

WALL STATION WITH 2 EYE SHOWERS

In a dust-proof wall-mounted box
Scope of delivery:
Wall bracket with 2 x 500 ml eye showers and enclosed pictogram with mirror and
emergency procedure for eye injuries.
• Recommended rinsing time: Alkaline injuries: at least 15 minutes, Foreign body
(dust, metal, dirt): at least 1 minute, Acid: 3-5 minutes
Art. no.
0899 511 900
INSTANT ICE ICE PACK

• Keeps the wounded area cold for around 25–30 minutes
• Useful for minor traumas and/or wounds
Art. no.
0899 520 910

SPLINTER REMOVAL SET

Contains:
• Splinter removal pencil, 1 pc
• Splinter removal tweezers, 1 pc
• Bottle of saline solution, 1 pc
• Eye wash solution stopper, 1 pc
• Pack of sterile gauze 18 x 40, 2 pc
• Magnifying glass, 1 pc
• Mirror 115 x 60 x 2 mm, 1 pc
Art. no.
0899 511 95

Personal Protective Equipment / Skin protection / Care products body
SKIN CARE LOTION

For SKIN dispenser, art. no. 0891 900 5. Lotion to nourish and regene-
rate skin after washing and showering.
Nourishes and regenerates
• Ingredients such as lipids help regenerate the natural skin barrier
• Allantoin moisturises the skin
• Panthenol has an anti-inflammatory effect and accelerates wound healing
Absorbs quickly and does not leave behind an annoying greasy film
Silicone-free
Dermatologically tested
• Container: Bottle
• Smell/fragrance: Perfumed 6
• Performance (points system): 5 of 5 points
• pH value / conditions: 6 / at 20°C
Art. no.
0890 600 206
SKIN CARE LOTION

Lotion to nourish and regenerate skin after washing and showe-
ring. For Skin-Line dispenser systems 0891900500, 0891900501,
0891900502, 0891900503.
For use in Skin dispensing system
• Easy to use
• Excellent residual discharge
• Optimum, economical dosage
Nourishes and regenerates
Ingredients such as lipids promote the skin‘s natural regeneration. allantoin moisturises
the skin, panthenol has an anti-inflammatory effect and accelerates wound healing
• Absorbs quickly and does not leave behind an annoying, greasy film
• Dermatologically tested
• Silicone-free
• Container: Cartridge
• Smell/fragrance: Perfumed
• pH value / conditions: 6 / undiluted
Art. no.
0890 600 217

SKIN CARE LOTION

Lotion to nourish and regenerate skin after washing and showering.
In a handy 250 ml bottle with snap closure.
• Lipids and other ingredients help to regenerate the skin‘s natural barrier, allantoin
moisturises the skin, panthenol helps prevent inflammation and accelerates healing
• Absorbs quickly and does not leave behind an annoying, greasy film
• Silicone-free
6
Art. no.
0890 600 218
HAND CREAM
• Has moisturising and revitalising effect
• Absorbed quickly and leaves no residue
• External irritation to your hands can be alleviated with this cream.
• Weight of content: 980 g
• Smell/fragrance: Pleasant
• Colour: White
• Container: Bucket
Art. no.
0893 902

WÜRTH RESTORE CREAM

Soothing moisturising cream, to be applied after work
Soothing and fragrant
• Care for dry and damaged skin
• Rebuilds the skin‘s natural fat layer
• Suitable as general purpose skin cream
No perfumes
• Weight of content: 1.14 kg
• Smell/fragrance: Mild
• Colour: White
• pH value: 6.0-7.5
• Container: Refilling bag for dispenser
Art. no.
0890 600 703
HAND CLEANING FOAM

Hand cleaner for heavy soiling. Flexible hand cleaning without water.
Cleans hands without the need for water, simply spray on, rub
hands together, and wipe off
Cleans and nourishes
• Leaves a thin protective film on the skin
• Prevents cracks from forming, even in cold weather
• pH-neutral
• Solvent and soap-free
Biodegradeable
Alkali- und silikonfrei
• Contents: 1 l
• Colour: White
• pH value / conditions: 5.5 / at 23°C
Art. no.
0893 934 951

Personal Protective Equipment / Skin protection / Cleaning products body
FOAMING HANDWASH
No rinsing or wiping required
• Removes grease, sludge and other dirt
• Ideal when cleaning with water is impossible
• Suitable for all sectors: agricultural, public works, industrial, plumbing, motorcycles,
pushbikes
• 150-ml can gives a minimum of 90 washes
• Product compliant with European legislation on cosmetic products
• The raw materials used in this product have been selected for their sound environ-
mental qualities
• Non-perishable
• Protect from frost
6 • Ideal resale product: a display of 12 cans is available
• Smell/fragrance: Floral
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0893 931 7
RED GEL SOAP WITH NATURAL MICRO-GRANULES

Special formula with high cleaning power from natural micro-granu-
les
• Increased effect through natural micro-friction agents
• Protects and nourishes the skin
• Easily removes stubborn oil spills
• Not aggressive towards the skin
• Especially suitable for dry skin
• Very durable
• Smell/fragrance: Citrus
• Colour: Red
Contents Art. no.

2.8 l 0893 900 046
4.5 l 0893 900 045

YELLOW GEL SOAP WITH NATURAL MICRO-GRANULES

Very strong hand cleaning gel for heavy industrial soiling such as tar,
paint, putty, lacquer etc.
• Increased cleaning power with abrasive agents that are gentle on the skin
• Fresh citrus fragrance
• Very powerful thanks to active citrus ingredients
• Suitable for many applications
• Colour: Yellow
Contents Art. no.

2.8 l 0893 944 200
3l 0893 934 103
4.5 l 0893 934 11
HAND SOAP, DEB

Efficient lotion soap for dispenser
Efficient hand cleaning
• Removes oil, grease, and heavy grime
Gentle to the skin
• Does not dry out the skin
• Colour: Champagne coloured
• pH value / conditions: 5.0-7 / at 20°C
Contents Art. no.

1l 0890 600 704
2l 0890 600 705

BODY SHAMPOO, DEB

Mild ECO labelled shampoo, which can be used for the whole body
Gentle
• Mild fragrance
• Contents: 1 l
• Smell/fragrance: Forest
• Colour: Greenish
• pH value / conditions: 6.2-7.2 / at 20°C
Art. no.
0890 600 706
HAIR AND BODY SOAP

Mild liquid soap for skin and hair
• Also suitable for frequent application
• Free of dyes and perfumes
• Prevents against the risk of skin irritation
• Mild cleaning action
• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
0899 982 951

PLANT-BASED HANDWASH
Formula based on wood powder and essential lavender oil
Enriched with essential lavender oil
• Anti-inflammatory and natural healing properties
• Soothes and purifies the skin
• Leaves the skin soft, hydrated and gently fragranced
Ideal for frequent washing
• Smell/fragrance: Lavender
• Colour: Beige
6
Contents Art. no.
5l 0893 938 005
25 l 0893 938 025
FOAM SOAP
For gentle and effective cleaning in case of light contamination. For
Skin-Line dispenser systems 0891900500, 0891900501, 0891900502,
0891900503.
• With skin-nourishing glycerine
• Slightly perfumed
• Soap- and alkali-free
• With skin-neutral pH value
• Very economical compared to washing lotions
• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
0890 600 619

WASHING AND SHOWER GEL

For SKIN dispenser, art. no. 0891 900 5. Mild cleaning gel for sensitive
skin. Also suitable for washing hair.
Gentle and effective cleaning for hair and skin
• Advanced ingredients and lipid-replenishing effect
• Suitable for sensitive skin
• Adapts to the natural pH value of human skin
• Soap-free
Alkali-free and silicone-free
• Colour: Blue
6
• pH value / conditions: 5.8-6.8 / at 20°C
Art. no.
0890 600 601
WASHING AND SHOWER GEL

Mild cleansing gel for skin and hair. Also suitable for the care of sensi-
tive skin. For Skin-Line dispenser systems 0891900500, 0891900501,
0891900502, 0891900503.
• Easy to use
• Gentle cleansers protect the skin while showering and replenish the natural
moisture.
• Effective protection against drying out
• pH-balanced
• Soap-free
• Alkali and silicone-free
• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
0890 600 612

WASHING AND SHOWER GEL BOTTLE

Mild cleansing gel for skin and hair. Also suitable for the care of sensi-
tive skin.
• Gentle cleansers protect the skin while showering and replenish the natural
moisture.
• Effective protection against drying out
• pH-neutral
• Soap-free
• Alkali and silicone-free
• Colour: Blue 6
Art. no.
0890 600 615
LIQUID HAND-WASHING CLEANSER PH 5.5

Liquid soap
• Würth personal-use products are safe for the health of the user. Performs its clean-
sing action using only surfactants of natural plant origin from renewable sources
and conforming to applicable legal standards. The range of Würth personal-use
products guarantees superior quality. For legal purposes “personal-use product”
refers to substances and preparations, other than “medications” intended to be
applied on the skin surface, with the exclusive or primary purpose to clean, perfu-
me, protect to maintain in good condition, change the appearance or correct body
odours. The fragrances contained in the products are free of the allergenic substan-
ces listed in Attachment III of Directive 2003/15/EEC. The surfactants contained in
the product are at least 90% biodegradable as required by EU Directives 82/242/
EEC (non-ionic surfactants) and 82/243/EEC (anionic surfactants) relating to
detergents
• With a fresh and delicate scent, suitable for frequent use as it cleanses the skin gent-
ly and safely
• Leaves hands soft and fragranced
• Delicate yet effective formulation suitable for all skin types
• Skin compatibility dermatologically tested
• Contents: 3 l
• pH value: 5.5
Art. no.
0893 955 110

HAND CLEANSER, CREAM X FLUID

• Würth personal-use products are safe for the health of the user. Performs its clean-
sing action using only surfactants of natural plant origin from renewable sources
and conforming to applicable legal standards. The range of Würth personal-use
products guarantees superior quality. For legal purposes “personal-use product”
refers to substances and preparations, other than “medications” intended to be
applied on the skin surface, with the exclusive or primary purpose to clean, perfu-
me, protect to maintain in good condition, change the appearance or correct body
odours. The fragrances contained in the products are free of the allergenic substan-
ces listed in Attachment III of Directive 2003/15/EEC
• Cleanser in white cream is extremely effective on stubborn dirt such as grease, die-
sel, oil, soot
• Does not contain solvents or irritating substances for the skin, and is therefore parti-
cularly suitable for all cases of sensitivity to traditional products
6 • Contents: 3 l
Art. no.
0893 955 130
HAND WASHING PASTE FREE OF ABRASIVE AGENTS

Creamy hand washing paste free of abrasive agents
• Traditional paste free of abrasive agents
• Ideal for removing all types of industrial dirt
• Contains only surfactants and soaps of natural vegetable origin from renewable
sources
• Effectively cleanses the hands while respecting the skin‘s normal hydrolipidic
balance
• Skin compatibility dermatologically tested
• Smell/fragrance: Pleasant
• pH value: 9.7
Contents Colour Art. no.

20 l Amber, Beige 0893 955 220
1000 ml Beige, Amber 0893 955 210
4000 ml Beige, Amber 0893 955 211

HAND CLEANER, LIQUID SOAP

Hand cleaner for heavy soiling with natural micro-exfoliating par-
ticles.
• Deep cleans hands and removes dirt such as oil, grease, graphite, metallic dust and
soot.
• Combines environmental compatibility with maximum cleaning performance and
skin-friendliness
• Biodegradable
• Free from solvents, silicone, alkalis and soap
• Smell/fragrance: Nearly odourless
• Colour: White
6
• pH value: 4.5-5
Art. no.
0899 982 950
POLYVALENT HAND CLEANER

High-performance soap without solvents or oil additives. Dissolves
numerous impurities (grease, tar, paint, filler, putty etc.).
• Dissolves even the most stubborn dirt using natural ingredients
• Soap cleans dirt from the hands, wrists and forearms
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
• Colour: Light yellow
Contents Art. no.

3l 0893 015 205
200 ml 0893 015 204

HAND CLEANER, STANDARD

Cleans and protects at the same time
• Mild and pleasant odour
• Can be used several times a day without irritating the skin
• Free of solvents
• pH-neutral
• Biodegradable
• Cleans hands of oil, grease, ink, bitumen and other stubborn dirt occurring in the
industrial sector.
• Contents: 10 l
• Colour: Red
6
Art. no.
0893 900 10
HAND CLEANER PASTE, SPECIAL

For heavy soiling such as oil, grease, bitumen, ink and other stubborn
stains that can occur in the industrial sector
• Particular well-suited for use in the vehicle, construction and metal processing
sectors
• Based on sawdust as abrasive agent
• Nourishing effect
• Silicon-free
• Environmentally-friendly/biodegradable
• Contents: 10 l
• Colour: Beige
Art. no.
0893 910 10

PLUS HAND CLEANER

Powerful, slightly-fragrant hand cleaner for use in industrial areas.
• Gentle on the skin
• Easily biodegradable
• Herbal care oils for lasting skin suppleness
• pH-neutral and solvent-free
• Colour: White
• pH value: 6.8
Art. no.
0893 700 50
HAND CLEANER, PAINT REMOVER

Hand cleaner specifically designed for the removal of paint, oil paints,
coatings, printing inks, adhesives, resins, grease, oil etc.
• Skin friendly
• Pleasant creamy consistency
• Light apple fragrance
• Solvent-free
• Smell/fragrance: Apple
• Colour: Beige
• pH value: 7
Art. no.
0893 585 8

WÜRTH NATURAL HAND CLEANER

Efficient and skin friendly beige coloured and ECO labelled hand clea-
ner
Efficient hand cleaner
• Cleans dirt, oil, grease, etc.
Skin friendly and fragrant
• Skin friendly pH value
• Contains walnut shell powder and Aloe vera
• Lubricating paste
• Perfumed
Eco-friendly
• ECO label
6 • Contents: 2 l
• Colour: Beige
• pH value: 6.0-7.5
Art. no.
0890 600 707
WÜRTH ORANGE HANDCLEANER

Efficient, soothing, and powerful hand cleaner
Effective
• Removes heavy grime and much more.
Moisturising and soothing
• Contains corn granules
• Contents: 2 l
• Smell/fragrance: Orange
• Colour: Orange
• pH value: 6.5-7.5
Art. no.
0890 600 708

HAND CLEANER WITH MICROBEADS

Hand cleaning paste made from plant substances.
• Cleans the hands of silicone, paint, filler, enamel, PU, grease etc.
• Leaves skin feeling soft.
• Colour: Light green
Contents Art. no.

20 l 0893 960 200
4l 0893 960 211
SKIN CREAM FOR DRY AND SENSITIVE SKIN

Effective cream and lotion, containing glycerine, which moisturises the
skin and prevents dehydration.
• Free of perfume
• Free of dye
• Specifically for dry and sensitive skin
• pH 4 - 5
• EU Ecolabel certified
• Contents: 2 l
• Smell/fragrance: Odourless
• Colour: White/almost transparent (hardened)
Art. no.
0890 600 620

HD DETERGENT FOR HANDS

Hand detergent for removing especially tough dirt
Detergent that removes even the toughest dirt such as paint, ink and tar.
Rubbed into dry hands
contains
• small micro particles
• limonene solvent
• skin caring ingredients
• Colour: Red
Contents Smell/fragrance pH value Art. no.

5.5 l Mild - 0893 900 55
5l Fruity - 0893 900 50
4.4 l Mild 8.9 0893 900 044
WHITE SOLVENT-FREE HAND CLEANER

Solvent-free soap for medium to heavy soiling, such as lubricants, die-
sel oil, brake fluid, cement, rust, etc.
Skin-friendly abrasive agents for particularly effective action
Also loosens stubborn, dried-on dirt
Solvent-free
• Not aggressive to the skin
• Adapted for frequent use
Paste formulation
• Can be used on dry or wet hands
• Pleasant to use
• pH value 8-9
• Colour: White
• pH value: 8.0-9.0
Contents Art. no.

2.8 l 0893 942 01
4.2 l 0893 942 2
3l 0893 934 107

NATURAL HAND CLEANER, PLASTIC-FREE

Microplastic-free hand cleaner for medium to heavy soiling with natu-
ral abrasive agents.
• Cleans hands thoroughly of oil, grease, dirt, etc.
• Solvent and silicone-free
• pH-neutral
• Contains natural ingredients
• Does not contain any plastic exfoliating agents
• Colour: Beige
• pH value: 6.5
6
Contents Performance (points system) Art. no.

5.5 l 3 of 5 points 0893 900 008
200 l - 0893 900 201
4l - 0893 900 000
5l 3 of 5 points 0893 900 009
1l 3 of 5 points 0893 900 007
350 ml - 0893 900 003
HAND CLEANER N-PLUS TUB

Microplastics-free hand cleaner for medium to heavy soiling with
natural perlite exfoliating agents. For dispenser system art. no.
0891901
Skin-friendly
• Cleans and protects
• High proportion of substances with prophylactic effect prevent skin irritation
• pH-neutral and soap-free
Prevents drains from becoming clogged
• Smell/fragrance: Lemon
• Colour: Grey
• pH value: 4.8
Contents Art. no.

200 l 0893 900 006
4000 ml 0893 900 001

HAND CLEANER N-PLUS TUBE

natural perlite exfoliating agents
Skin-friendly
6 • Colour: Grey
• pH value: 4.8
Art. no.
0893 900 012
HAND CLEANER N-PLUS REFILL POUCH

natural perlite exfoliating agents.
Skin-friendly
• Colour: Grey
• pH value: 4.8
Art. no.
0893 900 103

CREAM SOAP
Cream soap for light soiling
• Pleasantly perfumed
• Good foaming action
• Ingredients that are kind to the skin
• pH neutral
• Can be used with pump art. no. 0891 930 06 or a wall-mounted dispenser
• Contents: 5 l
• Colour: Pearly
Art. no.
0893 934
HAND CLEANER RED
Contents Smell/fragrance Colour Performance pH value Art. no.

(points system)
4l Orange Red, Brown 4 of 5 points 6.5 0893 905 001
4000 ml Mild Red - 8.5 0893 905

HAND CLEANER N-SPECIAL

Hand cleaner for heavy soiling by paints, resins and adhesives, cont-
ains natural exfoliating agents made of olive stone flour. In a handy
250 ml bottle with snap closure.
• Also contains ester oils that dissolve dirt and are very kind to the skin
• Surfactants and organic exfoliating agents made of olive stone flour are perfectly
matched to the product‘s specific application.
• Environmentally friendly composition
• pH-balanced
• Soap-free
6 • Smell/fragrance: Perfumed
• Colour: Beige
• pH value: 5
Art. no.
0890 600 617
HAND CLEANER N-SPECIAL

Hand cleaner for heavy soiling by paints, resins and adhesives, con-
tains natural exfoliating agents made of olive stone flour. For Skin-
Line dispenser systems 0891900500, 0891900501, 0891900502,
0891900503.
• Easy to use
• Also contains ester oils that dissolve dirt and are very kind to the skin
• Surfactants and organic exfoliating agents made of olive stone flour are perfectly
matched to the product‘s specific application
• pH-balanced
• Soap-free
• Colour: Beige
• pH value: 5.0
Art. no.
0890 600 618

HAND CLEANER N-ACTIVE

Hand cleaner for medium to heavy soiling with natural exfoliating
agents made of olive stone flour. In a handy 250 ml bottle with snap
closure.
• Thorough and gentle cleaning
• Improves the way your skin feels with replenishing substances
• pH-balanced
• Smell/fragrance: Perfumed 6
• Colour: Beige
• pH value: 5-5.5
Art. no.
0890 600 614
HAND CLEANER N-ACTIVE

Hand cleaner for medium to heavy soiling with natural exfoliating
agents made of olive stone flour. For Skin-Line dispenser systems
0891900500, 0891900501, 0891900502, 0891900503.
• Easy to use
• Skin-friendly
• Thorough and gentle cleaning
• Improves the way your skin feels with replenishing substances
• Environmentally-friendly recipe
• pH-balanced
• Colour: Beige
• pH value: 5-5.5
Art. no.
0890 600 613

HAND CLEANER N-SUPER

Hand cleaner for heavy to extremely heavy soiling with natural exfo-
liating agents made of olive stone flour. In a handy 250 ml bottle with
snap closure.
• Good skin compatibility with strong cleaning power
• Eco-friendly composition
• pH-balanced
6 • Performance (points system): 5 of 5 points
• pH value: 5-5.5
Art. no.
0890 600 616
HAND CLEANER N-SUPER

Hand cleaner for heavy to extremely heavy soiling with natural exfo-
liating agents made of olive stone flour. For Skin-Line dispenser sys-
tems 0891900500, 0891900501, 0891900502, 0891900503.
• Easy to use
• Good skin compatibility with strong cleaning power
• Eco-friendly recipe
• pH-balanced
• pH value: 5-5.5
Art. no.
0890 600 611

NATURAL HAND CLEANER, PLASTIC-FREE REFILL BAG

Microplastic-free hand cleaner for medium to heavy soiling with natu-
ral abrasive agents.
• Cleans hands thoroughly of oil, grease, dirt, etc.
• Solvent and silicone-free
• pH-neutral
• Contains natural ingredients
• Does not contain any plastic exfoliating agents
• Colour: Beige
• pH value: 6.5 6
Art. no.
0893 900 005
HAND CLEANSING PASTE

Special protection for heavy-duty tasks. Enriched with shea butter.
Plant-based multi-use paste without petroleum solvents
Specially formulated for strong and persistent dirt, such as grease,
oil, bitumen, graphite, metal dusts.
Enriched with shea butter:
• leaves the hands soft after washing
Pleasant orange scent
• Contents: 5 l
• Colour: Beige,
• pH value: 7-8
Art. no.
0893 900 004

HAND CLEANER COMFORT NATURE

Effective hand cleaner for removing moderate to heavy industrial dirt
such as oil, grease, metal dust, graphite, rust and ink in workshops
and industry.
• Produced on the basis of a natural abrasive
• Quickly and effectively removes stubborn dirt such as oil, grease, rust, graphite and
ink
• The natural oil in the product softens the skin after washing and prevents the skin
from drying out
• Environmentally friendly product without microplastics, dermatologically tested
• Contents: 5 l
• Colour: Beige
• pH value: 5.0
Art. no.
0893 900 013
HAND CLEANING PASTE WITH NATURAL SCRUBBING AGENT

Effective hand cleaner for multiple applications.
The hand cleaning cream with natural exfoliating particles is a concentrated cream
with an intensive cleansing effect and nourishes the hands. The micronised and eco-fri-
endly cleaning is specially formulated to remove stubborn dirt from the hands, develo-
ping a rapid and deep cleansing action. Suitable for use in the industrial, automotive
and DIY sectors. The presence of natural vegetable-based soaps and surfactants
from renewable sources, micronized scrubbing agents and Aloe Vera extract, ensures
that the products respects the skin’s natural pH balance, leaving the hands soft and
smooth.
• Contents: 3 l
• Colour: White
• pH value: 8.5
Art. no.
0893 955 140

HAND CLEANING PASTE WITH NATURAL SCRUBBING AGENT

The hand cleaning paste with natural scrubbing agent is a creamy, concentrated
paste with an intensive cleansing effect and nourishes the hands. Effective micronised
and eco-friendly cleaning against all kinds of tough dirt, such as dirt from workshops,
garages and in the industrial sector. Suitable for use in the industrial, automotive and
DIY sectors. It is formulated using natural vegetable-based soaps and surfactants from
renewable sources, as well as Aloe Vera extract. Leaves the hands soft and smooth.
• Colour: White
Contents Art. no.

1l 0893 955 141
4l 0893 955 142
HAND CLEANING GEL WITH MAIZE EXFOLIATING PARTICLES

The hand cleaning paste with maize exfoliating particles is a creamy, concentrated
paste with an intensive cleansing effect. The micronised and eco-friendly cleaning
nourishes the hands and removes all kinds of tough dirt. The hand cleaning paste with
maize exfoliating particles contains vegetable-based surfactants from renewable
sources that keep the hands soft and smooth.
• Contents: 1 l
• Colour: Yellow
Art. no.
0893 955 143

HAND CLEANING GEL WITH OLIVE EXFOLIATING PARTICLES

The hand cleansing gel with olive exfoliating particles cleans and nourishes the
hands. Added Aloe Vera and olive oil leave a pleasant feeling on the skin. The pro-
duct is suitable for heavily stressed hands, for use in the industrial, automotive and DIY
sectors. The product cleans hands that are contaminated by cement, diesel, greases,
lubricants, oils and rust. The product ensures the hands a long-lasting sensation of
comfort, thanks to its formula enriched with olive oil and aloe vera. Leaves the hands
soft and smooth.
• Contents: 3 l
• Colour: Green
Art. no.
0893 955 144
HAND CLEANER DEB SOLOPOL

• Contents: 2 l
• Colour: Light brown
Art. no.
0890 600 623

Personal Protective Equipment / Skin protection / Protection products body
CREAM LIQUID GLOVE

Barrier Glove; Cleanser and moisturiser
Leaves an invisible protective membrane layer in just 30 seconds
Anti-bacterial
Protects agaisnt grime, grease, oil, paint, sealers, ink and much more
Last up to 5 hours
Washes off with just water
500ml is the equivalent to approximately 500 gloves
• Colour: Cream
Art. no.
0890 400 250
SKIN PROTECTION CREAM

Skin protection cream for invisible protection against heavy soiling
The skin protection cream protects like a second skin. Absorbs quick-
ly into the skin without leaving a sticky feeling.
• Creates a dirt-repellent film on the skin
• Protects against oil, grease, paint and dirt
• Water-soluble
• pH of 6 to 7.5
Makes washing hands after work easier.
• Contents: 1 l
• Colour: Beige
Art. no.
0890 600 105

MULTI-PURPOSE PROTECTIVE CREAM

Pre-work cream protects skin against solvent- and water-based pro-
ducts (for use on arms, hands and face)
Versatile: one cream to protect against fat- or solvent-based pro-
ducts and against water-based products
Highly developed cream for professional use
• Rapid penetration
• Non-greasy
• Colour-, fragrance- and silicone-free
• Enriched with vitamin B5 and aloe vera
No parabens
• Doesn‘t destroy the skin‘s natural bacteria
• Doesn‘t increase the skin‘s sensitivity to UVA and UVB rays (in case of exposure to
6 the sun or when welding)
Excellent moisturising capacity: in most cases, no need for an additi-
onal moisturising cream after work
Ensures around 4 hours of protection: apply twice a day
Protective cream suitable for people who work with food
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0893 015 201

SKIN PROTECTION LOTION COMBI

Universal skin protection lotion with dual-action principle. For protecti-
on when frequently changing between different working substances.
• Easy to use
Dual-action principle
Ingredients with a barrier function against water-soluble as well as water-insoluble
contaminants are used.
Leaves skin feeling pleasant
Ingredients such as D-panthenol and vitamin E help to prevent inflammation and pro-
mote the skin‘s regenerative properties.
6
Skin strengthening effect, reduces stress on skin, supports the skin‘s
natural regeneration ability
• Therefore, the lotion is also suitable for use under protective clothing, such as PVC
or rubber gloves.
• The lotion has a high degree of cosmetic acceptance among users thanks to its
excellent absorption.
Free from silicone oil
Does not leave traces behind on workpieces or tools
• Colour: White, Grey
Art. no.
0890 600 119

SKIN PROTECTION LOTION ULTRA

Dirt-repellent, water-soluble skin protection lotion to prevent build-up
of dirt. For Skin-Line dispenser systems 0891900500, 0891900501,
0891900502, 0891900503.
• Easy to use
Effective, water-soluble protective film between skin and working
materials
• Prevents adhesion of dirt through dirt-bonding emulsifiers
• The skin‘s functions are not affected
Forms a dry, elastic, touch-proof protective film
6 • Non-slip gripping of tools
• Leaves no annoying residue on workpieces or tools
Contains moisturising glycerine and nourishing allantoin
• Colour: White
• pH value / conditions: 8.2 / undiluted
Art. no.
0890 600 117

SKIN PROTECTION LOTION COMBI

Universal skin protection lotion with dual-action principle. For protec-
tion when frequently changing between different working substan-
ces. In a handy 250 ml bottle with snap closure.
Dual-action principle
Ingredients with a barrier function against water-soluble as well as water-insoluble
contaminants are used.
Ingredients such as D-panthenol and vitamin E help to prevent inflammation and pro-
mote the skin‘s regenerative properties.
Skin strengthening effect, reduces stress on skin, supports the skin‘s
natural regeneration ability
• Therefore, the lotion is also suitable for use under protective clothing, such as PVC
or rubber gloves. 6
• The lotion has a high degree of cosmetic acceptance among users thanks to its
excellent absorption.
• Colour: White, Grey
Art. no.
0890 600 120

SKIN PROTECTION LOTION ULTRA

Dirt-repellent, water-soluble skin protection lotion to prevent build-up
of dirt. In a handy 250 ml bottle with snap closure.
Effective, water-soluble protective film between skin and working
materials
• Prevents adhesion of dirt through dirt-bonding emulsifiers
• The skin‘s functions are not affected
Forms a dry, elastic, touch-proof protective film
• Non-slip gripping of tools
• Leaves no annoying residue on workpieces or tools
Contains moisturising glycerine and nourishing allantoin
6 Free from silicone oil

• Colour: White
Art. no.
0890 600 118
UV 30 SUN PROTECTION CREAM

Extra waterproof protection from natural and artificial UV-A, UV-B
and UV-C rays with SPF UV-A 24/UV-B 30.
Protects and nourishes
• Optimised UV filter with silicone coating
• Vitamin E acetate smooths and softens the skin, while protecting it from cell damage
• Fragrance free
Also protects against welder‘s sunburn
By protecting against UV-C rays that occur during welding.
Extra waterproof
Maintains protection from light, even when sweating heavily or when working in a
watery environment.
Dermatologically tested
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0890 600 150

UV 50 SUN PROTECTION SPRAY

Waterproof, transparent sun spray for immediate protection against
medium to high natural UVA and UVB radiation during outdoor work.
Protects and nourishes
• High level of protection with SPF 50 UV-A protection 26
• Vitamin E acetate makes the skin smooth and supple
• Protection against cell damage and premature skin ageing caused by the sun
• Fragrance free
• With overhead pump for hard-to-reach areas of the body
• Moisturising
• Free from grease
• Waterproof
• Free from emulsifiers and silicone 6
• Colour: Yellowish
Art. no.
0890 600 151
DISPENSER
Hygienic, user-friendly, wall-mounted dispenser for cream and soap
products
Economical
• Accurate dosage prevents excess consumption
Promotes good hygiene in the workplace
• Closed cartridges so that bacteria cannot get into the cream/soap product
• Easy to clean
User-friendly design
• Easy to use
Width Height Length Colour Art. no.

- - - - 0890 600 016
13 cm 23 cm 10.5 cm Black 0890 600 014
17 cm 29 cm 13 cm Black 0890 600 015

Personal Protective Equipment / Skin protection / Dispenser systems skin
protection
DISPENSER FOR PLANT-BASED SOAP

Dispenser for plant-based soap 2.5 l
• Width: 175 mm
• Height: 260 mm
• Length: 175 mm
• Colour: Brown, White
Art. no.
0891 938 05
DISPENSER FOR 4-LITRE BUCKET

• Manual hand cleaning dispenser for 4 L bucket of hand cleaner
• Hand cleaner: 0893 955 211 / 0893 960 211 / 0893955142
• Width: 220 mm
• Height: 220 mm
• Length: 220 mm
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0891 903 004

protection
WALL DISPENSER FOR LIQUID SOAP

Stylish and attractive dispenser for liquid soaps and cream cleansers
• Elegant design
• Capacity 0.9 l
• Width: 130 mm
• Height: 95 mm
• Length: 233 mm
• Colour: Silver grey
Art. no.
0891 930 04
DISPENSING PUMP
For 4000 ml bucket of hand cleaner
• The pressure pump transports the hand cleaner as soon as the pump is pressed
• Single pump action dispenses a precise amount (6 cm³)
• Total height: approx. 40 cm
Art. no.
0891 901 1
0891 901 358

protection
WALL MOUNT
For 5000 ml container of hand wash paste, art. no. 0890 600 701
Art. no.
0891 900 3
DISPENSER SYSTEM
Pressure pump with wall bracket for hand cleaner
Practical dispensing pump
• Single pump action dispenses a precise amount (6 cm³)
Total height: 40 cm
Art. no.
0891 901

protection
WALL BRACKET
For wall mounting of the hand cleaner 4.5 litre bucket
For wall-mounting of the 4.5 litre hand cleaner bucket „white sol-
vent-free hand cleaner“ (art. 0893 942 2); „Red gel soap with natu-
ral micro-granules“ (art. 0893 900 045) and „Yellow gel soap with
natural micro-granules“ (art. 0893 934 11).
• Ease of installation
• Simple maintenance
Material Art. no.

Metal 0891 900 2
Steel 0891 900 102
PUMP FOR 4500-ML HAND CLEANER

• Sterile dispenser
• Easy to mount
• Easy to use
• Dosage: 5ml
Art. no.
0891 900 101

protection
PUMP FOR 5000-ML HAND CLEANER DISPENSER

Easy to mount pump for hand cleaner
• Sterile dispenser
• Easy to mount
• Easy to use
• Dosage: 5ml
Art. no.
0891 930 06
PUMP FOR 3000 ML HAND CLEANER DISPENSER

• Precise dispensing due to one-off pumping (6 cm³)
• Total height: approx. 40 cm
Art. no.
0891 901 088

protection
SKIN BOARD
Skin Board contains four dispensers for easy use of soap and cream
before, during and after work. The symbols explain the products.
• 1 x 1-l dispenser for sunscreen
• 1 x 2-l dispenser for soap
• 1 x 2-l dispenser for heavy duty soap
• 1 x 1-l dispenser for hand cream
Art. no.
0891 600 020
PUMP FOR 1000 ML HAND CLEANER DISPENSER 6

High quality dispenser for 1000 ml containers
• Sterile dispenser for 1000 ml containers
• Easy to mount
• Easy to use
• Dosage: 5 ml
• Material: Polypropylene / polyethylene
Art. no.
0891 900 4
WALL-MOUNTED HOLD. AND PUMP FOR 5000 ML HAND CLNR

Art. no.
0891 900 52

protection
ELECTRICAL NO-TOUCH DISPENSER

For 3-litre container of hand cleaner Green, art. no. 0893 934 10
Hygienic
Automatic contactless dispensing via integrated sensor
Cost-saving
Thanks to precise dispensing (5 ml per dispensing procedure) and virtually complete
residue emptying
Dispenser with bottle (H x W x D mm): 450 x 120 x 150
• Depth: 150 mm
• Width: 120 mm
• Height: 250 mm
• Colour: Red
6
Art. no.
0891 935
EMOTION TOUCH DISPENSER SYSTEM

Economical dispenser system
• Filling capacity 800 ml, up to 2000 fills possible per year
• Antiseptic or mild dermatological filling possible
• Clean dispensing
• Dripping prevented thanks to the valve
• Depth: 13 cm
• Width: 11.2 cm
• Height: 27.8 cm
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0891 96

protection
MANUAL DISPENSER CLICK AND USE

Manual dispenser for 3-litre cartridges
• Dispensing unit ensures easy usage
• Cartridge is emptied without residue
• Can be used as an overall concept with protection, cleaning and care products
• Including assembly kit supplied for easy installation and maintenance
• Width: 108 mm
• Height: 385 mm
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0891 935 1
6
DISPENSER FOR DISINFECTING WIPES

• Width: 279 mm
• Height: 349 mm
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
9501 006 879
FOAM SOAP DISPENSER

• Depth: 105 mm
• Width: 118 mm
• Height: 303 mm
• Decor: White
• Mid-section colour: Milky white
Art. no.
0899 981 952

Work equipment / ChapterToC
WORK EQUIPMENT
Tool holders/loops/pockets 1054
Lifting devices 1058
Car/comm. vehicle workshop equipment 1059
Storage systems for hazardous materials 1070
Storage systems 1072
Working lighting, batteries, chargers 1109
Boxes 1196 7
Belts, straps, strings, anchors 1197
Pneumatic technology 1214
Labelling system 1256
Tool boxes/cases/bags 1262
Workplace equipment 1291
Document administration 1445
Packaging material 1447
Tyre fitting 1448

Work equipment / Tool holders/loops/pockets / Tool holders
BELT BAG SET 3-WAY

Belt bag with five large storage compartments and length-adjustable
clip fastening belt for carrying tools and materials directly on your
person.
• Two leather outer pockets for screwdrivers, knives and pliers
• Free-moving hammer holder made of stainless steel
• Stainless steel tape measure holder
• Two circlips to secure tools up to a maximum weight of 0.5 kg
• Rubber band on the outer side for pens and small screwdrivers
• Made from high-quality polyester (1680 denier) and velour leather trim on the con-
tact surfaces
• Material: Polyester/leather
• Colour: Black, Grey
7 • Min./max. waist measurement: 800-1200 mm
• Length: 650 mm
• Width: 140 mm
Art. no.
0715 930 212
CLIP FASTENING BELT

Robust belt with plastic clip-on closure for simple opening.
• Length adjustable by means of riptape
• Made from high quality polyester (1680 denier)
• Min./max. waist measurement: 800-1200 mm
• Length: 1400 mm
• Width: 50 mm
Art. no.
0715 930 231

TOOL RETRACTOR AUTOMATIC

Automatic retractor for blades, pocket torches, chalk holders, keys, small tools,
etc.
Especially robust steel cable with plastic sheath that does not bend or knot
120 cm long steel cable allows comfortable working, even at arm‘s length
Inner spiral springs ensure quick retraction of chalk holders, small tools and
keys with a weight of up to 200 g
Robust metal housing with practical clip for all conventional tool belts
The tool retractor is a time-saving aid as important tools are ready to hand at
any time
• Max. loading weight: 200 g
• Max. cable pull-out length: 120 cm
• Material of the housing: Aluminium
Art. no. 7
0715 93 150
LEATHER BELT
With metal double-pin buckle
Length x width Material Colour Min./max. waist Product weight (per Art. no.
measurement item)
1330 x 50 mm Cowhide leather Black 800-1200 mm 290 g 0715 93 709
120 x 4 cm Leather Light brown 90-120 cm 139 g 0715 93 026
LEATHER BELT
Leather belt for tool carrier case
Belt to be used with a tool holder bag
• Colour: Brown
• Min./max. waist measurement: 1200-1250 cm
Art. no.
0715 93 025

LEATHER BELT WITH POLYESTER REINFORCEMENT

Heavy-duty belt for custom tool selection
• Forms the ideal basis for creating a customer-specific tool belt
• High-quality leather belt with double-prong metal buckle
• High-quality hip padding made of polyester (1680 denier) with breathable inner
(3D Air Mesh)
Art. no.
0715 930 218
7
TOOL HOLDER
Keeps the most important tools for tyre service to hand
4 powerful magnets with a retention force of max. 5 kg for flexible
use
Ideal for attaching to lifting platforms or toolboxes
Keeps essential tools right where you work
E.g. pneumatic screwdriver, torque wrench and up to four socket wrench inserts
Dip-coated mounts for protective
and secure storage of tools
Robust and durable
• 1.6-mm thick steel construction
• Black powder-coated surface
• Width: 102 mm
• Height: 395 mm
Art. no.
0714 937 130

Work equipment / Tool holders/loops/pockets / Pockets, small
SMARTPHONE POCKET
With convenient riptape closure
• Elasticated strap on the outside for pens and small screwdrivers
Length x width x Suitable for mobile For belt width Design Product weight (per Art. no. 7
height phone item)
150 x 30 x 80 mm 145 x 75 x 15 mm 50 mm Horizontally 27 g 0715 930 220
85 x 30 x 150 mm 145 x 75 x 15 mm 50 mm Vertical 985 g 0715 930 221
95 x 30 x 170 mm 160 x 80 x 15 mm 60 mm Vertical 90 g 0715 930 241
HAMMER HOLDER
• With leather carrier and metal clip with swing feature that keeps the tool vertical
and stops it from getting lost
• Suitable for max. belt width: 40 mm
• Material: Steel/leather
Art. no.
0715 93 027

Work equipment / Lifting devices / Crane systems
HYDRAULIC FOLDING WORKSHOP CRANE

• This type of crane has been designed to resolve space and manoeuvrability pro-
blems. Its special technical features means it is easy to use and is extremely small
when folded
• It has 4 acid and oil-resistant wheels, 2 of which are castor wheels
• Can be adjusted to 4 different positions
• Double-action pump lever
• Precise lowering speed setting with manual control
• Load limiting valve
• Length: 1540 mm
• Width: 885 mm
• Min./max. load capacity: 250-500 kg
• Material: Steel
• Product weight (per item): 73 kg
Art. no.
0715 93 82

Work equipment / Car/comm. vehicle workshop equipment / Foot and
non-slip mats
NON-SLIP MAT, GRANULATE

Geeignet für Schwerlasten, normale Lasten
Ideal product to use in addition to lashing down
Ensured friction coefficient of at least 0.6 μ
The need for lashing materials can be calculated exactly.
• Suitable for: Heavy loads, Normal loads
• Min. friction: 0.6 µ
• Material: Rubber granules chemically bound with PUR
• Colour: Black
• Width: 250 mm
Tested by the Fraunhofer Institute according to VDI 2700 Sheet 14
with a coefficient of sliding friction of µ > 0.6 • Length: 5000 mm
Art. no.
0713 92 915
7
RIBBED NON-SLIP MAT

• Non-slip and soft
• Ribbed surface
• Can be used as protection for delicate surfaces or as a non-slip cover
• Can be laid on or glued to rubber, wood and metal supports (UNI EXTRA contact
adhesive)
• Colour: Black
• Width: 1 m
• Length: 5 m
Art. no.
0899 500 100
REPLACEMENT RECEIPT PAPER ROLL

For a 6 V-12 V battery tester or 6 V-12 V-24 V alternator tester
• Length: 12 m
• Diameter: 40 mm
Art. no.
0827 300 230

Work equipment / Car/comm. vehicle workshop equipment / Garage te-
sters
SINGLE-POLE BATTERY TESTER

• Precision instrument with moving-coil meter
• Readings over a wide range, with separate readings for 6 and 12-Volt batteries
• Oil-proof, acid-proof and solvent-proof anatomical plastic handle
• Functional shape for reaching batteries with ease even when situated in diffi-
cult-to-reach places in the engine compartment without having to remove them
• Nominal voltage 2: 12 V/DC
Art. no.
0691 207 100

Work equipment / Car/comm. vehicle workshop equipment / Garage te-
sters
BATTERY/ALTERNATOR TESTER WBT 2000

Multi-purpose battery tester with digital display and printer. Analyses
the condition of 12 V starter batteries as well as the electrical system
of 12 V and 24 V vehicles.
Accurate measurement results and simple operation
• The device guarantees exact and quickly available test results (less than 8 s)
• The results can be printed and saved immediately (up to 47 test results)
• Multilingual menu navigation clearly shown on the LCD display
• Device can be connected to computer via USB interface
Analysis options
• 12 V battery test (wet, AGM, EFB and GEL batteries)
• 12 V/24 V alternator and starter test
• Vehicle ground, voltage drop test
• Diode ripple test
Testing standards
CCA, CA, MCA, SAE, EN, DIN, IEC, JIS 7
Test range
100 - 2000 CCA (40 - 600 CCA for motorbikes)
Scope of delivery
• Battery tester WBT 2000
• Thermal printer
• USB connecting cable
• Plastic case
• Nominal voltage 2: 24 V
• Min./max. operating temperature: 0 to 50 °C
• Height: 180 mm
• Depth: 45 mm
• Cable length: 175 mm
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: 12 V lead-acid batteries
(open, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM fleece,EFB, EFB+)
• Width: 135 mm
• RoHS-compliant: Yes
• Material of the grip handle: Rubber
Art. no.
0715 534 800

Work equipment / Car/comm. vehicle workshop equipment / Lifting de-
vices, vehicle
HYDRAULIC TROLLEY JACK RHC-2

With a robust frame construction and a load capacity of 2,000 kg as
well as an extremely low saddle height.
• Convex rollers and swivelling wheels mounted on ball bearings ensure a high level
of manoeuvrability
• In the event of overloading, the safety valve causes the lifting rod to enter into idling
operation. However, the lifting height is maintained to ensure safety
• Additional foot pedal for activating the quick-lift function
• Reliable, precision control during lifting and lowering actions thanks to the simple
means of operating the lifting rod
• Lifting rod with ergonomic, rubber-coated handle
• Extremely low saddle height (80 mm) for low-level mounting points
• Plastic wheels for non-damaging, smooth travel
• Load capacity: 2 t
• Min. height: 80 mm
7 • Max. height: 500 mm
• Width: 410 mm
• Length: 660 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0715 54 200

vices, vehicle
HYDRAULIC TROLLEY JACK RH-4

With a robust frame construction and a load capacity of 4,000 kg.
Convex rollers and swivelling wheels mounted on ball bearings
ensure a high level of manoeuvrability
In the event of overloading, the safety valve causes the lifting rod to
enter into idling operation
However, the lifting height is maintained to ensure safety
Additional foot pedal for activating the quick-lift function
Reliable, precision control during lifting and lowering actions thanks
to the simple means of operating the lifting rod
Lifting rod with ergonomic, rubber-coated handle
Pneumatic rubber wheels not included in scope of delivery
• Max. height: 605 mm
• Width: 500 mm
7
• Length: 800 mm
• Height: 240 mm
• Colour: Red
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0715 54 47

vices, vehicle
HYDRAULIC TROLLEY JACK RH-1.3

Load-bearing capacity: 1,300kg
• Robust frame construction
• Convex wheels and swivelling wheels mounted on ball bearings ensure a high level
of manoeuvrability
operation. Safety: Lift height is retained
• Fast centring of the load thanks to the shape of the lifting saddle
• TÜV/GS approved
• Trolley jack for passenger cars with low overall height
• Very low min. height of just 80 mm over a length of 380 mm
• Foot pedal for activating the quick-lift function
Accessories:
7 Saddle cushion made of oil-resistant rubber
• Max. height: 735 mm
• Width: 480 mm
• Colour: Red
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0715 54 130

vices, vehicle
HYDRAULIC TROLLEY JACK RH-2

With a robust frame construction and a load capacity of 2000 kg as
well as an extremely low saddle height.
• Convex rollers and swivelling wheels mounted on ball bearings ensure a high level
of manoeuvrability
operation. However, the lifting height is maintained to ensure safety
• Additional foot pedal for activating the quick-lift function
• Extremely low saddle height (80 mm) for low-level mounting points
• Plastic wheels for non-damaging, smooth travel
• Max. height: 495 mm 7
• Width: 410 mm
• Length: 660 mm
• Height: 80 mm
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0715 54 110
HYDRAULIC CAR JACK

Quality with built-in safety.
• Designed for tough, intensive and professional use
• Integrated safety valve against overloading
• The chromium-plated piston rods ensure a long service life
• Corresponds to the strictest international safety standards
• Manually operated control valve provides safe control when lowering
Load capacity Lift height Min./max. overall height Art. no.

25 t 525 mm 180-525 mm 0715 54 252
50 t 445 mm 220-1580 mm 0715 54 52

vices, vehicle
AIR HYDRAULIC COMMERCIAL VEHICLE PORTABLE JACK 25/10T

Mobile air hydraulic commercial vehicle jack with two lifting capaci-
ties depending on the lift height
• 25t lifting capacity up to lifting height of 235 mm/10t lifting capacity up to lifting
height of 320 mm
• Low min. height of only 160 mm and low weight of only 28 kg
• Handy design – no loose hoses, handles or valves
• Easy to use – lifting, lowering, controlling and carrying all in one function
• Hard-chrome plated long-life piston rod
• Integrated safety valve against overloading
• Manual deadman control for controlled lowering
• Includes extensions (50 and 100 mm)
• Spindle length: 320 mm
7 • Min./max. overall height: 160-710 mm
Art. no.
0715 54 120
EXTRA FLAT HYDRO-PNEUMATIC TROLLEY JACK 50-25-10T

Top-of-the-range hydro-pneumatic trolley jack
• Top of the range hydro-pneumatic floor jack: perfect for daily professional use
• Extra flat 150 mm high chassis: particularly suited for lifting low-clearance vehicles
• Double safety system for lowering the jack: extra safety for the user, prevents acci-
dental lowering of the load
• Equipped with safety valve: if the vehicle is too heavy, the jack will not lift it. This is
an extra safety feature for the user
• Sturdy treated steel frame: ensures great stability even at maximum raised height
• Piston and air pump have highly resistant chrome plating: excellent moisture
resistance for the mechanism, reliability under all conditions
• Corrosion-resistant paint ensures longer life
• Includes 2 extensions (50 and 100 mm): to adapt the lifting height to the jacking
points of the vehicle
Art. no.
0715 54 53

vices, vehicle
PIT JACK
Assembly and disassembly aid in the automotive sector
Foot-operated control
• Frees hands for work
Manual control
• For precise, safe lowering
Large steering rollers
• Ensures maximum stability and manoeuvrability
Chrome-plated piston and rod
• Rustproof
Equipped with safety valve
• Prevents overloading
Jack has paint coating
• Corrosion-resistant
• Ensures longer life
7
Load capacity Min./max. overall height Art. no.
300 kg 1125-1950 mm 0715 54 54
600 kg 1125-1950 mm 0715 54 56
1000 kg 1170-2000 mm 0715 54 57
SADDLE CUSHION
Made from oil-resistant rubber
Art. no.
0715 54 112
SADDLE FOR TROLLEY JACK

Art. no.
0715 54 111
0715 54 119

Work equipment / Car/comm. vehicle workshop equipment / Expander
tools
INTERMEDIATE WALL LOCK

Suitable for blocking the load on the load surface
• By using several intermediate wall locks, the load surface can be divided into diffe-
rent zones
• Clamping element with additional slip protection
Min./max. grip Material Surface Height Width Art. no.

range
2400-2700 mm Aluminium Anodised 120 mm - 0713 920 212
- - - 125 mm 30 mm 0713 92 203
LOAD BAR FOR REFRIGERATED TRUCKS

• With white rubber tapered end pieces to prevent marking the truck walls
7 • Fitted with a central spring to prevent damage to truck walls in the event of excessi-
ve tensioning while positioning the bar
• The model with a practical grooved mounting system facilitates coupling and uncou-
pling operations (bar positioning)
• Material: Steel
• Design: Blocking hole round, With spring
Art. no.
0713 92 404
LOAD BAR FOR REFRIGERATED TRUCKS

• With conical buffers made of white rubber so as not to mark the truck walls
• Equipped with a central spring to avoid damaging truck walls in the event of exces-
sive tension when positioning the bar
• Model with a practical notched mounting system for facilitating coupling and relea-
se (positioning the bar)
• Material: Steel
• Surface: Plain
Art. no.
0713 920 405

Work equipment / Car/comm. vehicle workshop equipment / Key fob,
workshop
KEY FOB KEY BOX

• For car recognition
• Plenty of writing space
• With black indelible ink pen
• Quick to attach to the key
• 40 fobs per colour
• Colour: Yellow, Green, Red, Violet, White
• Width: 37 mm
Art. no.
0824 102 00

Work equipment / Storage systems for hazardous materials / Safety cabi-
nets for hazardous materials
ENVIRONMENTAL CABINET ST30

Environmental cabinet with three seal-welded collection trays and
floor tray tested in accordance with StawaR
• Unit made from robust sheet steel
• High-quality powder coating, body in light grey (RAL 7035), doors in traffic red
(RAL 3020)
• Hinged doors with lockable rotary lock and covered locking system
• Safe and compliant storage of water-polluting, non-flammable liquids and toxic sub-
stances in work areas in accordance with TRGS 510
• Load capacity per collection tray: 75 kg with an evenly distributed load
• Equipped with 3 collection trays (20 litres) and a floor tray (30 litres, tested in
accordance with StawaR), collection trays height-adjustable in 25 mm increments
• Ventilation holes in the wing doors provide continuous air exchange
• Exhaust port (NW 100) for mechanical ventilation in the corner of the unit
7 • Material: Sheet steel
• Colour: Grey, Red
Art. no.
0957 801 221
LOCK WITH KEYS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CABINET ST30

Lock with plastic housing, with 2 keys
• Width: 86 mm
• Depth: 25 mm
• Height: 86 mm
• Colour: Black, Silver coloured
Art. no.
0957 370 005

Work equipment / Storage systems for hazardous materials / Safety cabi-
nets for hazardous materials
FLOOR COLLECTING TRAY FOR ENVIRONM. CABINET ST30

Floor tray 30 litres in accordance with StawaR
• Floor tray for environmental cabinet ST30
• 30-litre capacity
• Manufactured and tested in accordance with StawaR
• Material: Sheet steel
• Width: 900 mm
StawaR – Steel Tray Directive • Depth: 445 mm
• Height: 90 mm
• Colour: Zinc
Art. no.
0957 802 455
PARTITION ELEMENT FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CABINET ST30 7

Shelf divider, powder-coated RAL 3020
• Width: 20 mm
• Depth: 462 mm
• Height: 49 mm
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0957 370 006
COLLECTION TRAY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CABINET ST30

• Width: 870 mm
• Depth: 462 mm
• Height: 65 mm
• Colour: Zinc
Art. no.
0957 801 903

Work equipment / Storage systems / Material cupboards
WING DOOR CABINET, EXPERT

Spacious wing door cabinet with adjustable shelves
• Unit made from stable sheet steel
• High-quality powder coating, light grey unit (RAL 7035), traffic red doors (RAL
3020)
• Wing doors with lockable rotary lock and covered locking system
• Load capacity per shelf: 75 kg with evenly distributed load
• Equipped with 4 zinc-plated shelves, height adjustable in increments of 25mm
• Width x depth x height (external dimension): 950 x 500 x 1950 mm
• Body colour: Light grey RAL 7035
• Color door: Traffic red RAL 3020
Art. no.
0957 370 180
7
WING DOOR CABINET, SHELF FT42

• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0957 801 901
WING DOOR CABINET, LOCK WITH KEY

• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0957 801 902

SHELF FOR WING DOOR CABINET, EXPERT

Individual, for the Expert wing door cabinet
• Colour: Zinc
• Width: 917 mm
Art. no.
0957 370 185
PARTITION ELEMENT FOR WING DOOR CABINET, EXPERT

Shelf separator, powder-coated RAL 3020
• Colour: Red
• Width: 42 mm
7
Art. no.
0957 370 186
RETAINING CLIP FOR WING DOOR CABINET EXPERT

Retaining clips for shelves, 4 pieces
• Width: 27 mm
Art. no.
0957 370 187

VEHICLE BULB CABINET

With 18 drawers for storage of e.g. car lamps, electrical connectors
etc.
• Drawer dimensions: 225 x 250 x 55 mm (W x D x H)
• Drawer weight capacity: 1 kg
• Includes eight partition element sets, each comprised of one crosswise partition ele-
ment and one lengthwise partition element
• Lockable
• Width: 225 mm
• Depth: 250 mm
• Height: 55 mm
• Number of drawers: 18 PCS
• Colour: Red
7 Art. no.
0955 720 1
UNIVERSAL DISPENSER SYSTEM

Dispenser system with eight large reel stars
• Length: 365 mm
• Width: 535 mm
• Height: 143 mm
Art. no.
0956 109 0
UNIVERSAL DISPENSER UNIT

With 5 reel holders
• Length: 365 mm
• Width: 535 mm
• Height: 143 mm
Art. no.
0956 770 00

Work equipment / Storage systems / Dispenser system ORSY 10
DISPENSER SYSTEM ORSY® 10

For heat shrink hoses
• Small dispenser, empty
• With 8 small reel stars for cables or heat shrink hose
• Length: 365 mm
• Width: 535 mm
• Height: 143 mm
Art. no.
0956 109
0956 109 00
DRAWER COMPONENT 12X

Suitable for assortments, small parts, tools, electrical connectors 7
Colour Width Depth Height Art. no.

- - - - 0961 080 031
Reseda green RAL 6011 536 mm 340 mm 1165 mm 0961 212
Ultramarine blue RAL 5002 536 mm 340 mm 1165 mm 0961 621 2
Traffic red RAL 3020 536 mm 340 mm 1165 mm 0961 921 2

Work equipment / Storage systems / ORSY system rack
DRAWER PART, 10 COMPARTMENTS ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

Lockable component

- - - - 0961 080 030

Lockable component

- - - - 0961 080 029


Lockable component

- - - - 0961 080 027 7
Ultramarine blue RAL 5002 536 mm 340 mm 520 mm 0961 62
Traffic red RAL 3020 536 mm 340 mm 520 mm 0961 92
SMALL PARTS MAGAZINE ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

With 8 partition element sets
Drawer compartment: 225 x 250 x 55 mm (W x D x H)
Load max. 1 kg per drawer compartment

- - - - 0961 080 070

SHELF CABINET ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

Width: 1170 mm
Rear wall with perforation
Suitable for hooks and brackets from the perforated plate system
With 12 separating plates, 4 shelves and lock with cabinet lock
External dimensions (W x D x H): 1170 x 470 x 1555 mm
Internal dimensions (W x D x H): 1120 x 440 x 1475 mm

- - - - 0961 080 054
Reseda green RAL 6011 1170 mm 427 mm 1557 mm 0961 370 02
SHELF CABINET ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

Width: 588 mm
Rear wall with perforation
Suitable for hooks and brackets from the perforated plate system
With 4 separating plates, 4 shelves and lock with cabinet lock
External dimensions (W x D x H): 588 x 470 x 1555 mm
Internal dimensions (W x D x H): 540 x 440 x 1475 mm

- - - - 0961 080 053

SHELF CABINET ORSY 1 SHELVING SYSTEM, WIDTH 1200 MM

High-quality shelving system cabinet with 2 shelves, width 1200 mm,
with the option of fitting ORSY 1 shelving systems.
• Welded sheet steel construction
• Doors multi-folded and reinforced
• Recessed spagnolet lock with two keys
• Shelves adjustable
• Load capacity of shelves 60 kg (with evenly distributed load)
• Colour: White, Red
• Width: 1200 mm
• Depth: 435 mm
• Height: 1990 mm
Art. no. 7
0961 930 051
SHELF CABINET ORSY 1 SHELVING SYSTEM CABINET, WIDTH 1080 MM

High-quality shelving system cabinet with 4 shelves; the central shelf
serves to secure the lock and is fixed permanently in place.
• Width: 1080 mm
• Depth: 340 mm
• Height: 1460 mm
Art. no.
0961 080 078

ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM, BARREL SHELF

60 litre containers
• The galvanised collection tray is suitable for flammable liquids.
• Factory inspection certificate is included with the collection tray and must be
retained
• External dimensions of tray (W x D x H): 390 x 710 x 250 mm
• Sheet thickness: 3 mm
• With two shelves
7 Colour Width Depth Height Art. no.

- - - - 0961 080 025
SHELF ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

For cartridges. Components for chemical products
With four storage levels for holding cartridges and bags with filling
volumes of 310 ml
Thanks to this arrangement, the first articles placed in storage are
also the first ones removed (FIFO)

- - - - 0961 080 068


For cartridges. Components for chemical products
With 8 holding racks for cartridges with a filling volume of 310 ml
• Width: 536 mm
• Depth: 340 mm
• Height: 520 mm
Colour Art. no.

- 0961 080 093
Reseda green RAL 6011 0961 400 06
Traffic red RAL 3020 0961 940 006
Ultramarine blue RAL 5002 0961 640 006
DOUBLE-SHELF ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

With 12 holding racks for cans with a filling volume up to 300 ml
• Width: 536 mm
• Depth: 340 mm
• Height: 520 mm
Colour Art. no.

- 0961 080 092
Traffic red RAL 3020 0961 940 005

SWIVEL SHELF ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

For three 5 l canisters. Components for chemical products
For easy filling from 5 litre canisters

- - - - 0961 080 057

For 500 ml cans. Components for chemical products
With 6 holding racks for cans with a filling volume of 500 ml.
• Width: 536 mm
• Depth: 340 mm
• Height: 520 mm
Colour Art. no.

- 0961 080 094
Traffic red RAL 3020 0961 940 007

SWIVEL SHELF ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

For a REFILLO 20 l canister Components for chemical products
For easy filling from canisters

- - - - 0961 080 058
DISPENSER SYSTEM ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

Standard component for adhesive weights
2 unwinding mechanisms for adhesive weights on spools
With practical weight partitioning

- - - - 0961 080 062

SINGLE SHELF ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

Standard component for e.g. cans, buckets, tall packages, spray cans,
pump spray bottles, large containers etc.
• Width: 536 mm
• Height: 520 mm
Colour Depth Art. no.

- 345 mm 0961 080 091
Reseda green RAL 6011 340 mm 0961 400 04
Traffic red RAL 3020 340 mm 0961 940 004
Ultramarine blue RAL 5002 340 mm 0961 640 004
CABINET COMPARTMENT ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

Lockable standard component
Internal dimensions: 485 x 325 x 330 mm (W x D x H)

- - - - 0961 080 055


Standard component for 6 storage boxes, size 3

- - - - 0961 080 042
DOUBLE-COMPARTMENT SHELF ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

Standard component with grid for subdivision with separating plates

- - - - 0961 080 064


Standard component for 24-piece storage boxes size 4 or 36 storage
boxes size 5

- - - - 0961 080 043
SHELF, ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

Standard component for 4 storage boxes size 2

- - - - 0961 080 041

SHELF PART ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

Standard component for ORSY cardboard boxes

- - - - 0961 080 032
ORSY SYSTEM RACK, SHELF, ONE-PART 630 MM

- - - - 0961 080 050
Blue 540 mm 660 mm 580 mm 0961 635 104
RAL, special and metallic 540 mm 660 mm 580 mm 0961 080 102
colours
ORSY SYSTEM RACK, SHELF, TWO-PART 630 MM

• Width: 540 mm
• Depth: 660 mm
• Height: 580 mm
Colour Art. no.

Blue 0961 635 105
RAL, special and metallic colours 0961 080 103
Red, Traffic red RAL 3020 0961 935 105

SHELF FOR STORAGE BOXES FOR STORAGE BOXES, SIZE 3

For equipping with 12 storage boxes in size 3

- - - - 0961 080 045
7 - - - - 0961 935 102
SHELF FOR STORAGE BOXES ADAPTER FOR STORAGE BOXES SIZE 3

For equipping with 12 storage boxes in size 3
After installation, components with a depth of 340 mm can continue
to be built up.

- - - - 0961 080 046

COMPONENT FOR THREADED RODS ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

For shelf top

- - - - 0961 080 077
DESK-TYPE COMPARTMENT ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

For shelf top
Reading podium with lockable compartment

- - - - 0961 080 084

LID ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

For shelf top

- - - - 0961 080 033
7
COMPONENT FOR CUTTING AND ROUGH GRINDING DISCS ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM
For shelf top
For up to nine different cutting, rough grinding and sanding discs
Hooks can be arranged variably on the strip.

- - - - 0961 080 017

COMPONENT FOR CIRCULAR SAW BLADES ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

For shelf top
For up to six circular saw blades
Easy storage and removal are made possible by the individually
swivelling hooks.

- - - - 0961 080 016
COVER
As a rack end

- - - - 0961 080 048
- - - - 0961 935 111

FLOOR PART
For constructing an ORSY® tower

- - - - 0961 080 004
7 Traffic red RAL 3020 536 mm 340 mm 260 mm 0961 91
FLOOR PART
Floor part for the construction of an ORSY® tower

- - - - 0961 080 044
- - - - 0961 935 101

COMPONENT FOR ORSY®SYSTEM CASE

For stationary storage of ORSY®system cases
• Width: 536 mm
• Depth: 475 mm
• Height: 1168 mm
Colour Art. no. 7

Traffic red RAL 3020 0961 925 003
Traffic red RAL 3020 0961 925 002
Traffic red RAL 3020 0961 925 001
- 0961 080 081
- 0961 080 082
- 0961 080 083

ADAPTER PANEL FOR LAMPS AND LIGHTS ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

With 3 brackets and 2 shelves

- - - - 0961 080 009
ADAPTER PANEL FOR SPIRAL HOSES ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

With 2 brackets for hanging a variety of spiral hoses and a shelf for
e.g. accessories

- - - - 0961 080 008

ADAPTER PANEL FOR WINDSCREEN WIPERS ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

With hook strip and 2 shelves

- - - - 0961 080 007
ADAPTER PLATE ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

Upright

- - - - 0961 080 006

ADAPTER PLATE ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

Small, for shelf top
7
- - - - 0961 080 005
CORNER SHELF
For large packages, cardboard boxes, spray bottles, pump spray
cans, large containers etc.

- - - - 0961 080 002
Reseda green RAL 6011 537.5 mm 573.5 mm 520 mm 0961 03
Ultramarine blue RAL 5002 537.5 mm 573.5 mm 520 mm 0961 603
Traffic red RAL 3020 537.5 mm 573.5 mm 520 mm 0961 903

CORNER FLOOR PART

For building an ORSY® tower

- - - - 0961 080 001
Reseda green RAL 6011 537.5 mm 573.5 mm 260 mm 0961 02
Ultramarine blue RAL 5002 537.5 mm 573.5 mm 260 mm 0961 602
Traffic red RAL 3020 537.5 mm 573.5 mm 260 mm 0961 902
7
CORNER LID
Rack end, not intended for storage

- - - - 0961 080 003

ORSY® ELECTRICAL CART

The mobile ORSY® system for professional electrical work directly on
the vehicle.
• Mobile application area
• Clearly arranged
• Easy to use
• Individual equipping possible
7 Colour Width Depth Height Art. no.

- - - - 0961 080 066
MAINTENANCE TROLLEY ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

Ideal for products from our vehicle detailing line
Mobile use directly on vehicle
Direct access to all products, due to opening from all sides
Sturdy construction
Large storage areas
Tilting fixture for 5-l canister
Delivered unequipped only
Universal equipping possible

- - - - 0961 080 076

ORSY TOWER, COMPLETE

Standard module with shelves for storing ORSY boxes with DIN and
standard components, dowels, small parts and more.
Art. no. 7
0961 913
REFILLOMAT FILLING SYSTEM

Economical and safe system for automatic refilling of spray cans
Environmentally friendly
due to reduction of waste and absence of toxic propellants
Safety through coded can holders
Only the right can can be used with the associated station.
• Easy handling
• Reduction of storage volume in the workshop
• Cost savings compared to conventional aerosol cans
• Tested safety through CE certification and testing in accordance with the machinery
directive
Art. no.
0961 080 098
0961 891 110

Work equipment / Storage systems / ORSY system rack accessories
DOOR FOR SHELF TOWER ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

With deadbolt and lock
Colour Width Height Art. no.

- - - 0961 080 035
- - - 0961 080 038
Traffic red RAL 3020 536 mm 1610 mm 0961 930 01
Ultramarine blue RAL 5002 536 mm 1610 mm 0961 630 01
Reseda green RAL 6011 536 mm 1610 mm 0961 300 1

SIDE PANEL ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

For shelf tower, 1610 mm

- - - 0961 080 034
- - - 0961 080 039
DRAWER
For ORSY 1 shelf system small parts magazine
• Height: 55 mm
Art. no.
0961 050 042

SPARE KEY FOR CHEMICAL STORAGE AND SHELVING SYSTEM CABINET ORSY 1
2 spare keys
Spare keys for shelving system cabinet 0961 930 051 and 0957 801
900
Art. no.
0961 050 093
0961 930 053
ORSY SYSTEM RACK REPOSE ANGLE

7 • Colour: Graphite black RAL 9011
• Height: 29 mm
Art. no.
0961 050 096
LOCK WITH KEY

Lock for drawer component
Art. no.
0961 050 026
DISPLAY ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM
Art. no.
0961 002 001
0961 002 002

CARRYING CAPACITY STICKERS
Art. no. 7
0961 050 100
REAR PANEL ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

For shelf tower, 1610 mm

- - - 0961 080 037
- - - 0961 080 040

HOOK RAIL ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

For packages with European perforation

- - - - 0961 080 018
7
HOLDER ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

- - - - 0961 080 013
HOLDER ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

E.g. for spiral tubes

- - - - 0961 080 014

SHELF, ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

- - - - 0961 080 011
7

For sidewall
Galvanised
• Width: 400 mm
• Depth: 180 mm
Art. no.
0961 050 041

For cabinet 588 mm
Galvanised
• Width: 590 mm
• Depth: 400 mm
Art. no.
0961 050 039


For cabinet 1170 mm
Galvanised
• Width: 1170 mm
• Depth: 400 mm
Art. no.
0961 050 040
SHELF FOR ORSY1 SHELVING SYSTEM CABINET 1200 MM

Available individually, for ORSY 1 shelving system cabinet 1200 mm.
7 Shelf for shelving system cabinet 0961 930 051
• Width: 1194 mm
• Depth: 369 mm
Art. no.
0961 930 052
PARTITION PLATE
For ORSY 1 shelf system, drawer height 115 mm
• Width: 330 mm
• Height: 110 mm
Art. no.
0961 050 025
PARTITION ELEMENT FOR DRAWERS

For drawers in the ORSY 1 small parts magazine
Each is comprised of one lengthwise and one crosswise element
Width Height Art. no.

30 mm 50 mm 0961 050 097
225 mm 55 mm 0961 050 024

SEPARATING PLATE ORSY® 1 SHELVING SYSTEM

Standard component for double shelf
Anthracite
Width Height Art. no.

3 mm 100 mm 0961 050 094
325 mm 110 mm 0961 050 043
ORSY SYSTEM RACK SEPARATING PLATE F. 630 MM SHELF

7
Art. no.
0961 050 095
SEPARATING PLATE
For rack cabinet
• Width: 390 mm
• Height: 80 mm
Art. no.
0961 050 038
BRACKET
For wall mounting
• Width of side: 65 mm
• Height: 65 mm
Width of side 2 Art. no.

65 mm 0961 050 090
130 mm 0961 050 091

Work equipment / Storage systems / Case systems
MULTI-BOX SET
Storage box with assortment of 14 detachable compartments
Practical transparent design
• The contents of the box can be seen without opening it
• Makes it easy to select the right box
Reliable closing system
Compartment is easy to detach from the box and easy to refit
Easy single-handed opening
Belt clip
• Number of compartments: 14 PCS
• Height: 330 mm
• Width: 300 mm
• Depth: 145 mm
7
Art. no.
0955 700 053

Work equipment / Working lighting, batteries, chargers / Workplace
lights
SPARE COVERS FOR FLUORESCENT INSPECTION LIGHT

Spare part for fluorescent inspection light
• Spare covers for fluorescent inspection light, IP 55
• Protects lamps from minor impacts
Art. no.
0981 508
SPARE COVERS FOR FLUORESCENT INSPECTION LIGHT

• Spare covers for fluorescent inspection light, IP 55
• Protects lamps from minor impacts
Art. no. 7
0721 508
CHARGER SET, BATTERY-POWERED LED HAND-HELD LAMP

This charger set can be used for lamps art. no. 0827940350, art. no. 0827940126
and art. no. 0827531.
• Min./max. nominal voltage: 100 / 240 V/AC
• Min./max. nominal voltage 2: 12 / 24 V/DC
Art. no.
0827 940 359

lights
WIRELESS CHARGING PAD ERGOPOWER PAD I

Compatible with Würth wireless charging lamps
• For charging one lamp
• With 5V USB output, max. 1A
• Two magnets on reverse side for mounting to metal surfaces
• With mounting holes for wall mounting
• Charger and USB-C charging cable included in scope of delivery
• Dimensions: 175 x 100 x 13.5 mm
• Type description: Pad I
Art. no.
0827 940 991
7
WIRELESS CHARGING PAD ERGOPOWER PAD II
Compatible with Würth wireless charging lamps
• For charging two lamps
• With 5V USB output, max. 1A
• Two magnets on reverse side for mounting to metal surfaces
• With mounting holes for wall mounting
• Charger and USB-C charging cable included in scope of delivery
• Dimensions: 210 x 100 x 13.5 mm
• Type description: Pad II
Art. no.
0827 940 992

lights
LED HEAD LAMP

LED head lamp with 3 W CREE chip with a range of up to 150 metres.
• Three different light modes: 100% light, 50% light and flashing light
• The light cone can be adjusted up to 80 degrees and the inclination by up to 90
degrees
• Sturdy, adjustable head band
• 3 AAA (LR03) batteries included in the scope of delivery
• Luminous flux: 120 lm
• Lighting range: 150 m
• Luminous period: 8 h
Art. no.
0827 809 200 7
LED HEAD LAMP SUPRABEAM V3AIR

Lightweight design with optimised comfort.
• Fitted with a fully electronic control system with a dimmer and memory function
• Swivelling lamp head
• Lamp head: Hi-tech plastic composite with high-strength aluminium
• Switch: Metal button below the lamp head
• 3 light functions: Standard 110 lm, dimmer with memory function (6-160 lm) and
max. mode 340 lm
• Light beam: Focussing achieved by sliding the lamp head
• 3 x micro/AAA/LR03 batteries included in the scope of delivery
• Min./max. luminous flux: 6 / 340 lm
• Min./max. luminous period: 3.5-80 h
• IP protection class: IP X4
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Micro AAA; LR03
Art. no.
0827 809 610

0827 809 610 Battery High Power 0827 111
Suprabeam silicone band 0827 809 172
Suprabeam V3 light unit for headlamp 0827 809 628
Suprabeam V3 series extension cable 0827 809 174

lights
LED CAPLIGHT
Simple clippable led of high quality light beam adjustable to most
caps for on the go lighting use
Easy and stable to wear on
Cap clip easy and stable to wear on
Deliver 50 lumen light output
COB light source
Easy lighting solution for activities
Wide rande of usage such as jogging, fishing, hiking, etc.
Adjustable rotation lighting direction
90 degree
2 CR2032 dry battery power source delivered
7 • Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Round cell
Art. no.
0827 809 353
SLA LED HEAD LAMP

Can also be used as a hand-held lamp (can be removed from head-
band)
• Dimmable and focusable
• 2 light programs – low power, power
• Integrated retaining clip – can be attached to clothing and belts
• Adjustable focus: Yes
• Lighting range min./ max.: 40 / 130 m
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Mignon AA; LR6; AM3
• Min./max. operating temperature: -20 to 40 °C
Art. no.
0827 809 998

lights
LED NECK LIGHT MULIT POSITION

Sleek design is more attractive and comfortable than conventional
headlamps
• Light rotates up and down 70 degrees
• Wear on your neck for hands-free use
• Sleek design is more attractive and comfortable than conventional headlamps
• Operate each ligh head independently
Art. no.
0827 500 073
7
HIGH-POWER LED HEAD LAMP WH2H

3 light functions — Boost (300 lumens for 10 seconds), Power
(200 lumens) and Low Power (80 lumens)
• Battery cartridge at the rear - extremely comfortable to wear as the lamp is very
well balanced
• Hard gold-plated contacts provide optimal protection against corrosion
• Twist-focus mechanism for switching between uniform short-range beam (defocu-
sed) and concentrated long-range beam (focused)
• High degree of protection
• Rubber lining on headband ensures firm grip on construction helmets
• Front switch
Art. no.
0827 809 802

lights
HIGH-POWER LED HEAD LAMP WH2F

(200 lumens) and Low Power (80 lumens)
• Battery cartridge at the front — no wires running along the side of the head band
• Front switch
• Additional red lamp (dark adaptation — helps eyes better adjust for night vision)
7 • Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Mignon AA; LR6; AM3
Art. no.
0827 809 902
SPARE PARTS FOR LED HAND-HELD LAMP ERGOPOWER BOOST

Art. no.
0827 940 460
SPARE PARTS FOR LED HAND-HELD LAMP ERGOPOWER COMPACT

Art. no.
0827 940 247
SPARE PARTS FOR LED HAND-HELD LAMP ERGOPOWER COB (2001021423) SPARE PARTS
FOR LED HAND-HELD LAMP ERGOPOWER COB (2001021423)
Art. no.
0827 940 254

lights
FLUORESCENT HAND-HELD LAMP 11 W

• Supplied with 11 W fluorescent lamp
• Retractable hook can be rotated and swivelled
Built in accordance with: EN 60598-1 and EN 60598-2-8
• Available with or without cable, in 230 V or 24 V version
• Supplied with rubber cable H05 RN-F 2x1 mm2 and Schuko plug (cable version
only)
Art. no.
0981 30 124
LED HAND-HELD LAMP WLH 6

7
Soft, pleasant and low-shadow light for effortless work
No need to change the bulb
• Saves time
• No downtime
Low power consumption
• Saves costs
• Environmentally friendly
No warm-up and pre-heating time
• Full light efficiency immediately available
• Very good cold start behaviour
Resistant to oil, petrol and UV radiation
Made in Germany
• Impact resistance: IK07
• Cable type: H05BQ-F2x1 mm2
• Power-lead length: 5 m
Art. no.
0981 736
0981 737

lights
HAND-HELD LAMP WITH E27 FRAME

• Hand-held lamp with E27 frame
• Degree of protection IP20
• For lamps up to max. 60 W of power
• Supplied without lamp
• Switch embedded in the handle for protection
• With mounting hook and protective grille
• Ergonomic handle made of oil, acid and solvent-resistant plastic
Art. 072130610 – Hand-held lamp with 10 m cable, H05VV-F 2x0.75 mm2
Art. 0721306 – without cable
• Cable type: H05VV-F2x0.75 mm2
7 Art. no.
0721 306 10
LED HAND-HELD LAMP, 3.5 W

Hand lamp with 3.5 watt power LED – 360 lumen
• Available in two versions: 230 V and 24 V
• Mounting hook: Swivels through 360°and retractable
• Soft-touch switch
• Power rating: 4.5 W
• Cable type: H05RN-F2x1 mm2
Min./max. nominal voltage Art. no.

100/240 V/AC 0981 940 135
12/24 V/AC+DC 0981 940 136

lights
LED HAND-HELD LAMP WLH 8

No need to change the bulb
• Saves time
• No downtime
Low power consumption
• Saves costs
No warm-up and pre-heating time
• Full light efficiency immediately available
• Very good cold start behaviour
Resistant to oil, petrol and UV radiation
Made in Germany
• IP protection class: IP 64 7
• Cable type: H05BQ-F2x1 mm2
Art. no.
0981 738
BATTERY-POWERED LED HAND-HELD LAMP, WLH 1 PREMIUM

Latest lithium polymer battery technology for short charging times
and long-lasting performance
Plastic hook has 360° rotation, foldable
With a powerful magnet
Number of LEDs
4 x SMD LEDs measuring 3.5 x 2.8 mm
• Charging time: 4 h
Art. no.
0827 940 10

lights
CORDLESS LED HAND-HELD LAMP

Robust LED hand-held lamp with soft and pleasant light
• Also equipped with a spot light in addition to the main light
• Extendable and rotatable hook
• Power supply included in scope of delivery
• Luminous flux main light: 450 lm
• Luminous flux side light: 100 lm
• Colour temperature: 6500 K
7
Art. no.
0827 940 168
MINI ARTICULATED LED HAND-HELD LIGHT

Articulated magnetic LED hand-held light, compact version
• Ergonomic compact design
• Dual-material non-slip coating
• 8 SMD LEDs for the lamp function and 1 SMD LED for the torch function
• Very wide illumination area
• Equipped with a torch function allowing you to light up a precise point
• Powerful magnets on the base and rear
• Rear hook attachment
• Li-ion polymer battery
• Battery charge status indicated by LED bars
Articulated
• Orientation angle adjustable up to 150°
Supplied with mains power supply adapter and USB cable
• The lamp can be recharged via the mains supply or any other device equipped with
a USB connector
Art. no.
0827 940 600

lights
RECHARGEABLE LED HAND LAMP ERGOPOWER BOOST

Powerful LED hand lamp with additional boost mode
Exclusive Würth design
Two-component housing with good grip
IP65 protection against water and dust
High flexibility
One hook
Wrist strap
Main light 10W SMD LED, spot light 3W LED
Flashlight function
Spot light above the luminaire head
Spot light, main light, off
Switch mode
Additional boost mode for a luminous flux of 1,000 lumens
Luminaire head can be swiveled by 160°
7
Strong magnets
Two magnets on the back side and one on the bottom of the light
Battery charging status
Four indicator lights
Charging via USB- C
Short charging time, long light duration
The latest lithium-ion battery technology
• Min. colour rendering index (CRI): 70
• Luminous period: 2.5 h
• Luminous period of main light: 5 h
• Luminous period of secondary light: 8 h
• IP protection type, lamp: IP 65
• IP protection type charger: IP 20
Art. no.
0827 940 450

lights
RECHARGEABLE PEN LIGHT LED 6 + 1 LED

Sleek and lightweight penlight with magnet and clip with aluminum
and plastic housing design
Main light with 6 SMD LED
Spot light at the bottom
Spot light, main light, off
Switch mode
Indicator light
The latest lithium-polymer battery technology
7 • Luminous period of main light: 3 h
Art. no.
0827 500 021

lights
RECHARCHABLE LED HAND LAMP ERGOPOWER COMPACT

Powerful LED Hand Lamp with compact design
Exclusive Würth design
IP65 protection against water and dust
Two-component housing with good grip
High flexibility
One hook
Wrist strap
Main light 5W SMD LED, spot light 2W LED
Luminaire head can be swiveled by 160°
Spot light above the luminaire head
Strong magnets
two magnets on the back side and one on the bottom of the lamp
Four indicator lights 7
Charging via USB- C
Power supply and USB cable included in the delivery
Switch mode
Spot light, main light low, main light high
Latest lithium-ion battery technology
The light intensity is infinitely variable:
• Main light low: 225 lm
• Main Light High: 450 lm
• Spot light: 150 lm
• Min./max. luminous period: 5-5 h
• Luminous period of main light: 2.5 h
Art. no.
0827 940 240

lights
RECHARGEABLE LED HAND-HELD LAMP ERGOPOWER SLIM+

Adjustable LED hand-held lamp in a slim design. With USB-C charging
port and wireless charging option.
Light levels
• 450–50 lm main light
• 150 lm spotlight
Switching sequence
Spotlight/main light/off
Main light with dimming function – press and hold the button
The light flashes briefly when the lowest or highest light level is
reached
Charging time: approx. 3.5 hours via USB cable/approx. 4 hours via
charging pad
The light can either be charged via the USB-C cable or the wireless
charging pad
7
Light head pivotes 150°
Magnets on the rear and underside of the light
Plastic hook – 360° rotatable and retractable
USB power supply and USB-C cable included in scope of delivery
Charging pad NOT included in scope of delivery
• Luminous period of main light: 2.5 h
Art. no.
0827 940 290

lights
RECHARGEABLE LED HAND-HELD LAMP ERGOPOWER TWINBLADE+

Adjustable LED hand-held lamp featuring slim light head. With USB-C
charging port and wireless charging option.
LED strips on both sides, plus spotlight from light head
Light levels
• 1000–100 lm main light on one side
• 1000–100 lm both LED strips together, 500 lm per side
• 150 lm spotlight
Switching sequence of the two switches
• Upper switch: Spotlight/main light one side with dimming function
• Lower switch: Main light both sides with dimming function, each with 500 lm
The light flashes briefly when the lowest or highest light level is
reached
Charging time: approx. 5 hours via USB cable/approx. 6.5 hours via
charging pad 7
charging pad
Light head pivots 180°
Thin light head for narrow spaces – 12 mm wide
Integrated hook and magnet on the underside
• Luminous period of main light: 2 h
Art. no.
0827 940 390

lights
RECHARGEABLE LED HAND-HELD LAMP ERGOPOWER BLADE

Flexible LED hand-held lamp with narrow lamp head
• Switching sequence – Spot light/Main light/Off
• Main light with dimming function – press and hold the button
• When the lowest or highest light level is reached, the light flashes briefly
• Main light levels can be dimmed from 100 to 1000 lumens
• With charge status indicator
• Narrow lamp head for use in tight spaces – 9 mm width
• The lamp head can be rotated 120°
• Magnet and mounting hook on the underside of the lamp
• With USB C charging port
• USB power supply and USB-C cable included in scope of delivery
7 • Colour temperature: 6000 K
Art. no.
0827 940 310

lights
CORDLESS RECHARGEABLE LED HAND-HELD LAMP ERGOPOWER BEND+

LED hand-held lamp with rotatable and flexible light head. With digi-
tal display for battery status and light intensity. With USB-C charging
connection and wireless function.
Light levels:
• Main light: 70–700 lumens, stepless dimmable
• Spot light: 70 lumens
Switching sequence:
Spotlight/main light/off
The light flashes briefly when the lowest or highest light level is reached
Functional light head:
• It can be bent 180° and rotated 270°
• With a width of 9 mm, ideal for narrow spaces
Strong magnet on the underside of the light
Retractable hook
7
Automatic switch off
The switched on main light switches off automatically as soon as the light head with
the light emitted is fully retracted into the light body.
charging pad (for the European market: Ergopower Pad I, art. no.
0827940991 or Pad II, art. no. 0827940992; For markets other than
the European market: Ergopower Pad, art. no. 0827940091)
Charging pad not included in scope of delivery
Art. no.
0827 940 320

lights
RECHARGEABLE LED HAND-HELD LAMP ERGOPOWER PEN+

Compact, powerful pen light. With USB-C charging connection and
wireless charging option
Light levels
• Main light level 1: 100 lm, level 2: 250 lm
• 70 lm spotlight
Switching sequence
Spotlight/main light level 1, level 2/off
With charge status display
Charging time
• Approx. 2 hours via USB cable
• Approx. 2.5 hours via charging pad
charging pad
7
• Min./max. luminous period: 1.5-3.5 h
Art. no.
0827 940 117
TRIPOD FOR WORK LAMP

Equipped with cable bracket
• Adjustable in height
• Adjustable mounting plate
• With protective rubber on the feet
• Min./max. height: 1.2-2.1 m
Art. no.
9501 000 065

lights
TRIPOD FOR WORK LAMP

Zinc-plated
• Adjustable in height
• Mounting plate with fastening screws
• Min./max. height: 0.9-2.2 m
• Material: Zinc-aluminium
Art. no. 7
9501 000 066
TRIPOD CONNECTION FOR LED WORK LAMP, 360 DEGREES

Tripod connection for 360° LED work lamp 0981 180 95x
• Tripod connection as connecting piece between a tripod and the 360° LED work
lamp.
• Two fastening screws are included in the scope of delivery.
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0981 180 955
RAIL FOR ERGOPOWER WORK LIGHTS

The rail can be used for any tripod with M8 & M10 hole on top
For all kinds of work light
The rail has two long thin holes on each side
Total length 725 mm
Has two additional holes to fit the tripod
• Material: Steel pipe
RoHS compliance
Art. no.
0981 508 142

lights
LED WORKING LAMP 60 W ERGOPOWER

Powerful LED work light for indoor and outdoor use
No need to change the bulbs with longer life time
Light source is provided by highpower SMD LED
Designed with strong housing
Build by aluminum
Full light capacity immediately available
Luminous flux can be adjusted in 2 different mode:
4300 lumen for Hight Light Mode/ 2100 lumenfor low Light Mode
• Cable type: H07RN-F3G1.5 mm2
7 • Power-lead length: 5 m
Design Lamp light power Art. no.

2 fixing points, High-quality, Light switch, With handle 4600 lm 0981 508 161
2 fixing points, 2 CEE electrical outlet, 3-pole, 16 A, 230 V, 180° - 0981 508 160
rotatable, CEE plug 2-pin + E 230 V, High-quality, Light switch,
With handle
LED WORKING LAMP POWERQUAD

Soft, pleasant and low-shadow light reduces eye fatigue
• LED panel with highly efficient SMD LEDs (> 130 lm/W)
• Wide-beam, reduced-glare light through opal cover
• Lamp does not need to be replaced
• Low power consumption
• No warm-up or pre-heating time
• 6-way adjustable beam angle
• 2 Mennekes earthing contact sockets
• High-quality polyurethane BQ-F cable in red signal colour
• Shock and break-resistant housing
• Made in Germany
• Design: Light switch, 2 sockets (max. 3 kW)
• Cable type: H07BQ-F3G1.5 mm2
Luminous flux Lamp light power Art. no.

4000 lm 5300 lm 0981 180 501
8000 lm 10600 lm 0981 180 502

lights
LED WORKING LAMP 34 W BASIC

LED work lamp with shock and break-proof 2-component housing
• LED panel with highly efficient SMD LEDs
• Lamp does not need to be replaced
• No warm-up or pre-heating time
• Lamp light power: 2700 lm
Design Art. no.

1 socket (max. 3 kW) 0981 180 320 7
1 socket, type E 0981 180 321
MAGNUM LED WORK LAMP, 32 W

Two sockets on the back.
• Impact-resistant housing
• Adjustable arm with a lock
• Glare-free polycarbonate reflector
• Cable lift brackets
Art. no.
9501 000 060

lights
MAGNUM LED WORK LAMP, 78W

Two sockets on the back.
• Impact-resistant housing
• Adjustable arm with a lock
• Glare-free polycarbonate reflector
• Cable winding bracket
Art. no.
9501 000 061
7
LED WORK LAMP 360°
• LED panel with highly efficient SMD LEDs (≥ 110 lm/W)
• Shock and break-resistant housing
• Foldable holding/mounting bracket made from rustproof stainless steel
• Incl. pressure equalisation valve
• Device for screw mounting on the wall
• No need to change the bulb
• No warm-up and pre-heating time
• Made in Germany
• Design: 1 socket, type E
• Lamp light power: 3900 lm
Art. no.
0981 180 951

lights
25 WATT LED WORK LAMP

Compact and light LED work lamp with good light output
• Equipped with on/off switch, handle and sturdy H07RN-F cable
• Robust ABS housing
• Adjustable stand
• Stand with mounting hole (M8) for tripod mounting
• No need to change the bulb
• No warm-up/pre-heating time
7
Art. no.
0981 508 025
REPLACEMENT COVER
For fluorescent hand-held lamp 11 W

94 g 0981 350
300 g 0981 37
3800 g 0981 300

lights
REPLACEMENT HOOK
7 Art. no.
0981 38
REPLACEMENT THREADED RING

Art. no.
0981 36
REPLACEMENT HANDLE

86 g 0981 32
89 g 0981 360

lights
REPLACEMENT CIRCUIT
Art. no.
0981 33
0981 34
FLASHING WARNING LAMP, LED, ROUND

LED warning lamp with 16 LEDs. Can be used as a universal all-purpo-
se signal light. 7
Lithium ion long-life battery
Scope of delivery includes:
• 100 - 240 V AC charging adapter
• 12 - 24 V DC charging adapter
• USB cable and magnetic mount
• Art. no. 0827559000 red LEDs
9 different operating modes
Rotating, fast flashing, single flashing, alternate flashing, SOS rescue, bright conti-
nuous light, soft continuous light, 2-LED flashing light, 4-LED flashing light
• Power rating: 2.6 W
Art. no.
0827 559 000
0827 559 100

lights
FRONT GLASS PANEL

• For LED work lamp Ergopower
• Material: Glass
Art. no.
0981 508 124
7
RECHARGABLE BATTERY PACK
For LED work lamp Ergopower
Art. no.
0981 508 101
RECHARGABLE BATTERY PACK

For LED Ergopower Dual 20 W
Art. no.
0981 509 000

lights
CAR CHARGER FOR LED ERGOPOWER DUAL 20 W

For LED Ergopower Dual 20 W
Art. no.
0981 509 001
GLASS PANEL FOR LED ERGOPOWER DUAL 20 WATTS

Art. no.
0981 509 003
AC CABLE FOR LED ERGOPOWER DUAL 20 W

Art. no.
0981 509 004

lights
MAGNETIC HOLDER FOR LED WORK LAMP ERGOPOWER

Length x width x height
255 x 64.5 x 51 mm
Screw hole size:
M8
Magnet quantity per unit :
4PCS
Magnetic force:
96 N
Load weight (Vertical):
5kg
7 Art. no.
0981 509 002
8.4V 2A POWER SUPPLY WITH DC PORT

DC Power supply
Technical information:
• Input Voltage: 100~240V / AC
• Output : 8.4V / 2A
• Dimension: 5.5 X 2.5 X 10mm 2 Pin
• Wire: 18AWG X 2C X 2 Meter
• Net Weight: 103g
Art. no.
0981 509 016
CHARGING CABLE FOR LED ERGOPOWER DUAL 25 WATT

Charging cable for LED work lamp Ergopower Dual 25 W, art. 0981
509 125.
Art. no.
0981 509 090
0981 509 091

lights
RECHARGEABLE LED WORK LIGHT ERGOPOWER 20 W

Robust
Aluminium housing with rubber edge
Full capacity immediately available
COB LED light source
Two light modes
1,700 lm and 1,000 lm
Switch mode sequence
Full light – low light - off
Stand variably adjustable
Can be used with tripod
Stand with mounting holes (M8)
Delivered with AC/DC charger
• Luminous flux: 1700 lm 7
Art. no.
0981 508 157

lights
LED BONNET LAMP BATTERY UNDER HOOD LIGHT

Extra wide compact and extendable powerful LED Under hood light
with an aluminium shell.
Extendable
Suitable for bonnets 110–180 cm wide
32LED’s, 10W
Two different light levels
the latest lithium-ion battery technology
7 • IP protection class: IP 65
Art. no.
0827 940 750
RECHARGEABLE LED WORK LIGHT ERGOPOWER 10 W

Robust
Aluminium housing with rubber edge
Full capacity immediately available
COB LED light source
Two light modes
1,000 lm and 500 lm
Switch mode
Stand variably adjustable
Stand with mounting holes (M8) to mount the lamp on a tripod
Delivered with 5V 1A charger and USB-cable
Art. no.
0981 508 158

lights
BATTERY-POWERED LED WORK LAMP ERGOPOWER MINI 10W

Small but powerful rechargeable LED work light, can stand high expo-
sure to dust and water with IP67 protection level
SMD LED light source
Good thermal conditioning to support consistent light output
Two light modes
1,000 lm and 500 lm
Switch mode
LED charging indicator
4 LEDs on the back side indicate the battery charging status
Charging
Via charging cable with USB-C connection
Can be used with tripod
Stand at back with M8 hole
7
Two strong magnets at stand
Additional installation method
Battery indicator
Art. no.
0981 504 118

lights
ERGOPOWER DUAL 25 W
Cordless LED work lamp in exclusive Würth design with two different
light levels and USB output connection.
The lamp can be charged either via the mains or in the vehicle.
Thanks to the independent battery management system, the lamp
can also be used when the charging cable is connected and the lamp
is being charged at the same time = dual use.
Properties:
• SMD LEDs
• Two light levels - 2500 lumens and 1000 lumens
• With residual capacity/charging status display
• Stand with mounting holes - for wall mounting or mounting on a tripod
• Scope of delivery incl. 3m H07RN-F charging cable (mains connection cable) and
car charger for 12/24 volts
• Mains connection cable with self-lock connection
7 • Min. colour rendering index (CRI): 80
Art. no.
0981 509 126
0981 509 125

lights
CORDLESS LED WORK LAMP

Rechargeable (R) lamp can be charged during mains operation (AC).
5-level lighting: 200–4000 lumens
State-of-the-art lithium-ion battery technology and built-in overload
protection enable simultaneous charging and operation
• Light can remain permanently connected to the mains
• The mains connection line can be quickly and easily disconnected from the light
• Residual capacity/charging status display
• LED panel with highly efficient SMD LEDs (approx. 110 lm/W)
• Opalescent cover produces a wide-beam, glare-reduced light
• 6-way adjustable beam angle
• Impact- and break-resistant housing
• Made in Germany
• Min./max. luminous period: 1-10 h 7
Art. no.
0827 981 501
CHARGER SET
For LED lamp Ergopower
Art. no.
0981 504 221
0981 504 220

lights
BATTERY-POWERED LED HEAD LAMP SUPRABEAM V3PRO

Powerful, rechargeable LED head lamp.
• Equipped with a unique cabling system to achieve maximum versatility, and a fully
electronic control system with dimmer and memory function
• Operated by a 2800 mAh Li-polymer battery. USB cable and power pack included
in scope of delivery
• Lamp head: Hi-tech plastic composite with high-strength aluminium
• Switch: Metal button below the lamp head
• 3 light functions: Standard 130 lm, dimmer with memory function (10-270 lm) and
0827 809 631 max. mode 500 lm
7 • Adjustable focus: Yes
• IP protection type, lamp: IP X4
Art. no.
0827 809 631

0827 809 631 Battery pack for LED head lamp, Suprabeam 9501 000 133
Headband for V3 series headlamp, blue 0827 809 189 ●
Protective bag for headlamp 0827 809 624 ●
Suprabeam in-car charger 12/24 0827 600 224
Suprabeam USB charging adapter 0827 809 625
Suprabeam USB charging cable 0827 809 626
Suprabeam V3 headband for headlamp 0827 809 175 ●
Suprabeam V3 light unit for headlamp 9501 000 145 ●
Suprabeam V3R battery 0827 809 176
Suprabeam V3 series extension cable 0827 809 174

lights
SUPRABEAM S4 LED HEADLAMP

Durable and compact headlamp, can be attached to a safety helmet.
Durable and user-friendly light, which can be worn like a normal headlamp. With the
use of an accessory, the light can be attached to a safety helmet, which has an integ-
ration slot for a light (e.g. Petzl vertex vent and Würth Pheos).
The light has two different LED light variations: a narrow light beam showing far and
a wide light beam showing near, and then there is a combination of these two, which
can be used at the same time.
All three light variations have a selection of three different light outputs. This facilitates
a suitable light intensity and optimum run time for all tasks.
The light uses a safe and extremely light lithium polymer battery as a power source.
The battery has an integrated USB charging plug.
The light has an innovative double power source function, which means the light can
also use AAA batteries without accessories or adapters.
The light is extremely well-protected against dust and moisture, which makes it very
suitable for demanding conditions in industrial applications and construction sites as
well as demanding northern outdoor conditions in continuous use throughout the year.
7
Art. no.
0827 809 612

0827 809 612 Alkaline battery Energizer Industrial 0827 111 090 ●
Battery case cover headlamp S series 0827 809 186 ●
Battery case cover headlamp S series 0827 809 186 ●
Headband for Suprabeam S series headlamp 0827 809 188 ●
Headband for Suprabeam S series headlamp 0827 809 188 ●
Helmet holder, adhesive Suprabeam universal 9501 002 933 ●
Helmet holder, adhesive Suprabeam universal 9501 002 933 ●
Helmet holder for headlamp Suprabeam S series 0827 600 221
Protective bag for headlamp 0827 809 624 ●
Rechargable battery for Suprabeam S series 0827 809 170
Suprabeam USB charging adapter 0827 809 625
Suprabeam USB charging cable 0827 809 626
USB car charger, 2.4 A 0837 900 103

lights
RECHARGEABLE LED HEAD LAMP ERGOPOWER SENSOR

Strong light beam headlamp enables hands free professional opera-
tion of tools and machines thanks to sensor switch and high capacity
battery
Super bright light emitting surface 60 degree lighting
Adjustable back bracket up and down within 60 degrees
Equipped with two switches:
• Standard on/off switch – 1. step half light intensity, 2. step full light intensity
• Sensor switch - Motion sensor (with hand movements) up to 5 cm distance to the
lamp
Protection class IP65
Impact resistance IK07
Headband with integrated anti-slip rubber strip
Provides a better grip
7 • Min./max. luminous flux: 100 / 280 lm
Art. no.
0827 809 635

lights
RECHARGEABLE HEADLAMP SUPRABEAM M6XR LED

A highly efficient and extremely compact multi-purpose lamp with hel-
met mount
This modern, multi-purpose lamp is extremely efficient and easy to use.
The long runtime allows you to work all day without interruption.
With a maximum output of 2000 lm, the lamp provides an enormous amount of light
to a large area for short periods of time.
The output (600–6 lm) can be adjusted to suit each application. The memory function
allows you to quickly switch from the boost function to the adjusted light output.
The locking function on the switch prevents the lamp from being switched on unintenti-
onally inside a pocket, for example.
A highly ergonomic design, lightweight and compact frame and large switch with rub-
ber coating make the lamp extremely comfortable to use.
The M6xr is the perfect multi-purpose lamp for challenging jobs (IPx8) and deman-
ding users.
The lamp can be used as a regular headlamp or attached to a hard hat using the
adhesive mount supplied. 7
Or simply detach the lamp from the headband or hard hat and use it as a handheld
lamp or torch.
The built-in magnetic base means the M6xr can also be attached to a metal surface
and used as a work lamp.
A pen clip for attaching the lamp to work clothes or a harness is also included in
delivery.
The durable, safe and efficient 3000-mAh Li-ion battery can be charged quickly and
easily via the built-in USB plug.
• Adjustable focus: No
Art. no.
0827 809 185

lights
RECHARGEABLE LED HEADLAMP ERGOPOWER SENSOR PETITE

Compact headlamp with sensor function
40° swivelling lamp head
Two light levels
• 1st level half light intensity
• 2nd level full light intensity
• Min./max. luminous period: 4-1.5 h
7 Art. no.
0827 809 634

lights
CHARGEABLE HEAD LAMP SUPRABEAM V3AIR LED

Lightweight and efficient
• New improved lamp with longer and more efficient lighting time.
• The maximum output of the lamp is 450 lm. The memory function means it can be
dimmed to 180 lm and even as low as 6 lm.
• With the stepless focus control of 10° – 70°, you can adjust the beam from wide to
very narrow depending on the range you are operating on.
• If necessary, the light unit can be tilted between 0° and 85° to point directly down-
wards, which makes movement on an uneven surface easier.
• The light unit can also be locked perpendicularly, which means that the light is
always aimed at the right direction.
• The locking function of the operating switch ensures that the light doesn‘t switch on
accidentally by itself when kept, for example, in a pocket.
The battery case of the lamp is extremely safe and has been made of special plastic.
In addition, the battery case cover is high-quality soft rubber, which makes it comforta-
ble to open and extremely wear-resistant. The updated Li-Po battery has an integrated
Micro USB charging port. This means that the lamp does not have to be left charging; 7
instead it can be used for a whole working day with an extra battery. The new Li-Po
battery is extremely safe to charge and to use. Charging time is only 1h 50min.
(80%)–2h 35min.(100%). The lamp comes with a headband with silicone on the inner
surface. This keeps the lamp securely in the head as well as in the safety helmet.
Art. no.
0827 809 613

lights
HIGH-POWER BATTERY-POWERED LED HEAD LAMP WH2HR

(300 lumens), Mid Power (150 lumens) and Low Power (80 lumens)
well balanced
• Dirt-resistant, easy-clean magnetic charging system with significantly lower suscepti-
bility to failure
• Front switch
• Charge status/battery level indicator (4 x green LED)
7 • Min./max. luminous flux: 80 / 400 lm
Art. no.
0827 809 812

lights
HIGH-POWER BATTERY-POWERED LED HEAD LAMP WH3HR

well balanced
• Dirt-resistant, easy-clean magnetic charging system with significantly lower suscepti-
bility to failure
• Front switch
• Min./max. luminous flux: 80 / 800 lm 7
Art. no.
0827 809 813

lights
HIGH-POWER BATTERY-POWERED LED HEAD LAMP WH2FR

• Battery cartridge at the front — no wires running along the side of the head band
• Dirt-resistant, easy-clean magnetic charging system — significantly lower susceptibi-
lity to failure
• Front switch
7 • Lighting range min./ max.: 75 / 220 m
Art. no.
0827 809 912
CORDLESS LED HEAD LAMP SUPRABEAM V4PRO V21

Art. no.
0827 809 642

lights
BATTERY PACK FOR LED HEAD LAMP, SUPRABEAM

Battery pack for head lamp V3pro, without cable
• Colour: Black
Art. no. 7
9501 000 133
SUPRABEAM USB CHARGING CABLE

• Length: 1 m
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0827 809 626
SUPRABEAM SILICONE BAND

• Width: 62 mm
Art. no.
0827 809 172

lights
SUPRABEAM IN-CAR CHARGER 12/24

Art. no.
0827 600 224
SUPRABEAM V3R BATTERY

• Width: 62 mm
Material Length Colour Art. no.

- 35 mm - 0827 809 171
Special plastics 71 mm Yellow, Black 0827 809 176
SUPRABEAM V3 SERIES EXTENSION CABLE

• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0827 809 174

lights
SUPRABEAM V3 LIGHT UNIT FOR HEADLAMP

LED light unit for headlamps in the Suprabeam V3 series.
Material Length Product weight (per item) Colour Art. no.

Textile 35 cm 32 g Black, Orange 9501 008 719
Plastic/aluminium - 60 g Black, Grey 0827 809 628
RECHARGABLE BATTERY FOR SUPRABEAM S SERIES 7
Rechargeable battery with integrated charging plug for headlamps in the

Suprabeam S series.
• Width: 35 mm
• Length: 45 mm
• Colour: Yellow, Black
Art. no.
0827 809 170

lights
HELMET HOLDER FOR HEADLAMP SUPRABEAM S SERIES

Metal helmet bracket for integrating headlamps in the Suprabeam S series into hard
harts with a slot at the front of the hat.
Using the metal bracket, the lamp can also be attached to clothes and other objects
on the user even when they are not wearing a hard hat.
Material Width Length Product weight (per Colour Art. no.

item)
Plastic - - 8.86 g - 0827 600 223
Plastic/metal 68 mm 45 mm 14 g Black 0827 600 221
7
STANDARD MAGNETIC COVER SUPRABEAM M SERIES
Standard magnetic cover for Suprabeam M series headlamp
• Width: 22.95 mm
• Length: 14.05 mm
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
9501 002 891
HEADBAND FOR SUPRABEAM M SERIES HEADLAMP

• Material: Vinyl
• Width: 50 mm
• Length: 500 mm
• Colour: Black-grey
Art. no.
0827 809 187

lights
HEAD LAMP FOR SUPRABEAM V4 SERIES

• Material: Textile
Art. no.
9501 008 720
BATTERY FOR HEAD LAMP WH2HR/WH2FR

• Width: 28.5 mm
• Length: 51.9 mm
Art. no.
9501 009 404 7
BATTERY FOR LED HEADLAMP WH3HR

• Width: 18.7 mm
• Length: 70.8 mm
Art. no.
9501 009 405
CONTROL BOARD/SUPPORT F. LED ERGOPOWER DUAL 20/25W

• Suitable for: LED work lamp Ergopower Dual
Art. no.
0981 509 025

lights
SUPRABEAM USB CHARGING ADAPTER

• Width: 36.1 mm
• Length: 52.6 mm
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0827 809 625
CAR CHARGER
With USB socket
• 5V 1A
• one USB
7
• Length: 55 mm
Art. no.
0827 940 373

Work equipment / Working lighting, batteries, chargers / Chargers
BATTERY CHARGER PRO 4

Includes pre-charged NiMH batteries (4 x AAA and 4 x AA)
Enhanced safety for the user
• Battery defect detection
• Alkaline detection
• Inverse-polarity protection
• Multiple overload protection
Suitable for use with conventional batteries
Trickle charging
Clear LC display
• Graphic display
• Intuitive operation
USB output
Any devices that can be charged via USB are compatible – e.g. PDAs, MP3 players,
portable games consoles, navigation devices and mobile phones.
Suitable for use on the go and anywhere in the world 7
• Long-range input 100–240 V/AC
• Includes 12-V/DC vehicle mains plug
• Min./max. input voltage: 100-240 V/AC
• Input voltage 2: 12 V/DC
• Charging voltage per battery: 1.45 V/DC
• Zero-watt technology: No
• Charging current at USB output: 1000 mA
• Maximum number of charging slots for AAA batteries: 4 PCS
• Charging current for AAA battery: 450 mA
• Maximum number of charging slots for AA batteries: 4 PCS
• Charging current for AA battery: 450 mA
• Safety timer: Yes
• Display: LCD
• Individual slot monitoring: Yes
• Overload protection (trickle charging): Yes
• Rechargeable battery defect detection: Yes
• Temperature monitoring: No
Art. no.
0827 405
BATTERY CHARGER JUMPSTARTER

Art. no.
0772 726 102

MULTIFUNCTIONAL CHARGER PRO 5

This quick charger with up to 1,800 mA charging current is the perfect
combination of charger and test station.
For all common USB devices such as smartphones, mobiles, MP3
players
USB charging function at 5V/1,000 mA
Smart and safe
• Track the charging status of each battery (individual slot monitoring)
• Protects the batteries from multiple overcharging with battery-care function
• Automatically switches to trickle charging
For checking capacity, voltage and charging/discharging current
Test function
Revives old batteries
Care function
7 • Input voltage 2: 12 V/DC
• Charging voltage per battery: 1.45 V/DC
• Zero-watt technology: No
• Charging current at USB output: 1000 mA
• Maximum number of charging slots for AAA batteries: 4 PCS
• Charging current for AAA battery: 450 mA
• Maximum number of charging slots for AA batteries: 4 PCS
• Charging current for AA battery: 450 mA
• Maximum number of charging slots for C batteries: 4 PCS
• Charging current for C battery: 400 mA
• Maximum number of charging slots for D batteries: 4 PCS
• Charging current for D battery: 400 mA
• Maximum number of charging slots for 9-V block batteries: 1 PCS
• Charging current for 9-V block battery: 15 mA
Art. no.
0827 400 5

VEHICLE BATTERY CHARGER

Powerful battery charger with active inverter technology for use
during diagnostics and software updates. Professional 6/12/24 V -
35 A
Powerful battery charger with active inverter technology for use in
workshops during diagnostics and software updates.
Suitable for use in workshops for passenger cars, trucks, buses, motorcycles, emergen-
cy vehicles, construction vehicles and agricultural vehicles. Suitable for all common
battery types (conventional lead-acid, lead-calcium/silver fleece batteries (AGM,
MF) as well as maintenance-free lead-gel batteries) and there is no need to dis-
connect the battery from the vehicle power supply.
Animated LCD
Simple user guidance display and maximum operating safety. All functions and char-
ging data can be easily configured on and read off the display with full clarity.
Automatic voltage detection
There is no need to pre-select the battery voltage (6, 12 or 24 V)
Robust metal housing with rubber edge protection 7
Very stable and protected against paint damage
Diagnostics and software updates
During diagnostics and software updates, the buffer mode supplies the parallel
consumers with energy. The battery charger delivers a current of up to 35 A for this
purpose.
Safeguards:
• Electronic reverse polarity protection
• Thermal overload protection
• Safety cut-out
• Electronic safety
• Short-circuit protection
Scope of delivery:
• Charger Professional 6/12/24 V – 35 A
• Incl. plug-in charging cable (10 mm2, length of 2.5 m) with fully insulated charging
clamps (80 A)
• Plug-in mains cable (length of 2 m)
• Edge protection
• Min. charging voltage: 6 V/DC
• Max. charging voltage: 24 V/DC
• Charging current: 35 A
• Min./max. rechargeable battery/battery capacity: 3-350 Ah
• Charging characteristics: IUoU
• IP protection class: IP 40/IP 44
• Length (battery charging cable with terminals): 2.5 m
• Cable cross section: 10 mm2
Art. no.
0510 955 607

VEHICLE BATTERY CHARGER

High-performance battery charger with active inverter technology.
Expert 12/24 V - 35 A
Powerful and compact battery charger with active inverter technolo-
gy for use in workshops
Suitable for use in the workshops for passenger cars, trucks, buses, motorcycles,
emergency vehicles, construction vehicles and agricultural vehicles. Suitable for all
common battery types (conventional lead-acid, lead-calcium/silver fleece batteries
(AGM, MF) as well as maintenance-free lead-gel batteries) with no need to dis-
connect the battery from the vehicle power supply.
Automatic voltage detection
There is no need to pre-select the battery voltage (12 or 24 V).
Robust metal housing with rubber edge protection
Very stable and protected against paint damage.
Safeguards:
• Electronic reverse polarity protection
7
• Thermal overload protection
• Safety cut-out
• Electronic safety
• Short-circuit protection
• IP protection class: IP 40/IP 44
• Length (battery charging cable with terminals): 5 m
• Colour: Silver coloured
Art. no.
0510 955 604

VEHICLE BATTERY CHARGER NOCO GENIUS

Battery charger for universal use, for 12V and 24V batteries
• Suitable for the workshop and the showroom
• Can charge all common types of batteries, including lithium batteries
• Incl. repair function for deeply discharged batteries
• Charging characteristics: 8-step
• Cable length: 1900 mm
• Fully insulated charging terminals: Yes
• Length (battery charging cable with terminals): 2050 mm 7
• Cable cross section: 8.37 mm2
• Spark protection: Yes
Art. no.
0772 955 999

BATTERY CHARGER, 12 V, 100 A, 20–1200 AH

Multi-function device for battery and vehicle electrical system volta-
ge support, as well as for charging and recharging starter batteries
without disconnecting from the vehicle electrical system voltage.
Suitable for vehicles with 12 V batteries
Motorcycles, passenger cars, vans, agricultural machinery, emergency vehicles, cons-
truction machinery
Compact and robust housing with cable holder on the front side
Revives severely discharged batteries
>2V (automatic SOS recovery)
Carries out automatic cell balancing
Maximises the service life and performance of the battery
By monitoring-free, nine-stage charging and maintenance
Protection against:
• Short-circuit
7 • Reverse polarity
• Overvoltage
• Sparks (anti-spark system)
• Automatic safety shut-off when the battery is disconnected
• Overheating of internal electronics
LCD
Simple user guidance display and maximum operating safety. All functions and char-
ging data can be easily configured on and read off the display with full clarity.
Very stable and protected against paint damage
Shock- and vibration-dampening rubber feet and edges
• Max. charging voltage: 14.8 V/DC
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: 12 V lead-acid batteries
(open, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM fleece,EFB, EFB+)
• Colour: Silver coloured, Light grey, similar to RAL 7035
• Spark protection: Yes
Art. no.
0510 955 710

BATTERY CHARGER, 12 V, 25 A, 30–500 AH

Multi-function device for workshop use. Supports battery and vehicle
electrical system, also for charging and recharging starter batteries
without disconnecting from the vehicle electrical system
Suitable for vehicles with 12 V lead-acid batteries
For example: Motorcycles, passenger cars, vans, agricultural machinery, emergency
vehicles, construction machinery
Compact, robust battery charger with dirt-repellent aluminium
housing, cable bracket on the underside
Removable rubberised mounting hook for flexible and safe use on
the vehicle
Revives severely discharged batteries with a residual voltage > 2 V
Maximises the service life and performance of the battery
• through fully-automatic, unattended seven-stage charging cycle
• Temperature-dependent adaptation of the charging voltage ±0.03V/°C. The maxi-
mum temperature-adjusted charging voltage is 15.3 V 7
Protection against
• Short-circuit
• Reverse polarity
• Overvoltage
Integrated cooling fan for long service life and continuous 25 amps
power
Simple operation with an on/off button
LED display
• Power supply voltage: 13.7 V
• Min. charging voltage: 2 V
• Max. charging voltage: 14.7 V
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: 12 V lead-acid batteries (open
and maintenance-free, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM fleece,EFB, EFB+)
• Charging characteristics: 7-step fully automatic charging characteristic
Art. no.
0510 955 750

BATTERY CHARGER, 12/24 V–50 A, 10–850 AH

Multi-function device for battery and vehicle electrical system support,
as well as for charging and recharging starter batteries without dis-
connecting from the vehicle electrical system
Suitable for vehicles with 12 and 24 V lithium and lead-acid batteries
vehicles, construction machinery, HGVs
Automatic battery and battery voltage detection
Compact, robust battery charger, with dirt-resistant steel plate
housing, can also be installed on the wall using a keyhole on the
bottom
Multi-resonance converter technology for everyday professional
workshop use
Intuitive operation with easy touch graphic display
Charges batteries with a residual voltage of > 1.5 V for 12 V vehicle
7 electrical system voltage and 3.0 V for 24 V vehicle electrical system
voltage
Desulphation mode for refreshing sulphated batteries
Protection against
• Short-circuit
• Overvoltage
Service and update programming can be performed via USB
interface
Plug-in charging and mains cable
• Charging voltage max. at 12 V: 14.8 V
• Charging current at 12 V: 50 A
• Colour: Traffic black RAL 9017
Rechargeable battery/battery designation Art. no.

12 V lead-acid batteries (open and maintenance-free, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM fleece,EFB, EFB+) 0510 955 851
12 V lead-acid batteries (open and maintenance-free, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM fleece,EFB, EFB+), 12 V lithium ion battery 0510 955 850
(LiFePO4), 24 V lead-acid batteries (open, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM fleece,EFB, EFB+)

BATTERY CHARGER, 12/24 V–120 A, 20–1500 AH

Multi-function device for battery and vehicle electrical system support,
as well as for charging and recharging starter batteries without dis-
connecting from the vehicle electrical system
Suitable for vehicles with 12 and 24 V lithium and lead-acid batteries
vehicles, construction machinery, HGVs
Automatic battery and battery voltage detection
Compact, robust battery charger, with dirt-resistant steel plate
housing, can also be installed on the wall using a keyhole on the
bottom
Multi-resonance converter technology for everyday professional
workshop use
Intuitive operation with easy touch graphic display
Charges batteries with a residual voltage of > 1.5 V for 12 V vehicle
electrical system voltage and 3.0 V for 24 V vehicle electrical system 7
voltage
Desulphation mode for refreshing sulphated batteries
Protection against
• Short-circuit
• Overvoltage
Service and update programming can be performed via USB
interface
Folding base allows the device to be tilted, enabling a better view of
the display
With fully insulated battery terminals
Rechargeable battery/battery designation Art. no.

12 V lead-acid batteries (open and maintenance-free, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM fleece,EFB, EFB+), 12 V lithium ion battery 0510 955 870
(LiFePO4), 24 V lead-acid batteries (open, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM fleece,EFB, EFB+)
12 V lead-acid batteries (open and maintenance-free, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM fleece,EFB, EFB+) 0510 955 871

VEHICLE BATTERY CHARGER WBC-6

The smart charger for 6 V and 12 V starter batteries (WET, AGM/EFB,
lithium). Ideal for maintenance and supply charging of batteries with
a capacity between 5 and 130 Ah. Charging current 6 A. Suitable for
motorcycles and cars.
Flexible use depending on the situation
• Selection of different charging modes: 6 V/12 V
• Selection of different battery types: WET/AGM/EFB (start/stop)/lithium
Intelligent microprocessor charging technology
• Charges up to 3 times faster than conventional devices
• Charges fully discharged batteries from 0.5 V residual voltage
Maximum safety
• Protection against overcharging, reverse polarity, voltage spikes, etc.
• Best temperature monitoring by means of sensor and ventilation system
• Charging stops automatically if risks are detected
7 • Min./max. input voltage: 240-220 V
and maintenance-free, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM fleece,EFB, EFB+), 12 V lithi-
um ion battery (LiFePO4), 6 V lead-acid batteries (open and maintenance-free, MF,
calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM fleece,EFB, EFB+), 6 V lithium ion battery (LiFePO4)
• Length (battery charging cable with terminals): 208 cm
Art. no.
0510 955 900


The all-round charger for 12 V and 24 V starter batteries (WET, AGM/
EFB, lithium). Ideal for maintenance and supply charging of batteries
from 40-230 Ah. Charging current 15 A (12 V) or 10 A (24 V). Suitable
for cars and vans. Not suitable for motorcycles.
Flexible application depending on the situation
• Selection of different charging modes - 12 V/24 V/supply/de-sulphation/cold
• Selection of different battery types - wet/AGM/EFB (start/stop)/lithium
• Charges deeply discharged batteries as low as 0.5 V residual voltage
Maximum safety
• Min./max. input voltage: 240-220 V 7
and maintenance-free, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM fleece), 12 V lithium ion
battery (LiFePO4), 24 V lead-acid batteries (open, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM
fleece,EFB, EFB+), 24 V lithium ion battery (LiFePO4)
Art. no.
0510 955 901


The professional charger for 12 V and 24 V starter batteries (wet,
AGM/EFB, lithium). The ideal partner in the workshop. Charges bat-
teries with a capacity of 60-460 Ah with a charging current of 30 A
(12 V) or 15 A (24 V). Suitable for cars and vans. May not be used for
motorbikes!
Flexible application depending on the situation
• Selection of different charging modes - 12 V/24 V/supply/de-sulphation/cold
• Selection of different battery types - wet/AGM/EFB (start/stop)/lithium
• Charges deeply discharged batteries as low as 0.5 V residual voltage
Maximum safety
7
and maintenance-free, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM fleece,EFB, EFB+), 12 V lithi-
um ion battery (LiFePO4), 24 V lead-acid batteries (open, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL,
AGM fleece,EFB, EFB+), 24 V lithium ion battery (LiFePO4)
Art. no.
0510 955 902
0510 955 903

VEHICLE BATTERY CHARGER 12 V–35 A FOR SALES AREA

The ideal showroom battery charger for all common 12 V starter bat-
teries incl. lithium between 30–600 Ah capacity.
Designed for use in the showroom, but also suitable for the work-
shop and warehouse
• 35 A of current is sufficient for charging and maintenance charging even of larger
vehicles
• Silent and unobtrusive due to the compact, fanless design
• Strong construction thanks to aluminium housing, rubber edge protection and rub-
ber feet
Simple and effective
• Connect, switch on, if necessary select 14.7 V or lithium, charge
• Fully automatic seven-stage charging cycle
• Removable cables for easy cable routing through the engine compartment
• Charging batteries with a residual voltage > 2 V
Protection against
7
• Short-circuit
• Overvoltage
• Charging voltage max. at 12 V: 14.7 V/DC
• Charging current at 12 V: 35 A/DC
and maintenance-free, MF, calcium, VRLA, GEL, AGM fleece,EFB, EFB+)
• Length (battery charging cable with terminals): 2.5 m
Art. no.
0510 955 804
0510 955 805

MAINS PLUG FOR USB 2.0 CHARGER 5V 1A

Intelligent universal charger with USB connection for charging USB
devices
• Protects the end device and the charger against overload and short circuit
• Automatic monitoring of output current and output voltage
• Compact housing
• Colour: Black
• Charging voltage: 5 V/DC
Length Width Height Product weight (per item) Art. no.

42 mm 23 mm 75 mm 61 g 0827 940 222
7 50 mm 50 mm 80 mm 151 g 0827 940 120
POWER PLUG 5 V/2 A WITH USB SOCKET

• Length: 43 mm
• Width: 56 mm
• Height: 53 mm
• Colour: Grey brown
• Charging voltage: 5 V/DC
• Max. input current: 2.4 A
• Output current: 2 A
Art. no.
0827 940 212

Work equipment / Working lighting, batteries, chargers / Pocket torches
LED TORCH, PINPOINT

Slim LED pen light. Ideal for fast inspection of damage in small con-
fined spaces. With clip for shirt pocket, always ready to use.
• Incl. 3 alkaline AAAA batteries
• 60 lumens
• LED life of over 100,000 hours.
• Burn time of 18 hours. (continuous operation)
• Clip for attaching to a shirt or trouser pocket etc.
• Made from high-grade aluminium
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Mini AAAA, LR8D425
Art. no. 7
0827 510
LED POCKET TORCH MINI

LED pocket torch made of anodised aluminium with non-slip rubber.
• Aesthetic and ergonomic
• Phosphorous switch helps to find the lamp in the dark
• 1 x AA battery (LR6) included with delivery for sales display, pack size 24. No bat-
tery is included in delivery with individual packaging, pack size 1.
• Pack size 24: Supplied in a sales display for 24 LED Mini pocket torches
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Mignon AA; R6; UM3
Art. no.
0827 805 400

PLASTIC LED TORCH

Light out-put: 100lumen
• Focus：6000lx @1.0m
• Defocus：380 lx @1.0m
Illuminate Distance: 150m ( focus)
Strong and durable body
With ABS material plus rubber grip.
CREE XPE2 LED inside
Battery type: 3pcs AAA batteries
Light duration 3 hours, afterwards the light output drops to 10%.
Moving lamp head
Focal point can be focused
One-hand sliding carriage focusing mechanism
Art. no.
0827 901
LED POCKET TORCH SUPRABEAM Q1 MINI

The ultimate miniature pocket torch for professionals
• Equipped with an optical hyperfocus system and combined with the latest LED
power chip technology
• The rotating focussing head guides the light beam to the required position – sing-
le-handed operation
• Housing: Anodised, high-strength aluminium
• Switch: Metal button with touch function on the back
• 2-setting light output control: High light output, 80 lumen, low light output, 20 lumen
• Light beam: Focussing achieved by rotating the head
• 1 x Micro/AAA/LR03 battery included in the scope of delivery
Art. no.
0827 806 100

LED POCKET TORCH SUPRABEAM Q1

The ultimate pencil-size pocket torch for professionals
• Equipped with an optical hyperfocus system and combined with the latest LED
power chip technology
• With fastening clip for the technician’s pocket, the rotating focussing head guides
the light beam to the required position – single-handed operation
• Housing: anodised, high-strength aluminium
• 2-setting light output control (high light output, 100 lumen, low light output, 20
lumen)
• Light beam: Focussing achieved by rotating the head
• 2 x Micro/AAA/LR03 battery included in the scope of delivery
• IP protection class: IP X4 7
Art. no.
0827 806 110

Compact yet high-performance.
• The beam angle can be changed quickly via the adjustable (single-handed) focus
• 2-setting light output control (high light output, 170 lumen, low light output, 30
lumen)
• 1 x Mignon/AA/LR6 battery included in the scope of delivery
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Mignon AA; LR6
Art. no.
0827 806 120

LED POCKET TORCH SUPRABEAM Q3 CLASSIC

Compact and extremely high-performance.
• Supplied with holster and wrist strap
• Light beam: Non-adjustable spotlight (light output 260 lumen)
• 3 x Micro/AAA/LR03 batteries included in the scope of delivery
7 Art. no.
0827 806 130

0827 806 130 Switch for Suprabeam LED pocket torch 0827 600 516

Compact and extremely high-performance.
• Supplied with holster and wrist strap
• 5 light functions: Boost 320 lm, high 200 lm, medium 50 lm, low 15 lm and strobe
function
• 3 x micro/AAA/LR03 batteries included in the scope of delivery
Art. no.
0827 806 131

0827 806 131 Switch for Suprabeam LED pocket torch 0827 600 516

LED POCKET TORCH SUPRABEAM Q7 COMPACT

Powerful pocket torch, equipped with the latest high-power LED chip
and modern control electronics.
• Switch: Solid silicone button with touch function on the back
function
• 4 x Micro/AAA/LR03 batteries included in the scope of delivery
• Material of the housing: Aluminium 7
Art. no.
0827 806 170
LED PEN LIGHT COB LED WITH MAGNET

Practical COB LED pen light
• Magnet in the base of the lamp
• Including clip
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Micro AAA; LR03; AM4
Art. no.
0827 500 014

HIGH-END POWER LED POCKET TORCH WTX1

2 light functions — Power (50 lumens) and Low Power (20 lumens).
Also suitable for NiMH batteries
• Reflector lens technology for optimum light efficiency
• Non-focusable — combination of flood and spot light
• High degree of protection (IP67)
• Integrated roll protection
• Non-slip surface
• End cap switch
7 • Number of rechargeable batteries/batteries: 1 PCS
Art. no.
0827 806 801

• End cap switch
Art. no.
0827 806 802


Ultra-compact, yet extremely bright
• Slide-focus mechanism for switching between uniform short-range beam (defocu-
• End cap switch
• Number of rechargeable batteries/batteries: 1 PCS 7
Art. no.
0827 806 803

• Slide-focus mechanism for switching between uniform short-range beam (defocu-
• End cap switch
• Battery cartridge for simple battery change
Art. no.
0827 806 804


• Internal twist-focus mechanism for switching between uniform short-range beam
(defocused) and concentrated long-range beam (focused)
• End cap switch
7 • IP protection class: IP 67
Art. no.
0827 806 805


3 light functions — Power (600 lumens), Mid Power (250 lumens) and
Low Power (80 lumens). Also suitable for NiMH batteries
• End cap switch
• IP protection class: IP 67 7
Art. no.
0827 806 806
SPARE BATTERY FOR 1 W BATTERY-POWERED LED POCKET TORCH

Art. no.
0827 805 301

BATTERY FOR SUPRABEAM LED POCKET TORCH

Chargeable Li-ion battery
Nominal voltage Min./max. nominal Min./max. charging Rechargeable battery/ Art. no.
voltage voltage battery capacity
3.7 V/DC - - 2200 mAh 0827 600 303
3.7 V/DC 3.7/3.7 V/DC 3.7-3.7 V/DC 5000 mAh 0827 600 301
3.6 V/DC 3.6/3.6 V/DC 3.6-3.6 V/DC 3000 mAh 0827 600 311
3.7 V/DC 3.7/3.7 V/DC 3.7-3.7 V/DC 5000 mAh 9501 000 137
3.6 V/DC 3.6/3.6 V/DC 3.6-3.6 V/DC 3000 mAh 0827 600 216
7
SUPRABEAM USB CHARGING DOCK
Charging dock with charge status display for 3.7-V Li-ion batteries.
With USB mini interface.
Art. no.
0827 600 300
SPARE BATT. F.BATT.-POW. LED POCKET TORCH WTX2R

Art. no.
9501 009 403

Art. no.
9501 008 786

Art. no.
9501 009 402

SWITCH FOR SUPRABEAM LED POCKET TORCH

Complete switch as spare part for Suprabeam pocket torches
Design Material Art. no. 7

- Aluminium 0827 806 231
- Aluminium 9501 008 721
Flat, Electrically adjustable, Short Aluminium-plastic 9501 000 131
To screw, Mechanical, Long Aluminium-plastic 0827 600 516
Flat, Electrically adjustable, To screw, Short Aluminium/rubber 0827 600 215
LENS UNIT SUPRABEAM FOR LAMPS

Replaceable lens unit for Suprabeam lamps
• 0827806273 lens unit SUPRABEAM Q7XRS
• 0827806274 lens unit SUPRABEAM Q3R V20
• 0827806275 lens unit SUPRABEAM Q3R
• 0827806276 lens unit SUPRABEAM Q2R
• 0827806277 lens unit SUPRABEAM Q5XR DEFEND
• Design: With female thread, High impact resistant, Heat resistant, Round
• Material: Glass
Art. no.
0827 806 274

LED BATTERY-POWERED TORCH, T600

Powerful illumination thanks to four LEDs with focused lenses
• Robust plastic design
• Cannot be overcharged
• Light intensity: 120 cd
• Protection class lamp: Protection class II/protective insulation
• Type of rechargeable battery/battery: NiMH
Art. no.
0827 802 11
7
BATTERY-POWERED LED POCKET TORCH POWER LED
Rechargeable LED pocket torch with multi-level switch.
• Up to four hours of light
• Aluminium alloy housing
• Protection class IPX6 - watertight
• 230 VAC charger, 12/24 V DC vehicle charger and hand loop included in scope
of delivery
Four different functions:
• Full brightness
• Reduced brightness
• Flashlight
• SOS
Art. no.
0827 805 300

0827 805 300 Spare battery for 1 W battery-powered LED pocket torch 0827 805 301 p. 1179

BATTERY-POWERED LED POCKET TORCH SUPRABEAM Q4XR

Rechargeable, extremely powerful pocket torch.
• Microcontroller current management provides a five-setting light control.
• Equipped with a compact lithium-ion battery
• Scope of delivery includes an additional battery, which permits constant use of the
pocket torch
function
Includes:
Q4XR pocket torch
2x lithium-ion batteries (18650)
Charger, USB cable, power pack, holster and wrist strap 7
Supplied in a case
Art. no.
0827 806 140

BATTERY-POWERED LED POCKET TORCH SUPRABEAM Q7XR

Rechargeable high-performance pocket torch, equipped with con-
trol electronics to guarantee consistent current consumption, latest
high-power LED chip and focussing system.
• Microcontroller current management provides a five-setting light control
• Equipped with a compact lithium-ion battery
• Scope of delivery includes an additional battery
• Switch: Solid silicone button with touch function on the back
• 5 light functions: Boost 1000 lm, high 500 lm, medium 250 lm, low 50 lm and stro-
be function
Scope of delivery:
Q7XR pocket torch
7 2x lithium-ion batteries (26650)
Charger, USB cable, power pack, holster and wrist strap
Supplied in a case
Art. no.
0827 806 270

0827 806 270 Battery for Suprabeam LED pocket torch 0827 600 301 p. 1180
Suprabeam USB charging dock 0827 600 300 p. 1180
Switch for Suprabeam LED pocket torch 0827 600 302 p. 1181 ●
POCKET TORCH SUPRABEAM Q5XR

Art. no.
0827 806 250

POCKET TORCH SUPRABEAM Q7XR LED, RECHARGEABLE

Ultra-modern, premium hand-held spotlight with longer and more efficient runtime.
The torch is equipped with a new and efficient Cree XH-P50.5 LED, which ensures lon-
ger runtime with maximum output and reduced heat generation.
The maximum output of the lamp is 2000 lm. The memory function means it can be
dimmed to 1000 lm and even as low as 6 lm.
With stepless focus control of 15–75°, the beam can be adjusted from wide to very
narrow depending on the operating range.
• Type of rechargeable battery/battery: Li-lon 7
Art. no.
0827 806 272
POCKET TORCH SUPRABEAM Q3R LED RECHARGEABLE

Very durable and efficient
• Updated version with higher light output and improved features.
• The torch‘s maximum output is 1100 lm. It has a dimmer, equipped with a memory
function, that allows the output to be adjusted continuously between 6 - 600 lm.
• The torch also has a rotatable focus adjustment with a range of 15° - 70°, making
it possible to adjust the light beam from wide (for nearby work) to very narrow (for
long distances), as needed.
• The torch has a removable battery that can be easily charged using its integrated
USB-micro charging plug.
• With a protection rating of IP-68, the torch is especially well suited to demanding
work environments.
• Additionally, its glass lens makes it resistant to various chemicals as well as heat.
Art. no.
0827 806 233

PENLIGHT BATTERY-POWERED LED POCKET TORCH WHX2R

Dirt-resistant, easy-clean magnetic charging system — significantly
lower susceptibility to failure
• With two light sources: COB-LED for wide illumination as well as a spotlight LED in
the lamp head
• Powerful magnet in the end cap
• With fastening clip
• 2 light functions: Power (150 lumens) and Low Power (60 lumens)
• Front switch
• Charge indicator (1 x LED red/green)
7
• Protection class lamp: Protection class III/safety extra-low voltage
• Protection class charger: Protection class II/protective insulation
Art. no.
0827 806 712

HIGH-END POWER LED BATTERY-POWERED POCKET TORCH WTX2R

2 light functions — Power (200 lumens) and Low Power (50 lumens)
lity to failure
• End cap switch
7
Art. no.
0827 806 812


3 light functions — Power (400 lumens), Mid Power (200 lumens) and
Low Power (80 lumens)
lity to failure
• End cap switch
Art. no.
0827 806 813


3 light modes - Power (800 lumens), Mid Power (250 lumens) and Low
Power (100 lumens). Torch can be charged directly or via the charging
station
lity to failure
• End cap switch
• Min./max. luminous flux: 100 / 800 lm 7
Art. no.
0827 806 814

CORDLESS LED TORCH 3 IN 1

Cordless LED torch with three different attachments for a wide range
of work areas.
Three attachments are included in the delivery: Torch, narrow lamp
head, flexible lamp head (gooseneck)
Torch, 250 lumens
• Focusable
• Two light levels
Narrow lamp head, 290 lumens
• Bendable by 180°
Flexible lamp head, 90 lumens
• Focusable
Easy replacement of attachments thanks to quick release
7 With Micro-USB port
Delivered in a practical case
Art. no.
0827 806 301

Work equipment / Working lighting, batteries, chargers / Rechargeable
batteries
PRE-CHARGED NIMH BATTERY

The advantages of NiMH batteries combined with the benefits of pri-
mary batteries
Pre-charged battery
Ready to use
Can be left for long standby periods of more than one year without
recharging
Low level of self-discharge
• Even after 1 year of no load there is a capacity of approx. 85% of the nominal
capacity available
• Also suitable for use in devices with low power requirements
Suitable for rapid charging
Can be charged using conventional NiMH battery chargers
For universal use
Suitable for use in devices with high and low power requirements (e. g. digital camera
or wall clock) 7
Not affected by weather conditions
Better suited to use in low temperatures than conventional NiMH batteries
No memory effect
Can be recharged up to 1000 times
Environmentally-friendly
• Type of rechargeable battery/battery: NiMH
Rechargeable battery/battery Nominal voltage Rechargeable battery/battery Art. no.

designation capacity
Micro AAA; R03; UM4 1.2 V/DC 800 mAh 0827 311
Mignon AA; R6; UM3 1.2 V/DC 2400 mAh 0827 312
Baby C; R14; UM2 1.2 V/DC 4500 mAh 0827 313
Mono D; R20; UM1 1.2 V/DC 8500 mAh 0827 314
E-Block; PP3; R22 8.4 V/DC 200 mAh 0827 315
LI-ION BATTERY PACK FOR LAMP ART. NO 082794045X

• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
0827 940 457

Work equipment / Working lighting, batteries, chargers / Rechargeable
batteries
BATTERY FOR LED HAND-HELD LAMP ERGOPOWER, COB

• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
0827 940 229
BATTERY HIGH POWER

Battery power for energy-intensive applications
Various applications
High capacity and long service life
7
Powerful
Highly recommended for devices with a high current requirement
Cost-saving
Longer operating times and constant energy output at highest level
Good shelf life
Very low self-discharge with shelf life of 5 years
Decorative
Supplied in practical packaging concept for additional use as counter display, inclu-
ding sales tips on the back
Rechargeable battery/battery designation Nominal voltage Art. no.

Micro AAA; LR03; AM4 1.5 V/DC 0827 111
Mignon AA; LR6; AM3 1.5 V/DC 0827 112
Baby C; LR14; AM2 1.5 V/DC 0827 113
Mono D; LR20; AM1 1.5 V/DC 0827 114
9 V block; E-block; 6LR61; 6AM6 9 V/DC 0827 115

Work equipment / Working lighting, batteries, chargers / Batteries
ALKALINE BATTERY MICRO/AAA/LR03

Art. no. 7
0827 870 315
BATTERY ALKALINE MANGANESE 12 V

Low level of self-discharge and long shelf life – of 3 years
Less temperature-sensitive and can be used for longer and under
greater load without resulting in significant loss of voltage.
Art. no.
0827 08 23

BATTERY MINI/AAAA/LR8D425
Top quality and long shelf life
• Rechargeable battery/battery designation: Mini AAAA, LR8D425
7 Art. no.
0827 081 111
ALKALINE BATTERY, LR1

Battery, 1.5 V
• For use in remote controls, etc.
Art. no.
0827 08 010

BUTTON CELL LITHIUM 3V

IEC designation for button-cell batteries Diameter x height Art. no.

CR 1616 (DL 1616) 16 x 1.6 mm 0827 081 616
CR 1620 (DL 1620) 16 x 2 mm 0827 081 620
CR 2016 (DL 2016) 20 x 1.6 mm 0827 082 016
CR 2025 (DL 2025) 20 x 2.5 mm 0827 082 025
CR 2032 (DL 2032) 20 x 3.2 mm 0827 082 032
7
BUTTON CELL ALKALINE MANGANESE 1.5 V

• IEC designation for button-cell batteries: SR 44/LR 44 (V 13 GS(V13 GA);
V357; A76
• Diameter x height: 11.6 x 5.4 mm
Art. no.
0827 08 13
R7S HALOGEN STRIP LIGHT

For halogen spotlights and floodlights
• Length: 254 mm
• Socket designation: R7s
• Lamp type: Halogen
Art. no.
0981 500 701

Work equipment / Boxes / Aluminium boxes
ALUMINIUM BOX
Very robust transport box with lockable lid, perfect for trade and
business professionals
• Corrosion-resistant, weather-resistant and temperature-resistant
• Low tare weight
• Beads and profiles on all sides guarantee high level of stability and durability
• Stackable
• Rubber seal on all sides protects against environmental influences such as splashed
water, dust and unpleasant odours
• Plastic-coated, automatic fold-away safety handles
• Integrated rebound straps
Width x depth x height (internal Width x depth x height (external Volume Art. no.
7 dimension) dimension)
550 x 350 x 248 mm 580 x 385 x 277 mm 48 l 0962 320 047
550 x 350 x 381 mm 580 x 385 x 410 mm 73 l 0962 320 076
750 x 350 x 350 mm 780 x 385 x 379 mm 92 l 0962 320 091
870 x 460 x 350 mm 900 x 495 x 379 mm 140 l 0962 320 134
750 x 550 x 381 mm 782 x 585 x 410 mm 157 l 0962 320 157
750 x 550 x 590 mm 782 x 585 x 619 mm 243 l 0962 320 240
TEXTURED SHEET METAL BOX

Sturdy transport box made from aluminium checker plate, ideal for
use as a flatbed truck box
• Fully welded seams
• Stainless steel hinges, handles and fasteners
• Adjustable feet on the bottom with M10 thread for rigid attachment
• Rebound straps prevent the cover from folding over and relieve pressure on the
hinges
• Automatic, fold-away safety handles made from stainless steel for easy transport
• Gas pressure dampers make it easier to open the cover and hold it in an open
position
• Solid fastener made from stainless steel with eye for locking with padlocks
• Rubber seal on all sides and slip lid prevent splash water and dust from entering
Width x depth x height Volume Design Weight Art. no.

(external dimension)
622 x 275 x 270 mm 37 l With tether straps 6.7 kg 0962 323 037
1022 x 525 x 520 mm 250 l With gas pressure dampers 19.3 kg 0962 323 250

Work equipment / Belts, straps, strings, anchors / Load securing devices
LASHING STRAP LOOSE END WITH CLAW HOOK

Replacement tensioning belt with double J-hook for existing ratchet
strap systems from Würth
No premature discard or wear due to inner label
• Width: 50 mm
• Max. elongation lashing strap: 5 %
• Permissible LC tensile force when pulled directly: 2500 daN
• Product certification: GS certified safety
• Shape of the hook: Double pointed hook
In accordance with DIN EN 12195-2 • Colour: Red
GS-certified • Material: PES - Polyester
Loose end length Art. no.

7.5 m 0713 92 340
9.5 m 0713 92 341
7
LASHING STRAP WITH CLAMPING LOCK, ONE PCS
For small to medium loads
• Optimum pressure and force distribution by means of a belt clamp manufactured in
a die-casting process
• Also suitable for bundling loose pipes among other things
• Width: 25 mm
• Length: 0.5 m
• Colour: Red
In accordance with EN 12195-2 • Permitted tensile force LC in the strapping: 250 daN
GS-certified • Material: PES - Polyester
Art. no.
0713 922 910

RATCHET STRAP WITH STANDARD RATCHET

GS-certified security, double J-hook
• Pressure ratchet
• No premature discard or wear due to inner label
• Width: 50 mm
• Colour: Red

GS-certified
Design Length Max. elongation Permitted tensile Permissible LC Art. no.

lashing strap force LC in the tensile force when
strapping pulled directly
7 - 8m - 4000 daN - 0713 92 190

- 8m - 5000 daN - 0713 922 006
- 10 m - 5000 daN - 0713 922 008
- 9m - 5000 daN - 0713 926 806
Two-piece 8m 5% 5000 daN 2500 daN 0713 91 205
Two-piece 10 m 5% 5000 daN 2500 daN 0713 91 210
- 6m - 1000 daN - 0713 92 14
RATCHET LASHING BELT FOR INNER LASHING

GS-approved safety, end fitting suitable for combination anchor rail
Pressure ratchet
• Width: 50 mm
• Length: 3.5 m
• Permitted tensile force LC in the strapping: 1500 daN
• Shape of the hook: Anchor rail fitting
GS-approved
• Colour: Red
• Standards: EN 12195-2
Art. no.
0713 92 31

RATCHET STRAP WITH LONG-LEVER RATCHET

GS-approved safety, double-pointed hook
• Tensioning ratchet
• Width: 50 mm
• Length: 9 m
• Pre-load: 500 daN
• Colour: Red
GS-approved
Art. no.
0713 926 106 7
RATCHET STRAP WITH LONG-LEVER RATCHET

GS-certified safety, double J-hook with safety catch
• Tensioning ratchet
• Width: 50 mm

GS-certified
Design Length Material Shape of the hook Colour Art. no.

- 10 m - Karabiner hook Orange 0713 92 233
With long lever ratchet 8m PES - Polyester Double pointed hook Red 0713 91 111
with snap

RATCHET LASHING BELT STANDARD WITH CLAW HOOK

GS-certified safety, claw hook
• Width: 50 mm
• Length: 9 m
• Shape of the hook: Claw hook
In accordance with EN 12195-2 • Colour: Red
GS-certified • Standards: EN 12195-2
Art. no.
7 0713 923 907
RATCHET LASHING BELT, TWO-PART WITH S-HOOKS

For small to medium loads
• No scratching as S-hooks have a PVC coating
• Suitable for lashing points with larger bracket diameters
GS-certified • Width: 25 mm
• Length: 6 m
• Shape of the hook: S hook
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0713 922 024

RATCHET LASHING BELT, ONE-PART, WITH STANDARD RATCHET

TÜV-approved safety
• Polyester lashing belts
• Can be used at temperatures of between –40°C and +100°C
• Shape of the hook: One piece
• Colour: Red
In line with EN 12195-2

TÜV-tested
Width Length Permitted tensile force LC Pre-load Art. no.

in the strapping
50 mm 8000 mm 2000 daN 440 daN 0713 922 022
25 mm 4000 mm 700 daN 266 daN 0713 922 023
7
RATCHET STRAP WITH STANDARD RATCHET AND DOUBLE-POINTED HOOK

Universal 2-piece lashing strap
• Polyester lashing straps
• Application range between -40°C and +100°C
• Label is sewn to the strap
• Width: 50 mm
In accordance with EN 12195-2, GS-approved • Permitted tensile force LC in the strapping: 4000 daN
• Colour: Red
Length Max. elongation Permissible LC Product certification Material Art. no.

lashing strap tensile force when
pulled directly
10 m 5% 2000 daN GS certified safety PES - Polyester/steel 0713 921 910
9m - - - PES - Polyester 0713 921 806

RATCHET STRAP AUTO-ROLL

Small, handy lashing strap for vans, buses and trailers. Rolls up
automatically for easy storage.
• One-part lashing strap with double claw hook
• Available in belt widths of 25 and 50 mm
• In accordance with EN 12195-2
• Belt rolls up automatically
• Easy operation, as fixed and loose ends are together
• Fast securing of light loads
• Handy and compact
• Length: 3 m
• Colour: Red
Width Permitted tensile force LC in the Pre-load Art. no.

7 strapping
25 mm 600 daN 120 daN 0713 92 25
50 mm 1500 daN 180 daN 0713 92 50
RATCHET LASHING BELT ERGO WITH CLAW HOOK

TÜV-tested lashing belt with Ergo ratchet and claw hook, 2-piece
• Polyester lashing belt
• Lashing ratchet
• Can be used at temperatures of between -40°C and +100°C
• Width: 50 mm
• Length: 9 m
• Shape of the hook: Claw hook
• Colour: Red
EN 12195-2 compliant
TÜV-tested
Art. no.
0713 927 907

RATCHET STRAP, TWO-PIECE WITH DOUBLE-CLAW HOOK

An all-round system for small to medium loads in all sectors (e.g. tra-
despeople and industry)
• Design: Two-piece
• Width: 35 mm
In accordance with DIN EN 12195-2 • Max. elongation lashing strap: 5 %
GS-certified • Permitted tensile force LC in the strapping: 2000 daN
• Colour: Red
Length Art. no.

8m 0713 92 333 7
6m 0713 92 332
RATCHET STRAP, TWO-PIECE, DOUBLE-CLAW HOOK WITH SAFETY CATCH

An all-round system for small to medium loads in all sectors (e.g. tra-
despeople and industry)
Secure
Safety catch on the double-claw hook prevents accidental unhooking from the lashing
point.
• Design: Two-piece
• Width: 35 mm
• Length: 6 m
In accordance with EN 12195-2 • Permitted tensile force LC in the strapping: 2000 daN
GS-certified
• Shape of the hook: Double pointed hook with snap
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0713 92 337

RATCHET STRAP WITH LONG-LEVER RATCHET, HEAVY-DUTY DESIGN

GS-tested safety, double-point hook lashing ratchet
Enables working in confined spaces
Low overall height
High stability
• Strong structure
• 4 gear wheels each with 20 teeth
Easy to slacken off without applying significant force, even with
high pre-tensioning
In accordance with EN 12195-2 Low elongation < 5%
GS-approved
High-tensile polyester fabric
Fewer lashing straps needed
Pre-tensioning force 600 daN
No premature discard state, premature wear due to inner label
7 • Design: Two-piece
• Width: 50 mm
• Colour: Red
Length Art. no.

8m 0713 91 240
10 m 0713 91 241
12 m 0713 91 242

RATCHET STRAP STANDARD PRESSURE RATCHET PRO

High-quality lashing strap with standard pressure ratchet in various
designs
• Stable ratcheting version with strong belt strap
• Chrome (VI)-free surface coating
• Blue label stitched all around
• Individually packed with operating instructions
• EN 12195-2 compliant, TÜV certified
• Width: 50 mm
• Length: 9 m
• Colour: Red
Permitted tensile force LC Permissible LC tensile Pre-load Shape of the hook Art. no. 7
in the strapping force when pulled
directly
4000 daN 2000 daN 320 daN Claw hook 0713 923 905
5000 daN 2500 daN 350 daN Double pointed hook 0713 926 805
4000 daN 2000 daN 360 daN Double pointed hook 0713 921 804
RATCHET STRAP, LONG LEVER LASHING RATCHET PRO

High-quality lashing straps with ergonomic lashing ratchet in different
designs
• Long ratchet design for high pre-tensioning force
• Strong belt strap
• Blue label stitched all around
• EN 12195-2 compliant, TÜV certified
• Width: 50 mm
• Length: 9 m
• Colour: Red
Shape of the hook Art. no.

Double pointed hook 0713 926 105
Claw hook 0713 927 905

RATCHET STRAP STANDARD PRESSURE RATCHET BULK PACK

GS-approved lashing strap with standard ratchet in ecological and
economical big pack
• 10 lashing straps packed in a cardboard box, ideal for transport companies
• Compliance with EN 12195-2 is ensured through continuous quality monitoring by
Würth
• Blue label sewn around the outside of the belt strap. For better, longer-lasting
readability.
• Available in different lengths and with different hook types
• Width: 50 mm
7 • Material: PES - Polyester/steel
• Colour: Orange-red
Length Shape of the hook Art. no.

9m Claw hook 0713 920 903
8m Double pointed hook 0713 920 900
10 m Double pointed hook 0713 920 902
RATCHET STRAP LONG-LEVER LASHING RATCHET BULK PACK

GS-approved lashing strap with long-lever ratchet (Ergo) in ecological
and economical big pack
• 8 lashing straps packed in a cardboard box, ideal for transport companies
• Compliance with EN 12195-2 is ensured through continuous quality monitoring by
Würth
• Blue label sewn around the outside of the belt strap. For better, longer-lasting
readability.
• Available in different lengths and with different hook types
• Width: 50 mm
• Material: PES - Polyester/steel
• Colour: Orange-red
Length Shape of the hook Art. no.

9m Claw hook 0713 920 913
10 m Double pointed hook 0713 920 912

RATCHET STRAP PRESSURE RATCHET TRIANGULAR SNAP HOOK H

GS-approved lashing strap with standard pressure ratchet and solid
snap hook
• Sturdy ratchet design with strong belt strap and snap hook
• Blue label, blind-stitched
• EN 12195-2-compliant, TÜV-certified
• Width: 50 mm
• Length: 8 m
• Material: PES - Polyester/steel 7
• Shape of the hook: Karabiner hook
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0713 922 911
RATCHET STRAP LONG-LEVER TRIANGULAR SNAP HOOK H

GS-approved lashing strap with long-lever lashing ratchet and solid
snap hook
• Sturdy Ergo ratchet design with strong belt strap and snap hook
• Blue label, blind-stitched
• EN 12195-2-compliant, TÜV-certified
• Width: 50 mm
• Length: 10 m
• Material: PES - Polyester/steel
• Shape of the hook: Karabiner hook
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0713 922 931

EDGE PROTECTION ANGLE

Made of plastic
Even, gentle pressure distribution
• Suitable for max. belt width: 50 mm
• Width: 90 mm
• Material: Polyethylene film
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
9501 008 152
7
POLYESTER STRAPPING FOR SPANNFIX STRAPPING SYSTEM
Flexible polyester strapping for strapping or bundling a wide range
of materials
Five times lighter than steel strapping
Also ideal for use on the go
Simple securing by hand or using the tensioner
• Easy to re-tighten if volume of packaged goods decreases
• Doesn‘t loosen, even during long storage periods
UV and weather-resistant
Largely resistant to chemicals
Does not leave behind scratches or rust spots
Strapping gentle on products
Tape is reusable
Excellent value for money
No sharp edges
• No risk of injury
• Adapts well to all shapes
• Tear-out force: 500 daN
• Material of the clamp band: PES - Polyester
Art. no.
0899 713 850

16 MM STRAPPING SYSTEM SPANNFIX

The strapping can withstand extreme loads of 500 kg
Compact system
Quick and simple to use
Five times lighter than steel strapping
Also ideal for use on the go
• Easy re-tensioning when volume is lost in packaging
• Does not loosen, even during long storage periods
Resistant to UV and weathering
Largely resistant to chemicals
Does not cause pressure points, scratches or rust spots
Strapping is gentle on products
Strapping and clips can be used multiple times
Excellent value for money 7
No sharp edges
• No risk of injury
• Adapts well to all shapes
• Material of the clamp band: PES - Polyester
• Number of strap clips: 1000 PCS
Art. no.
0899 713 000
STRAPPING CLIP
For Spannfix strapping system
• Easy to retighten if volume of packaged goods decreases
• Does not loosen, even over long storage periods
Clips can be used multiple times
Excellent value for money
• Width: 16 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0899 713 001

TENSIONER
For Spannfix strapping system
Multi-functional
Tension and cut the polyester strapping in one step
Easy to use
• Suitable for min./max. strap width: 9-19 mm
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0899 713 003
LIFTING STRAP
Made from high-strength polyester
7 • Made from high-strength polyester
• Flat woven fabric, with crane loops at both ends
• Reinforced crane loops
• Various sling configurations are possible
• Protects surfaces
• Considerably lower risk of injury compared with conventional slings
High load-bearing capacity despite low tare weight
GS-certified
Colour-coded load-bearing capacity designation
Width of band Usable length Load-bearing capa- Load-bearing capa- Load-bearing capa- Art. no.
city (single direct) city (single u-shape) city (single noosed)
60 mm 2m 2000 kg 4000 kg 1600 kg 0713 50 702
60 mm 4m 2000 kg 4000 kg 1600 kg 0713 50 704
60 mm 6m 2000 kg 4000 kg 1600 kg 0713 50 706
90 mm 2m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg 0713 50 602
90 mm 4m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg 0713 50 604
90 mm 6m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg 0713 50 606
30 mm 2m 1000 kg 2000 kg 800 kg 0713 50 502
30 mm 4m 1000 kg 2000 kg 800 kg 0713 50 504

Work equipment / Belts, straps, strings, anchors / Load-bearing belt
ROUND SLING
Ensures high load-bearing capacity despite low tare weight
Made from high-strength polyester with woven-in barrel strips
Endless loop
Colour-coded load-bearing capacity designation
Extremely flexible sling for loads of all kinds
• Protects surfaces
• Considerably lower risk of injury compared with conventional slings

GS-certified
Usable length Load-bearing capa- Load-bearing capa- Load-bearing capa- Colour Art. no.
city (single direct) city (single u-shape) city (single noosed)
1m 2000 kg 4000 kg 1600 kg Green 0713 50 22
2m 2000 kg 4000 kg 1600 kg Green 0713 50 24 7
3m 2000 kg 4000 kg 1600 kg Green 0713 50 26
4m 2000 kg 4000 kg 1600 kg Green 0713 50 28
1m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg Yellow 0713 50 32
1.5 m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg Yellow 0713 50 33
2m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg Yellow 0713 50 34
3m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg Yellow 0713 50 36
4m 3000 kg 6000 kg 2400 kg Yellow 0713 50 38
1m 1000 kg 2000 kg 800 kg Purple 0713 50 12
2m 1000 kg 2000 kg 800 kg Purple 0713 50 14
VERTICAL ALIGNER FOR SCREW-IN GROUND ANCHORS

Vertical aligner set for screw-in ground anchor for fastening.
Pipe diameter Art. no.

48 mm 0880 240 319
60 mm 0880 240 320
76 mm 0880 240 321
76 mm 0880 240 322

Work equipment / Belts, straps, strings, anchors / Mounting system/expan-
der/anchors
SCREW-IN TOOL FOR SCREW-IN GROUND ANCHOR

Manual screw-in tool for tightening the screw-in ground anchor in the
substrate
Using the manual screw-in tool, the screw-in ground anchor can be tightened in the
substrate without other equipment
Art. no.
0880 240 325
OPEN-END SPANNER
Open-end spanner for securing the vertical aligner to the screw-in
7 ground anchor
• Material: Steel
Art. no.
0880 240 323

Work equipment / Belts, straps, strings, anchors / Mounting system/expan-
der/anchors
GROUND SCREW-IN ANCHOR

• High-quality anchorage can be achieved in a short time with little effort (no dig-
ging, no concreting, no complex erection or compacting)
• Can be used for all natural surfaces (gravel, soil or plain concrete strip floors, even
if frozen)
• Hot-dip galvanised, cold-pressed from a pipe, therefore good dimensional stability
• Withstands highest wind and snow and impact loads
• Material: Aluminium diecasting
• Surface: Hot dip galvanized
Length Product weight (per item) Art. no. 7

550 mm 1200 g 0880 240 300
800 mm 1800 g 0880 240 310
1000 mm 6200 g 0880 240 311

Work equipment / Pneumatic technology / Pneumatic hoses
PU COMPRESSED-AIR HOSE
Highly resistant and durable PU pneumatic hose in straight design
Increased working comfort and wider range of applications
Compressed-air hoses made from polyurethane (PU) are considerably lighter, more
flexible and more resistant to kinking than PVC hoses.
No pressure drop and maximum utilisation of output of consumers
Smooth inside hose surfaces prevent air resistance and enable a high air flow rate.
High UV resistance and particularly high resistance to oil, solvents
and other non-aqueous solutions
Robust fabric inserts and high-quality ester-based polyurethane coating
• Colour: Red
Inner hose diameter Outer diameter of Length Design Max. working Art. no.
hose pressure
6.5 mm 10 mm 10 m Without fittings 16 bar 0699 942 650
7 6.5 mm 10 mm 25 m Without fittings 16 bar 0699 942 651
8 mm 12 mm 10 m Without fittings 16 bar 0699 942 811
9.5 mm 13.5 mm 10 m With wSafe 2000 fittings 16 bar 0699 944 950
9.5 mm 13.5 mm 50 m Without fittings 16 bar 0699 942 953
6.5 mm 10 mm 10 m With wSafe 2000 fittings 16 bar 0699 944 650
8 mm 12 mm 10 m With wSafe 2000 fittings 16 bar 0699 944 812
11 mm 16 mm 10 m With wSafe 2000 fittings 12 bar 0699 944 116
6.5 mm 10 mm 10 m With wSafe 3000 fittings - 0699 930 651
8 mm 12 mm 10 m With wSafe 3000 fittings - 0699 930 801
11 mm 16 mm 10 m With wSafe 3000 fittings - 0699 930 111
PU COILED COMPRESSED-AIR HOSE SETS

Assembled
Includes series 2000 plug-in nipple and quick-action coupling.
Ready to use
Straight ends simplify work.
High level of working comfort
Maximum operating pressure of 10 bar.
High level of safety for the user.
Outer diameter of hose Inner hose diameter Working length Product weight (per item) Art. no.
8 mm 5 mm 6m 400 g 0699 941 002
12 mm 8 mm 4m 630 g 0699 941 001

SPIRAL HOSE FOR COMPRESSED AIR WITHOUT FITTINGS

• Hard-wearing and resistant to chemical agents
• Ideal for use with automatic fittings
10 mm 6.5 mm 6m 435 g 0699 940 652
11 mm 6.5 mm 8m 545 g 0699 940 651
12 mm 8 mm 8m 760 g 0699 940 812
16 mm 11 mm 8m 1354 g 0699 940 116
POLYURETHANE SPIRAL HOSE

7
A spiral hose with pre-fitted male threads, i.e., thread couplings.
Polyurethane hose is flexible and very supple due to its spiral structure.
• Easy to store
• Can be used with various types of quick-action couplings and plugs with R female
thread.
• For example: Würth quick-action coupling series 2000 or 4000
10 mm 6.5 mm 6m 610 g 0699 1
12 mm 8 mm 8m 960 g 0699 2

PU PNEUMATIC SPIRAL HOSE WSAFE® 2000

Highly resistant and durable PU coiled pneumatic hose with mounted
wSafe 2000-series fittings
High working comfort and wider range of applications
Pneumatic hoses made from polyurethane (PU) are considerably lighter, more flexible
and more resistant to kinking than PVC hoses.
High UV-resistance, particularly resistant against oil, solvents and
other non-aqueous solutions
High degree of work safety
The straight ends promote working comfort and reduce the risk of tripping.
No sliding around of hose when venting
With wSafe 2000 safety couplings
7 • Max. working pressure: 10 bar
Inner hose diameter Outer diameter of Working length Length (elongated Diameter Art. no.
hose state)
6.5 mm 10 mm 4m 5m 52 mm 0699 945 650
6.5 mm 10 mm 8m 10 m 52 mm 0699 945 651
8 mm 12 mm 4m 5m 65 mm 0699 945 811
8 mm 12 mm 8m 10 m 65 mm 0699 945 812
11 mm 16 mm 8m 10 m 95 mm 0699 945 116
PU PNEUMATIC SPIRAL HOSE WSAFE® 3100

Assembled
Complete with plug-in nipple and wSafe® safety coupling from the 3100 series.
High working comfort
Straight ends simplify work.
High safety level for the user
Maximum operating pressure of 10 bar. The temperature range is –20°C to +50°C.
hose state)
6.5 mm 10 mm 4m 5m 52 mm 0699 931 654
6.5 mm 10 mm 8m 10 m 52 mm 0699 931 658
8 mm 12 mm 4m 5m 65 mm 0699 931 804
8 mm 12 mm 8m 10 m 65 mm 0699 931 808
11 mm 16 mm 8m 10 m 95 mm 0699 931 118

PU COILED PNEUMATIC HOSE WSAFE® 3000

Highly resistant and durable PU coiled pneumatic hose with mounted
wSafe 3000-series fittings
The straight ends promote working comfort and reduce the risk of tripping.
7
hose state)
6.5 mm 10 mm 4m 5m 52 mm 0699 930 654
6.5 mm 10 mm 8m 10 m 52 mm 0699 930 658
8 mm 12 mm 8m 10 m 65 mm 0699 930 808
PU COMPRESSED-AIR HOSE WSAFE® 3100

Straight, assembled
Complete with plug-in nipple and wSafe® safety coupling from the 3100 series.
Compressed-air hoses made from polyurethane (PU) are considerably lighter, more
flexible and more resistant to kinking than PVC hoses.
Minimal pressure drop and maximum utilisation of output of
consumers
Cost saving and up to 10x longer service life than PVC hoses
High friction resistance, robust fabric lining, and excellent resistance to oil, petrol, dirt
and UV radiation. Temperature range of –20°C to +60°C.
Up to four times higher safety factor for the user
Maximum operating pressure at 16 bar
• Length: 10 m
Inner hose diameter Outer diameter of hose Art. no.

6.5 mm 10 mm 0699 931 651
8 mm 12 mm 0699 931 801
11 mm 16 mm 0699 931 111

COMPRESSED-AIR HOSE REEL SAFETY PACKAGE

The hose reel safety package consists of fully compatible pneumatic
components that guarantee maximum operational safety
• Thanks to the fully compatible pneumatic components, the following risks are
avoided: Slipping, tripping, bending, noise and risk of recoil of the hose during
decoupling
• Protective, robust outer housing extends the service life
• The hose is guided from left to right while being wound up, preventing knots. The
brake function minimises the risk of the hose being flung around in an uncontrolled
manner if it is inadvertently released
• High resistance to kinking with an extremely low weight as well as resistance to oils
and solvents. Excellent behaviour in low and high temperature ranges
• No drop in pressure for increased efficiency and lower costs
• At 84dB(a), the blow gun is particularly quiet, yet has a very high air flow
7 • Inner hose diameter: 8 mm
• Outer diameter of hose: 12 mm
Length Art. no.

11 m 0699 080 200
11 m 0699 080 300
18 m 0699 080 301
11 m 0699 080 310
PNEUMATIC HOSE DRUM

Oil-resistant fabric hose with axial connection for rolling up and
unrolling during operation.
• Drum made from shatter-proof plastic, frame from galvanized steel tube
• Complete with one-hand quick-action couplings
• Weight approx. 3.5 kg
• Inner hose diameter: 9.5 mm
Art. no.
0699 011 001

PNEUMATIC HOSE WINDER, DSA ALUMINIUM HOUSING DSA 12

Practical reels with a high-quality PUR hose. For order and safety in
the workplace. Also suitable for use with water.
Very robust, closed aluminium housing
Hose and winding mechanism are protected against dust and other contamination.
High-quality polyurethane (KPU) hose
Maximum resistance to kinking and to oils and solvents with an extremely low weight.
Excellent properties in low and high temperature ranges.
High flow capacity of hose
No pressure drop for increased efficiency and lower costs.
Wall, ceiling and floor assembly possible
For universal use, without additional modifications.
150° swivelling mechanism
High freedom of movement and comfort.
• Inner hose diameter: 8 mm
7
• Supply-hose length: 1.5 m
• Hose length (from stopper ball): 2 m
Art. no.
0699 008 12
DSA16/12 PNEUMATIC HOSE RETRACTOR REEL, ALUMINIUM

Practical retractor reel with a high-quality PUR hose. For a safe, tidy
workplace. Also suitable for use with water.
Very robust, enclosed aluminium housing
Extremely low weight combined with maximum resistance to kinking and to oils and
solvents. Excellent properties in low and high temperature ranges.
No pressure drop, for increased efficiency and lower costs.
Suitable for wall, ceiling or floor mounting
Suitable for universal use without additional modifications.
User-friendly with good freedom of movement.
• Supply-hose length: 2 m
Art. no.
0699 112

DSA11/6-K PNEUMATIC HOSE RETRACTOR REEL

Practical retractor reel for wall mounting with high-quality polyu-
rethane hose. For a safe, tidy workplace. Also suitable for use with
water.
Robust, enclosed plastic housing
High-quality polyurethane hose (PUR)
7 • Supply-hose length: 1.5 m
Art. no.
0699 016
PNEUMATIC HOSE REEL DSA 12/8, ALUMINIUM

Practical retractor with reinforced PVC/polyurethane hose. For a safe,
tidy workplace.
Maximum resistance to kinking and to oils and solvents
Reinforced PVC/polyurethane hose with excellent properties in low and high tempera-
ture ranges.
Efficient
High flow capacity of hose.
For universal use
Suitable for wall, ceiling or floor mounting without additional modifications.
User-friendly with good freedom of movement
• Type description: DSA 12/8-ALU
• Design: With G 1/4 inch male thread
Art. no.
0699 108

DSA21/10 PNEUMATIC HOSE RETRACTOR REEL, ALUMINIUM

Practical retractor reel with a high-quality PUR hose. For a safe, tidy
workplace. Also suitable for use with water.
Suitable for wall, ceiling or floor mounting
Suitable for universal use without additional modifications.
7
Art. no.
0699 110
AUTOMATIC REEL
For compressed air systems
• Technopolymer frame
• Adjustable metal mounting bracket
• Spring recoil
• Device that automatically stops the hose at the required length, can be disengaged
• Suitable for air
• Includes inlet tube 1.5 m long with an inner diameter of 10 mm, without fitting
• 3/8 male outlet fitting
Complies with ATEX 94/9/CE directive, specifically II 2GD c IIB • Hose length (from stopper ball): 1 m
T6/T85°C X
Art. no.
0699 108 061

PNEUMATIC HOSE WINDER DSA-S

Practical safety hose winder with high-quality polyurethane hose for
order and safety in the workplace
Safe and comfortable work
The hose is guided from left to right while being wound up, preventing knots. The
manner if it is inadvertently released.
Protection against pollution
The robust, enclosed plastic housing protects the hose and the rolling mechanism from
dust and other contaminants.
High resistance to kinking with an extremely low weight as well as
resistance to oils and solvents. Excellent behaviour in low and high
temperature ranges.
No pressure drop for more efficiency and cost savings
Hose has a high flow capacity as well as an innovative connection valve on the reel
7 unit
Can be mounted on the wall, ceiling or floor
Bracket ensures a secure attachment to straight surfaces.
Low maintenance costs
Hose can be replaced without opening the housing.
• Hose length (from stopper ball): 25 cm
Type description Design Hose length Inner hose diameter Max. pressure Art. no.
DSA 11-S With R 1/4 inch external 11 m 8 mm 16 bar 0699 080 11
thread
DSA 18-S With R 1/4 inch external 18 m 8 mm 16 bar 0699 080 18
thread
DSA 17-S With R 3/8 inch external 17 m 9.5 mm 16 bar 0699 095 17
thread
DSA 8-S With R 1/2 inch external 8m 13 mm 10 bar 0699 130 8
thread

COMPRESSED AIR HOSE REEL DSA-S WITH WSAFE COUPLING

Practical safety hose reel with high-quality polyurethane hose for
order and safety in the workplace.
Protection against pollution
The robust, enclosed plastic housing protects the hose and the rolling mechanism from
dust and other contaminants.
High resistance to kinking with an extremely low weight as well as
resistance to oils and solvents. Excellent behaviour in low and high
temperature ranges.
No pressure drop for more efficiency and cost savings
Hose has a high flow capacity as well as an innovative connection valve on the reel
unit
7
Can be mounted on the wall, ceiling or floor
Low maintenance costs
Hose can be replaced without opening the housing.
Secure, one-handed decoupling thanks to wSafe coupling
Safety coupling with single-stage decoupling process facilitates one-handed decou-
pling by pulling back the locking sleeve. The coupling vents automatically, which pre-
vents the hose from repelling.
• Hose length (from stopper ball): 25 cm
Type description Design Hose length Inner hose diameter Max. pressure Art. no.
DSA 11-S With wSafe 2000 fittings 11 m 8 mm 16 bar 0699 080 110
DSA 17-S With wSafe 2000 fittings 17 m 9.5 mm 16 bar 0699 095 170

PNEUMATIC AIR HOSE REEL DSA-S ANTI-STATIC

Practical safety hose reel with high-quality antistatic hose for order
and safety during painting work
• Safe and comfortable working
• The hose is guided from left to right while being wound up, preventing knots
• The brake function minimises the risk of the hose being flung around in an uncontrol-
led manner if it is inadvertently released
• The robust, enclosed plastic housing protects the hose and the rolling mechanism
from dust and other contaminants
• Can be mounted on the wall, ceiling or floor as the mounting bracket ensures secure
attachment to flat surfaces
• Antistatic, silicone-free pneumatic hose for painting work
• Electrical resistance: R <=106 ohms/m
• High temperature resistance and good resistance to moisture and ozone
• Ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) rubber remains extremely elastic and
7 flexible in any weather conditions
• No drop in pressure for increased efficiency and lower costs
• The hose can be replaced without having to open the housing
• Hose length (from stopper ball): 0.25 m
Art. no.
0699 095 135
PU PNEUMATIC HOSE PREMIUM ANTI-SPARK

Highly resistant and durable as well as spark-resistant PU pneumatic
hose in straight design
Spark-resistant surface
Optimum protection against sparks and the formation of sparks during cutting work.
Significantly lighter, more flexible and more resistant to kinking than PVC hoses
High UV resistance and particularly high resistance to oil, solvents
and other non-aqueous solutions
Sturdy fabric inserts and high-quality ester-based polyurethane coating
• Length: 25 m
• Design: Without fittings
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0699 962 812

PU PNEUMATIC SPIRAL HOSE PREMIUM ANTI-SPARK WSAFE® 2000

Highly resistant and durable as well as spark-resistant PU coiled
pneumatic hose with mounted wSafe 2000-series fittings
Optimal protection against sparks and spark formation in welding
environments as well as cutting work
Spark-resistant surface
The straight ends promote working comfort and reduce the risk of tripping. 7
• Working length: 4 m
• Length (elongated state): 5 m
• Diameter: 52 mm
Art. no.
0699 965 650
SPRAYER ALK PRO
• Flow capacity conditions: at 3 bar
• Flow capacity: 0.5 l/min
• Max. operating temperature: 25 °C
• Height x width: 46.5 x 18 cm
Art. no.
0891 385 014

Work equipment / Pneumatic technology / Pneumatic connectors
PUSH-IN TIP S4000

Series 4000
High flow rate of up to 3900 l/min and a maximum operating pres-
sure of 16 bar
Allows optimal power delivery for compressed air consumers
Hardened steel nipples
For max. load-bearing capacity and long service life
Airtight connections
Low energy use and high efficiency
Exposed surfaces are chromium-plated, nickel-plated or galvanised.
High corrosion resistance – protected even under demanding conditions
Series 4000 fittings comply with the European Standard 10.4.
Compatibility with other compressed-air fittings
Hose connection diameter Length Art. no.

7 10 mm 45.5 mm 0699 410 410
13 mm 46 cm 0699 410 413
16 mm 47.5 mm 0699 410 417
MALE THREAD QUICK-ACTION COUPLING SERIES 2000

High flow rate of up to 2100 l/min and a maximum operating pressu-
re of 16 bar.
Enables optimum compressed-air supply and output utilisation of compressed-air
consumers, resulting in greater productivity and lower energy costs.
Ergonomically shaped locking sleeve
This ensures a secure grip and prevents the component from slipping off.
Low coupling force enables one-handed operation.
Only minimal force is required for simple, fast and safe coupling and decoupling.
Low power consumption and high efficiency
Hardened locking sleeves
For max. load-bearing capacity and long service life.
Exposed surfaces are chrome-plated, nickel-plated or galvanized.
High corrosion resistance — protected even under demanding conditions.
Series 2000 fittings comply with the European standard and have a
nominal width of 7.6 mm.
Euro profiles are compatible with other compressed-air fittings.
Material: Steel
Connection thread Length Width across flats Art. no.

ET R 1/2 inch 56 mm 22 mm 0699 100 312
ET R 1/4 inch 63 mm 20 mm 0699 100 314
ET R 3/8 inch 61 mm 20 mm 0699 100 338

FEMALE THREAD QUICK-ACTION COUPLING SERIES 2000

re of 16 bar.
Enables optimum compressed air supply and output utilisation of compressed air
Exposed surfaces are chrome-plated, nickel-plated or galvanised.
High corrosion resistance – protected even under demanding conditions.
Series 2000 fittings comply with the European standard and have a 7
Euro profiles are compatible with other compressed air fittings
Material: Steel

IT G 1/2 inch 60 mm 25 mm 0699 100 212
IT G 1/4 inch 57 mm 20 mm 0699 100 214
IT G 3/8 inch 60 mm 22 mm 0699 100 238

QUICK-ACTION COUPLING WITH HOSE CONNECTION SERIES 2000

For Würth PVC hoses
re of 16 bar.
Hardened steel nipples and locking sleeves
7 High corrosion resistance – protected even under demanding conditions.
Material: Steel
Suitable for hose internal Suitable for hose external Length Art. no.
diameter diameter
6 mm 12 mm 67 mm 0699 100 106
8 mm 16 mm 70 mm 0699 100 108
10 mm - 70 mm 0699 100 110
13 mm 19 mm 68 mm 0699 100 113

QUICK-ACTION COUPLING WITH COMFORT-CONNECTION SERIES 2000

For Würth PU hoses
re of 16 bar.
7
Material: Steel
Suitable for hose internal Suitable for hose Length Width across flats Art. no.
diameter external diameter
6.5 mm 10 mm 64 mm 16 mm, 20 mm 0699 100 765
8 mm 12 mm 68 mm 20 mm 0699 100 780
11 mm 16 mm 68 mm 24 mm 0699 100 711

COMPRESSED AIR SAFETY COUPLING WSAFE® 2000 WITH HOSE CONNECTION

The compressed air coupling sets the benchmark in safety and efficien-
cy when it comes to connecting PVC pneumatic hoses.
Optimal compressed air supply and power delivery for compressed
air consumers
Flow-optimised valve facilitates high flow rate of up to 2250 l/min and a maximum
operating pressure of 16 bar. Result is greater productivity and lower energy costs for
the user.
High protection and corrosion resistance even under demanding
conditions
Long service life
Locking sleeve made from hardened steel
Secure, one-handed decoupling
pling by pulling back locking sleeve. The coupling vents automatically with repelling
7 of the hose prevented.
Series 2000 fittings comply with the European standard and have a nominal width of
7.6 mm.
diameter diameter
6.3 mm 10 mm 67.1 mm 0699 021 063
8 mm 12 mm 70 mm 0699 021 080
10 mm 15 mm 70 mm 0699 021 100
13 mm 19 mm 70 mm 0699 021 130

COMPRESSED AIR SAFETY COUPLING WSAFE® 2000 WITH COMFORT CONNECTION

cy when it comes to connecting PU pneumatic hoses.
air consumers
the user.
conditions
Long service life
of the hose prevented.
7
7.6 mm.
6.5 mm 10 mm 64 mm 20 mm 0699 022 065
8 mm 12 mm 68 mm 20 mm 0699 022 080
11 mm 16 mm 68 mm 24 mm 0699 022 011
13.5 mm 9.5 mm 68.2 mm 21 mm 0699 022 095

COMPRESSED AIR SAFETY COUPLING WSAFE® 2000 WITH MALE THREAD

cy when it comes to connecting pneumatic lines.
air consumers
the user.
conditions
Long service life
7.6 mm.
Sealed ex works
A threaded seal is applied to the thread ex works, meaning no additional sealing tape
is required.

ET R 1/2 inch 56 mm 22 mm 0699 023 012
ET R 1/4 inch 63 mm 20 mm 0699 023 014
ET R 3/8 inch 61 mm 20 mm 0699 023 038

COMPRESSED AIR SAFETY COUPLING WSAFE® 2000 WITH FEMALE THREAD

air consumers
the user.
conditions
Long service life
7
7.6 mm.

IT G 1/2 inch 60 mm 25 mm 0699 023 112
IT G 1/4 inch 57 mm 20 mm 0699 023 114
IT G 3/8 inch 60 mm 22 mm 0699 023 138


air consumers
the user.
conditions
Long service life
Coupling is compatible with other compressed air fittings
Series 3000 fittings comply with the Aro 210 standard and have a nominal width of
5.5 mm.
Suitable for hose internal diameter Length Art. no.

6.5 mm 67 mm 0699 031 063
8 mm 69 mm 0699 031 080
10 mm 70 mm 0699 031 100
13 mm 68 mm 0699 031 130


air consumers
the user.
conditions
Long service life
7
5.5 mm.
diameter diameter
6.5 mm 10 mm 64 mm 0699 032 065
8 mm 12 mm 68 mm 0699 032 080


air consumers
the user.
conditions
Long service life
5.5 mm.
Sealed ex works
A thread seal is applied to the thread ex works, meaning no additional sealing tape is
required.

ET R 1/2 inch 56 mm 22 mm 0699 033 012
ET R 1/4 inch 63 mm 20 mm 0699 033 014
ET R 3/8 inch 61 mm 20 mm 0699 033 038


air consumers
the user.
conditions
Long service life
7
5.5 mm.

IT G 1/2 inch 60 mm 25 mm 0699 033 112
IT G 1/4 inch 57 mm 20 mm 0699 033 114
IT G 3/8 inch 60 mm 22 mm 0699 033 138


air consumers
Flow-optimised valve facilitates high flow rate of up to 4,000 l/min and a maximum
operating pressure of 16 bar. This results in greater productivity and lower energy
costs for the user.
conditions
Long service life
pling by pulling back the locking sleeve. The coupling vents automatically with repel-
7 ling of the hose prevented.
10.4 mm.

10 mm 77 mm 0699 041 110
13 mm 75 mm 0699 041 130
16 mm 75.3 mm 0699 041 160


air consumers
costs for the user.
conditions
Long service life
ling of the hose prevented.
7
10.4 mm.
diameter diameter
11 mm 16 mm 77 mm 0699 042 011
13 mm 18 mm 79 mm 0699 042 013


air consumers
costs for the user.
conditions
Long service life
7 ling of the hose prevented.
10.4 mm.
Connection thread Length Art. no.

ET R 1/2 inch 70 mm 0699 043 012
ET R 3/8 inch 68 mm 0699 043 038


air consumers
costs for the user.
conditions
Long service life
ling of the hose prevented.
7
10.4 mm.

IT G 1/2 inch 67 mm 25 mm 0699 043 112
IT G 3/8 inch 62 mm 24 mm 0699 043 138

cy when it comes to connecting PU or PVC pneumatic hoses.
air consumers
Flow-optimised valve facilitates flow rate of up to 950 l/min and a maximum opera-
ting pressure of 16 bar. Result is greater productivity and lower energy costs for the
user.
conditions
Long service life
ISO profile
Series 3100 fittings comply with ISO 6150 B (Nato standard) and have a nominal
width of 5.3 mm.

ET 1/2 inch 55.6 mm 22 mm 0699 053 012
ET 3/8 inch 61.1 mm 20 mm 0699 053 038
MT 1/4 inch 63.1 mm 20 mm 0699 053 014


air consumers
user.
conditions
Long service life
ISO profile
width of 5.3 mm.

IT 1/2 inch 59.6 mm 25 mm 0699 053 112
IT 1/4 inch 57.1 mm 20 mm 0699 053 114
IT 3/8 inch 60.1 mm 22 mm 0699 053 138


air consumers
user.
conditions
Long service life
7
ISO profile
width of 5.3 mm.
6.5 mm - 64.1 mm 20 mm 0699 052 065
8 mm - 67.1 mm 20 mm 0699 052 080
9.5 mm 13.5 mm 68 mm 21 mm 0699 052 095
11 mm - 68.2 mm 24 mm 0699 052 011


air consumers
user.
conditions
Long service life
ISO profile
width of 5.3 mm.

6 mm 67.1 mm 0699 051 063
8 mm 69.6 mm 0699 051 080
10 mm 70.1 mm 0699 051 100
13 mm 68.1 mm 0699 051 130
PLUG-IN NIPPLE S 4000 FT

Series 4000 With female thread
sure of 16 bar
Compatibility with other compressed air fittings
• Connection thread: IT G 3/8 inch
Art. no.
0699 410 538

PLUG-IN NIPPLE S2000 MT

Series 2000 With male thread
High flow rate of up to 2100 l/min and maximum operating pressure
of 16 bar
consumers. Results in greater productivity and lower energy costs.
Air-tight connections
Low energy consumption and a high level of efficiency
For max. pressure-bearing capacity and long service life.
Exposed surfaces are chrome-plated, nickel-plated or galvanised
High corrosion resistance for protection even under demanding conditions.
nominal width of 7.6 mm
Euro profiles are compatible with other compressed air fittings.
Material: Steel 7
Connection thread Length Surface Width across flats Art. no.

1/8 inch 35 mm Zinc plated 18 mm 0699 100 619
ET R 1/2 inch 47 mm ZN 8 silver 22 mm 0699 100 612
FEMALE THREAD PLUG-IN NIPPLE SERIES 2000

re of 16 bar.
Euro profiles are compatible with other compressed air fittings.
Material: Steel
• Surface: ZN 8 silver

IT G 1/2 inch 38 mm 20 mm 0699 100 512
IT G 1/4 inch 42 mm 17 mm 0699 100 514
IT G 3/8 inch 36 mm 17 mm 0699 100 538

HOSE CONNECTION WITH PLUG-IN NIPPLE SERIES 2000

For Würth PVC and painting hoses
re of 16 bar.
7 Material: Steel
diameter diameter
6 mm 12 mm 42 mm 0699 100 406
8 mm 16 mm 45 mm 0699 100 408
10 mm 16 mm 45 mm 0699 100 410
13 mm 19 mm 45 mm 0699 100 413

COMFORT CONNECTION WITH PLUG-IN NIPPLE SERIES 2000

For Würth PU hoses
re of 16 bar.
Material: Steel 7
Suitable for hose Suitable for hose Connection thread Length Width across flats Art. no.
internal diameter external diameter
- - 1/4 inch 49.5 mm 21 mm 0699 100 895
6.5 mm 10 mm - 44 mm 16 mm 0699 100 865
8 mm 12 mm - 47 mm 19 mm 0699 100 880
11 mm 16 mm - 56 mm 24 mm 0699 100 811
PLUG-IN NIPPLE SERIES 4000

With comfort connection for PU compressed air hoses
sure of 16 bar
• Suitable for hose external diameter: 16 mm
• Length: 54 mm
Art. no.
0699 410 411

PLUG-IN NIPPLE S4000

With male thread
sure of 16 bar
7
Connection thread Length Surface Width across flats Art. no.
ET G 1/2 inch 42 mm Zinc plated 24 mm 0699 410 612
ET G 1/4 inch 41 mm Plain 17 mm 0699 410 614
ET G 3/8 inch - Zinc plated 24 mm 0699 410 638
PLUG-IN NIPPLE WITH HOSE NOZZLE SERIES 3000

diameter diameter
6 mm 11 mm 43 mm 0699 355 414
8 mm 14 mm 46 mm 0699 355 456
9.5 mm 14 mm 46 mm 0699 355 438
FEMALE THREAD PLUG-IN NIPPLE SERIES 3000

• Length: 39 mm
Art. no.
0699 355 514

MALE THREAD PLUG-IN NIPPLE SERIES 3000


R 1/4 inch 41 mm 14 mm 0699 355 614
R 3/8 inch 43 mm 17 mm 0699 355 638
COMFORT CONNECTION WITH PLUG-IN NIPPLE SERIES 3000

6.5 mm 10 mm 45 mm 16 mm 0699 355 810
8 mm 12 mm 49 mm 19 mm 0699 355 812
11 mm 16 mm 57 mm 24 mm 0699 355 816
PLUG-IN NIPPLE SERIES 3100 FEMALE THREAD

Hardened steel nipples with max. load-bearing capacity and long ser-
vice life.
re of 16 bar
Allows optimal compressed air supply and power delivery for compressed air consu-
mers. Result is greater productivity and lower energy costs.
Low energy consumption and high efficiency
Airtight connections.
conditions
ISO profile
width of 5.3 mm.

IT 1/4 inch 40.5 mm 27 mm 0699 500 514
IT 3/8 inch 41.5 mm 17 mm 0699 500 538

PLUG-IN NIPPLE SERIES 3100 MALE THREAD

vice life.
re of 16 bar
conditions
ISO profile
width of 5.3 mm.
7 • Surface: Zinc plated

1/8 inch 38.5 mm 18 mm 0699 500 618
ET 3/8 inch 44 mm 17 mm 0699 500 638
MT 1/4 inch 42.5 mm 14 mm 0699 500 614
PLUG-IN NIPPLE COMFORT CONNECTION, SERIES 3100

vice life.
re of 16 bar
conditions
ISO profile
width of 5.3 mm.
6.5 mm - 47 mm 16 mm 0699 500 865
8 mm - 51 mm 19 mm 0699 500 880
9.5 mm 13.5 mm 52.1 mm 21 mm 0699 500 895
11 mm - 57 mm 24 mm 0699 500 811

PLUG-IN NIPPLE SERIES 3100 HOSE CONNECTION

vice life.
re of 16 bar
conditions
ISO profile
width of 5.3 mm.
• Surface: Zinc plated 7

6 mm 45 mm 0699 500 463
8 mm 48 mm 0699 500 480
10 mm 48 mm 0699 500 410
13 mm 48 mm 0699 500 413
COMPRESSED AIR MULTI-PORT DISTRIBUTOR Y-DISTRIBUTOR

With couplings for the installation of a compressed air system
Pneumatic connection Art. no.

G 1/2 inch IT 0699 131 20
G 3/8 inch IT 0699 133 80

Y-DISTRIBUTOR WSAFE® 2000

For the installation of a compressed air system with wSafe® safety
couplings
• Pneumatic connection: R 3/8 inch
• Length: 102 mm
• Width: 112 mm
• Outer diameter: 23.5 mm
Art. no.
0699 358 053
7
Y-DISTRIBUTOR WSAFE® 3100
For the installation of a compressed air system with wSafe® safety
couplings
• Pneumatic connection: R 3/8 inch
• Length: 112 mm
• Width: 104 mm
• Outer diameter: 23.5 mm
Art. no.
0699 358 076

COMFORT CONNECTION WITH PUSH-IN TIP SERIES 2000

Rotating push-in tip with male thread, for Würth PU hoses
re of 16 bar.
Material: Steel 7
Pneumatic connection Suitable for hose internal Suitable for hose Length Art. no.
R 1/2 inch ET 11 mm 16 mm 51 mm 0699 100 912
R 1/4 inch ET 6.5 mm 10 mm 44 mm 0699 100 914
R 3/8 inch ET 9.5 mm 13.5 mm 46 mm 0699 100 910
R 3/8 inch ET 8 mm 12 mm 46 mm 0699 100 938
CONNECTOR HOSE FOR PNEUMATIC MACHINERY

Includes couplings, series 2000
• Substantially increases the service life of pneumatic couplings
• Eliminates the majority of vibrations between male and female couplings
• Length: 400 mm
Art. no.
0699 812 14

COMFORT CONNECTION WITH PUSH-IN TIP SERIES 2000

For Würth PU hoses
re of 16 bar.
7 Material: Steel
Male thread
• Pneumatic connection: R 1/4 inch ET
• Suitable for hose external diameter: 12 mm
• Length: 41 mm
Art. no.
0699 100 980
MULTI-PORT DISTRIBUTOR FOR PNEUMATIC AIR DMV 3 STANDARD

Distribution system for compressed air with a wide range of combina-
tion options. Modular concept allows the system to be expanded to
up to six compressed air connections. Easy installation on wall, ceiling
or floor. Immediately ready for use.
Compressed air multi-port distributor with three Series 2000 stan-
dard quick-action couplings.
Several compressed air connections without the need for angle pieces or T-pieces.
Offers flexibility as the modular system can be expanded as
required.
One workplace can be equipped with up to six compressed air connections.
Easy installation. Wall, ceiling and floor mounting possible.
Suitable for immediate, universal use without additional modifications.
Individual connection segments can be rotated individually and
adjusted at an angle.
Prevents kinked hoses and provides an optimum air supply.
Resistant to oil, petrol and dirt.
Saves energy, space and time. Extremely robust and economical.
Art. no.
0699 357 0

Work equipment / Pneumatic technology / Pneumatic treatment
SMALL MIST LUBRICATOR

For pneumatic tools for direct connection to non-stationary devices
with optimum metering.
• Operating pressure of approx. 6 bar
• Operating temperature of +5°C to +50°C
• Any flow direction can be selected
• Pneumatic connection: G 1/4 inch IT
Art. no.
0699 070 314

Work equipment / Labelling system / Marker and pens
DRILL HOLE MARKER

For marking where access is restricted
Waterproof and abrasion-resistant
• Line thickness: 2 mm
• Colour: Black
• Design: Permanently waterproof
• Shape of tip: Round tip
• Silicone-free: No
Art. no.
0967 909 901
PERMANENT DEEP-HOLE MARKER WITH CAP

7
Deep hole marker for boreholes and hard-to-reach locations
For universal use
Marker body form with ergonomic triangular cross-section
Precise marking thanks to very thin tip
Permanent marking
• Waterproof, snudge-proof, quick drying
Cap
• With integrated belt clip for easy one-handed use
• Line thickness: 1.5 mm
Colour Art. no.

Black 0967 909 902
Red 0967 909 903
Blue 0967 909 904

PAINT MARKER
All colours are heat-resistant up to 400°C. The colour white is still
visible up to 1000°C.
• Also for dark and transparent surfaces
• Waterproof and abrasion-resistant
• Light-resistant and weatherproof after drying
• Ink resistant to isopropyl alcohol, ethanol and engine oil
Min./max. line thickness Colour Max. temperature resistance Art. no.

1-2 mm Black 400 °C 0967 910 311
2-4 mm Black 400 °C 0967 910 301
2-4 mm Red 400 °C 0967 910 302 7
2-4 mm White 1000 °C 0967 910 303
MARKER PEN
All-purpose pen for permanent marking
Long-term durability and neat results
• Valve between the felt tip and the fluid container ensures that the marker pens do
not dry out
• Waterproof on all materials
• Will not smear
• Quick-drying ink
Colour Art. no.

Yellow 0967 911 171
Blue 0967 911 177
Yellow 0967 911 169

CONSTRUCTION MARKER IN CAP WITH INTEGRATED SHARPENER AND BELT CLIP

Construction marker for universal use
Multipurpose
• Long and thin metal tip for use in hard-to-reach places
• Push mechanism for automatic lead feed
• Simple and quick to refill from the tip or end of the marker cap
• Multifunctional use due to the various graphite and coloured refills
Cap
• With integrated sharpener
• Practical belt clip for easy one-handed use
Includes one graphite refill
• Length: 157 mm
• Diameter: 2.8 mm
• Material: Plastic impact-resistant
Art. no.
0967 911 214
GRAPHITE LEAD FOR DEEP-HOLE MARKER SET

• Non-permanent
• Good alternative to conventional carpenter pencil
• Length: 120 mm
• Min./max. line thickness: 0.5-1.5 mm
• Colour: Grey
• Recommended surfaces: Smooth
Art. no.
0967 911 203
ALL-PURPOSE LEAD FOR DEEP-HOLE MARKER

• Non-permanent
• Paste marker for wet and dry surfaces
• Length: 120 mm
• Recommended surfaces: Smooth, Porous, Rough
Colour Art. no.

Red 0967 911 204
Yellow 0967 911 205

GRAPHITE LEAD REFILLS FOR CONSTRUCTION MARKERS IN IMPACT-RESISTANT MAGAZINE

For universal use on all surfaces
• Hardness 2B
• Can be wiped off smooth surfaces with a wet cloth
• Impact-resistant magazine for safe transportation and quick removal
• Length: 100 mm
• Colour: Grey
Art. no. 7
0967 911 210
REFILLS FOR CONSTRUCTION MARKERS IN IMPACT-RESISTANT MAGAZINE

All common refills for marking on all surfaces
• Can be wiped off smooth surfaces with a wet cloth
• Impact-resistant magazine
• 6x graphite (hardness 2B), 3x red, 3x yellow
• Length: 100 mm
Art. no.
0967 911 212

HARD GRAPHITE REFILL FOR CONSTRUCTION MARKERS IN IMPACT-RESISTANT CONTAINER

For precision marking and long life
• Hardness H
• Cannot be wiped off
• Impact-resistant magazine for safe transportation and quick removal
• Length: 100 mm
• Colour: Grey
7 Art. no.
0967 911 211
REFILLS FOR CONSTRUCTION MARKERS IN IMPACT-RESISTANT MAGAZINE

Water-resistant refills in three colours
• Water jet resistant
• Impact-resistant magazine for safe transport and fast removal
• 4x blue, 4x green, 4x white
• Length: 100 mm
Art. no.
0967 911 213
UNI MARKER SET

Stable metal design with practical retaining clip
Integrated sharpener in the screw-off cap for the graphite lead
• Material of the housing: Metal
Art. no.
0967 911 401

DEEP-HOLE MARKER SET

For marking where access is restricted
• Sturdy metal design with practical retaining clip
• Integrated sharpener in the cap
• Suitable for lead: 2,8 mm
• Material of the housing: Metal
Art. no.
0967 911 201

Work equipment / Tool boxes/cases/bags / Tool boxes/cases
TOOL CASE PROFESSIONAL

Particularly robust, torsion-resistant tool box, can be folded open, has
sturdy riveted hinges
• Cover with continuous strap hinge
• Folding tubular carry handle
• Can be locked by a padlock
Length x width x height Colour Art. no.

430 x 200 x 150 mm Traffic red RAL 3020 0715 93 22
430 x 200 x 200 mm Black 0715 93 202
530 x 200 x 200 mm Traffic red RAL 3020 0715 93 24
7 TOOL CASE STANDARD

Fold-open tool box with sturdy riveted hinges
• Hammer-tone finish inside and out
• Folding tubular carry handle
• Can be locked by a padlock
Length x width x height Colour Art. no.

430 x 200 x 200 mm Blue 0715 93 20
530 x 200 x 200 mm Black 0715 93 242
530 x 200 x 200 mm Blue 0715 93 21
STORAGE BOX
• In high-resistant polypropylene
• Suitable for external use
• Resistant to impact and chemical agents
• Resistant to high and low temperatures
• Reinforced ribbed lid
• Wheels and handle for trolley use
• Sturdy folding front handle
• Side grips so that it can be carried by two people
• Fittings for a padlock
• Stackable
• Lightweight
Art. no.
0715 93 175

Work equipment / Tool boxes/cases/bags / Tool bags
TOOL BAG, OPEN, WITH PLASTIC BASE

Robust open bag with waterproof bottom shell made of plastic
• Shoulder strap can be removed easily and used as a tool belt
• Internal and external tool slip pockets
• Elastic bands for pens and tools
• Padded carry handle
• Made from high-quality polyester (1680 denier)
• Min./max. length of shoulder belt: 850-1400 mm
Art. no.
0715 930 222 7
TOOL BAG OPEN WITH COVER

• For tools and materials
• Insert pockets outside and inside
• Padded aluminium carry handle
• Adjustable shoulder strap
• Made from robust and durable polyester
• Material: 100% polyester, coated PVC
Art. no.
0715 930 030
LUNCH BAG
Spacious lunch bag with coated insulating material.
• Nylon shoulder strap and carrying handle
• ID card holder on the side
• Robust two-piece zip
Art. no.
0715 930 242

TOOL BAG, SMALL, WITH PLASTIC BASE

Robust bag with one-piece zip and waterproof bottom shell made of
plastic.
• Polyester insert pockets for tools inside and outside
• Rubber band on the outside for pens and small screwdrivers
• Comfortable leather carrying handle
7 Art. no.
0715 930 236
TOOL BAG WITH WHEELS

Extremely robust tool trolley
• Robust and ergonomic telescopic and carrying handle
• Large, high-quality plastic rollers
• Very spacious main compartment for tools and machines
• Additional outer pockets with zip fastening
Art. no.
0715 930 237

TOOL BAG WITH FOLD-OUT SIDES

Robust bag with waterproof bottom shell made of plastic.
• Nylon and rubber bands inside for tools
• Exterior pockets for tools
• Fold-out side thanks to robust zip and can be closed with additional hook-and-loop
fastening
• Shoulder strap can be removed easily and used as a tool belt.
• Min./max. length of shoulder belt: 850-1400 mm 7
Art. no.
0715 930 233
POLYESTER BAG, LARGE

Functional and robust polyester tool bag
• A variety of pockets for stowing tools away
• Made of tear-resistant fabric, resistant against chemical influences and low
temperatures
• Robust zips
• Solid PVC base
• Detachable shoulder strap
• Material: 100% polyester
• Colour: Grey, Black, Red
Art. no.
0715 93 688

TOOL BAG WITH ALUMINIUM EDGES

Robust aluminium edges protect the bag from damage
• Very spacious main compartment for tools and machines
• Multiple polyester pockets
• Several internal elasticated straps for tools
• Comfortable carrying handle with rubber trim
• Rubber strap on the outside for pins or small screwdrivers
7 Art. no.
0715 930 232
TOOL BAG WITH PLASTIC BASE

Tool bag with watertight plastic base for carrying tools and materials
directly on your person.
• Organiser front pocket with many extras and dividers
• Clear internal area with many pockets and elasticated straps
• Additional outer pockets on the sides
• Shoulder strap can be removed easily and used as a tool belt
• Document pocket incorporated in the lid
Art. no.
0715 930 246

INSTALLATION BAG WITHOUT METAL PARTS

Practical bag without metal parts particularly suitable for electrical
installation.
• Several rubber bands on the inside and outside for tools
• Polyester insert pockets for tools on the outside
• Adjustable and removable shoulder strap with pad for pleasant wearing comfort
• No metal parts, but doubly reinforced seams
• Pleasant rubber carrying handle
Art. no. 7
0715 930 227
ORGANISER BAG
Practical organiser bag with laptop compartment and plenty of stora-
ge space for tools.
• Polyester pockets for tools, laptop mains adapter and personal items
• Padded laptop compartment
Art. no.
0715 930 250

TOOL BAG WITH PLASTIC BASE

Robust bag with one-piece zip and waterproof bottom shell made of
plastic.
• Shoulder strap can removed easily and used as a tool belt.
• Polyester insert pockets for tools inside and outside
7 Art. no.
0715 930 223
POLYESTER BAG, SMALL

Functional and robust polyester bag
• A variety of pockets for stowing tools away
• Made of tear-resistant fabric, resistant to chemical influences and low temperatures
• Robust zips
• Solid PVC base
• Material: 100% polyester
• Colour: Grey, Black, Red
Art. no.
0715 93 689

TOOL BAG SHOULDER STRAP

• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0715 93 694
7
CARPENTER‘S BAG
Belt bag with two large storage compartments for carrying tools and
materials directly on your person.
• Circlip for securing tools up to a maximum weight of 0.5 kg
• Made from high quality polyester (1680 denier) and velour leather trim on the con-
tact surfaces
• For belt width: 70 mm
Art. no.
0715 930 211

HAMMER HOLDER
With belt loop and robust, moving buckle made from stainless steel
• Elasticated strap on the outside for pens and small screwdrivers
• Belt loop and hammer holder made from high-quality polyester (1680 denier)
7 Art. no.
0715 930 230
SCISSOR POUCH WITH BELT CLIP

Art. no.
0714 036 321

BELT BAG FOR FASTENING MATERIAL WITH DOUBLE ZIP

With double zip for complete closing of the belt bag.
• Large material storage compartment
• Rubber band inside for storage of personal items such as smartphones, keys, etc.
• Double zip to securely seal the lid
• Additional pressure knob to lock the cover on the top side of the belt bag
• Elasticated strap on the outside for pens or small screwdrivers
Art. no. 7
0715 930 214
ELECTRICIAN’S BELT POUCH WITHOUT METAL PARTS

Belt bag with two large storage compartments particularly suitable
for electrical installation.
• Four leather outer pockets for screwdrivers, knives and pliers
• Rubber bands on the inside and outside for tools
• Nylon band with clip closure for adhesive tapes
tact surfaces
Art. no.
0715 930 226

KNIFE POUCH
Universal reinforced knife pocket
• Made from high quality polyester (1680 denier) and velour leather trim on the fric-
tion points.
• Elasticated strap on the outside for pens or small screwdrivers
7 Art. no.
0715 930 216
DRILL DRIVER HOLDER, LARGE

Holder with elastic bands for holding drills, bits and bit holder.
• Suitable for left and right-handed persons
• Safety strap with press stud
• Leather outer pocket for screwdrivers, knives and pliers
• Elastic bands for holding 5 bits and drills
• Elastic bands for bit holder as well as one on the outside for pens and small
screwdrivers
tact surfaces
Art. no.
0715 930 228

DRILL HOLDER, SMALL

Drill holder with elastic bands for holding drill, bits and bit holders
• Suitable for left-handed and right-handed users
• Safety strap with push button
• Rubber bands for holding 6 bits or drills
• Rubber band for a bit holder as well as one on the outer side for pens or small
screwdrivers
tact points.
7
Art. no.
0715 930 229
UNIVERSAL BAG, SMALL

Multi-functional universal bag for easy attachment to belt
• 6 pockets for tools
• Nylon strap with clip closure for adhesive tape
• Elastic band on the outside for pens or small screwdrivers
Art. no.
0715 930 219

BELT BAG SET 5-WAY

Belt bag with two large storage compartments and a drill driver hol-
der for carrying tools and materials directly on your person.
• Three external leather pockets for screwdrivers, knives and pliers
• Drill driver holder for left and right-handed users
• Additional high-quality polyester hip pad (1680 denier) with breathable interior
(3-D air mesh)
• Circlip for securing tools with a maximum weight of up to 0.5 kg
• Three rubber straps on the outside for pens and small screwdrivers
• High-quality leather belt with double-prong metal buckle
• Made from high quality polyester (1680 denier) and velour leather trim on the sup-
port points
• Belt length: 1330 mm
7 • Material: Polyester/leather
Art. no.
0715 930 213
UNIVERSAL BAG
Belt bag with two large storage compartments and a hammer holder
for carrying tools and materials directly on your person.
• Free-moving hammer holder made of stainless steel
• Tape measure holder made of stainless steel
• Circlip for securing tools up to a maximum weight of 0.5 kg
tact surfaces
Art. no.
0715 930 210

ROBUST CARPENTER‘S BAG

High-quality carpenter’s bag; made in Italy
• For tools and fastening material of all kinds.
• Clean stitched, reinforced by riveting
• Large main compartment and various small pockets
• Side holder for pincers and hammers
Length x width x height Material Colour Art. no.

260 x 290 x 290 mm Split leather Light brown 0715 93 021
290 x 290 x 260 mm Faux leather Ivory 0715 93 022 7
290 x 290 x 260 mm Leather Light brown 0715 93 020
TOOL CASE ABS

Robust ABS service case
Robust design
• ABS case shell
• Torsion-resistant aluminium frame
Lockable tilting cylinder locks
Robust metal hinges with integrated top braces
Carrying handle with soft-touch surface
Two tool panels
• 1 tool panel with 10 compartments
• 1 tool panel with 25 tool compartments, 1 keep-safe compartment 400 mm
• 1 base shell with cover panel, height 58 mm, variable
• 1 cover panel with 15 tool compartments, 1 keep-safe compartment 400 mm
• 1 document pocket in lid, 2 business card pockets, 2 pen holders
• Height: 360 mm
• Width: 480 mm
• Depth: 210 mm
• Colour: Black
• Width x depth x height (internal dimension): 460 x 190 x 310 mm
Art. no.
0715 936 246

Work equipment / Tool boxes/cases/bags / Tool case
TOOL CASE
Unequipped polypropylene service case with two removable tool
trays and tool pockets
Sturdy and impact-resistant at high and low temperatures
Thanks to case shells made from impact-proof polypropylene plastic
Sturdy, dust-proof design
Thanks to torsion-resistant aluminium frame
• Extra-robust carrying handle
• Lockable cylinder locks (keyed alike)
• Metal hinges and top braces
• Bottom shell with separators
• Carrying capacity up to 30 kg
• Height: 352 mm
• Width: 215 mm
• Depth: 465 mm
7 • Colour: Black
Art. no.
0715 930 047
0715 930 049
ROLLING TOOL CASE

HDPE service case
Sturdy and impact-resistant
Thanks to case shells made from impact-proof HDPE plastic.
Transport that is easy on your back
• Large runners with ball bearings
• Telescopic pull-out handle with extra-padded carry handle
• Lockable toggle locks (keyed alike)
• 1 removable tool panel with pockets for tools
• Bottom shell with separators and lie-flat cover panel with pockets
• Adjustable document pocket
Height Width Depth Material Product weight (per Art. no.

item)
185 mm 455 mm 345 mm Acrylnitril-Butadien-Styrol 7500 g 0715 93
664
453 mm 345 mm 185 mm HDPE - High density 9200 g 0715 93 010
polyethylene

ROLLING TOOL CASE

Robust and shock-resistant at high and low temperatures
Tools stay in the holder pockets during transport
Thanks to rollers on the wide side.
Robust and shock-resistant at high and low temperatures
Impact-resistant case shells made from polypropylene plastic.
• Telescopic pull-out handle and an additional robust carrying handle
• Two removable tool panels with pockets for tools
• Base shell with separators
• Can carry up to 35 kg
• Height: 250 mm
• Width: 485 mm
• Depth: 385 mm 7
Art. no.
0715 930 050
CASE FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE

• Aluminium trim
• Two tool holder panels with elastic
• Reinforced bottom tray with robust
• removable dividers
• Two removable small component boxes
• Handle in robust polypropylene with soft rubber grip
• Height: 220 mm
• Width: 480 mm
• Depth: 408 mm
• Material: Aluminium / polypropylene
Art. no.
0715 93 073
0715 930 093

TOOL CASE WITH WHEELS

• High-density shock-proof polyethylene
• Very spacious case with wheels, which makes it easy to transport a full set of tools,
even on long journeys
• Two TSA locks with keys
• Sturdy ABS handle
• Telescopic handle
• Two robust rubber wheels
• Two tool-holder panels with elastic
• Tool-holder base with adjustable dividers and two small parts boxes
• Telescopic handle length: 570 mm
• Total case height with handle extended: 1090 mm
• Height: 245 mm
• Width: 560 mm
7 • Depth: 430 mm
Art. no.
0715 93 662

• Anodised aluminium with a chrome-plated steel finish
• Document wallet with adjustable closing
• Two tool holder panels with fixed elastic
• Reinforced lower compartment with an impact-resistant polystyrene insert divided
into three fixed compartments
• Two removable boxes for small components
• Two locks with keys
• Includes shoulder strap
• Height: 185 mm
• Width: 458 mm
• Depth: 365 mm
Art. no.
0715 93 003

TOOL CASE ROBUST

• High-density shock-proof polyethylene
• The double-wall structure and the special material make the case much more durab-
le than those made of ABS
• Strong ABS handle with soft rubber insert
• Document pocket
• Two tool-holder panels with fixed elastic bands with dual-locking system
• Tool-holder base with adjustable dividers and two small parts boxes
• Two TSA locks with keys
• Height: 210 mm
• Width: 465 mm
• Depth: 390 mm
Art. no. 7
0715 93 661

• 2 tool-holder panels with fixed elastic bands
• Pre-formed base with fixed dividers
• Small parts box
• Document holder area
• Handle with rubber grip
• Case body made of impact-resistant polypropylene
• Two lockable catches
• Height: 165 mm
• Width: 450 mm
• Depth: 395 mm
Art. no.
0715 93 037

TOOL CASE, WATERTIGHT/DUSTPROOF

Robust, dustproof, watertight according to IP67
• Impact-resistant case made from polypropylene
• Extremely stable and stackable
• Dust and watertight to IP 67
• Temperature stability from -40ºC to +80ºC
• Unbreakable
• Indestructible
• Ergonomic two-component handle
• Automatic pneumatic equalising valve
• Property marking
• Carry strap
• Lugs for padlock
Interior equipment
7 Document pocket in the lid
Removable tool panel in the lid with pockets
Removable cover panel for the base shell with pockets
Lockable base shell, patented aluminium divider system permits individual partitioning
3 dividers, 6 end caps, 4 centre caps (with screws)
• Height: 370 mm
• Width: 432 mm
• Depth: 189 mm
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0715 930 090

TOOL CASE TURTLE 350 PSS

Heavy duty tool case
A durable tool case made from HDPE, with aluminium frame, castors
and telescopic handle.
– Document pocket
– 2 tool plates + 6 tool holders
– More durable structure:
– HDPE plastic
– Aluminium frame
– Latches + continuous hinge
– Corner protectors
– 2 sturdy carry handles + pull handle
– Wheels with ball bearings
– Can be stacked with megawheels
– Rubber pads on the bottom
7
– Exterior dimensions 470 x 390 x 347
– Weight: 8.5 kg, load capacity: 40 kg
• Height: 370 mm
• Width: 500 mm
• Depth: 450 mm
• Material: HDPE - High density polyethylene
Art. no.
0715 93 665

TOOL BACKPACK WITH ROLLERS

2-in-1 backpack and trolley for mobile use
• Robust and ergonomic telescopic and carrying handle
• High-quality plastic rollers
• Tool panel with a wide range of push-in pockets
• Additional outer pockets with zip closure
• Two large mesh outer pockets
• Thick padded back support and padded shoulder straps
• Height: 517 mm
• Width: 240 mm
• Depth: 330 mm
Art. no.
0715 93 748
ALUMINIUM AND ABS TOOL CASE

High strength
• Reinforced aluminium shell
• 4 non-slip protective pads on one surface
• ABS side protection
• Protected and reinforced hinges
• Chrome steel lock with key lock
• Briefcase compartment
• Store tools in the 6x 17cm rubber racks spread over 3 levels
• 2 adjustable partitions for better access to your tools
• Fully modular compartment with 3 click-out partitions
• High-density polyethylene handle (HDPE)
• Maximum load: 25 kg
• Height: 340 mm
• Width: 190 mm
• Depth: 446 mm
• Colour: Aluminium coloured
Art. no.
0715 930 080

TOOL BOX POLYPROPYLENE PREMIUM

With removable tool insert
• Made from polypropylene, therefore impact-resistant, robust and heavy-duty
• Very comfortable to carry due to large handle
• Low tare weight
• Metal fastening
• Can be locked with padlock
Height Width Depth Product weight (per Load capacity Art. no.
item)
200 mm 405 mm 210 mm 1860 g 15 kg 0962 219 001
230 mm 510 mm 235 mm 1816.2 g 20 kg 0962 219 002
250 mm 580 mm 265 mm 2968.5 g 25 kg 0962 219 003
7
TOOL BOX PP
With removable compartments and a removable insert
• Made of polypropylene, thus impact-resistant, robust and heavy duty
• Easy and comfortable to wear thanks to large aluminium handle
• Low tare weight
• Metal fastening
• Can be locked with a padlock
• Two removable compartments for small parts in the lid
• Interactive aluminium closure
• Anti-shock corners made of thermoplastic
• Height: 268 mm
• Width: 663 mm
• Depth: 270 mm
Art. no.
0962 219 004

TOOL BOX WITH PLASTIC HANDLE

• With removable insert
• Very comfortable to carry due to ergonomic plastic handle
• Low tare weight
• Colour: Black
Height Width Depth Product weight (per item) Art. no.

258 mm 480 mm 255 mm 2235 g 0715 930 052
7 290 mm 580 mm 285 mm 3060 g 0715 930 053
TOOL BOX WITH WHEELS

• Robust, polypropylene toolbox with wheels
• Smooth-running pair of wheels on a metal axle
• With two removable inserts
• Removable metal handle
• Low tare weight
• Height: 416 mm
• Width: 472 mm
• Depth: 675 mm
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0715 930 055

TOOL BOX WITH ALUMINIUM HANDLE

• With removable insert
• Very comfortable to carry due to large aluminium handle
• Low tare weight
• Metal fastening
• Height: 300 mm
• Colour: Black
Width Depth Product weight (per item) Art. no.

550 mm 275 mm 2790 g 0715 930 056
650 mm 295 mm 3488 g 0715 930 057
7
WATERTIGHT AND DUSTPROOF TOOL TROLLEY IP67
Impact-resistant polypropylene case
• Super-robust and stackable
• Dust-tight and watertight in accordance with IP 67
• Thermally stable from -40°C to +80°C
• Shatter-proof
• Durable
• Ergonomic two-component handle
• Automatic air pressure equaliser valve
• Property marking
• Eyelets for padlock
• 2 inline wheels
• 1 telescopic handle
Internal equipment
• Document pocket in the lid
• Removable tool panel in the lid with pockets
• Removable cover panel for the base shell with pockets
• Lockable base shell, patented aluminium divider system permits individual
partitioning
• 3 dividers, 6 end caps, 4 centre caps (with screws)
• Height = 70 mm
• Height: 440 mm
• Width: 595 mm
• Depth: 235 mm
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0715 930 091

WHEELED TOOL CASE WITH PATENTED TOOL CHUCK SYSTEM

Robust and shock-resistant at high and low temperatures. Patented
tool chuck system (PSS) for safely storing different-sized tools.
• During transportation, tools remain in the storage compartments thanks to runners
on the wide side
• Robust and shock-resistant at high and low temperatures
• Shell casing made from impact-resistant polypropylene plastic.
• Telescopic pull-out handle and especially robust carry handle
• 2 removable tool panels with patented tool chuck system for tools
• Base shell with dividers
• Height: 255 mm
• Width: 485 mm
7 • Depth: 345 mm
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0715 930 048
CLASSIC, KING-SIZE WHEELED TOOL CASE WITH TILTING CYLINDER LOCKS

The king-size format with wheels.
1 tool panel with 25 tool compartments
• 1 keep-safe compartment 400 mm
1 tool panel with 10 tool compartments
1 cover panel with 15 tool compartments
• 1 keep-safe compartment 400 mm
1 base shell with cover panel
• Height 88 mm, variable subdivisions
1 document pocket in the lid with
• 2 slots for visitor cards
• 2 pen holders
2 tilting cylinder locks
• Height: 460 mm
• Width: 490 mm
• Depth: 250 mm
Art. no.
0715 930 044

TOOL CASE ROCK TURTLE PSS

Tool case with wheels and telescopic pull handle. Tools stay securely
in place when the tool case is pulled.
The case is made of HDPE material with an aluminium frame. A rug-
ged tool case to suit the most demanding applications.
• Pocket for documents
• 2 metal TSA locks with keys. Ergonomic handle.
• Telescopic handle and big wheels with ball bearings makes it easy to move the
case.
• Aluminium frame and rubber protectors on corners.
• Hinge riveted at several points. 2 devices to keep the lid open.
• 8 PSS tool holders in 3 tool panels.
• Can be stacked.
• Outside dimensions: 470 x 390 x 320 mm.
• Weight 8.7 kg and capacity 40 kg.
• Height: 390 mm
• Width: 470 mm
7
• Depth: 320 mm
Art. no.
0715 93 666
TOOL CASE WITH TROLLEY FUNCTION

Very robust and versatile tool case with telescopic handle for pushing
• Removable tool insert
• Integrated V-groove with ruler on the lid for cutting and sawing materials
• Watertight due to integrated rubber seal
• Large, rubberised wheels (94 x 40 mm) TPR
• Metal fastening
• Height: 300 mm
• Width: 710 mm
• Depth: 330 mm
Art. no.
0962 219 005

TOOL CASE CLASSIC

Robust X-ABS tool case with sophisticated ordering system inside the
case
Robust design
• X-ABS case shell
• Torsion-resistant aluminium frame
Lockable tilting cylinder locks
Robust metal hinges with integrated lid holders
Carrying handle with integrated finger dimples, soft-touch finish
and practical grid function
Capable of flying
Contents:
• 1 tool panel, 2-sided, with CP-7 tool holder up to Ø 11 mm and up to Ø 15 mm
• 1 tool panel with CP-7 tool holder up to Ø 11 mm
• 1 base shell with cover panel, height 58 mm, freely dividable
7 • 1 longitudinal bar and 3 cross bars for individual subdivision of the base shell
• 1 cover panel with CP-7 tool holder up to Ø 26 mm
• 1 document compartment in the lid
• Height: 36 cm
• Width: 48 cm
• Depth: 21 cm
• Width x depth x height (internal dimension): 46 x 19 x 31 cm
Art. no.
0715 930 009
TOOL BOX WITH ERGONOMIC HANDLE

• Height: 27 cm
• Width: 28 cm
• Depth: 52 cm
Art. no.
0955 000 003

Work equipment / Tool boxes/cases/bags / Tool backpacks
TOOL BACKPACK WITH POCKETS

• Robust polyester material
• 6 lockable exterior pockets
• Practical inner pockets to store larger tools
• Wide, adjustable shoulder straps
• Padded shoulder holster
• Width: 380 mm
• Height: 410 mm
• Depth: 70 mm
Art. no. 7
0715 93 730
TOOL BACKPACK WITH DIVIDERS

Backpack with dividers in the interior with two large net outer
pockets for transporting and carrying objects and materials directly
on your person.
• 14 insert pockets inside
• Additional outer pocket can be closed with zip
• Thick padded back support and padded shoulder straps
• Sturdy double zip
• Length: 330 mm
• Width: 110 mm
• Height: 440 mm
• Volume: 12 l
Art. no.
0715 930 244

Work equipment / Tool boxes/cases/bags / Tool backpacks
TOOL BACKPACK TROLLEY
7 Art. no.
0997 341 866

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Extension lines
EXTENSION CABLE 16 A
Designed for flexibility and ductility in the cold.
• Extra-reinforced rubber cable
• With a shock-resistant, oil-resistant socket
• Sockets feature patented pull load relief
• Approved for outdoor use
• Self-closing cover
• Nominal current: 16 A
• Max. current: 16 A
• Plug connector: 1 CEE plug 5-pin, 16 A
• Socket type: 1 CEE 16 A, 5P, 400 V
Cable length Art. no. 7

10 m 9501 000 047
25 m 9501 000 048
• Cable type: H07RN-F5G6 mm2

25 m 9501 000 076
5m 9501 000 046

• Cable type: H07RN-F
7 Art. no.
9501 000 049
• Cable type: H07RN-F4x2.5 mm2
• Socket type: One CEE socket 4-pin, 16 A
Art. no.
9501 000 050

Residual current device, 16 A/30 mA
• Reinforced plug and coupling
• Self-closing lid
• Is not affected by temperature rise in continuous operation
• The earth fault switch has a fault indicator light
• Cable connection: Safety plug 16 A, 250 V
• Cable outlet: Safety plug connector with cover
Art. no. 7
9501 000 025
Can withstand stronger starting currents and power surges.
• With reinforced coupling
• Suitable for heat blowers, high-pressure cleaners, compressors etc.
• Cable type: H07RN-F3x2.5 mm2
• Cable connection: Safety plug

10 m 9501 000 041
20 m 9501 000 042

3-WAY SOCKET WITH CABLE 16 A

• Socket with extra-reinforced, oil-resistant rubber cable
• High resistance to chemical solvents and oils

25 m 9501 000 040
10 m 9501 000 038
7 0.5 m 9501 000 037
• Plug type: F
Art. no.
9501 000 043

Polyurethane sheathed cable to connect high mechanical loads.
• High resistance to chemical solvents and oils
• With shock-resistant, oil-resistant plug and coupling
• Does not discolour the surface, e.g. boat decks, parquet floors
Art. no. 7
9501 000 044
• Self-closing cover with suspension device
Art. no.
9501 000 057

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Workshop/ office chairs
SPARE WHEEL FOR CRAWLER BOARD

• Material: Polypropylene / polyethylene
7 Art. no.
0707 999 023
REPLACEMENT ROLLER FOR CRAWLER BOARD WITH PAD

Art. no.
0715 935 50
WORKSHOP MECHANIC‘S CREEPER ERGO

Creeper made from break-proof, impact-resistant plastic with anato-
mically shaped surface and raised foam neck support.
Robust
High load-bearing capacity of up to 135 kg
Resistant to oil, petrol, cold, heat and humidity
Practical and flexible
6 large, pivot-mounted wheels
2 large storage compartments for tools and small parts
• Length: 1010 mm
• Width: 475 mm
• Height: 130 mm
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0715 93 000

WORKSHOP CRAWLER BOARD WITH PADDED LINER

Extremely robust and easy-to-handle racing rollers with replaceable
TPU steering rollers
• Ergonomically designed cushion pads for back, shoulders and head areas in car-
bon finish
• Wheels made of high-quality plastic for hard and delicate flooring
• With magnetic holder on the left and right next to the head cushions
• Length: 1045 mm
• Width: 517 mm
• Height: 90 mm
• Material: Plastic reinforced with glass fibre
• Colour: Black
7
Art. no.
0715 93 55
MOBILE ASSEMBLY STOOL

Makes it easier to perform lengthy work tasks at low heights (e.g.
when working on brakes or chassis).
• Infinitely adjustable height, max. body weight 100 kg
• Gas-assisted
• 5 casters (2 lockable)
• 2 storage compartments
Min./max. height Number of rolls Seat diameter Art. no.

37-50 cm 5 PCS 34 cm 0715 93 04
540-800 mm - 480 mm 0715 93 476

SPARE WHEEL FOR WORK STOOL

• Roll diameter: 75 mm
Art. no.
0715 93 474
7
BACKREST FOR WORK STOOL

• Oval, practical plastic backrest
• Durable quality
• Well suited for hostile environments e.g. during welding
Art. no.
0715 93 475

WHEEL FOR WORK STOOL

• Roll diameter: 75 mm
Art. no. 7
0715 93 472
AUTOMATIC CABLE REEL

Supply voltage: 230 V
• Wall mounted
• Terminal easily accessible from the supply side
• IMQ-HAR approved H 05 VV-F PVC cable (nominal voltage 300/500 V)
• With the ratchet inserted, you can work with the desired cable length (every 50 cm)
• Automatic spring recoil
• Roller cable guide opening
• Structural elements of the cable drum made from plastic
• Wall-mounting bracket that allows the cable drum to be rotated
Complies with IEC 1242 - EN 61242
Cable length (rolled Cable length Cable type Nominal voltage Power (with cable Art. no.
up) (external) rolled up)
11.5 m - H05VV-F3G1.5 mm2 230 V/AC 1200 W 0721 158 27
7m - H05VV-F3G2.5 mm 2
500 V/AC/DC 1.9 kW 0721 158 25
10 m - H05VV-F3G2.5 mm2 230 V/AC 1.9 kW 0774 158 28
20 m - H05VV-F3G2.5 mm2 230 V/AC 2 kW 0774 158 29
10.5 m 1.5 m H05VV-F3G1.5 mm2 230 V/AC - 0721 590

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Cable reel
CABLE REEL, AUTOMATIC, WITH HAND-HELD LAMP

Supply voltage: 230 V
• Wall mounted
• With 16-m cable: 14.5 m wound and 1.5 m external
• IMQ-HAR approved H 05 RN-F PVC cable (nominal voltage 300/500 V)
• With the ratchet inserted, operate with the desired length of cable (every 50 cm)
• Roller cable guide opening
• Structural elements of the cable reel in impact-resistant plastic
• Wall mounting bracket that allows the cable reel to rotate
• Lamp dimensions: 385 x 115 mm (width x length)
• Cable reel degree of protection: IP42
• Lamp degree of protection: IP20
• Cable length (rolled up): 14.5 m
7 • Cable type: H05RN-F2x1 mm2
Art. no.
0721 590 306
CABLE REEL WITH TRANSFORMER AND HAND-HELD FLUORESCENT LAMP, 11 W

Can be fitted to a wall using the mounting bracket, which allows the
cable reel to rotate
Can be used with alternating current input of 230 V (supplied with
transformer) and alternating current output of 24 V
Supplied with:
• 15.5 m of cable, H05 RN-F 2x1 mm2 (of which 1.5 m external)
• Power cable 1 m
• Ratchet stop device
• that can be engaged every 50 cm
• Cable length (external): 1 m
Art. no.
0774 12 166

CABLE REEL WITH HAND-HELD FLUORESCENT LAMP, 11 W

Can be fitted to a wall using the mounting bracket, which allows the
cable reel to rotate
Can be used with alternating current input of 24 V by connecting to a
transformer (the cable reel is not supplied with a transformer)
Supplied with:
• 15.5 m of cable, H05 RN-F 2x1 mm2 (of which 1.5 m external)
• Power cable 1 m
• Ratchet stop device that can be engaged every 50 cm
Art. no.
0774 12 165
CABLE UNWINDER
with automatic reel
• 3 meter connection cable
• Impact resistant and oil-resistant cable drum
• Cable guide for problem-free cable wind-up
• Cable latches every 50 cm
• Latching can be unblocked on the outside
• Thermal protection against overload
• Double-earthing
• Mounting bracket made from steel, which allows the cable reel to rotate through
180°, is supplied with plug
• Nominal voltage: 500 V/AC/DC
• Power (with cable rolled up): 1200 W
• Power (with cable unrolled): 1800 W
Art. no.
0721 315

SAFETY ELECTRICAL CABLE WINDER EKA-S

Practical safety electrical cable reel with high-quality H07RN-F rubber
cable to ensure order and safety in the workplace
The cable is guided from left to right while being wound up, preventing knots. The
brake function minimises the risk of the cable being flung around in an uncontrolled
Protection against contamination
The robust, enclosed plastic housing protects the cable and the rolling mechanism
from dust and other contaminants.
Thermal circuit breaker prevents overloading
The overheating protection mechanism triggers if the cable is not sufficiently rolled up
and heat is produced as a high level of current passes through.
Can be mounted on the wall or ceiling
7 Protected against solid foreign objects bigger than 1 mm and splash
water
Water sprayed against the housing from any direction has no adverse impact.
Included in delivery
• Mounting bracket complete
• With 1.25 m connection cable, without plug
• DEMKO plug (only art. 07740176)
• Cable length (rolled up): 17 m
• Cable length (external): 1.25 m
• Cable type: H07RN-F
Art. no.
0774 017
0774 017 6
0774 017 03
ELECTRICAL CABLE REEL WITH LED LAMP

• Min./max. temperature conditions: 40 to -5 °C
Art. no.
0774 117 309

SAFETY ELECTRICAL CABLE WINDER EKA 17-S 3500 W

Practical electrical cable safety winder with high-quality H07RN-F rub-
ber cable for order and safety in the workplace
Safe and comfortable working
brake function minimises the risk of the cable being flung around in an uncontrolled
Maximum power of 3500 watt (cable unwound)
Protection against dirt
The robust, enclosed plastic housing protects the cable and the winding mechanism
from dust and other contaminants
Thermal circuit breaker prevents overloading
The overheating protection is triggered if the cable is not sufficiently rolled out and
heat is generated by high current flow.
Wall and ceiling installation possible
The bracket ensures secure attachment to straight surfaces. 7
Protected against solid foreign bodies larger than 1 mm and splash
water
Water sprayed against the housing from any direction has no harmful effect.
Scope of delivery
• Assembly bracket, complete
• With 1.60 m connection line, without plug
• Cable length (external): 1.25 m
Art. no.
0774 017 350
0774 017 353

PLASTIC CABLE DRUM 250 V

K2 in line with BGI 600
• Drum housing made of special plastic
• Generously dimensioned, swivelling rotary crank handle
• Innovative plug mounting
• Locking brake with „Open/Close switch“
• RN cable approved for use in difficult construction conditions in line with VDE 0100
Part 704
• Made in Germany
• Design: 3 grounding-contact sockets, 16 A, 250 V
• Plug connector: 1 Schuko plug, 16 A
7 • Protection class: Protection class II/protective insulation
• Plug type: F
• Complies with BGI 608
• Tested in accordance with EN standard 61242
• Overheating protection: Thermal circuit-breaker with restarting protection as
per VDE 0620

25 m 0774 125 315
40 m 0774 140 315
PLASTIC CABLE DRUM COMPACT 250 V

Also suitable for outdoor use
• Drum body made from special plastic
• RN cable is approved for difficult construction conditions according to VDE 0100
Part 704
• Made in Germany
• Design: 4 grounding-contact sockets
• Overheating protection: Yes
• Complies with BGI 608

• Tested according to EN standard 61242
Art. no.
0774 20

PLASTIC CABLE DRUM

3 250 V shockproof sockets with hinged safety covers
• Made in Germany
• Cable type: Unpopulated (only designed for 1.5 mm2)
• IP protection class: Dependent on the cable installed
• Plug type: F
• Overheating protection: Thermal circuit-breaker with restarting protection as 7
per VDE 0620
Art. no.
0774 100 000
STATIC CABLE REEL

For maximum freedom of movement without having to carry the
drum
• Triple Schuko sockets with airtight covers (degree of protection: IP44)
• Schuko plug with 1.2 m of cable to connect to the socket
• Stable plastic drum with high mechanical resistance, complete with stop device
• With thermal protection against cable overheating*
• Nominal voltage: 230
• Standards: EN 61242 EN 61316 IEC 61242
Compliant with DIN EN 61316, DIN EN 61242, IEC 61242
Art. no.
0774 50 100

CABLE DRUM WITH ROTARY CONTACT

• Drum body made of special shatter-proof plastic
• 3 grounding contact sockets with protective covers
• Robust, shock-absorbing tubular steel frame
• Ergonomic handle for problem-free, safe transport
• Thanks to the rotary contact, the cable can be retracted without the cables of the
connected devices being turned into each other
7 Art. no.
0774 025 001
CABLE DRUM, PLASTIC, RUBBER CABLE, H05RR-F

• Cable drum in plastic design
• With stable tubular steel frame and ergonomic, insulated bow handle
• Parking station plug
• Rotation stop switch
• Extremely stable thanks to low centre of gravity
• Splash-proof, 3-way socket
• Thermal protection switch
• Plug sealing lip
• Diagnostic system and overload protection
• Overheating protection: Thermal circuit-breaker
Cable length Cable type Length x width x height Art. no.

25 m H05RR-F3G1.5 mm2 258 x 218 x 358 mm 0774 25 050
40 m H05RR-F3G2.5 mm2 268 x 225 x 393 mm 0774 40 050
50 m H05RR-F3G1.5 mm2 258 x 218 x 358 mm 0774 50 050

CABLE DRUM, PLASTIC WITH SUSPENDED CONNECTOR

• Plastic cable drum for scaffolders and roofers
• Advantageous for handling moving tools, e.g. on roofs and scaffolding, since only
the line with the suspended connector has to be taken along to the workplace
• For constant outdoor use and on construction and assembly sites in accordance
with BGI 608
• Neoprene-rubber line H07RN-F with heavy-duty 3-way suspended connector
• Line length 40 m
• Line length type H07RN-F 3G2.5
• Protection class IP 44
• Length x width x height: 290 x 240 x 395 mm 7
Art. no.
0774 403 325
PLASTIC CABLE DRUM 250 V

K2 in compliance with DGUV Information 203-005 (formerly BGI 600)
• RN cable approved for use in difficult construction conditions in line with VDE 0100
Part 704
• Made in Germany
per VDE 0620
• Complies with DGUV Information 203-006 (formerly BGI 608)

• Tested in compliance with EN standard 61242
Plug connector Protection class Plug type Standards Art. no.

1 Schuko plug, 16 A Protection class II/protective F EN 61316 0774 133 325
insulation
- - - - 0774 233 325

INDUSTRIAL CABLE DRUM

For the toughest applications
• Unbreakable
• Weather-resistant
• Made from high-quality special plastic. TÜV/GS-approved
• 1 CEE socket, 400 V/16 A
• 2 shockproof sockets, 250 V
• 3-pole thermal cut-out
• 25 m construction site line, ATN07V3V3-F5G, 2.5 mm2
• Solid double pipe frame
• Cable guide for easier winding
• Cable type: AT-N07V3V3-F 5G2,5
• Design: 2 grounding-contact sockets, 16 A, 250 V, 1 CEE electrical outlet, 5-pole,
16 A, 400 V
7 • Plug connector: 1 CEE plug 3P+N+E, 16 A
• Nominal current: 16 A/AC
• Plug type: F
per VDE 0620
Art. no.
0774 25 101

CABLE CASSETTE
230 volts - 10/16 amperes
• Complies with NF C 61-720, category A
• Impact-resistant plastic housing
• Maximum power: 3000 watts (cable entirely unwound)
• H 05 VV-F cable
• Power supply: 1 rubber plug 2 connectors + earth - 230 V - 10/16 A
• Distribution: 4 connectors + earth - 230 V - 10/16 A
• IP 20 ingress protection
• Impact-resistant plastic housing
• Cable type: H05VV-F3G1.5 mm2
• Design: 4 CEE sockets, 16 A
• Nominal current: 16 A/AC/DC
7
• Length x width x height: 27.5 x 27 x 7.5 cm
Art. no.
0774 851 510
EXTENSION REEL TYPE S

Extension reel with 4 flap sockets
• Professional reel
• Tubular frame. Reinforced steel. Epoxy paint
• Ergonomic carry handle
• One-piece drum, unbreakable plastic ø 290 mm
• H 07 RNF cable
• 4 flap sockets 2 poles + earth, 230 V 16 A
• Design: 4 grounding-contact sockets, 4 CEE sockets, 16 A
Cable length Cable type Art. no.

25 m H07RN-F3G1.5 mm2 0774 871 525
25 m H07RN-F3x2.5 mm2 0774 872 525
40 m H07RN-F3G1.5 mm2 0774 871 540

EXTENSION REEL TYPE CT

Extension reel, 4 flap sockets
• Rotating contact and multi-outlet
• Professional reel
• Tubular frame. Reinforced steel
• Epoxy paint
• One-piece drum, high-strength plastic ø 290 mm
• Fixed central hub with cable 1.50 m long
• H 07 RNF cable
• 4 flap sockets 2 poles + earth, 230 V 16 A, mounted on multi-outlet
• Freedom of movement thanks to rotating contact and multi-outlet
• Pay out the cable without disconnecting the devices
7 • Nominal current: 16 A
Cable length Cable type Power (with cable unrolled) Art. no.
25 m H07RN-F3G1.5 mm2 1000 W 0774 881 625
25 m H07RN-F3G2.5 mm2 1500 W 0774 882 625
40 m H07RN-F3G1.5 mm2 1000 W 0774 881 640
EXTENSION REEL TYPE E

Extension reel with 4 flap sockets
Zinc-plated steel tube frame
Anti-impact one-piece drum
• Ø 230 mm (25m)
• Ø 290 mm ( 50 m)
• Cable H 07 VVF
• 4 outlets 230 V 16 A 2P + earth
For indoor use
• Design: 4 CEE sockets, 16 A, 4 grounding-contact sockets

25 m H07RN-F3G1.5 mm2 198 x 230 x 322 mm 0774 861 525
40 m H07VV-F3G1,5 mm2 203 x 290 x 370 mm 0774 861 540

EXTENSION CORD REEL FOR INDOOR USE.

Durable closed reel keeps the cable clean and untangled. Direct Schuko plug
is easy to use and the cable can be reeled in quickly using the reel handle.
Art. no.
0774 101 7
H07RN-F WITH OVERLOAD PROTECTION PLASTIC CABLE DRUM

• Cable drum in plastic design
• With stable tubular steel frame and ergonomic, insulated bow handle
• Splash-proof, 3-way socket with integrated plug sealing lip
• Diagnostic system and overload protection


40 m H07RN-F3G2.5 mm2 290 x 268 x 393 mm 0774 40 325
50 m H07RN-F3G1.5 mm2 290 x 268 x 393 mm 0774 500 315
25 m H07RN-F3G1.5 mm2 255 x 258 x 358 mm 0774 25 315

PLASTIC CABLE DRUM H05VV-F 3G, OVERLOAD PROTECTION

Plastic cable drum, ideal for use in dry environments
• With solid steel tube frame and ergonomic, insulated bow handle
• Equipped with 4-way socket and overload protection
7 • Power (with cable rolled up): 1100 W
Art. no.
0774 50 315
CABLE DRUM 16 A
With overheating protection
• With self-closing cover
• Cable type: H05RR-F3G1.5 mm2
Art. no.
9501 000 036

CABLE DRUM 16 A
• Robust cable drum with cable guide, brake and easy-grip handle
Cable length Art. no. 7

20 m 9501 000 034
35 m 9501 000 032
CABLE DRUM 16 A
• Robust cable drum with cable guide, brake and easy-grip handle
• Design: 4-fold
• Plug type: F
Art. no.
9501 000 035

CABLE DRUM 16 A
• With handles
• With childlock
7 Art. no.
9501 000 051
PLASTIC CABLE REEL N07V3V3-F

• Drum body made of special plastic on zinc-plated carrying frame
• Overheating protection, indicator light for overheating and overloading
• Rubber plug, 3 sockets with self-closing covers
• Plug type: F
• Overheating protection: Yes

25 m AT-N07V3V3-F 3G1.5 18.09 x 24.9 x 33.3 cm 0774 150 025
25 m AT-N07V3V3-F 3G2,5 19 x 29 x 37 cm 0774 250 025
50 m AT-N07V3V3-F 3G1.5 19 x 27.8 x 36 cm 0774 150 050

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Workshop trolleys
SYSTEM ASSEMBLY TROLLEY 8.8

Robust assembly trolley that can be equipped with all foam and tray
inserts as well as system boxes of the ORSY system thanks to the sys-
tem dimensions.
Extremely robust assembly trolley in system dimension 8.8
• Robust sheet-steel construction, welded with multiple edges
• Three-way height-adjustable shelves (middle)
• Strong and ergonomic moving handle
• Perforated rear wall for mounting various accessories (square perforations 10 x
10 mm)
• Rubber wheels, steering wheels with 100-mm diameter (two with locking brake),
running wheels with 100-mm diameter
• High total load capacity: 150 kg (load per shelf 50 kg)
• Powder coated in RAL 9017
7
Art. no.
0962 613 000
NON-SLIP MAT
Protects the tool, prevents slipping and clattering on the WE-series
workshop trolley
Material Length Width Height Art. no.

- 4020 mm 465 mm - 0962 635 015
Rubber - 450 mm 3 mm 0962 635 014

TOOLSYSTEM COMPACT WORKSHOP TROLLEY COMPACT

Compact and versatile workshop trolley with numerous practical
details
• Robust, multi-folded sheet steel construction
• External dimensions incl. handle (W x D x H): 710 x 430 x 940 mm
• Total load: 300 kg
• Working height: 885 mm
• Ball bearing-mounted fully extending drawers
• Drawer dimensions are suitable for tool assortments in foam inserts
• Robust and ergonomic side handle
• Wheels made from trackless rubber, steering wheels Ø 100 mm (one with locking
brake), running wheels Ø 140 mm
• Crash protection made of elastic foam rubber protects against impact damage
• Available with worktop made of ABS plastic, wood or ribbed rubber mat
• Power-coated: Unit available in four different colours; all drawers in RAL 9011 (gra-
7 phite black)
• Wide range of accessories
• Sidewalls with square perforation for accessories from perforated plate range
Three-stage locking concept
• Central locking with cylinder lock
• One-handed unlocking and individual drawer locks prevent drawers from acciden-
tally opening while in motion
• Drawer lock for excellent stability and to prevent tipping. Only one drawer can be
opened at a time.
Type description Number of Drawer design Colour Material of the Art. no.
drawers worktop
- 7 PCS - Black Rubber mat 0962 615 003
C5 5 PCS 2 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 Rubber mat 0962 615 510
D 336 x H 65 mm, 2
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm, 1
drawer, W 466 x D
336 x H 215 mm
C6 6 PCS 3 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 Plastic top 0962 615 600
D 336 x H 65 mm, 3
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm
D 336 x H 65 mm, 2
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm
C7 7 PCS 5 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 Rubber mat 0962 615 710
D 336 x H 65 mm, 2
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm
C7 7 PCS 5 drawers, W 466 x Light grey RAL 7035 Plastic top 0962 615 703
D 336 x H 65 mm, 2
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm
C7 7 PCS 5 drawers, W 466 x Light grey RAL 7035 Rubber mat 0962 615 713
D 336 x H 65 mm, 2
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm
C7 7 PCS 5 drawers, W 466 x Anthracite, metallic Plastic top 0962 615 001
D 336 x H 65 mm, 2
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm
D 336 x H 65 mm, 1
drawer, W 466 x D
336 x H 140 mm

0962 615 003 Can holder 0962 616 009 ●
Partition element 65 mm 0962 616 004 ●
Rear panel 825 x 625 mm 0962 616 007 ●
Rear panel 650 x 625 mm 0962 616 008 ●
0962 615 510 Can holder 0962 616 009 ●
Rear panel 825 x 625 mm 0962 616 007 ●
Rear panel 650 x 625 mm 0962 616 008 ●
0962 615 600 Can holder 0962 616 009 ●
Rear panel 825 x 625 mm 0962 616 007 ●
Rear panel 650 x 625 mm 0962 616 008 ● 7
0962 615 700 Can holder 0962 616 009 ●
Rear panel 825 x 625 mm 0962 616 007 ●
Rear panel 650 x 625 mm 0962 616 008 ●
0962 615 710 Can holder 0962 616 009 ●
Rear panel 825 x 625 mm 0962 616 007 ●
Rear panel 650 x 625 mm 0962 616 008 ●
0962 615 703 Can holder 0962 616 009 ●
Rear panel 825 x 625 mm 0962 616 007 ●
Rear panel 650 x 625 mm 0962 616 008 ●
0962 615 713 Can holder 0962 616 009 ●
Rear panel 825 x 625 mm 0962 616 007 ●
Rear panel 650 x 625 mm 0962 616 008 ●
0962 615 001 Can holder 0962 616 009 ●
Rear panel 825 x 625 mm 0962 616 007 ●
Rear panel 650 x 625 mm 0962 616 008 ●
0962 615 800 Can holder 0962 616 009 ●
Rear panel 825 x 625 mm 0962 616 007 ●
Rear panel 650 x 625 mm 0962 616 008 ●

C4 WORKSHOP TROLLEY TOP UNIT

With 4 drawers for Compact workshop trolley
• Additional storage space for tools and materials
• Securely bolted to workshop trolley through holes in trolley and attachment
• Type description: C4
• Colour: Traffic red RAL 3020
• Width: 627 mm
• Depth: 410 mm
• Height: 426 mm
Art. no.
0962 615 400

WORKSHOP TROLLEY STANDARD

Solid workshop trolley with practical details for mobile use in the
workshop
• Cabinet and drawers made from sheet steel
• Exterior dimensions incl. handle (W x D x H): 700 x 410 x 905 mm
• High total load capacity: 250 kg
• Powder-coated
• Working height: 885 mm
• Worktop made from ABS plastic
• Ball bearing-mounted fully extending drawers, load capacity up to 30 kg
• Drawer dimensions suitable for tool assortments in foam inserts
• Robust and ergonomic side handle
• Rubber wheels, steering wheels Ø 100 mm (one with locking brake), running
wheels Ø 100 mm
Two-stage locking concept
7
• One-handed unlocking and individual drawer locks prevent drawers opening by
themselves while moving
Type description Number of drawers Drawer design Colour Art. no.

S5 5 PCS 2 drawers, W 469 x D 337 Traffic red RAL 3020 0962 613 500
x H 65 mm, 2 drawers, W
469 x D 337 x H 140 mm,
1 drawer, W 469 x D 337 x
H 215 mm
S7 7 PCS 5 drawers, W 469 x D 337 Traffic red RAL 3020 0962 613 700
469 x D 337 x H 140 mm
- 7 PCS 2 drawers, W 469 x D 337 Traffic red RAL 3020 0962 613 740
469 x D 337 x H 65 mm
S7 7 PCS 5 drawers, W 469 x D 337 Traffic red RAL 3020, Gra- 5581 613 700
x H 65 mm, 2 drawers, W phite black RAL 9011
469 x D 337 x H 140 mm
- 7 PCS 2 drawers, W 469 x D 337 Red 5988 000 189

469 x D 337 x H 65 mm

0962 613 500 Partition element 65 mm 0962 616 054 ●
Partition elements set 65 mm 0962 616 051 ●
Perforated metal plate for workshop trolley 0962 616 057 ●

Continuation WORKSHOP TROLLEY STANDARD

7 Partition element 140 mm 0962 616 055 ●
WORKSHOP TROLLEY WE, DEEP DESIGN

• Available with 6 or 7 drawers
• Drawer height (62mm and 135mm)
Number of drawers Colour Art. no.

6 PCS Carmine red RAL 3002 0962 636 108
7 PCS White aluminium RAL 9006 0962 636 077
7 PCS Traffic grey A RAL 7042 0962 636 110

WORKSHOP TROLLEY WE8

Extremely spacious workshop trolley for professional use in the
workshop
• Very robust sheet steel construction
• Ball bearing-mounted fully extending drawers, load capacity up to 35 kg
• Drawer dimensions suitable for tool assortments in foam inserts
• Robust side handle
wheels Ø 120 mm
• Sidewalls with square perforation for accessories from perforated plate range
themselves while moving 7
Type description Number of drawers Drawer design Colour Art. no.
WEW - - - 0962 636 107
- 6 PCS - Carmine red RAL 3002 0962 636 900
- 8 PCS 6 drawers, W 930 x D 402 Black 0962 636 173

930 x D 402 x H 132 mm

0962 636 900 Deep drawn inlay 0962 635 010 ●
Deep drawn inlay 0962 635 011 ●
Deep drawn inlay 0962 635 012 ●
Non-slip mat 0962 635 014 p. 1315
Non-slip mat 0962 635 015 p. 1315
Partition system 6 pieces 0962 635 013 ●
Partition system 0962 635 016 ●

ASSEMBLY WORKBENCH WE
Sturdy, spacious assembly workbench with numerous practical
details
• Extremely robust sheet-steel construction
• Power-coated: Unit in RAL 3020, drawers in RAL 9011 (graphite black)
• Ball bearing-mounted, fully extending drawers, load capacity up to 35 kg
• Sturdy side handle
wheels Ø 120 mm
7 • Type description: WE11
• Drawer design: 1 drawer, W 930 x D 402 x H 62 mm, 3 drawers, W 568 x D
402 x H 62 mm, 1 drawer, W 568 x D 402 x H 132 mm, 1 drawer, W 568 x D
402 x H 280 mm, 3 drawers, W 300 x D 402 x H 62 mm, 1 drawer, W 300 x D
402 x H 132 mm, 1 drawer, W 300 x D 402 x H 280 mm
• Colour: Carmine red RAL 3002
Art. no.
0962 636 165

SYSTEM WORKSHOP TROLLEY WE

Sturdy, spacious workshop trolley with numerous practical details.
In system dimension 8.8, suitable for foam and tray inserts as well as
system boxes of the ORSY®system world.
opened at a time.
Trolley is easy to move
Sturdy side handle
• Material of the worktop: Rubber mat
• Load capacity of drawer: 35 kg
7
• Pullout type: Full extension, Ball-bearing
Colour Type description Drawer design Number of drawers Art. no.

Traffic red RAL 3020 WE7 system 5 drawers W 674 x D 463 x 7 PCS 0962 639 070
H 71 mm, 2 drawers, W 674
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Traffic red RAL 3020 WE6 system 3 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 6 PCS 0962 639 060
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Traffic red RAL 3020 WE8 system 7 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 8 PCS 0962 639 080
H 71 mm, 1 drawer W 674 x
D 463 x H 156 mm
Signal black RAL 9004 WE6 system 3 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 6 PCS 0962 639 063
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Gentian blue RAL 5010 WE8 system 7 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 8 PCS 0962 639 081
D 463 x H 156 mm
Gentian blue RAL 5010 WE6 system 3 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 6 PCS 0962 639 061
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Gentian blue RAL 5010 WE7 system 5 drawers W 674 x D 463 x 7 PCS 0962 639 071
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Light grey RAL 7035 WE7 system 5 drawers W 674 x D 463 x 7 PCS 0962 639 072
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Light grey RAL 7035 WE8 system 7 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 8 PCS 0962 639 082
D 463 x H 156 mm
Light grey RAL 7035 WE6 system 3 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 6 PCS 0962 639 062
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Signal black RAL 9004 WE7 system 5 drawers W 674 x D 463 x 7 PCS 0962 639 073
x D 463 x H 156 mm
Signal black RAL 9004 WE8 system 7 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x 8 PCS 0962 639 083
D 463 x H 156 mm
SYSTEM WORKSHOP TROLLEY WE XXL

Extremely spacious workshop trolley for professional use in the
workshop. In system dimension 8.12, suitable for foam and tray
inserts as well as system boxes of the ORSY®system world.
• Drawer lock for maximum stability and to prevent tipping. Only one drawer can be
opened at a time.
• Pullout type: Ball-bearing
7 • Surface: Powder-coated
Material of the Colour Type description Drawer design Art. no.

worktop
Rubber mat Traffic red RAL 3020 WE8 system XXL 2 drawers, W 1005 x D 463 0962 639 087
1005 x D 463 x H 65 mm
Wood panel Traffic red RAL 3020 WE8 XXL system 6 drawers, W 1005 x D 463 0962 639 086
1005 x D 463 x H 131 mm
Wood panel Telegrey 4 RAL 7047 WE8 XXL system 6 drawers, W 1005 x D 463 0962 639 088
1005 x D 463 x H 131 mm

SYSTEM ASSEMBLY BENCH WE

Sturdy, spacious assembly workbench with many practical details. In
system dimension 8.12/8.8, suitable for foam and tray inserts as well
as system boxes of the ORSY®system world.
• Drawer lock for maximum stability and to prevent tipping. Only one drawer can be
opened at a time.
Comfortable movement of the trolley
Stable side handle
• Colour: Traffic red RAL 3020
7
Type description Drawer design Number of drawers Art. no.

WE13 system 1 drawer W 1009 x D 463 x H 71 13 PCS 0962 639 130
mm, 6 drawers W 670 x D 463 x H
71 mm, 1 drawer W 674 x D 463 x H
156 mm, 3 drawers W 268 x D 463 x
H 71 mm, 1 drawer W 268 x D 463 x
H 156 mm, 1 drawer W 268 x D 463
x H 327 mm
- 1 drawer W 1009 x D 463 x H 71 11 PCS 0962 639 110
mm, 3 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x H
71 mm, 1 drawer W 674 x D 463 x H
156 mm, 1 drawer W 674 x D 463 x H
243 mm, 3 drawers W 268 x D 463 x
H 71 mm, 1 drawer W 268 x D 463 x
H 156 mm, 1 drawer W 268 x D 463
x H 243 mm

SYSTEM ASSEMBLY WORKBENCH WE

Sturdy, spacious assembly workbench with many practical details. In
system dimension 8.12/8.8, suitable for foam and tray inserts as well
as ORSY system boxes.
opened at a time.
Trolley is easy to manoeuvre
Sturdy side handle
• Colour: Blue
7 • Load capacity: 1000 kg
• Type description: WE13 System
• Drawer design: 1 drawer W 1005 x D 463 x H 71 mm, 3 drawers, W 674 x D
463 x H 71 mm, 1 drawer W 674 x D 463 x H 156 mm, 1 drawer W 674 x D 463
x H 243 mm, 3 drawers W 268 x D 463 x H 71 mm, 1 drawer W 268 x D 463 x H
156 mm, 1 drawer W 268 x D 463 x H 243 mm
Art. no.
0962 639 213
ASSEMBLY TROLLEY 8.8 ACCESSORIES

Extremely robust worktop
• Impact and shockproof
• Worktop has a thickness of 25 mm
Art. no.
0962 613 001

SYSTEM WORKSHOP TROLLEY BASIC 8.4

Unique workshop trolley that can be equipped with all foam and tray
inserts as well as system boxes in the ORSY®system world thanks to
the system dimensions.
Sturdy side handle
Wide range of accessories
The workshop trolley can be adapted to the needs of the application in question using
different accessories
Drawers with full extension, two-stage locking concept
tally opening
• Surface: Powder-coated 7
Type description Drawer design Colour Design of the rolls Number of Art. no.
drawers
BASIC 8.4 3 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 1 swivel castor with 6 PCS 0962 641 060
D 336 x H 69 mm, 3 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
drawers, W 466 x D swivel castor without
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
fixed castors without
brake (D: 100 mm)
BASIC 8.4/3 3 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 1 swivel castor with 3 PCS 0962 641 030
D 336 x H 69 mm, 1 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
cupboard compart- swivel castor without
ment with hinged brake (D: 100 mm), 2
doors W 490 x D 350 fixed castors without
x H 440 mm brake (D: 100 mm)
BASIC 8.4/3 3 drawers, W 466 x Bright red orange RAL 1 swivel castor with 3 PCS 0962 641 034
D 336 x H 69 mm, 1 2008 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
BASIC 8.4/3 3 drawers, W 466 x Traffic black RAL 9017 1 swivel castor with 3 PCS 0962 641 033
D 336 x H 69 mm, 1 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
BASIC 8.4 3 drawers, W 466 x Traffic red RAL 3020 - 6 PCS 0962 641 020
D 336 x H 149 mm, 3
drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 69 mm
D 336 x H 69 mm, 2 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
brake (D: 100 mm)
D 336 x H 69 mm, 1 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
drawer, W 466 x D swivel castor without
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
brake (D: 100 mm)

Continuation SYSTEM WORKSHOP TROLLEY BASIC 8.4

Type description Drawer design Colour Design of the rolls Number of Art. no.
drawers
BASIC 8.4 3 drawers, W 466 x Gentian blue RAL 1 swivel castor with 6 PCS 0962 641 061
D 336 x H 69 mm, 3 5010 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
brake (D: 100 mm)
D 336 x H 69 mm, 2 5010 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
brake (D: 100 mm)
D 336 x H 69 mm, 1 5010 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
brake (D: 100 mm)
BASIC 8.4 3 drawers, W 466 x Telegrey 4 RAL 7047 1 swivel castor with 6 PCS 0962 641 062
7 D 336 x H 69 mm, 3 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
brake (D: 100 mm)
D 336 x H 69 mm, 2 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
brake (D: 100 mm)
D 336 x H 69 mm, 1 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
brake (D: 100 mm)
BASIC 8.4 3 drawers, W 466 x Traffic black RAL 9017 1 swivel castor with 6 PCS 0962 641 063
D 336 x H 69 mm, 3 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
brake (D: 100 mm)
D 336 x H 69 mm, 2 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
brake (D: 100 mm)
D 336 x H 69 mm, 1 brake (D: 100 mm), 1
336 x H 149 mm brake (D: 100 mm), 2
brake (D: 100 mm)


Spacious unique workshop trolley that can be equipped with all foam
and tray inserts as well as system boxes in the ORSY® system world
thanks to the system dimensions.
themselves
Comfortable movement of the trolley
Stable side handle
The workshop trolley can be adjusted to any needs through different accessories.
Drawers with full extension
• Design of the rolls: 1 swivel castor with brake (D: 125 mm), 1 swivel castor 7
without brake (D: 125 mm), 2 fixed castors without brake (D: 125 mm)
Type description Drawer design Colour Number of drawers Art. no.

BASIC 8.8/6 3 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x Traffic red RAL 3020 6 PCS 0962 642 060
x D 463 x H 156 mm
BASIC 8.8/7 5 drawers W 674 x D 463 x Traffic red RAL 3020 7 PCS 0962 642 070
x D 463 x H 156 mm
BASIC 8.8/8 7 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x Traffic red RAL 3020 8 PCS 0962 642 080
D 463 x H 156 mm
BASIC 8.8/6 3 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x Gentian blue RAL 5010 6 PCS 0962 642 061
x D 463 x H 156 mm
BASIC 8.8/7 5 drawers W 674 x D 463 x Gentian blue RAL 5010 7 PCS 0962 642 071
x D 463 x H 156 mm
BASIC 8.8/8 7 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x Gentian blue RAL 5010 8 PCS 0962 642 081
D 463 x H 156 mm
BASIC 8.8/6 3 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x Telegrey 4 RAL 7047 6 PCS 0962 642 062
x D 463 x H 156 mm
BASIC 8.8/7 5 drawers W 674 x D 463 x Telegrey 4 RAL 7047 7 PCS 0962 642 072
x D 463 x H 156 mm
BASIC 8.8/8 7 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x Telegrey 4 RAL 7047 8 PCS 0962 642 082
D 463 x H 156 mm
BASIC 8.8/6 3 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x Traffic black RAL 9017 6 PCS 0962 642 063
x D 463 x H 156 mm
BASIC 8.8/7 5 drawers W 674 x D 463 x Traffic black RAL 9017 7 PCS 0962 642 073
x D 463 x H 156 mm
BASIC 8.8/8 7 drawers, W 674 x D 463 x Traffic black RAL 9017 8 PCS 0962 642 083
D 463 x H 156 mm


inserts, as well as system boxes in the ORSY system thanks to the sys-
tem dimensions.
Sturdy side handle
Drawers with full extension, two-stage locking concept
tally opening
7 • Surface: Powder-coated
Type description Drawer design Colour Pullout type Load capacity of Art. no.
drawer
BASIC 8.4 5 drawers, W 466 x Blue Full extension, 30 kg 0962 641 209
D 366 x H 69 mm, 2 Ball-bearing
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
- 5 drawers, W 466 x RAL, special and Full extension - 0962 641 100
D 366 x H 69 mm, 2 metallic colours
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm
drawers, W 466 x D
366 x H 149 mm


Spacious workshop trolley in a unique design which can be equipped
with all foam and tray inserts as well as system boxes of the ORSY
system thanks to the system dimensions.
tally opening
Sturdy side handle
different accessories.
Drawers with full extension
• Type description: BASIC 8.8/7
• Drawer design: 5 drawers W 674 x D 463 x H 71 mm, 2 drawers, W 674 x D 7
463 x H 156 mm
• Design of the rolls: 1 swivel castor with brake (D: 125 mm), 1 swivel castor
Colour Width x depth x height (external dimension) Art. no.

Traffic red RAL 3020 880 x 532 x 1022 mm 0962 642 209
Yellow green RAL 6018 880 x 532 x 1022 mm 0962 642 210
Sapphire blue RAL 5003 880 x 532 x 1022 mm 0962 642 211
Traffic black RAL 9017 880 x 532 x 1022 mm 0962 642 212
Blue 880 x 532 x 1022 mm 0962 642 213
Red 880 x 532 x 1022 mm 0962 642 215
Blue 880 x 532 x 1020 mm 0962 642 214

SYSTEM WORKSHOP TROLLEY BASIC 8.4 ELECTROMOBILITY

inserts, as well as system boxes in the ORSY® System World thanks to
the system dimensions.
Sturdy side handle
Drawers with full-extension slides, two-stage locking concept
tally opening
• Drawer design: 5 drawers, W 466 x D 366 x H 69 mm, 2 drawers, W 466 x D
336 x H 149 mm
7 • Colour: Traffic yellow RAL 1023
Art. no.
0962 641 210

SYSTEM WORKSHOP TROLLEY PRO 8.4

Unique workshop trolley; all foam and tray inserts and system boxes
fit the ORSY® system.
• Sturdy side handle including horn-shaped grip
• Black wheels and rims
• The workshop trolley can be adapted to the needs of the application in question
using different accessories.
• Perforated metal plate on the sidewall
• System boxes and accessories can be connected to the side
• Accessories can be connected to the rear
tally opening while in motion. 7
opened at a time.
Edge protection prevents damage to the trolley
Drawer design Colour Number of drawers Art. no.

3 drawers, W 466 x D 366 x H 69 Traffic red RAL 3020 6 PCS 0962 643 060
149 mm
3 drawers, W 466 x D 366 x H 69 Gentian blue RAL 5010 6 PCS 0962 643 061
149 mm
3 drawers, W 466 x D 366 x H 69 Telegrey 4 RAL 7047 6 PCS 0962 643 062
149 mm
3 drawers, W 466 x D 366 x H 69 Traffic black RAL 9017 6 PCS 0962 643 063
149 mm
5 drawers, W 466 x D 336 x H 69 Traffic red RAL 3020 7 PCS 0962 643 070
149 mm
5 drawers, W 466 x D 366 x H 69 Gentian blue RAL 5010 7 PCS 0962 643 071
149 mm
5 drawers, W 466 x D 336 x H 69 Telegrey 4 RAL 7047 7 PCS 0962 643 072
149 mm
5 drawers, W 466 x D 336 x H 69 Traffic black RAL 9017 7 PCS 0962 643 073
149 mm

STEERING ROLLER WITHOUT BRAKE

For workshop trolleys
• Compatible with: Basic 8.8
Art. no.
0962 642 901
7
STEERING ROLLER WITH BRAKE

Art. no.
0962 642 900

FIXED CASTOR
Art. no.
0962 642 902
7
EXTENDABLE DRAWER
For workshop trolley
Art. no.
0962 642 903
0962 642 916
LOCK
For workshop trolley Basic 8.4/8.8
Compatible with Art. no.

Basic 8.4, Basic 8.8 0962 642 904
Basic 8.4 0962 642 216

HANDLE
Art. no.
0962 642 905
7
DRAWER
Art. no.
0962 642 907
LARGE DRAWER
Art. no.
0962 642 908

DEEP-DRAWN TOP
Art. no.
0962 642 906
PARTITION ELEMENT SET FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEY 8.8

For flat drawer
Suitable for the BASIC 8.8 workshop trolley and system workshop
trolley WE 7
• Suitable for workshop trolley: Basic 8.8, Pro 8.8, WE
• Width: 670 mm
• Height: 66 mm
• Depth: 20 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 500

For high drawer
Suitable for the BASIC 8.8 workshop trolley and system workshop
trolley WE
• Suitable for workshop trolley: Pro 8.8, Basic 8.8, WE
• Width: 670 mm
• Height: 120 mm
• Depth: 20 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 501

DIVIDER SET, FLAT FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEY 8.4

Flat drawer dividers for clear organisation of tools and small parts for
workshop trolley, Basic/Pro 8.4
• Suitable for workshop trolley: Basic 8.4, Pro 8.4
• Width: 462 mm
• Height: 65 mm
• Depth: 20 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 502
PARTITION ELEMENT SET HIGH FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEY 8.4

High drawer partition elements for clear organisation of tools and
7 small parts for Basic 8.4 workshop trolley
• Suitable for workshop trolley: Basic 8.4, Pro 8.4
• Width: 462 mm
• Height: 125 mm
• Depth: 20 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 503

Flat drawer partition elements for clear organisation of tools and
small parts for workshop trolley Pro 8.12/system workshop trolleys
WE
• Suitable for workshop trolley: Pro 8.12, WE
• Width: 1005 mm
• Height: 65 mm
• Depth: 20 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 504

PARTITION ELEMENT SET HIGH FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEY 8.12

High drawer separating elements for clear organisation of tools and
small parts for workshop trolley Pro 8.12/System workshop trolley
WE
• Suitable for workshop trolley: Pro 8.12, WE
• Width: 1005 mm
• Height: 120 mm
• Depth: 20 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 505
TABLET/LAPTOP HOLDER FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEYS

For organised storage of tablets and laptops in workshop trolleys, 7
Basic/Pro
• Maximum storage depth 250 mm
• Suitable for workshop trolley: Basic 8.4, Basic 8.8, Pro 8.4, Pro 8.8, Pro 8.12
• Width: 300 mm
• Height: 305 mm
• Depth: 253 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 020

PERFORATED PANEL FOR MOUNTING BRACKETS FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEYS

For organised and space-saving storage of tools in workshop trolleys
Pro 8.4/8.8
• Depth: 33 mm
Suitable for workshop trolley Width Height Art. no.
7 Basic 8.4 588 mm 681 mm 0962 646 012
Basic 8.8 800 mm 855 0962 646 010
FLAT PERFORATED PANEL FOR MOUNTING BRACKETS FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEYS

For organised and space-saving storage of tools in workshop trolleys,
Basic/Pro 8.4/8.8
• Depth: 33 mm
Suitable for workshop trolley Width Height Art. no.

Basic 8.4 588 mm 453 mm 0962 646 013
Basic 8.8 800 mm 455 mm 0962 646 011

IMPACT SCREWDRIVER HOLDER, REAR, FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEY

For clear organisation of various impact screwdrivers and cordless
screwdrivers on workshop trolleys, Basic/Pro
• Width: 150 mm
• Height: 295 mm
• Depth: 100 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 023
7
CLAMP BOARD HOLDER FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEYS
For organised storage of clamping boards and hand tools for the
workshop trolleys Basic/Pro
• Width: 300 mm
• Height: 300 mm
• Depth: 80 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 024

REAR TOOL HOLDER FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEY

Tool holder at the rear for clear organisation of screwdrivers, keys
and pliers for the workshop trolleys, Basic/Pro
• Width: 300 mm
• Height: 300 mm
• Depth: 82 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 025
7
SUPPORT ARM WITH PUMP SPRAY BOTTLE HOLDER FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEY
For mounting pump spray bottles on workshop trolleys, Basic/Pro
• Width: 300 mm
• Height: 652 mm
• Depth: 150 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 002

CABLE BRACKET FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEY

For mounting cables and lamps for workshop trolleys Basic/Pro
• Width: 110 mm
• Height: 30 mm
• Depth: 25 mm
Art. no. 7
0962 646 003
SIDE CAN HOLDER FOR STORING CHEMICAL CANS

For the workshop trolley series BASIC/PRO
• Width: 230 mm
• Height: 185 mm
• Depth: 104 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 040

IMPACT SCREWDRIVER HOLDER, SIDE, FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEY

Side-mounted impact screwdriver holder for organised storage of
various impact screwdrivers and cordless screwdrivers on workshop
trolleys, Basic/Pro
• Width: 230 mm
• Height: 93 mm
• Depth: 105 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 041
7
TOOL HOLDER, SIDE MOUNTED, FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEY

For clear organisation of screwdrivers, keys and pliers for workshop
trolleys, Basic/Pro
• Width: 230 mm
• Height: 60 mm
• Depth: 115 mm
Art. no.
0962 646 042
WOODEN PANEL FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEY

For workshop trolleys, Basic/Pro 8.4/8.8
• Height: 20 mm
Suitable for workshop trolley Width Depth Art. no.

Basic 8.4, Pro 8.4 392 mm 350 mm 0962 646 032
Basic 8.8 575 mm 384 mm 0962 646 030

STAINLESS STEEL WORKTOP FOR WORKSHOP TROLLEYS

For workshop trolleys, Basic/Pro 8.4
• Height: 2 mm
Suitable for workshop trolley Width Depth Art. no.

Basic 8.4, Pro 8.4 392 mm 350 mm 0962 646 033
Basic 8.8, Pro 8.8 575 mm 384 mm 0962 646 031
UNIVERSAL ASSEMBLY SUPPORT

Universal mounting aid that can be used even in instances where a
single person is performing the installation work, and goes a long
7
way to making work easier.
• Easy to use
• Extremely safe
• Robust design
• One-handed operation
• Continuously adjustable
• Automatic feed
• Ball joints and slip-proof rubber plates allow angled settings for up to 50° roof
inclines
• Max. roof slope: 50 Degree
Art. no.
0962 980 850

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Assembly aids
UNIVERSAL SUPPORT, ADJUSTABLE FOR HEAVY LOADS

Single-hand operation
Made from steel
• Sturdy
Maximum load capacity 110 kilograms
• To support heavy loads
Height variable from 155 to 310 centimetres
• Compact, can be used with just one hand
Mobile spring-loaded arm trajectory of 22 cm
• Quick tensioning thanks to the spring-loaded mobile arm
Non-slip shoes that swivel 25°, can be used on slopes up to 50°
• Min./max. length: 1.55-3.1 m
7
Art. no.
0962 980 904
ASSEMBLY AID SMALL

Universal assembly aid for work with limited clearance.
• Ball joints and non-slip rubber pads allow diagonal positioning at up to 25° roof
angle
• Continuously adjustable
• One-hand operation
• Robust design
Min./max. length Product weight (per item) Art. no.

65-110 cm 3600 g 0962 980 900
87-148 cm 1200 g 0962 980 980

EXTENSION PIECE FOR UNIVERSAL SUPPORT

For temporarily increasing the height of the universal support
• Extends supports to a total length of 4.20 m. (length of support + extension)
• Load capacity 30 kg
Art. no.
0962 980 906
ALUMINIUM ASSEMBLY TRESTLE

For use on construction sites and in workshops
• Width: 80 cm
• Height: 80 cm 7
• Surface: Plain
Art. no.
0962 931 910

ASSEMBLY TRESTLE
Adjustable, robust, welded metal pipe construction
• Non-slip feet and contact surfaces
• Height and contact surfaces can be increased by 80%
• Collapses to save space during transport
• High load-bearing capacity despite minimal tare weight
7 Width Height Max. working Depth Load capacity Art. no.

height
700 mm 725 mm 1.15 m 40 mm 100 kg 0961 001
- - - - - 0962 980 200
FOLDING WORKBENCH
Wooden board with angular, robust tubular iron frame
Due to its high degree of stability,
it is also excellently suited for vice work
Due to its light weight and small dimensions,
ideally suited for mobile use, e.g. in customer service vans
• Material of the worktop: Wood
• Colour: Red
• Width (folded together): 1200 mm
• Height (folded together): 150 mm
• Length (opened out): 700 mm
• Width (opened out): 1200 mm
• Height (opened out): 810 mm
Art. no.
0715 93 10

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Workbenches
WORK TABLE MULTI

Multi-trades
Multi-trade aluminium workbench providing a practical working
surface on construction sites:
• Folding:
Occupies less space during transport or storage
• Ultra-lightweight:
9.4 kg with a load capacity of more than 200 kg
• Stable:
Reinforced aluminium frame and base
• Functional:
Wide and well-balanced handle for easy carrying.
Adapted for right-handed or left-handed cutting.
Magnetic 30 cm bar for holding tools.
Graduated stop ensuring the measurement and support of materials 7
to be cut.
Graduated stop that inserts into the tray for a completely flat
surface.
• Material of the worktop: Wood
• Colour: Red
• Width (folded together): 60 mm
• Height (folded together): 65 mm
• Length (opened out): 1000 mm
• Width (opened out): 60 mm
• Height (opened out): 870 mm
Art. no.
0715 93 200

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Absorbent dust sheets, films,
paper
REUSABLE COVER FLEECE

Offers universal protection for flooring during painting and renovati-
on work
Long service life; can be used multiple times
Highly absorbent, film coating means that leaks do not penetrate
downwards
• Film prevents leaks from running and smearing
• Dirt on shoes and clothing is not transferred to other areas.
• Coated with PE anti-slip membrane
• Easy to lay out and cut
• Environmentally friendly product, can be disposed of without any problems as
made from natural raw materials
• Material: 60% cotton, 40% synthetic fibre
• Colour: Grey flecked
• Roll width: 1 m
7 • Length of roll: 50 m
Art. no.
0818 050 100
SINGLE-USE COVER FLEECE

Offers universal protection for flooring during painting and renovati-
on work
Highly absorbent, film coating means that leaks do not penetrate
downwards
• Film prevents leaks from running and smearing
• Dirt on shoes and clothing is not transferred to other areas
• Completely firm grip due to non-slip film on the underside
• Easy to lay out and cut
• Environmentally friendly as product is made from natural raw materials, easy to
dispose of.
• Material: Fleece
• Roll width: 1 m
Art. no.
0818 050 091

paper
MASKING PAPER WITH ADHESIVE STRIP

Masking paper with flat crepe adhesive tape
• Adhesive tape heat-resistant up to 80°, acrylic adhesive non-aggressive
• Adhesive tape suitable for all colours, can be removed up to 24 hours later without
adhesive residues
Coniferous wood reinforced paper (34 g / m2), natural colour
• Excellent absorbency of water and solvents
Easy and accurate use
• Length: 25 m
Width Area Art. no.

180 mm 3.6 m2 0992 407 018
300 mm 6 m2 0992 407 030
SELF-ADHESIVE MASKING PAPER 7
Fully self-adhesive masking paper for quick and easy coverage of

large surfaces.
Easy to apply
• Can be peeled off by hand
• Suitable for covering different surfaces such as floors, stairs, windowsills, radiators,
handrails etc.
Can be removed without residue
• Can be removed without residue up to 60 days later, depending on the type of
substrate
• Suitable for indoor use
Reusable
Removable and reusable for readjustments and future applications
Suitable for sensitive surfaces
Adhesive strength: 0.3N/25mm
Developed with a water-based acrylic adhesive
• Length: 30 m
• Colour: Brown
Width Area Art. no.

148 mm 4.44 m2 0899 148 30
222 mm 6.66 m2 0899 222 30

paper
COVER FILM
Rolled LDPE cover film for large-scale covering during renovation or
painting tasks
Advantage of LDPE quality
• LDPE (low-density polyethylene) films are softer and more supple than HDPE films
• On account of their increased flexibility/elasticity, LDPE films have greater tear
resistance
Area Length Width Foil thickness Art. no.

75 m2 25 m 3m 45 µm 0992 400
162 m2 54 m 3m 45 µm 0992 401
246 m2 41 m 6m 60 µm 0992 405
246 m 2
82 m 3m 60 µm 0992 404
300 m2 50 m 6m 80 µm 0992 408
342 m2 114 m 3m 45 µm 0992 402
7
COVER/CONSTRUCTION FILM
Robust, tear-proof and watertight LDPE film for indoor and outdoor
use
• For covering large areas of floors, components and facilities that need to be protec-
ted from moisture, dust, paint etc. during renovation and painting work.
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use
• Foil type: 200
• Tolerance of material thickness: 26 %
• Area: 200 m2
• Length: 50 m
• Width: 4 m
• Design: Opaque
Art. no.
0993 818 200
TARPAULIN WITH EYELETS

Tarpaulin for reliable coverage
• Easy and secure mounting using eyelets
• Robust due to edge reinforcement and fabric
• Snow, wind and rain-proof
• UV and weather-resistant approximately 1.5 years in Central Europe
Length Width Art. no.

6m 4m 0993 997 443
8m 6m 0993 997 444

paper
SELF-ADHESIVE PE PROTECTIVE FILM

Self-adhesive protective film, for universal use
• Adhesive on inside, smooth on outside
• Strong, extremely tear-resistant
• Easy to attach and remove
• Length: 100000 mm
Area Width Art. no.

60 m2 600 mm 0894 100 600
90 m2 900 mm 0894 100 900
FOLDABLE SACK TROLLEY

For heavy loads.
Unfolds quickly and easily simply by applying pressure.
7
Specially designed robust triple-tube structure:
ensures a high level of resistance and is extremely sturdy.
Fitted with foam pivoting ergonomic handles:
very comfortable to use and easy to grip.
Standard and extended positions:
allows the trolley to be adapted to the objects being transported.
Compact and lightweight, offering high levels of performance:
easy to store in any vehicle or workshop.
• Toe plate width: 590 mm
• Toe plate depth: 400 mm
• Wheel diameter: 8 in
• Material of the wheel: TPE
Art. no.
0962 699 105

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Bins
FUEL CANISTER RAPIDON 6

Sturdy plastic canister with double handle
The liquid output and air supply are controlled by pressing a button
• Prevents unnecessary spillage
• Even liquid output at full jet
Large filler opening
Simple to fill the canister
Semi-circular tank neck
Can see into the tank to check the fill level
Swivel-mounted tank neck
Filling hard-to-reach tanks
Two-dimensional fill level gauge
Shows the fill level in the filling and pouring position
Sticker with contents description included in scope of delivery
7 Clear labelling of canister
HD PE material
Resistant to petrol, petrol/oil mixtures and diesel
Max. filling volume: 6 litres
UN-approved
• Colour: White
• Contents: 6 l
• Width: 150 mm
• Length: 435 mm
• Height: 262 mm
• Resistance against: Petrol, Petrol-oil mixture, Diesel
Art. no.
0891 420 60
PLASTIC DOSING DISPENSER

For distilled water for batteries
• The device in the spout stops the flow of water when the exact level is reached
Art. no.
0695 555 70

TAP
Tap for 5 L plastic canister
The tap makes it quick and easy to cleanly fill up and dispense
liquids and helps with dosing large amounts of liquid in a short peri-
od of time.
Advantages:
• Quick, easy and clean dosing without gurgling
• Incline lets drips run off for convenient and clean dosing - including into bottles with
narrow threaded necks.
• Smooth-running lever for easy operation
• High flow rates - > 5 litres/min.
• Resistant to a large number of chemicals
• Complies with food processing regulations
Art. no. 7
0891 423 005
DN 60 TAP
Plastic tap with DN 60 connection for 20-l plastic canister and 60-l pla-
stic drum
The tap makes it quick and easy to cleanly fill up and dispense
liquids and helps with dosing large amounts of liquid in a short peri-
od of time.
Advantages:
• Quick, easy and clean dosing without gurgling
• Incline lets drips run off for convenient and clean dosing - including into bottles with
narrow threaded necks
• Smooth-running lever for easy operation
• High flow rates - > 5 litres/min.
• Resistant to a large number of chemicals
• Complies with food processing regulations
Art. no.
0891 140

PRODUCT-SPECIFIC PUMP SPRAY BOTTLE UNFILLED

Refillable empty pump spray bottle for easy application of products
from canisters or drums
• Break-proof, empty 1 litre container
• Easy opening owing to surface feel elements
• Contents: 1 l
7 Suitable for active ingredient Art. no.

Brake cleaner 0891 501 715
Rust remover Plus 0891 503 00
- 0891 503 08
Multi maintenance oil 0891 503 040
PUMP SPRAY BOTTLE, SOLVENT-RESISTANT

For simple processing of solvent-containing products from canisters
and drums. Well-suited for media with a pH value of 5.0–9.0
Safe manual removal from portable containers
Tactile elements for easy opening
Ergonomic, sturdy spray atomiser with long handle
• Work made less tiring thanks to low operating force
• Can also be attached to the workshop trolley
Customisable label
• Space for labelling the filled liquid
• Extra fields for safety instructions
Good stability due to conical shape
Art. no.
0891 510 211

360° PUMP SPRAY BOTTLE

Special suction system allows 360° spraying for reliable overhead,
diagonal or vertical operation
Tactile elements for easy opening
Ergonomic, sturdy spray atomiser with long handle
• Low operating force makes work less tiring
Label for individual identification
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no. 7
0891 503 360
PUMP SPRAY BOTTLE PERFECT FOAM

Ideal for applying cleaning foam for vehicle and commercial car clea-
ning
• The pump spray bottle transforms a cleaning agent (if this is suitable for foaming)
into an effective foam, which effectively dissolves and easily removes dirt, insects
and tough road grime
• 3 foam inserts ensure different consistency and variable levels of foaming — from
viscous to thin liquid
• Depending on the setting, the foam sticks to the surface for longer and the cleaning
agent has a more intensive effect. Less mechanical cleaning effort required.
• Ideal for alkaline cleaners
• Contents: 1.5 l
Art. no.
0891 503 021

PUMP SPRAY BOTTLE, ACID-RESISTANT

For simple processing of acidic products from canisters and drums.
Well-suited for media with a pH of 2.0–8.0
Safe manual removal from portable vessels
Easy to open owing to surface-feel elements
Ergonomic, robust spray atomiser with long handle
• Can also be attached to the workshop cart
Customisable label
7 Art. no.
0891 503 030
PUMP SPRAY BOTTLE, ALKALINE-RESISTANT

For simple processing of alkaline products from canisters and drums.
Well-suited for media with a pH of 5.0–12.0
• Can also be attached to the workshop cart
Customisable label
Art. no.
0891 503 031

PRESSURE SPRAYER FOR SOLVENTS

For simple processing of solvent-containing products from canisters
and drums. Well-suited for media with a pH value of 5.0 - 9.0
Customisable label
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no. 7
0891 503 001
REPLACEMENT SEALS FOR ACID-RESISTANT PUMP SPRAY BOTTLE

For acid-resistant pump spray bottles
• Material: Rubber/PVC
Art. no.
0891 599 1
REPLACEMENT SEALS FOR ALKALI-RESISTANT PUMP SPRAY BOTTLE

Suitable for alkali-resistant pump spray bottles.
With Würth nozzle nut
Contents
• 1x nozzle nut, black
• 3x O-ring 5.0 x 1.5 mm EPDM
• 1x O-ring 14.0 x 3.5mm EPDM
• 1x O-ring 36.0 x 4.0 mm EPDM
• 1x nozzle head seal 20 x 6.5 x 3 mm EPDM
• 1x EPDM membrane
• In PE pack with stick-and-go label
• Material: Rubber/PVC
Art. no.
0891 503 032

REPLACEMENT SPOUT
For plastic dosing dispenser for distilled water
Art. no.
0695 555 71
SURGE-PROTECTED MULTIPLE SOCKET OUTLET WITH USB PORT

Protects plugged-in devices against power surges
7 Equipped with:
• 230-V/AC 16-A sockets in a 45-degree arrangement, ideal for angled plugs
• 2 x 5-V 2100-mA USB charging port with indicator light
• 1 x on/off switch with indicator light
Protects plugged-in devices against power surges up to a maximum
of 19,500 A
Indicator light shows that surge protection is enabled
Polycarbonate housing
Protection marking IP20
• Max. flash leakage current: 19500 A
• Nominal current of circuit breaker: 2100 mA
• Width: 500 mm
Length Number of sockets Art. no.

350 mm 3 pieces 0774 561 300
570 mm 7 pieces 0774 561 700

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Multiple socket outlets
MULTIPLE OUTLET 5-FOLD

For use on construction sites, in workshops, outdoors, or in gardens or
cellars. Long 5-m cable, protected on/off switch and carry handle.
SuperSolid socket unit, garden multiple socket outlet.
• For use on building sites and for outdoor use
• Splash water protected, IP 44
• High-quality, impact and breakage-proof plastic housing with large, wide contact
surface, for easy operation, firm grip and safe use
• Illuminated 2-pole switch with protective cover against splash water
• Splash-proof sockets at larger intervals with sealing ring and self-closing hinged lids
for dirt-protection, in line with VDE
• Sockets in a practical 45° arrangement
• With a very sturdy bracket for hanging and fastening
7
Art. no.
0969 319 006
MULTIPLE OUTLET 4-WAY

For use on construction sites, in workshops, outdoors, or in gardens or
cellars.
• Splash-proof, IP 44 to VDE
• 4 sockets, 230 V with self-closing covers and rubber seal to IP 44.
• Screw mounts for fastening
Art. no.
0969 319 005

MULTIPLE SOCKET OUTLET, SIX OUTLETS

250 volts with Schuko plug
• 6x 250-volt Schuko sockets, type F
• Black
• With on/off switch, splash-proof covers and overload protection
• Approx. 1.4-m H05VV-F 3G1.5 connection cable
• Schuko plug type E+F
• IP20 degree of protection
• Housing size (W x H x D): 310 x 40 x 50 mm
• Number of sockets: 6 pieces
• Socket type: Six shockproof sockets 16 A, 250 V
7 • Max. current: 16 A
• Length: 310 mm
• Width: 50 mm
Art. no.
0774 991 163
6-WAY MULTIPLE SOCKET OUTLET WITH COVER

250 volts
• 6x Schuko 250-V sockets, type F, with cover
• With on/off switch, splash-proof covers and overload protection
• Approx. 1.4-m H07RN-F 3G1.5 connection cable
• Schuko plug type E+F
• IP44 degree of protection
• Approved for continuous outdoor use
• Housing size (W x H x D): 420 x 40 x 60 mm
• Length: 420 mm
• Width: 40 mm
Art. no.
0774 991 162

3-WAY MULTIPLE SOCKET OUTLET 16 A

• Length: 250 mm
• Width: 80 mm
Art. no. 7
9501 000 078

3-way multiple socket outlet with 5m connecting cable.
• Socket type: Three shockproof sockets 16 A
• Length: 370 mm
• Width: 180 mm
Art. no.
9501 000 053


• With two-pin circuit breaker
• With childlock
• Length: 330 mm
• Width: 56 mm
Art. no.
7 9501 000 052
3-WAY MULTIPLE SOCKET OUTLET WITH USB

Multiple socket outlet with three earthing contact sockets and two
USB 1A 5V connections.
With two-pin circuit breaker
• Length: 235 mm
• Width: 50 mm
Art. no.
9501 000 054

3-WAY MULTIPLE SOCKET OUTLET CEE 16 A 16 A

• Length: 210 mm
• Width: 76 mm
Art. no.
9501 000 077 7
SOCKET CUBE WITH USB SOCKET

Socket cube for the office, construction site containers, camping and
travel
• Elegant and robust housing thanks to polished, highly break-resistant polycarbonate
• Two-tone design
• 2 USB charging sockets
• Total charging current max. 5V/2100 mA for fast charging
• With LED function indicator
• Includes base adapter and fastening material
• Sockets with increased touch protection
• Length: 12.5 cm
• Width: 10.05 cm
Art. no.
9501 009 231

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Power distributer
MOBILE PLASTIC UPRIGHT DISTRIBUTOR

Portable, compact and robust design
• 4 rubberised feet for secure placement
• Feet can be used to wind up connecting cable
• Impact and weather-resistant plastic housing
• Space-saving
7 Output Socket type Input Cable connection Cable type Art. no.
Four shockproof sockets Four shockproof sockets CEE 16 A, 5 pin, 400 V CEE 16 A, 5 pin, 400 V H07RN-F5G2.5 mm2 0774 761 002
16 A, 250 V 16 A, 250 V
Six shockproof sockets Six shockproof sockets CEE 32 A, 5 pin, 400 V CEE 32 A, 5 pin, 400 V H07RN-F5G4 mm2 0774 762 002
16 A, 250 V 16 A, 250 V
CONSTRUCTION SITE KIT 230 V – 16 A

Residual current device 30 mA.
Compliant with:
• OPPBTP (French Professional Agency for Risk Prevention in Building and Civil
Engineering) directives.
• The French law of 14/11/1988 for the protection of workers.
Box in rigid shockproof rubber.
Equipped with a carrying handle.
IP 54 socket outlet protector.
H07RN-F cable, 3 x 2.5 mm2, length 2.2 m, mounted by flexible
grommet.
Compact, rigid and ultra-resistant block.
Equipped with a large number of sockets.
Offers effective protection of people.
• Socket type: Eight shockproof sockets 16 A, 250 V
• Connected load: 3.5 kW
Art. no.
0774 700 003

3-WAY MULTIPLE POWER DISTRIBUTOR CEE 16 A

Self-closing cover
• Output: 3 CEE 16 A, 5 pin, 400 V
• Input: CEE 16 A, 5 pin, 400 V
• Cable connection: without cable
Art. no.
9501 000 022
PORTABLE POWER DISTRIBUTOR BOX

Cold-resistant 7
• Compact design with easy-grip handle
• Handle can be used for carrying or suspending
• Holes for mounting on walls or on the stand
• Impact-resistant ABS plastic housing
Output Socket type Input Art. no.

1 CEE 32 A, 5 pin, 400 V, Four shockproof Four shockproof sockets 16 A, 250 V, 1 CEE 32 A, 5 pin, 400 V 9501 000 073
sockets 16 A, 250 V, 1 CEE 16 A, 5 pin, CEE 32 A, 5P, 400 V, 1 CEE 16 A, 5P,
400 V 400 V
2 CEE 16 A, 5 pin, 400 V, Four shockproof Four shockproof sockets 16 A, 250 V, 2 CEE 16 A, 5 pin, 400 V 9501 000 072
sockets 16 A, 250 V CEE 32 A, 5P, 400 V

PORTABLE POWER DISTRIBUTOR BOX 5-PIN

Designed for temperatures as low as -32°C.
• Main fuse: 16A
7 Socket type Art. no.

Four shockproof sockets 16 A, 250 V, 2 CEE 32 A, 5P, 400 V 9501 000 071
Four shockproof sockets 16 A, 250 V, 1 CEE 16 A, 5P, 400 V, 1 CEE 32 A, 5P, 400 V 9501 000 070
PORTABLE POWER DISTRIBUTOR BOX 4-PIN

Designed for temperatures as low as -32°C.
Socket type Input Length x width x height Art. no.

Four shockproof sockets 16 A, 250 V, 2 CEE 32 A, 4 pin, 230 V 252 x 110 x 305 mm 9501 000 069
CEE 32 A, 4P, 230 V
CEE 32 A, 4P, 230 V, 1 CEE 16 A, 4P,
230 V
CEE 16 A, 4P, 230 V

COMPACT PLASTIC POWER DISTRIBUTOR BSV3

Compact CEE plastic power distributor unit for construction sites and
mobile use
• Stackable, robust plastic housing, splash-proof
• Sturdy metal carrying handle
• Oil-resistant rubber cable for continuous use outdoors
• Resistant to various oils, fats, petrol and acids, UV- and ozone-resistant
• 3x CEE socket 5-pin 400 V/32 A
• 3x Schuko socket 230 V/16 A
• 1 m supply line: CEE 5-pin 400 V/16 A
• Cable connection: CEE 16 A, 5 pin, 400 V
• Main fuse: 16A 7
• Material: Thermoplastic elastomer
• Length x width x height: 30 x 25 x 16.5 cm
Art. no.
0774 765 529
COMPACT POWER DISTRIBUTOR BSV 3/32

Compact CEE plastic power distributor unit for construction sites and
mobile use. Protected by feeder circuit breaker.
• Stackable, splash-proof housing made of a special rubber mixture for continuous
loads
• Sturdy metal carrying handle
• Oil-resistant rubber cable for continuous use outdoors
• 1 CEE socket 5-pin 400 V/32 A
• 2 CEE sockets 5-pin 400 V/16 A
• 4 Schuko sockets 230 V/16 A
• 2x LS 16A 3-pin
• 2x LS 16A 1-pin
• 2-m supply line CEE 5-pin 400 V/32 A
• Cable connection: CEE 32 A, 5 pin, 400 V
• Cable type: H07RN-F5G4 mm2
• Main fuse: CEE 32 A - none secured
• Material: Thermoplastic elastomer
Art. no.
0774 765 540

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Ladders and steps
ALUMINIUM ROPE LADDER

Two parts with runners
• Rope pull outside the ladder rung offers greater safety, as there is no interfering
rope in the rung area
• Easy extension and retraction
• Robust guide fittings with plain bearings made from abrasion-resistant plastic provi-
de secure, torsion-resistant support for the ladder parts
• Rolling mechanism prevents damage to walls, as runners are equipped with plain
bearings and rubber coating
• High torsional rigidity thanks to quadruple flanged and pressed connections bet-
ween struts and rungs
• Rungs and spar made of extruded aluminium for very good bending resistance
• Grooved rungs ensure safe stepping
• Increased stability and tilt resistance thanks to the cross rail
7 • Width: 0.43 m
Number of rungs Min./max. length Max. stand height Art. no.

2 x 14 4.12-7.22 m 5.46 m 0962 930 514
2 x 16 4.69-8.36 m 6.46 m 0962 930 516
2 x 18 5.26-9.49 m 7.46 m 0962 930 518
2 x 20 5.81-10.62 m 8.46 m 0962 930 520
ASSEMBLY PLATFORM
Compact and sturdy
Rapid assembly and space-saving transport/storage
Foldable ascending parts
The ascending parts automatically snap into use/transport position
Easy to transport
Carry hole in the platform
• Platform dimension: 1.7 x 0.5 m
• Stand height: 0.58 m
• Transport dimension: 1.75 x 0.6 x 0.2 m
Art. no.
0962 940 600

WORKING PLATFORM
Aluminium platform, height adjustable
• Height 55 to 74 cm
• Individually adjustable feet
• Made from aluminium, non-slip platform
• Made in Germany
• Height adaptable to your body shape for good ergonomics and less fatigue
• Large area for movement, less frequent interruptions to move the platform
• Adapts to different room heights and different-sized users
• No components to remove and refit: the adjustable feet are integrated into the
platform
• Side handle for easy carrying
• Platform dimension: 178 x 39.5 cm 7
• Stand height: 74 cm
• Transport dimension: 178 x 39.5 x 15 cm
Art. no.
0962 931 770
ALUMINIUM RUNGED STEPLADDER

Double-sided access
• Secure positioning thanks to non-slip, 2-component ladder feet
• Surface: Plain
Number of rungs Length Width (bottom)/width Stand height Art. no.

(top)
2x5 1.56 m 0.50/0.31 m 0.68 m 0962 931 105
2x6 1.84 m 0.54/0.31 m 0.93 m 0962 931 106
2x7 2.13 m 0.57/0.31 m 1.18 m 0962 931 107
2 x 10 2.97 m 0.67/0.31 m 1.93 m 0962 931 110
2 x 12 3.54 m 0.74/0.31 m 2.43 m 0962 931 112

ALUMINIUM STEP LADDER RIVETED

Riveted design
• 85 mm deep steps with a serrated surface ensure a safe, comfortable and secure
positioning
• Stable, good torsion resistance
• Strut/rung connection with special rivets
• Additional stiffening struts
• Very good bending resistance as steps and strut are made of extruded aluminium
profiles
• Surface: Plain
Number of steps Length Width (bottom)/width Stand height Art. no.

7 (top)
2x5 1.19 m 0.47/0.34 m 0.63 m 0962 931 505
2x7 1.65 m 0.52/0.34 m 1.05 m 0962 931 507
2x9 2.11 m 0.57/0.34 m 1.47 m 0962 931 509
2x3 0.73 m 0.43/0.34 m 0.21 m 0962 931 503
2x4 0.96 m 0.45/0.34 m 0.42 m 0962 931 504
PROFESSIONAL ALUMINIUM TELESCOPIC LADDER

Flexible for use as a leaning, step and staircase ladder, and as two
separate work trestles
• Desired working height in distance between rungs can easily be adjusted using stur-
dy locking lever
• Robust, automatically locking safety section joints
• Can be used as a stepladder, even on stairs
• Collapsible/folding to save space during transport and storage
• Secure footing thanks to non-slip 2-component ladder feet
• Surface: Plain
Number of rungs Min./max. length as Max. standing Min./max. length as Max. standing Art. no.
standard ladder height as standard step ladder height as step
ladder ladder
4x3 1.96-3.08 m 1.85 m 0.98-1.5 m 0.84 m 0962 931 413
4x4 2.5-4.2 m 2.91 m 1.23-2.03 m 1.35 m 0962 931 414
4x5 3.07-5.3 m 3.97 m 1.49-2.57 m 1.88 m 0962 931 415

TELESCOPIC LADDER
The all-rounder of telescopic ladders. Simple – compact – flexible
Telescopic function provides flexibility
• Allows the ladder to be adjusted to the required length
• Space-saving and compact during transport and storage
• Can be used flexibly in the tightest of spaces thanks to the minimum pivoting radius
Simple and safe
• Triangular strut design to prevent twisting
• More resistant to twisting
• Easy to extend and locks automatically. The protruding red buttons under each rung
indicate when the ladder is ready for use.
• Built-in shock absorbers ensure retraction is controlled and reduce the risk of
pinching.
• Angled and grooved rungs (80 mm) for a secure footing
• Non-slip ladder feet
• Load capacity up to 150 kg
7
• Conforms to EN-131
• Surface: Aluminium coating
• Number of rungs: 9
• Min./max. length as standard ladder: 2.9-2.9 m
• Max. standing height as standard ladder: 1.7 m
Art. no.
0962 975 400

PIR TELESCOPIC ROLLING INDIVIDUAL PLATFORM

Working platform for a safe working space, essential under Decree
2004-924
• Dimensions of non-slip platform: 400 x 500 mm
• Aluminium skirting profile 100 mm high
• Intermediate shelf acts as a stringer, load capacity 25 kg
• Foldable handrail with quarter-turn lock
• Trapezoidal rungs with flat surface for feet
• High-strength cast aluminium hinge
• Wheels Ø 200 mm, not load-bearing in working situation
• Closure strap and side handles for good grip and carrying
• Maximum working load: 150 kg
• Telescopic platform adjusts to a suitable working height
• Painted dirt-proof aluminium guardrail
7 • Rigid crossbar, more practical and functional

• Large-capacity cut-out tool carrier shelf for easier access to the intermediate shelf
• Ultra compact for simpler carrying and handling
• Millimetre shoring with one motion
• Intermediate shelf for containers or equipment
• Can be used on stairs
• Surface: Plain
Material Number of rungs Min./max. length as stan- Max. standing height as Art. no.
dard ladder standard ladder
Aluminium 4-7 - - 0962 975 087
Aluminium/aluminium 4-7 0-0 cm 0 cm 0962 975 091
Aluminium/aluminium 6-9 0-0 cm 0 cm 0962 975 092
Aluminium 6-9 - - 0962 975 088

ALUMINIUM TELESCOPIC LADDER STANDARD

For flexible use as a leaning, free-standing and stair ladder
Space-saving in vehicles and during storage
• Collapsible and foldable
Easy to use, durable and safe
• Simple and safe height adjustment via grid handles
• Solid locking mechanism with steel core for height adjustment
• Ladder adjustable in 250-mm increments
Very high bending resistance
• Rungs of inner ladder are made of rolled sections
• Extruded aluminium struts
High torsional rigidity
• Quadruple flanging/ pressing of strut/rung connection
Secure footing
• Non-slip ladder feet and shoes
7
Step safety
• Grooved rungs
• Surface: Natural
• Number of rungs: 4 x 3
• Max. standing height as step ladder: 0.72 m
Art. no.
0962 931 453

ALUMINIUM TELESCOPIC LADDER WITH FOLDING SECTION

For flexible use as a leaning, free-standing and stair ladder
Space-saving in vehicles and during storage
Can be pushed together and folded together
Easy to use, durable and safe
• Simple and safe height adjustment using grid handles
• Solid locking elements with steel core for height adjustment
• Ladder can be adjusted in 250mm increments
Secure footing
• Folding section for stand extension
Step safety
Ribbed rungs
Conforms to EN-131
7 • Material: Aluminium
Number of rungs Min./max. length as stan- Max. standing height as Max. standing height as Art. no.
dard ladder standard ladder step ladder
4x4 2.35-4.02 m 3m 1.26 m 0962 931 470
4x5 2.90-5.14 m 4.1 m 1.8 m 0962 931 471
4x6 3.46-6.26 m 5.2 m 2.35 m 0962 931 472

TELESCOPIC LADDER WITH FOLDING SECTION

The all-rounder among telescopic ladders. Simple – compact – flexible
Telescopic function provides flexibility
• Allows the ladder to be adjusted to required length
• Space-saving and compact for transport and storage
• Can be used flexibly in the tightest of spaces thanks to the minimum pivoting radius
Simple and safe
• Triangular strut design prevents twisting
• Easy to extend and locks automatically. The protruding red buttons under each rung
indicate when the ladder is ready for use
• Integrated dampers ensure retraction is controlled and reduce the risk of pinching
• Angled and grooved rungs (80 mm) for secure footing
• Load capacity up to 150 kg
• Folding section for stand extension
• Complies with EN-131 7
• Surface: Aluminium coating
Art. no.
0962 975 410

ALUMINIUM RUNGED LEANING LADDER

Lightweight and strong
• Secure footing thanks to non-slip 2-component ladder feet/cross rail shoes
• The ladder can be used on both sides due to ladder feet at both ends and rungs
grooved on both sides (ladder length < 3 m)
• Increased stability and tilt resistance thanks to the cross rail (ladder length ≥ 3 m)
• Surface: Plain
Number of rungs Length Width Stand height Art. no.

1x6 1.85 m 0.35 m 0.71 m 0962 930 106
1x8 2.41 m 0.35 m 1.21 m 0962 930 108
1 x 10 2.97 m 0.35 m 1.71 m 0962 930 110
1 x 12 3.55 m 0.43 m 2.21 m 0962 930 112
1 x 14 4.11 m 0.43 m 2.71 m 0962 930 114

MULTIPURPOSE ALUMINIUM LADDER

Stowaway ladder, flexible for use as a leaning or step ladder, or as a
work platform.
Space-saving in vehicles and stockrooms
Compact when folded
Solid, automatically engaging steel wire joints
Highly torsion-resistant
Quadruple flanges and pressed rung/strut connection
Very good bending resistance
Rungs made of extruded aluminium
Secure footing
Non-slip 2-component feet
Step safety
Grooved rungs
• Material: Aluminium 7
• Standing height as standard ladder: 2.21 m
• Standard ladder with wall distance: Standing height: 1.57 m
• Standing height as step ladder: 1 m
• Working platform: Standing height: 0.93 m
• Transport dimension: 0.94 x 0.35 x 0.27 m
• Weight of ladder: 13.1 kg
• Weight of platform: 4.2 kg
Art. no.
0962 931 613

PIRL LIGHTWEIGHT MOBILE PLATFORM LADDER

Secure workspace in accordance with French regulation 2004-924
• Dimensions of the non-slip platform: 400 x 500 mm
• Aluminium plinth 100 mm in height
• Middle supporting shelf, load capacity 25 kg
• Folding safety guard with quarter-turn lock
• High strength aluminium cast iron joint
• 80 mm deep steps
• Wheel diameter of 100 mm, non-bearing when working
• Anti-spacing strap and side handles for handling and transportation
• Maximum operating load: 150 kg
• Anti-scuff painted aluminium safety guard
• Rigid level, more practical and more functional
• Large capacity split tool shelf for easy access to the middle shelf
7 • Rear clearance for toilet basin
• Ultra compact for easy transport and handling
• Middle shelf for pans or tools
• Surface: Plain
Working height Width Length Height Number of steps Art. no.

2.7 m 0.69 m 2.06 m - 3 0962 975 102
2.7 m 0.75 m - 1.93 m 3 0962 975 073
2.95 m 0.178 m 2.36 m - 4 0962 975 103
2.95 m 0.79 m - 2.23 m 4 0962 975 084
3.2 m 0.68 m 2.62 m - 5 0962 975 104

PIR MOBILE STEP LADDER, PLATFORM

Secure workspace in accordance with French regulation 2004-924
• Dimensions of non-slip platform: 400 x 500 mm
• Aluminium plinth, height 100 mm
• Middle supporting shelf, load capacity 25 kg
• Folding safety guard with quarter-turn lock
• High strength aluminium cast iron joint
• 60 mm-deep steps
• Wheel Ø 150 mm, non-bearing when working
• Anti-spacing strap and side handles for handling and transportation
• Maximum operating load: 150 kg
• Painted dirt-proof aluminium guardrail
• Rigid crossbar, more practical and functional
• High-capacity cut-out tool carrier shelf for easier access to the middle shelf
• Ultra compact for easier carrying and handling 7
• Millimetre shoring in one motion
• Middle shelf for containers or equipment
• Working height: 3.2 m
• Width: 87 cm
• Number of steps: 5
• Surface: Plain
Art. no.
0962 975 085

ALUMINIUM EXTENSION LADDER

Two pieces
• Easy extension and retraction
• Robust guide fittings with plain bearings made from abrasion-resistant plastic provi-
• Increased stability and tilt resistance thanks to the cross rail
• The sliding part can be used on both sides due to ladder feet at both ends and
rungs grooved on both sides (type 2x8, type 2x10)
• Surface: Plain
7 • Width: 0.43 m
Number of rungs Min./max. length Max. stand height Art. no.

2x8 2.42-3.84 m 2.46 m 0962 930 208
2 x 10 2.98-4.96 m 3.46 m 0962 930 210
2 x 12 3.55-6.09 m 4.46 m 0962 930 212
2 x 18 5.25-9.49 m 7.46 m 0962 930 218
WÜRTH MULTI-PURPOSE LADDER, 3 PCS

• The height can be adjusted rung by rung
• Adjustment for balance by up to 120 mm on uneven surfaces thanks to stabiliser
• Convenient foot lever operation
• Integrated spirit level for precise alignment
• Width: 128 cm
• Min./max. length as standard ladder: 241-521 cm
• Step ladder with sliding part: Min./Max. length: 241-521 cm
• Step ladder with sliding part: Max. standing height: 384 cm
• Step ladder without sliding part: Length: 241 cm
• Step ladder without sliding part: Standing height: 240 cm
• Length sliding ladder single: 241 cm
• Standing heigh sliding ladder single: 240 cm
EN 131
Tested in accordance with EN 131 Part 1 and Part 2
Art. no.
0962 900 100

MULTIPURPOSE ALUMINIUM LADDER

Flexible for use as a leaning, extension or stepladder
• Robust guide fittings with slide bearings made from abrasion-resistant plastic provi-
• Very good bending resistance, as rungs are made of extruded aluminium profile
• Can also be used as a step ladder with the „connecting plate“ accessory
• The sliding part can be used on both sides due to ladder feet at both ends and
rungs grooved on both sides (type 2x8, type 2x10)
• The two-part cross rail allows the sliding part to be used separately as a single-secti-
on ladder (type 3x12)
• Surface: Plain 7
Number of rungs Min./max. length as Step ladder with Step ladder with Step ladder without Art. no.
standard ladder sliding part: Min./ sliding part: Max. sliding part: Length
Max. length standing height
3x8 2.42-5.25 m 2.42-3.8 m 2.36 m 2.42 m 0962 930 708
3 x 10 2.98-6.95 m 2.98-5 m 3.42 m 2.98 m 0962 930 710
3 x 12 3.55-8.65 m 3.55-6.1 m 4.5 m 3.55 m 0962 930 712
WÜRTH‘S TWO-PART MULTI-PURPOSE LADDER

• The height can be adjusted rung by rung
• Adjustment for balance by up to 120 mm on uneven surfaces thanks to stabiliser
• Convenient foot lever operation
• Integrated spirit level for precise alignment
• Width: 128 cm
• Min./max. length as standard ladder: 304-464 cm
• Step ladder with sliding part: Min./Max. length: 304-304 cm
• Step ladder with sliding part: Max. standing height: 354 cm
• Step ladder without sliding part: Length: 304 cm
• Step ladder without sliding part: Standing height: 212 cm
• Length sliding ladder single: 304 cm
• Standing heigh sliding ladder single: 354 cm
Tested in accordance with EN 131 Part 1 and Part 2
Art. no.
0962 900 200

FOLDING BOOM FOR TELESCOPIC LADDER

Art. no.
0962 931 400
SAFETY FEET ADJUSTABLE FOR TELESCOPIC LADDER 1 PAIR

Wherever you place your ladder, with the adjustable safety feet you
have full ground contact. With the safety feet, you can adjust the lad-
der feet so that you always feel safe when working.
Art. no.
0962 975 018
TELESCOPIC ALUMINIUM PLANK

The highly robust telescopic aluminium plank offers versatile and
variable application options, e.g. as an auxiliary scaffold or a flexible
working platform in conjunction with professional aluminium telesco-
pic ladders or aluminium assembly trestles
• Continuously extendible
• Non-slip profile on the treads (on both sides)
• Width: 27.9 cm
• Max. loading weight: 150 kg
Art. no.
0962 931 920

ALUMINIUM LADDER STAND-OFF

Versatile and multi-purpose
The stand-off positions the ladder away from the wall for safe access when
working on gutters and windows.
• Telescopic:
• Max. support length: min.: 53 cm/max.: 72 cm.
• Versatile:
• can be fitted to any ladder: min. spacing: 17 cm/max: 30 cm/max. square rung: 30
x 30 mm.
• Three possible clearance lengths.
• Included:
• Lock pins.
• Equipped with a very sturdy, removable tool carrier.
• Width: 222.1 mm 7
• For beam width: max. 30 mm
• Min./max. adjustment range: 246-305 mm
Art. no.
0962 931 923
REPLACEMENT FOOT
For aluminium ladder
• Length: 44.6 mm
• Width: 25.4 mm
• Height: 40.06 mm
Art. no.
0962 931 998

MULTI-PLAN MODULAR TELESCOPIC WORK PLATFORM

Robust and easy to use, MULTI-PLAN easily adapts between two dou-
ble MODUL‘step ladders or two trestles
• Unfolded length: 2 metres
• Capability of working over a 4-metre span by using a second MULTI-PLAN
• Made from aluminium with ribs and non-slip convex holes
• Multi-functional, MULTI-PLAN gives the user a safe, practical worktop thanks to its
variable length
• Maximum work heights with MODUL‘Step: 0.82 metres
• Maximum work heights between two trestles: 0.90 metres
• Locking system for easy carrying
• Includes linchpin with spring retainer
Art. no.
7 0962 875 4
ALUMINIUM STEP STOOL

Steps with tested slip resistance
• The extra-large, grooved standing platform ensures safe and comfortable working
• Accessible from both sides; can be folded away
• Can be expanded with another ladder step and up to two Würth telescopic planks
next to each other to form a large working platform
• The small gap in the platform acts as a „handle“ for carrying to ensure fingers aren‘t
crushed, or also as a hook-in point for the Würth telescopic plank
• 85 mm deep steps with grooved surface and slip resistance class R12 according to
DIN 51130 ensure stepping safety
• Strut/rung connection with special rivets and additional reinforcement struts ensure
a high level of robustness and good torsional rigidity
• Very good deflection stability, as steps and strut are manufactured from extruded
aluminium
• Surface: Plain
• Number of steps (including platform): 2 x 5
• Length: 1.11 m
• Width (bottom)/width (top): 0.71/0.61 m
Art. no.
0962 930 705

LADDER STEP
Ladder step in accordance with DIN EN 14183
• Double-sided access and collapsible for safe and comfortable working
• Ribbed steps and standing platform
• Non-slip for comfortable and secure standing
• The steps and struts are made from aluminium extruded sections and have a torsi-
on-resistant connection
• Non-slip plastic feet for secure positioning
• Surface: Plain
• Length: 750 mm
• Width (bottom)/width (top): 416/354 mm
• Stand height: 633 mm
7
Art. no.
0962 862 310
SINGLE ACCESS STEPS

Aluminium professional step ladder for heavy-duty use
• Made entirely from aluminium
• Oversized moulded hinge
• Wide non-slip pads and shelf screw-fastened, can be replaced
• Very wide step, 90 mm with non-slip profile
• Secured by double-crimped through tube
• Rigid, strong die-cast platform, 290 x 250 mm
• Automatic locking
• Maximum working load: 150 kg
• Painted front stile, prevents problems with greasy hands
• Triple-anchored steps ensure rigidity and prevent rotation
• Multiple-compartment tool tray shelf and hook
• Guardrail 65 cm high, provides good anti-tip protection
• Stable, lightweight and ultra-strong
• Surface: Anodised
Number of steps (including platform) Length Art. no.

1x4 1740 mm 0962 931 834
1x5 1980 mm 0962 931 835
1x6 2220 mm 0962 931 836
1x7 2460 mm 0962 931 837

SHELVING PLATFORM STEP

Secure platform for stacking shelves
This piece of equipment is suitable for working at height, providing effortless
and risk-free access to aisles.
• Quick to set up:
• Opens in a single movement. The protective features, guardrails and straps are very
quick to set up.
• Easy to move.
• The user can move the product with just one hand, thanks to the four swivel castors.
• With a total width of just 0.73 m, it fits in the tightest aisles.
• Working comfort
• Non-slip steps, width: 100 mm
• Non-slip platform 0.40 x 0.50 m.
• Articulated aluminium guardrails, diam. 25 mm.
7 • Tool tray 447 x 200 mm.

• Safety
• 4 castors (diam. 50 mm) lock when in the working position.
• Rolling activation and locking mechanism.
• Complies with French standard EMER FD-E85-301 for stacking equipment
• Surface: Coated
• Length: 1.65 m
Art. no.
0962 975 074
FOLDING, MOVABLE BASIC SCAFFOLDING

Compact, lightweight and robust, stand height 0.7 m
• Easy to set up without tools
• Flap hinge saves space during transport and storage
• Flexible standing heights, as the platform can be mounted at different heights
• 4 castors with locking brake
• Using accessories, stand heights up to 1.55 m are possible
• Max. number of people: 1
• Max. stand height: 0.7 m
Art. no.
0962 931 705

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Scaffoldings
ROLLER SCAFFOLD, SMALL PLATFORM MODULE 1

Roller scaffold with 1.58m platform
Light aluminium scaffolding
• Lightweight
• Sturdy
Fixed wheels with brakes
• easy to move
Easy assembly without tools
Small platform, non-slip wood, with access hatch
• Practical for indoor use
• Can be used outdoors
Complete module 1: Art. no. 0962 940 602 + 0962 940 612 + 0962
940 614
• Max. number of people: 1 7
Max. stand height Art. no.

- 0962 940 602
0.89 m 0962 940 605

Easy assembly without tools
Aluminium scaffolding
• Lightweight
• Sturdy
Fixed wheels with brakes
• Easy to move
Small platform, non-slip wood, with skirting and access hatch
Complete module 2: 0962 940 602 + 0962 940 603
Load capacity Art. no.

200 kg 0962 940 603
0g 0962 940 606

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Scaffoldings

Aluminium scaffolding
• light
• sturdy
• fixed wheels with brake
• easy to move
Easy to assemble without tools
Small platform, non-slip wood, with skirting and access hatch
Complete module 3: 0962 940 602 + 0962 940 603 + 0962 940 604 +
0962 940 614
7
Load capacity Art. no.
200 kg 0962 940 604
0g 0962 940 607
FOLDING ROLLER SCAFFOLD, COMPLETE SET

Compact, lightweight and robust, stand height 1.55 m
• Easy to set up without tools
• Flap hinge saves space during transport and storage
• Flexible standing heights, as the platform can be mounted at different heights
• Optimal stability
• Retractable telescopic supports for even greater stability
• 4 castors with locking brake
• Max. stand height: 1.55 m
Art. no.
0962 931 710

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Waste disposal
LARGE RECYCLING BAG

Transparent design for easy inspection of fill level and separation of
recyclable materials
Contents Material thickness Width Length Art. no.

0.5 m³ 80 µm 700 mm 1700 mm 0899 800 582
1 m³ 90 µm 700 mm 2200 mm 0899 800 583
2.5 m³ 100 µm 1250 mm 2500 mm 0899 800 584
REFUSE BAG
Without pulling strap
7
• Made from selected recycled granulate
• State-of-the-art manufacturing methods for consistent high quality
• Super tear-resistant and puncture-proof LDPE film, suitable for various requirements
or applications
• Available in four different colours
Contents Material thickness Tolerance, material Width Length Art. no.

thickness (+/-)
40 l 120 µm - 500 mm 850 mm 0899 800 642
40 l 145 µm - 500 mm 850 mm 0899 800 641
110 l - - 70 cm 110 cm 0899 800 637
110 l - - 70 cm 110 cm 0899 800 640
120 l 70 µm - 700 mm 1100 mm 0899 800 567
120 l 70 µm - 700 mm 1100 mm 0899 800 568
120 l 70 µm - 700 mm 1100 mm 0899 800 569
120 l 70 µm - 700 mm 1100 mm 0899 800 643
120 l 70 µm - 700 mm 1100 mm 0899 800 644
120 l 70 µm - 700 mm 1100 mm 0899 800 645
120 l 40 µm 4 µm 700 mm 1100 mm 0899 800 550
120 l 200 µm 10 µm 700 mm 1100 mm 0899 800 556
120 l 70 µm 7 µm 700 mm 1100 mm 0899 800 555
120 l 70 µm - 700 mm 1090 mm 0899 800 610
BIN BAG WITH HANDLES

• Side weld
• For private and professional use
• Contents: 120 l
• Material thickness: 40 µm
• Width: 700 mm
• Length: 1000 mm
• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
0899 800 581

BAG FOR WOOD CHIPS

• High capacity
• Display packaging
• Length: 140 cm
Width Art. no.

78.5 cm 0899 800 629
80 cm 0899 800 628
REFUSE BAG FOR TRIPOD

• Transparent
7 • Polyethylene material, completely environmentally-friendly
• High degree of tear resistance
• Easy to use
• Low space requirements
• High filling volume (250 litres)
• Can also be used in various places separately from the tripod
• Contents: 250 l
• Width: 1000 mm
• Length: 1380 mm
• Colour: Transparent, matt
Art. no.
0899 800 540

WASTE BAG, BLACK, NF

• Black waste bin bags made from low-density polyethylene, virgin (NF) or recycled
• Good resistance to puncturing and tearing
• Thin bags with enhanced performance
• Mixture of different co-extruded polyethylenes for greater strength
• Totally leaktight: reinforced bottom seam
• Packaged in roll, 1 closing tie or bag
• Colour: Black
Contents Width Length Material Art. no.

30 l 50 cm 70 cm PE - Polyethylene 0899 800 622 7
50 l 68 cm 80 cm PP - Polypropylene 0899 800 623
100 l 82 cm 87 cm PE - Polyethylene 0899 800 624
RUBBLE BAG NF
• Rubble bags made from recycled low-density polyethylene
• Packaged in roll
• Excellent resistance to puncturing and tearing (40 kg)
• Totally leaktight: reinforced bottom seam
• Contents: 50 l
• Width: 60 mm
• Length: 87 cm
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0899 800 627

WOVEN RUBBLE BAGS

White woven polypropylene with seamed edges and bottom
• Resistant to tearing
• Reusable
• Can be carried on your back
• Clean removal of rubble without using a rubble chute or lifting device
• Width: 55 cm
• Length: 95 cm
Art. no.
0899 910 911
LARGE REFUSE BAG

7 Particularly robust, puncture-proof and extremely tear-resistant
waste bags for all common waste bins
• Film material is produced from selected post-industrial waste (recycled material)
• Consistent high quality thanks to modern production methods, thereby puncture-pro-
of and extremely tear-resistant
• Material: LDPE - Low density polyethylene
Contents Material thickness Width Length Colour Art. no.

120 l 70 µm 600 mm 1200 mm Blue 0899 800 560
240 l 80 µm 800 mm 1350 mm Transparent 0899 800 572
120 l 50 µm 600 mm 1250 mm Transparent 0899 800 562
240 l 80 µm 800 mm 1350 mm Yellow transparent 0899 800 571
120 l 50 µm 600 mm 1250 mm Yellow transparent 0899 800 561
240 l 100 µm 650 mm 1350 mm Blue 0899 800 570

BIN LINER FOR PAPER TOWELS

Particularly robust, puncture-proof and and extremely tear-resistant
refuse bags with a reduced thickness
• The ideal locations for the refuse bags are mesh baskets in sanitary and wet rooms
• Easy opener and quick-open sleeve offer significant benefits in use
• High level of safety and efficiency in daily use
• PE-LD film is significantly more puncture-proof and tear-resistant than conventional
films
• High-performance film is replacing thicker bags in many application areas, thereby
lowering material costs
• Low film weight due to decreased thickness lowers logistics costs and CO2
emissions
• Contents: 60 l
• Width: 365 mm
• Length: 850 mm 7
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 800 579
RUBBISH BAGS
Recycled and strong
• Rubbish bags made from 100% recycled post-consumer material which meets the
highest quality standards on the market
• Drip-repellent, multi-layered and extra strong product
Contents Material thickness Width Length Colour Art. no.

10 l 12 µm 45 cm 47 cm White 0899 801 012
30 l 22.5 µm 55 cm 60 cm Black 0899 801 013
30 l 22.5 µm 55 cm 60 cm Black 0899 801 014
50 l 27.5 µm 70 cm 75 cm Black 0899 801 015
120 l 32.5 µm 85 cm 105 cm Black 0899 801 016
120 l 41 µm 85 cm 105 cm Black 0899 801 017
120 l 50 µm 85 cm 105 cm Black 0899 801 018
120 l 41 µm 85 cm 105 cm Black 0899 801 020
120 l 32.5 µm 85 cm 105 cm Black 0899 801 019
120 l 50 µm 85 cm 105 cm Black 0899 801 021
230 l 32.5 µm 120 cm 135 cm Black 0899 801 022

1M³ DISPOSABLE BIG BAG

White woven polypropylene
• Seamed edges and bottom
• Anti-UV treated
• A4 document holder
• Safety factor: 5/1 (model not reusable)
Maximum load capacity 1500 kg
• Designed for single use
• 4 lifting straps L 40 cm and W 4.5 cm
• Full-size opening
• Flat bottom
• Length: 91 mm
• Width: 91 mm
• Height: 106 cm
7
Art. no.
0899 800 595
LAPTOP BAG
Perfect business organisation and exquisite design
The Business Line collection boasts impressive functionality and an exclusive look.
Masterful appearance to business partners, perfect for commuting between the office
and home office or simply in the city. Essential companion on national and internatio-
nal business trips. High-quality and durable materials provide maximum comfort.
• Lockable zips on the main compartments, e.g. with TSA lock
• Pockets for business cards and pens, as well as key carabiner
• RFID-protected pocket to protect bank and credit cards from scanners
• Two additional document compartments for order and clarity
• The padded shoulder strap can be easily removed from the bag
• Free hands thanks to tunnel for fixing to telescopic extensions
• Four rubber feet on the underside protect the bottom of the pocket
• Padded laptop compartment 360 x 260 mm (up to 15.6 inch)
• Padded tablet compartment 270 x 210 mm (up to 10.1 inch)
• Length: 440 mm
• Width: 100 mm
• Height: 310 mm
• Colour of the outer layer: Black
Art. no.
0715 930 600

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Workshop/ office organisation
LAPTOP BACKPACK, MEDIUM

• Lockable zips on the main compartments, e.g. with TSA lock
• Two additional document compartments for order and clarity
• Comfortable shoulder straps for fatigue-free wear even for longer periods
• Extra-soft padded handle on the top for outstanding comfort
• Side pocket with zip for glasses case or similar items
• Watertight side pocket for drinks bottles (up to 0.5 l) or an umbrella
• Hidden RFID pocket on the back pad for valuables
• RFID GUARD, protection against bank and credit card scanners
• Four rubber feet on the underside protect the backpack floor 7
• Padded tablet compartment 270 x 200 mm (up to 10.1 inch)
• Length: 300 mm
• Width: 140 mm
• Height: 440 mm
Art. no.
0715 930 601

LAPTOP BACKPACK, SMALL

• Lockable zip on the main compartment, e.g. with TSA lock
• Comfortable shoulder straps for fatigue-free wear even for longer periods
• Extra-soft padded handle on the top for outstanding comfort
• Two open mesh side pockets for drinks bottles (up to 0.5 l), umbrella etc.
• Hidden RFID pocket on the back pad for valuables
• RFID GUARD, protection against bank and credit card scanners
• Four rubber feet on the underside protect the backpack floor
7 • Padded tablet compartment 240 x 190 mm (up to 10.1 inch)
• Length: 280 mm
• Width: 140 mm
• Height: 410 mm
Art. no.
0715 930 602

WHITEBOARD
With its smooth and magnetic surface, the magnetic writing tablet
offers the ideal organisation platform for notes and documents in the
workshop and office.
Smooth and magnetic surface
• Short- and long-term notes can be written and wiped off again without any residue.
• With magnets and magnetic identification pockets for long-term attachment of
documents and information.
Different surface finishes for different applications
• Painted surfaces are suitable for short-term notes, enamelled surfaces for long-term
notes.
• The enamelled surface is particularly scratch-resistant, durable and environmentally
friendly. Offers the strength and elasticity of metal combined with the hardness and
resistance of a glass surface. Surface is easy to clean, resistant to acids and alkalis,
corrosion-resistant.
Cleaning
Dry wipe-off, regular cleaning with recommended Würth cleaning agents. 7
Fastening
Easy installation and after hanging the special eccentric element can be used for con-
venient adjustment up to 6 mm.
Quality product
Made in Germany
• Width: 295 mm
• Height: 1 mm
Art. no.
0WGE 630 002
24-HOUR TIMER
With 30-minute cycles
• Max. switch-on time: 24 h
• Min. switch-on time: 30 min
• Colour: White
• Switch-on time min./max.: 0.5 / 24 h
Art. no.
0976 500 670

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Pumps and cleaning devices
EMPTY CONTAINER
For spray gun
Filling volume: 0.5 litres
• Colour: White
7 Art. no.
0890 700
SPRAY GUN
For empty container, art. no. 0890700
Ergonomic, sturdy spray head with long handle
• Can be easily operated using three fingers
Sealable control nozzle
• All settings from mist to jet possible
• Material: Polypropylene, polyethylene, steel
• Colour: Red, White
• Length: 22.5 cm
Art. no.
0890 8

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Pumps and cleaning devices
SPRAY BOTTLE
For user-friendly application of liquids
Natural-coloured, shatter-proof container
Easy to read the fill level
Gauge in 100 ml and 200 ml graduations
Useful aid when filling and mixing
Customisable label
• Colour: Natural
Art. no. 7
0891 502 002
PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER

• White with viewing window
• Made from impact-resistant plastic
• Width: 333 mm
• Height: 439 mm
• Depth: 136 mm
Art. no.
0899 891 920

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Dispenser systems
DISPENSER BOX PERFORMANCE DISPENSER WITH INTERNAL DISPENSING

• Compact, splash-proof and high-capacity system.
• Hygienically controlled cloth dispensing.
• Width: 328 mm
• Height: 447 mm
• Depth: 302 mm
7 Art. no.
0899 800 707
DISPENSER BOX PERFORMANCE FOR INDIVIDUAL CLOTHS

• Practical installation using wall brackets, simplifies cleaning
• Flexible installation option using magnets means no drilling
• Hygienically controlled cloth dispensing
• Dimensions: H x W x D: 394 x 427 x 206
• Width: 427 mm
• Height: 394 mm
• Depth: 206 mm
Art. no.
0899 891 012

TORK MINI PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER

This mini indoor roll dispenser lets you easily remove the length of
paper you need with one hand
• Easy-load design for quick refills
• Stainless steel serrations: durable and robust
• Flexible removal: take as much paper as required
• Width: 174 mm
• Height: 321 mm
Mid-section colour Decor Depth Art. no. 7

Milky white White 165 mm 0899 800 357
Black Black textured - 0899 800 367
TORK DISPENSER BOX FOR CLEANING PAPER

Dispenser with internal dispensing lets you easily remove the length
of paper you need with one hand.
• Easy-load design for quick refills
• Flexible removal: take as much paper as required
• Width: 239 mm
• Height: 360 mm
• Depth: 227 mm
Art. no.
0899 800 353

TORK DISPENSER BOX FOR INDIVIDUAL CLOTHS

• Overfill protection: guarantees problem-free cloth dispensing
• Contactless system, users only touch their own cloth: ensures optimum hygiene
• Extra slimline design: attractive and space-saving
• Fold-up lid on the side: easy to refill, up to 2.5 packs
• Individually dispensed cloths mean that fewer are used
• With fill level display
• Lockable
• Impact-resistant plastic
• Width: 302 mm
• Height: 444 mm
• Depth: 102 mm
7 Art. no.
0899 800 355
NAPKIN DISPENSER, TORK JUST ONE

Plastic napkin dispenser
• Width: 212 mm
• Height: 150 mm
• Depth: 212 mm
Art. no.
0899 800 342

TORK ROLL EASY PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER

• Easy maintenance with traffic light system for fill level
• Easy cleaning and user-friendly, time-saving refilling
• The high capacity means you can supply more customers, with fewer rolls
• Width: 337 mm
• Height: 372 mm
Mid-section colour Decor Art. no. 7

Black Black textured 0997 327 385
White White 9501 002 663
TORK FOLDED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER

This hygienic dispenser protects the towels and reduces consumption
by dispensing towels one at a time.
• High-capacity plastic dispenser with flexible mounting options
• Average capacity
• Splash-proof cover protects the roll
• Easy to refill for constant towel availability
• Mid-section colour: Black
• Width: 427 mm
• Height: 394 mm
• Depth: 206 mm
Art. no.
0899 800 366

TORK PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER

This indoor roll dispenser with viewing window lets you easily remo-
ve the length of paper you need with one hand.
• Quick to refill
• Mid-section colour: Black
• Width: 239 mm
• Height: 360 mm
7 Art. no.
0899 800 385
TORK MATIC SENSOR DISPENSER FOR ROLLS OF HAND TOWELS

Sensor-controlled paper towel roll dispenser guarantees maximum
hygiene
Intuitive and completely contactless operation
Adjustable sheet length allows optimum usage and cost control
• Sensor-controlled – customised adjustment of towel length
• Easy to refill and maintain
• LED fill level indicator
• Residual roll function
• Low battery indicator
• Auto replenishment mode (when sensor switched off)
• Also with power supply
• Width: 206 mm
• Height: 368 mm
Art. no.
0899 800 425

WALL BRACKET PERFORMANCE

• Ergonomic design for confined spaces
• High capacity with safe and reliable tearing action
• Suitable for various cleaning papers — see overview sheet
• Dimensions H x W x D: 463 x 646 x 274 mm
• Width: 450 mm
• Depth: 650 mm
• Height: 170 mm
Art. no.
0899 800 706
TORK WALL BRACKET

• Wall-mounted dispensers save floor space
• Extra-large capacity ensures time savings around refilling
• Material: Metal
• Width: 646 mm
• Depth: 274 mm
• Height: 463 mm
Art. no.
0899 800 697

WALL-MOUNTED DISPENSER FOR ROLL OF WIPES

Adapted to maximum 30 cm wide rolls
• Frees floor space
• Material: Steel
• Colour: White
• Width: 32 mm
• Depth: 18 mm
• Height: 37 mm
Art. no.
0899 800 460
CLEANING PAPER ROLL DISPENSER STAND

Performance floor-mounted dispenser
• Tough design with hard-wearing rollers for mobile use
• Easy-load design for quick and easy refills
• Suitable for various cleaning papers — see overview sheet
• Dimensions H x W x D: 1006 x 646 x 530 mm
• Width: 646 mm
• Height: 1006 mm
• Depth: 530 mm
Art. no.
0899 800 704

TORK FLOOR STAND FOR CLEANING PAPER ROLLS

Easy and ergonomic refills. Glass-reinforced serration for safe, reliab-
le tearing-off of the towels.
• Ultra-high capacity
• Mobile – easy to transport
• Easy to load and refill
• Width: 646 mm
• Height: 1006 mm
• Depth: 530 mm
Art. no. 7
0899 800 695
TORK SMARTONE TOILET PAPER DISPENSER

Dispenser with durable, robust design and transparent cover.
Art. no.
9501 002 814
0899 820 130

TORK JUMBO TOILET PAPER DISPENSER

Tork Jumbo system for heavy-traffic washrooms:
• Residual roll function for remaining rolls up to 35 m in length: always sufficient
paper available and no waste
• Semi-transparent viewing window: for easy monitoring
• Built-in paper brake: smooth withdrawal and no paper on the floor
• Glass-fibre reinforced serration: extra robust for easy tear-off
• High capacity – equivalent to up to 15 small roles: lower maintenance costs
Art. no.
0899 800 356
TORK COMPACT WC PAPER DISPENSER, STAINLESS STEEL

Two-roll dispenser made from brushed stainless steel with top-class
design and materials.
• Decor: Silver
• Material: Metal
Art. no.
0899 800 419

DOUBLE ROLL DISPENSER FOR CORELESS MIDI TOILET PAPER

High-capacity dispenser for two medium-sized rolls
• Easy to refill, less maintenance effort
• Closed and protected rolls – prevents theft and improves hygiene
• Slimline and elegant design
• Decor: White
Art. no.
0899 800 370
WALL BRACKET FOR HAND CLEANSER DISPENSER

7
Art. no.
0893 955 100
REFUSE BAG HOLDER FOR CLEANING PAPER ROLL DISPENSER
Art. no.
0899 800 705

Work equipment / Workplace equipment / Cleaning cloths and sponges
FOLDED HAND TOWEL

Z-fold
• Pure cellulose
• Textured surface
• Colour: White
• Width: 23 cm
Material Number of plies Length Art. no.

Cellulose 2 PCS 24 cm 0899 800 131
Paper 1 PCS 23 cm 0899 891 703
7 FOLDED HAND TOWEL

C-fold
• Pure cellulose
• Two-ply embossed
• Colour: White
• Material: Cellulose
• Number of plies: 2 PCS
• Width: 23 cm
• Length: 33 cm
Art. no.
0899 800 132
TORK JUST ONE PAPER TOWEL

• Extra-soft 2-ply towels
• Every pack uses hygienic protective packaging
• Certified for contact with foods
• 100% recyclable
• Colour: White
• Width: 16 cm
• Length: 24 cm
Art. no.
0899 800 341

TORK CLEANING PAPER FOR SENSOR DISPENSER

• Single sheet removal: low consumption, 100% hygienic
• Looks great with a lotus blossom embossed pattern
• Ideal for dispenser systems
• Colour: White
Width Length Roll width Art. no.

195 mm 144.3 m - 0899 800 414
247 mm 145.2 m 247 mm 0899 800 328
TORK MATIC HAND TOWEL ROLL

Paper towel roll, ideal for highly frequented washrooms such as wit-
7
hin schools and airports.
• Dries the hands quickly and efficiently
• High capacity, low maintenance
Single towel removal
Lower consumption
Perfect hygiene
Easy-to-use packaging
Easy to open, fold, dispose of
• Colour: White
• Width: 210 mm
• Length: 100 m
Art. no.
0899 800 005
TORK C-SHAPED HAND TOWEL

• Cloths have a cotton-like feel and are both soft and hard-wearing
• Kitchen cleaning cloths are extremely absorbent and remain very strong even when
wet, representing a distinctly hygienic alternative to conventional kitchen roll
• Strong texture protects hands from heat
• As the cloths are silicone-free, no residues are left on the surface
• Colour: White
• Width: 240 mm
• Length: 95 mm
Art. no.
0899 800 008

TORK XPRESS MULTIFOLD HAND TOWEL

Multifold hand towels for washrooms where comfort and hygiene
are expected.
Both soft and economical.
• Colour: White
Width Length Art. no.

212 mm 340 mm 0899 800 015
213 mm 234 mm 0899 800 427
213 mm 240 mm 0899 800 016
7
TOILET PAPER 2-PLY
Comfortable and soft despite high tear resistance
• Soft and gentle
• Highly absorbent
• Tear-proof
• Colour: White
Number of rolls Width Length Number of sheets Length of roll Art. no.
24 PCS 99 mm 69 m 496 PCS 69 m 0899 900 252
64 PCS 97 mm 31.75 m 250 PCS 31.75 m 0899 891 733
TOILET PAPER
• Pure cellulose
• Two-ply micro-embossed
• Soft and resistant
• Number of sheets: 200 PCS
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 820 110

TOILET PAPER
• Pure cellulose
• Two-ply micro-embossed
• Soft and resistant
• Each roll is individually packaged to ensure maximum hygiene
• Length of roll: 29.5 m
Art. no.
7
0899 820 100
MAXI ROLL
• Pure cellulose
• No individual sheets: to be used with the appropriate dispenser
• Width: 10 m
• Length: 400 m
Art. no.
0899 800 20

TOILET PAPER 3-PLY

• Soft and gentle
• Colour: White
Number of rolls Width Length Number of sheets Length of roll Art. no.
30 PCS 97 mm 31.8 m 250 PCS 31.8 m 0899 891 732
7 42 PCS 120 mm 34.72 m 248 PCS 34.72 m 0899 900 253
3-PLY TOILET PAPER

Particularly soft, yet tear-resistant and secure.
• Soft and gentle
• Tear-resistant
• Contents: 9 x 8 roles
• Design: Roles ware
• Width: 9.5 cm
• Length: 27.5 m
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 900 250

TORK SMARTONE TOILET PAPER, 2-PLY

Unique single sheet removal, perfect for high-traffic washrooms:
• Very high capacity rolls: less maintenance
• Single sheet removal: reduces consumption by up to 40%
• Soft tissue with high degree of whiteness
• Large sheets for greater comfort
• SmartCore: the most convenient way to remove the sleeve quickly and easily
• Width: 134 mm
• Length: 199 mm
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 820 115
7
TORK COMPACT TOILET PAPER, 2-PLY

Sleeveless rolls:
• No sleeves, no waste
Very compact roll
• Every roll equates to 4.5 small rolls of toilet paper
Easy to refill
• Low maintenance
High quality tissue
Subtle lotus flower embossed pattern
• Width: 93 mm
• Length: 130 mm
• Length of roll: 112.5 mm
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 800 340

TORK JUMBO TOILET PAPER, 2-PLY

• 2-ply toilet paper
• High capacity: low maintenance
• Economical roll length
• Colour: White, nature
Width Length Number of sheets Length of roll Art. no.

9.4 cm 360 m 1800 PCS 360 m 0899 900 522
9.5 cm 249.84 m 1388 PCS 249.84 m 0899 800 316
TORK UNIVERSAL TOILET PAPER, 2-PLY

7 Conventional toilet paper rolls, standard quality, suitable for all
types of washroom.
• Width: 98 mm
• Length: 38 m
• Colour: White, nature
Art. no.
0899 800 348
TORK MINI JUMBO TOILET PAPER

• High capacity means less maintenance
• Imprinted for extra volume and appealing look
• Width: 94 mm
• Length: 170 m
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 900 502

TORK CONVENTIONAL TOILET PAPER

• Embossed
• Extra long roll reduces maintenance time
• TORK T4 toilet paper system
• Width: 99 mm
• Length: 123 mm
• Colour: White
Art. no. 7
0899 900 258
CLEANING PAPER ECOLINE

The all-rounder for the most common cleaning tasks
• Fits all common dispensers
• In various plies and widths
• Virtually lint-free
• High absorption capacity and tear-resistant
Number of sheets Number of plies Sheet length x sheet Length of roll Art. no.
width
- 2 PCS 36 x 22 cm 504 m 0899 800 290
- 2 PCS 36 x 22 cm 846 m 0899 800 511
- 2 PCS 36 x 38 cm 360 m 0899 800 773
- 3 PCS 36 x 38 cm 360 m 0899 800 823
- 3 PCS 36 x 38 cm 180 m 0899 800 850
1000 PCS 2 PCS 36 x 38 cm 360 m 0899 800 774

CLEANING PAPER
Ideal for mopping up liquids, removing moist waste or cleaning tools
and machine parts of oils and greases
• Fits all common dispensers and our dispenser box with centre-feed dispenser
Design Number of sheets Number of plies Sheet length x sheet Length of roll Art. no.
7 width
Roles ware 865 PCS 1 PCS 30 x 19 cm 260 m 0899 800 653
Roles ware 400 PCS 2 PCS 38 x 20.5 cm 15200 cm 0899 810 481
- 800 PCS 2 PCS 250 x 255 mm 200 m 0899 810 480
- - 1 PCS 32000 x 21.7 cm 320 m 0899 800 656
- - 1 PCS - 300 m 0899 800 481
TISSUE PAPER
Made of cellulose fibre
• Cellulose fibre material treated using a dry production process, superior to paper
cloths or industrial cloths
• Resistance: very high when dry or wet. Does not disintegrate and does not turn to
mush. It can be used with abrasive pastes, polishes, solvents, impregnating agents,
waxes, dyes, detergents, etc.
• Absorbency: very high for water (500%), grease, oil (700%), ink
• Softness: very high. Superior to non-woven fabric and cotton. Suitable for all clea-
ning and polishing tasks, even delicate ones.
• Sheet length x sheet width: 27 x 38 cm
Art. no.
0899 800 806

PAPER ROLLS
• Made of cellulose
• Suitable for contact with food
• Packs of 2 rolls
Design Number of sheets Sheet length x sheet Length of roll Art. no.
width
Embossed 650 PCS 30 x 24 cm 195 m 0899 800 804
Smooth 800 PCS 38 x 24 cm 304 m 0899 800 18
Smooth 800 PCS 38 x 26 cm 304 m 0899 800 800
7
- 450 PCS 350 x 198 mm 157 m 0899 800 450
PAPER CLOTH
Made of embossed recycled wadding
• The embossing makes it particularly resistant and absorbent
Number of sheets Length of roll Art. no.

1000 PCS 380 m 0899 800 470
800 PCS 240 m 0899 810 470

PAPER TOWEL FOR DISPENSER

• In pure cellulose
• Resistant and absorbent
7 Art. no.
0899 800 520
CLEANING PAPER
Centre-feed dispenser, very strong and absorbent.
• The two-ply extra-strong multi-purpose paper towels are suitable for wiping up spil-
led liquids and drying your hands.
• The towels‘ high capacity makes the rolls last longer, and their excellent absorption
when mopping up spilt liquids means they do not need to be replaced as often.
Number of sheets Sheet length x sheet width Length of roll Art. no.
- 340 x 235 mm 170 m 0899 800 071
1000 PCS 36 x 36 cm 360 m 0899 800 101
1000 PCS 34 x 37 cm 340 m 0899 800 070
MULTI CLEANING CLOTH

Universal cleaning cloth, ideal for wiping up liquids
• Suitable for oil, grease and water spills
• Wet tear and solvent resistant
• Silicone free, therefore no residues remain on the surface
• Optimise consumption and minimise waste of cleaning cloths with the one-at-a-time
dispensing feature
Number of sheets Sheet length x sheet width Length of roll Art. no.
120 PCS 41.5 x 35.5 cm 0 cm 0899 810 002
140 PCS 42.8 x 35.5 cm - 0899 700 450

KITCHEN ROLL
• Made of pure cellulose, two-ply
• The special embossing guarantees maximum softness and absorbency
Art. no.
0899 800 133
WIPING CLOTH FOLDED

Highly absorbent, tear-proof wiping cloth in a fabric blend. ISEGA-cer-
7
tified — suitable for use with food.
• Colour: Bright white
• 2-ply, bright white, fabric blend
• Towel size: 38.5 x 32.5 cm
• Packaging: 5 bags each containing 200 towels
• Pallet unit: 28 PU
• Net weight/pack: 4.8 kg
TAD:
New innovative technology using the process of “through air drying”.
The result is a voluminous, soft towel that is exceptionally tear-proof and highly absor-
bent. The special line embossing means the layers stay together.
Blend:
Combination of TAD and conventional tissue. The soft TAD side absorbs an excepti-
onal amount of liquid and is great for drying and polishing. The textured, strong side
made from conventional tissue is ideal for scouring and wiping down to remove dirt
and grime.
• Sheet length x sheet width: 38.5 x 32.5 cm
Art. no.
0899 130 043

WIPING CLOTH 2-PLY PERFORMANCE ROLL

Highly absorbent, tear-proof wiping cloth in a fabric blend. ISEGA-cer-
tified — suitable for use with food.
• For Performance floor and wall holders
• Colour: Ocean blue
• 2-ply, blue, fabric blend
• Towel size: 37 x 34 cm
• Packaging: 1 roll @ 1,500 sheets
• Net weight/roll: 7.2 kg
7 Art. no.
0899 130 050
WIPING CLOTH 3-PLY PERFORMANCE ROLL

Highly absorbent and tear-proof wiping cloth in TAD material. ISE-
GA-certified — suitable for use with food.
• For Performance floor and wall holders
• Colour: Ocean blue
• 3-ply blue TAD material
• Towel size: 37 x 34 cm
• Packaging: 1 roll @ 750 sheets
• Net weight/roll: 5.6 kg
Art. no.
0899 130 080

INDUSTRIAL CLEANING PAPER

• Versatile cleaning paper
• Ideal for industrial wiping and as a paper towel
• Great at absorbing oils and water
Art. no.
0899 800 310
0899 800 311
7
TORK CLEANING PAPER FOR DISPENSER BOX
• Versatile heavy-duty cleaning paper
• Ideal for industrial wiping and as a paper towel
• Great at absorbing oils and water
Length of roll Art. no.

120 m 0899 800 359
275 m 0899 800 358
TORK HEAVY DUTY CLEANING PAPER　

Highly absorbent and tear-proof wiping cloth in TAD material. Mul-
ti-purpose paper towels, highly absorbent when it comes to water
and oil and very strong when wet.
• Great at absorbing oil and water
• Tear-proof when wet
Number of sheets Number of plies Length of roll Art. no.

350 PCS 1 PCS 117.25 m 0899 800 327
750 PCS 2 PCS 255 m 0899 338 700

TORK PLUS CLEANING PAPER

• Versatile paper towels ideal for absorbing liquids and wiping hands
• Carry handle makes the rolls easy to transport
• Sheet length x sheet width: 23.4 x 22.3 cm
This cleaning paper is approved for contact with food.
Art. no.
0899 800 351
CLEANING PAPER ROLLS, RECYCLED PAPER

• Very absorbent
7
• Suitable for all common dispenser systems
Number of sheets Number of plies Sheet length x sheet Length of roll Art. no.
width
1000 PCS 2 PCS 38 x 37 cm 380 m 0899 800 775
1000 PCS 3 PCS 38 x 37 cm 380 m 0899 800 825
1500 PCS 2 PCS 38 x 24 cm 570 m 0899 800 298
2500 PCS 2 PCS 38 x 24 cm 950 m 0899 800 519

WIPING CLOTH ROLL WIPER 420 BLUE

High-performance paper, extremely absorbent, tear resistant, fabric
blend
• QuickDry for maximum tear resistance/absorption
• Multi-purpose wipes are the perfect choice
• for most wiping tasks
• Ideal for wiping up
• Suitable for mopping up by hand
• Certified for contact with food
Art. no.
0899 130 052 7
WIPING CLOTH ROLL WIPER 440 BLUE

High-performance paper, extremely absorbent, tear resistant, TAD
material
• QuickDry for maximum tear resistance/absorption
• Thoroughly removes oil
• Tear resistant when wet
• Protects your hands against heat/metal
• Sheet length x sheet width: 23.5 x 34 cm
Art. no.
0899 130 081
STRONG, MULTI-PURPOSE PAPER TOWELS

The strong, absorbent paper means that fewer wipes are required
to dry hands.

120 m 0899 800 001
275 m 0899 800 002

TORK PLUS WIPING CLOTH

Multi-purpose paper towels, which are ideal for soaking up liquids
and wiping hands.
Approved for contact with food.
7 Art. no.
0899 800 003
TORK WIPE
Multi-purpose paper towels.
• Ideal for cleaning glass
• Suitable for wiping hands
• Approved for contact with food
Art. no.
0899 800 352

PAPER TOWEL ROLL TORK BASIC

• Extremely absorbent
• Different ply and widths

115 m 0899 800 010 7
1000 m 0899 800 514
1190 m 0899 800 013
PRO-BASIC PLUS CLEANING PAPER

• Very absorbent
• Suitable for all common dispensers
• Recycled paper
• Sheet length x sheet width: 35 x 23.7 cm
Art. no.
0899 800 480

TORK MATIC CLEANING PAPER

Suitable for heavy-traffic washrooms such as in schools and airports.
• High capacity, low maintenance
• Single towel removal: low consumption, 100% hygienic
• Leaf design: for a lasting impression
• The packaging is easy to open, fold and dispose of
7 Art. no.
0899 800 426
TORK KITCHEN ROLL

Approved for contact with food.
Art. no.
0899 800 365

PAPER ROLL
Fits all common dispensers
• Very absorbent
• Highly absorbent and tear-proof
• Different ply and widths
• Food-safe
Number of sheets Number of plies Sheet length x sheet Length of roll Art. no. 7
width
1000 PCS 2 PCS 34 x 24 cm 340 m 0899 800 776
620 PCS 2 PCS 26 x 29 cm 161.2 m 0899 800 297
1000 PCS 2 PCS 36.5 x 36.5 cm 365 m 0899 900 401
1000 PCS 3 PCS 36.5 x 36.5 cm 365 m 0899 900 602
CLEANING PAPER ROLL, TEX-REIN

Art. no.
0899 800 140
CLEANING PAPER ECO LABEL

The all-rounder for the most common cleaning tasks
• In various plies and widths
• Compatible for use with food
• Sheet length x sheet width: 360 x 360 mm
Number of plies Length of roll Art. no.

2 PCS 360 m 0899 800 022
3 PCS 180 m 0899 800 023
3 PCS 360 m 0899 800 024

CLEANING PAPER INDUSTRIAL FB0422

Art. no.
0899 800 102
STAINLESS STEEL CLEANING CLOTH

For simple, fast cleaning and polishing of metal surfaces. NSF-certified
Outstanding cleaning performance on almost all metals.
• Effortlessly and gently removes stains, grease, fingerprints, deposits and heavy
soiling
• Suitable for everyday use
7
Special cloth structures
Cleaning (coarse side) and polishing (soft side) in one product
Lasting protection on the surface
• Prevents water stains and corrosion
• Saves time – no further polishing required
Treats and protects
• Prolongs the service life of surfaces
• Refreshes, protects and preserves the shine of stainless steel
Pleasant citrus odour
No unpleasant odours during use
Ready-to-use cloths
NSF C1-registered (no. 150177), corresponds to C1 requirements. Fast and easy cleaning
Silicone-free
• Chemical basis: Aliphatic hydrocarbon
• AOX-free: Yes
• Number of cloths: 30 PCS
• Width x length: 27 cm x 32 cm
Art. no.
0893 121 30

INDUSTRIAL CLEANING WIPES

For thorough and fast cleaning of most surfaces without the need for
water, soap or a brush. NSF-certified.
Ideal for mobile, every-day use
Thorough and gentle at removing even the heaviest types of soiling
such as oils, greases, adhesives, paints, tar and lubricants
Cleaning of tools, surfaces and hands with a single product
Gently cleans and cares for hands too and smells pleasantly fresh
Reusable, as it can be washed out with water
Saves money due to multiple use
NSF-certified: Nonfood Compounds Program Listed C1 (150555).
Smell/fragrance Number of cloths Width x length Art. no.

Orange 90 PCS 27 cm x 32 cm 0890 900 90
- 72 PCS 27 cm x 31 cm 0890 900
UNIVERSAL WIPES DISTRINET

Non-woven wipes impregnated with a cleaning solution
Ideal for removing traces of oil, grease and lubricants
For cleaning surfaces, tools and hands
With a rough side for removing dirt and a soft side for wiping away
residue
User-friendly product:
• Neutral pH
• Contains no allergenic substances
Easy to use, without water or soap:
• Convenient and fast
Chemical basis Smell/fragrance Shelf life from Number of cloths Width x length Art. no.
production
- Citrus 24 Month 100 PCS - 0893 936 100
Cosmetic preparation - 18 Month 70 PCS 31 cm x 27 mm 0893 936 70
Cosmetic preparation - 18 Month 40 PCS 296 mm x 442 mm 0893 936 71

DISTRINET ALL-PURPOSE CLEANING WIPE

Art. no.
0890 950
7
INDUSTRIAL STRENGTH CLEANING WIPES

Tough, nylon meshed, lint free wipe for removing even the
most stubborn contamination from hands
• Will not dry out skin
• Pleasant citrus fragrance
• Convenient dispenser tub
• No need to rinse hands after use
• Silicone free
• Chemical basis: Polypropylene
• Smell/fragrance: Orange
Art. no.
0890 900 72

CLEANING CLOTH TEX-SOFT

Reusable all-round textile wiping cloth is suitable for wet and dry
wiping processes
Leaves no scratch marks, making it suitable as a polishing cloth
Coarse hole structure for optimum mechanical cleaning performance
Durable and robust
• Extremely tear-resistant and water-resistant
• Can be washed, wrung out and reused
• Resistant to solvents
• Low-lint
Textile-feel and 100% natural
• 100% spun rayon
• Biodegradable
• Low-lint
No chemicals or synthetic fibres 7
• Hydroentangled
• Silicone free
• Food-safe
• Colour: White
• Sheet length: 38 cm
Container Design Number of cloths Sheet length x sheet Coating weight per Art. no.
width m2
Roll Roles ware - 38 x 29 cm 50 g 0899 800 902
Roll Roles ware - 38 x 40 cm 65 g 0899 800 900
Format cloth Layers folding 500 PCS 38 x 29 cm 65 g 0899 800 901

CLEANING CLOTH TEX-REIN

Extra fine cleaning cloth for dust and lint-sensitive areas
Residue-free wiping and cleaning
• Colourfast – no colour bleeding
Durable and robust
• Extremely tear-resistant and water-resistant
• Can be washed, wrung out and reused
• Resistant to solvents
Can be removed individually thanks to special folding
In table-top box
for removal from above – ideal for on-the-go or directly at the workstation
With wall mounting bracket as a wall box
7 for cloth removal from below. Store cloths so that they are protected from dust and
spray water
• Design: Layers folding
• Colour: Turquoise
• Sheet width: 27 cm
Art. no.
0899 810
TORK KITCHEN CLEANING CLOTH

• Feels like cotton – replaces the kitchen tea-towel
• Very strong when wet
• Colour: White
• Number of tear-offs: 75 PCS
Art. no.
0899 800 387

TORK CLEANING CLOTH LOW-LINT

These flexible and extra low-lint towels are well suited for use with
cleaning agents, solvents and disinfectants.
• Low-lint
• Suitable for use with solvents and cleaning agents
Art. no.
0899 800 386
7
TORK CLEANING CLOTH INDUSTRIAL EXTRA STRENGTH
These are the thickest, strongest Tork cleaning cloths and are extre-
mely absorbent.
• Professional cleaning results
• Strong enough for tough scouring
• Protects your hands from heat/sharp metal parts
• Certified for use with food
• Colour: White
• Number of tear-offs: 160 PCS
Art. no.
0899 800 501
TORK INDUSTRIAL CLEANING CLOTH

These soft, flexible cloths are great for cleaning in narrow gaps and
removing oil and grease.
• Soft and flexible
• Packaging is easy to carry and fold
• Colour: Grey
Number of cloths Art. no.

120 PCS 0899 800 504
210 PCS 0899 800 502

TORK HEAVY DUTY CLEANING CLOTH

• Extremely absorbent, thick and hard-wearing
• For professional cleaning results
• The strong texture facilitates efficient absorption of oil and water. At the same time
they protect your hands from heat and sharp metal parts
• Free of silicone - no residues are left on the surface
• Container: Format cloth
• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
0899 800
7
CLEANING CLOTH ROLL, ABSORBENT, UNIVERSAL
• Absorbs liquids up to 12x its own weight
• Can be used for all types of liquids, for example, anti-freeze, washing water, oils
• More efficient than conventional binding agents
• Perforated for quick and easy use
• Colour: Green
Art. no.
0899 900 213
CLEANING CLOTH, ABSORBENT, UNIVERSAL

• Absorbs liquids up to 12x its own weight
• Can be used for all types of liquids, for example, anti-freeze, washing water, oils
• Perforated for quick and easy use
• Colour: Green
• Sheet width: 45 cm
Art. no.
0899 900 212

MICROFIBRE CLOTH PRO

Microfibre cloth Pro for professional maintenance cleaning and vehic-
le detailing.
Extremely effective cleaning power
• Dry use
Dust and fine dirt particles are attracted by the static effect
• When wet/damp
Removes coarse and greasy dirt
• Faster application
Cleans without using cleaning agents
• Cost savings
• Ideally suited for polishing work
• Low environmental impact
Extremely fine, strong fibres
• Excellent sliding properties
• Hologram-free, high-gloss polishing 7
• Binds dust on wood
Loopless
Does not leave behind scratch marks
Washable up to 60°C
• Do not wash with fabric softener
• Air-dry after use
• Material: Polyethylene fibre / polyamide microfibre
• Length x width: 40 x 40 cm
• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
5986 000 195
WALL HOLDER FOR GLASSES CLEANING CLOTHS

Wall bracket for glasses cleaning cloths
• Material: Plexiglas, transparent
• Includes mounting accessories
Art. no.
0899 102 302

OIL BINDING CLOTH

For absorbing oils and chemicals
• Load capacity is 25 times the tare weight
• Extremely absorbent, no leakage
• Only absorbs oils and hydrocarbon-based liquids (oleophilic) – does not absorb
water
• Does not affect workplace hygiene
• Lint-free surface
• Perforated
• Can be stored for an unlimited time
• Colour: White
7 Art. no.
0899 900 210
OIL BINDER ROLL

• Absorbs oil up to 25x its own weight, but not water
• Still floats even when saturated
• Can also be stored outdoors
• Perforations for quick and easy use
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 900 211

CLEANING CLOTH TEX-POLISH

Special cleaning cloth for paint treatment and after polishing
Fine hole structure
For perfect polishing performance
Durable and robust
• Extremely absorbent
• Highly tear-resistant, water-resistant and abrasion-resistant
• Can be washed and wrung out
• Solvent resistant
Without the use of chemicals and synthetic fibres
• 100% rayon
• Hydroentangled
• Silicone-free
• Food safe
Can be removed individually thanks to special folding
As table box
7
Removal from above – ideal for travelling or directly at the workplace
With wall mounting bracket as a wall box
For removing cloth wipes from below – dust and splash-proof storage
• Design: Layers folding
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 811
TORK POLISHING CLOTH

The perfect cloths for gentle polishing.
• Ideal for polishing cars and boats
• Low-lint
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 800 006

GLASSES CLEANING CLOTH

Practical removal box with 100 individually packed moist cleaning
wipes
• Special moist cleaning wipe for gentle cleaning of all glasses, in particular all safety
goggles
• Suitable for all glasses coatings
7 Art. no.
0899 102 300
0899 102 303
HYDRO SPONGE
For pre-cleaning, final cleaning of tiles and for jointing tasks
• Open cell structure
• Highly resistant to tearing and abrasion
• Absorbs water well
• Colour: Beige
• Form: Rectangular
Art. no.
0695 942 130
VISCOSE HAND SPONGE

For pavers for cleaning epoxy joint filler
• Material: Viscous
• Colour: Beige
Art. no.
0695 942 125

ABRASIVE CLEANING SPONGE

For thorough cleaning of stubborn dirt on glass panes and ceramic
screen-printed edges
Application on virtually all surfaces
• Removal of contamination from glass and ceramic screen printing margins
• Removes even stubborn contamination
No use of solvent-based cleaners necessary
Suitable for primer application
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0899 700 407
7
NON-WOVEN FABRIC
Single ply, bright white, perforated
Roll of white, laminated non-woven towels with textile properties:
• Strong material, reusable
• Highly absorbent; oils, paints, greases and other liquids penetrate quickly, leaving
no residue
• Tear-proof and lint-free, resistant and compact fibre structure
• For tough demands in a wet environment
• Soft, non-woven fabric
• For brass, stainless steel, copper and other metals
Benefits:
• The perfect cleaning cloth for rough surfaces
• Highly tear-resistant and lint-free for demanding tasks
• Excellent absorption and emission of solvents thanks to special fibre combination
(solvent savings of up to 25%)
• The cloth quickly absorbs dirt without streaks
• Can be wrung out and reused for economical use
• Material: Fleece
• Colour: White
• Width: 32 cm
• Length: 106 m
Art. no.
0899 800 211

TORK COVER PAPER FOR SAUNA SEATING

Disposable sauna seat covers for perfect hygiene.
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0899 800 360
CLEANING PAPER ROLL PLUS BLUE

7 Triple-ply blue cleaning paper.
100% embossed cellulose
Highly resistant to breakage for increased durability.
Highly absorbent
Capacity to absorb water up to 700% of its own weight.
Multi-purpose
For all cleaning jobs.
Art. no.
0899 800 513
CLEANING PAPER ROLL SPUNLACE

Art. no.
9501 010 633

Work equipment / Document administration / Document storage
ORDER PROTECTOR WITH RIP-TAPE AND HINGE

With extra-wide elastic pleat
• Additional side closure for quick use
• Solid design with reinforced key pocket on back
• Cord is supplied loose
• Tear-resistant material at the corners of the clear film
• Width: 235 mm
• Height: 340 mm
• Width x height x thickness: 23.5 x 34 x 4 cm
Colour Art. no.

Blue 0824 010 072
Grey 0824 010 073
Red 0824 010 071 7
Yellow 0824 010 074
Black 0824 010 070
DOCUMENT FOLDER
Practical folder for organising documents.
• Metal bracket for clamping writing pads
• Additional document compartment
• Business card holder with transparent window
• Wide rubber band for further business cards as well as smaller utensils
• Sturdy one-side zip
• Sealing type: Zip
• Width: 50 mm
• Length: 260 mm
• Height: 350 mm
Art. no.
0715 930 240

Work equipment / Document administration / Document storage
DOCUMENT POCKET, SELF-ADHESIVE

Height Width DIN format Art. no.

175 mm 235 mm DL 0824 235 175
228 mm 120 mm C5 0824 228 120

Work equipment / Packaging material / Packaging material
PACKFIX PACKING FILM

For fast packing without cutting or adhesive residues
• When removing film from the product, no adhesive residues are left behind
• Corners, edges and curves etc. can also be packaged and/or protected quickly
and reliably with the film. This also means considerable time is saved.
• The film can easily be torn off by dragging on the protruding section of the winding
core. As a result, no extra cutting tools are required to cut the film.
• Recyclable PE film
Colour Width Length Foil thickness Art. no. 7

Black 500 mm 270 m 20 µm 0992 900 220
Transparent 500 mm 270 m 20 µm 0992 900 2
Transparent 100 mm 150 m 23 µm 0992 900 1

Work equipment / Tyre fitting / Tyre fitting lines
WHEEL TROLLEY BASIC

Transport unit for wheels and tyres
Designed for 8 tyres or 4 complete wheels
Compatible with multiple types of lifters
• Ensures ergonomic working height
• Material: Special plastics
• Colour: Black
• Height: 110 mm
• Max. loading weight: 120 kg
Art. no.
0715 549 950
7

Work equipment / Tyre fitting / Tyre fitting lines

Fire protection / ChapterToC
FIRE PROTECTION
Active fire protection 1452
Structural fire protection 1454
Preventative fire protection 1488

Fire protection / Active fire protection / Extinguishing agents
FIRE EXTINGUISHING SPRAY, UNIVERSAL

Ready-to-use, easy-to-operate fire extinguishing spray for universal
use in workshops, canteens, kitchens, offices, construction and assem-
bly.
Intuitive, easy-to-use extinguishing device to fight incipient fires
• Fire class A (solid and non-melting materials)
• Fire class B (liquid and melting materials)
• Fire class F (cooking fats and cooking oils of plant and animal origin)
• Provides 5A/21B/15F extinguishing performance for solid and liquid substances,
including cooking fats and oil.
• Suitable against fires in electrical equipment and devices with voltages up to 1000
volts (provided that a minimum distance of 1 m is observed)
• 4-years maintenance-free operational readiness
• Compact size and therefore easy to store
• Excellent extinguishing properties thanks to high-performance foam
• Optimum spray pattern thanks to micro fog technology ®
• Extinguishing agents: Foam
8 • Min. spraying width: 3 m
• Min. usage duration: 20 s
Art. no.
0893 112 112
VEHICLES FIRE EXTINGUISHING SPRAY

A ready-to-use, easy-to-operate fire extinguishing spray for passen-
ger cars, commercial vehicles, camper vans, boats and for mobile use.
Intuitive, easy-to-use extinguishing device to fight incipient fires
• Fire class A (solid and non-melting materials)
• Fire class B (liquid and melting materials)
• Provides 5A and 21B extinguishing performance
• Suitable against fires in electrical equipment and devices with voltages up to 1000
volts (provided that a minimum distance of 1 m is observed)
• 3-years maintenance-free operational readiness
• Compact size and therefore easy to store
• Excellent extinguishing properties thanks to high-performance foam
• Optimum spray pattern thanks to micro fog technology ®
• Contains anti-freeze additive for storage in vehicles all year round
• Extinguishing agents: Foam
• Min. spraying width: 3 m
• Min. usage duration: 20 s
Art. no.
0893 113 112

Fire protection / Active fire protection / Extinguishing agents
FIRE BLANKET
• Blanket made from fireproof fibreglass fabric
• Suitable for putting out small fires
• Supplied in a robust case with ring for wall mounting
• Hook-and-loop fastening for fast opening
• Useful accessory for the workplace, car or home
• Length (opened out): 150 cm
• Width (opened out): 180 cm
Art. no.
0899 600 012

Fire protection / Structural fire protection / Fire-retardant pipe bulkhead
REPLACEMENT STAINLESS STEEL TAPE FOR FIRE PROTECTION SLEEVE ENDLESS COLLAR
Art. no.
0893 304 711
REPLACEMENT MOUNTING HOOK FOR FIRE PROTECTION SLEEVE ENDLESS COLLAR
Art. no.
0893 304 712

FP WRAP
A graphite-based, intumescent wrap for fire rated sealing of metal
and plastic pipes.
The FP wrap is a system component for mortar and mineral board fire protection
systems:
• Fire resistance classes up to EI 240 U/U
• No tools required
• Width: 50 mm
• Fire resistance rating: EI240
ETA 21/00079 FP Pipe Wrap, 21/0078 FPMF Board and ETA

21/0081 FP Mortar
Length Art. no.

8
25 m 0893 304 526
175 mm 0893 306 760
260 mm 0893 306 761
350 mm 0893 306 762
395 mm 0893 306 763
505 mm 0893 306 764

INTUMESCENT STRIP 7 KS
For fire rated pipe penetration seals in flexible partition walls, massi-
ve walls and massive floors.
The strip is intended for wall and ceiling ducts of flammable and
non-flammable pipes with insulation made of synthetic rubber and
aluminium composite piping.
• Fire resistance class up to EI 120 U/U combination partition
• Fire resistance class up to EI 240 U/U single pipe duct
• Foams in the event of fire
• Easy to install
• Does not drip in the event of fire
• Very little space requirement
• Easy to secure
• Thickness: 2 mm
• Length: 15 m
• Width: 50 mm
ETA 15/0295
Art. no.
0893 304 309
INTUMESCENT STRIP IW-F

For fire rated pipe penetration seals in flexible partition walls, massi-
ve walls and massive floors.
The strip is intended for wall and floor penetrations of non-flammab-
le pipes that have flammable insulation; e.g. for refrigerant services
insulated with synthetic rubber.
• Fire resistance class up to EI 120 U/U
• Expands in the event of fire
• Easy to install
• Does not drip in the event of fire
• Very little space requirement
• Easy to secure
• Thickness: 1 mm
• Length: 10 m
• Width: 125 mm
ETA 15/0294 and ETA 15/0295
Art. no.
0893 304 310

INTUMESCENT STRIP FOR SHAFT WALL

Fire protection system for shaft walls.
Intumescent strips for fire-sealing of combustible pipes and ventilati-
on ducts in shaft walls.
• Thickness: 1 mm
• Length: 10 m
• Width: 100 mm
ETA 18/0731
Art. no. 8
0893 304 312
INTUMESCENT STRIP IS-R-PLUS

For fire rated sealing of single pipe penetrations.
An intumescent strip for fire rated pipe penetrations.
• Fire resistance classification up to EI 240 U/C or EI 90 U/U
• Simple installation
• Can be installed in tight fitting spaces
• High flexibility for various pipe diameters
• 0 mm spacing allowed for adjacent seals
• Thickness: 2 mm
• Width: 50 mm
• Adhesive system: Not self-adhesive
European Technical Assessment ETA 16/0469
Length Art. no.

6.25 m 0893 304 306
18.5 m 0893 304 308

FIRE-RETARDANT CEMENT MG III

Mortar belonging to mortar group III in accordance with DIN 1053-1,
classified as building material A1 in accordance with DIN 4102-4
Impermeable to fire and combustion gases
Temperature-reducing
Partitions rooms
Resistant to spray and extinguishing water jets
Mechanically stable
Suitable for
• Pumping
• Extruding
• Manual installation
Ready-to-use mixture
Stable even at high installation heights
• Container: Sack
• Weight of content: 25 kg
• Colour: Grey
8 • Building material class: A1 - Non-flammable
• Chemical basis: Magnesium chloride
Art. no.
0893 307 250

PIPE SLEEVE TYPE RK I

Fire protection sleeve
• Suitable for retrofitting
• Synthetic rubber insulated pipes (insulation ≤ 43 mm) up to 250 mm in diameter
can be routed through the sleeve.
• Space-saving installation thanks to low sleeve height
• Can be installed in the tightest spaces
• No loose fastening parts
• No preassembly
• Small number of fastening points
• Additional noise protection possible
• Usable even at high temperatures
Wall and ceiling ducts fire-resistant Z-19.53-2349 • Moisture does not impair functionality
• Control cables for pneumatic post systems can be routed through the sleeve.
• Solid foam withstands the pressure of extinguishing water
• Zero spacing from sleeve to sleeve permissible.
• Absolutely maintenance-free
• Extremely simple handling 8
• Reusable after removal
DN nominal width Internal diameter Outer diameter Height Art. no.

DN 32 36 mm 50 mm 26 mm 0893 304 032
DN 40 44 mm 58 mm 26 mm 0893 304 040
DN 50 54 mm 68 mm 26 mm 0893 304 050
DN 63 67 mm 94 mm 26 mm 0893 304 063
DN 75 79 mm 106 mm 26 mm 0893 304 075
DN 90 94 mm 132 mm 26 mm 0893 304 090
DN 110 114 mm 155 mm 26.6 mm 0893 304 110
DN 125 129 mm 172 mm 40 mm 0893 304 125
DN 140 144 mm 200 mm 40 mm 0893 304 140
DN 160 164 mm 220 mm 40 mm 0893 304 160
DN 180 184 mm 264 mm 40 mm 0893 304 180
DN 200 204 mm 284 mm 40 mm 0893 304 200
DN 225 231 mm 311 mm 60 mm 0893 304 225
DN 250 256 mm 336 mm 60 mm 0893 304 250

PIPE SLEEVE TYPE RK I

Fire protection sleeve
• Synthetic rubber insulated pipes (insulation ≤ 43 mm) up to 250 mm in diameter
can be routed through the sleeve.
• Space-saving installation thanks to low sleeve height
• Can be installed in the tightest spaces
• No loose fastening parts
• No preassembly
• Small number of fastening points
• Additional noise reduction possible
• Usable even at high temperatures
Wall and ceiling ducts R90 Z-19.17-1374 • Moisture does not impair functionality
• Control cables for pneumatic post systems can be routed through the sleeve
• Solid foam withstands the pressure of extinguishing water
• Zero spacing from sleeve to sleeve permissible.
8 • Extremely simple handling
• Reusable after removal
• Height: 51 mm
DN nominal width Internal diameter Outer diameter Art. no.

DN 280 289 mm 378 mm 0893 304 280
DN 315 328 mm 417 mm 0893 304 315
DN 400 415 mm 504 mm 0893 304 400
PIPE SLEEVE SML/PLASTIC

• Easy installation
• Possible to transition from cast-iron pipes to plastic pipes directly past the ceiling
• No duct liner necessary
• Easy to wrap around SML connectors with the strip during installation
• Zero spacing from flexen mineral wool, flexen synthetic rubber and fire protection
sleeves type RK I and Endless
• Intumescent ceiling strip is self-adhesive
• Seals against fire and smoke
Ceiling ducts R 90 Z-19.17-……
Sound test report P-BA 18/2009

DN 50 60 mm 110 mm 120 mm 0893 304 009
DN 75 85 mm 140 mm 150 mm 0893 304 010
DN 110 112 mm 155 mm 150 mm 0893 304 011

FP PIPE COLLAR
Fire protection collar for fire rated sealing of pipe and cable services.
Protection haute performance intumescente:
• Classes de résistance au feu jusqu‘à EI 240 U/U
• Fermeture simple pour un assemblage rapide et sûr
• Excellente capacité d‘insonorisation des bruits propagés dans l‘air
• Sans entretien
ETA 21/0080

DN 32 36 mm 45 mm 50 mm 0893 304 750
DN 40 44 mm 53 mm 50 mm 0893 304 751
8
DN 55 59 mm 68 mm 50 mm 0893 304 760
DN 63 67 mm 77 mm 50 mm 0893 304 752
DN 75 79 mm 90 mm 50 mm 0893 304 753
DN 82 85 mm 97 mm 50 mm 0893 304 761
DN 90 95 mm 108 mm 50 mm 0893 304 754
DN 110 117 mm 132 mm 50 mm 0893 304 762
DN 125 133 mm 155 mm 60 mm 0893 304 763
DN 140 147 mm 174 mm 60 mm 0893 304 755
DN 160 170 mm 204 mm 60 mm 0893 304 764
DN 200 220 mm 258 mm 60 mm 0893 304 765
DN 250 270 mm 320 mm 75 mm 0893 304 766
DN 315 333 mm 397 mm 75 mm 0893 304 767
DN 400 420 mm 502 mm 100 mm 0893 304 769
DN 90 95 mm 108 mm 30 mm 0893 304 777
DN 110 117 mm 132 mm 30 mm 0893 304 772
DN 32 36 mm 45 mm 30 mm 0893 304 773
DN 40 44 mm 53 mm 30 mm 0893 304 774
DN 55 59 mm 68 mm 30 mm 0893 304 770
DN 63 67 mm 77 mm 30 mm 0893 304 775
DN 75 79 mm 90 mm 30 mm 0893 304 776
DN 82 85 mm 97 mm 30 mm 0893 304 771

PIPE SLEEVE RM 30/RM 50

Fire protection sleeve for combustible piping in walls and ceilings.
• Easy to mount using screws
• Extra-long mounting tabs, flexible alignment
• Double arrangement of composite pipes in a sleeve
• Combustible pipes in pipe-end configuration, U/U tested
• Combustible pipe sleeves tested
• For use indoors and outdoors

DN 40 40.7 mm 52.7 mm 30 mm 0893 304 781
DN 40 40.7 mm 52.7 mm 50 mm 0893 304 791
DN 55 56.4 mm 68.4 mm 30 mm 0893 304 782
DN 55 56.4 mm 68.4 mm 50 mm 0893 304 792
8 DN 63 66 mm 84 mm 30 mm 0893 304 783
DN 63 66 mm 84 mm 50 mm 0893 304 793
DN 75 76.9 mm 94.9 mm 30 mm 0893 304 784
DN 75 76.9 mm 94.9 mm 50 mm 0893 304 794
DN 90 93.1 mm 111.1 mm 30 mm 0893 304 785
DN 90 93.1 mm 111.1 mm 50 mm 0893 304 795
DN 110 113.8 mm 131.8 mm 30 mm 0893 304 786
DN 110 113.8 mm 131.8 mm 50 mm 0893 304 796
DN 125 125.6 mm 149.6 mm 30 mm 0893 304 787
DN 125 125.6 mm 149.6 mm 50 mm 0893 304 797
DN 140 143.9 mm 167.9 mm 50 mm 0893 304 798
DN 160 162.1 mm 192.1 mm 50 mm 0893 304 799
DN 180 183 mm 213.4 mm 50 mm 0893 304 800
DN 200 203 mm 240.3 mm 50 mm 0893 304 801
DN 225 228 mm 271.8 mm 50 mm 0893 304 802
DN 250 253 mm 301.5 mm 50 mm 0893 304 803
DN 315 318 mm 385.2 mm 50 mm 0893 304 804
DN 355 360 mm 442.8 mm 50 mm 0893 304 805
DN 400 405 mm 496.6 mm 50 mm 0893 304 806
DN 450 455 mm 569.1 mm 50 mm 0893 304 807
DN 500 505 mm 624.5 mm 50 mm 0893 304 808
DN 500 555 mm 686.3 mm 50 mm 0893 304 809
DN 600 605 mm 748.7 mm 50 mm 0893 304 810
DN 600 655 mm 827.6 mm 50 mm 0893 304 813
DN 700 705 mm 891.3 mm 50 mm 0893 304 815

FIRE PROTECTION COLLAR SET EC ENDLESS COLLAR

Highly flexible for various pipe diameters. Heavily foaming material
in the event of a fire
• For straight ducts
• Sleeve distance 0 mm is possible with aBG (German general type approval)
Z-19.53-2551
• Sockets may lie in the sleeve area
• Low assembly height
• Few mounting points, at Ø 110 mm only 3 lugs
• With a sleeve height ≥ Ø 110 mm, the assembly height is only 40 mm
• Endless collar, independent of pipe diameter
• Can be installed in extremely tight spaces
Wall and ceiling ducts fire-resistant Z-19.53-2549 • Building material class conditions: in accordance with DIN EN 13501
• Thickness: 2 mm
• Suitable for plastic pipe (outer diameter): 160 mm 8
• Suitable for max. carrier pipe: 160 mm
• Suitable for min. carrier pipe: 32 mm
Art. no.
0893 304 700
FIRE-RETARDANT VKP SEALING TAPE

PUR sealing tape for fire protection gaps with special flame-retardant
impregnation
• Permanently elastic with high level of permanent absorption of continuous
movement
• Insulates sound and heat
• Can be painted over with common latex paints
• Can be used in all construction work and building types, except for metal construc-
tion work
• Quality always compliant with DIN standards and regularly tested by external
institutes
Length of roll Width Min./max. joint width Art. no.

5.6 m 20 mm 5 x 8 mm 0875 961 205
7m 15 mm 4 x 6 mm 0875 961 154

Fire protection / Structural fire protection / Fire protection, joint bulkhead
SEALING CORD FP
Flexible sealing cord for fire-safe sealing of horizontal and vertical
joints in solid walls and solid ceilings.
Sealing cord made of mineral fibre for fire-safe sealing of linear
joints
• Joint width 10–55 mm
• Fire behaviour class A1
• Very quick and easy to install
• No additional products required
• Fire resistance up to EI 180
Würth ETA 19/0668
Length of roll Width Min./max. joint width Art. no.

10 m 60 mm 47 x 55 mm 5898 000 560
20 m 12 mm 8 x 10 mm 5898 000 512
20 m 15 mm 10 x 12 mm 5898 000 515
8 20 m 20 mm 12 x 17 mm 5898 000 520
20 m 30 mm 17 x 27 mm 5898 000 530
20 m 40 mm 27 x 37 mm 5898 000 540
20 m 50 mm 37 x 47 mm 5898 000 550
FIRE PROTECTION ACRYLIC ACR 240

Intumescent, high-performance fire protection acrylic for fire rated
sealing of linear joints and service penetrations.
• Fast installation, mostly on one side
• Excellent soundproofing in joints just 12 mm deep
• Minimal levels of hazardous substances released
• Halogen- and silicone-free, can be painted
• Good adhesion to many surfaces
• Resistant to moisture and spray water
• Odourless and UV-resistant
• Extensively tested in fire rated applications
• Colour: White
• Building material class: E - Normally inflammable
• Chemical basis: Acrylate
ETA 21/0084 Sealing of linear joints

ETA-21/0085 Partitions
Contents Container Product weight (per item) Art. no.

600 ml Tubular film cartridge 984 g 0893 311 008
310 ml Cartridge 483 g 0893 311 000

FIRE RATED ACRYLIC SEALANT

An acrylic, single component, intumescent, fire rated construction
sealant.
Seals against fire and smoke
• Fire resistance tested for up to 4 hours
• Good adhesion to most construction materials.
• Seal stays elastic and can be painted over
• Colour: White
• Building material class: B2 - Normally inflammable
• Chemical basis: Acrylate dispersion
• Container: Tubular film cartridge
Art. no.
0893 303 014 8
FIRE AND ACOUSTIC PROTECTION ACRYLIC

Intumescent acrylic sealant for fire rated sealing of linear joints and
penetrations.
• Excellent soundproofing in joints
• Minimal levels of hazardous substances released
• Halogen- and silicone-free
• Can be painted
• Good adhesion to many surfaces
• Colour: White
• Building material class: F - Of high flammability
ETA 21/0076 Sealing of linear joints

ETA-21/0077 Partitions
Contents Container Product weight (per item) Art. no.

600 ml Tubular film cartridge 992 g 0893 303 008
300 ml Cartridge 545 g 0893 303 009

FIRE-RETARDANT SILICONE SIL 240

Fireseal - passive fire protection systems
Fire resistant to EI 240

• For the sealing of linear joints
• Elastic, single component silicone, for a perfect seal against the spreading of
smoke, toxic fumes, heat and flames through walls and compartment floors
• To be used combined with rock wool, in order to obtain EI fire resistance values
• Excellent elasticity
• Optimal adhesion, even on porous materials such as concrete, gypsum plaster-
board, etc.
• CANNOT be painted over
• Resistant to ageing and weathering, good resistance to UV rays, odourless
• Not recommended for plastic materials such as PE, PP, PTFE, or for sealing areas
constantly in contact with water, or for horizontal wall joints, glueing of mirrors, mar-
ble or natural stone
• High resistance to fire, up to 240 minutes (depending on the type of joint)
• Can be used for joints of any lengths
8 • Long fire resistance times even in walls only 100 mm thick – other brands would
require larger thicknesses which are usually not found on a building site, and that
invalidates certification of those products
• Can be used not only for floors, but also for walls made of concrete, gypsum plas-
terboard and of solid and hollow bricks, as long as they have a minimum thickness
of 100 mm
• Thanks to its elasticity, it adapts easily to the different geometries of the joints
• Simple to handle and to apply: can be applied using a classic silicone extrusion gun
• Yield of one cartridge: ca. 3 m (for a 10 x 10 mm seal)
• Ultraviolet resistance: Yes
Colour Art. no.

Black 0892 314 2
Grey 0892 314 6
White 0892 314 1

PERFECT FIRE-RETARDANT NEUTRAL SILICONE FILLER

4-hour fire-rated sealant
Adhesion to various surfaces

• Single-component fire-retardant silicone neutral elastomer, odour-free, ready to use,
for sealing joints
• Cures at room temperature and with atmospheric humidity to form a flexible and
strong seal with a low elasticity modulus
• Adheres without primer to most construction materials, including porous substrates
• Permanently elastic
• Cured sealant has good resistance to diluted bases and salt mist
• Provides good temporary resistance to common solvents and hydrocarbons
• Excellent UV and ageing resistance
• Colour: close to grey RAL 7037
• High-strength
SNJF Label certificate, sealant class 25 E Building and Glazing
Conforms to EN ISO 11600 – F&G – 25 LM – glass, anodised • Low modulus
aluminium and concrete (without primer)
Fire-resistance: class EI 240 for joints 10 to 25 mm according to
• Adhesion to various surfaces
EN 13 501-2
• Colour: Grey
Classification report: Efectis 10-A-294 8
Can be used in accordance with French standards DTU 44.1 • Contents: 310 ml
(Building sealing) and DTU 39 (Glazing work) on concrete, ano-
dised aluminium and glass without primer
Art. no.
0893 305
FIRE RATED MS BOND AND SEAL

A paste-like, permanently elastic sealant with hybrid-polymer base.
Seals against fire and combustion gases
• Adheres very well to the majority of construction materials
• Remains flexible and paintable.
• UV-resistant
• Good resistance to sea water
• Fire resistance to be checked depending on the application
• Colour: White
• Building material class: B2 - Normally inflammable
• Building material class conditions: in accordance with DIN 4102-1
Art. no.
0893 301 011

WEATHER SEAL
Classification EN ISO 11600 F/G 25 LM. Elastic fire-resistant silicone for internal and external building joints
and facades.
• Seals against fire and combustion gases
• Low volume loss
• Long shelf life
• Easy to apply
• UV resistant
• Colour: Black
• Building material class: B-s1 d0 - Of low flammability
• Building material class conditions: in accordance with DIN EN 13501-1
Art. no.
0893 301 016
8
ELASTIC FIRE-RETARDANT SEAL IPT

For fire rated sealing of linear joints as well as for watertight sealing
of expansion-loaded joints.
High-performance, single-component fire rated sealant and elastic structural
adhesive:
• Fire resistance classes up to EI 240
• Good sound insulation performance
• Low release of dangerous substances and VOC
• Permanently elastic and can be painted
• Extremely easy to use
• Fast curing time
• Building material class: D, s2 d0 - Normally inflammable
• Building material class conditions: in accordance with DIN EN 13501-1
• Ultraviolet resistance: Limited
ETA 14/0142
Colour Art. no.

Grey 0893 313 301
White 0893 313 300

SINGLE COMPONENT FIRE-RETARDANT POLYURETHANE FOAM PU

Fireseal - passive fire protection systems
Fire resistant to EI 240

• Can be cut, ground, sanded, painted, perforated and plastered once cured
• High adhesive power
• Good resistance to water, chemicals, detergents and microorganisms
• Very low emission of volatile organic substances (EC 1 Plus)
• Highly resistant to fire for up to 240 minutes (depending on the type of application)
• Can be used for any length of joint, both with and without mineral wool
• High fire resistance times even in walls only 100 mm thick
• Thanks to its consistency (foam), it adapts to geometries and can be used for joints
of a wide variety of sizes
• Quick application and high yield (1 cylinder = approx. 30 L)
• Easy to extrude using a classic PU foam gun
• Chemical basis: Single component polyurethane
• Density/conditions: 19 kg/m³ / at 23°C, 50% relative humidity
• Colour: Grey
8
• Container: Aerosol can
• Min./max. joint width: 10 x 70 mm
• Min./max. ambient processing temperature: 5 to 40 °C
• Min. surface processing temperature: 5 °C
• Min./max. processing temperature for can: 5 to 25 °C
• Min. processing temperature for can: 5 °C
• Max. processing temperature for can: 25 °C
• Optimum processing temperature for can: 20 °C
• Min. skin-formation time: 8 min
Art. no.
0893 303 305

FIRE-RETARDANT PU FOAM WURTHFOAM FP

One-component, fire-retardant foam for fireproof joints and installing
of fireproof windows and doors, designed for foam gun.
Excellent fire resistance. Fire retarding up to 240 minutes. Effective fire and
smoke seal. Does not drop/fall while burning. Pink coloured.
• Chemical basis: Diphenylmethane
• Density/conditions: 1.9 g/cm³ / at 20°C
• Colour: Rosy
• Min./max. processing temperature /conditions: 10 to 30 °C / at 10°C
and 75% relative humidity
• Conditions for skin-formation time: at 23°C and 50% relative humidity
National Technical Assessment ITB-KOT-2018/0542 and Certifi- • Conditions for yield: at 23°C and 50% humidity
cate No. 020-UWB-2678/W
• Building material class/conditions: B1 - Of low flammability / in accordance
with DIN 4102
8 • Fire resistance rating: EI240
• Ultraviolet resistance: No
Art. no.
0893 303 401

JOINT FOAM, B1 PU
Fire-retardant foam for fire rated sealing of linear joints.
Fire-retardant, 1-component, expanding construction foam:
• Suitable for application guns
• Very good bonding on most construction materials
• Colour: Red
• Conditions for skin-formation time: at 23°C and 50% relative humidity 8
• Tensile strength / conditions: 0.12 MPa / in accordande with Feica TM
1018:2015
• Yield (volume) approx.: 33 l
• Conditions for yield: Foam yield (free foaming)
Art. no.
0893 303 402

1-COMPONENT GUN FOAM

For technical fire protection sealing of linear joints. Building material
class B1 in accordance with DIN 4102-1.
Flame-retardant, gas and smoke proof
• Fire spreading to neighbouring rooms severely delayed
• Longer containment of harmful gases and suffocating smoke
• Fire protection tested for applications in stone
High adhesive strength
• Very good adhesion to almost all common building materials
Fine-pored and shape-holding foam
• Does not deform, highly elastic
• Quick and even hardening
• Homogeneous foam structure
Further advantages
Building material class B1 in accordance with DIN 4102, Part 1.
• Withstands water, heat and numerous chemical products
• Can be covered with paint or adhesive
CFC, (H)CFC and HFC free (not harmful to ozone).
8 Excellent sound and heat insulation
Quick application thanks to short application and hardening times
• Colour: Light grey (bright grey)
• Max. surface processing temperature: 35 °C
• Min./max. surface processing temperature: 5 to 35 °C
• Building material class/conditions: B1 - Of low flammability / in accordance
with DIN 4102-1
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 9 Month / dry storage area, 5°C to
15°C
Art. no.
0892 152 520

FIRE PROTECTION FOAM

Fire retardant foam for fire rated sealing of linear joints.
Fire-retardant, 1-component, expanding construction foam:
• Suitable for application guns
• Very good bonding on most construction materials
• Can be used on concrete, masonry, brick, Leca, mortar, etc.
• High soundproofing
• Can be combined with IPT elastic sealant
• Chemical basis: Polyurethane
• Min./max. ambient processing temperature: 10 to 30 °C
• Max. processing temperature for can: 50 °C 8
ETA 15/0824 • Optimum processing temperature for can: 20 °C
• Yield (volume) approx./conditions: 35 l / Foam yield (free foaming)
Art. no.
0893 303 405

EXPANDING FIRE PROTECTION PU FOAM

Expanding polyurethane fire protection foam
• One-component, expandable, ready-to-use polyurethane foam.
• Expands by absorbing moisture from the air.
• Fire resistant up to EI 240 depending on the type of application and the width of
the joint*.
• Complies with fire classification report no. 20289 A. Completed by the Warrington-
fire* laboratory.
• Complies with European standard EN 1366-4.
• Gas- and smoke-proof.
• High filling efficiency.
• Box yield (FEICA TM 1003): 750 ml gives 34 litres in manual mode, 44 litres in
spray mode.
• Joint yield (FEICA TM 1002): 750 ml gives 18 metres in manual mode, 35 metres in
spray mode.
• Very good acoustic and thermal insulation.
• High expulsion speed.
• Excellent dimensional stability.
• No shrinkage or delayed expansion.
8 • Good resistance to external chemical factors.
• Excellent adhesion to all types of supporting materials including concrete, aerated
concrete, masonry, stone, plaster, timber, fibre cement, metal, polystyrene and
polyurethane foam.
• Also adheres to many plastics and fibres encountered in the construction industry
such as polyester and PVC, except for PE and PP.
• Overcoatable, can be painted once hardened.
• Environmentally friendly thanks to absence of CFCs and HCFCs.
• Not UV-resistant.
• Not suitable for sealing electrical cable passages.
• *See the fire classification test report.
• Colour: Light red
• Min. skin-formation time: 9.5 min
Container Art. no.

Aerosol can 0892 152 563
Can for pistol 0892 152 564

WÜRTH FIRE PROTECTION FOAM

A fire protection foam for fire-safe sealing of linear joints
Fire-retardant, 1-component, expanding structural foam:
• Joint width up to 30 mm
• Suitable for application gun
• Adheres very well to most construction materials
• Can be used on building materials such as concrete, masonry, clay brick, leca,
mortar, etc.
• Good sound insulation performance
• Chemical basis: Polyurethane
• Colour: Light red
• Min./max. processing temperature: 10 to 30 °C 8
ETA-21/0517 • Min./max. processing temperature for can: 10 to 30 °C
Art. no.
0893 303 410

Fire protection / Structural fire protection / Fire protection, cable bulkhead
FIRE-RETARDANT FILLER 5 KS SP
Universal fire protection filler for indoor and outdoor use.
Water-based, viscous and non-hygroscopic fire protection filler with
an ablative effect.
The fire protection filler is a solvent and halogen-free synthetic emul-
sion containing flame-retardant pigments. The fire protection filler is
classified as low-emission and contains no borates, plasticisers, for-
maldehyde or alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEOs).
• Solvent-free, no VOC emissions
• Can be mechanically stressed
• Water permeability according to DIN 1048
• Oil and petrol resistant
• Weatherproof and UV-resistant in accordance with DIN 53 384
• Resistant to ageing
• Flexible after drying, even with thick layers
• Colour: White
• Conditions to maintain shelf life from production: at 5°C to 30°C
ETA 15/0294 mixed penetration seal EI 60
8 ETA 15/0295 mixed penetration seal EI 90/EI 120
Container Weight of content Contents Art. no.

Bucket 6 kg 4.5 l 0893 306 318
Cartridge 322.4 g 310 ml 0893 306 314
Bucket 12.5 kg - 0893 306 312
FIRE PROTECTION CABLE BANDAGE IW-F

Fire protection sleeve that foams up in case of a fire, for preventing
the fire from spreading via cables, cable bundles and cable conduits.
• For use indoors and outdoors
• Backing material is glass filament fabric
• Surface 12 m2
• Flexible, can therefore be used in tight windings
• Insulation layer profile
• Free from solvents, halogens and plasticisers
• Dust-free installation
Test reports: 2012-B-2553, 2012-B-4202/01-03 MPA Dresden.
• Easy retrofitting
• No special suspension necessary
• Length: 12 m
• Width: 1000 mm
• Area: 12 m2
• Colour: Graphite grey
• Building material class: E - Normally inflammable
Art. no.
0893 304 615

FIRE PROTECTION COATING FPMF

• Colour: White
Art. no.
0893 306 315
SEALING COMPOUND 7 KS VISCOSITY

8
An intumescent sealing compound for fire-safe sealing of flammable pipes.
A sealing compound for flammable pipes that are routed directly on the floor.
• Fire resistance class up to EI 90
• Simple design and fast installation
• Indoors and wet rooms
• Solvent- and silicone-free, VOC emissions class A+
• Colour: Anthracite, Grey
• Conditions to maintain shelf life from production: dry storage area, 5°C
to 30°C
ETA 18/0731
Art. no.
0893 306 316

FIRE-RETARDANT COATING 5 KS FARBE

Universal fire protection coating for indoor and outdoor use.
A water-based, medium-viscosity, non-hygroscopic fire protection
coating with an ablative effect.
The coating is a solvent- and halogen-free synthetic emulsion which
contains flame retardant pigments. The coating is classified as
low-emission and contains no borates, plasticisers, formaldehyde or
alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEOs).
• Flexible when dry, even with thick layers
• Colour: White
ETA 15/0294 mixed penetration seal EI 60 • Conditions to maintain shelf life from production: at 5°C to 30°C
8 ETA 15/0295 mixed penetration seal EI 90/EI 120 • Shelf life from production: 18 Month
Weight of content Art. no.

6 kg 0893 306 214
12.5 kg 0893 306 212
FIRE-RETARDANT COATING 5 KS VISKOS

Universally applicable, gel-like fire-retardant coating for indoor and
outdoor use.
Water-based, viscous, non-hygroscopic fire protection coating with
an ablative effect.
The coating is a solvent- and halogen-free synthetic emulsion which
contains flame retardant pigments. The coating is classified as
low-emission and contains no borates, plasticisers, formaldehyde or
alkylphenol ethoxylates (APEOs).
ETA 15/0294 combination partition EI 60 • Resistant to ageing
ETA 15/0295 combination partition EI 90/EI 120
• Flexible when dry, even with thick layers
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0893 306 412

MIXER
For fire protection foam
Art. no.
0893 303 152
APPLICATION GUN
For Combi fire-retardant foam
Mixing ratio 5:1
Length Product weight (per item) Art. no.

360 mm 1286 g 0893 303 201
335 mm 1283 g 0893 303 206
8
FIRE PROTECTION SEALANT FP GRAPHITE

A high-performance, fire protection sealant based on graphite, for fire
rated sealing of cables and combustible pipes.
• Fire resistance classes up to EI 240 U/U
• Sealing plastic pipes with diameter up to 110 mm
• Excellent soundproofing
• Minimal levels of hazardous substances are released
• Halogen-free
• Extremely easy to use
• Fast curing time
• Colour: Graphite black
• Min./max. skin-formation time /conditions: 25-35 min / at 23°C and 50%
relative humidity
• Full curing speed/conditions: 3 mm/d / 23°C and 50% relative humidity
ETA-21/0083
Art. no.
0893 301 019

FIRE PROTECTION PILLOWS

For fire rated cable seal in flexible partition walls, massive walls and
massive floors.
Fire protection pillows that foam up in the event of a fire, can be used
as a permanent seal or only as a temporary solution.
Sizes: (S) 250x60x30 mm, (M) 250x130x35 mm and (L) 250x180x35
mm.
ETA-17/0651 for cable penetrations • Quick and easy installation without special tools
• Can be reused
• Simple post-installation without additional sealants
Length x width x height Height Art. no.

250 x 60 x 30 mm 30 mm 0893 305 072
250 x 130 x 35 mm 35 mm 0893 305 073
250 x 180 x 35 mm 35 mm 0893 305 074
8 FIRE PROTECTION BLOCK

For fire-safe partitioning of openings
Intumescent fire protection block based on polyurethane. A simple
partitioning system made of ready-to-use moulded parts. For struc-
tural openings up to 600 x 1000 mm in walls. Different sizes are pos-
sible on ceilings, e.g. 600 x 1000 mm.
• Quick mounting
• Simple and cost-effective
• Dust, halogen and solvent-free
• Good airborne sound insulation values
• Steel cable trays or steel ladders can be laid through the partitioning
• Subsequent installation and dismantling is possible at any time
European Technical Assessment ETA 18/0804.
Art. no.
0893 305 810

FP MORTAR
A gypsum-based fire protection mortar. Supplied in powder form and
contains inorganic compounds and perlite. For fire rated mortar seal
of mixed penetrations.
• Low release of dangerous substances
• Good adhesion to many surfaces: Concrete, masonry, brick, Leca, gypsum plaster-
board, etc.
• 1% expansion during curing
• Mechanical resistance without reinforcement
• Spacings from 0 mm
• Colour: White
• Ratio of ingredients: 2:1
ETA 21/0081
Weight of content Container Art. no.

15 kg Sack 0893 302 220 8
7.2 kg Bucket 0893 302 210
FIRE PROTECTION MORTAR SYSTEM MORTAR PARTITION

• Container: Sack
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0893 302 230

FIRE PROTECTION PLUG

For the fire rated sealing of round openings.
Intumescent fire protection plug based on polyurethane. A simple
partitioning system made of ready-to-use round moulded parts,
with intumescent effect. Suitable for round structural openings with
diameter up to 240 mm.
• Quick mounting
• Simple and cost-effective
• Easy retrofitting
• Dust, halogen and solvent-free
• Good airborne sound insulation values
• Steel cable trays or steel ladders can be laid through the partitioning
• Subsequent installation and dismantling is possible at any time
• Height: 70 mm
Min. diameter Max. diameter Suitable for Art. no.

8 65 mm 65 mm Core hole up to 65 mm 0893 305 801
78 mm 78 mm Core drilling up to 78 mm 0893 305 802
107 mm 107 mm Core hole up to 104 mm 0893 305 803
FPMF BOARD 1-S

For fire rated pipe and cable penetration seals in flexible partition
walls and massive walls.
FR boards are high-density mineral-wool boards with fire-retardant
coating on one side.
FR boards, 1-S: 1200x600x50 mm.
• Fire resistance classes up to EI 120 U/U, depending on the installation situation and
the material
• The boards are pre-coated for quick and easy installation
• Material: Mineral fibre
• Length x height x thickness: 1200 x 600 x 50 mm
ETA 21/0078
Art. no.
0893 308 91
0893 308 910

FPMF BOARD 2-S

For fire rated pipe and cable penetration seals in massive walls and
massive floors.
The 2-S FR boards are high-density mineral-wool boards with fire-re-
tardant coating on both sides.
FR boards, 2-S: 1200x600x60 mm.
• Fire resistance classes up to EI 240–EI 240 U/U, depending on the installation situ-
ation and the material
• The boards are pre-coated for quick and easy installation
• Material: Mineral fibre
• Length x height x thickness: 1200 x 600 x 60 mm
8
ETA 21/0078
Art. no.
0893 308 92
0893 308 921
MINERAL FIBREBOARD AB
Advantages
• Specially designed for fire protection sealing in solid ceilings and walls as well as in
EI90 lightweight walls
• Easy processing
• Very good sound insulation properties
Features
• Pre-coated mineral fibreboard for easy and quick installation
• Non-combustible mineral fibreboard (building material class EN 13501-1-11)
• Nominal density 150 kg/m3
• Material: Mineral wool
Length x height x thickness Art. no.

1000 x 600 x 50 mm 0893 308 5
1000 x 600 x 60 mm 0893 308 4

FIRE PROTECTION FOAM COMBINATION

Two-component fire protection foam with PU base and outstanding
fire protection properties. Intumescent.
• Easy and quick to install
• No coating on the cable or bulkhead surface
• Flexible foam, easy to retrofit
• Can be painted over
• Dust-free application
• PE and PVC pipes up to Ø 50 mm can be installed without a fire protection collar
• Fire resistance rating: Fire resistant
• Yield (volume) approx.: 2.1 l
Z-19.53-2337
Art. no.
0893 303 200

FIRE PROTECTION PUTTY SEALANT Ø15-MM CORD

A powerful, malleable putty sealant for fire rated cable and pipe sea-
ling.
• Single cables up to Ø80 mm, bundled up to Ø50 mm
• Metal pipes up to Ø324 mm
• Reusable
• Sound-absorbing
• No release of hazardous substances or VOC
• Easy handling without tools
• Supplier product designation: Würth Putty Sealant
• Container: Carton
8
ETA-21/0074
Art. no.
0893 306 801
FIRE PROTECTION MASTIC INTUMESCENT

For fire rated sealing of cable penetrations in indoor use.
An intumescent, paste-like compound with acrylate base. Simple
partitioning system for structural openings up to 100 x 100 mm or
with a diameter of 113 mm.
• Quick, easy installation
• Retrofitting can be carried out at any time
• Particularly suitable for small or hard-to-reach and irregular openings
Art. no.
0893 305 812

CABLE TRANSIT
Cable transit for fire rated sealing of cables, cable bundles and small,
combustible pipes with or without cable occupancy.
The cable transit consists of a round, thermoplastic shell and an intumescent inlay
made of graphite:
• Extremely easy subsequent installation
• No cable coating
• 100% assignment possible
• Lining does not need to be removed from lightweight partition walls
ETA-21/0075
Length Diameter Art. no.

150 mm 40 mm 0893 305 030
150 mm 63 mm 0893 305 031
8 150 mm 90 mm 0893 305 032
150 mm 110 mm 0893 305 033
250 mm 40 mm 0893 305 020
250 mm 63 mm 0893 305 021
250 mm 90 mm 0893 305 022
250 mm 110 mm 0893 305 023
400 mm 63 mm 0893 305 025
400 mm 90 mm 0893 305 026
400 mm 110 mm 0893 305 027
FOAM PLUG
Additional smoke-tight foam plugs for the Würth cable conduit fire
protection product.
• Colour: Black grey

2.2 g 0893 305 035
5.4 g 0893 305 036
11 g 0893 305 037
16.5 g 0893 305 038

Fire protection / Structural fire protection / Fire protection, ventilation
COLD SMOKE BARRIER
Art. no.
9501 007 278
9501 007 279
9501 007 280
9501 007 322
8
PROTECTIVE COVER WITHOUT CLOSURE ELEMENT
Art. no.
9501 007 323
9501 007 324
9501 007 325
9501 007 326

Fire protection / Preventative fire protection / Smoke/heat and gas detec-
tion systems
SMOKE ALARM, INVISIBLE

Prevention of fire risks in the household.
• Reacts to smoke
• Low battery warning
• Function test by test button
• Alarm pause function: 10 min
• Battery included
• Fastening material included
• Smart-Clip mounting ring
• Diameter: 40 mm
• Height: 45 mm
• Colour: White
• Rechargeable battery/battery life: 10 years
Art. no.
0978 920 010
8

Fire protection / Preventative fire protection / Smoke/heat and gas detec-
tion systems

Technical chemicals / ChapterToC
TECHNICAL CHEMICALS
Service products, chemicals 1492
Sealant 1574
Surface protection, coatings 1608
Cleaning agents and care products 1693
Filling systems - reusable cans 1817
Lubricants and rust removers 1819
Adhesive tapes 1897
Adhesives 1981
Building chemicals 2113
Technical chemicals products mixed 2273 9

Technical chemicals / Service products, chemicals / Leak detector pro-
ducts
FREEZER SPRAY
For universal use in repair and assembly work and for troubleshoo-
ting
Non-flammable!
In low voltage areas according to VDE 0100 (voltage range: <50 V
(AC), <120 V (DC)) can also be used when energised.
Powerful cooling effect
• Spray causes localised cooling down to –50°C
• Ball bearings, bushings, shafts etc. fit easily into the tightest clearances
Creates an intended thermal overload
Faults in electrical circuits are quick to determine
Art. no.
0890 001 200
LEAK DETECTOR PLUS

9
Leak-detection foam for identifying non-tight areas, micro-leaks and
hairline cracks safely and quickly
Easy and quick to apply
• Reliable diagnosis within short period of time
• The smallest leaks and those leaks that only occur under high stresses are easy to
find
Non-flammable – Also possible to detect leaks in flammable gases
Temperature application range (-15°C to +50°C), tested in accordan-
ce with DIN51421
• Can be used in cold ambient temperatures
• Suitable for cryogenic gases
pH-neutral
• Metals are not attacked
• No stress corrosion cracking on plastics such as PVC or PE
Non-corrosive
Not harmful to health
Compatible with oxygen
• Contents: 0.4 l
• Colour: Clear
• Chemical basis: Water tenside
Art. no.
0890 27

ducts
LEAK DETECTOR
Detects leaking areas in compressed air and gas systems
• Effortless, time-saving detection of pressurised, leaking areas with success
guaranteed
• Non-flammable, therefore can also be used on systems, containers and pipes with
flammable gases
• Processing temperature: +5°C to +50°C
• Freezes at 0°C
• Chemical basis: Water, soap and glycol
Contents Smell/fragrance Art. no.

400 ml - 0890 204 004
0.4 l Product-typical 0890 20
UNIVERSAL DYE FOR LEAK DETECTION 9

Can be used universally in various fluids such as engine oil, hydraulic
oil, power steering fluid, brake fluid, diesel fuel, petrol and gearbox
oil.
Würth universal dye can be used in different liquids to find a leak.
The product is compatible with the following liquids:
• Engine oil
• Hydraulic oil
• Power steering fluid
• Brake fluid
• Diesel fuel
• Petrol
• Gearbox oil
The product can be used only with the help of a UV light.
• Contents: 30 ml
Art. no.
0892 764 005

ducts
UV LEAK DETECTOR FOR ENGINE COOLANT

The leak detector can be seen with any ultraviolet light
Würth UV leak detector for engine coolant is suitable for fast, accurate detection of
leaks. It can be seen with any ultraviolet light. The bottle has a built-in dosing cap.
• Colour: Yellow fluorescent
• Chemical basis: Propanediol
Art. no.
0892 764 532
CLEANING FLUID AND ROUGHENING AGENT

For the chemical cleaning of tyres and hoses prior to repairs.
Optimal chemical cleaning of surfaces prior to mechanical
roughening.
• Chemical basis: Heptane
9 • Conditions to maintain shelf life from production: dry storage area, no
exposure to direct sunlight, in sealed original containers, 5°C to 25°C
• Density: 0.665 g/cm³
• Smell/fragrance: Faint aliphatic hydrocarbon
Art. no.
0890 100 013

Technical chemicals / Service products, chemicals / Tyre repairs, chemi-
cals
BEAD SEALER
Soft and flexible bead-tight installation cream for air loss prevention
Effective and easy to use
• Solid particles are distributed through the uneven areas and prevent air escaping
• Spreadable
• Lasting seal
• Chemical basis: Ethanol
• Colour: Dark grey
• Conditions to maintain shelf life from production: cool and frost-free
storage
• Density conditions: at 20°C
• Max. processing temperature: 35 °C
Art. no.
0893 491 001
9
VULCANISING CEMENT
High-strength. For self-vulcanising repair systems for tyre and hose
repairs.
• Chemical basis: Naphtha
Container Colour Density Min./max. proces- Shelf life from Art. no.
sing temperature production
Can Beige 0.74 g/cm³ - 12 Month 0890 100 017
Cartridge - 0.76 g/cm³ 18 to 150 °C 24 Month 0890 95 080

Technical chemicals / Service products, chemicals / Electric products, che-
mical
CONTACT SPRAY
Is quick and reliable at rectifying ignition problems
To be used as a preventative measure against ignition problems cau-
sed by moisture in vehicles and in other low-voltage ignition systems
Contents Colour Chemical basis Art. no.

300 ml Light yellow Mineral oil 0890 100
400 ml Colourless Dimethyl ether 0893 651 040
9 CONTACT SPRAY SW
Special spray wash
Cleaner for contacts and electrical components
• Removes wood resin residues
• Cleans components with heavy soiling
Versatile applications – Does not attack plastics and common materi-
als (electr. parts and elements, circuit boards, relays, power strips)
• Chemical basis: Mineral oil
Art. no.
0893 65

mical
CONTACT SPRAY OXIDATION SOLVENT

Spray oxidation solvent
• Cleans all types of contacts
• Removes oxide and sulphide coatings, resin, oil and dirt
• Eliminates „bangs“ as well as impermissible high voltage resistances
• Versatile range of applications – Does not attack most construction materials
• Halogen-free
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0893 60
COMPRESSED AIR SPRAY

Effortlessly removes dust in hard-to-reach areas
9
Non-flammable!
Can be used in low-voltage areas meeting VDE 0100 (voltage range:
<50 V (AC), <120 V (DC)) even while energised.
Easy to use
• Always ready to hand, regardless of compressor, power or pressure lines
• Long spray tube enables accurate spraying
Dry and oil-free compressed gas
• Leaves no residue behind
• Good material compatibility
High pressure and high density
Easy to use and universal application
Contents Chemical basis Shelf life from production Art. no.

200 ml Tetrafluorpropene 36 Month 0893 620 200
400 ml Partial fluorinated hydrocarbon gas 24 Month 0893 620 400

mical
CANISTER FOR COMPRESSED AIR AND COOLING SRI 400

Compressed air
• for removing dust from electronic components and instruments
• for removing dust from holes for dowels/stud anchors
• with plastic tube for hard-to-reach parts
Cooling
• for cooling, hold the canister upside-down
• for localised cooling down to -53°C on treated parts
Colour Chemical basis Art. no.

- - 0893 001
Colourless Butane 0893 620 001
9 CONTACT SPRAY OXIDATION PROTECTION

Spray oxidation protection
Anti-corrosion material
Long-term corrosion protection for new contacts, switches and electromechanical
power unit components
Excellent lubricant for precision power unit components
Removes dust, resin, oil and metal abrasion
Free from acid, does not resinify
Art. no.
0893 61

mical
CONTACT PROTECTIVE LACQUER

Transparent spray protective lacquer
Prevents and rectifies soft shorts on coils and transformers
Prevents short-circuits in high and low-voltage areas
Provides a glossy and flexible protective film
• Insulates and seals
• Protects against water, diluted acids, bases and corrosion
Adheres to metals such as copper, brass, steel, chrome, aluminium
Art. no.
0893 70
BATTERY TERMINAL PROTECTOR

Long-term and temperature-resistant protection for battery terminals
9
• Protects battery terminals, pole terminals and plug connections from corrosion,
weather and battery acids
• Prevents transfer resistances and voltage drops, thereby extending the battery life.
• Smell/fragrance: Solvent-like
Colour Chemical basis Art. no.

Blue Dimethacrylic acid ether 0890 104
Blue transparent - 0890 104 151

mical
STARTING AID SPRAY START-RAPID

Rapid engine starting aid for cold starts which are gentle on the bat-
tery, with proven combination of active agents
• Helps with starting problems quickly and reliably, particularly in cold and damp
weather
• For all 2-stroke and 4-stroke petrol and diesel engines, with and without catalytic
converter
• Chemical basis: Diethyl ether
Art. no.
0890 11
DEMINERALISED WATER
9 Avoid salt and scale build-up
Prevents salt and scale build-up
• Can be used as battery water for topping up batteries (car and motorcycle
batteries)
• Can be used for machines to avoid scale build-up
• Chemical basis: Water
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 60 Month / cool and frost-free
storage
• Contents: 25 l
Art. no.
0890 104 025

Technical chemicals / Service products, chemicals / Air conditioning ser-
vice products
PAG OIL 46
PAG polyalkylene glycol air-conditioning compressor oil for vehicle
air-conditioning systems using R134a refrigerant
• Good mixing properties
• Optimum lubrication effect
• High degree of wear protection
• Very hydrophobic
• Ensures thermal stability
Contents Viscosity/consistency Kinematic oil basis viscosity Art. no.

250 ml - 46 cSt 0892 746 250
1000 ml Low - 0892 764 125
1000 ml - 46 cSt 0892 764 251
250 ml - 46 cSt 0892 764 225
9
PAG OIL 100

250 ml - 95 cSt 0892 764 226
250 ml - 100 cSt 0892 764 341
1000 ml Liquid 100 mm2/s 0892 764 126
1000 ml - 100 cSt 0892 764 342

vice products
PAG OIL 150


250 ml - 120 cSt 0892 764 229
250 ml - 150 cSt 0892 764 441
1000 ml Very high - 0892 764 129
1000 ml - 150 cSt 0892 764 442
9
PAG OIL R1234YF
Special packaging for one-time application.
• High level of lubrication
• Chemically and thermally stable
• Used with the new refrigerant R1234yf
• Resistant, even at high temperatures and with light water ingress
• Offers a high level of protection against corrosion
• Increases the wear resistance of the system, even under high pressure
• Viscosity/consistency: Creamy
• Kinematic oil basis viscosity: 100 m2/s
Art. no.
0892 123 421

vice products
PAG OIL PREMIUM

Premium PAG (polyalkylene glycol) air-conditioning compressor oil
for lubricating vehicle air-conditioning systems with R1234yf and
R134a refrigerants
• Fully synthetic oil based on polyalkylene glycol (PAG) for lubrication of vehicle
air-conditioning systems.
• Compatible with both R1234yf and R134a refrigerants and highly miscible
(double-end-capped).
• Improves lubricity, provides chemical and thermal stability and guarantees excellent
wear protection.
• Viscosity/consistency: Viscous, non-dripping
Art. no.
0892 764 253
PAG OIL UNIVERSAL

Equipped with a double-end-cap and resistant to high temperatures.
9
• Reduces maintenance costs
• Increased corrosion protection
• Excellent mixing properties
• Optimum lubrication results
• High protection against wear
• Viscosity/consistency: Thin fluid
• Kinematic oil basis viscosity: 68 cSt
Art. no.
0892 764 110

vice products
PAG OIL 46 R1234YF

Special packaging for single use.
• High level of lubrication
• Chemically and thermally stable
• Used with new refrigerant R1234yf
• Resistant, even at high temperatures and slight exposure to water
• Offers high anti-corrosion protection
• Increases the wear and tear of the system even under a high pressure level
• Viscosity/consistency: Creamy
Art. no.
0892 123 420
AC LEAKAGE STOP PLUS

Preventive use for sealing micro-leaks on metal and rubber compo-
nents, and for locating leaks in R134a and R1234yf vehicle air-conditi-
9 oning systems
Compatible
Can be mixed with mineral, ester and PAG oils
Lubrication effect
Ester oil content supports compressor lubrication and thus lengthens the service life
and improves compression of the refrigerant
Detects leaks
The UV dye which is contained enables leak detection with the help of a conventional
UV light
Does not contain polymers
The air-conditioning unit parts and A/C service units cannot be damaged by the
product
• Contents: 60 ml
Container Art. no.

Can 0892 764 776
Bottle 0892 764 775

vice products
EXTREME A/C LEAKAGE SEALANT

Leakage sealant for metal and rubber components of the A/C system.
Increases the compressor‘s performance, improving the capacity and
speed for cooling down the vehicle.
Leakage sealant for metal and rubber components
• Permanent leakage sealant.
• Avoid the expensive and time-consuming task of dismantling and replacing A/C
system components.
• Indicated dose (30 ml) for A/C systems with a 1-kg gas maximum.
• Compatible with R-12 and R-134a gas.
Vitaminised
• Improves A/C system lubrication.
• Reduces component friction and wear, extending the service life of the compressor.
• Reduces compressor noise.
• Increases vehicle cooling capacity and speed.
Remains in the system after application
• No need to bleed the system after use.
Polymer free
• Suitable for use with A/C recovery equipment.
• Does not damage the compressor or other A/C system components.
• Contents: 30 ml 9
Art. no.
0892 764 730
LEAK STOP FOR HVAC&R SYSTEMS

Air-conditioning additive for repairing leaks in HVAC&R systems
• Stops and guarantees an effective and permanent solution for small leaks up to
0.3 mm in rubber and metal elements for air-conditioning units and other HVAC&R
systems
• Compatible with the materials and elements within the system
• Works while the system continues to run
• Contents: 6 ml
Art. no.
0892 764 204

vice products
EXTREME A/C LEAKAGE SEALANT

Leakage sealant for metal and rubber components of the A/C system.
Increases the compressor’s performance, improving the capacity and
speed for cooling down the vehicle.
Leakage sealant for metal and rubber components.
• Permanent leakage sealant.
• Avoid the expensive and time-consuming task of dismantling and replacing A/C
system components.
• Compatible with R-12, R1234yf and R-134a gas.
Rejuvenate.
• Improves A/C system lubrication.
• Reduces component friction and wear, extending the service life of the compressor.
• Reduces compressor noise.
• Increases vehicle cooling capacity and speed.
Remains in the system after application.
No need to bleed the system after use.
Polymer free
• Suitable for use with A/C recovery equipment.
• Does not damage the compressor or other A/C system components.
Suitable for Hybrid and Electric vehicles
9 • Contents: 6 ml
Art. no.
0892 764 666
OZONE GENERATOR OZ 60
For shock disinfection and odour elimination in vehicle interiors
Disinfects vehicle interiors within 15–30 minutes
• Weight: 2.8 kg
• Ozone power: 6000 mg/h
• Air circulation: 90 m³/h
• Max. power drain: 70 W
Art. no.
9501 007 028

vice products
ESTER OIL WITH U/V DYE

A premium 100% synthetic po
U/V dye can be detected using a U/V light.
Ester oils mixes with refrigerant gas and the original PAG oil to pro-
vide long lasting protection for the compressor components.
• AOX-free: Yes
• Chemical basis: Hydrocarbons
• Conditions for viscosity of oil basis: at 40°C
• Min. flashing point: 354 °C
• Smell/fragrance: Hydrocarbon
Art. no.
0892 764 040
9
DISINFECTANT SURFACE CLEANER
Reliable at fighting microbes, bacteria, viruses and fungi
• Disinfects, cleans, protects
• No stains
• Silicone-free
• Sufficient for 16 applications for disinfecting the vehicle air-conditioning system
• Contents: 5 l
• Chemical basis: Water, ethanol and propanol
• Smell/fragrance: Alcohol
• Bio-degradable: Yes
Art. no.
0893 764 05

vice products
AIR CONDITIONING DISINFECTANT SPRAY

Special cleaner to clean and disinfect vehicle air conditioning systems
Disinfects, cleans and protects
• Reliable at removing microbes, bacteria and fungi
• Effective at stopping unpleasant odours
• Prevents allergic reactions that can be triggered by bacteria and other
micro-organisms
Extra-long hose with special nozzle for direct application to the
air-conditioning unit heat exchanger
• Achieves long-term effectiveness by disinfecting and cleaning the „site of infection“
• Penetrates thicker, greasy layers of dirt by spraying cleaner liberally
Effectiveness certified by external institute
• Proven germ killing
• 100% reduction in number of microbes after just 5 minutes Application time
pH value: 5.0
AOX-free
Reduces contamination of floors and water and prevents issues associated with local
waste water statutes
Each can is equipped with a spray hose
approx. 80-cm-long PE hose with specially engineered nozzle
• Chemical basis: Isopropanol
• Bio-degradable: No
Art. no.
0893 764 10
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM CLEANER A/C

Special cleaner to clean and disinfect vehicle air conditioning systems
• Disinfects, cleans and protects
• Reliably eliminates germs, bacteria and fungi
• Removes unpleasant odours
• Prevents allergic reactions
• Verified germ reduction after an application time of just 5 minutes
Contents Weight of content Chemical basis Art. no.

150 ml 92 g Ammonium chloride 0893 766 150
300 ml 265 g Alcohol with additives 0893 764 15

vice products
AIR CONDITIONING CLEANING SPRAY BIOCIDE-FREE

This air-conditioning unit cleaner is intended to clean mobile, statio-
nary and vehicle air-conditioning units.
• Cleans and protects air conditioning systems
• Loosens and rinses out pollutant film
• Non-corrosive
• Non-flammable
• Weight of content: 299.7 g
• Chemical basis: Aqueous surfactant cleaner with care components
• Colour: Yellow, White
Art. no.
0893 764 103
FOAM CLEANER FOR AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEMS

• Cleans air ducts
• Removes dirt
• Cleans the evaporator fins easily and with excellent results 9
• Long hose to access hard-to-reach places
Contents Weight of content Art. no.

200 ml 164 g 0893 764 116
400 ml 328 g 0893 764 117
100 ml 82 g 0893 764 115

vice products
PURI CLIM
Special disinfectant cleaner for vehicle air-conditioning units
Disinfects, cleans and protects
• Rids the air-conditioning unit of germs, bacteria, fungi and mould
• Removes unpleasant odours
• Guards against the allergies caused by bacteria and other micro-organisms
Fresh, pleasant mint fragrance
Quick and easy to use
• Eliminates the costs of dismantling and cleaning the air-conditioning system
The special sensor ensures that the product is applied directly to the
air-conditioning unit components
• Long-lasting cleaning and disinfecting effect
Single application
• Easy to recover the cost
The powerful circular jet effectively tackles even thick layers of grea-
se and dirt
Supplied without sensor
• Chemical basis: Biocide, detergent
9 • Colour: Colourless
Art. no.
0893 764 104
FLUSHING AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS

The quickest and most direct solution for cleaning smaller refrigerati-
on or air-conditioning systems and their components.
• Helps to ensure proper performance of new systems.
• Increases the efficiency of already installed devices.
• Removes deposited dirt and grease
• Fast cleaning process
• Residue-free cleaning
• Chemical basis: Isoalkane
Art. no.
0893 764 600
0893 764 601

vice products
LEAK STOP SPRAY

Effective additive for the permanently sealing of leaks in air-conditio-
ning systems
• No harmful polymers, hence safe for components of the air-conditioning system
• Additive protects against future corrosion, and can therefore also be used for pre-
ventive application
• Does not react with air or moisture
• Reduces noises from the air-conditioning compressor
• Compatible with all coolants
Art. no.
0892 764 060
FILLING ADAPTER FOR HFO-1234YF A/C SYSTEMS

The filling adapter is a professional tool for injecting leak detector,
9
dye, compressor oil and leak stop into vehicle air conditioning sys-
tems quickly and easily.
• Quick-connect for use with HFO-1234yf systems
• Can be used in pressure or vacuum systems
• Manometer not required for use with low pressure connection
• Delivers from 7.5 ml to 60 ml U/V dye, lubricant and leak sealant into closed air
conditioning system without additional refrigerant
• Adapter is marked in 7.5 ml divisions for easy fluid delivery
Art. no.
0764 000 123

vice products
SPRAY HOSE
For A/C disinfectant spray
Approx. 80 cm long PE hose with specially developed nozzle
Art. no.
0891 764 104
POE OIL POE 100

Special POE (polyester) air-conditioning compressor oil for vehicle
9 air-conditioning systems using R134a/R1234yf refrigerants and elec-
tric air-conditioning compressors (hybrid, start/stop, electric)
Excellent resistance to potential electric creepage current in high-vol-
tage air-conditioning systems
Very hydrophobic
• Not conductive
• Electrical components are not affected
Excellent smoothness, thereby protecting the compressor from wear
Contents Art. no.

210 ml 0892 764 045
1000 ml 0892 764 136
POE 100 OIL FOR HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES

Provides protection for and improves the lubricity and stability of
components of air-conditioning units in hybrid and electric vehicles.
• Compatible with refrigerants R134a and R1234yf
• Improves the quality of the dielectric strength, which is important in hybrid and elec-
tric vehicles
Art. no.
0892 764 445

vice products
VACUUM PUMP OIL

For maintaining the vacuum pump in air-conditioning service units
Very good material compatibility
Rubber and plastic seals are not attacked
• Chemical basis: Special oils with additives
Art. no.
0892 764 300
PREMIUM UV LEAK DETECTION ADDITIVE

Fluorescent additive for localising leaks in R134a and R1234yf air-con-
9
ditioning systems in accordance with SAE J2297
• Sufficient for 32 applications in a car or 16 applications in a lorry
• Compatible with PAG and ester oil
• High proportion of fluorescent ingredients
• Does not damage O-rings and seals
Art. no.
0892 764 034

vice products
BASIC UV LEAK DETECTION ADDITIVE

Fluorescent additive for locating leaks in R134a and R1234yf air-con-
ditioning systems
• Sufficient for 32 applications for a car or 16 applications for a commercial vehicle
• Compatible with PAG and ester oil
• High proportion of fluorescent ingredients
• Does not damage O-rings and seals
Art. no.
0892 764 134
LEAK DETECTION ADDITIVE SPRAY

9 Effective additive for detecting and identifying leaks in air-conditio-
ning systems
• Leaks can be revealed by UV light
• Compatible with oils and coolant
• Does not contain solvents
• Also suitable for electric and hybrid vehicles
• Reduces deposits and oxidation within the air-conditioning system
• Contents: 7.5 ml
Art. no.
0892 764 135

vice products
LEAK DETECTION ADDITIVE UNIVERSAL

The product is suitable for use in hybrid and electric vehicle systems.
It is compatible with all refrigerant gases of the old generation R134a
as well as those of the new generation such as R1234yf.
• Detects leaks quickly and accurately
• Air conditioning service units are not blocked
• Ideal as a preventive measure
• Visible with all UV lamps
• Solvent-free
• Suitable for hybrid and electric vehicles
Contents Art. no.

250 ml 0892 766 134
7.5 ml 0892 764 231
AUTO SANITISATION KIT 9

Vehicle air conditioning system and passenger compartment cleaning
and sanitisation kit.
Convenient kit
Consists of 1 A/C duct disinfection foam and 1 Newtrol A/C for odour neutralisation.
Cleaning and disinfection of the A/C system and passenger
compartment
Prevents respiratory problems and allergies due to contamination by bacteria, germs
or other micro-organisms.
Single dose per vehicle
Easy accounting of vehicle cleaning costs.
Quick and cost-effective application
No need to disassemble air conditioning system components and both packages
are simple and quick to apply: Foam with probe for application through the fans and
Newtrol with special full discharge valve.
Recommended vehicle sanitisation
This cleaning and disinfection service should be done approximately twice a year.
Art. no.
0892 764 999

vice products
HVAC POWER AMPLIFIER

Air-conditioning additive to increase performance
• Increases the efficiency of the air-conditioning unit and stabilises it
• Eliminates and prevents the oil accumulating and being deposited on the walls of
the system
• When used in new systems, it prevents oil contamination and removes any existing
contamination.
• Contents: 6 ml
• Colour: Violet
Art. no.
0892 764 203
A/C ANTI-MOISTURE FOR HVAC&R SYSTEMS

9 Air-conditioning additive to prevent moisture.
A/C anti-moisture is a dehydrating additive.
• Prevents and eliminates the formation of moisture in air-conditioning units or
HVAC&R systems
• Avoids corrosion and frost.
• Increases the service life of the compressor and lubricant is used more efficiently
• Reduces CO2 emissions
• Reduces vibrations and noise in the compressor
• Contents: 6 ml
• Colour: Straw yellow
Art. no.
0892 764 202

vice products
AIR-CONDITIONING ACID NEUTRALISER FOR HVAC&R SYSTEMS

Air-conditioning additive for neutralising acid.
• Neutralises acidity and brings the pH of the HVAC&R system within normal
parameters
• Neutralises molecules of acid in the lubricant and refrigerant gas within cooling
systems
• Reduces air humidity
• Increases the service life of the compressor and prevents the formation of acid
• Reduces CO2 emissions
• Compatible with all types of cooling systems
• Contents: 6 ml
Art. no.
0892 764 201
A/C ADDITIVE POWER COLD

• Contents: 59 ml
9
• Colour: Yellow
Art. no.
0892 764 630

vice products
ACID TEST KIT FOR HVAC&R SYSTEMS

Test for detecting acid in HVAC&R systems
• Detects the presence of acid
• Checks the exact pH value in the lubricant and cooling system
• Easy to use
• Takes effect immediately
• Compatible with all types of lubricants (POE, PAG, ABZ, PVE and mineral oils) and
refrigerant gases
• Also suitable for CO2/R744
Art. no.
0892 764 205
MULTI-RANGE COMPRESSOR OIL PRO

High-value synthetic oil with additive specifically tailored for use in
air-conditioning compressor technology
Compatible with following refrigerants: R 23, R 125, R 134a,
R1234yf, R 227, R 413a, R 407c, R 410a, R 404a, R 507, R 744.
Can be mixed with PAG oil and ester oil
9
One oil for all applications
Excellent lubrication effect
• Longer compressor service life
• High level of refrigerant compression in the compressor
Art. no.
0892 764 123

Technical chemicals / Service products, chemicals / Coolant
RADIATOR FROST PROTECTION STANDARD + W13

Environmentally friendly, concentrated radiator anti-freeze with cor-
rosion protection and frost protection, for summer and winter use in
the cooling circuits of combustion engines.
This product is nitrite, amine and phosphate-free and guarantees protection against
frost damage and rust. The concentrate can be mixed with most commercially availab-
le MEG-based anti-freeze agents.
Properties:
• For petrol and diesel engines
• Protects the entire cooling system against frost
• Prevents rusting
• Can be diluted with water
• Chemical basis: Ethylene glycol
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 36 Month / at 10°C to 20°C
Contents Art. no.

25 l 0892 389 025
1l 0892 387 001
1l 0892 389 001
25 l 0892 387 025
60 l 0892 387 060 9
200 l 0892 387 200
RADIATOR FROST PROTECTION W48

Environmentally friendly, concentrated radiator anti-freeze with cor-
rosion protection and frost protection, for summer and winter use in
the cooling circuits of combustion engines.
W48 is a premium radiator frost protection agent with proportional silicate-containing
inhibiting substances.
Contents Art. no.

1l 0892 388 001
25 l 0892 388 025
200 l 0892 388 200

Technical chemicals / Service products, chemicals / Coolant
CONCENTRATED RED ANTIFREEZE AND SUMMER COOLANT

Offers protection against frost and corrosion all year round.
High-quality blend of organic acidic corrosion inhibitors and additi-
ves in glycol for year-round protection against frost and corrosion.
• Red concentrated formula
• Protects down to -70°C
• Meets the requirements of most OEM and national specifications
• Protects all metals used in engine construction, including aluminium
• Five-year or 100,000-mile service life (whichever occurs first)
• Suitable for both petrol and diesel engines
• Free of amines, phosphates, nitrites, borax and silicates
• Meets the performance requirements of BS 6580 (1992), ASTM D 3306, ASTM D
4985, Audi TL774-D / F, DAF 74002, Ford WSS-M97B44-D, ISUZU, Renault D,
MAN 324-SNF, Jaguar WSS- M97B44-D, Mercedes Benz DBL 7700.30 / 325.3,
MTU: MTL 5048, SAAB 690 1599, SCANIA TB1451, Seat TL774-D / F, Skoda
TL774-D / F, Vauxhall QL 130100, Volkswagen TL774-D / F and VOLVO HGVs
(vehicles from model year 2006)
9 Contents Art. no.

1l 0892 388 002
20 l 0892 388 004
5l 0892 388 003
ENGINE FLUSH AND CLEANER

For cleaning all petrol and diesel engines
Cleans the inside of the engine and the oil supply system
Engines cleaned of dirt can now operate at their full performance level together with
the clean oil.
• Quick and gentle cleaning process
• Does not attack seals
• Optimise exhaust gas emissions
• Compatible with catalytic converters
• Loosens jammed piston rings
• Easy to use
• A 400 ml can is sufficient for up to 5 litres of engine oil. 1000 ml is sufficient for
10–15 litres of oil
Contents Smell/fragrance Chemical basis Shelf life from production Art. no.
1000 ml - Mineral oil 6 Month 0893 151 1
400 ml Characteristic Aliphatic hydrocarbon 24 Month 5861 312 400
200 ml Characteristic Aliphatic hydrocarbon 24 Month 5861 312 200

Technical chemicals / Service products, chemicals / Chemical additive
products
ENGINE FLUSH AND CLEANER GENX

Removes contaminants, sludge and build up from the oil
system before draining.
• Cleans oil channels, engine components so new oil is not contaminated with residue
from the old oil.
• Chemical basis: Kerosene
Art. no.
0893 999 400
SOLVENT FREE ENGINE FLUSH AND CLEANER

Solvent free cleaner for all petrol and diesel engines
9
A blend of base oils and specially formulated additives to loosen
and suspend dirt, carbon, sludge deposits and absorb moisture in
the engine sump. It cleans and flushes the entire engine oil circuit.
Solvent Free
• Free from aggressive petroleum solvents
• Reduced effect on engine oil viscosity compared to conventional solvent based
engine flushes
• Protective oil film is maintained around moving engine parts
Contains emulsifiers with a strong detergent action
• Loosens sludge and residues and absorbs harmful moisture
• Washes down the oil galleries and oil sump
Keeps the lubrication circuit as clean and efficient as possible
• New engine oil remains clean for longer
• Contains additives to neutralize crankcase acids
• Eliminates potential damage from residual abrasive deposits. Dirt is effectively
removed when used oil is drained.
• Colour: Pale yellow
• Smell/fragrance: Petroleum
Art. no.
5861 900 058

products
PETROL AIR INTAKE CLEANER SPECIAL CLEANER

For all carburettors and petrol injection engines
Cleans injection valves, the combustion chamber and the intake area
• Reduces increased fuel consumption
• Improves engine running and response
Protects against valve burning by having clean and tight valve seats
A high level of cleaning is achieved in intake valves, in the combusti-
on chamber and intake area thanks to the washing-active, fuel-com-
patible active agents in a cleaning solvent.
• Chemical basis: Hydrocarbon
Art. no.
5861 112 300
DIESEL COMBUSTION CHAMBER CLEANER

9
For cleaning the injection system and the combustion chamber to
enable combustion with little soot and fewer particles.
Cleans the fuel system, the combustion area and the injection system
• Fuel consumption is thus optimised
• Improves emission figures
Loosens deposits, oil carbon and soot
• Reduces emissions figures
• Use prior to emissions tests (ASU)
Restores the engine‘s full power
Optimises fuel consumption
• Colour: Brown
• Smell/fragrance: Aromatic
Art. no.
5861 012 300

products
DIESEL INJECTION CLEANER

For cleaning all common passenger car and truck diesel engines.
For cleaning the injection pump and nozzle
• Loosens and removes deposits, even in micro range
• Ensures clean combustion
Neutralises and binds acid condensation water
• Protects the fuel system from corrosion
• Cleans and protects from the tank through to the combustion chamber
Improves cetane number and reduces fuel-related „knocking“
Active agent concentrate based on synthetic components, as used in
national and international diesel fuels.
• Colour: Brown
Contents Art. no.

150 ml 5861 011 150
300 ml 5861 011 300
9
DIESEL AIR INTAKE CLEANER
For removing contamination and deposits in the intake area without
needing to remove components
Cleaning effect
Cleaning the intake area of diesel engines.
Improves engine performance
Rectifies faults caused by deposits in the intake area.
Cleans the intake system of light to medium deposits
No disassembly is required for cleaning.
• Colour: Clear
Art. no.
5861 013 300

products
INJECTOR SOLVENT INJECTOR-EX

Mineral oil free injector and spark plug solvent with KENA® microfluid
formula.
Special product for loosening injectors and spark plugs in assem-
blies and engines
• Gentle action, as seized connections can be loosened without substantial force
application and the use of tools
• Product has a long-lasting effect, penetrates deeply and thus ensures optimal work
results
KENA® microfluid technology
• Excellent creeping characteristics facilitates deep penetration of the product
• Very heavily coked injectors and spark plugs are efficiently loosened
• Effect is enhanced by slow evaporation, rust is transformed and coking is solvated
• Very cost-effective application
Safe for people and the environment
Owing to highly effective, mild and environmentally safe active ingredients.
• Smell/fragrance: Fruity
• Chemical basis: Surfactants, ester
9
Art. no.
0893 300 250
EGR VALVE AND INTAKE CLEANER

Cleans the intake system and EGR valve effectively for all engine
types.
Excellent cleaning ability
Effectively cleans soot and oil build-up on the EGR valve and intake.
Improves engine combustion, increases power and reduces particulate emissions.
Saves time
If the EGR valve and intake are not excessively dirty, the parts do not need to be disas-
sembled for cleaning. Just one can may clean all engine types and parts.
• Colour: Amber
• Chemical basis: Butoxyethanol
Art. no.
5861 013 200

products
DIESEL AND INJECTOR CLEANER GENX

• Improves fuel consumption
• Oxidisation and coatings from fuel lines, pumps, injectors, valves and chambers
• Ensures fuel burns cleanly and efficiently
• Helps to reduce emissions
• Improves starting
• Removes resins
• Contamination
• Helps to clear blocked injectors
• Restores jet pattern for optimum fuel efficiency
Art. no.
0893 999 200
ATF PERFORMANCE IMPROVER

9
For protecting automatic gearboxes
Protects against wear
Ensures the quality of gearbox shifting
Stops foam forming in the gearbox and maintains the temperature
at optimum operating level
Compatible with all oils for automatic gearboxes
Improves shifting in cold ambient temperatures.
• Colour: Red
• Smell/fragrance: Oily
Art. no.
5861 401 150

products
ATF FLUSH
For cleaning automatic gearboxes
Highly active surfactants guarantee that dirt deposits in the auto-
matic gearbox oil circuit are fully dissolved
This ensures optimum switching performance of the automatic transmission
No additional environmental hazards
Compatible with all oils used in ATF gearboxes
• Colour: Brown
Art. no.
5861 410 150
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CLEANER

9 Cleaner for removing carbon and ash deposits from diesel particulate
filters
Loosens and removes carbon deposits in the particulate filter
DPF can be cleaned without needing to remove it
Cuts costs, as a new particulate filter does not need to be fitted (depends on the con-
dition of the particulate filter)
Non-flammable
Neutral, ash- and metal-free recipe
Residue-free evaporation
• Colour: Rosy
• Smell/fragrance: Aminic
Art. no.
5861 014 500

products
CLEANER CONCENTRATE DPF

Reduces the ‚burn off‘ temperature of soot clogging the DPF
filter on diesel vehicles assisting in particulate filter regenera-
tion.
Art. no.
5862 200 500
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER TREATMENT

Promotes particulate filter restoration, preventing potential problems.
9
Reduces temperature
Maintains soot temperature at optimum working temperatures.
Stops the filter clogging and drastically reduces particulate emissions.
Improves particulate filter system performance
Keeps the particulate filter in optimum working condition and makes restoring the filter
10 times faster.
Prevention
Ideal for preventing potential problems with the particulate filter that are normally
caused by restoration disruptions.
• Colour: Yellowish to amber
300 ml is enough for a maximum of 60 litres of fuel. • Smell/fragrance: Characteristic
Art. no.
5861 014 300

products
DPF REDUCER CONCENTRATE GENX

Reduces the burn off temperature of soot in diesel vehicles
with a particulate filter helping to re-generate the patriculate
filter more easily and efficiently.
• Supports passive regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter
• Improves life span of Diesel Particulate Filter Systems
• Compatible with all diesel engines
• For all types of diesel fuels
Art. no.
0893 999 250
FILTER CLEAN DIESEL

9 One-shot solution with compatible capless bottle.
Supports Diesel particle filter regeneration even when driving in city
traffic by reducing the „threshold temperature“, as well as reducing
emissions.
• Laboratory and road tests have indicated a significant reduction in DPF soot.
• Preventive additive for city traffic.
• „KEEP CLEAN“ & „CLEAN UP“ technology.
• Colour: Olive brown, similar to RAL 8008
• Smell/fragrance: Gasoline
Art. no.
5861 900 055

products
PROTECTIVE ADDITIVE, FOR LPG CONCENTRATE TOP CAPSULE

LPG fuel system protector and cleaner
ADDITIVE FOR LPG
This product is formulated using innovative detergents and dispersants, separating
pollutants from liquefied petroleum gas. It keeps the entire fuel system clean, maintains
regular combustion, cleans injectors and filters, and facilitates cold starting
Fuel system cleaner
Injector cleaner
Lubricates valve seats
Cleans the pressure reducer
Advantages:
• Eliminates sticky residues from the pressure reducer
• Improves lubrication
• Optimises system operation
Passed the following tests: • Removes residues from injectors and valves
CEC-F05-93 BMW 318IVD TEST
Beneficial for residues on the intake valve
• Excellent corrosion protection
MERCEDES M102E-CHECK F-05-A-93 • Compatible with Viton
PEUGEOT 205 Solves problems with
Beneficial for loss of suction flow
• Hesitation during acceleration
Aluminium compatibility tests (7570–T6, UNS
• Starting issues
9
A97075)
With bronze, high-density polyethylene and VITON
MERCEDES M102E-CHECK F-20-A-98
• Tendency to shut down
Beneficial for valve residues • Loss of power
• Contents: 5 ml
Art. no.
0893 531 105

products
PROTECTIVE ADDITIVE FOR LPG SYSTEM, AEROSOL

ADDITIVE FOR LPG
Fuel system cleaner
Injector cleaner
Cleans the pressure reducer
Advantages:
• Improves lubrication
Passed the following tests: • Removes residues from injectors and valves
CEC-F05-93 BMW 318IVD TEST
MERCEDES M102E-CHECK F-05-A-93 • Compatible with Viton
PEUGEOT 205 Solves problems with
Beneficial for loss of suction flow
• Starting issues
9
A97075)
Beneficial for valve residues • Loss of power
• Contents: 50 ml
Art. no.
0893 531 100
RADIATOR SEALANT HP
High-performance cooling system protection for all modern vehicle
types with crossflow cooling systems
Seals leaks up to max. 0.1 mm
Dirt strainers in the cooling circuit are not impaired
Preventive use any time the anti-freeze is changed
Sealing effect due to microfine, synthetic particles
The content of one can is sufficient for 10 litres of coolant
• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
5861 500 150

products
RADIATOR SEALANT
Radiator sealant for all engines with cooling systems without filter
systems
Permanently seals hairline cracks and leaking areas
Secures the function of the cooling system against water loss.
Avoids loss of coolant
Protects the engine from being damaged.
Does not affect the materials used in the radiator construction
Does not attack rubber or plastic parts.
300 ml is sufficient for 10 litres of coolant
Contents Colour Smell/fragrance Chemical basis Shelf life from Art. no.
production
300 ml Green, Blue Fruity Ethylene glycol 24 Month 5861 501 300
1l - - Water 36 Month 0893 154 1
COOLING SYSTEM SEALER GENX 9
Art. no.
0893 999 500
THROTTLE VALVE CLEANER

Special, highly active system cleaner for 2- and 4-stroke engines.
Possible to clean without removing components
Overhead valve
Hard-to-reach areas can be easily accessed
Excellent cleaning performance
• Optimum carburettor performance
• Perfect throttle valve function
Quiet engine running
Faults caused by dirty throttle valves or carburettors are rectified.
Art. no.
5861 113 500

products
PETROL INJECTION SYSTEM CLEANER

Special cleaner for cleaning the injection system
Cleaning action
• Removes resinous and paint-like deposits in the micro range on injection valves and
on the fuel distributor
• Ensures precise controlling of injection valves
• Less fuel is used thanks to precise fuel injection
• Binds and neutralises acidic condensation water
• Protects against corrosion
Art. no.
5861 111 300
PETROL AND INJECTION CLEANER GENX

9
Concentrated formulation with fuel enhancing technology,
ensures fuel burns cleanly and effciently.
• Eliminate contamination in the fuel system including water
• Cleans the injectors of residue and blockages
• Removes varnish and resin deposits from fuel lines, fuel pumps, injectors, valve seats
and valves
• Removes oxidation residues
• Extends the life of the catalytic and oxygen probe
• Reduces fuel consumption
Art. no.
0893 999 100

products
POWER CLEAN DIESEL

One-shot solution with compatible capless bottle.
• Increases the cetane number for cold starts
• Actively removes soot and ash from valves, injection nozzles and combustion cham-
ber deposits
• Cleans the entire fuel system
• Cleaning additive to treat problems
• CLEAN-UP technology
Art. no.
5861 900 052
POWER CLEAN PETROL/HYBRID

One-shot solution with compatible capless bottle.
9
• Increases the octane number for cold starts.
• Removes activated carbon and ash deposits from injection nozzles
• Restores the spray pattern and the inlet valves
• Reduces deposits in the combustion chamber
• Cleans the entire fuel system
• Cleaning additive for targeting problems
• CLEAN-UP technology
Art. no.
5861 900 054

products
ANTI-FREEZE PROTECTION FOR RADIATORS HUSKY

Permanent anti-freeze to protect the cooling system
Protective fluid
• Coolant/anti-freeze -40°C
• Protects the engine, radiator and water pump from corrosion and frost all year
round
• Boiling point: +110°C
Anti-corrosion
• Protects the radiator and engine from frost
• Compatible with all steel, grey cast iron, aluminium, copper and brass elements
• Contains corrosion inhibitor additives
• Prevents corrosion and the formation of limescale
Pure, to be diluted with water
Colour Contents Art. no.

Turquoise blue 5000 ml 0893 332 730
Green 1l 0892 332 720
9 ANTI-FREEZE PROTECTION FOR RADIATORS HUSKY

Permanent anti-freeze to protect the cooling system
Protective fluid
• Coolant/anti-freeze -40°C
• Protects the engine, radiator and water pump from corrosion and frost all year
round
• Boiling point: +110°C
Anti-corrosion
• Protects the radiator and engine from frost
• Compatible with all steel, grey cast iron, aluminium, copper and brass elements
• Contains corrosion inhibitor additives
• Prevents corrosion and the formation of limescale
Diluted -40°C

Green fluorescent 1000 ml 0893 332 734
Rosy 1000 l 0893 332 724
Blue 1l 0892 332 710

products
RADIATOR ANTI-FREEZE BASIC

Radiator anti-freeze concentrate for water-cooled vehicle engines
• Good environmental compatibility as free from nitrite, amine and phosphate
• Reliable anti-freeze and corrosion protection in the radiator guarantees faultless
engine operation
• Meets the requirements of British Standard BS 6580:1992
• Good miscibility
• Favourable evaporation properties
• Stable in hard water
• Corrosion protection even for non-ferrous base metals
• Compatible with elastomers
• For petrol and diesel engines
• Colour: Green fluorescent
Contents Art. no.

1000 ml 0893 302 730
5000 ml 0893 302 731
ORGANIC ANTI-FREEZE PURE 9
Monoethylene glycol-based anti-freeze.

Multi-metal
Specially designed for aluminium radiators.
Compatible with parts and surfaces made from iron, steel, aluminium, copper, tin,
rubber etc.
Protects and maintains the coolant circuit
Protects all coolant circuit components from corrosion.
Anti-foaming.
Reduces the freezing point and increases the boiling point.
Excellent ability to transfer excess heat from the engine to the atmosphere.
Safe
Nitrite- and amine-free to avoid producing carcinogenic nitrosamines.
INTA certified
CL/RPT/7430/056/INTA/02

Blue, Green 1l 0893 332 720
Blue, Green 200 l 0893 332 740
Green 5l 0893 332 721

products
DILUTED ORGANIC ANTI-FREEZE 30%, -18°C

Monoethylene glycol-based anti-freeze.
Multi-metal
Specially designed for aluminium radiators.
Compatible with parts and surfaces made from iron, steel, aluminium, copper, tin,
rubber etc.
Protects and maintains the coolant circuit
Protects all coolant circuit components from corrosion.
Anti-foaming.
Excellent ability to transfer excess heat from the engine to the atmosphere.
Safe
Nitrite- and amine-free to avoid producing carcinogenic nitrosamines.
INTA certified
CL/RPT/7430/057/INTA/02
Colour Chemical basis Contents Art. no.

- - - 0893 332 723
Blue, Green Ethylene glycol 200 l 0893 332 725
Light green Ethylene glycol 5l 0893 332 718
9

products
DILUTED ORGANIC ANTI-FREEZE 50%, -35ºC

Propylene glycol-based anti-freeze.
State-of-the-art anti-freeze
Safer for the environment.
With fluorescein for quick visual identification in case of leaks.
Long Life
Lasts 100,000 km or 4 years.
Multimetal
Especially suitable for aluminium radiators.
Compatible with parts and surfaces made of iron, steel, aluminium, copper, brass,
rubber etc.
Protects and maintains the cooling circuit
Protects all elements of the cooling circuit from corrosion.
Anti-foaming.
Certified by INTA
CL/RPT/7430/098/INTA/02 Excellent ability to transfer excess heat from the engine to the atmosphere.
CL/ANA/7430/234/INTA/03
CL/ANA/7430/235/INTA/03 Safe
Complies with regulations:
ASTM D 3306-00, ASTM D 4985-94, SAE J 1034/91, BS
No nitrites or amines to prevent the appearance of carcinogenic nitrosamines.
6580, VW TL 774D (G12), VW TL 774F (G12 plus), FORD WSS-
M97B44D, MB 325.0, FIAT 9.5 5523, FIAT NC 956-16, GM
6277M, PSA B71-5110, Renault 41-01-001/Q Type D, Nissan,
Honda HES D2009-75 and Chevrolet. 9
Rosy 5000 ml 0893 332 750
Pink 25 l 0893 332 727
Purple 5l 0893 332 735
Rosy 200 l 0893 332 737
Rosy 1000 ml 0893 332 722
Yellow 25 l 0893 327 26
Yellow 200 l 0893 332 736
Yellow 1000 l 0893 333 725
Yellow 1000 ml 0893 333 272
Yellow 5000 ml 0893 333 720

products
COOLER ANTI-FREEZE 50% ORGANIC G12++/G13 AND SIOAT

Suitable for aluminium coolers and state-of-the-art engines with
long-lasting protection against cavitation.
• Diluted refrigerant for direct use in cars, trucks and industrial machinery
• Does not contain any nitrite amine, phosphate and borate
• Anti-cavitation
• Does not leave any dirt in the cooler circuit
• Protects all parts of the cooling circuit
• Releases the heat in an atmospheric way
• Increases boiling point and lowers freezing point
• Prevents foam
• Colour: Pink
Contents Art. no.

5000 ml 5861 500 004
5000 ml 5861 500 005
25 l 5861 500 025
9
PETROL ADDITIVE OCTANE BOOSTER
For boosting the octane number in lower-grade fuels.
• Prevents wear
• Improves vehicle performance
• Clean combustion
• Improves octane number
• Reduces harmful exhaust gases
• Colour: Brown
Art. no.
5861 103 300

products
LPG PERFORMANCE IMPROVER

Functional additive for gas-powered vehicles.
Forms a protective layer on valves and valve seats
Reduces wear
Protects against corrosion
Guarantees the fuel‘s long-term stability
300 ml is sufficient to fill a tank
Combination of anti-oxidant and anti-corrosion agent. Cleans the
fuel system. Protects against valve wear.
• Colour: Brown
Art. no.
5861 200 300
PETROL PERFORMANCE IMPROVER

9
For all petrol engines with and without a catalytic converter.
Cleans the fuel system
Reduces fuel consumption thanks to exact fuel preparation
E10 suitability
• Protects from water occurring in fuel tank due to the hygroscopic property of E10
fuel
• Prevents corrosion
• Cleans deposits in the fuel system
Optimal combustion
Reduces the formation of harmful exhaust gases
Contents Art. no.

150 ml 5861 101 150
300 ml 5861 101 300

products
PETROL PROTECTANT B1 PLUS

Power recovery with strong cleaning action
B1 PLUS PETROL
This is a protective product for petrol for maintaining the engine‘s original power. It
keeps the system clean, reducing fuel consumption and improving power. Its cleaning
power ensures that small surfaces such as injectors and valves are cleaned, preven-
ting deposits from forming on the piston head
Improves fuel efficiency
Compatible with E5 – E10
Anti-wear and cleaning
Start & Stop
Advantages:
• Formulated with the latest generation of detergents
• Keeps injectors and valves clean
Passed the following tests: • Improves power and acceleration
CEC-F05-93
Lowers fuel consumption
• Improves the efficiency of the air/petrol ratio
Instantaneous benefits (60 PTB) • Prevents deposits from forming on the piston head
Performance highway/city driving cycle
• Improves the efficiency of the lambda probe
• Improves fuel consumption by more than 1.2%
• De-emulsifying
9 Solves problems with
• Engine starting issues
• Higher than average fuel consumption
• Frequent engine stops
• Irregular idling
• Problems when accelerating
• Exhaust smoke
Contents Smell/fragrance Chemical basis Art. no.

300 ml - - 0893 531 2
150 ml Petroleum Aliphatic solvent 5861 102 150

products
PETROL CLEANER CARBO CLEAN B

Special cleaner for strong cleaning
CARBO CLEAN B
This is a cleaning product for petrol that made to maintain high working efficiency and
to keep injector, valve, sensor and carburettor surfaces clean, avoiding the formation
of deposits on the piston head
Fuel system cleaner
Injector cleaner
Valve cleaner
Residual cleaner on lambda probe
Advantages:
• Promotes elimination of carbon deposits
• Specifically for cleaning diesel fuel systems
• Restores the engine to normal functionality
Passed the following tests:
Solves problems with
CEC-F05-93
Lowers fuel consumption • Starting issues
• Incorrect combustion
• Engine knocking
9
Art. no.
0893 531 6

products
PETROL PROTECTANT CARBO JET POWER

Optimises combustion by improving performance
JET POWER
Significantly improves the fuel quality by increasing the octane number. Maintains
high working efficiency and keeps injector, valve, sensor and carburettor surfaces
clean, reducing the formation of deposits on the piston head
Octan Booster
Cleans injectors and valves
Improves power
Advantages:
• Excellent demulsibility
• Increase in octane numbers
• Less testing on injectors
Passed the following tests: • Improves recovery
CEC-F05-93
• Improves the efficiency of the lambda probe
• Improves combustion efficiency
• Less testing on injectors due to wear
• Compatible with E5-E10
9 • Starting issues
• Incorrect combustion
• Engine knocking
Art. no.
0893 531 3

products
WEAR-RESISTANT ENGINE OIL PROTECTOR

Engine oil treatment designed for lubricants in diesel and petrol engi-
nes equipped with a start-stop system
Adding the protector to the engine oil ensures that metal compo-
nents are continuously protected against wear
Particularly suitable for cars equipped with start-stop and hybrid systems that frequent-
ly stop and start
Features
The product is specifically formulated for engine oil and for diesel- or petrol-powered
cars. It is designed to protect the moving parts and the turbo, which comply with the
latest EURO regulations
Performance
• The engine oil protector improves the properties of the lubricant. In particular, it
increases lubricity and the ability to adhere to metal surfaces
• The bearings and cylinders are coated with a lubricating film that protects them
against wear even during times when automatic engine shutdown is activated, i.e.
during the phase where some metal components work „dry“
Anti-wear
• Lubricants with protective additives exhibit excellent performance at low temperatu-
res, thus reducing wear during cold starts and reducing fuel consumption
• The formulation polarises the protector, allowing it to attach to metal surfaces in the
engine and thereby ensuring a continuous lubricating film 9
• The additive is free from heavy metals, which gives it excellent dispersant and clea-
ning properties
Contents Colour Smell/fragrance Chemical basis Art. no.

200 ml - Neutral - 0893 531 200
300 ml Yellow transparent Characteristic Hydrocarbon 5861 001 100
FUNCTION ENHANCER 4-STROKE PETROL ADDITIVE

Fuel additives especially suitable for 4-stroke engines, for cleaning all
components of the fuel system.
• Ensures fuel quality
• Removes deposits and oxidation residues on fuel lines, injection needles, cylinders,
spark plugs and in the combustion chamber
• Increases the octane rating and performance
• Ensures economic, ecological and safe functioning of the entire fuel system
• Extends catalytic converter life through optimal combustion
• Fuel savings through accurate fuel injection and uniform combustion
• Also effective against carbon deposits on engine valves, carburettor and combusti-
on chambers
Art. no.
0893 016 9

products
FUELCURE
Fuel moisture removal
Art. no.
0893 568 330
9
MOTOR GUARD FOR PETROL AND HYBRID

Motor Guard for petrol and hybrid helps your car perform better
again.
• Cleans valves, combustion chambers and injection nozzles for improved fuel
efficiency
• Reduces carburettor icing and fuel tank corrosion
• Protects the entire fuel system
• Distributes moisture
• Increases the lubricity of the fuel
• Prevention additive for regular use
• KEEP-CLEAN technology
Art. no.
5861 900 051

products
PETROL CLEANER AND OCTANE BOOSTER 2 IN 1

Combined petrol clean up/keep clean additive technology and octane
booster together
2 in 1 Power Clean Special consists of clean up/keep clean additive
technology and performance enhancing octane boosters.
• Carbon and ash deposits from injector nozzles, intake valves and combustion cham-
ber are effectively removed via specially formulated additive technology.
• The incorporated octane boosters help to increase combustion efficiency, lubricati-
on, reduce corrosion and improve fuel stability.
Properties:
• Compatible with all types of petrol, including fuels containing bio-ethanol, such as
E10
• Regular use reduces subsequent carbon and ash build up
• Cleaner valves and injectors promotes optimum fuel efficiency & reduced emissions
• Reduces fuel consumption as well as pollutant emissions
• Cleans the whole fuel system
• Does not harm catalytic convertors or lambda sensors
• Increases Octane Rating by up to 3 points, depending on fuel quality
• Smell/fragrance: Petroleum
• Chemical basis: Alcohol with additives 9
Art. no.
5861 900 056

products
ENGINE PROTECTANT HYBRID PETROL

Treatment specially designed for hybrid cars that protects the engine
from damage caused by frequent cold starts
Promotes proper combustion of the system, thereby improving engi-
ne efficiency
• In hybrid cars, the combustion engine often operates „cold“ and is characterised by
a very high number of stops and starts
• This causes build-up in the system, which mainly deposits on the injectors, causing
them to malfunction
Features
The product is formulated to improve the properties of the petrol so as to maintain
optimum functionality of the fuel system. This protects it against damage caused by
carbon deposits and oxidation, and consequently against wear
Performance
• The protector has been developed to solve problems with the supply system to the
Tests passed: tests to ensure that the valves and injectors are clean. internal combustion engine in hybrid cars
Test Performance Motorway/City Driving. Cycle Instantaneous
• Removes deposits that form inside the injectors by increasing the octane rating of
Benefit (60 PTB)
the fuel
• Thanks to its cleaning power, it reduces dulling of the lambda probe due to the pre-
sence of ethanol in the fuel
• Thanks to its anti-oxidising power, it prevents the oxidation of fuel remaining unused
in the tank for long periods
9
• Compatible with latest-generation petrols, which can be expected to contain 10%
bioethanol
• Chemical basis: Aliphatic solvent
Art. no.
5861 102 300

products
RADIATOR CLEANER
Suitable for all engines
Removes corrosion and sludge deposits in the cooling circuit
Increased operational reliability due to clean cooling system.
Neutralises lime residues
New coolant is protected from contamination by old dirt residues.
Compatible with anti-freeze
Alkaline in pH range of 9–11
Compatible with all materials used to build the radiator.
Removes deposits in the cooling circuit and cleans the cooling system of contaminati-
on. For instance, oil residues caused by damage to the cylinder heads can be remo-
ved. The radiator cleaner can also be used as a preventative measure every time the
coolant is changed.
250 ml is sufficient for 10 litres of cooling water. 1000 ml is sufficient for 40 litres of
cooling water.
Contents Colour Smell/fragrance Shelf life from production Art. no.

250 ml Yellow Mild 24 Month 5861 510 250
1000 ml Yellow Mild 24 Month 5861 510 001
1000 ml - - 6 Month 0893 154 2 9
COOLING SYSTEM CLEANER GENX

• Chemical basis: Acetic acid
Art. no.
0893 999 550

products
ENGINE OIL PERFORMANCE IMPROVER

Protection for all petrol and diesel engines
Extends the service life of the engine
• Protects against valves burning out
• Loosens deposits on resin-coated piston rings
• Removes oil sludge and unblocks clogged oil ducts
• Neutralises aggressive combustion acids
• Supplements used up engine oil ingredients
• Minimises friction resistance
• Suitable for oil diluted with biofuels
• Corresponds to latest API engine oil standards
• Colour: Green
Art. no.
5861 300 300
9
ENGINE OIL PERFORMANCE ENHANCER
Supplements depleted engine oil additives to improve lubrication, oil
circulation and cooling.
The engine oil booster is a concentrated package of engine lubricant
anti-wear, dispersant, detergent, anti-oxidant and anti-corrosive
additives, plus viscosity enhancer.
In use, the lubricant additives in engine oil will become depleted, particularly where
extended service intervals are being recommended.
Particularly benefit vehicles in higher mileage or engines exhibiting
signs of wear
Such as high oil consumption and smoking
Help to maintain oil viscosity
Improves lubricant circulation and reduces wear
Disperse carbon and sludge deposits
Improves compression and power output
• Corresponds to latest API standards
Frees stuck piston rings
Neutralize acidic combustion by products and water contamination
Suitable for use in gasoline and diesel engines (including hybrids)
• Colour: Dark brown
• Chemical basis: Hydrocracked oil with additive packages
Art. no.
5861 900 057

products
LECKSTOPPER ADDITIVE FOR MOTOR OIL

Art. no.
0893 557 102
DIESEL ADDITIVE CETANE BOOSTER

Improves the ignition behaviour of diesel fuels
9
Clean combustion
Boosts the cetane number
The cetane booster improves the ignition qualities of diesel fuels
Lowers emissions and improves cold starting behaviour
Engine noise is also reduced
• Colour: Clear
Art. no.
5861 005 300

products
DIESEL STABILISER
Protects the fuel system against and cleans the fuel system of bacte-
ria, yeast and mould.
Prevents bacterial growth
Ensures functionality
Fights existing acute bacterial contamination
• Neutralises acids forming due to growth of microbes
• Decontaminates fuel systems already affected
• Restores functional reliability
production
1l Transparent Characteristic Biocide, detergent 24 Month 5861 004 001
5l Transparent Characteristic Biocide, detergent 24 Month 5861 004 005
20 l Transparent Characteristic Biocide, detergent 24 Month 5861 004 020
250 ml - Aromatic Mixture of distilled 60 Month 5861 004 250
9 mineral oils
DIESEL PERFORMANCE IMPROVER

For lubricating passenger car and truck diesel systems.
Prevents deposits from building up in the combustion chamber and
injection system
• Improves the lubricating effect of low-sulphur fuels
Therefore prevents surface abrasion and prevents the risk of the injection system
malfunctioning.
• The storage stability of bio-diesel fuels is extended
Ensures precise diesel injection
• Lower fuel consumption
• Quiet engine running
Free from sulphur, phosphorous, metals and acids
Economical
300 ml is sufficient for 70 litres of diesel.
• Colour: Brownish
Art. no.
5861 006 300

products
ADBLUE®
For diesel engines with SCR exhaust gas aftertreatment
• 32.5% aqueous solution to reduce nitrogen oxide emissions
• Complies with ISO specification ISO 22241-1
• Chemical basis: Urea in demineralised water
Contents Art. no.

210 l 5861 700 003
1.89 l 5861 700 001
10 l 5861 700 002
5l 5861 700 005
9
DIESEL ADDITIVE
Protection that improves engine performance
For all types of diesel engines
• Particularly recommended for modern Common Rail systems and unit injectors wor-
king at high pressures
• Reduced consumption with the same power, reduced exhaust smoke
Improves combustion
• Cleans the supply system and injector, improving combustion
• Operates better at low temperatures, making start-up easy
• Eliminates condensation/water and the spread of subsequent deposits or sludge
• Reduces the cold filterability temperature of the diesel CFPP
Art. no.
0893 521 200

products
DIESEL PROTECTANT ANTIFREEZE

Protectant to prevent diesel from freezing
ANTIFREEZE
The antifreeze formulation improves the fluidity of cold diesel by reducing the size and
shape of the paraffin crystals. Truck antifreeze also prevents components in biodiesel
from crystallising. This prevents the formation of large deposits, which may reduce or
stop the fuel from flowing through the filters
Filter clogging
Advantages:
• Prevents paraffin deposits from forming
• Prevents the diesel filter from clogging in cold weather, thereby reducing starting
problems
• Improves the fluidity of cold diesel
• Reduces starting problems due to frost
• Decreases the CFPP to 9°C
Diesel freezing
production
300 ml Dark brown Characteristic Mineral oil 24 Month 0893 521 10
9 1000 ml - Thinners Hydrocarbons 60 Month 0893 152 4
FROST PROTECTION DIESEL TRUCK

Protectant to prevent diesel from freezing
TRUCK ANTIFREEZE The antifreeze formulation improves the fluidity
of cold diesel by reducing the size and shape of the paraffin crystals.
Truck antifreeze also prevents components in biodiesel from crys-
tallising. This prevents the formation of large deposits, which may
reduce or stop
the flow of fuel through the filters
Main characteristics:
Filter clogging
Protectant effectiveness:
• prevents paraffin deposits from forming
• prevents the diesel filter from clogging in cold weather, thereby reducing starting
problems
• improves the fluidity of cold diesel
• reduces starting problems due to frost
• decreases the CFPP to 9°C
Diesel freezing
Art. no.
0893 521 630

products
ANTIFOULING PROTECTION DIESEL TRUCK

Treatment to combat bacteria, fungi and algae
ANTI-FOULING TRUCK Prevents algae, fungi and bacteria from for-
ming inside the tank while keeping the fuel system working. When
used in curative dosages, it destroys the existing bacteria and moves
it to the bottom of the tank. In cases where routine tank maintenan-
ce is not scheduled, complete cleaning is recommended in order to
remove this deposit. Also suitable for tanks in heating systems
• anti-fouling agent for the vehicle tank
• anti-fouling agent for storage tanks
• prevents biodiesel from fermenting
• prevents bacteria from proliferating
• filter clogging
• algae/fungi/bacteria in the tank
9
Art. no.
0893 521 620

products
DIESEL CLEANER CARBO CLEAN D

Special cleaner for strong cleaning
CARBO CLEAN D
This is a cleaning fluid that acts on the fuel system of all diesel engines (both modern
and old). It restores the efficiency and cleanliness of the injectors, improving all
aspects of combustion and therefore the quality of the exhaust gases
Fuel system cleaner
Injector cleaner
FAP/DPF cleaner
EGR cleaner
Filter cleaner
Advantages:
• Promotes elimination of carbon deposits
• Specifically for cleaning diesel fuel systems
• Improves all aspects of combustion
Keep clean
According to the CEC F-98-08 method carried out on DW10 • Demulsive
engines
• Carbon residues
• Exhaust smoke
Art. no.
0893 521 6

products
PROTECTANT DIESEL TD1 TRUCK

Maintains the efficiency of modern diesel engines while reducing fuel
consumption
TD1 TRUCK Acts on the fuel system of modern diesel engines for com-
mercial vehicles. Restores the system to optimum efficiency. Increa-
ses the number of cetanes and increases the endothermic efficiency
of the propulsion system. Improves engine performance in terms
of torque and available power, thereby reducing the vehicle‘s fuel
consumption
• lower fuel consumption
• cetane booster
• cold starting
• wear-resistant
Passed the following tests: • increases the number of cetanes
Sundstrand pump
Dispersant properties test
• cleans and protects against wear and corrosion on pumps and injectors
ASTM D-1094 • strong demulsifier
Diesel/water separation test
NACE rust test
• protects against rust formation
Corrosion protection test • reduces the diesel‘s cold filterability temperature
Three-week static rust test
Stability during storage test • reduces fuel consumption while maintaining the same power
CFPP
Cold Filter Plugging Point test: IP 309
• reduces exhaust smoke 9
• improves cold starting
• resistance to foaming and sludge formation
• presence of water/condensate
• oxidation
• increased fuel consumption
• exhaust smoke
• engine losing power
• Colour: Light brown transparent
Art. no.
0893 521 600

products
PROTECTANT DIESEL TD3 TRUCK

For older vehicles and earth-moving machines
TD3 TRUCK Cleans and protects when added to diesel, reducing the
formation of carbon deposits on the injectors and improving com-
bustion by increasing energy efficiency. This reduces fuel consumpti-
on and exhaust smoke
• wear-resistant
• strong demulsifier
• cold starting
• injector cleaner
• cleans and protects against wear and corrosion on pumps and injectors
• strong demulsifier
• reduces fuel consumption while maintaining the same power
ASTMD 665
• reduces exhaust smoke
Rust inhibitor test • resistance to foaming and sludge formation
ASTM D-1094
Diesel/water separation test
• improves resistance to diesel oxidation
BOCLE Solves problems with
Anti-wear test Lubrizol ASTM D5001
• presence of water/condensate
• oxidation
9
• surface protection
• Colour: Light brown transparent
Art. no.
0893 521 610

products
DIESEL PROTECTANT SPORT PLUS

Power recovery with strong cleaning action
SPORT PLUS
This concentrate is a new-generation diesel engine additive that improves performan-
ce by increasing the cetane number. It facilitates cold starting, and reduces engine
noise and vibration, resulting in a smoother, more enjoyable drive
Cetane booster
Powerful cleaner
Stable with biodiesel
Start & Stop
DPF/FAP cleaner
Advantages:
• Formulated with the latest generation of detergents
• Improves power and acceleration
Passed the following tests: • Keeps filters and injectors clean and free from sticky deposits
CEC DW10 ENGINE
Fast, excellent power recovery • Reduces emissions
ASTM D 2274 • Excellent anti-foaming agent
Oxidation
PAD MIL-S-53021
• Optimum results even with B10 biodiesel
Temperature resistant • Optimum clean up and keep clean performance
DURATOR Q
• Works immediately
9
Detergency improves combustion and exhaust gas quality
PEUGEOT XUD-9 • See results from the first use in a full tank
Nozzle cocking – improves ignition speed
• EGR cleaning
• Sticky deposits
• Loss of power
• Clogged injectors and filters
• EGR/FAP/DPF clogging
• Smoke
Contents Colour Smell/fragrance Chemical basis Art. no.

300 ml Dark brown Characteristic Mineral oil 0893 521 20
150 ml - Diesel Aliphatic solvent 5861 010 216

products
DIESEL PROTECTANT CARBO PUMP TD1

Maintains optimum efficiency of all diesel engines
TD1
Acts on the fuel system of modern diesel engines, both common rail and injection
pump, maintaining optimum efficiency. Increases the number of cetanes and increases
the endothermic efficiency of the propulsion system. Improves engine performance in
terms of torque and available power
Wear-resistant
Strong demulsifier
Cetane booster
Advantages:
• Best operability at low temperature
• Easy start-up
• Cleans and protects against wear and corrosion on pumps and injectors
• Removes condensate that has formed in the tank
SUND STRAND PUMP • Resistance to diesel oxidation
Dispersant properties
ASTM D-1094
• Prevents formation of foam and sludge
Diesel/water separation • Reduces the diesel‘s cold filterability temperature
NACE RUST
Corrosion protection
• Demulsive
THREE-WEEK STATIC RUST Solves problems with
9
Storage stability
CFPP • Presence of water/condensate
Cold Filter Plugging Point test: IP 309 • Oxidation
• Exhaust smoke
Art. no.
0893 521 2
PROTECTANT CARBO PUMP TD3

Protectant that improves diesel engine performance, for older gene-
ration engines
For older generation engines
• removes carbon deposits on injectors
• restores the lubricant properties of diesel
• improves combustion efficiency and quality of exhaust gases
Cleaning injectors
• lubricates and keeps injectors and pump maintained
• reduced exhaust smoke
Better efficiency
• less frequent wear-related maintenance on injectors
• removes ignition difficulties
Art. no.
0893 521 3

products
DIESEL CURE
Cleans and protects all standard diesel fuel systems used in passen-
ger cars, trucks, in the maritime industry and agricultural machinery/
plants.
Increases the lubricity of diesel
• Increases the service life of moving parts in the diesel system
• Lower failure risk of the injection system
• Improves atomisation
Binds and neutralises acid condensations
• Prevents acid formation
Loosens and removes deposits and resinified areas from the fuel
tank through to the combustion chamber
• Improves atomisation of diesel
• Ensures precise injection
• Reduces fuel consumption
Prevents new deposits from forming
Reduces the output of environmentally harmful emissions
Approved by MTU Friedrichshafen GmbH and Detroit Diesel Removes water from diesel systems, without damaging the engine
Corporation.
• Prevents the growth of bacteria
• Increases the storage stability of diesel 9
Suitable for all types of diesel, including biodiesel
330 ml are sufficient for up to 400 litres of diesel
• Colour: Yellow
Contents Art. no.

330 ml 0893 567 330
25 l 0893 567 25
5l 0893 567 5

products
CARGO DIESEL ADDITIVE

Latest-generation additive for heavy vehicles and industrial construc-
tion and agricultural machines.
Keeps the injection system clean
Prevents deposits forming in injectors, valves, pistons and segments.
Prevents expensive repairs.
Protects the environment
Reduces the formation of carbon and harmful exhaust substances (black smoke).
Removes water from diesel
Absorbs moisture from the tank and protects the circuit against corrosion in order to
improve engine performance at start-up.
Controls diesel density
Aids cold starts.
Increases engine performance
production
1l Amber Diesel Naphtha 12 Month 0893 152 1
1l Yellowish Diesel Naphtha 24 Month 0893 151 9
200 l Amber Diesel Naphtha 60 Month 0893 152 200
5l Yellow Characteristic - 12 Month 0893 152 5
9
TURBOCHARGER CLEANER
Turbo cleaning foam with highly effective cleaning tensides for use in
petrol and diesel engines
• Contains active ingredients, which loosen and remove medium to heavy soiling and
deposits
• High level of cleaning power
• To remove unnecessary parts
• Foaming cleaner
• The product guarantees optimal functionality of the moving parts and thus ensures
improved performance and efficiency
Contents Art. no.

600 ml 5861 015 600
1000 ml 5861 015 100

products
INTAKE SYSTEM CLEANER

• Effective solvent and cleaning agent for removing typical impurities and deposits
from the area of the diesel intake and throttle valve
• Loosens and removes residues such as resin, oil, soot etc.
• This product guarantees the functionality of the moving parts and ensures optimal
fuel usage
• Also suitable for vehicles with exhaust gas recirculation
Art. no.
5861 013 400
DIESEL ADDITIVE CARGO ANTI-SOOT

Dramatically decreases the emission of fumes in industrial and cargo
9
vehicles.
Disperses insoluble residue
Formed by oxidation in the diesel fuel.
Keeps the injection system clean
Prevents waste from forming in the injectors, achieving optimisation of diesel consump-
tion by improving combustion.
Reduces levels of contaminating exhaust fumes in diesel vehicles, including those with
catalytic converters.
Suitable for Common Rail
And all types of diesel injection.
Decrease in gases
1000 ml is sufficient for 150 litres of diesel fuel.
Ideal for vehicles that have to pass mandatory periodic inspections, and emit a grea-
ter amount of gases than is established by the contaminant standards.
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
0893 152 3

products
MOTOR GUARD DIESEL

• Increases the cetane number for cold starts
• Cleans valves, combustion chambers and injection nozzles for improved fuel
efficiency
• Protects the entire fuel system
• Increases the lubricity of the fuel
• Prevention additive for regular use
• KEEP-CLEAN technology
Art. no.
5861 900 050
INTAKE AND INJECTOR ADDITIVE FOR COMMERCIAL VEHICLES

9 Automotive additive for diesel fuel for commercial vehicles.
• Helps to keep the intake system clean, prevent deposits in the injectors and extend
the service life of the injector
• Reduces smoke
• Reduces emissions
• Supports fuel saving
• Improves the cetane index
• Reduces the ignition delay
• Contains antifoam agents to prevent the foam that forms in the tank from
sedimentation
• The diesel oil is hygroscopic and absorbs moisture from the atmosphere
• The diesel additive is mixed with fuel and water and simply removed
• Enables diesel to pass the HFRR test as per ISO 12156 (friction test)
• Contents: 1 l
• Colour: Green
Art. no.
0893 152 2

products
ENGINE PROTECTANT HYBRID DIESEL

Treatment specially designed for hybrid cars that protects the engine
from damage caused by frequent cold starts
Promotes proper combustion of the system, thereby improving engi-
ne efficiency
• In hybrid cars, the combustion engine often operates „cold“ and is characterised by
a very high number of stops and starts
• This causes build-up in the system, which mainly deposits on the injectors, causing
them to malfunction
Features
The product is formulated to improve the properties of the diesel so as to maintain
optimum functionality of the fuel system. This protects it against damage caused by
carbon deposits and oxidation, and consequently against wear
Performance
• The protector has been developed to solve problems with the supply system to the
Tests passed: Compliant with UNI EN 590/09. Meets the follow- internal combustion engine in hybrid cars
ing requirements: Durator Q detergency test - ASTM D22274
• Removes deposits that form inside the injectors, EGR valve and DPF by increasing
oxidation test
the cetane rating of the fuel
• Thanks to its anti-oxidising power, it prevents the oxidation of fuel remaining unused
in the tank for long periods
• Prevents water from entering the fuel system thanks to its demulsifying power
• Compatible with latest-generation diesels, which can be expected to contain more 9
than 10% bioethanol
• Colour: Brown
• Chemical basis: Aliphatic solvent
Art. no.
5861 102 200

products
ADAPTOR FOR CONCENTRATED LPG TOP

ADDITIVE FOR LPG
CEC-F05-93 BMW 318IVD TEST Fuel system cleaner
Injector cleaner
PEUGEOT 205
Beneficial for loss of suction flow Cleans the pressure reducer
A97075) Advantages:
Beneficial for valve residues • Improves lubrication
• Removes residues from injectors and valves
• Compatible with Viton
• Starting issues
9 • Tendency to shut down
• Loss of power
Contents
• Fittings for tank filling connection for various systems, 4 pcs
• Capsule holder, 1 pc
• Filling point adapter, 1 pc
Art. no.
0891 531 105
RED FUNNEL FOR DIESEL

For D protectants
Art. no.
5861 900 053

products
DIESEL AND PETROL PROTECTION SETS CARBO

Set contents:
Diesel
• Carbo Clean cleaner D 500 ml, 1 pc
• Carbo Pump TD1 D 300 ml, 1 pc
• Carbo Pump Sport D 300 ml, 1 pc
• Diesel Sport Plus 150 ml, 1 pc
• 3 red pourers
Petrol
• Carbo Clean cleaner P 500 ml, 1 pc
• Carbo Jet B1 P 300 ml, 1 pc
• Carbo Jet Power P 300 ml, 1 pc
• Petrol B1 Plus 150 ml, 1 pc
• 3 green pourers
Art. no.
5861 102 170
9
BRAKE PASTE
Highly pressure-resistant, very adhesive lubricant in display box
Silver-coloured and very adhesive mineral oil-based paste with
inorganic thickeners and solid lubricants based on soft metals, which
guarantees excellent corrosion protection.
• Ensures good sliding properties even under the highest compressive loads
• Prevents corrosion, seizing, burning on
• Insensitive to high temperatures, this ensures a high level of wear protection and a
long-term lubricating effect
• Excellent resistance to oxidation and ageing
• Free of silicone, MoS2 and lead
• Chemical basis: Aluminium-copper
Art. no.
0893 110 5

Technical chemicals / Service products, chemicals / Brake products, che-
mical
HT BRAKE PROTECTION
Lubricating, separating and anti-corrosive paste extremely resistant
to high temperatures and high pressures
Metal-free
• Does not harm sensors on brake systems
• Suitable for ABS brake systems and ASR and ESP systems
• Heat-resistant up to 1400°C
• Permanent and high level of lubrication thanks to ceramic components
• Resistant to diluted acids, bases, spray water and salt water
• Silicone- and AOX-free
• Resistant to high pressures

300 ml 295 g 0893 816
200 ml 335 g 0893 816 001
9
ANTI-SQUEAL SPRAY
• Anti-squeal for brake pads
• For long-term prevention
• Stops disc brakes squealing
• Do not apply directly to disc brakes or friction material
• Use only behind the brake pads
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0890 106

mical
HT BRAKE PROTECTION BRUSH ADAPTER
Colour Length Material Art. no.

Black 110 mm PP - Polypropylene 0891 800 000
Red 15 cm Plastic 0891 800 004
BRAKE FLUID DOT 4

For hydraulic brake systems. Prescribed for various VW/Audi, Seat
and Skoda vehicles.
Meets and exceeds the specifications: SAE J 1703, 1704, FMVSS 116,
DOT 3 and DOT 4
Brake fluids can be mixed with any other commercial product that satisfies the follo-
wing test requirements: FMVSS 116, SAE J 1703, 1704 or ISO 4925.
Formulated on the basis of glycol ethers
• Excellent corrosion protection compared to ferrous and non-ferrous metals 9
• High degree of thermal stability
• Good rubber compatibility
Outstanding lubricating properties
Suitable for use in the hydraulic power transmission of clutch systems.

500 ml Yellowish 0892 009 030
1l Pale Amber 0892 009 1

mical
BRAKE FLUID DOT 4, LOW VISCOSITY

For hydraulic brake systems. Prescribed for VW/Audi, BMW and Opel
vehicles.
DOT 3 and DOT 4
• Excellent corrosion protection compared to ferrous and non-ferrous metals
Suitable for innovative brake systems (e.g. ESP)
Developed for and tailored to the technical requirements of vehicle manufacturers.
Guarantees faultless operation of the ESP system, even at low ambi-
ent temperatures
Increased driving safety.
• Contents: 5 l
9
Art. no.
0892 009 415
BRAKE FLUID DOT 4 PLUS

For hydraulic brake systems. Prescribed for Mercedes Benz vehicles.
DOT 3 and DOT 4
• Excellent protection against corrosion compared to iron and non-ferrous metals.
• High degree of thermal stability.
• Good rubber compatibility.

55 l Light yellow 0892 009 855
1000 ml Yellowish 0892 009 81
250 ml Yellowish 0892 009 825

mical
BRAKE FLUID DOT 5.1 ABS

For all hydraulic brake and clutch systems for which a brake or clutch
fluid that meets the DOT5.1/ABS specifications is recommended.
• Boiling point more than +265°C.
• Cannot be mixed with silicone-based DOT5 brake or clutch fluid.
• Contents: 0.25 l
• Colour: Yellow, Amber
Art. no.
0892 009 925
BRAKE FLUID DOT 5.1

Synthetic brake fluid can be used in hydraulic braking systems for
9
which the manufacturer prescribes DOT 5.1 qualities. Suitable for all
ABS systems.
DOT 5.1
• Excellent corrosion protection compared to ferrous and non-ferrous metals
• Colour: Yellow
Art. no.
0892 009 051

mical
BRAKE FLUID DOT 4

For hydraulic brake and clutch systems.
Meets and exceeds the current international specifications of U.S.
FMVSS No. 16 DOT 4, SAE J1703 and ISO 4925 (Class 3)
Suitable for use in passenger cars, commercial vehicles and motorcycles with hydrau-
lic brake systems and clutch systems; recommended where a non-petroleum-based
medium has to be used. Not suitable for vehicles with mineral oil-based systems (e.g.
certain Citroen models). If in doubt, consult the vehicle manual.
Min. dry boiling point 260°C. Min. wet boiling point 165°C
• Colour: Pale Amber
DOT 4
Contents Art. no.

0.25 l 0892 009 025
500 ml 0892 009 050
20 l 0892 009 20
5l 0892 009 700
9
BRAKE FLUID DOT 4 +

Meets and exceeds the current international specifications of U.S
FMVSS No. 16 DOT 3/4, SAE J1703 and ISO 4925 (Class 3)
Formula based on glycol ether. Can be mixed with all brake fluids of the same specifi-
cation. Excellent corrosion protection compared to iron and non-ferrous metals. High
degree of thermal stability. Rubber-compatible.
DOT 4 super
Contents Art. no.

500 ml 0892 098 500
20 l 0892 098 20
5l 0892 009 800

mical
BRAKE FLUID DOT 5.1

FMVSS No. 116 DOT 5.1/DOT4/DOT3, SAE J1703/SAE J1704 and ISO
4925 (Classes 3/4/5.1)
Based on ethylene glycol. Can be mixed with other brake fluids of a similar
specification.
• Colour: Pale straw yellow
DOT 5.1
Contents Art. no.

500 ml 0892 950 051
5l 0892 009 551
20 l 0892 009 251
9
BRAKE FLUID DOT 3
FMVSS No. 16 DOT 3, SAE J1703 and ISO 4925 (Class 3)
lic brake systems and clutch systems (recommended where a non-petroleum-based
medium has to be used).
Not suitable for vehicles with mineral oil-based systems (e.g. certain Citroen models).
If in doubt, consult the vehicle manual.
DOT 3
Contents Art. no.

500 ml 0892 091 500
5l 0892 091 005
20 l 0892 091 020

mical
BRAKE FLUID DOT 4

FMVSS No. 16 DOT 4, SAE J1703 and ISO 4925 (Class 3).
lic brake systems and clutch systems; recommended where a non-petroleum-based
medium has to be used. Not suitable for vehicles with mineral oil-based systems (e.g.
certain Citroen models). If in doubt, consult the vehicle manual.
Min. dry boiling point 250°C. Min. wet boiling point 155°C.
Contents Art. no.

500 ml 0892 009 202
250 ml 0892 009 201
5l 0892 009 204
1l 0892 009 203
9
BREAKFLUID DOT 4 230/155
• Colour: Golden yellow
Contents Art. no.

250 ml 0892 009 230
500 ml 0892 009 231
BRAKE FLUID LHM PLUS

• Contents: 1 l
• Colour: Green
Art. no.
0892 009 7

Technical chemicals / Service products, chemicals / Crack detector pro-
duct
CRACK DETECTOR SPRAY

Perfect for detecting cracks and pores that may occur in non-porous
materials during moulding, forging, or welding, or due to component
wear, without the need for damaging tests.
Properties
• The product is simple and practical to use, using capillary action to penetrate cracks
and pores in the material being inspected.
• The product is composed of a cleaner, a penetrant, and a developer.
Benefits
• Easy-to-apply spray that makes cracks visible to the naked eye.
• Allows you to detect and inspect cracks, pores, and defects in welding, forging,
metal or cast-iron moulding, components, fittings, tools, surfaces, and structures.
• Suitable for pipework, tanks, reservoirs, and heat exchangers.
• Can be removed with water and solvents.
• Free of sulphides and halogens.
• Complies with the following standards: EN 571; EN ISO 3452-2; ASTM E1417;
AMS 2644; ASME SEC V Art. 6; REACH.
Benefits
• Cleans quickly, saving time and water.
• Simple, fast, accurate, and cost-effective inspection method, widely used by quality
inspectors.
• Spectacular results at an affordable price for customers looking to ensure that wel- 9
ded, forged or moulded materials, which may be difficult to inspect with the naked
eye, are not cracked or porous.
Chemical basis Colour Art. no.

Solvent-containing synthetic natural rubber Red 0890 800 10
Solvent-containing synthetic natural rubber Winter white 0890 800 11
Mix naphtha, solvent, propellant Transparent 0890 800 12

Technical chemicals / Sealant / Sealants accessories
SILICONE PRIMER
Universal primer for improving adhesion of silicone sealants on
absorbent and non-absorbent surfaces
For improving adhesion of following silicone sealants:
Neutral silicone perfect, neutral silicone special, neutral silicone, acetoxy silicone
(bathroom unit), acetoxy silicone (food grade), acetoxy silicone, high-temperature sili-
cone, elastic fire protection seal, repair layer.
• Chemical basis: Silicone resin
Art. no.
0890 170
SCREW CAP FOR CARTRIDGE TIP

9 Re-sealable dosing tip.
• For the dosage of 1-C adhesive systems
• Nozzle can be cut for different openings
• With re-closable cap in order to temporarily prevent hardening of the adhesive
• Tip is clipped onto the cartridge
Art. no.
0891 100 110

Technical chemicals / Sealant / Sealants accessories
STANDARD APPLICATION NOZZLE

For bag goods
• Length: 13 cm
• Design: With punching mechanism
Art. no.
0891 601 001
APPLICATION NOZZLE STANDARD

For 310 ml plastic cartridges (coarse thread)
9
• Length: 10.5 cm
Art. no.
0891 653
SEALANT SMOOTHING AGENT

Universal smoothing agent suitable for all types of sealants
• Easy to apply from the aerosol can
• Uniform cross-linking, sealant joint hardens quicker thanks to uniform cross-linking of
the surface.
• Improved surface, by moistening the sealant and then scraping the joint, the joint
surface becomes more flexible and smoother
• Chemical basis: Anionic tenside
• Density: 1 g/cm³
Colour Smell/fragrance Contents Container Shelf life from Art. no.

production
Light yellow Faint odour 400 ml Can 18 Month 0893 003
Colourless Odourless 5l Canister 24 Month 0893 3

Technical chemicals / Sealant / Sealants, renovations installation
HIGH-TEMPERATURE SILICONE
Special sealant for joints subject to high temperatures
• High temperature resistance up to +250°C, short term (max. 1.5 h) up to +300°C
• High resistance to numerous chemicals, suitable for joints with chemical exposure
(see resistance list)
• Resistant to ageing and UV
• Chemical basis: Sauer silicones (acetate systems)
• Continuous motion absorption: 20 %
• Min. breaking elongation: 350 %
Classified in accordance with DIN 4102 B2 – normal flammability

(in cured state).
Colour Art. no.

Black 0892 331
Red brown 0892 330
9
HEAT-RESISTANT SILICONE
Silicone sealant with acetate crosslinking, specifically for high tempe-
ratures
Exceptional resistance to ageing and temporary resistance to oils
and fuels
High elastic modulus with permanent elasticity
Maintains its elasticity in the presence of a heat load up to 250 ºC
High resistance to high temperatures
• Exists when there is temporary contact with chemicals such as oils and fuels
• Recommended for work on motor parts
• The properties of the silicone remain unchanged, always ensuring a good level of
sealing
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications
• Resistance to atmospheric agents and UV rays
Product complies with UNI EN ISO 11600 • Contents: 310 ml

• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0892 350

E4 TOP HT HIGH-TEMPERATURE SILICONE ACETATE

For elastic sealing in cookers, ovens, heating and air-conditioning
systems, washing machines and dryers.
Colour Art. no.

Black 0892 843 351
Red 0892 843 341

HYDRAULIC SEAL
For sealing pneumatic and hydraulic screw connections subject to high
loads. With screw connections, up to the burst pressure of the pipe/
hose
Excellent resistance to all hydraulic fluids and fuels
High degree of safety, as impairments due to breakdown are prevented.
Quick to harden, even at low temperatures
Minimum vehicle downtime.
100% sealing
Gaps are filled completely, so that the resulting bonding provides protection against
corrosion from friction and protection against rust.
Resistant to a large number of bases, gases, solvents, oils and fuels
Silicone- and solvent-free
DOS system:
• Practical one-handed operation thanks to the clever turn lock
You always have one hand free.
• Continuously adjustable dispensing system
Dispensing can be adjusted to suit the application, and to keep consumption and
costs to a minimum.
• No residue material in dispensing neck
9 Costs optimised thanks to emptying with virtually no remaining product
• Chemical basis: Methacrylic acid ether
• Colour: Violet
• Fully hardening/curing conditions: Exclusion of oxygen and contact with
metal (copper or iron ions)
• Max. gap-filling ability: 0.15 mm
• Suitable for: Thread diameter max. R 3/4 inch
• Min./max. initial strength: 30-40 min
• Min./max. functional strength: 2-3 h
• Min./max. final strength: 12 h-24 h
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 18 Month / at room temperature

50 g 0893 545 050
250 g 0893 545 250

MEDIUM-STRENGTH HYDRAULIC SEALANT

Medium-strength product for sealing pneumatic and hydraulic connec-
tions up to R 3/4“, up to bursting pressure. Excellent chemical resistan-
ce.
Can also be used on lightly oiled surfaces
• Time-consuming task of degreasing the fitting is no longer required
Excellent resistance to all hydraulic fluids and fuels
• High degree of safety, as impairments due to breakdown are prevented
• Chemical basis: Dimethacrylic acid ether
• Colour: Brown
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 18 Month / at 20°C
Art. no.
0893 542 050

VENTILATION DUCT SEALANT HYBRID

Ready-to-use, hybrid polymer-based single-component sealant
Quick to harden
Quick drying saves time
Metal surface appearance
Ideal for use on visible metal surfaces
Quick and simple to use
Can be used, without degreasing, on lightly oiled, corrosion-preserved plain and
galvanised steel, stainless steel and aluminium sheets. Cleaning the surface is nevert-
heless recommended to aid optimum adhesion.
• Silicone-free, UV-resistant, age-resistant and weather-resistant
• Does not contain any substances that impair paint adhesion
• No primer required
• Short-term temperature resistance max. +100°C to max. 1 h
• Colour: Grey
• Chemical basis: Hybrid polymer
• Full curing speed: 2.5 mm/d
9 • Fully hardening/curing conditions: 23°C and 50% relative humidity
• Min. temperature resistance: -40 °C
• Resistance against: Aging, Weather, Water, Formaldehyde (30%), Acetic
acid (5%), Isopropyl alcohol, Chlorine solution (5%), Hydrogen peroxide (10%),
Soapsuds (20%), Disinfectants, Caustic soda (50%), Citric acid (10%), Formic acid
(25%), Ethyl alcohol, Washing-up liquid, Saline solution (25%), Laundry detergent,
Methanol, Edible fats, Lactic acid
Art. no.
0892 325 3

ENGINE SEALING COMPOUND SILICONE SPECIAL 250

Permanently elastic silicone sealing compounds for engine and
bodywork, brief temperature resistance of 300°C
• Cold-vulcanising silicone rubber
• Bridges larger unevenness
• Reliable at sealing, even after withstanding years of vibrations
• Excellent adhesion and chemical resistance
• Does not run or pull threads
• Skin formation after just a few minutes, vulcanisation rate approx. 1.5 mm/day
Contents Colour Min. skin-formation Max. skin-forma- Elongation at break Art. no.
time tion time
70 ml Black 6 min 12 min 300 % 0890 323
70 ml Red 6 min 12 min 300 % 0890 321
80 ml Black 15 min - - 0890 323 1
200 ml Black 10 min - - 0890 321 600
9
ENGINE SEALING COMPOUND SILICONE SPECIAL 300
Ready-to-use, permanently elastic one-component sealant, acetate
cross-linked for temperatures of up to 300 °C.
• In the cured state, resistant up to 300 °C for short periods (up to 250 °C for long
periods)
• Permanently elastic, weather and UV-resistant
• Excellent adhesive properties, e.g. on glass, ceramic, aluminium
Colour Art. no.

Black 0890 323 310
Red brown RAL 8012 0890 321 310

FURNACE PUTTY 1000

Solvent-free 1-component sealing compound with optimum heat
resistance, high degree of strength and excellent adhesion to metal
surfaces
No formation of a sediment
The ingredients do NOT separate from one another during storage
Ready for use
Not necessary to stir the material beforehand, as required e.g. with canned products
Can be pressed out easily with a cartridge gun
Frost-proof
Storage temperature below 0°C (approx. -5°C) possible
Silicone-free
• Chemical basis: Water glass luting with mineral fillers
• Colour: Cast grey
• Viscosity/consistency: Pasty
9 • Long-term elasticity: Virtually no elasticity
• Shrinkage: Minimal
• Full curing speed: 1 mm/d
• Water-soluble: Not readily soluble in water
• Resistance against: Fats, Household cleaning products, Oil, Flue gases and their
condensates
Art. no.
0893 290 0

MEDIUM-STRENGTH PIPE SEALANT

For sealing all metallic pipe couplings and fittings with conical/cylin-
drical threads in line with DIN 2999
Immediate leak tightness
Firmly tightened connections can be immediately loaded up to approx. 5 bar after
final curing up to the burst pressure of the pipes
High media resistance
Neutral behaviour with regard to most industrial liquids and gases
Sealing compound does not leak out of thread
Quick and secure assembly
Easy to remove
Solvent and silicone-free
DOS system:
One hand always remains free.
costs to a minimum.
Certified quality • No residue material in dispensing neck
• DVGW approval (Reg. No. NG-5146BM0336+0037), tested
Costs optimised thanks to emptying with virtually no remaining product
to DIN EN 751-1
• NSF-tested to NSF/ANSI 61
• Chemical basis: Dimethacrylic acid ester
9
• Suitable for: Thread diameter max. R 3 inch (M80)
• Max. final strength: 6 h
Weight of content Max. gap-filling ability Min./max. processing Art. no.

temperature
50 g 0.5 mm 5 to 40 °C 0893 577 050
250 g 0.5 mm 5 to 25 °C 0893 577 250

LOW-STRENGTH PIPE SEALANT WITH PTFE

For sealing all metallic pipe couplings and fittings with conical/cylin-
drical threads in line with DIN 2999
• Low-strength - easy removal
• Sealed immediately against pressure up to 5 bar
• Sealant does not run off the thread
• Resistant to most gases and liquids, in accordance with DIN 2999
• Resistant to a large number of alkalis, gases, solvents, oils and fuels
• Silicone- and solvent-free
Practical one-handed operation
• Continuously adjustable dispensing system enables dispensing to be adjusted to suit
the application, and to keep consumption and costs to a minimum
• Good residue removal
Certified quality
• DVGW approval (reg. no. NG-5146BM0338), tested to DIN
9 EN 751-1
• NSF-tested to NSF/ANSI 61
Weight of content Chemical basis Colour Suitable for Max. gap-filling Art. no.
ability
50 g Methacrylic acid ether White Thread diameter max. 0.5 mm 0893 511 050
M80, Thread diameter
max. R 3 inch
- - - - - 0893 511 150
THREAD SEALANT
• Low-viscosity adhesive that penetrates well into small gaps
• Also suitable for cylindrical parts
• Colour: Green
• Min./max. processing temperature: -55 to 150 °C
Art. no.
0893 290 050

THREAD SEALANT, PTFE, HEAT RESISTANT

For tapered or cylindrical threaded metal pipe joints
• Max. thread R 3” (M80)
• Resistant towards the most common liquids and gases used in industry
• To replace PTFE and hemp
• Pressure resistance around 200 bar.
• Heat resistance +200°C
• Excellently fills gaps
• Prevents corrosion of the threads
• Secure, simple and quick to install
• Joint can be easily dismantled
• Solvent-free
• Colour: White
• Max. final strength: 24 h
Art. no.
0893 565 050
9

1C ENGINE SEALANT
Replacement for solid seals around the engine, on pressure tanks as
well as on screw connections.
High thermal stability
Also reliable at sealing at temperatures up to 280°C.
Compression-proof up to approx. 700 bar
Also suitable for high-pressure lines and pressure tanks.
Excellent adhesion
With the exception of metals and glass and ceramic surfaces, seals permanently and
securely.
Good adaptability
• Also suitable for uneven sealing surfaces
• A complete seal is achieved
Permanently elastic
Prevents detachment, e.g. through vibration and shock loads
Protects against corrosion
Completely fills gaps.
Silicone- and solvent-free
DOS system:
9
One hand always remains free.
costs to a minimum.
• No residue material in dispensing neck
Costs optimised thanks to emptying with virtually no remaining product
• Chemical basis: Epoxy resin
• Colour: Red
• Min./max. skin-formation time: 5-7 min
Art. no.
0893 260 100

LOW-STRENGTH FLANGE SEALANT

For sealing flanges and surfaces with minimum joints up to max. 0.3
mm. Replacement for solid seals.
Low-strength
Easy to remove
Seals 100 %
Gaps are completely filled so that the resulting bonding provides protection against
corrosion caused by friction and protection against rust.
The accordion bottle makes it easy to empty residual product
Silicone-free, solvent-free and oil-free
• Colour: Green fluorescent
• Density/conditions: 1.05 g/cm³ / in accordance with DIN EN ISO 2811-1
• NSF registered, Class S2, sealants - no direct contact with food
• NSF-tested in accordance with NSF/ANSI 61 for use in service • Min./max. final strength: 6 h-24 h
water and drinking water up to +82°C
• Min./max. processing temperature: 5 to 35 °C 9
Art. no.
0893 573 050

MEDIUM-STRENGTH FLANGE SEALANT

For sealing flanges and surfaces with a large gap up to max. 0.5 mm.
Replacement for solid seals.
High degree of gap bridging
Completely fills extensive surface roughnesses
100 % seal
Medium strength
Removable
Slight flexibility
Compensates expansion difference between different materials
• Colour: Orange fluorescent
• NSF registered, Class S2, sealants - no direct contact with food metal (copper or iron ions)
• NSF-tested in accordance with NSF/ANSI 61 for use in service
9 water and drinking water

50 g 0893 574 050
250 g 0893 574 250

MEDIUM-STRENGTH AND NON-RUNNING FLANGE SEALANT

Viscous adhesive and sealing material for sealing flanges and surfa-
ces with large gaps
Viscous product
The material does not drip or run, which makes it ideal for overhead work and for wor-
king on vertical surfaces.
Seals 100 %
Slight flexibility
Compensates expansion difference between different materials.
Immediate seal even under low compressive load
Test pressure can be applied immediately. Therefore, there are no waiting times.
Also suitable for passive metals
• Aluminium flanges can also be sealed
• One product for a multitude of materials.
Fast curing
Short service life
9
• Colour: Red fluorescent
Art. no.
0893 518 050

HEAT-RESISTANT SURFACE SEALANT

For sealing surface tops and flanges
• Heat resistance +200°C.
• Max clearance 0.5 mm
• Excellent resistance to vibration and trembling
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
9 0893 510 050

0893 510 250

ADHESIVE AND SEALING COMPOUND SUPER RTV SILICONE

High-quality adhesive and sealing compound for use in the automoti-
ve sector.
Excellent resistance to chemicals
• Can also be used in critical areas in which the seal comes into contact with various
liquids
• Outstanding resistance to engine oil and transmission oil, refrigerant and anti-freeze
agent
Non-acidic hardening system
Non-corrosive, therefore has no negative impact on electronic components and on
lambda probes.
Sealant in compressed-air can
• Easy to dispense without additional aids
• The fine beads allow the product to be applied uniformly
• Chemical basis: Neutral crosslinked silicones, oxime-based
Colour Min./max. temperature Max. short-term tempe- Range of applications Art. no.
resistance rature resistance
Blue -60 to 260 °C 315 °C Valve cover, Differential 0893 321 3
housing, Rear axle housing,
Oil pans, Crankshaft housing,
Intake manifold 9
Grey -60 to 260 °C 315 °C Water pumps, Oil pumps, Front 0893 321 6
cover, Camshaft bearing cover,
Thermostat housing, Oil pans,
Transmission cover, Drive axle
cover
Transparent -60 to 260 °C 315 °C Lamp housing, Sealing and 0893 321 4
encapsulating of electrical
connections, Sealing of vehicle
body parts
Red -60 to 315 °C 370 °C Cover and flange on engines 0893 321 2

ADHESIVE/SEALING COMPOUND, SUPER RTV SILICONE CARTRIDGE

ve sector
liquids
agent
• Non-corrosive, therefore has no negative
• impact on electronic
• components and on lambda probes
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0893 332 1
9
SUPER RTV SILICONE ADHESIVE AND SEALING COMPOUND TUBE
ve sector.
• Very good chemical resistance
liquids
agent. Non-acidic hardening system
• Non-corrosive, therefore has no negative impact on electronic components and on
lambda probes
• Colour: Grey
• Contents: 70 ml
Chemical basis Min./max. temperature resistance Art. no.

- - 0893 321 670
Neutral crosslinked silicones, oxime-based -60 to 260 °C 0893 331 670

SUPER RTV SILICONE ADHESIVE AND SEALING COMPOUND

High-quality adhesive and sealing compound for use in industry and
the automotive sector.
liquids
agent
lambda probes
Sealant in compressed-air can
• Easy to dispense without additional aids
• The fine beads allow the product to be applied uniformly
Colour Min./max. temperature Max. short-term tempe- Range of applications Art. no.
resistance rature resistance
Black -60 to 260 °C 300 °C Water pumps, Oil pumps, Front 0893 331 1
Transmission cover, Sunroof, 9
Doors
Red -60 to 315 °C 370 °C Oil pumps, Front cover, Cams- 0893 331 2
haft bearing cover, Oil pans,
Transmission cover, Exhaust
manifold, Exhaust flange, Cover
and flange on engines, Intake
area
Blue -60 to 260 °C 300 °C Oil pans, Valve cover, Rear axle 0893 331 3
housing, Crankshaft housing,
Differential housing, Camshaft
bearing cover
Transparent -60 to 260 °C 300 °C Sealing of accumolators, Sea- 0893 331 4
ling of halogen lamp, Sealing of
vehicle body parts, Sealing of
transformer
Grey -60 to 260 °C 300 °C Water pumps, Oil pumps, Front 0893 331 6
Transmission cover, Intake area,
Sealing of accumolators

SUPER RTV SILICONE BASIC

ve sector.
liquids
agent
lambda probes
Colour Range of applications Art. no.

Black Front cover, Transmission cover, Camshaft bearing cover, Oil 0893 321 10
pumps, Oil pans, Sunroof, Thermostat housing, Doors, Water
pumps
Grey - 0893 321 12

ANAEROBIC ADHESIVE ALL-IN-ONE

Medium strength, anaerobic curing and thixotropic adhesive and
sealant
ALL IN ONE can be used as a thread lock or pipe seal, as a sealant for
flanges and housings and for fixing bearings to rods or shafts.
Features
• Removable with hand tools
• Prevents rust and corrosion
• Heat-resistant up to 150°C
• Even curing on a variety of metals, including stainless steel and most metal-plated
fasteners
• High degree of resistance to solvents
ALL IN ONE fulfils the following requirements
• NSF Category FDA P1 for indirect food contact
• ANSI Standard 61 for use in drinking water systems
• DVGW certification for gas pipe applications (DIN EN 751-1)
• KTW approval (plastics in contact with drinking water)
Benefits when used as screw retainer
• Prevents unwanted movements, loosening, leaks
• Ideal for adjusting screws, calibration screws, gauges and for fasteners up to M80
• Resistant to vibration
9
• Used to fill cracks and gaps
Benefits when used as a pipe sealant
• For sealing all metallic pipe connections and fittings
• Does not shrink and does not block systems
• The seal withstands vibration and shock loads
• Seals against conventional gases and fluids
• The product is available with drinking water and gas approvals
• Prevents corrosion and seizing
• Seals fittings with threads up to 3 inches and is heat resistant up to 150°C
Benefits when used as a surface sealant
• For sealing flanges and surfaces
• Replaces solid seals - reduces stock
• Fills gaps up to 0.5 mm
• No settling effects
• Withstands high pressure after complete curing
Benefits when used for bearing locking
• For fastening cylindrical connecting parts
• Reduces or eliminates expensive machining operations due to the possibility of gre-
ater tolerances
• Eliminates specific surface finishing requirements
• Prolongs the life of the equipment through better fatigue resistance and corrosion
resistance
• Completely fills gaps and ensures full material contact
• Min./max. viscosity 1: 55000-80000 mPas

Technical chemicals / Sealant / Sealant application tools
PLASTIC MANUAL APPLICATION GUN

• Easy to use
• Rotating cylinder
Art. no.
0891 602 0
MANUAL GUN FOR CARTRIDGES AND BAGS

Universal manual gun for use with cartridges and bag.
• Lightweight aluminium construction combined with elements made of reinforced
plastic
• Ergonomic handle and lever
Suitable for Art. no.

310 ml cartridge, 400 ml bag 0891 312 400
9 310 ml cartridge, 600 ml bag 0891 312 600
HAND PRESS FOR BAGS

For 600-ml bags
Durable metal structure.
Easy and fast to use.
Provides an even trail of mass.
The mass stops coming out as soon as the trigger is released.
Art. no.
0891 601 0

GUN PRESSFIX 400

High-power manual filler gun
• Powerful professional mechanical gun
• High push-out force
• Effortless work for optimal working comfort
• Can be used with any fillers, even the most viscous
• Ideal for all heavy-duty filler applications
• Non-slip ergonomic PVC handle makes it easier to grip
• Push rod unlocks as soon as the trigger is squeezed
• Hanging hook
• Thrust ratio: 24: 1
• Force: 4.4 kN
Art. no.
0891 400 410
MANUAL CARTRIDGE GUN, HIGH-QUALITY

High-quality design, semi-open, made of sheet steel with plastic hand-
le
9
• Easy to use and quick feed
• With quick-release device
• Excellent force transmission, thus easier application
• Design: High-quality
Art. no.
0891 00
MANUAL CARTRIDGE GUN STANDARD

Standard design, semi-open, made of sheet steel with quick-release
device
For applications with 310 ml cartridges
• Design: Steel
0891 312 5
Art. no.
0891 312 5

CARTRIDGE GUN
Sturdy design, semi-open, made of sheet steel with feeding mecha-
nism.
• Immediate power transmission to the push rod possible
• Great value for money
Art. no.
0891 40
MANUAL CARTRIDGE GUN BASIC

Simple design, semi-open, made of sheet steel with riveted struts
For applications with 310 ml cartridges
• Design: Simple
• Colour: Red
9 Art. no.
0891 001
APPLICATION GUN HANDY MAX®

Manual application gun with slow release
• Can be used with cartridges up to 310 ml and sachets up to 400 ml
• Ergonomic parallel lever with a patented, easy-to-use design that exerts more force
• Excellent conversion of force thanks to the ball bearings and high-quality steel
components
• No loss of force through the piston thanks to the patented symmetrical feed
• Aluminium cylinder that can be rotated 360° for various working positions
• Quick to switch from cartridges to sachets using the special adapter for sachets
provided with the gun
• Swiss Made - patented
Colour Art. no.

- 0891 700 400
Red, Black 0891 300 400

MANUAL CARTRIDGE GUN H1X

Cartridge gun for applying 1-component sealants with low viscosity.
• Made of reinforced nylon
• Ergonomic and lightweight
• Slip-proof handle
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0891 000 003
HEAVY-DUTY QUICK FRICTION GUN

• For cartridge sealants
• Quick and light application with special mechanism
9
Art. no.
0891 010
APPLICATION GUN HANDYMAX®

Slow release gun to improve application performance.
• Ready for 310 ml cartridges
• Dual trigger support allows for a more comfortable application
• Performance identical to pneumatic gun without the need for hose and compressor
• No loss of force through the piston due to patented symmetrical supply
• Very robust, due to the quality of its materials
• Fast cartridge change
• Ideal for applying silicone, adhesive sealant and assembly adhesive
Art. no.
0891 320

CARTRIDGE GUN AIRQUICK

For 400 ml bag goods and 310 ml cartridges
• Piston rod design
• Ergonomically shaped handle
• Fast extrusion
• Adjusting the rotating pressure regulator on the handle enables fine adjustment of
the flow speed
• Screwing on the bag piston provided also allows 400-ml bags to be used
• Suitable for: 310 ml cartridge, 400 ml bag
• Length: 470 mm
Art. no.
0891 700 310
PNEUMATIC APPLICATION GUN JUNIORFIX

Powerful and lightweight pneumatic application gun for applying
products in cartridges. Ideally suited for adhesives and sealants with
9 high and low viscosities.
Easy to work with
Rotary pressure controller on handle for slow and fast extrusion
Additional fine regulation of the flow speed via trigger.
Optimum movement
Damper on quick-trigger valve
Protection of e.g. air supply components and simple cleaning
Fully enclosed housing
• Suitable for: 310 ml cartridge
• Length: 238 mm
Art. no.
0703 891 310

PNEUMATIC APPLICATION GUN DRUCKFIX

Powerful and lightweight pneumatic application gun for applying
products in bag goods. Ideally suited for adhesives and sealants with
high and low viscosities.
Rotary pressure controller on handle for slow and fast extrusion
Additional fine regulation of the flow speed via trigger.
Optimal mobility
Damper on the quick-pull valve
Completely closed housing
Better protection of components e.g. the air supply pipe and easy cleaning.
• Suitable for: 300/600 ml bag
• Length: 445 mm
Art. no.
0703 891 600
9
COMPRESSED-AIR APPLICATION GUN T16X
Universal compressed-air application gun for use with 310 ml cartrid-
ges.
• For fast application of sealing compound
• 1/4 air intake with pressure regulator
• Weight-reduced design: only 800 g
Art. no.
0891 16
PS4 PNEUMATIC GUN

Can be used with a 310-ml cartridge to spray or extrude a spray seal
Many settings
• Can be used to recreate any common type of bodywork seal (spray seals, crimped
joints)
An open cartridge can be left in the gun for several weeks
• Suitable for: 310 ml cartridge
• Length: 320 mm
Art. no.
0891 628 4

ADAPTER FOR SEALANT GUN

• For fibre glass probe Ø 6 mm
• The adapter enables extrusion of adhesive using standard sealant guns
Art. no.
0891 893 500
UNION NUT BLACK

9 Spare part for Handy Max manual cartridge gun.
Spare part for art. no. 0891007
• Type description: 699,900410IT
Art. no.
0891 600 008

Technical chemicals / Sealant / Bodywork seals
SEALANT DICHTFIX
Sprayable, MS polymer-based sealant for restoring the original tex-
ture following accident repair work.
Very broad adhesive range
Adheres to large range of surfaces, even without a primer coat.
High Shore A hardness
The material is resistant to mechanical loads.
High tensile strength and elongation at tear
The seam also withstands stronger movements/elongations.
UV-stable
Excellent ageing behaviour, even when seams are not painted.
„Wet on wet“ can be painted over
Isocyanate- and silicone-free
Contents Chemical basis Colour Density/conditions Min./max. proces- Art. no.

sing temperature
310 ml POP mixed polymer Sand yellow - 5 to 30 °C 0893 229
290 ml POP mixed polymer White - 5 to 35 °C 0893 226 500
290 ml POP mixed polymer Black - 5 to 35 °C 0893 226 501
290 ml POP mixed polymer Grey - 5 to 35 °C 0893 226 502
310 ml MS hybrid polymer Black 1.42 g/cm³/at 23°C 5 to 35 °C 0893 225 03 9
310 ml MS polymer Grey 1.44 g/cm³/at 23°C 5 to 35 °C 0893 225 01
310 ml MS polymer White 1.44 g/cm³/at 23°C 5 to 35 °C 0893 225 02
310 ml MS polymer Terracotta 1.44 g/cm³/at 23°C 5 to 35 °C 0893 225 04
310 ml MS polymer Beige 1.56 g/cm³/at 23°C 5 to 30 °C 0893 231 005
310 ml POP mixed polymer Black 1.48 g/cm³/at 23°C, 5 to 30 °C 0893 226
50% relative humidity
310 ml POP mixed polymer White 1.48 g/cm³/at 23°C, 5 to 30 °C 0893 227
310 ml POP mixed polymer Grey 1.48 g/cm³/at 23°C, 5 to 30 °C 0893 228
600 ml MS polymer Terracotta 1.44 g/cm³/at 23°C 5 to 35 °C 0893 225 046

BODYWORK SEALING COMPOUND

Anticorrosive and UV resistant bodywork sealer
Protects against corrosion and UV
• UV resistant
• Anticorrosive
Can be coated
• Can be coated with all types of paint
• Chemical basis: POP mixed polymer
• Colour: Grey
• Min./max. temperature resistance: 120 to -40 °C
Art. no.
0893 238
SPRAYABLE SEAM SEALER

9 Single component, MS polymer based moisture curing sealant range
• A quick-drying, sprayable, single component sealant, based on an ISO-free MS
polymer
• This highly elastic sealant is easily extruded and tooled
• Can be painted once the material has skinned over
• Chemical basis: Solvent-containing synthetic natural rubber
Colour Art. no.

Beige 0890 092 29
Grey 0890 092 28

PAINTABLE BODY SEALANT

Sealant for true-to-original reproduction of the brushed texture from
the factory.
• Fast drying
• Can be painted over after one hour
• Silicone-free
• Easy to spread
• Suitable for application with the brush
• Resistant to water and mineral oil
• Adheres well to bare, primed and painted metal
• Basis: Nitrile rubber
Colour Chemical basis Min./max. tempe- Max. short-term Resistance against Art. no.
rature resistance temperature
resistance
Aluminium grey Synthetic rubber resin - - - 0892 010 012
Light grey (bright grey) Nitrile natural rubber -25 to 80 °C 150 °C Mineral oils, Water 0892 010
9
SEALING COMPOUND MODELLING CLAY
Soft, permanently plastic sealing compound in original state
Can be moulded by hand
Can be pushed into the joint to be sealed etc.
Good adhesion
Does not shrink
Resistant to water
Art. no.
0890 100 027

SEALANT, REMOVABLE
A versatile sealant that can be dabbed off, does not harden and can-
not be painted over.
Forms a skin after a few minutes
Surface skin re-forms if the joint is damaged
Remains permanently sticky, does not harden and does not run.
High degree of material compatibility
Chrome, paint and rubber are not affected
Does not become brittle
• Colour: Black
• Chemical basis: Polyisobutylene
• Min./max. temperature resistance: -30 to +100 °C
• Resistance against: Water, Alkaline water
Art. no.
0890 100 043
SILICONE SEALANT, FOOD-GRADE

9 For sealing joints in food applications and drinking water applica-
tions.
• Resistant to UV, weather and ageing
• Very good adhesion to glass, tiles etc. Compatible with paint coating
• Tested for compatibility with foodstuffs and water.
• Meets the requirements of NSF/ANSI Standard 51
Colour Art. no.

Aluminium silver 0892 844 315
Manhattan 0892 844 37
White 0892 844 32

Technical chemicals / Sealant / Sealants, foodstuff areas
SILICONE FOOD & AQUARIUM

Silicone sealant with acetic crosslinking, suitable for contact with food
and building aquariums
• Non-toxic, certified by Istituto Giordano S.p.a. test report no. 118601, for contact
with food substances and drinking water. The special formulation does not release
substances that are harmful to aquatic organisms. Excellent resistance to high and
low temperatures, uniform and permanent elasticity over time. Exceptional resistan-
ce to ageing and excellent resistance to UV rays
Product complies with UNI EN ISO 11600

Declaration of Performance (DoP), complies with EN 15651-2
Art. no.
9
0892 214 1

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Filler products
WÜRTH FILLER HARDENER HS 2K

Hardener for mixing with Würth HS 2C spatula
The colour serves as a guide for sanding and is easy to cover. Drying
time for sanding: 5 hours at 20 °C
Infrared drying time:
• 5 minutes evaporation at a distance of 80 cm
• 7 minutes heat at a distance of 80 cm
• Chemical basis: Isocyanate
Art. no.
0828 606 11
9 WÜRTH FILLER HARDENER HS 2C FAST

Quick hardener for mixing with Würth HS 2C spatula
The colour serves as a guide for sanding and is easy to cover. Drying
time for sanding: 5 hours at 20 °C
Infrared drying time:
• 5 minutes evaporation at a distance of 80 cm
• 7 minutes heat at a distance of 80 cm
Art. no.
0828 606 12

ACRYLIC FILLER 2K-HS

Fast-drying, high-solid acrylic filler with outstanding stability for high
coat thicknesses (up to 300 µm).
• Outstanding stability (no drop-in)
• Dries very quickly
• Excellent wet-on-wet application (no intermediate sanding)
• High coat thickness
• Excellent to sand
• High degree of rust protection thanks to anti-corrosive pigments
• Solids content of base material: 73.4%
• Can be painted with all commercially available top-coat paint systems
• Cannot be covered

3.5 l Black 0828 605 31
3.5 l Grey 0828 605 21 9
3.5 l White 0828 605 11
3500 ml Black 0828 600 373
3500 ml Grey 0828 600 371
3500 ml White 0828 600 372
3l Dark grey 0821 101 016
3l Light grey 0821 101 145

THICK-FILM PRIMER FILLER

Corrosion protection with excellent filling and coverage for metallic
surfaces.
Excellent adhesion properties
• Adheres to aluminium, bare and galvanised sheet metal, old paint etc.
• Also adheres in combination with PU and MS polymer sealing compounds
Long-lasting corrosion protection
Quick-drying
Excellent stretching and run-off behaviour
Heat-resistant up to 110°C
Very easy to sand
VOC-compliant
• Lower solvent content
• Complies with the maximum VOC content specified in the VOC Directive
(1999/13/EC)
Contents Colour Drying time Can be varnished after Art. no.

3.5 l Grey (base material) - - 5866 301 101
9 3.5 l Grey (base material) - - 5866 301 111
400 ml Grey 25 min 15 min 0893 212 1
ANTI-CORROSION VARNISH ZINC 300

Provides permanent protection against corrosion
• Quick drying
• Appearance: Hot-dip zinc-plated
Can be painted over
• PVC-based paints, acrylate (solvent-based or aqueous) are suitable.
• Do not paint with alkyd resins (synthetic resin paints) in combination with hot-dip
zinc-plated surfaces!
• Chemical basis: Fixed metallic zinc dust
• Conditions for drying time: at 20°C and 50% relative humidity
Art. no.
0892 200 1

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Corrosion protection
products
RUST CONVERTER
Environmentally friendly dispersion-based rust converter
Can be painted over
Can be painted over with all commercially available top-coat paint systems after 3
hours
Can be filled
Environmentally friendly, as dispersion-based
Reliably stops the corrosion process and provides an optimised
application surface for additional paint work.
Rust converter penetrates into the rust, reacts with the rust and converts iron oxide into
a stable, insoluble, blue-black, metal-organic complex.
• Colour: Cream
Art. no.
0893 110
RUST CONVERTER SPRAY 9

Corrosion protection paint with rust-conversion properties
Stops rust formation
Forms an iron complex that neutralises the rust layer
Ideal for difficult, rust-affected areas
Also protects in cracks and pores due to the high penetration depth
• High-quality epoxy primer for reliable protective layer
• Can be filled or painted over
• Silicon-free and acid-free
Art. no.
0893 110 400

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Primers
HARDENER
Suitable for primer Filler HS 2K standard
Drying times with standard hardener Item-No. 0828 604 11:
• Temperature 20ºC: Dry to the touch in 30 min. Ready to sand and paint in 3 hours.
• Temperature 60ºC: Ready to sand and paint in 30 min.
• Infrared drying (distance 80 cm): 5 min. evaporation and 7 min. heat.
Drying times with fast hardener Item-No. 0828 604 21:
• Temperature 20ºC: Dry to the touch in 25 min. Ready to sand and paint in 2 hours.
• Temperature 60ºC: Ready to sand and paint in 30 min.
• Infrared drying (distance 80 cm): 5 min. evaporation and 7 min. heat.
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
0828 604 21
0828 604 11
9 DILUENT BITUMUL DIL

For use with Bitumul Flex
• Contents: 4.7 l
• Density/conditions: 0.87 kg/l / at 20°C
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 12 Month / cool and dry storage
area
Art. no.
0893 212 004

THINNER FOR PRIMER 4C PLUS

Thinner for 4C plastic primer.
The primer must be diluted in order to spray it. The thinner is perfectly tailored to the
4C Quattro plastic primer and ensures good application and a smooth coating surfa-
ce. No other thinners should be used, as this may result in incompatibility.
Use the plastic thinner to adjust to the spraying viscosity.
• Chemical basis: Mix of organic solvents
• Density/conditions: 0.864 g/ml / at 20°C
• Colour: Clear
• Min. flashing point: -9 °C
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 36 Month / at max. 50°C
Art. no.
5867 000 541
PRIMER RUST STOP QUATTRO

Fast-drying universal primer with a broad range of applications 9
Unique combination of primer, adhesion promoter, corrosion protec-
tion and welding primer in a single product
Primer reliably prevents further rusting with anti-oxidation formula.
Adhesion agent
• Good application surface structure for further painting work
• Suitable for use in conjunction with PU and MS polymer sealing compounds
• Excellent, long-term protection against oxidation
• Outstanding resistance to spray water and salt water
Welding substrate, full penetration welding possible wet and dry
Very high temperature resistance up to 300°C, briefly up to 500°C
VOC-compliant
(1999/13/EC)
• Chemical basis: Polyvinyl butyral
Art. no.
0893 214 1

RUST STOP PRIMER

Active corrosion protection and primer for metal surfaces
• Good adhesive properties on a wide variety of surfaces, including in conjunction
with PU and MS polymer sealing compounds
• Good adhesive properties to aluminium, bare and galvanised metal sheets, steel,
old paint etc.
• Quick drying, depending on coat thickness, can be painted in approx. 10–15
minutes
• Temperature resistant up to 80°C, briefly up to 140°C
• Easy to sand
(1999/13/EC)
Colour Art. no.

Red brown 0893 210 2
White grey 0893 210 1
9
PRIMER FILLER
Active protection against corrosion with excellent filling properties for
metallic surfaces
Quick-drying primer filler with active protection against corrosion
for optimum top-coat results
Variety of colour shades
• Excellent coverage in a short time with minimal consumption
• Optimum top-coat paint build-up
Excellent adhesive properties in conjunction with PU and MS poly-
mer sealing compounds
Excellent filling power
Easy to compensate minor damage and sanding marks.
Temperature-resistant up to 110°C
Very easy to sand
VOC-compliant
(1999/13/EC)
Colour Art. no.

Dark grey 0893 211 101
Medium grey 0893 211 102
Light grey (bright grey) 0893 211 103

PRIMER, SEALANT, SPRAY

For metal surfaces
Excellent adhesion on metals. Ideal undercoat for common
water-based, nitrocellulose, epoxy and polyurethane paints. Suita-
ble for application on single-component primer (read the technical
data about the paint carefully). The excellent finish and fast drying
make it ideal for small and fast repairs to bodywork. Levels out the
surface and increases adhesion of subsequent painting
Single component
• Easy to use for small imperfections and repairs
• Avoids using catalysed products, airbrushes and subsequent cleaning
• Rapid drying
Directable valve
For adjustment of the spray pattern, for vertical or horizontal use
High coverage
• Available in three colours so that the most appropriate finish can be chosen for sub-
sequent painting
• Full coverage
• Minimum product consumption
Excellent adhesion
• Adheres to aluminium, plain and zinc-plated steel, old paint and polyester filler 9
• Good sanding
• Chemical basis: Nitroacrylate
Colour Art. no.

Dark grey 0893 211 201
Medium grey 0893 211 202
Light grey (bright grey) 0893 211 203

AEROSOL RUST STOP PRIMER

Quick-drying corrosion protection and paint primer for metallic surfa-
ces.
Can be painted
Can be painted with all standard top coat systems after 3 hours
Safety product
Reduced risk potential in the workplace
Can be coated
Dispersion-based, making it environmentally friendly
Highly suitable for use as a primer for PU and MS polymer sealing
compounds
Can be painted with all standard top coats once it has dried
• Colour: Light grey
Art. no.
0890 180
9 WÜRTH FILLER HS 2K STANDARD 4:1

Dual-component primer suitable for application by gun, with high
insulating power.
• Excellent bond on mortar, pre-treated surfaces, fibreglass, corrosion protection and
sheet metal.
• Contains corrosion-resistant pigments that guarantee protection of the sheet.
• Application in 2 coats for a thickness of 150 microns.
• Fine spray and great smoothing ability.
• Can be diluted with acrylic solvent, thus reducing drying and application time.
• Can be painted with water-based and acrylic-based paints.
• They can be mixed together.
• Reduces the risk of contour marks.
• Application of 2 coats aids coverage of the repair.
• Easy to apply and sand.
• Various shades of grey can be achieved to aid coverage.
Performance • Smooths the paint mixture, covering its porosity.
• 10 m2/L with 2 coats (150 microns)
• The mixture can be adapted as needed.
Directive 2004/42/EC in product subcategory:
High-thickness putty/sealants • Suitable for all paints used in the automotive and commercial vehicles industry.
• VOC content in g/L: 6
• VOC limit for level I (2007): 250 g/L • Contents: 3.5 l
Directive 2004/42/EC in product subcategory: • Weight of content: 5.25 kg
Primers
• VOC content in g/L: 459 • Chemical basis: Acrylic resin
• VOC limit for level I (2007): 540 g/L
Colour Art. no.

Dark grey 0828 603 21
Grey 0828 603 11
Light grey 0828 603 31

PRIMER FOR PLASTIC 4C PLUS QUATTRO

Solvent-based plastic primer, suitable for all solvent-resistant plastics
The plastic primer is comparable with standard coatings. Its benefit is in reducing the
effort needed to prepare the surface. No labour-intensive step is needed to activate
the plastic surface. The treatments previously used for plastic surfaces, such as tempe-
ring, flame treatment, sanding or applying an adhesion agent, are not needed. The
surfaces must only be clean, dry and grease-free.
Weight of content Contents Colour Art. no.

330 g 400 ml Black 5867 000 502
330 g 400 ml Grey 5867 000 503
1000 g 793 ml White 5867 000 521
1000 g 793 ml Black 5867 000 522
1000 g 793 ml Grey 5867 000 523
9
RETOUCHING WAX
For filling and at the same time retouching fine scratches, small holes
and abrasions.
• Large selection of colours for a wide range of different wood colour tones
• Simple application enables fast and easy filling of small scratches, cracks and open
joints
• Inexpensive repair work instead of replacement or costly new surface treatment of
the whole surface
• Low mechanical strength
• Chemical basis: Wax
• Softening point: 50 °C
• Conditions for softening point: in accordance with ISO 2207
• Min. dripping point: 60 °C
• Dripping point conditions: in accordance with DIN 51801
Colour Art. no.

Pure white RAL 9010 0890 403 301
Jet black RAL 9005 0890 403 302
Pear 0890 403 303
Maple 0890 403 304
Oak 0890 403 305
Beech 0890 403 306
Maple, bright 0890 403 307
Walnut 0890 403 308
Oak, rustic 0890 403 309
Alder, medium 0890 403 310

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Retouching
PAINT RETOUCHING PEN

For recolouring and covering edges and scratches as well as for
pre-colouring damaged areas. A sprung pen tip provides an even
flow of paint and therefore optimum results.
• No brush and paint pot required
• Ready to use immediately and quick-drying
Wide range of colours
Matching colours for a wide range of different wood colours.
Good adhesion
• Adheres to many surfaces, making it suitable for universal use
• Resistant to smearing and scratch-resistant
Suitable for indoor and outdoor use
• Chemical basis: Acrylic resin
• Min. dust-drying time: 1 min
• Max. dust-drying time: 2 min
• Min. grip strength: 2 min
Colour Art. no.

Signal white 0890 403 501
9 Pure white RAL 9010 0890 403 515
LACQUER PEN
Ideal for spot repairs
Protective paint
• Excellent adhesion and coverage
• Quick drying
Universal
• Packaged in a practical bottle
• With an integrated brush in the cap
• Suitable for metal, aluminium, wood, glass, ceramic, cement and plastic
• Chemical basis: Acrylic resin solvent reticulated
Colour Art. no.

Brown grey RAL 7013 0893 340 209
Green 0893 340 205
Green 0893 340 208
Green 0893 386 009
Grey 0893 340 210
Grey 0893 340 212
Grey 0893 387 022
Ivory 0893 340 206
Jet black RAL 9005 0893 340 201
Jet black RAL 9005, Black, bright 0893 340 203

Colour Art. no.

Jet black RAL 9005, Satin black 0893 340 202
Oyster white 0893 340 207
Pure white RAL 9010 0893 340 204
Jet black RAL 9005 0893 389 005
White aluminium RAL 9006 0893 389 006
Pure white RAL 9010 0893 389 010
Oyster white RAL 1013 0893 381 013
Chocolate brown RAL 8017 0893 388 017
Traffic white RAL 9016 0893 389 016
PAINT TOUCH-UP BRUSH

Acrylic paint
• High-tech acrylic paint
• Gloss finish
• Quick and easy to use thanks to its integrated brush
• Quick drying
• Good resistance to adverse weather and UV
• Excellent adhesion and covering capacity
• Can be sanded once dry
9
• Lead-free
• Colour: Red
• Chemical basis: Acrylic resin solvent reticulated
Art. no.
0893 340 213

RETOUCHING PUTTY METAL EPOXY STICK

2-component compound for quick and simple repairs of surface dama-
ge
Easy to use
• No laborious mixing process required
• Good dispensing option
• Quick to apply
Excellent adhesive properties
• High strength
• Broad range of applications
Simple to process further
• Suitable for a wide range of post-processing options, such as drilling, milling, sawi-
ng and sanding
High temperature resistance up to 120°C, briefly up to 150°C
• Length: 175 mm
• Diameter: 22 mm
• Min./max. processing time: 2-5 min
9 • Can be further processed after min.: 20 min
• Min. final strength: 3 h
• Min./max. temperature resistance of the hardened material: -20 to 120
°C
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 24 Month / frost-free storage area,
no exposure to sunlight
Art. no.
0893 449 011
SOFT WAX ASSORTMENT, BROWN

20 pieces, for filling smaller damaged areas that are not later expo-
sed to major loads, in classic brown colours
• Large selection of colours for a wide range of different wood colour tones
• Colours can be mixed together for better matching of colour tone to surfaces
• Fast and easy filling of small scratches, cracks and open joints
• Inexpensive maintenance – Instead of replacement or costly new surface treatment
of the whole surface
• Min./max. processing time: 2-3 min
Art. no.
0964 890 4

CLEAR VARNISH 2-COMPONENT RAPID

Clear varnish for permanent sealing of touched-up surfaces and
newly painted small parts
• Very quick-drying, good running two-component clear varnish with excellent
resistance to weathering, chemicals and petrol
• High output rate
• Quick to dry
• Constant atomisation pressure until completely empty
• Excellent resistance to wear and scratches
• Ideally suited for spot repair work
• Chemical basis: Two-component acrylic
• Colour code: Transparent
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
5866 301 108
PROTECTIVE WAX
Highly transparent wax anti-corrosive agent that displaces water
9
Can also be used overhead
360° valve
Heat-resistant
Temperature resistant up to +160°C
Reliable
• Has self-healing properties
• Adhesive
• Water-repellent
Transparent
Protected area remains visible
Protective film has self-healing properties
Odourless
• Min./max. skin-formation time: 90-120 min
Art. no.
0893 082 400

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Underbody seal pro-
ducts
PROTECTIVE WAX
Long-term protection for metal surfaces
• For protecting machines, devices and semi-finished products.
• Forms a tough, waxy and water-repellent protective layer.
• Provides long-term protection in rugged conditions during outdoor storage and sea
transportation.
• Heat resistance +120°C.
• Colourless.
• Colour: Beige
Art. no.
0893 082
CAVITY WAX
9 For repairs and long-lasting protection
• High creep capability and very good penetration, it effectively protects even hard-
to-reach folds
• Water-displacement effect, it penetrates and displaces moisture
• Aromatic-free, suitable for commercially available paints and rubber and plastic
components
• High resistance to heat and good flexibility in the cold
• Optimal corrosion protection from a layer thickness of just 50 µ
• VOC reduced
• Very high solids content
• Yield: 876 g/1000 ml at 50 µm 0.07 litres/m2
Contents Colour Container Art. no.

10 l Transparent Cartridge 0892 082 010
500 ml Transparent - 0892 082 500
1000 ml Transparent - 0892 082
1000 ml Brown - 0892 083

ducts
WAX UNDERSEAL
Wax-based coating compound containing solvents, cannot be painted
over
• Permanently elastic with self-healing effect
• Paint-, rubber- and PVC-compatible
• Resistant to splash water and salt water, weak acids and bases
• Very high solids content
• VOC reduced
• Dust dry after 48 hours, then waxy
• Yield: 876 g/1000 ml at 200 µm 0.28 litres/m2
Contents Colour Chemical basis Min. proportion of Min. skin-formation Art. no.
solids time
60 l Black Wax, additives, solvents 43 % 120 min 0892 079 081
60 l Brown Wax, additives, solvents 42 % 105 min 0892 079 086
1000 ml Black Wax, additives, solvents 43 % 120 min 0892 079 080
1000 ml Brown Wax, additives, solvents 42 % 105 min 0892 079 083
1000 ml Black Wax 42 % 120 min 0892 079 1 9
500 ml Transparent Wax 21 % 120 min 0892 078 1
1000 ml Transparent Wax 42 % 120 min 0892 079 4
500 ml Black Wax 21 % 120 min 0892 078
UNDERSEAL
Bitumen-based coating compound containing solvents, cannot be
painted over
• With long-term protection and anti-humming effect
• Chemical basis: Bitumen
• Drying time: 2.5 h
Contents Colour Min. proportion of solids Art. no.

1000 ml Black 66 % 0892 072
500 ml Black 33 % 0892 073
60 l Dark brown - 0892 079 60

ducts
UNDERBODY SEAL SPECIAL

Vapour-permeable underbody seal for use on wooden underbodies
• Excellent adhesion to wood
• Tested compatibility with commercially available
• wood impregnation compounds
• Excellent anti-humming effect
• No run-off on vertical surfaces
• Highly resistant to ageing
• Colour: Black
• Chemical basis: Mix naphtha, solvent, propellant
• Min. proportion of solids: 33 %
• Drying time: 135 min
Art. no.
0892 078 550
UNDERBODY SEAL BODY BLACK 309

9
Synthetic resin-based
• High sound-deadening effect
• Excellent elasticity and adherence to galvanised raw metal sheets treated with pri-
mer and painted
• Quick drying
• Can be recoated if required after drying (after approx. 1 hour at +20°C)
• Minimal shrinkage and does not crack
• Resistant to salt and water

- - 0893 309 1
1000 ml Black 0893 309

ducts
WAX CORROSION PROTECTION, FLUORESCENT

• A transparent corrosion protection layer with very good creep capability
• Highly water-repellent with outstanding adhesion on metallic surfaces
• Very good wash-off resistance
• Free of aromatic compounds
• No dripping just one hour after application
• Does not attack rubber, plastic parts or paint finishes
• Dries to a transparent colour that clearly shows the treated spots under UV light
• Colour: Transparent, yellowish
• Chemical basis: Wax, additives, solvents
• Min. proportion of solids: 46 %
• Drying time: 5 h
Contents Art. no.

60 l 0892 079 085
1000 ml 0892 079 084
UNDERBODY SEAL - CAN BE PAINTED OVER 9

Underbody seal that can be painted over with corrosion protection.
• Can be painted over using all common methods
• Sound insulation
• Very good adhesion on a variety of surfaces
• Offers protection against corrosion, weather influences and dirt
• Colour: Black
Contents Chemical basis Min. skin-formation time Drying time Art. no.
1000 ml Natural rubber 45 min 2h 0893 075 10
500 ml Synthetic resin dispersion - 120 min 0892 071
1000 ml Mineral oil 5 min - 0893 075

ducts
GRAVEL THROW AND UNDERBODY PROTECTION

Rubber-based coating compound containing solvents, can be painted
over
• Excellent adhesion, quick skin formation
• Scratch-resistant
• Can be painted over with many commercially available, solvent-based and
water-based one-component and two-component top coat paints
• Suitable for oven drying briefly at 40°C to 60°C
• Highly sandable once fully dry
Tip for pros
• Various structures can be sprayed by changing the distance or pressure
• The colour will become darker by staining it with clear varnish

500 ml Black 0892 075 250
1000 ml Black 0892 075 200
500 ml Grey 0892 075 350
1000 ml Grey 0892 075 300
9
STONE CHIP PROTECTION AQUA
Climate-optimized, paintable, water-based stone chip protection.
• Dries completely down to -10°C
• Fine and coarse structures can be sprayed depending on the applications
• Excellent anti-humming effect
• Very high abrasion resistance
• Suitable for oven drying
• Very easy to sand once completely dry
• Contents: 1 l
Colour Art. no.

Black 0890 030 001
Grey 0892 070 200
Black 0892 070 100

ducts
STONE CHIP PROTECTION HIGH COVER 311

Single component stone chip protection for vehicles, with acrylic resin
base, paintable
• Good sound-deadening effect
• High permanent elasticity
• Excellent adhesion to bare steel, galvanised steel, treated with primer and painted
• Minimal shrinkage, does not crack
• Does not discolour
• Resistant to abrasion, UV rays, salt and moisture
• Quick drying and paintable when dust dry
• Also ideal for spray sealing inside the engine compartment and the boot
• Resistant to high temperatures: Max. 250°C
Colour Art. no.

Black 0893 311
White 0893 311 1
Grey 0893 311 4
9
STONE CHIP PROTECTION HIGH COVER 311
Single component stone chip protection for vehicles, with acrylic resin
base, paintable
• Good sound-deadening effect
• High permanent elasticity
• Excellent adhesion to bare, zinc-plated, treated with primer and painted steel
• Minimal shrinkage, does not crack
• Does not discolour
• Resistant to abrasion, UV rays, salt and moisture
• Quick drying and paintable when dust dry
• Also ideal for spray sealing inside the engine compartment and the boot
• Resistant to high temperatures: max. 250°C
• Creates a fine embossing
• With two interchangeable nozzles to obtain the desired finish
• With self-cleaning nozzles and small application tube
Colour Art. no.

Black 0893 311 2
White 0893 311 3

ducts
STONE CHIPPING AND CORROSION PROTECTION AQUA

Synthetic resin and water-based coating compound that can be pain-
ted.
• Can be painted after approx. 24 hours with all paint systems, especially with
water-based paints
• Guarantees clean, mist-free operation
• No run-off at vertical points
• Resistant and readily grindable after drying
• Suitable for furnace drying at up to 60°C
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0890 030
STONE CHIP PROTECTION, HS

9 Stone chip protection for visible and invisible areas
• High degree of flexibility enables protection against corrosion
• Protection against physical influences on the underbody and in wheel arches
• High degree of noise insulation
• Can be painted over after 30 to 40 minutes
Colour Art. no.

Grey 5866 301 106
Black 5866 301 112

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Application tools for
srfce coating work
MANUAL DOSING DISPENSER FOR CARTRIDGE FILLER

• With adjustment of hardener percentage, 1 to 3%
• For 1200 mL and 750 mL filler cartridges
Art. no.
0891 011 155
0891 011 156
LINE MARKING CART

Marking cart for line marking with line marker art. no. 0893 199 10,
0893 199 11 and 0893 199 12
Enables simple and cleaning work practices
• Precise line demarcation
• Runs very straight
• Height-adjustable retainer for setting the spray stream width with measuring scale
• Centrally and laterally adjustable retainer for line and kerb marking 9
User-friendly design to ensure convenient working
• Height-adjustable handle
• Handle can be adjusted to right/left
• Bar for indicating the direction
Spray stream width: 40–110 mm
3 holders for spare spray cans
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0891 198
MARKING ROD
Marking rod with wheel for convenient marking that is gentle on your
back, for long-lasting marking indoors and outdoors.
• Stable, shatter-proof plastic
• Convenient, light and ergonomic to handle
• Adjustable can support
• Length-adjustable valve lever
• Secure can lock
Art. no.
0891 198 101

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Application tools for
srfce coating work
MARKING TROLLEY, MEDIUM

Würth marking trolley with space for 12 cans
• Easy to use
• Offers space for up to 12 cans
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0891 197 9
UNDERBODY SEAL CUP GUN

9 For applying solvent- and water-based stone chip protection, under-
body seal and cavity sealing products
• This gun has a cup that can hold standard cans, so it can be used flexibly.
• For restoring original structures of sills, wheel arches, undercarriages etc.
• Safety for the user
• Clean and easy to use
• Material: Aluminium / brass
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0891 110 500
SPRAY PROBE
For transparent cavity wax
• Length: 600 mm
Art. no.
0891 081

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Lacquer
ENGINE PROTECTIVE LACQUER

High-quality acrylic paint-based sealing of the engine compartment
New gloss on engines, assemblies, cables and hoses
Visually improving and maintaining/enhancing the value of engine compartments and
assemblies
Forms a protective film
• Protects from wet, dirt from the road as well as road salt, thereby preventing
corrosion
• Prevents leakage currents in electrical components
High degree of coating flexibility
High degree of flexibility on plastics, rubber hoses, cables etc.
Excellent temperature resistance (+80°C)
• Prevents the engine protective lacquer from discolouring
• Protects against softening of paints, and therefore against dust retention
Excellent adhesion to a wide variety of surfaces
High-gloss
• Chemical basis: Acetone
Art. no.
9
0892 790
GLOSS PAINT, STONE

Special gloss varnish for polishing edges and corners on stone, marb-
le and granite
• Easy to use
• Quick drying
• Long-lasting shine without discolouration
• Chemical basis: Acrylic resin paint
• Conditions for drying time: at 20°C
• Conditions to maintain shelf life from production: well-ventilated storage
area, no exposure to sunlight, 10°C to 30°C
• Density: 0.94 kg/l
• Flash-off time conditions: at 20°C
• Min. flash-off time: 5 min
• VOC concentration (CH): 579 g/l
Art. no.
0892 44

TRANSPARENT VARNISH, REFLOW, 2:1 HIGH SOLID TWO-COMPONENT

Acrylic varnish, two-component, transparent, high-solid, excellent
scratch resistance, based on new Reflow technology
Coverage
• Excellent on both water-based and solvent-based paints
• Excellent stability and gloss
• Maximum transparency
• Reproduces the exact shade of the base paint
Resistance
• High resistance to mechanical stresses e.g. car wash brushes and chemical agents
• Self-repairing — „Reflow“ effect means that micro-scratches caused by car wash
brushes, for example, „repair“ themselves with the heat of the sun. The scratched
paint closes up and returns to its original state, making the micro-scratches almost
invisible.
• Excellent resistance to UV rays and weathering/yellowing
Complies with the VOC directive
• Contents: 5 l
Art. no.
0821 101 224

TRANSPARENT VARNISH, PERFECT, 2:1 HIGH SOLID TWO-COMPONENT

Transparent acrylic varnish, two-component, high-solid
Coverage
• Excellent on both water-based and solvent-based paints
• Fantastic stability and gloss
• Maximum transparency
• Reproduces the exact shade of the base paint
• Excellent polishing immediately after drying (after around 35–45 minutes at
+60°C)
Resistance
• High resistance to mechanical stresses e.g. car wash brushes and chemical agents
• Anti-yellowing properties
• The high solid content creates a thick varnish
• Contents: 5 l
Complies with the VOC directive
Art. no.
0821 101 223

ANTI-SCRATCH LACQUER HS 2K 2:1

High solid anti-scratch bicomponent lacquer.
Characteristics
• High gloss, increased scratch resistance and highly durable finish.
• Powerful protection against chemical agents and easy to polish once dry.
• Easy-to-apply acrylic lacquer.
• The drying time between coats depends on the temperature (of the vehicle body,
the mixture and the atmosphere) and the type of thinner used, but the standard time
is between 5 and 10 minutes.
• Time before applying to the radiator is 5 to 10 minutes.
• Apply 2 coats for general paintwork using a standard thinner.
• Can be diluted with 5% acrylic thinner.
Advantages
• Repair looks like the original paintwork.
• Chemically formulated product is easy to apply and avoids typical painting
problems.
• Highly durable and protective against petrol, diesel and most chemical products
that can damage the paintwork when driving.
Benefits
Excellent price-quality ratio
1 vehicle = 2 litres of catalysed product
9 Directive 2004/42/CE
VOC content in g/L: 486 g/L Product sub-category: Special finish. Phase I VOC
threshold limit (2007): 840 g/L
• Contents: 5 l
• Chemical basis: Butyl acetate
Art. no.
5866 201 120

2-COMPONENT HS CLEAR VARNISH PERFECT PLUS

VOC-compliant high-solid clear acrylic varnish for complete or partial
painting of passenger cars and commercial vehicles.
• Provides a particularly brilliant finish and optimal application on solvent-based or
water-based base paints
• Guarantees optimal curing, particularly with oven drying but also at room
temperature
• Can be polished immediately after forced drying and highly resistant to the effects
of weathering as well as to mechanical stress and chemical influences
• Also suitable as a protective layer for neon colours (fluorescent colours)
• Chemical basis: Butyl acetate
• Gloss level: High gloss

1l 1.025 kg 0821 101 230
5l 5.025 kg 0821 101 226
2C UHS CLEAR VARNISH 9

UHS clear varnish has a high solid content and is very easy to apply.
• Allows you to achieve a graduated thickness, resulting from even, vertically sprayed
applications
• Get great results in terms of shine, coverage and durability
• High solid content and high viscosity for excellent coverage and a reduced risk of
running
• High resistance to mechanical stress, e.g. from car wash brushes and chemical
agents
Contents Art. no.

1l 0821 101 301
5l 0821 101 305

2C HS CLEAR VARNISH EXPRESS

High-quality acrylic clear varnish for fast and economical automoti-
ve paint repair (Express technology), particularly useful with oven
drying.
Covering
• Excellent resistance against environmental and climatic influences and yellowing
• Lasting gloss effect.
• Easy to use
• Also suitable for partial car paint.
Already suitable for polishing after drying of 15 minutes at 60°C or
alternatively 25 minutes at 40°C plus cooling time
Resistance
• The repair looks like the original paintwork
• Express technology enables faster orders
• Very durable and protective coating

1l 1007 g 0821 101 221
0821 101 229
9
5l 5035 g
PROTECTIVE PAINT, STONE

Special protective coating to prevent stains on granite and marble
• Protection against oil, wine, soft drinks, citric acid, bleach etc.
• Provides maximum effect 24 hours after application
• Retains the shine and colour of the stone
Art. no.
0892 55

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Sealants
WINDOW SEAL
Rain-resistant, easy-to-use glass seal increases driving safety by
improving visibility and extending service life of windscreen wipers
Rain and water bead and roll off the windscreen at approx. 70–80
kph
• Improved visibility at night and in rain
• Improved driving safety
• No hazardous dazzling when driving at night
• Low use of windscreen wipers
Long-lasting easy removal of dirt, insects and ice
Ultra-thin coating that is as hard as glass
Depending on usage, it can last several months or between 5000 km and 10,000 km
Suitable for all untreated glass surfaces on all types of vehicle
Quick and easy to use
Easy pre-cleaning
Silicone-free and AOX-free
• Contents: 20 ml
• Container: Plastic bottle
Art. no.
9
0893 012 414
WINDOW SEALING RAIN-OFF

• Improves visibility in poor weather conditions for safe driving
• Easy to install on windscreens, side windows and mirrors, and provides excellent
results
• Forms a microscopic layer that repels rain, sleet, snow, ice and insects
• Container: Pump spray box
Art. no.
0893 012 417

GLASS/ WINDOW COATING

Creates a smooth, super-phobic glass surface which reduces adhesion
of all contaminants such as water, oil, salt and dust particulates.
Forms an invisible coating film on the treated glass or ceramics
surface
Excellent resistance to frost, extreme heat or UV exposure and
abrasion
The creation of a powerful bond with the substrate
Helps to prevent water marks, dirt, algae and bird fouling from
adhering to glass
Strong hydrophobicity and non-stick properties.
Excellent easy-clean performance.
Contaminants such as insects and lime-scale are significantly easier to remove
Resistant to almost all standard household and industrial cleaners
• Contents: 30 ml
Art. no.
0893 012 418
9
SURFACE SEALING MULTICOATING

Multicoating sealing
• Reliable at sealing virtually all surfaces.
• The silicone oil-free polymer seal protects surfaces over extended periods
• Suitable for materials such as paint, glass, chrome, unpainted plastic parts and
rubber
Art. no.
0893 158 500

PAINT SEALANT, PERFECT

Long-term seal with high carnauba wax content and micro-abrasives
for a perfect finish.
The efficient 2-in-1 formulation allows holograms and micro-
scratches to be removed sustainably and a long-term seal to be
applied to the paint in just one work step.
• Deep gloss
• Long-lasting protection
• Contains micro-abrasives for permanent removal of holograms
Contents Art. no.

1000 ml 0893 013 001
250 ml 0893 013 250

PLASTIC-METAL PREMIUM ULTRA-THIN SURFACE COATING

The powerful bond with the substrate results in the formation of an
ultra-thin coating which provides strong hydrophobicity and non-stick
properties. The coating is resistant to frost, extreme heat (200°C) and
UV.
The coating will form an invisible layer on the treated plastic or
metal surface.
The coated surface feels the same after application but the surface
may look slightly brighter.
Provides strong hydrophobicity and non-stick properties.
• Helps to prevent *water marks, dirt, algae and bird fouling from adhering to
plastics.
*Water marks and associated particulate deposits which may form are easily
removed
Significantly reduces cleaning frequencies, saving energy, time and
cost.
Exceptionally long durability approximately 3-4 years on areas not
subjected to high levels of abrasion.
Durability depends on abrasion rates and UV exposure and the inherent stability
for the coated substrate. The coatings are UV stable but some coated substrates are
prone to UV degradation. The coating reduces the UV induced oxidation rate of the
9 substrate .
• Colour: Clear
• Contents: 50 ml
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 24 Month / at 23°C and 50% relati-
ve humidity, no exposure to direct sunlight
Art. no.
0893 012 315

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Paint spray
METALLIC SURFACE CHROME-EFFECT SPRAY

For refining decorative design elements in interior settings, e.g. at
trade fairs, for product samples or for improving visual appearance.
• Brilliant mirror effect

• Good coverage
• Fast drying time
• Colour: Chrome coloured
• Min. curing time: 8 h
Art. no.
0893 132
STAINLESS STEEL SPRAY PERFECT

Outstanding long-term protection and optimum metal surface appea-
9
rance
High layer thickness with first spray coat
• Very safe due to optimal protection against weathering
• Minimal time required, as only one work step is necessary
• Provides good coverage
Versatile use thanks to adjustable spray head
Large-area and minor repairs can be carried out quickly and safely with the variable
spray head.
High degree of resistance to running
High abrasion resistance
• Chemical basis: Acrylated alkyd combination
• Colour: Stainless steel coloured, Chrome coloured
• Dry layer thickness (first back-and-forth motion): 30 µm
Art. no.
0893 114 116

METAL-SURFACE STAINLESS STEEL SPRAY

Corrosion-resistant stainless steel coating for all metallic substrates.
Gives the surface a metallic shine.
• Excellent corrosion protection thanks to stainless steel pigment and corrosion
inhibitor
• Tough elastic coating
• High resistance to external influences
• Very good adhesion to all metallic surfaces
• Spot weldable
• Fast drying
• Colour: Steel grey
• Dry layer thickness (first back-and-forth motion): 40 µm
Art. no.
0893 112
9 ALUMINIUM ZINC SPRAY

• Pure zinc and aluminium parts
• 99% volume: 71.8% zinc, 23% aluminium.
• Adheres reliably to all metals
• Provides good cathodic protection against weathering
• Good electrical conductivity, especially suitable for spot welds
• High resistance to salt water and water
• Quick drying, waterproof after drying
• Heat resistant up to +240 degrees Celsius

Dimethyl ether Aluminium coloured 0893 111
Polymer Silver coloured 0893 111 120

PAINT SPRAY QUATTRO

Versatile, satin-finished thick-coat lacquer spray with excellent cover-
ing and anti-rust properties.
• Easy-to-apply coating that does not run ensures 100% resistance to weathering and
UV (after min. 500 hours of salt spray testing, no surface rust could be detected)
• Can be used on residual rust
Primer
Outstanding adhesion to virtually all surfaces. Can be painted with virtually all com-
mercially available paints.
Lacquer
• Excellent coverage. Very good coverage properties
• Dries extremely quickly
• Highly elastic
• High degree of shock and impact resistance
• Good edge coverage
Supplied with fan nozzle
Low-mist, fatigue-free and metered spraying via special valve.
Available in customer-specific RAL and special colours
9
Colour Chemical basis Gloss level Max. temperature Art. no.
resistance
Yellow Nitroacrylate Satin matt - 0893 390 200
Green Nitroacrylate - - 0893 390 301
Signal yellow RAL 1003 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 391 003
Daffodil yellow RAL 1007 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 391 007
Colza Yellow RAL 1021 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 391 021
Melon yellow RAL 1028 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 391 028
Pure orange RAL 2004 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 392 004
Flame red RAL 3000 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 393 000
Carmine red RAL 3002 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 393 002
Traffic red RAL 3020 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 393 020
Yellow Alkyd resin - - 0893 394 464
Ultramarine blue RAL 5002 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 395 002
Sapphire blue RAL 5003 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 395 003
Gentian blue RAL 5010 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 395 010
Cobalt blue RAL 5013 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 395 013
Sky blue RAL 5015 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 395 015
Traffic blue RAL 5017 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 395 017
Moss green RAL 6005 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 396 005
Traffic green RAL 6024 Nitrite combination resin - 60 °C 0893 396 024
Iron grey RAL 7011 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 397 011
Anthracite grey RAL 7016 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 397 016
Black grey RAL 7021 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 397 021
Cement grey RAL 7033 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 397 033
Yellow grey RAL 7034 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 397 034
Light grey RAL 7035 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 397 035
Traffic grey A RAL 7042 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 397 042
Traffic grey B RAL 7043 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 397 043
Grey white RAL 9002 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 399 002
Jet black RAL 9005 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 399 005

Continuation PAINT SPRAY QUATTRO

Colour Chemical basis Gloss level Max. temperature Art. no.
resistance
White aluminium RAL 9006 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 399 006
Pure white RAL 9010 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 399 010
Graphite black RAL 9011 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 399 011
Nova grey MB 7350 Alkyd resin Satin matt - 0893 397 350
PAINT SPRAY, MATT

Durable nitro-alkydal quality at a high technical level
High-grade nitro-alkydal quality
• Quick drying
• Easy to apply
• Very good coverage properties
• Good coverage
Can be coated with all common primers, filler products and paint
types
Quick-drying paint resin
Formula does not contain heavy metals
9 Drying time at 20°C
• Dust-dry< 10 min.
• Tack-free< 20 min.
• Touch-dry< 60 min.
Temperature-resistant up to +80°C
• Chemical basis: Nitroalkydale
• Gloss level: Matt
Colour Art. no.

Anthracite grey RAL 7016 0893 327 016
Yellow olive (NATO green) RAL 6014 0893 326 014
Jet black RAL 9005 0893 329 005
Moss green 0893 326 005

PAINT SPRAY, SILK GLOSS

Durable nitro-alkydal quality at a high technical level.
• Easy to use
• Excellent spreading properties
• Fast drying
• Good coverage
Can be painted over all common primers, filler products, and paint
types
Does not contain heavy metals
Drying time at 20°C
• Tack-free < 20 min.
• Touch-dry < 60 min.
• Gloss level: Satin matt
Colour Art. no. 9

Flame red RAL 3000 0893 343 000
Sky blue RAL 5015 0893 345 015
Emerald green RAL 6001 0893 346 001
Light grey RAL 7035 0893 347 035
Jet black RAL 9005 0893 349 005
Pure white RAL 9010 0893 349 010

PAINT SPRAY, SPECIAL

• Easy to use
• Fast drying
• Good coverage
types
Colour Gloss level Max. temperature resistance Art. no.

Silver - - 0893 351 901
9 Pearl silver High gloss 80 °C 0893 351 895
Wheel silver High gloss 80 °C 0893 351 900
PAINT SPRAY, HIGH GLOSS

• Easy to use
• Fast drying
• Good coverage
types
Contents Colour Gloss level Max. temperature Art. no.

resistance
600 ml Daffodil yellow RAL 1007 High gloss 80 °C 0893 331 007
600 ml Zinc yellow RAL 1018 High gloss 80 °C 0893 331 018
400 ml Broom yellow RAL 1032 High gloss 80 °C 0893 361 032
600 ml Flame red RAL 3000 High gloss 80 °C 0893 333 000
600 ml Carmine red RAL 3002 High gloss 80 °C 0893 333 002

Contents Colour Gloss level Max. temperature Art. no.

resistance
600 ml Turquoise blue RAL 5018 High gloss 80 °C 0893 335 018
400 ml Moss green RAL 6005 High gloss 80 °C 0893 366 005
600 ml Black grey RAL 7021 High gloss 80 °C 0893 337 021
600 ml Graphite grey RAL 7024 High gloss 80 °C 0893 337 024
600 ml Grey white RAL 9002 High gloss 80 °C 0893 339 002
400 ml Jet black RAL 9005 High gloss 80 °C 0893 369 005
600 ml Jet black RAL 9005 High gloss 80 °C 0893 339 005
600 ml White aluminium RAL 9006 High gloss 80 °C 0893 339 006
400 ml Pure white RAL 9010 High gloss 80 °C 0893 369 010
600 ml Pure white RAL 9010 High gloss 80 °C 0893 339 010
400 ml White aluminium RAL 9006 - - 0893 369 006
600 ml Graphite black RAL 9011 High gloss 80 °C 0893 339 011
400 ml Traffic white RAL 9016 High gloss 80 °C 0893 369 016
600 ml Nova grey MB 7350 High gloss 80 °C 0893 337 350
HEATPROOF PAINT SPRAY

Paint spray for temperature-stressed parts on cars, in households and
in industry.
• Extremely heat-resistant to 650°C
• Weather-resistant 9
• Resilient
• Free of heavy metals: no lead, cadmium, chromium
• Chemical basis: Silicone resin
Colour Gloss level Max. temperature resistance Art. no.

Jet black RAL 9005 Matt 650 °C 0893 359 005
Transparent Semi-matt 600 °C 0893 288 400
Silver Semi-matt 650 °C 0893 288 401
Silver Satin matt 650 °C 0893 357 051

UNDERCOAT FOR PLASTIC

Black acrylic single-component coating to restore the original embos-
sing of the plastic components of a vehicle. Particularly suitable for
bumpers, mouldings, coverings and interiors
• Excellent adhesion and flexibility
• Fast-drying
• Adheres to any type of plastic
• The spray includes two nozzles for different finishes
• Dust-dry time of 10 minutes
• Completely dries in 20 minutes
• Can be painted over 4 hours after application
• 31% solid content
Colour Conditions to main- Contents Density Weight of content Art. no.

tain shelf life from
production
Black at 5°C to 35°C 400 ml 0.9 kg/l 400 g 0893 190 811
Anthracite at 5°C to 30°C 1l 0.8 kg/l 0.8 kg 0893 190 812
9 Black at 5°C to 30°C 1l 0.8 kg/l 0.8 kg 0893 190 810
ZINC SPRAY
Long-term protection and repair of metallic surfaces
Excellent corrosion protection
• The metal is actively protected, even with minor damage
• Over 100 hours of salt-spray resistance (DIN 50021 SS)
Excellent adhesive properties on bare metal
Excellent spot welding properties

Nitroalkydale Zinc 0893 111 121
Alkyd resin Zinc 0893 113 113
Nitroalkydale Zinc, bright 0893 113
Alkyd resin combination Zinc, bright 0893 113 114
Acrylic resin Silver grey 0893 114 112

PERFECT ZINC SPRAY

Outstanding long-term protection and optimum metal surface appea-
rance
High layer thickness in first spray pass
• High degree of safety thanks to optimum weathering protection
• Minimum amount of time spent, as only one operation is required
• Good coverage
Versatile use with adjustable spray head
Large area and minor repairs can be carried out quickly and reliably with the variable
spray head.
High degree of resistance to running
High degree of wear resistance
Tested corrosion protection in accordance with DIN
• Perfect zinc spray, light: 250 hours
• Perfect zinc spray: 500 hours
• Can be used for repairs in accordance with DIN EN ISO 1461
Spot weldable
Chemical basis Colour Gloss level Art. no.

Modified alkyd resin Zinc, bright Glossy 0893 114 114
9
Acrylic resin Zinc Matt 0893 114 113
ZINC PROTECTANT METAL-ZINC

Protectant, zinc- and aluminium-based, for all metallic surfaces
• Resistant to most acids and alkaline solutions
• Very good coverage – quick drying
• Similar appearance to the original protection
• Provides up to 300 hours of salt spray resistance (ASTMB 117-2003)
• Combination of zinc and aluminium
• Long-lasting cathodic protection against weathering
• High resistance to salt and water
• Good electrical conductivity, suitable for spot welding
• No dust once fully dry
Art. no.
0893 111 0

ZINC PROTECTANT
Cold-galvanising with zinc concentration
Single-component, ready to use
• Strongly adheres to metallic surfaces, forms a protective barrier against rust and
corrosion
• Protects welding on galvanised surfaces/ferrous materials that are placed in enclo-
sed or open spaces
• Forms a durable, non-cracking film that is paintable
• Good electrical conductivity
Anti-corrosion
• Enhanced long-lasting protection against weathering
• High resistance to salt and water, ideal in places with strong oxidising potential
• Covering and adherent power, protects welds, gates, and all items exposed to
corrosion
Rapid drying
A light coat is sufficient to achieve a well-covering protective layer
• Chemical basis: Zinc/aluminium combination
• Colour: Zinc, bright
9 Art. no.
0893 111 2
BASIC ZINC PROTECTION ZINK SPRAY, LIGHT

Additional barrier protection from zinc flakes
• Cold galvanising
• Protects against rust
• Abrasion-resistant
• Spot-weldable
• Cathodic corrosion protection
• Chemical basis: Modified alkyd resin
Art. no.
0893 114

ZINC PROTECTANT METAL LIGHT ZINC

Protectant, zinc- and aluminium-based, for all metallic surfaces
• Resistant to most acids and alkaline solutions
• Very good coverage – quick drying
• Similar appearance to the original protection
• Combination of zinc and aluminium
• Enhanced long-lasting protection against weathering
• Protects all metallic surfaces from corrosion
• Good resistance to water
• Good electrical conductivity, suitable for spot welding
• No dust once fully dry
Art. no.
0893 111 1
ZINC RICH WELD THRU PRIMER

Zinc Rich Weld Thru Primer protects steel from corrosion by sacrificial
9
or galvanic action. When applied to metal surfaces prior to mig or
spot welding, the zinc melts and fuses to the surface of the steel, redu-
cing the formation of rust and rust creeping.
98 - 99% pure zinc content
• Heat resistant up to 490ºC (914ºF)
• Good electrical conductivity
• Special epoxy resin for better adhesion to metal
• Adheres reliably to all metals
• Long term cathodic protection for all metallic surfaces
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0893 109

SPRAY COPPER
Anti-corrosive metal protection
• Cathodic protection of surfaces
• Very good adhesion
• Can be overcoated without primer with all types of synthetic paint commonly used
in industry and in the automotive sector
• Clean, neat finish
• Suitable for spot welding
• Very good thermal resistance
• Good resistance to water and external chemical factors
• Not susceptible to alkalis and most acids
• Ensures better electrical conductivity during welding
• Colour: Copper
• Coating thickness: 20 µm
Art. no.
0893 115
9 METALLIC SURFACE ALUMINIUM SPRAY

• Adherent
• Quick to dry
• Chemical basis: Synthetic resin dispersion
• Coating thickness: 10 µm
Art. no.
0893 105

PAINT SPRAY, SPECIAL CLEAR VARNISH

High-quality nitro-alkydal quality at a high technical level
• Quick drying
• Easy to apply
• Very good coverage properties
• Good coverage
Can be coated with all common primers, filler products and paint
types
Formula does not contain heavy metals
• Touch dry < 60 min.
Temperature-resistant up to +80°C
• Dust-drying time: 10 min
9
Art. no.
0893 351 930
VAKU HARDENER (PEROXIDE HARDENER)

Putty hardener for our polyester putty VAKU 20–VAKU 80
• Colour: Red
• pH value: Slightly acidic
Art. no.
0892 600 004

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Spatulas and fillers
HARDENER, WHITE VAKU

For optimum application results
White hardener for VACU line fillers
• Colour: White
• pH value: Slightly acidic
Art. no.
0892 600 003
HARDENER FOR FILLER VAKU 40

• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0892 600 007

SPRAY FILLER VAKU 10

Sprayable polyester thick-film filler for a perfect surface finish
For filling pores, uneven areas and sanding grooves during filling
work on large areas
Excellent preparation for finishing work
High solids content
Quick and even filling of uneven surfaces
Quick drying
Ensures fast further processing that will save you time (sanding, filling and applying
top coat)
Easy to sand
• User-friendly
• Simplifies further processing of the filler
Temperature-resistant to 80°C
Maximum permissible VOC content of VAKU 10:
• 250 g/l of product category 2(b)
• Max. VOC content in accordance with German Ordinance on Solvent-Based Paints
and Lacquers (ChemVOC FarbV): 99 g/l
• Chemical basis: Polyester resin
• Colour: Grey 9
Art. no.
0892 601 01
GLASS FIBRE MAT VAKU 90

For application with VAKU 80 repair resin
• High-quality reinforcing material for application with VAKU 80 repair resin
• Soaking in repair resin VAKU 80 allows the fibreglass mat to be draped easily into
the desired form
• The material is soft and easy to form, making it perfect for reconstructing existing
forms
• This restores the original strength
• Hardener content: 2 %
• Chemical basis: Fibre glass
• Colour: White
• Width: 80 cm
Art. no.
0892 609 01

FILLER VAKU 70
Glass fibre reinforcement filler for bridging cracks, holes and for
repairing glass fibre reinforced plastics.
Balanced proportion of glass fibres
• Excellent application properties
• User-friendly
Excellent adhesion and stability
• Highly suitable for use on vertical surfaces
• Superb adhesion to iron, steel, aluminium, galvanized and hot-dip galvanized
surfaces.
• Ideally suited as knifing filler after repairing GFRP parts with VAKU 80 repair resin.
Fast curing
• For fast, time-saving further processing.
Maximum permissible VOC content of VAKU 70: 250 g/l of product
category 2(b). Max. VOC content in accordance with German Ordi-
nance on Solvent-Based Paints and Lacquers (ChemVOC FarbV): 4
g/l.
• Colour: Green
9
Contents Chemical basis Weight of content Art. no.
500 ml Epoxy resin 0.796 kg 0892 607 005
1120.8 ml Polyester resin 1760 g 0892 607 02

FILLER VAKU 50
Elastic contour filler, specifically for use on paintable plastic parts
High degree of elasticity
Ideal for modelling and touching up contours
Excellent adhesion
Short drying time
Saves time as further processing can continue directly
Easy to sand
User friendly
Can also be used on other material substrates
Multifunctional
g/l.
• Colour: Anthracite
9
Art. no.
0892 605 01

FILLER VAKU 30
Universal filler with outstanding properties. Can be used as knifing
and fine filler.
No breakaway in edges with fine sanding
Optimum elasticity for achieving closed, smooth surfaces
No reworking with fine filler required
Quick drying
Ensures fast further processing that will save you time (Grinding, filling, top painting)
Easy to sand, minimal dust build-up
• User-friendly
• Simplifies further processing of the object
High filling power and a high degree of stability under load
Contents Chemical basis Colour Weight of content Shelf life from Art. no.
production
1l Polyester Green 1.589 kg 12 Month 0892 600 940
- Polyester resin Beige 2640 g 12 Month 0892 603 03
- Polyester Beige 250 g 24 Month 0892 603 250
- Polyester resin Beige 900 g 12 Month 0892 603 01
9 - Polyester resin Beige 1960 g 12 Month 0892 603 02
500 ml Epoxy resin Beige 0.795 kg 12 Month 0892 603 005
1.255 l - Beige RAL 1001 2 kg 24 Month 0892 603 12
REPAIR RESIN VAKU 80

Laminating resin for repairing larger holes and damage to GFRP parts
in conjunction with glass fibre mats and fabric
Balanced resin mixture
Excellent application properties
Special lid/outlet combination
• User friendly
• Easy to empty down to the last drop
Art. no.
0892 608 01

FILLER VAKU 20
Fine filler with high elasticity for sealing pores and for repairing small
scratches, grooves and uneven surfaces
Finely matched filler and resin combinations
• Non-porous and closed filling
• Low dust build-up during sanding
Quick drying
Saves time as further processing can continue directly (sanding, filling and applying
top coat)
Easy to sand
• User friendly
Brilliant white pigmentation
• Optimum surface and preparation for top-coat paint
• Ideal for use in model and furniture construction
• Colour: White
9
Art. no.
0892 602 02
FILLER VAKU 60
Polyester resin-based TIN-Metallic filler with aluminium pigmentation
for vehicle construction and vehicle repairs
High-quality filler
• High-quality filler and resin combinations enable a non-porous, closed filling of
recesses and uneven surfaces
For particularly stringent quality requirements
Aluminium pigmentation ensures an extremely high degree of strength in conjunction
with metallic surfaces
Contents Chemical basis Colour Weight of content Art. no.

1000 ml Epoxy resin Grey 2 kg 0892 606 01
1282.1 ml Polyester resin Anthracite, metallic 1760 g 0892 606 02

FILLER VAKU 40
Filler for filling and levelling deep uneven surfaces and scratches
Specific weight reduced by 30%
• Extremely easy to sand and minimal dust build-up
• User-friendly
Quick drying
Ensures fast further processing that will save you time
High filling power and a high degree of stability under load
• Chemical basis: Polyester
Contents Colour Weight of content Art. no.

1.65 l Beige RAL 1001 2310 g 0892 604 03
- Light beige 1760 g 0892 604 02
FILLER VAKU 35
Universal lightweight filler
9 • Excellent adhesion to iron, steel, aluminium, galvanised substrates, GFRP and wood
• Specific weight reduced by approx. 40 percent
• Quick drying
• High filling capacity yet lightweight
• High stability
• Extremely easy to sand and high abrasion resistance

600 ml 600 g 0892 603 56
1500 ml 1500 g 0892 603 515
VAKU FILLER, PLASTIC

Filler is particularly suitable for application on plastic
• Colour: anthracite grey
• For use on many soft and hard plastics
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0892 694 011

FILLER, VAKU ST PLUS

Polyester filler for marble and granite.
• Fast hardening
• High bond strength and able to be sanded well
• Also for application on vertical surfaces
production
38 ml Polyester resin White 40 g 12 Month 0892 694 001
38 ml Polyester resin Black 40 g 12 Month 0892 694 002
1000 ml Polyester resin Yellow transparent 1500 g 12 Month 0892 662
2000 ml Polyester resin Greenish 2000 g 12 Month 0892 663
- - White - - 0892 664
- - Beige RAL 1001 - - 0892 665
- - Transparent - - 0892 663 1
- - White - - 0892 664 1
- - Beige RAL 1001 - - 0892 665 1 9
- Plasticiser/hardener Beige RAL 1001 - 12 Month 0892 666
VAKU MULTI FILLER

2C universal filler for a broad range of applications.
• Can be used as coarse or fine filler
• Outstanding adhesion on a wide variety of substrates, in particular on galvanic
sheet steel, hot-dip galvanised bodywork panels, sheet steel, aluminium, wood,
polyester-based GFRP parts
• Good application even on vertical surfaces
• Slight post-hardening
• Easy to sand
Contents Colour Weight of content Art. no.

1l Grey (base material) 1.8 kg 5866 301 102
2500 l Beige 2500 g 0993 120

UNI PLUS BODYWORK FILLER AND HARDENER

Universal filler for all metal bodywork
• Very high-end polyester filler
• Flexible and very easy to smooth
• No porosity preventing a smooth surface from being achieved, reducing the
amount of filler required
• Easy to sand, significantly reduces clogging of abrasives
• Remarkable finishing properties
• Colour: Beige
Art. no.
0892 600 904
ALUMINIUM FILLER
9 Used for filling deep holes
• Contains fine aluminium particles for a better finish
• Good impact and vibration resistance
Art. no.
0892 600 990
FILLER MASTIC FOR PLASTICS

Good flexibility
• Very good adhesion to plastic
• Not porous
• Easy to sand
Art. no.
0892 600 935

FILLER VAKU CLASSIC

• Colour: Beige

1000 ml 1000 g 0892 694 020
2000 ml 2000 g 0892 694 120
UNIVERSAL FILLER AND HARDENER

Universal filler for all metal bodywork
• Very smooth results
• Easy to sand
• Not porous
• Excellent finish
• Colour: Beige
9
Art. no.
0892 600 3
FINE FILLER AND HARDENER

Finishing filler for bodywork repairs
• Very smooth results and suitable for small defects
• Not porous for a very smooth surface
• Easy to sand
• Excellent finish
Application in very thin layers
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0892 600 4

FIBRE FILLER
Allows major loads on extremely deformed metal sheets
Filled with short glass fibres for a better finish and easier application
• Colour: Green
Art. no.
0892 600 6
FIBREGLASS FILLER VAKU GF LIGHT

Reinforced polyester filler with fibreglass for repairing bodywork.
Easy to sand and with a finish that allows primer to be applied direct-
ly.
Made from extra-fine fibreglass particles
9 • Ensures a perfect finish without the need to apply a finishing filler.
• Enables you to start sanding with a finer grain.
Optimum viscosity: perfect mixture of resin and additives
• Its high viscosity provides for easy mixing and application, even with a high amount
of filler on the spatula.
Made from flexible resin
• More impact resistant than fibreglass and traditional filler.
• Good capacity to absorb small impacts.
Lightweight
• Ideal for large fillings, as very little weight is added to the vehicle after repair.
Compatible with materials
• Steel, galvanised steel, electro zinc plating, aluminium, wood and polyester-based
parts.
Repainting
• Compatible with all primers and paints used in the automobile industry
Meets VOC (volatile organic compounds) standards
• Complies with current regulations regarding emissions of polluting gases into the
atmosphere.
• Environmentally friendly.
Art. no.
0892 600 60

POLYESTER FILLER VAKU LIGHT FAST

High-quality, fast-curing filler
• Fast curing makes it ideal for working at low temperatures
• Cream texture allows easy application with a high-quality finish
• Extremely easy to sand and highly adhesive
• Contents: 1 l
• Colour: Dark grey
Art. no.
0892 600 101
FILLER VAKU FREE

Universal, lightweight polyester styrene-free filler.
Creamy texture
• Easy to mix
• Easy to use 9
• Can be used as filler material
• Excellent sanding properties
• Time efficient
Maximum permissible VOC content of VAKU FREE: 24 g/l
Heat resistant up to 80°C
• Chemical basis: Polyester, styrene free

1l 1000 g 0892 600 801
1.65 l 1650 g 0892 600 802

FILLER VAKU LIGHT

Multifunctional polyester filler.
• Optimal adhesion to all materials used in the bodywork such as zinc-plated sheet
metal, aluminium and galvanised surfaces
• Easy to use
• Quick drying
• Easy to cut
• Contents: 1.3 l
• Colour: Beige
Art. no.
0993 140
2-COMPONENT SOFT SOLDER REPLACEMENT HIGH PERFORMANCE

Quick-cutting, high-strength epoxy resin-based 2-component
bodywork filler compound suitable for cold application as a lead-free
9 alternative to hot soldering with tin.
• Alternative to hot soldering
• No open flame required
• Time-saving
• Good adhesion to aluminium, iron and steel, and other materials
• Dust-free when sanded
• Optimum flexural strength
• Shrink-free
production
- - - - - 1956 001 004
- - - - - 1956 001 005
195 ml Epoxy Grey brown, metallic 265 g 18 Month 0892 610 195

LIQUID METAL FE 1
Fast-acting repair system, ideal for installers and workshops in the
metal processing sector.
• High-quality two-component reaction resin system that exhibits characteristics simil-
ar to those of metal due to its special formula
• The ideal mixing ratio of the components (A:B = 1:1, pressing out two strands of the
same length from the tubes) makes incorrect mixing of the repair compound virtually
impossible
• Specifically designed for smaller repair jobs where a quick turnaround is required
• Can be applied with a spatula and does not run, which also makes vertical applica-
tion possible
• After hardening, Liquid Metal Fe1 can easily be processed in the same way as
metal with lathing, milling, drilling, filing or thread cutting
• Colour: Grey
• Min./max. temperature resistance of the hardened material: -60 to
120 °C
Art. no.
0893 449
9
FILLER BOARD
The filler board is a tool that every professional paint shop should
have.
• Manual gun for cartridges and bags
• Solid construction
• Silicone-free, impregnated special paper
• No more laborious searching for a suitable carrier material for mixing fillers
Art. no.
0891 586 417

FILLER VAKU 20
Fine filler with high elasticity for sealing existing pores and for repai-
ring small scratches, grooves and uneven surfaces.
Finely matched filler and resin combinations
• Non-porous and closed filling
Quick drying
top coat)
Easy to sand
• User friendly
Brilliant white pigmentation
• Optimum surface and preparation for top-coat paint
• Ideal for use in model and furniture construction
• Colour: White
9 • Shelf life from production: 12 Month
Art. no.
0892 602 021

0892 602 021 Vaku hardener (peroxide hardener) 0892 600 004 p. 1653

FILLER VAKU 30
Universal filler with outstanding properties. Can be used as knifing
and fine filler.
Does not migrate to edges with fine sanding
Optimum elasticity for achieving closed, smooth surfaces
No reworking with fine filler required
Quick drying
top coat)
Easy to sand, minimal dust build-up
• User-friendly
High filling power and high degree of stability under load
• Colour: Beige
Art. no. 9
0892 603 021

FILLER VAKU 40
Filler for filling and levelling deep uneven surfaces and scratches.
• Extremely easy to sand and minimal dust accumulation
• Easy to use
• Fast drying
• High filling capacity and high load-bearing capacity
• Heat resistant up to 80°C
• Colour: Light beige
Art. no.
0892 604 01

0892 604 01 Hardener for filler VAKU 40 0892 600 007 p. 1654

FILLER VAKU 70
Glass fibre reinforcement filler for bridging cracks, holes and for
repairing glass fibre reinforced plastics.
Balanced proportion of glass fibres
• Excellent application properties
• User-friendly
• Highly suitable for use on vertical surfaces
• Superb adhesion to iron, steel, aluminium, galvanised and hot-dip galvanised
surfaces.
• Ideally suited as knifing filler after repairing GFRP parts with VAKU 80 repair resin.
Fast curing
• For fast, time-saving further processing.
g/l.
9 • Colour: Green
Art. no.
0892 607 022


FILLER VAKU FREE

Universal, lightweight polyester filler, styrene-free.
Creamy texture
• Easy to mix
• Easy to use
• Can be used as a filler
• Excellent sanding behaviour
• Saves time
Maximum permissible VOC content of VAKU FREE: 24 g/l
• Contents: 1 l
• Chemical basis: Polyester, styrene free
Art. no.
0892 600 804
9
CHECKING SPRAY
For checking all kinds of sanding work
Very fine atomisation
Extremely quick drying
Ready for wet or dry sanding after just 1 minute with no wear on sandpaper.
Consistent atomisation pressure
Even application rate
Black
Art. no.
0892 605 0

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Colour markings
ROAD MARKER
Marking spray with safety closure for highlighting road damage and
construction sites
Safety cap for clean application
• The colour cannot accidentally escape
• Fingers are protected from paint mist and splashes
• Fine and precise colour jet, ideal for writing
• Excellent adhesion to absorbent, non-absorbent and slightly moist surfaces.
• Weather-resistant and frost-proof, usable and resistant even in damp and cold
weather (down to -18°C)
• High-quality pigmentation for excellent luminosity and opacity (clearly visible from
a long distance)
• Quick drying time
Colour Art. no.

Neon pink 0893 199 25
White 0893 199 201
9 Yellow 0893 199 202
Red 0893 199 203

MARKING SPRAY SAFE-TOP

Fluorescent paint for temporary marking
Safety spray head:
• The paint cannot discharge accidentally
• Fingers will not become contaminated if the spray is applied with the can upside
down
Broad adhesive range:
• Good adhesion to absorbent, non-absorbent and slightly moist surfaces
Very quick drying time:
• Load-bearing after 5 minutes
Weather-resistant:
• Resistance is possible even in damp and cold weather
High-quality pigmentation:
• The colours do not fade and have a high degree of luminosity and coverage
Colour Art. no.

Orange 0893 199 540
Yellow 0893 199 520
White 0893 199 530 9
Blue 0893 199 551
Pink 0893 199 510
Red 0893 199 500
Green 0893 199 555

ROAD MARKER PLUS

Premium marking spray with safety closure
The PLUS road marker has been developed to meet the highest
requirements for visibility and durability of markings.
• Very robust protective cap
• Fast drying paint – approx. 10 min
• Extremely opaque and durable
• Very economical to use
• Processing temperature -20°C to +50°C
• Resistance up to 12 months
Colour Art. no.

White 0892 175 1
Brown 0892 175 011
Black 0892 175 8
Red 0892 175 9
Neon blue 0892 175 2
9 Neon orange 0892 175 4
Neon green 0892 175 6
Neon pink 0892 175 7
Violet 0892 175 010
Neon red 0892 175 3
REFLECT LIGHT SAFETY MARKER TAPE

Transparent Retro reflective paint for safety markings.
• Transparent during the day, easily visible in the headlamp light at night
• High resistance to dirt and wear
• Resistance depends on external effect: 6 to 12 months
Art. no.
0893 199 305

ROAD AND CONSTRUCTION SITE MARKER

Paint with good coverage for road and construction site marking.
Broad adhesive range
• Suitable for use on asphalt, grass, soil, stone, concrete etc.
• Can be used on absorbent, non-absorbent and slightly damp/wet substrates
High-quality pigmentation
• Fast-drying paint with good coverage
Weather and UV-resistant
Suitable for writing and upside down application
Colour Art. no.

White 0893 197 11
Yellow 0893 197 12
Red 0893 197 13
Blue 0893 197 15
Yellow 0893 197 82
Orange 0893 197 87
9
Green 0893 197 89
Rosy 0893 197 83
Red 0893 197 84
TEMPORARY LINE MARKER

Temporary and events marking
For painting temporary fluorescent markings (15 days to 1 month)
With safety cover to prevent paint from dripping or misting
Colour fades quickly when exposed to UV
Low mechanical resistance
• Easy to clean using a mechanical process
Adheres to concrete, bitumen, stone, turf and wood surfaces etc.
Perform a test on laminated floors prior to use.
Colour Art. no.

Blue 0893 500 400
Orange 0893 500 300
Pink 0893 500 200

BUILDING MARKER
Marking spray with ergonomic spray head for use in the construction
and surveying field
Ergonomic spray head for clean application
• Protects against accidental leakage
• Fingers are protected from paint mist and splashes
• Fine and precise colour jet, ideal for writing
• Excellent adhesion to absorbent, non-absorbent and slightly moist surfaces
• Weather-resistant and frost-proof, usable and resistant even in damp and cold
weather (down to -18°C).
• High-quality pigmentation for excellent luminosity and opacity (clearly visible from
a long distance)
• Quick drying time
• High abrasion-resistance
Colour Art. no.

White 0893 199 101
Yellow 0893 199 102
Red 0893 199 103
9 Neon blue 0893 199 104
Neon orange 0893 199 106
Neon red 0893 199 108

LINE MARKER
Marking spray for manually marking and line marking in the
line-marking cart
Abrasion-resistant
Long-term resistance against wear from vehicles.
Resistance to weathering
Resistant to range of climatic influences.
Wide range of applications
Good adhesion to absorbent and non-absorbent surfaces.
Quick drying time
Fully resistant after approx. 15–20 minutes. Completely dry after 24 hours.
Economical
One can produces approx. 25–50 m road surface markings (depending on line
width).
Easy to use
Specially designed protective cap with integrated spray head.
The shelf life is 2 years
Colour Art. no.

9
Blue 0893 199 40
White 0893 199 91
Yellow 0893 199 99
Yellow 0893 199 11
Red 0893 199 12
White 0893 199 37
Yellow 0893 199 38
Red 0893 199 39

LINE MARKER
For manual line marking or using a line-marking trolley. For indoor
and outdoor use
Excellent coverage
Good mechanical resistance
Excellent adhesion
• Suitable for all surface types, even absorbent surfaces
• Good resistance to adverse weather conditions
• Long-lasting finish
Quick-drying
Manual application, with a line-marking trolley or a hand-held
applicator
• Clean and precise application
Line marking lasts for approximately 12 months (depending on the
type of surface and traffic)
• Toluene-free and xylene-free
• Lead-free and cadmium-free
• This product is not harmful, irritant or toxic to aquatic organisms
9
Colour Art. no.
Black 0893 199 09
Blue 0893 199 13
Red 0893 199 012
White 0893 199 010
Yellow 0893 199 011

FOREST MARKER
Fluorescent forest marker spray for woodworking and forestry appli-
cations
• Fluorescent marker spray used for drawing, marking and labelling
• Very luminous markings visible from a distance
• Water and weather-resistant
• Excellent adhesion — even on damp surfaces
• Excellent coverage
• Quick drying
• Can be used at temperatures down to -15°C
• Ergonomic protective cap — protects the fingers against paint mist
• Good writing properties — minimum mist
Colour Art. no.

White 0892 175 10 9
Red fluorescent 0892 175 11
Orange fluorescent 0892 175 12
Yellow fluorescent 0892 175 13
Green fluorescent 0892 175 14
Blue fluorescent 0892 175 15
Pink fluorescent 0892 175 16
Yellow fluorescent 0893 199 190
FORESTRY MARKER
High-coverage paint for marking wood.
• Suitable for use on all wooden substrates
• Can be used on dry and also damp/wet substrates
• Resistance of 6 to 12 months
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0893 199 14

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Lacquer, open, acces-
sories
PAINT PROTECTION FILM

Protects against expensive paint damage caused by parking dents,
scratches on door steps or loading edges from loading/unloading as
well as against rust caused by stone chips.
Textured paintwork protection film – PVC
• High material thickness
• Stone chips, scratches, abrasion and weather effects. The adhesive also provides
reliable adhesion in extreme environmental conditions such as with temperature
changes and humidity
• Metal and plastic covers
• Window triangles in upper bodywork section and wheel arch, rocker panel and
sill panels in the lower bodywork section. Loading edge, front spoiler and recessed
door grip
Resistance
• Good resistance to UV
• Resistant to wax, dewaxing agents, windscreen washing agents, anti-freeze, car
wash, oil, high-pressure cleaning, petrol
Simple self-assembly and disassembly with overall thickness of 0.36
mm
• Can be stretched without deforming, even around curves and corners
• Non-slip and soundproof
9 Simple self-assembly
Before application, thoroughly clean the paint surface to be adhered of grease and
dust; remove any paint polish. Lay in a location that is protected from wind, dust and
direct sunlight. Only adhere Würth paintwork protection film when wet. Do not apply
to freshly painted surfaces!
Simple disassembly
Starting from any corner, the Würth paintwork protection film can be removed in a
single piece without leaving any residue. It is advisable to warm the relevant corner
slightly with a hair dryer so that it is easier to grip.
• Backing material: PVC film
• Adhesive base: Acrylate
• Material of the cover: Adhesive-repellent paper
• Length: 10 m
Width Art. no.

15 cm 0894 100 15
10 cm 0894 100 10

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Lacquer, open, acces-
sories
TEXTURED DESIGN FILM

Visual highlight on shaped areas of vehicle and provides optimum
protection against corrosion of exposed painted areas in daily use
Textured design film – vinyl-based
• For all smooth, grease-free surfaces – also for creating a design feature. Extremely
resistant
• Protects against stone chips, tar splashes, insect residue etc.
Acrylate adhesive
• Permanent hold (even in car wash facilities). Guaranteed residue-free removal of
the textured design film
• Resistant to heat and cold
Overall thickness of 0.4 mm
• Simple attachment and removal
• Non-slip and sound absorbing
Multifunctional application
• Backing material: Vinyl film
• Material of the cover: Adhesive-repellent paper
• Colour: Black, structured
• Length: 10 m
• Min./max. temperature resistance: 40 to 120 °C
9
Width Art. no.
10 cm 0894 200 10
15 cm 0894 200 15
PAINTWORK PROTECTION FILM MASK LIGHT

Light, bright and transparent micropore density standard cover film.
Excellent paint adhesion
Paint residues and overspray adhere to the film. This eliminates adverse effects and
damage to the paintwork.
Transparency facilitates easy identification of contours when cutting
Good cutting properties
Micro pore density
100% impermeability to paint guaranteed (no paint seeping through).
Statically charged
Clings permanently to the vehicle, dust entrapment prevented.
Material Width x length Length Width Art. no.

- 4000 mm x 150000 mm 150000 mm 4000 mm 0818 104 400
- 6000 mm x 100000 mm 100000 mm 6000 mm 0818 104 600
HDPE - High density 5000 mm x 120000 mm 120000 mm 5000 mm 0818 104 500
polyethylene

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Cover films
MASK PLUS PAINTWORK PROTECTION FILM

Light grey transparent, micro pore density premium cover film that
prevents paint marks being left on the vehicle even with some residu-
al moisture.
Transparency facilitates easy identification of contours when cutting
Excellent cutting properties
Tear-proof and highly flexible
Possible to reposition adhesive tape.
Micro pore-sealed
• 100% impermeability to paint guaranteed (no paint seeping through)
• Prevents paint marks being left on the vehicle even with some residual moisture
Statically charged
Adheres well to the vehicle, prevents dust inclusions.
Infra-red drying entirely possible.
9 • Foil thickness: 16 µm
Width x length Length Width Art. no.

4 m x 150 m 150 m 4m 0818 107 400
5 m x 120 m 120 m 5m 0818 107 500
6 m x 100 m 100 m 6m 0818 107 600

RIM PAINT PROTECTIVE FILM

Highly elastic film for protecting tyres during paint work on rims
without removal
Suitable for all common passenger vehicle rims
Huge time savings
• Simple attachment compared to conventional masking tape
• No need to remove tyre from rim
• No reworking
Optimum results
• Precision processing thanks to highly elastic material components
• Protection against paint mist owing to micropore density
• Excellent paint adhesion
• Waterproof, tear-proof, lint-free
• Huge savings in terms of masking tape and paper
• Effective use of material due to precisely fitting material
• Environmentally-friendly, heavy-metal-free, polyethylene mixtures, ground water
neutral
• Length: 130 cm 9
• Width: 130 cm
Art. no.
0818 107 130
AUTOMASK PE PAINTWORK PROTECTION FILM

• High initial adhesion
• 100% watertight
• Simple application even in difficult areas
Numerous dimensions offer outstanding protection

550 mm x 33 m 33 m 550 mm 0818 120 55
1100 mm x 33 m 33 m 1100 mm 0818 125 110
1800 mm x 33 m 33 m 1800 mm 0818 135 180
2700 mm x 17 m 17 m 2700 mm 0818 140 270

AUTOMASK PPE PAINTWORK PROTECTION FILM

• 20 g/m2 coated paper, 8 gr/m from HDPE (low-density polyethylene)
• The covering material absorbs similar to paper, but no moisture is transferred
through the plastic coating
• Film specially treated to improve the adhesion of coatings, paints and primers
• The special coating produces good adhesion to lacquers, paints and primers
• High flexibility and temperature resistance to 120°C
• No adhesive residues remain on the application even after 24h
Material Width x length Length Width Art. no.

- 1800 mm x 20 m 20 m 1800 mm 0818 201 180
PE - Polyethylene 175 mm x 25 m 25 m 175 mm 0818 175
PE - Polyethylene 375 mm x 25 m 25 m 375 mm 0818 375
PE - Polyethylene 2700 mm x 17 m 17 m 2700 mm 0818 201 270
WÜRTH MASK PRO PAINTWORK PROTECTION FILM

Light-transparent cover film, which is impermeable to paint and pre-
vents staining, even with slight residual moisture on the vehicle.
9
Transparency permits easy detection of the contours during the cut-
ting process
Very good cutting capability
Waterproof, tear-resistant, lint-free – no second cover required after
wet grinding
Micro pore-sealed
• 100% impermeability to paint guaranteed (no colour penetration)
• No staining with slight residual moisture on the vehicle
Statically charged
Adheres well to the vehicle, prevents dust inclusions.
Heat resistant to 125°C
Infrared drying without a problem.

400 cm x 150 m 150 m 400 cm 0818 105 400
500 cm x 120 m 120 m 500 cm 0818 105 500
600 cm x 100 m 100 m 600 cm 0818 105 600

WHEEL PAINTING PROTECTIVE COVER

Elasticated cover for protecting tyres when painting wheels
• Saves time
• No more masking tape or newspaper
• No need to remove the tyre
• Two sizes available
• 140 x 140 cm for 18-inch wheel rims
• 170 x 170 cm for 21-inch wheel rims
• Supplied in a bag of 20 parts or a box of 80 parts
• Material: MDPE - Medium-density polyethylene

140 cm x 140 cm 140 cm 140 cm 0818 010 100
170 cm x 170 cm 170 cm 170 cm 0818 010 110
FILM KNIFE
With specially coated blade
The film knife is equipped with a specially coated blade for a long
9
service life and high cutting speeds
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0818 105 103
ROLL HOLDER FOR PROTECTIVE FILMS

• Material: Steel
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0818 105 110

ENGINE COMPARTMENT PROTECTION SPRAY

Protects the engine compartment from unpleasant guests.
The formulation allows it to cover the engine surface in a viscous
fluid that protects the engine compartment against unwanted guests
such as rodents.
• Chemical basis: Alcohol with additives
Art. no.
0893 117 700
2-COMPONENT HS HARDENER FOR TOP COATS

9 Perfectly suited for use with 2-component HS acrylic paint, 2-compo-
nent clear varnish and 2-component thick coat lacquer.
• Suitable for partial and full paint
Contents Chemical basis Colour Density/conditions Shelf life from Art. no.
production/
conditions
0.5 l Two-component Transparent 1.01 g/cm³/at 20°C 12 Month/at 20°C 0821 101 126
polyurethane
1l Isocyanate Colourless 0.974 g/cm³/at 20°C, 24 Month/storage area 0821 101 138
DIN 53217 that is dry, dust-free,
protected from sunlight
and other heat sources,
approx. 15°C to 25°C
2.5 l Two-component - - - 0821 101 124
polyurethane

Technical chemicals / Surface protection, coatings / Lacquer additives
RAPID CATALYST TWO-COMPONENT, HIGH-SOLID

• Contents: 1 l
• Density/conditions: 1.03 g/cm³ / at 20°C, DIN 53217
area, no exposure to sunlight and weather conditions
Art. no.
0821 101 132
0821 101 137
SLOW CATALYST TWO-COMPONENT, HIGH-SOLID 9

• Contents: 2.5 l
• Chemical basis: Two-component polyurethane
Art. no.
0821 101 123

ANTI-SCRATCH LACQUER THINNER

Three types available: slow, standard and fast
• On flat parts such as the bonnet and the roof, use a standard or slow thinner to pre-
vent the lacquer from running
• Apply 2 coats for general paintwork and standard thinner
• Contents: 2.5 l
• Colour: White, Transparent
• Density/conditions: 0.998 kg/l / at 20°C
Art. no.
5856 400 120
5856 400 121
5856 400 122
2C UHS HARDENER FOR TOP COATS, SLOW-CURING

9 • Colour: Transparent

0.5 l 0.515 kg 0821 101 425
2.5 l 2.58 kg 0821 101 420

2C UHS HARDENER FOR TOP COATS


0.5 l 0.515 kg 0821 101 405
2.5 l 2.58 kg 0821 101 400
HARDENER FOR UHS CLEAR VARNISH 9


0.5 l 0.515 kg 0821 101 415
2.5 l 2.58 kg 0821 101 410

ACRYLIC THINNER
For 2-component acrylic products and 1-component thick-film lacquers
• To dilute or to adjust the viscosity of 2-component top coats and 2-component clear
varnishes for painting.
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
0821 101 155
0821 101 161
0821 101 152
9
ACRYLIC THINNER, SHORT
For 2-component acrylic products and 1-component thick-film lacquers
For quicker drying times for paintwork and in cold weather
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
0821 101 158

UNIVERSAL THINNER
For almost all solvent-based paint and primer materials
For adjusting the viscosity of paint products
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
5866 301 104
SYNTHETIC RESIN THINNER

9
• High quality, free from impurities
• Ideal for diluting synthetic resin lacquers
• For all Würth paint products
Contents Art. no.

5l 0823 440 010
30 l 0823 440 011

CELLULOSE THINNER 1A
• Quality 1 A
• Universal use as cleaning agent and thinner
• Especially suitable for Würth 2C epoxy primer Art. no. 5866 104 105
• Free of aromatic hydrocarbons
Contents Art. no.

5l 0823 440 002
30 l 0823 440 003
1l 0823 440 001

Technical chemicals / Cleaning agents and care products / Vehicle clea-
ning, interior
VEHICLE CLEANER ACTIVE CLEAN

Intensive foam cleaner for the entire vehicle interior
Micro-fine active foam (vacuum effect)
• Foam remains on the surface and actively draws out the dirt when the foam bubbles
burst
• Outstanding dirt dissolving power
• Upholstery does not become wet, meaning drying times are shorter
Gentle on materials, suitable for all surfaces in the vehicle interior.
The pre-determined breaking points of the airbag are not affected.
20x yield
• 500 ml Active-Clean corresponds to the yield of approx. 10 litres of liquid cleaning
product
• Saves money
Fast-separating in waste water in accordance with German Ecologi-
cal Standard Test B 5105
Biodegradable > 95%
• pH value: 7.7 9
Art. no.
0893 472
VEHICLE CLEANER VEHICLE INTERIOR CLEANER

Environmentally friendly cleaning agent for the entire vehicle interior
• Biodegradable in accordance with the Detergent Regulation
• Powerful yet gentle cleaning effect
• Contents: 25 l
• Container: Canister
Art. no.
0893 250 11

ning, interior
INTERIOR CLEANER
Special cleaning foam with anti-static additive for the entire vehicle
interior
• Cleans all painted and plastic parts, glass surfaces and upholstery. Removes nicoti-
ne odours and leaves a pleasant fresh scent in the interior.
• The anti-static additive creates temporary anti-dust protection on the surface for lon-
ger lasting cleanliness in the vehicle interior.
• Works intensively to reliably remove stubborn dirt, even on vertical and sloped
surfaces
• Silicone-free
Contents Container Smell/fragrance Chemical basis pH value Art. no.

0.5 l Aerosol can Peach 2-propanol 9.5 0893 033
500 ml Can - Isopropanol - 0893 033 3
9 CAR INTERIOR CLEANER

Active foam cleaning agent
• For all passenger compartment surfaces of motor vehicles
• Ideal for cleaning dashboards, plastic parts, rubber parts, coatings and metal parts
• Easily removes any type of dirt, dust, traces of nicotine, etc.
• Pleasant fragrance
• Smell/fragrance: Faint odour
Art. no.
0890 900 007

ning, interior
DISINFECTING FOAM
Multifunctional foam for passenger compartment, light and compact,
ready for use
Active and high-power cleansing foam to remove dirt of all types,
for passenger cars. Suitable for removing grease and nicotine resi-
dues. Leaves a fresh scent. Does not harm rubber or painted surfaces
Cleans and sanitises
• for in-depth single-action cleaning of surfaces
• suitable for cleaning interior parts of motor vehicles: Handles, drawers, compart-
ments, glove box, safety belts, armrests, head rests, steering wheel and gearshift
lever
Non-staining and non-greasy
• dries quickly and does not leave marks
• pleasant fresh scent
Art. no.
0893 033 150
9
INTERIOR SPRAY CLEANER
Proven basic cleaning agent for spray extraction on textile upholstery
and for cleaning plastic surfaces in the vehicle interior.
A cleaning product for the whole vehicle interior.
Free from bleaching agents
Very good compatibility with textiles and plastics. Note the product information!
Fully effective in cold water
No irritating vapours — significantly reduced odour for the user
pH value in concentrate: approx. 9
• Contents: 1 l
• pH value: 9
Art. no.
0893 027 001

ning, interior
TEXTILE CLEANER FOAM CLEANER FOR TEXTILES

Concentrated cleaning agent for flawless cleaning from fabric chairs,
carpets, and other textiles.
• Thorough textile cleaning
• Leaves a pleasant aroma
• Revives colours in the fabric
• Light foaming
• Ammonia-free
• Suitable for highly diluted use
• Contents: 25 l
Art. no.
0893 033 0

ning, interior
COCKPIT CARE
Plastic interior care with fruity fragrance
High-quality carnauba waxes together with jojoba oil provide opti-
mum care
• Freshens up colours and gives them a satiny gloss
• Plastics keep their elasticity. Eliminates squeaks and creaking noises
• Well-kept appearance, looks as good as new (new vehicle appearance)
Gentle on materials
The pre-determined breaking points of the (passenger) airbag are not affected.
Provides lasting protection against environmental influences
• Protects against ageing and stops the material becoming brittle
• Does not bleach the cockpit
Anti-static
Saves continual dusting
Contains no phosphates and no organic solvents.
Fast-separating in waste water in accordance with German Ecologi-
cal Standard Test B 5105.
Biodegradability> 95%
AOX and silicon-free
• Smell/fragrance: Fruity 9
• Colour: Beige
• pH value: 6.8
• AOX-free: Yes
• Container: Spray bottle
Art. no.
0893 473 1

ning, interior
COCKPIT SILICONE
Silicone-based lubricant that provides a beautiful finish and efficient
care
Beautiful finish
• Cleans and provides shine
• Provides new, silky lustre to faded, stained or rough synthetic surfaces, e.g. dash-
boards and cabin interior
Good end result
• Maintains and protects synthetic and rubber parts
• Anti-static
• Eliminates and prevents annoying, squeaking and cracking noises, e.g. on safety
belts and dashboards
• Contents: 5 l
Art. no.
0890 221 5
RUBBER CARE RUBBER FIT

9 Silicone-free care for rubber seals
• The rubber parts remain supple, thereby increasing their service life and preventing
cracks
• Freezing and drying out is prevented effectively in winter
• Eliminates squeaking and creaking noises
• Silicone-free
• Resistant to splash water and salt water
• Biodegradable
• Resistant to diluted acids and bases
• Water-resistant
• Contents: 75 ml
Art. no.
0893 012 8

ning, interior
RUBBER CARE SPRAY

Prevents door, bonnet and luggage compartment rubber seals from
freezing in winter or becoming stuck due to ageing and heat
• Rubber components remain supple
• Freshens up colours
• Does not attack painted and chrome parts
Art. no.
0890 110
RUBBER CARE SPRAY WITH SILICONE

Protects, preserves and insulates plastic, rubber and metal parts with
9
good lubricating properties.
Art. no.
0890 110 125

ning, interior
COCKPIT CLEANING AND CARE SPRAY

Provides outstanding cleaning power and gentle care in a single step.
Cleaning and care in a single product
• Only short time required to treat the vehicle interior
• For universal use on all plastic components in the vehicle interior
Optimum care
• Freshens up colours
• Gives a satin finish’
Anti-static effect
Prevents fast re-contamination
Gentle spray mist
• Simple, targeted use
• User-friendly application
Citrus scent
• AOX-free: Yes
Contents Container Chemical basis Smell/fragrance Min. flashing point Art. no.
600 ml Aerosol can Heptane Perfumed -80 °C 0890 222 600
9 400 ml Aerosol can Mineral oil Lemon -90 °C 0890 222 1
600 ml Can Mineral oil Lemon -90 °C 0890 222
SILICONE SPRAY SILICON FLUID

High-quality, physiologically safe anti-friction and release agent
Contains highly concentrated, high-quality silicone oils
• Optimum sliding and lubricating properties
• Prevents sticking and wear
• Eliminates unpleasant squeaking noises
Extremely high temperature resistance from -50°C to +250°C
Wide range of applications, even in high temperatures and for use as a mould release
agent
Colourless, non-staining
Good material compatibility
Moisture repellent
Protects e.g. rubber parts against frost
• Chemical basis: Physiologically harmless synthetic oil
NSF H1-registered (no.: 135927), meets the requirements of USDA

1998 H1.
Contents Container Density/conditions Min./max. temperature Art. no.

conditions
0.4 l - 0.785 g/cm³/Active substance, -50 to 250 °C 0893 221 000
20°C
20 l Canister 0.785 g/cm³/at 20°C - 0893 221 120

Technical chemicals / Cleaning agents and care products / Silicone
sprays
SILICONE SPRAY
Ensures long-lasting protection, preservation and insulation of vehicle
exterior and interior plastic, rubber and metal parts; good lubricating
properties
• Plastic parts retain a high-gloss finish and do not become brittle
• Rubber parts are protected, do not become brittle and do not freeze or stick
• Impregnated folding roofs and hoods
• Anti-static effect (dust-repellent)
• Protects electrical contacts against moisture
• Sliding roof and seat rails, seat belt rollers etc. run smoothly
• Prevents squeaks and creaks between dissimilar materials, e.g. metal/plastic etc.
• Serves as an installation aid, e.g. for hose connections
• No staining
Contents Container Chemical basis Density/conditions Min./max. tempe- Art. no.

rature conditions
5l Canister Mineral oil 0.74 g/cm³/at 20°C -5 to 40 °C 0893 221 05 9
500 ml Spray can Mineral oil 0.61 g/cm³/at 20°C -5 to 40 °C 0893 221
500 ml Spray can Mineral oil 0.61 g/cm³/at 23°C, -5 to 40 °C 0893 221 888
500 ml Aerosol can Silicone oil 0.742 g/ml/at 20°C -40 to 200 °C 0893 015 5
150 ml - Mineral oil - - 0893 221 50

sprays
SILICONE SPRAY REFILLO

Ensures long-lasting protection, preservation and insulation of vehic-
le, indoor and outdoor plastic, rubber and metal parts; good lubrica-
ting properties
• Rubber parts are protected, do not become brittle and do not freeze or stick to imp-
regnated folding roofs and hoods
• Serves as an assembly aid, e.g. for hose connections
• No staining
• Contents: 20 l
9 Art. no.
0893 221 020
SILICONE SPRAY COMPRESSED

Ensures long-lasting protection, preservation and insulation of vehicle
exterior and interior plastic, rubber and metal parts; good lubricating
properties
• Rubber parts are protected, do not become brittle and do not freeze or stick
• Impregnated folding roofs and hoods
• Serves as an installation aid, e.g. for hose connections
• Leaves behind a clean film
Art. no.
0893 221 250

sprays
COCKPIT SILICON SPRAY

• Care and protection of plastic and rubber
• Gives a fresh silky gloss to unsightly plastic surfaces
• Dust-repellent
• Protects rubber components against ageing, prevents door and luggage compart-
ment seals sticking due to heat and freezing in place due to cold
• Eliminates squeaking and creaking of automatic seat belts, door hinges etc., pre-
vents door locks freezing shut
• Chemical basis: Silicone oil
Contents Art. no.

0.3 l 0890 221
600 ml 0890 221 600
ACTIVE FOAM WASH 9

Intensive, highly concentrated foam cleaner for foam pre-treatment
and wash of vehicles in car washes.
Highly concentrated active foam
• The dirt is actively loosened from the vehicle surface as the foam bubbles burst
• Outstanding cleaning power
Combination of special ingredients supports the brush sliding
properties
• Vehicle surfaces are protected
• Recontamination of the brushes is prevented
• Service life of the brushes is extended
No streaking when using preservers and drying aids
Can be used together with these aids in machines with water recycling systems.
Free of phosphate, AOX and silicone
pH value in the concentrate: 7.0
Easily biodegradable in accordance with OECD*. Does not compro-
mise the effectiveness of light fluid separators.
• Phosphate-free: Yes
Contents Chemical basis Smell/fragrance Colour Container Art. no.

25 l Anionic tenside Characteristic Yellow Canister 0893 025 2
200 l Anionic tenside Characteristic Yellow Barrel 0893 025 202
25 l Water tenside - Violet Canister 0893 045 099

ning, external
CLEANING CONCENTRATE ACTIVE WASH

pH-neutral car shampoo for active-cleaning brush washing of passen-
ger cars and commercial vehicles
Based on active cleaning surfactants
• Dirt particles are completely encapsulated and can be rinsed away with water
• Good cleaning results
Combination of special ingredients enables brushes to slide better
• Protects vehicle surfaces
• Prevents brushes from getting dirty
No streaking when using preservers and drying aids
Can be used with these in machines with water recycling systems
Easily biodegradable in accordance with OECD*.
Does not compromise the effectiveness of light fluid separators
* OECD = Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
Contents Chemical basis Smell/fragrance Colour Container Art. no.

30 l Amphoteric tenside - Light yellow - 0893 035 030
25 l Nonionic tenside Lemon Yellow Canister 0893 025 1
25 l Water and alkaline - Orange Canister 0893 045 097
9 tenside
PRE-SPRAY CLEANING CONCENTRATE

Alkaline cleaning agent for pre-treating and removing stubborn dirt
Effective pre-cleaner
• Accelerates softening and removal of stubborn dirt such as insect residue, tar, tree
resin, bird droppings
• Improves washing results
Multifunctional application
Can be used for high-pressure cleaning/pre-cleaning and in pre-spray devices
pH value in the concentrate: approx. 13
Easily biodegradable in line with OECD*
* OECD = Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
• pH value: 13
• AOX-free: Yes
Contents Colour Density/conditions Art. no.

200 l Light yellow 1.11 g/cm³/at 20°C 0893 025 902
25 l Light brown 1.066 g/cm³/at 20°C 0893 025 9

ning, external
ACTIVE WASH CLEANING SHAMPOO

pH neutral car shampoo for active-cleaning brush wash for passenger
cars and commercial vehicles.
Based on active cleaning surfactants.
• Dirt particles are completely encapsulated and can be rinsed away with water
• Excellent cleaning results
Combination of special ingredients supports the brush sliding properties.
• Vehicle surfaces are protected
• Renewed contamination of brushes is prevented
No streaking when using preservers and drying aids.
• Can be used in machines with water recycling systems
Phosphate-, AOX- and silicone-free
pH value in the concentrate: 8.5
Product monitoring
Advantage:
• Appears in the „Salzburg List“ of expert services in the 13/04 paper – water pro-
tection at the Salzburg Regional Government Office.
Easily biodegradable in line with OECD.
Does not compromise the effectiveness of light fluid separators.
• Contents: 200 l
• Chemical basis: Surfactants, ester 9
• Colour: Yellow
• pH value: 8.5
• AOX-free: Yes
Art. no.
0893 025 102

ning, external
CAR SHAMPOO FOAM

pH-neutral car shampoo for gentle, and complete cleaning of vehicles
Can be used manually and also in pressure cleaners
High cleaning performance
Removes dirt of most kinds from vehicle paintwork, chrome, plastics, rubber etc.
Water base
Gentle on the skin and environmentally friendly
Pleasant scent:
Fresh fruity
• Colour: Red
• pH value: 7.5
Contents Art. no.

5l 0893 019 005
200 l 0893 019 200
9
WHEEL WASHING SYSTEM CLEANER
Intensive acidic wheel cleaner for all painted and unpainted light
metal rims and steel rims
We recommend cleaning the tyres of the affected wheels thoroughly
before fitting or storage.
Specially developed cleaning agent for wheel washing systems
Guarantees fast and thorough results without attacking the delicate rims
Removes stubborn dirt of brake dust particles, rust streaks, oil resi-
dues and road dirt
• Contents: 5 l
• Chemical basis: Acetic acid
• Container: Can
• pH value: 2
• Density/conditions: 1200 kg/m³ / at 15°C, ASTM D-1298
Art. no.
0893 476 605

ning, external
VAHAPESU WASH & WAX

Wax and detergent in one product.
Washes and polishes simultaneously.
Creates a very shiny and water-repellent surface.
Long-lasting car shampoo, only 50 ml of Vahapesu Wash & Wax is enough for 10
litres of water.
• Colour: Peach
• pH value: 6
Contents Container Density/conditions Art. no.

5000 ml Canister - 0893 020 005
500 ml Plastic bottle 1.02 g/cm³/at 20°C 0893 020 500
FOAM CLEANERS CARS 9

Alkaline super-concentrated cleaning agent, recommended for stub-
born dirt. Produces abundant foam and is easy to rinse. Particularly
suitable for cleaning heavily soiled vehicles.
• Outstanding performance, even in cold temperatures.
• High cleaning power
• Powerful degreasing properties
• Ideal for engines and chassis
• Outstanding foaming properties
• Contents: 25 l
• Chemical basis: Water and alkaline tenside
• Colour: Orange
Art. no.
0893 045 098

ning, external
CAR SHAMPOO WAX PLUS

Dual function, wash and wax in a single step
Can be used manually and also in pressure cleaners
Water base
Removes dirt of most kinds from vehicle paintwork, chrome, plastics, rubber etc.
Excellent gloss, water and rain simply drips off
Forms a protective layer,
• Contents: 200 l
• Colour: Peach
• Container: Plastic barrel
Art. no.
0893 020 200
CLEANING CONCENTRATE SUPER X SHAMPOO

9 • Chemical basis: Alkaline tenside
• Colour: Red
• Container: Barrel
• pH value: 10
• Density/conditions: 1000 kg/m³ / at 20°C
Contents Art. no.

25 l 0893 042 225
200 l 0893 042 200
PREWASH NATURE FOR CAR WASHES

• pH value: 13.1
• AOX-free: Yes
Art. no.
0893 024 101

ning, external
CAR SHAMPOO WITH POLISH NATURE FOR CAR WASHES

• pH value: 2.85
• AOX-free: Yes
Art. no.
0893 024 103
PLASTIC CARE AGENT VINYL CARE

High-quality plastic care for vehicle interiors and exteriors
Excellent refreshing of colour and satiny shine
• Ideal for matt, faded plastic parts
• Well-kept appearance, looks as good as new
Gentle on materials
• Suitable for all types of plastic and rubber 9
• Paint, aluminium and chrome surfaces are not attacked
Protects and seals the surface
• Plastic and rubber parts remain supple and functional
• Protects against ageing and stops the material becoming brittle
• Water and dirt-repellent
• Long-lasting protection from the effects of weathering
Contains silicone
AOX-free
• Contents: 5 l
• Smell/fragrance: Aromatic
Art. no.
0893 477 05

ning, external
VEHICLE CLEANER AUTOSHAMTWO

Two-in-one vehicle cleaner: washing and waxing in a single step
Removes dirt of all kinds from vehicle paintwork, chrome, plastics, rubber etc.
Forms a protective layer
• Water simply drips off
• Makes it easier to wipe dry with a chamois
Fast separation in accordance with the Ö-Norm (Austrian standard)
test B 5105
Oily/greasy dirt is not emulsified, but is penetrated and separated. The resulting was-
tewater can therefore be separated via the light-oil separator.
• Contents: 5 l
• Chemical basis: Aqueous surfactant cleaner with care components
• Colour: Milky
• Density/conditions: 1 g/cm³ / at 20°C
• AOX-free: Yes
9
Art. no.
0893 010 05
CAR SHAMPOO
For gentle, complete cleaning of vehicles
• Can be used manually and also in pressure cleaners
• Gentle on the skin and environmentally friendly
• Fast-separating in waste water in accordance with German Ecological Standard
Test B 5105
• Contents: 25 l
• Colour: Yellow
Art. no.
0893 045 096

ning, external
UNIVERSAL CLEANER R1
Universal, environmentally friendly cleaner for vehicles, workshops,
offices, interiors, carpets, upholstery and all water-resistant surfaces
Even persistent dirt is quickly and thoroughly removed
Mild and gentle on material
• Versatile application
• Does not attack paint, rubber or plastics
User friendly
Pleasant fragrance
• Biodegradable
• Silicone and AOX-free
• Phosphate free
• Solvent free
Rapid separation in waste water according to Austrian standard test
B5105
Oil and grease are removed without emulsifying. The wastewater can easily be sepa-
rated with the light oil separator.
Machine and manual application
Removes grease and nicotine soiling, pigment soiling and encrusted 9
dirt after just a brief soaking time
• Colour: Orange
• pH value / conditions: 9.4 / in concentrate
• AOX-free: Yes
Contents Art. no.

20 l 0893 125 020
5l 0893 125 005

ning, external
HELMET AND MOTORCYCLE CLEANER

Motorcycle helmet and motorcycle cleaner with special foam formula-
tion.
• Active cleaning foam which quickly and efficiently removes insects, dust and other
contaminants from motorcycles and motorcycle helmets.
• For all types of helmet and plastic.
• The foam formulation prevents runoff and increases the effectiveness of the cleaner.
• Safe for polycarbonate.
• Container: Can
• Smell/fragrance: Peach
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0893 014 35
CLEANER FOR MOTORCYCLES HELMET AND VISOR CLEANER

9 Cleaning foam for helmet and visor
Stable
• No running off vertical surfaces.
Extremely high degree of cleaning
• When the foam bubbles burst, highly concentrated, active cleaning agents are
transported directly to the dirt
• Outstanding dirt dissolving power
20x yield
• Saves money
• Saves time
Protects materials
Does not attack paint, rubber or plastics
pH value: 9.5 – 10.5
Silicon-free and AOX-free
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0893 014 32

ning, external
SINGLE-COMPONENT CLEANING AGENT MONOWASH

Specifically for cleaning industrial vehicles in automatic systems
Concentrated
• detergent with high cleaning and degreasing action
• suitable for washing lorries, tarpaulin, engines, etc.
• guarantees superior effectiveness in removing dirt from bodywork, tarpaulin and
frames
• suitable for hard water
High degreasing power
• helps to remove dead insects and grime more easily
• very effective in cleaning wheel rims and engines
• resistant to low temperatures
• easy to rinse
• provides improved performance when used with suction auto brush washing
systems
• Colour: Red
Art. no.
0890 091
9
SHAMPOO FOR CARS
High foam power
• High foam-producing liquid shampoo resistant to hard water
• Excellent cleaning effect
• Does not leave lines or stains on painted surfaces
Washing
• Can be easily removed by rinsing
• Suitable for car washing systems using brushes and for manual car washing
• Rotating brushes preserve ideal smoothness
• Bio-degradable: 90%
Contents Container Art. no.

1l Bottle 0890 088 1
- Canister 0890 088

ning, external
HEAVY DUTY CLEANING AGENT

Powerful cleaning of chassis, buckets, agricultural vehicles, public
works machinery, engines.
• Cleans and degreases heavily soiled parts
• Easy to rinse off
• Contains a corrosion inhibitor
• AOX-free: Yes
Contents Art. no.

25 l 0890 668
200 l 0890 668 1
9 AUTO SHAMPOO 3-IN-1

Clean, wax, and shine in one single workflow
• Easily removes dirt and debris
• No limescale deposits
• Does not contain A and B substances
• Chemical basis: Alkaline tenside
• Smell/fragrance: Sweetish
• Colour: Clear

5l Plastic canister 0893 043 005
1l Plastic canister 0893 043 001
200 l Plastic barrel 0893 043 200
20 l Plastic canister 0893 043 020

ning, external
MOTORCYCLE CLEANER
Specially designed for cleaning the entire motorcycle, whatever the
material (steel, aluminium, chrome, plastic, etc.)
• Cleans all motorcycle surfaces (paintwork, plastic, rubber, chrome, stainless steel,
aluminium, etc.) without leaving any marks
• Powerful degreasing action
• pH neutral
• Chemical basis: Water, alcohol, chlorine
• AOX-free: Yes

1l Pale green 0893 479
25 l Purple 0893 479 1
BIKE CLEANER 9
Effectively cleans bike parts and frames
Ready-to-use, no rinsing required
• Quickly and effectively removes stubborn dirt such as grease, mud, dust and insects
from bike parts and frames
Anti-scaling and anti-corrosive
Safe to use on varnishes, chrome finishes, plastic materials, alumini-
um, stainless steel and carbon
• It can be used on any type of frame and across the entire surface of the bike
90% biodegradable, NTA-, EDTA- and phosphate-free
• Colour: Green
Art. no.
0893 478 000

ning, external
SELF-DRYING BODYWORK CLEANER

Cleans and dries bodywork in one step
High-gloss self-drying bodywork shampoo for quick and effective
vehicle cleaning
No separate drying aid required
• Saves 30% more time
• Saves 50–70% more water
No need to use a squeegee or chamois for drying
• Saves 50% more time
Does not damage surfaces or sensitive materials
• Streak-free on chrome, aluminium and matt varnish trims
Environmentally and user-friendly, does not damage equipment
Repels dirt from the bodywork for longer

200 l Barrel 0893 010 720
25 l Canister 0893 010 725
9 5l Canister 0893 010 705
CAR SHAMPOO 3 IN 1
Vehicle cleaner with a triple effect: cleaning, gloss enhancement and
maintenance are achieved in just one step.
Car shampoo combines three properties in one formula and ensures
that road dirt is effectively lifted and gently removed.
• The firm and dense foam with a pleasantly fresh odour effortlessly removes heavy
dirt from paint, chrome, glass, plastic, tyres, rims and convertible tops
• During cleaning, a protective polymer layer is applied to all treated surfaces, which
protects the vehicle and also allows the water film to run off automatically after rin-
sing with clean water
• Coats the paint with a permanent protective film and leaves no stains or water
marks, thus considerably reducing the time required to wipe the vehicle dry with a
chamois
• Chemical basis: Surfactans
• Colour: Blue
Contents Container Density/conditions AOX-free Art. no.

1000 ml Bottle 1.007 g/cm³/at 23°C Yes 0893 012 002
5000 ml Canister 1.007 g/cm³/at 20°C - 0893 012 051

ning, external
WATERLESS CLEANER FOR CAR/MOTORCYCLE

• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
0893 012 040
PREWASH NATURE
• AOX-free: Yes
9
Art. no.
0893 024 105
CAR SHAMPOO NATURE SELF-DRYING

• AOX-free: Yes
Art. no.
0893 024 102

ning, external
PREMIUM RIM CLEANER

Acid-free special cleaner for all steel and light-alloy wheel rims
Colour change indicates that product is working
Easy-to-clean finish
Reduced adhesion of brake dust by the formation of a protective film on the wheel rim.
Acid-free, powerful additive concentration
• Protects rim surface and wheel bolts
• Even removes flash rust particles
• Simple and sparing to use
Aerosol can with pure air as propellant
• 360° application: Sprays in all positions
• Perfect spray finish
No flammable or harmful propellant gases
Product is not mixed with propellant
• Almost complete emptying
• Optimum protection of product
Safe
• Does not make any explosive vapour/air mixtures
• When applied correctly, does not impair/damage coalescence separators
9 • Chemical basis: Mixture of surfactants and selected complex compounds
• Colour: Yellow green
• AOX-free: Yes
• Free of phosphoric acid: Yes
Contents Container Shelf life from production Art. no.

400 ml Aerosol can 24 Month 0893 476 500
5l Canister 24 Month 0893 476 505
20 l Canister 24 Month 0893 476 520
200 l Canister 36 Month 0893 476 502

ning, external
ALUMINIUM WHEEL RIM CLEANER

Acidic special cleaner for light-alloy wheel rims
Contains phosphoric acid
Removes even the most stubborn brake dust deposits, as well as tar splashes and
other difficult to remove contamination
Economical to use
• Saves time and money
• If used regularly, the original appearance is restored. The build-up of new soiling is
prevented.
AOX and silicone-free
• Free of phosphoric acid: No
Contents Container Chemical basis Smell/fragrance Colour Art. no.

5l Canister Phosphoric acid - Light yellow 0890 102 105 9
500 ml Spray bottle Phosphoric acid, non- Characteristic Colourless 0890 102
ionic surfactants

ning, external
INTENSIVE WHEEL RIM CLEANER

For all painted and unpainted light metal wheel rims and steel wheel
rims
Excellent cleaning performance thanks to gel formula
• No run-off, allowing the product to take full effect
• Effectively loosens even the most stubborn contamination, e.g. brake lining abrasi-
on, bloom, tar, oil and road dirt
Acid-free
• Protects material and surface
• Especially suitable for polished and high-quality alloy rims
• Not a hazardous substance, safe for the user
User-friendly
• No run-off, hence economical to use
• Pleasant odour, not pungent
• Long exposure time possible (up to 30 minutes)
• Separates easily, i.e. separates quickly in the waste water in accordance with
Ö-Norm (Austrian standard) B5105
• Colour: Rosy
• AOX-free: Yes
Contents Container Chemical basis pH value/conditions Density/conditions Art. no.

1l Spray bottle Alkaline tenside 10/undiluted 1.14 g/cm³/at 20°C 0893 476
5l Canister Alkaline tenside 10/undiluted 1.14 g/cm³/at 20°C 0893 476 05
20 l Canister Water, soap and glycol - - 0893 476 20

ning, external
WHEEL RIM CLEANER PURPLE

For professional cleaning of steel and painted aluminium wheel rims.
Professional formulation
• Cleans even very dirty wheels without rubbing (in most cases)
Restoring and protective effect
• contains polymers that leave a glossy film after rinsing that slows the adhesion of
dirt and limits oxidation of the brake disc and surrounding parts
Economical
• Can be diluted up to 50% depending on how dirty the rims are
Acid-free and silicone-free
• Colour: Violet
• pH value / conditions: 13-14 / undiluted
Contents Art. no.

5l 0893 477 007
25 l 0893 477 008
200 l 0893 477 009
9
CLEANER ALUMAX
Highly concentrated alkaline cleaner.
Highly concentrated alkaline cleaner for rims, engines and chassis.
• Contents: 25 l
Art. no.
0893 472 1

ning, external
ALUMINIUM WHEEL RIM CLEANER

Special cleaning agent for removing heavy soiling on (aluminium)
rims and tiles, and for removing surface rust. Separates quickly and
easily.
Three areas of application
One cleaning product for three different applications. Depending on the dilution ratio,
suitable for rims, tiles and removing surface rust.
Suitable for machines
Can be used in high-pressure cleaners. For manual cleaning, a 500-ml
spray bottle is also available.
Product monitoring**
Easily biodegradable in accordance with OECD*. Does not compromise the effective-
ness of light fluid separators.
*OECD = Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development
• Chemical basis: Amidosulfonic acid
• Colour: Red
9
Contents Container pH value/conditions Art. no.
500 ml Spray bottle - 0893 026 500
25 l Canister <1/in concentrate 0893 026 025
RIM CLEANER CONSUMER LINE

Rim cleaner for painted and unpainted aluminium rims, light alumini-
um rims, steel rims and rim covers.
• Marking-free, neutral and material-friendly rim cleaner for painted and unpainted
aluminium rims, light aluminium rims, steel rims and rim covers
• Protects the rim surface, wheel nuts, brake calliper and brake discs
• The combination of active agents removes even the most stubborn dirt, such as
firmly adhering brake abrasion, road dirt, oil and rubber residues and surface rust
particles
• Excellent material compatibility
• No hazardous substances (not corrosive or irritant)
Art. no.
5861 900 009

ning, external
WHEEL RIM CLEANER NATURE

• AOX-free: Yes
Art. no.
0893 024 104
BLUE HIGH GLOSS DESICCANT

Liquid desiccant for use in vehicle car washes with air blowers
Facilitates rapid breakup of large areas of water film
• Water is largely removed from the vehicle surface before the blower is used
• Excellent drying 9
Creates an additional protective film
• Vehicle surface develops a smart shine
• Rainwater beads off
pH value in the concentrate: approx. 4
Free of mineral oil and hydrocarbons
Easily biodegradable in accordance with OECD.
OECD = Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development
• Contents: 25 l
• Chemical basis: Cationic surfactants
• Colour: Blue
• pH value: 4
• AOX-free: Yes
Art. no.
0893 025 5

ning, external
DRYING AID
Special desiccant for use in car washes with air blowers
Enables ultra-quick breaking of the water film
• Water is largely removed from the vehicle surface before the air blower is used
• Excellent drying
Creates a long-lasting protective film
• Vehicle develops a radiant shine
• Rainwater drips off
Free of phosphate and AOX
pH-value in the concentrate: approx. 4.5
Free of mineral oil and hydrocarbons
Easily biodegradable in accordance with OECD
OECD = Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
• Contents: 25 l
• Chemical basis: Water and wax
• Colour: Orange
• pH value: 4.5-5
9 Art. no.
0893 250 05
GLOSS DRYER FOR SPRAYING DEVICE

• Uniform drying after washing, does not leave marks
• Avoid contact with the vehicle interior and the vehicle’s ventilation system
• Colour: Yellow
• pH value: 2.5
Contents Art. no.

5l 0893 025 050
20 l 0893 025 020

ning, external
AUTO-DRYING PRODUCT, READY TO USE

For drying vehicles after washing without leaving a trace
Dispersant effect on water
• Creates a uniform film of water that dries evenly
Simple to use
• Use with our dose measurement system with its calibrated nozzle dilution adjust-
ment system
Leaves no streaks
• No manual intervention necessary after drying
No blower required
• Colour: Yellow
• pH value: 2.5
Contents Art. no.

25 l 0893 025 625
200 l 0893 025 650
INSECT REMOVER 9
Insect remover for car surfaces.
• Helps to clean insect residue that can damage the paint.
• Guaranteed high-quality, material-friendly and suitable for glass, chrome, paint and
plastic surfaces in the automotive sector.
• No hazardous substance (not corrosive or irritant).
Art. no.
5861 900 007

ning, external
INSECT REMOVER
With a special foam formula for fast and reliable removal of insect
residues on glass, chrome, paint and plastic surfaces
The effective, deep-action active foam formula removes even the
most stubborn and dried-on insect contamination quickly and
without damaging the surface.
Ideal for use before any car wash.
Also ideally suited for pre-treatment before cleaning in a car wash
Gentle on materials, does not attack paint, chrome, plastic, rubber
etc.
• pH value: 10
• AOX-free: Yes

500 ml Plastic bottle 0893 470 001
9 5l Canister 0893 470 002
20 l Canister 0893 470 003
POLYMER WAX REMOVER

Wax remover for vehicles
• Suitable for completely removing stubborn waxes
• Particularly suitable for new cars
• Ideal for cars frequently parked outside or that are particularly difficult to clean
High performance
• Leaves vehicles completely clean
• Rapidly dissolves waxes, oils, tar and grease on cars and in engine compartments
• Due to its low odour it can be used indoors and outdoors
• Does not expand seals and does not stain paint
De-waxing centres
• Easy to purify
• Compatible with any purification method
• The product does not create an emulsion with water and therefore it does not affect
the smooth operation of oil separators
• Contents: 25 l
• Colour: Clear
Art. no.
0890 131 010

ning, external
POLYMER WAX REMOVER CR

Specific for all models with chrome trim and anodised aluminium
Wax remover for vehicles
• Suitable for completely removing stubborn waxes
• Particularly suitable for new cars
• Ideal for cars frequently parked outside or that are particularly difficult to clean
High performance
• Leaves vehicles completely clean
• Rapidly dissolves waxes, oils, tar and grease on cars and in engine compartments
• Due to its low odour it can be used indoors and outdoors
• Does not expand seals and does not stain paint
De-waxing centres
• Easy to purify
• Compatible with any purification method
• The product does not create an emulsion with water and therefore it does not affect
the smooth operation of oil separators
• Contents: 25 l
• Colour: Clear
Art. no.
0890 131 020 9
PLASTIC PAINT PLAST PT®

For visual care of all plastic parts on a car
• Free from solvents
• High-quality, emulsion-based plastic paint
• Return faded plastic to look like new
• Easy to apply
• Apply in the sun
• Do not apply or store at temperatures below + 7°C
• Contents: 75 ml
• pH value: 8.0-9.0
Colour Shelf life from production Art. no.

Anthracite 5 Years 0893 280 2
Black 90 Month 0893 280 1

ning, external
TYRE POLISHER
• Does not leave visible residues on rims
• Polishes tyres and restores original colours
• Preserves tyres from cracking
• Quick-drying
• Application by brush or sponge
Contents Art. no.

5l 0890 270
750 ml 0890 270 1
9 TYRE GLOSS NATURE

• AOX-free: Yes
Art. no.
0890 121 010

ning, external
TYRE FOAM
High-quality care product for tyre walls
Cleans, cares, protects
• Simple application in one action, thereby saving time
• Repeated wiping is not required
• Ideal before placing tyres into storage
• Dust and dirt-repellent
• Does not attach paintwork, plastics, rubber or metals
Silk-matt gloss
• New tyre look
• Visually enhances, making it particularly suitable for demonstration vehicles
Optimum UV and ozone protection
• Does not whiten tyres
• Prevents brittling and cracks caused by age
Care foam
• Economical to use
• Forms a stable foam on the tyre, which runs off after sinking down
AOX and solvent-free
• Chemical basis: Alkaline surfactants, silicone oil
• Smell/fragrance: Characteristic 9
• Colour: White
• AOX-free: Yes
Art. no.
0890 121

ning, external
TYRE SPRAY, BLACK

Restores original appearance
• Product specifically designed to restore tyres
• Suitable for all rubber parts of vehicles
• Prevents hardening and cracking of surfaces treated
• Restores its original appearance, is quick drying and does not stain rims or wheel
covers
Art. no.
0890 900 003
BIKE POLISH
9 Restores the original shine to varnished, chrome and plastic bike parts
Forms an impermeable film
• Protects your bike quickly and effectively
Minimises the adhesion of mud, dust and other dirt
• Subsequent cleaning will be easier
Ideal for use with Würth bike cleaning agent
90% biodegradable
• Safe for the environment and the user
• Smell/fragrance: Coconut
• Colour: Light blue (bright blue)
Art. no.
0893 019 000

ning, external
SPRAY WAX, SUPER GLOSS

Innovative quick seal for new and well cared-for paint.
• Maximum mirror gloss in seconds
• Frees the varnish from light impurities, dust, fingerprints etc.
• Minimal time required
• Does not contain silicone oil
• Colour: Neon green
Contents Art. no.

500 ml 0893 021 500
5l 0893 021 5
DRY CLEANER CONSUMER LINE 9

Water-free cleaning for vehicle surfaces
• Easy Clean is a cleaner for water-free cleaning that works quickly and simply.
• Cleans surfaces without residue of light to medium contamination.
• The product provides long-lasting protection and produces brilliant results.
• No hazardous substances (not corrosive or irritant).
• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
5861 900 006

ning, external
SURFACE RUST REMOVER

For easy removal of surface rust on bodywork, sheet metal and steel,
iron and cast metal parts.
• Contains effective acids, surface-active agents and surfactants
• pH value (10%): 1.3
• AOX-free
• Silicone-free
• Transparent
• Contents: 5 l
• Chemical basis: Water and hydrochloric acid
Art. no.
0890 130
TAR REMOVER
9 Effortlessly removes tar, oil, and splashes of underbody seal and cavi-
ty sealant from paint and chrome
• Strong solvent for removing stubborn dirt
• Easy rinsing thanks to emulsifying effect
• AOX-free: Yes
Contents Container Chemical basis Density/conditions Shelf life from Art. no.
production/
conditions
300 ml Can Aliphatic hydrocarbon 0.749 g/cm³/at 20°C 36 Month/at 20°C 0890 26
5000 ml Canister Mineral oil 0.8 g/cm³/at 20°C 24 Month/at 20°C 0890 26 005

ning, external
BITUMEN STRIPPER
Latest generation tar remover
Bitumen stripper (traditional chemical- and plant-based)
• Kind to users
• Product not classed as flammable
Specially designed for cleaning equipment in contact with tar and
asphalt
• Penetrates deep into tar deposits to be removed
Instant, rinse-off cream
Compatible with all metals, many plastic materials and painted sur-
faces (fully cross-linked)
• Colour: Yellow transparent

200 l Barrel 0890 260 200
1000 l Container 0890 260 201
25 l Canister 0890 260 225
9
WATER-BASED TAR REMOVER
The water-based tar remover is a unique cleaner for customers who
want to use a product without hazardous material identification.
• Solvent-free
• Gently and effectively removes tar, oil and dirt with little effort
• Container: Plastic canister
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 24 Month / at > 0°C
Contents Chemical basis Art. no.

5l Docusate sodium 0890 260 505
20 l Water 0890 260 520

ning, external
BITUMEN RELEASE AGENT

• Contents: 25 l
• Colour: Yellow
Art. no.
0890 260 100
CLEANER, TARPAULIN
9 Tarpaulin cleaner for manual intensive cleaning of tarpaulins in the
commercial sector.
The Würth tarpaulin cleaner cleans heavily soiled tarpaulins quickly
and simply.
• Very high yield thanks to high concentration
• Removes waxes, oils and greases with ease
• Environmentally safe
• Highly alkaline cleaner
• pH value: 11.0 - 11.4
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 18 Month / at room temperature, in
the original container
The product complies with the European Detergents Regulation

- Regulation (EC) No. 648/2004. The product complies with the
German Washing and Cleaning Agents Act (WRMG) of 29 April
2007.
Contents Art. no.

30 l 0893 045 070
200 l 0893 045 300

ning, external
UNIVERSAL CLEANER TRUCK WASH

Alkaline universal cleaner for cleaning tarpaulin, attachments and
chassis on trucks, buses and construction machinery
Contains highly effective surfactants
Reliably removes stubborn dirt, such as grease, oil, dirt from the road, tar splashes
and rubber marks
Alkaline solution for excellent washing power and quick cleaning
Saves time and money due to short vehicle downtimes
Canister can be disposed of via DSD (German Dual System, „Grüner
Punkt“/“Green dot“)
Easy to dispose of once empty
Does not attack paints, plastics and metal parts
Biodegradable
Separates easily, so does not compromise the function of light liquid
separators in accordance with DIN 1999
• AOX-free: Yes
Contents Container Chemical basis Colour Density/conditions Art. no. 9

30 l Canister - - - 0893 038 020
200 l Barrel Water tenside Yellowish 1.04 g/cm³/at 20°C 0893 038 021

ning, external
SPECIAL POWER CLEANER

For removing incredibly stubborn dirt on commercial vehicles
Acid-based concentrate
For removal of the most stubborn dirt on construction site and utility trucks. Particularly
effective on mineral-based dirt such as cement and calcium deposits.
Quick-separating according to Austrian standard B 5105
Excellent cleaning power with a short application time (max. 5
minutes)
Time saved during cleaning, resulting in shorter vehicle downtimes.
Silicate-free
No streaks after cleaning.
AOX-free
pH value: 1.5 (100 g/l as an aqueous solution)
• Contents: 20 l
• Chemical basis: Concentrate on acid base
• pH value / conditions: 1.5 / 100 g/l aqueous solution
9 • AOX-free: Yes
Art. no.
0893 037 020

ning, external
VEHICLE CLEANER EXTRA STRONG ACTIVE FOAM

Truck shampoo with increased cleaning power for medium to heavy
soiling.
Effectively reduces time-consuming brushing if applied regularly
with up to 50% time savings per washing process
Highly effective cleaning
• Deep-action
• One-off application is sufficient
Silicate-free
No streaking after washing
Separates easily in accordance with German Ecological Standard
B5105
No wastewater problems
Empty containers can be disposed of via German Dual System
• Contents: 30 l
• Chemical basis: Amphoteric tenside
• AOX-free: Yes 9
Art. no.
0893 045 030
TWO-COMPONENT DETERGENT CARGOWASH 2

• An alkaline two-component cleaning agent with superior degreasing power, par-
ticularly suitable for removing dirt, grease, and smog deposits. Suitable for lorry
tarpaulins, engines, rims, machinery and industrial floors
• Low-viscosity liquid characterised by the presence of a double layer at rest. It
must be mixed in the container before mixing with water otherwise it loses its full
effectiveness
• Due its corrosive composition, it is suitable for use with stainless steel sprayers
• Strong production of foam
• Colour: Red, Yellow
Art. no.
0890 086
0890 086 5

ning, external
TWO-COMPONENT DETERGENT CARGOWASH EXTRA STRONG

• Super-concentrated alkaline two-component detergent with very high effectiveness,
recommended in all cases where maximum cleaning power is required. Suitable for
removing particularly stubborn dirt and grease from vehicles, lorry tarpaulins, engi-
nes, machinery and industrial floors
• Low-viscosity liquid characterised by the presence of a double layer at rest. It
must be mixed in the container before mixing with water otherwise it loses its full
effectiveness
• Due its corrosive composition, it is suitable for use with stainless steel sprayers
• Strong production of foam
• Colour: Red, Yellow
Art. no.
0890 087
ACID X-CLEAN
9 High-efficient special cleaner with shine effect
• Suitable for cleaning of organic and inorganic dirt
• Does not contain A and B substances
• Contents: 20 l
Art. no.
0890 102 099

ning, external
CARGO BASIC CLEANER

Special alkali cleaner for removing even the most difficult and stub-
born dirt from trucks, commercial vehicles and buses. Cargo Basic Cle-
aner is biodegradable and environmentally friendly.
• Cleans even the most difficult and stubborn dirt
• Fast application time
• Biodegradable
• Chemical basis: Trisodium phosphate
• AOX-free: Yes

30 l Canister 0893 036 030
200 l Barrel 0890 667 1
9
COMBINED CLEANER AND DEGREASER WITH VERY GOOD CLEANING PERFORMANCE
Very good cleaning performance, especially suitable for cold regions
This cleaning agent has been specifically developed for cold regions
• Ideally suited to washing and degreasing vehicles
• Very effective against asphalt, tar and salt
• Can be applied manually or by means of a dispensing system
• Does not attack paint, chrome or aluminium
• Chemical basis: Mixture of surfactants and selected complex compounds
• Phosphate-free: No
Contents Art. no.

25 l 0893 115 025
200 l 0893 115 200
1000 ml 0893 115 001

ning, external
WNC 60 BODYWORK CLEANING AGENT

Economical and versatile bodywork shampoo.
• Highly versatile and economical shampoo for fast, traditional cleaning of vehicles.
• Contains corrosion inhibitors that prevent paint discolouration.
• Eliminates static road film and leaves a glossy film.
• Colour: Yellow

200 l Barrel 0890 473
1000 l Canister 0890 473 1
9 TRUCK X CLEAN PLUS

An alkaline concentrate for pre-cleaning.
• Effective and rapid cleaning power
• Protects against limescale deposits
• Particularly high foaming power
• Assists with fast and spotless drying
• Extremely productive
• Colour: Violet

200 l - 0893 038 209
20 l - 0893 038 029
5l Canister 0893 048 005

ning, external
BODYWORK CLEANING AGENT WNC 40

Shampoo for frequent vehicle washing with manual intervention and
where the bodywork must be handled with special care
Manual application is recommended for maximum effectiveness
Specially formulated not to damage bodywork
• Ideal for frequent washing of vehicle fleets
• Perfectly adapted to washing new vehicles
• No risk to sensitive materials (chrome/aluminium trims etc.)
Improved shine
Excellent wetting action
• prevents the shampoo from drying too quickly on the vehicle body in hot weather
Environmentally friendly formula
NTA-free
• Kind to users – not harsh on the airways
Ecocube version available
• one 2.5 l ecocube is sufficient for preparing a 25 l canister of WNC 40 cleaner
• one 20 l ecocube is sufficient for preparing a 200 l drum of WNC 40 cleaner
• reduces the storage volume
• reduces the purchase price
9
Contents Art. no.
200 l 0890 470 1
2.5 l 0890 470 25
25 l 0890 470
20 l 0890 470 20
BODYWORK CLEANING AGENT WNC 50

Powerful shampoo for washing vehicles or boats without manual
intervention
Latest generation high-performance formula
• Powerful and fast washing without manual intervention
• Good tolerance with sensitive materials (if sensitive materials are present, observe a
max. dilution of 6%)
Eliminates road dirt, insects and traces of diesel
Improved shine
Excellent wetting action
• Prevents the shampoo from drying too quickly on the vehicle body in hot weather
NTA-free
• Kind to users – not harsh on the airways
Contents Shelf life from production Art. no.

200 l 12 Month 0890 471 1
5l 12 Month 0890 471 005
25 l 36 Month 0890 471

ning, external
VEHICLE CLEANER VEKK!

• Chemical basis: Mixture of distilled mineral oils
• Colour: Clear
• AOX-free: Yes
Contents Container Shelf life from production Art. no.

200 l Barrel 24 Month 0890 270 200
25 l Canister 12 Month 0890 270 113
9 VEHICLE CLEANER POWER XTREME

• Colour: Clear
• AOX-free: Yes
Contents Container Chemical basis Art. no.

25 l Can Mixture of distilled mineral oils 0890 270 110
200 l Barrel - 0890 270 111
BODYWORK CLEANER WNC 80

• Colour: Brown

2.5 l Politainer 0893 049 025
20 l Canister 0893 049 200

ning, external
BODYWORK CLEANER WNC 70


5l Canister 0893 048 500
25 l Canister 0893 048 025
200 l Barrel 0893 048 200
1000 l IBC container 0893 048 001
CLEANER AGRICULTURE
Acid-based cleaner for mineral dirt on agricultural equipment and
vehicles.
• Removes mineral dirt (copper, sulphur residues), corrosion, lime, cement, as well as
traces of grease and dirt.
• Restores shine on aluminium and stainless steel surfaces.
• pH value: <1
• Ratio of ingredients: 1:1 - 01:20 9
Contents Art. no.

5l 0893 035 555
20 l 0893 035 520
BICYCLE CLEANER, FRAME

Art. no.
5985 900 041

ning, external
BICYCLE CHAIN OIL

Art. no.
5985 900 045
BICYCLE CHAIN DEGREASER

Art. no.
9 5985 900 042
BICYCLE FRAME CARE

• Colour: White
Art. no.
5985 900 044
BICYCLE BRAKE CLEANER

Art. no.
5985 900 043

Technical chemicals / Cleaning agents and care products / Machinery
and parts cleaners
ASSEMBLY POWER CLEANER

Highly effective special cleaner containing solvents. NSF-certified
Ideal for the removal of oily, greasy, sooty, and lightly resinified dirt
Short flash-off time
• Fast cleaning with no residue
• Short downtime of the machine parts to be treated
• No second application required
• FKM and polymer seals do not swell.
• Causes no corrosion on metal surfaces such as iron, steel, stainless steel, aluminium,
brass
Spray head with direct jet
Targeted and effective cleaning of contaminated parts
Acetone-, AOX- and silicon-free
• Contents: 0.5 l
NSF K1 registered (no.: 150705, 150706), complies with require-
ments of USDA K1.
Art. no.
9
0890 107
MULTI KRAFT STRONG ASSEMBLY CLEANER

Multi-power cleaner with high material compatibility
• Fast flash-off behaviour and excellent cleaning performance
• Fast and efficient removal of oily and greasy residues, soot, brake dust etc.
• AOX and silicone-free
Art. no.
0890 108 8

and parts cleaners
DEGREASER
Powerful degreaser for all applications involving mechanical parts.
For cleaning dirt from all mechanical parts, e.g.:
• grease, lubricant or fuel residues, e.g. on chains, clutches, disc brakes, cardan
shafts and spare parts prior to installation
Art. no.
0890 108 9
PART CLEANERS
9
• With a cleaning tray for use in warm water
• Removes dirt
• Leaves a corrosion protection layer
• Compatible with copper, zinc, brass and other metals and alloys
• Contents: 25 l
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 36 Month / at > 0°C
Art. no.
0893 170 026

and parts cleaners
LU CLEANER ALL PURPOSE

LU Cleaner is particularly well suited for cleaning brakes.
It loosens dirt, grease, oils, paint, resins, adhesives and
asphalt.
It is also suitabl for cleaning brake componenets such as brake
pads and brake shoes.
Contents Colour Chemical basis Shelf life from Art. no.

production/conditions
5l Colourless - 24 Month/at 15°C to 25°C 0890 108 5
1000 l Clear Naphtha 24 Month/at 10°C to 20°C 0890 109 100
500 ml Clear Mineral oil 24 Month/at 10°C to 20°C 0890 108
9
FORKLIFT CLEANER
Especially formulated for heavy-duty cleaning and degreasing of
most surfaces on forklifts during maintenance
Special formulation to deeply penetrate stubborn grease and dirt
Fast and effective removal of soot, grease, industrial dust and oily residues on forklifts
Compatible with most common metallic surfaces
Flashes off leaving surface clean, dry and free from residue
Acetone free
area, 5°C to 25°C
Art. no.
0890 108 707

and parts cleaners
METAL CLEANER 7063

Special cleaner for pre-cleaning in connection with anaerobic adhesi-
ve applications such as screw and bearing locking, surface and pipe
sealant
• Removes greases, oils, dust and other contaminants from metallic surfaces reliably
and without leaving residues
• Rapidly evaporating solvent, combined with a strong jet for optimally clean surfaces
• Optimum preparation for bonding tasks
Can also be used to remove adhesive and sealant residues.
Art. no.
0890 107 063
W POWER DEGREASER
9 Multi-purpose quick-dry degreaser
• Dry and powerful degreaser
• Doesn‘t leave marks
• Non-corrosive
• Acid and silicone-free
area, 5°C to 25°C
Contents Art. no.

5l 0890 118 5
500 ml 0890 118

and parts cleaners
CLEANING AGENT RAPID CLEANER

Concentrated multi-purpose cleaner with very good grease and oil
dissolving power in 200 litre disposable drum
• Contents: 200 l
Art. no.
0995 2
ENGINE CLEANER ENGINE WASH

Powerful engine cleaner for engines, engine compartments and gear-
9
boxes
Good cleaning performance
• Quickly and thoroughly removes oil, grease and other dirt
• The cleaner adheres to vertical surfaces due to its viscosity, penetrates the dirt and
loosens it to optimal effect
Gentle on materials
Sensitive surfaces such as aluminium, tin and zinc as well as painted surfaces, plastics
and rubber are not attacked due to the lack of aggressive substances.
Fast separation in accordance with the Austrian standard test B 5105
Oily/greasy dirt is not emulsified, but is penetrated and separated. The resulting was-
tewater can therefore be separated via the light-oil separator.
Does not contain AOX compounds or organic solvents
No phosphates or complex compounds
Silicone-free
• Smell/fragrance: Fresh
• pH value: 8.5
Contents Art. no.

200 l 0893 013 200
5l 0893 013 05
20 l 0893 013 20

and parts cleaners
UNIVERSAL ENGINE CLEANING DETERGENT

Water-based, high degreasing and cleaning power
• Quickly removes dirt, oily film, grease, oil and dust from plastic and ceramic surfa-
ces (tiles, cement, marble, etc.) and any metal surface (iron, steel, stainless steel,
aluminium etc.)
• Does not damage painted surfaces, rubber parts or plexiglass
• It is a low foam product, rinses quickly and does not leave scratches, stains or depo-
sits on surfaces
• Suitable for both manual use and for water cleaning/scrubber machines
• Contents: 5 l
Container pH value Art. no.

Plastic canister 10.5-11.5 0893 013 105
Canister - 0893 013 750
PENETRATING OIL FOR INJECTORS

Foaming penetrating oil which dissolves carbon deposits to unblock
injectors
9
Powerful foaming penetrating oil
• Degreases
• Dissolves carbon deposits
• Unblocks injectors
• pH value: 10
Art. no.
0893 034 9

and parts cleaners
ENGINE AND PARTS CLEANER

For general cleaning of the engine and all its components without
damage to the rubber parts or cables.
• Degreases local areas in the engine
• Simple visualisation of mechanical problems
• Special valve can be used in any position
• A single product for degreasing all common types of dirt on an engine
pH value Art. no.

- 0893 034 6
12-14 0893 034 7
CLEANER INDUSTRY CLEAN 9

High-quality special cleaner for removing adhesive tape residue,
labels and film stickers as well as stubborn dirt. NSF-certified
Effective
• Easy removal of adhesive residues, labels and adhesive tapes
• Stubborn dirt such as wax, rubber abrasion, silicone residues, permanent marker,
oil and grease are loosened
Gentle on materials, delicate surfaces such as aluminium, brass and
stainless steel are not damaged
User-friendly
• No unpleasant odours for users and the environment.
• Fast and effective cleaning.
Acetone-, silicone- and AOX-free
• Chemical basis: Special benzine with D-limonene
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 24 Month / below 25°C
NSF registered, class K3, reg. no. 149620, 149621
Contents Art. no.

150 ml 0893 140 015
5l 0893 140 05
500 ml 0893 140

and parts cleaners
STICKER-EX
Gel-form cleaner with citrus fragrance
• Straightforward removal of adhesive residues, labels and adhesive tape
• The adhesive effect of the gel allows a significantly longer application time for the
solvent, resulting in improved cleaning performance compared to liquid cleaners
• Viscosity/consistency: Gel
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 24 Month / frost-free storage area
Art. no.
0893 140 505
BRAKE CLEANER
9 For cleaning and degreasing during maintenance and repair work
Fast flash-off behaviour and excellent cleaning performance
• Fast and effective removal of soot, grease, brake dust and oily residues
Acetone-free
Good material compatibility with paints, plastics, seals and rubber
AOX-free and silicone-free
Contents Container Smell/fragrance Chemical basis Art. no.

3l - Characteristic Mineral oil 0890 108 713
5l Canister - Mixture of surfactants and 0893 118 005
selected complex compounds
600 ml Aerosol can Solvent-like Naphtha 0890 108 766
0.75 l Aerosol can Solvent-like Naphtha 0890 108 711
1000 ml Bottle - Naphtha 0890 108 100
25 l Canister - Hydrocarbons 0890 108 725
500 ml Aerosol can Solvent-like Naphtha 0890 108 7
5l Canister Characteristic Naphtha 0890 108 715
20 l Canister Characteristic Naphtha 0890 108 716
20 l Canister Characteristic Naphtha 0890 108 720
60 l Barrel Characteristic Naphtha 0890 108 760

and parts cleaners
UNI RAPID BRAKE CLEANER

For cleaning and degreasing during maintenance and repair work.
Acetone-free
Good material compatibility with paints, plastics, seals and rubber
AOX-free and silicone-free
Art. no.
0890 117
BRAKE CLEANER PLUS

For cleaning and degreasing during maintenance and repair work
9
Overhead valve for 360° application
High material compatibility with paints, plastics, seals and rubber
Acetone-free
Contents Container Smell/fragrance Chemical basis Art. no.

- - - - 0890 108 710
0.75 l Aerosol can Solvent-like Naphtha 0890 108 712
500 ml Aerosol can - Naphtha 0890 108 10
- - - - 0890 108 71

and parts cleaners
BRAKE CLEANER RAPID DEGREASER

Special cleaner for rapid degreasing of metallic surfaces.
Cleans quickly and without leaving a residue
Greasy residues and oils are removed cleanly.
Compatible with most materials
Does not attack unpainted surfaces such as aluminium, copper or metallic surfaces.
600 ml container
Large container guarantees rapid work.
• Container: Can
Art. no.
0890 107 600
INDUSTRIAL BRAKE CLEANER

9
• For cleaning and degreasing during maintenance and repair work
• Rapid flash-off behaviour and high cleaning performance
• Brake cleaner is acetone-free, high material compatibility with paints, plastics, seals
and rubber
Art. no.
0890 108 2

and parts cleaners
BRAKE AND CHAIN CLEANER BIKE LINE

Cleans brake components and drive chains
Cleans brake components
• Can be used on brake discs, drums and calipers to remove brake dust, oil and dirt
• Fully evaporates leaving a dry surface
Cleans drive chains
• An essential product to be used before lubricating the chain to prevent dirt from
penetrating the links
• Extends the service life of the chain
Art. no.
0893 014 21
BLACK EDITION BRAKE CLEANER

For cleaning and degreasing during maintenance and repair work.
9
Fast evaporation
Acetone-free
• Suitable for use on paint, plastic, seals and rubber
AOX- and silicone-free
Contents Art. no.

600 ml 5988 108 766
500 ml 5988 000 355

Technical chemicals / Cleaning agents and care products / Building and
domestic cleaners
DEODORISER
Neutralises unpleasant odours in textiles
Suitable for virtually all textiles
• Leaves behind no residues
• Spots do not form
• Colourless
Specially selected combination of raw materials
• Quick-acting and permanent
• Odour molecules are not just masked as with air fresheners, but are completely eli-
minated naturally
Fine-mist manual spray bottle
• Uniform fine wetting of the entire surface without it becoming too wet
• Very quick drying time
• Quick to apply
AOX-free
Contents Container Smell/fragrance Chemical basis pH value/conditions Art. no.

200 l - - - - 0893 139 200
500 ml Spray bottle Perfumed Water, soap and glycol 7/at 20°C 0893 139 20
5000 ml Canister Perfumed Water, soap and glycol 7/at 20°C 0893 139 205
9 10 l Canister - Water tenside - 0893 139 202
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SANITISING CLEANING SPRAY

Sanitising treatment eliminates odours with hydroalcoholic solution
• Its multifunctional action cleans, sanitises, eliminates unpleasant odours and relea-
ses a pleasant scent inside the passenger compartment of cars, trucks, camper vans,
public transport vehicles and environments in general
• It eliminates unpleasant odours emanating from the air conditioning system
• Cleans and sanitises surfaces that you come into contact with inside the passenger
compartment on a daily basis
• Can be used on seats, mats, steering wheel, gear lever, door interior, pollen filter
etc.
Art. no.
0890 900 008

domestic cleaners
SANITISER OVER
Car care product
• Can be used in the case of bad odours. Neutralises all odours on seats, rugs
and curtains caused by cigarette smoke, perspiration, animals and mould. The
odour molecules are not merely covered by fragrant substances but are absorbed
naturally
• Neutralises odours due to car air conditioning systems
• Can also be used in cold rooms where bad odours are persistent; no corrosive
effect
• Colourless, does not leave any traces on fabrics, does not discolour metals, PVC,
wood or plastics
• The product can be sprayed directly on the source of the bad odour or freely in the
air
• Chemical basis: Butane/propane
Art. no.
0890 261
9
QUICK FRESH PURE WITHOUT BIOCIDE
Offers a pleasant fresh fragrance
Eliminates unpleasant odours that occur in the ventilation ducts of
air-conditioning units and in vehicle interiors
• Container: Can
• Smell/fragrance: Fresh
Art. no.
0893 764 652

domestic cleaners
DEODORISER QUICK FRESH TURBO

For effectively controlling interior odours
• One-shot application
• Chargeable unit – one can for one application
• Contents: 40 ml
• Container: Aerosol can in a display box
• Chemical basis: Perfume oil composition, ethanol, LPG
Art. no.
0893 764 640
BIOCIDE-FREE DEODORISER
For effectively combating interior odours
9
• Removes impurities
• Leaves behind a pleasant fresh scent.
• Particularly suitable for closed vehicles of any type
• Chemical basis: Propane
Contents Art. no.

400 ml 0893 764 680
100 ml 0893 764 660

domestic cleaners
PROTECTION AGAINST MARTENS/RODENTS

Keeps martens and rodents away from cables, pipes, plastic or rub-
ber parts and electrical systems of homes and vehicles
The product coats the entire surface with a sticky film that repels
martens and rodents
Easy and quick to use
• spray on the areas to be treated coating all sides
• suitable for both internal and external use
Effectiveness
• once dry, the product acts as an invisible fence
• prevents damage on plastic and rubber components
Art. no.
0892 077 150
EC200
9
Universal power cleaner
• Alkaline surface cleaner
• Can be used as a slightly foaming or aqueous cleaner
• Ready-to-use product
• Suitable for surfaces made of stainless steel, steel, tiles
• Extremely high dissolving capacity, the alternative to petroleum and solvents
• Removes even the toughest burnt-in contaminants, fats, oils, smoke, rubber residues,
bitumen and wax residues, nicotine, smoke, soot
• Based on entirely renewable raw materials/natural active ingredients
• Universal use: for hand spray systems, hot water part cleaners, high pressure and
ultrasonic devices, can be used foaming or immersing
• NSF (C1) licensed
• VOC-free and solvent-free
• Smell/fragrance: Apple

500 ml Spray bottle 0893 117 136
5l Canister 0893 117 140
20 l Canister 0893 117 141
200 l Barrel 0893 117 142

domestic cleaners
EC100
Residue-free cleaner
• Eco-friendly surface cleaner, ideally suited for most surfaces such as glass, tiles,
painted surfaces, plastic, wood, mirrors, aluminium, non-ferrous base metals, stain-
less steel, steel, rubber, zinc-plated surfaces
• Removes dust, fingerprints, light oil and grease contamination, felt markers, fresh
glue residue etc.
• Water-based product. No warning symbols on the label
• High activity and low consumption/1 to 2 ml per spray
• Can be used before painting, gluing, labelling and coating processes and as a resi-
due-free coolant for sawing and drilling aluminium
• Fast-drying
• Surfactant-free
• Leaves behind no residues
• Ready-to-use product. Easy and safe to use, simply spray and wipe
• NSF (A1) licensed
• VOC content below 20 percent
9
20 l Canister 0893 117 146
5l Canister 0893 117 145

domestic cleaners
EC300
High-performance degreaser. Removes stubborn fats, bitumen, silico-
ne, sealants and similar contaminants
• Solvent-containing surface cleaner based on renewable raw materials
• Suitable for cleaning aluminium, non-ferrous base metals, stainless steel, steel, tiles,
zinc-plated surfaces
• Excellent alternative to VOC-containing and/or irritant solvents
• Ready-to-use product, simply spray and wipe
• Removes even the most extreme contamination, such as oils and fats, tar, lubricants,
corrosion protection waxes, resins, rubber residues and abrasion as well as paint
residues
• Removes burnt-in oil layers from gears and motors
• Does not contain any hazardous ingredients and evaporates more slowly than con-
ventional solvents
• Manual and immersive application
• NSF (K3) licensed
• VOC content below 20 percent
9
5l Canister 0893 117 143
20 l Canister 0893 117 144
200 Gallon(US) Barrel 0893 117 147
HYGIENE CLEANER
Art. no.
0890 600 311

domestic cleaners
SANITARY POWER CLEANER

The acidic sanitary maintenance cleaner removes dirt from acid-re-
sistant surfaces
• Powerful cleaner for removing stubborn dirt such as lime, soap residue, fat and
urine scale
• Has a deodorising effect
• Cost-effective to use
• Leaves a pleasant, hygienic fresh scent
• Particularly effective for deposits of limestone and urine scale
• Contents: 1 l
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 36 Month / frost-free storage area
Art. no.
0893 117 013
MOSS AND ALGAE REMOVER

9
Long-lasting and effective cleaner of moss and algae.
• Contains only biodegradable substances
• Suitable for effective, long-lasting removal of moss and algae on different surfaces
• Contents: 5 l
• pH value: 7.0-8.0
Art. no.
0893 117 300

domestic cleaners
CONCRETE CLEANER
Concrete hydrochloric acid-based cleaner.
The concrete cleaner removes limescale and concrete residue quickly
and simply.
• Chemical basis: Hydrochloric acid
• Colour: Red
• Conditions for pH value: in concentrate
• Conditions to maintain shelf life from production: cool, dry and frost-free
storage area
• Contents: 25 l
• Density: 1100 kg/m³
• Density conditions: at 20°C, 50% relative humidity
• pH value: 1
• Shelf life from production: 3 Years
Art. no.
0893 117 302
9
WORKSHOP CLEANER
Powerful, environmentally friendly cleaner in the neutral pH range
with extremely high dirt removal power for floors, machinery and
plants.
• Oily/greasy dirt is not emulsified, but is penetrated and separated
• Especially gentle on the skin
• Can be used on all standard surfaces
• Biodegradable > 95%
• Contains no organic solvents
• No phosphate or phosphate compounds
• Heavy metals do not move in bodies of water
• Fast-separating in wastewater in accordance with German Ecological Standard
Test B 5105
• Colour: Green
• AOX-free: Yes
Contents Art. no.

5l 0893 124
20 l 0893 124 1

domestic cleaners
WORKSHOP CLEANER BMF

Environmentally friendly cleaning agent for workshops, machinery
and vehicles
• No phosphates, solvents and corrosive substances
• Extremely biodegradable
• Can be used mechanically, manually or in high-pressure units
• Powerful at dissolving grease but is still mild and gentle on materials
• Does not attack paints, rubber or plastics
Test B 5105
• pH value: 9.4
• Silicone-free
• AOX-free
• Colour: Luminous yellow
Contents Container AOX-free Silicone-free Bio-degradable Art. no.

200 l Plastic barrel Yes Yes Yes 0893 118 501
9 1000 l Barrel Yes Yes Yes 0893 118 300
5l Canister Yes Yes Yes 0893 118 2
20 l Canister Yes Yes Yes 0893 118 3
1l Bottle - - - 0893 118 255
WORKSHOP CLEANER BMF TROPIC

BMF workshop cleaner specially designed for warm regions
• No phosphates, solvents or corrosive substances
• Extremely biodegradable
• Can be used mechanically, manually or in high-pressure devices
• Powerful at dissolving greases, yet mild and gentle on materials
Test B 5105
• pH value: 9.4
• Silicone-free
• AOX-free
• Contents: 5 l
• Colour: Luminous yellow
• AOX-free: Yes
Art. no.
0893 118 825

domestic cleaners
DISINFECTANT CLEANER
Disinfectant cleaner concentrate
• Concentrate with dilution 1:100 use
• Acts against bacteria, microbacteria, fungicidal and various viruses
• Sustainable antimicrobial effect up to 10 days (tested according to ASTM E 2180)
• Specially for clinics, Medical practices, ReHas, retirement homes and other areas
where long lasting and efficient hygiene is required
• Contents: 1 l
• Chemical basis: Alcohol
Art. no.
0893 117 527
FLOOR CLEANER RUBBER CLEANER

Non-slip cleaning and care product for all flexible and rigid unpainted
rubber and plastic parts.
Properties:
• Anti-slip 9
• Low foam
• Material preserving
• Dries without steaks
• Silicone-free
• Cleans and protects in one action
• Produces a silky sheen
• Contents: 10 l
Art. no.
0893 027 010

domestic cleaners
LAMINATE CLEANER
Non-foaming product ideal for cleaning laminated and melamine
surfaces
Economical
• Highly concentrated, water-dilutable
Pleasant fragrance
Contents Art. no.

1l 0890 280 1
5l 0890 280 105
9 FLOOR CLEAN HD
Highly alkaline cleaning product with low foaming properties for
removal of stubborn dirt in the form of oil residues, soot, grease,
wheel marks on industrial floors or for regular cleaning of tile, plastic
or vinyl floors.
Does not contain A and B substances

20 l Canister 0893 117 225
200 l Barrel 0893 117 226

domestic cleaners
DRAIN PIPE CLEANER LIQUID DRAIN PIPE CLEANER

Easily, quickly and reliably eliminates blockages and bad smells from
drains.
• With this liquid drain pipe cleaner, organic materials such as hair, fat, leftover food,
etc. are chemically broken down and washed away.
• The drain pipe cleaner does not attack metals (except aluminium and zinc), glass or
porcelain.
• If using on enamel, dilute the drain pipe cleaner separately beforehand and wipe
off any residue immediately after application, as otherwise the enamel can become
dull.
• With regular use, the drain pipe cleaner prevents clogging and unpleasant odours.
• pH value: 12.5
Art. no.
0893 039 1
DRAIN PIPE CLEANER HARD

9
• Chemical basis: Sulphuric acid
Contents Art. no.

1l 0893 790 004
500 ml 0893 790 003

Technical chemicals / Cleaning agents and care products / Disinfectants
AIR CONDITIONING DISINFECTION QUICK FRESH ACTIVE

For quick and effective removal of odours and bacteria in indoor and
vehicle air conditioning systems
• The air-conditioning unit cleaner is reliable at fighting unpleasant odours caused by
bacteria in the air ducts of air-conditioning units and in vehicle interiors
• Antibacterial silver ions prevent further odour with their disinfecting effect
User-friendly
• Disinfectant effect by antibacterial silver ions
• Long-lasting fresh scent
• No laborious disassembly work on the evaporator and interior
• No additional manual for specific work steps required
• Effectiveness confirmed independently
• Easy to use
• Chemical basis: Water and alcohol
• Density: 0.77 g/ml
Art. no.
9 0893 764 650
EVAPO® CLEAN VEHICLE A/C CLEANER

Hygienic vehicle air-conditioner cleaning agent dispensed by an ultra-
sonic misting device (EVAPOmat®)
Effectively eliminates and prevents offensive odours and allergic
reactions caused by bacteria and fungi from occurring.
• Chemical basis: Water and cationic polymer

100 ml 100 g 0893 139 2
1000 ml 1000 mg 0893 139 101

EVAPO® VEHICLE A/C CLEANER FRESH

Fast-acting odour absorber for use in the EVAPO® mat system.
Reliable odour elimination
• The aerosol is ideal for reaching hard-to-reach areas
• Does not leave any traces behind on windows or interior
• 100 ml is sufficient for one application
• Diffuses a pleasant, fresh citrus scent

100 ml 100 g 0893 139 3
1000 ml 1000 g 0893 139 100

NEWTROL A/C
Specially developed product to deodorise and freshen the air conditi-
oning system.
Eliminates odours
Quickly clears and eliminates odours from the air conditioning system and vehicle
interior.
Wide diffusion aerosol
The product is more efficient and diffuses better in inaccessible areas.
Equipped with a special 360° valve
Use in any position.
Dual effect diffuser
Partial or complete product application.
Very efficient and easy to use
Can be used inside the vehicle in closed recirculation or outside (at the passenger
compartment air filter inlet).
Mist-type application
Does not deteriorate electrical components. Different from other liquid products.
One can per use
Product discharges completely.
Use externally at the passenger compartment air filter intake
9 A professional, economical solution.
Better tolerated by vehicle occupants.
• Chemical basis: Propane
• Density: 0.6 g/ml
Art. no.
0893 764 670

EVAPO® VEHICLE AIR CONDITIONER CLEANER PURE

Hygienic vehicle air-conditioner cleaner dispensed by an ultrasonic
misting device (EVAPOmat®).
• Innovative cleaning system using a fine aerosol.
• Effectively eliminates unwelcoming odours.
• Guarantees the easiest and fastest application possible.
• The aerosol effectively penetrates the evaporator fins and vehicle air ducts, making
it highly effective.
• Preventive and regular application (one to two times a year) is required to keep
air-conditioning units permanently free from odours.

100 ml 100 g 0893 139 103
1000 ml 1000 g 0893 139 102
VEHICLE AIR-CONDITIONER CLEANER QUICK FRESH ACTIVE PLUS 9

• Chemical basis: Water and ethanol
Art. no.
0893 764 654
HAND DISINFECTION
For efficient removal of bacteria from the skin
Efficient disinfection
• Removes bacteria
Easy to apply
• Disinfection gel
Does not dehydrate the skin
• Moisturizing effect
• Contents: 50 ml
• pH value / conditions: 6.0-7.5 / neutral
Art. no.
0893 955 800

DISINFECTANT GEL
Hand disinfectant gel in a 1000-ml bottle. For washroom dispensers
0891900502 and 0891900503
Comprehensively effective against bacteria, fungi and enveloped
viruses
Limited virus-inactivating capability after 15 sec.
Hygienic hand disinfection in 30 sec.
Full virus-inactivating capability after 60 sec.
• High-proof ethanol base
• Skin-friendly (dermatologically tested)
• HACCP-compliant — suitable for use in the food industry
• VAH-listed
• Bactericide (incl. MRSA)
• Tuberculocide
• Yeasticide (C. albicans)
• Virucidal to a limited degree (corona-/polio-/adeno-/noroviruses)
• Smell/fragrance: Product-typical
Art. no.
0890 600 300

DISINFECTANT GEL
The hand disinfectant gel is practical for on-the-go use. The small, com-
pact design fits in any pocket.
• Comprehensively effective against bacteria, fungi and enveloped viruses
• Limited virus-inactivating capability after 15 sec.
• Hygienic hand disinfection in 30 sec.
• Full virus-inactivating capability after 60 sec.
• High-proof ethanol base
• Skin-friendly (dermatologically tested)
• HACCP-compliant — suitable for use in the food industry
• VAH-listed
• Bactericide (including. MRSA)
• Tuberculocide
• Yeasticide (C. albicans)
• Virucidal to a limited degree (corona/polio/adeno/noroviruses)
• pH value / conditions: 8 / undiluted 9
Art. no.
0890 600 301
ANTIBACTERIAL HAND SANITISER GEL

Antibacterial hand sanitiser gel in a 1000ml bottle. For use in the SKIN
dispenser system.
Wurth Antibacterial Hand Sanitiser kills 99.9% of bacteria. pH value:
8 (undiluted).
Art. no.
0890 600 318

DISINFECTANT WIPES
Disinfectant wipes for non-porous surfaces. Effective against viruses,
bacteria and yeast.
The disinfectant wipes are suitable for disinfecting non-porous surfaces.
The disinfectant wipes meet various EN standards for effectiveness against
micro-organisms such as escherichia coli, staphylococcus aureus, salmonellae,
HBC, HCV and candida albicans.
Art. no.
9501 006 860
DEODORISING DISINFECTANT GERMODIS SPRAY

• It quickly eliminates fungi, bacteria and allergens, acting directly on the micro-orga-
nisms responsible for forming unpleasant odours by fighting organic fermentations
that generate unpleasant odours and thereby has an effective deodorising action.
Thanks to the special formulation that does not wet, it leaves no residues and does
not damage fabrics and materials
9
Germodis spray, medical surgical device

Italian Ministry of Health registration no. 19,327, it has bacte-
ricidal and fungicidal properties in accordance with European
standards:
EN1276 (basic bactericidal activity)
EN13697 (bactericidal activity on surfaces)
EN1275 (fungicidal activity)
Art. no.
0893 764 750

SANITISER MULTISAN D 80
Sanitiser for cleaning and disinfecting the hands. Dermatologically
tested.
• Ready for use for cleaning and disinfecting the hands
• Tested against micro-organisms
• Active substances are listed in accordance with EN 1062/2014
• Compliant with PN-EN 1276/2010 standard
• The dermatological report complies with EN 1223/2009 for cosmetic products
Contents Art. no.

1l 0890 600 316
5l 0890 600 306
SANITISER MULTISAN 80 9
Universal sanitiser for cleaning and disinfecting surfaces.
• Ready for use for cleaning and disinfecting surfaces
• Tested as surface sanitiser against micro-organisms
• Compliant with PN-EN 1276/2010 standards
Contents Art. no.

1l 0890 600 308
5l 0890 600 309
500 ml 0890 600 317

SANITISER QUICK & CLEAN

Universal sanitiser for cleaning and disinfecting surfaces and hands.
Dermatologically tested.
• Ready for use for cleaning and disinfecting hands and surfaces
• Tested as surface sanitiser against micro-organisms
• Compliant with PN-EN 1276/2010 standards
• The dermatological report complies with EN 1223/2009 for cosmetic products
• Colour: Transparent, whitish
Art. no.
0890 600 307
GERMICIDAL DISINFECTANT LEMON

9 With antibacterial and fungicide action
Disinfectant action
• This product is recommended for quick disinfection of rooms
• Guarantees safe, hygienic and sanitary conditions and eliminates unwanted germs
• The product also acts as an active deodorant with a pleasant scent
• Disinfects air-conditioning system filters
• There is no moisture and it does not damage fabrics or materials
For cars
• Has an effective germicidal and disinfectant action in the passenger compartment,
as the spray fills the entire space, even difficult-to-reach areas (e.g. corners, grooves
etc.) where micro-organisms easily settle and multiply
• Also effectively disinfects air-conditioning systems in cars, eliminating the bacterial
load of mould
Art. no.
0893 764 5

GERMICIDAL DISINFECTANT POLAR ICE

With antibacterial and fungicide action
Disinfectant action
• This product is recommended for quick disinfection of rooms
• Guarantees safe, hygienic and sanitary conditions and eliminates unwanted germs
• The product also acts as an active deodorant with a pleasant scent
• Disinfects air-conditioning system filters
• No moisture, does not damage fabrics or materials
For cars
• Has an effective germicidal disinfectant action in the passenger compartment, as
the spray fills the space reaching all areas, even difficult ones (corners, grooves,
etc.) where micro-organisms easily settle and multiply
• Disinfects car air-conditioning system, eliminating the bacterial load of mould
For rooms
• Disinfects a 30 m3 room in a single action
• A valid, practical solution to the problem of unpleasant odours
• Ideal for hotels, conference rooms, campsites, mobile homes, thermohydraulics,
food and agricultural industries (HACCP), cleaning companies, bars and restau-
rants, gyms, beauty centres, public pools, schools and nurseries, private homes,
offices, cable cars etc.
9
Art. no.
0892 764 065
ANTI-STATIC PLASTIC CLEANER TYPE 20

Non-corrosive cleaning agent with antistatic agent for various plastics
and powder-painted and metallic surfaces
• Anti-static – effectively prevents the rapid re-soiling of surfaces
• Quick-drying cleaner
• Free of chlorinated hydrocarbons and aromatic compounds
• Container: Can
Art. no.
0892 100 11

Technical chemicals / Cleaning agents and care products / Plastic clea-
ning and care
PLASTIC CLEANER TYPE 10

Slightly softening cleaning agent for profiles in white rigid PVC in pla-
stic window construction
• Container: Can
• Chemical basis: Monocarboxylic acid esters
Art. no.
0892 100 10
PVC/ALUMINIUM PLASTIC CLEANER

9
Cleans PVC and aluminium surfaces of dirt, fat residues and traces
of surface oxidations. Generates a renewal effect by lending the
surface a glossy appearance. Non-corrosive, not harmful to painted
surfaces and plastic materials.
• Does not affect paint
• Silicone-free
• Anti-static properties
• No foam residues
• Chemical basis: Mix of alcohols
Art. no.
0892 200 870

ning and care
PVC CLEANER
PVC cleaner
• Promotes better adhesion of the PVC bonding gel
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
0890 600 842
CLEANING PRODUCT FOR PVC PIPES

Special cleaning solvent for rigid PVC pipes.
9
Advantages
• Guarantees perfect bonding in conjunction with PVC adhesive
• Degreaser
• Acts as a cold chemical welder on PVC
• Does not corrode rigid PVC
• Chemical basis: Acetone
Contents Art. no.

500 ml 0892 100 103
1000 ml 0892 100 104

ning and care
PLASTIC CARE
High-quality care wax for all outdoor plastic and rubber parts
Excellent colour refreshing and silk-matt gloss
• Ideal for matt, whitened plastic parts
• Well-kept appearance, looks good as new
Provide permanent care and protection against environmental
influences
• Plastic and rubber parts remain supple
• Protects against material brittling and whitening
• Water and dirt-repellent
Care wax
• High yield, economical to use
• Simple, targeted use
• No run-off in rain
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
9 0893 477
STAINLESS STEEL CARE OIL

Quick visual enhancement of metallic surfaces
Quick and easy application
Removes light soiling, dust, cleaning marks and greasy finger prints
Gentle and protective oil
• Produces an even, glossy surface
• Water-repellent protective film prevents surface from becoming resoiled
NSF = internationally recognised organisation for the supervision
and registration of products used in the food industry
Can be used in food-processing operations such as commercial kitchens, cafeterias,
abattoirs etc.
• Colour: Grey
• AOX-free: Yes
NSF A7 registered (no.: 152466), corresponds to A7
requirements. • Silicone-free: Yes
Art. no.
0893 121 0

Technical chemicals / Cleaning agents and care products / Metal clea-
ners and care products
STAINLESS STEEL CARE SPRAY

Cleaning care emulsion for metallic surfaces
Nurturing, creamy emulsion with cleaning effect
• Dirt, cleaning and wiping marks and greasy, oily finger prints are thoroughly
removed
• Can be used on vertical surfaces
• Chemical basis: Medic white oil with synthetic oils
• Colour: White
• pH value: 10.2
• AOX-free: Yes
Art. no.
0893 121
METAL POLISH METAL POLISH

9
For polishing, cleaning and maintaining metal surfaces
Formula with active agents that act chemically and mechanically on
the treated area
Excellent cleaning and protection results.
Water-based emulsion containing hydrocarbons and polishing
agents (aluminium oxide)
Cleans, polishes and protects the area in just one step.
Non-toxic and non-flammable
Ingredients used in its manufacture allow the product to be used on surfaces that
come into contact with food.
Can be applied manually or with cleaning and polishing equipment
Quick and easy to use.
Highly heat resistant
Is not harmful to the skin, but washing after use is advised
• Contents: 75 ml
• Colour: White
pH value Smell/fragrance Art. no.

9.79 Characteristic 0893 121 375
10 Ammoniac 5986 121 075

UNIVERSAL CLEANER TYPE 60

Non-corrosive universal cleaning agent for various plastics and pow-
der-painted and metallic surfaces

1l Can 0892 130 030
5l Canister 0892 130 031

STAINLESS STEEL POWER CLEANER

Special cleaning fluid for pre-cleaning metal surfaces. NSF-certified.
Powerful removal of oil and grease
• Dirt such as drilling and cutting oils, dust and other machining residue is thoroughly
removed
• Optimum preparation for further renovation, cleaning and care
• Economical
Tested for use in food-contact areas
Safe to use in food-processing operations such as industrial kitchens, canteens,
slaughterhouses, food transport facilities etc.
Contains no phosphates, organic solvents or caustic substances
• Reduces the potential risks associated with daily use
• Reduces environmental pollution
• Complies with local waste water ordinances
• Non-hazardous in line with the Gefahrstoffverordnung (German ordinance on
hazardous substances)
Gentle on materials
Does not attack paint, rubber, plastics or seals.
Biodegradable > 95%
NSF A1-registered (no.: 135874), meets the requirements of
USDA A1 • Contents: 500 ml
• Container: Spray bottle 9
• pH value: 9.3
• AOX-free: Yes
Art. no.
0893 121 2

Technical chemicals / Cleaning agents and care products / Polishes
ANTI-HOLOGRAM POLISH P30 PLUS

High-gloss finish polish for permanently removing streaks and holo-
grams on dark vehicle paints
Unique powdered composition made from aluminium oxide
• Fine removal with simultaneous unique mirror gloss
• Effortlessly removes sanding grooves from a grain of P3000 upwards
Thick consistency
• Polish does not splash
• Economical
• Low dust formation
Can be applied manually and by machine
Silicone-free

250 g 0893 150 032
1 kg 0893 150 030

FAST GRINDING POLISH P10 PLUS

Highly abrasive high-gloss polish for quickly removing surface defects
in fresh repairs and fully hardened top coats
Innovative powdered composition made from aluminium oxide
• Extremely high surface removal rate and unprecedented gloss level
Thick consistency
• Economical
• No laborious re-cleaning of adjacent areas
For conventional and scratchproof paint types
Suitable for use on used and new paint surfaces
Silicone-free
• Colour: Green

250 g 0893 150 012
1 kg 0893 150 010

HIGH-GLOSS POLISH P20 PLUS

Medium-abrasive high-gloss polish for efficient paint preparation
Specifically tailored powder consistency made from aluminium
oxide
• Moderate surface removal rate and very high gloss level
Thick consistency
• Economical
Silicone-free

250 g 0893 150 022
1 kg 0893 150 020
OLD VARNISH POLISH

High-quality product
Balanced combination of waxes, polymers and teflon
Protects the painted surface, in particular against environmental
influences such as acid rain and industrial contamination
• Colour: Green
Art. no.
0893 466 005

POLISHING PASTE
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0893 458 3
POLISHING PASTE AP10

One step polishing paste, high cut
• For conventional and scratchproof paint types 9
• Suitable for use on used and new paint surfaces
• Effectively remove heavy scratches, dust inclusions, sanding grooves, orange peel,
and other paint defects
• Aluminiumoxide based
• Silicone-free
• Water based formulation with emulsified gasoline fractions (oil in water emulsion)
Weight of content Colour Art. no.

222 kg Dark blue 0893 463 202
200000 g White 0893 469 200
1300 g White 0893 469 100

POLISHING PASTE AP20+

One step polish & seal, medium cut
Suitable for all new, old and weathered paint surfaces
Easily to remove fine scratches and other defective areas of used paint
Perfect one step polishing and sealing
Contain PTFE, deep shine,
Ideally suited to refurbishing vehicles
Low dust formation
Water based formulation with emulsified gasoline fractions (oil in
water emilsion)
• Colour: White, Brown
Art. no.
0893 012 001
POLISHING PASTE AP20

9 One step polishing paste, medium to fine cut
• Suitable for use on used and new paint surfaces
• Easily to remove medium/fine scratches and other defective areas of used paint
• Ideally used for 1-2 years old cars
• For conventional and scratchproof paint types
• Aluminiumoxide based
• Colour: Yellow
Art. no.
0893 010 501

PAINT SEALANT AP40

For high gloss sealing and protection of all paint types.
• Bring deep shine and high gloss to surface
• Wax based sealing
• No AOX, contain silicones
• Colour: Rosy

4.75 kg 0893 467 05
194 kg 0893 467 200
970 g 0893 467 001
9
POLISHING PASTE AP30+
One step polish & seal, low cut
• Perfect one step polishing and sealing
• Smooth the fine texturing in the paint
• Bring deep shine and high gloss to surface
• Wax particles inside (Filler effect)
Weight of content Colour Art. no.

190 kg Mint green 0893 468 200
- Green 0893 468 05
970 g Mint green 0893 468 001

FAST GRINDING POLISH SHORT CUT P05

Extra coarse fast grinding polish for removing deep scratches in new
and old paint coatings.
Innovative powdered consistency made from aluminium oxide
• Maximum efficiency thanks to unrivalled removal rate, as well as excellent high-
gloss properties
• Sanding grooves from a grain of P1200–1500 can be easily removed
Thick consistency
• Polish does not spray everywhere
• Long lasting
• Minimum dust creation
For conventional and scratch-resistant paint types
Silicone-free
• Colour: White

1000 g 0893 150 005
9 250 g 0893 150 006
P - ONE STEP 3IN1 - GRINDING POLISH, FINISH POLISH AND WAX

Polish out grinding marks, reliably remove holograms and streaks,
and protect the resulting high-gloss surface for a long time with just
one all-round product.
• The high-performance extra-class grinding paste for quick and effortless removal of
defects.
• Thanks to the innovative powder composition of aluminium oxide, paint irritations on
both scratch-resistant and conventional paints can be polished very efficiently and
with an outstanding degree of gloss.
• The included paint sealant with carnauba wax ensures long-lasting protection.
• Colour: Blue

1 kg 0893 150 060
250 g 0893 150 062

POLISH AP05
Polish with extra strong cut
• Aluminium oxide-based
• Effectively removes deep scratches, oxide stains, water stains, industrial dirt and
other paint defects
• Minimum dust creation
• Silicone-free
• Water-based formulation with emulsified petroleum components (oil-in-water
emulsion)
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0893 469 105
GLASS AND WINDOW CLEANER

Powerful liquid cleaner with anti-static effect for cleaning windows
9
Cleans without streaking
• No streaks blocking the driver‘s view
• Safe when driving at night (no dazzle effect)
Powerful formula
• Takes less time due to quick and reliable cleaning effect
• High yield reduces costs
Excellent material compatibility
• No spotting
Anti-static effect
Suitable for use on polycarbonate glass, photovoltaic glazing and
scratch-proof glazing
Quick and powerful cleaning, no streaking, gentle on all shiny
surfaces
• AOX-free: Yes
Contents Art. no.

20 l 0890 220 020
5l 0890 220 05

Technical chemicals / Cleaning agents and care products / Glass clea-
ning agents
GLASS CLEANER
For streak-free, thorough cleaning.
• Reduction and prevention of risks for people and the environment thanks to reducti-
on in packaging waste and increased biodegradability
• The European Ecolabel award guarantees the highest product quality and environ-
mental compatibility
Gentle on materials
Due to natural ingredients and neutral pH
Efficient
Completely removes finger prints, dust, dirt from the road, nicotine stains and wax resi-
dues from car washes.
• Colour: Green
• AOX-free: Yes
9 • Silicone-free: Yes
Art. no.
0890 220 01
WINDSCREEN WASHERS MAGIC ESTIVO

High cleaning power
• highly degreasing cleaner for windscreen washing devices
• completely removes traces of insects and oil spots, ensuring perfect visibility in
seconds, without leaving streaks
Gentle
Does not affect seals, windscreen wipers or paints. With a pleasant fragrance

300 ml Yellow 0892 333 837
5l - 0892 333 842

ning agents
GLASS CLEANER, CLEAR

Dries quickly and leaves no streaks
• Chemical basis: Water and alcohol

5l - 0890 250 005
750 ml - 0890 250 750
20 l Canister 0890 250 020
9
GLASS CLEANER
Glass cleaner for windows, mirrors, and windscreens.
The effective cleaner leaves glass surfaces shining without leaving behind any stre-
aks or smears. It is ideal for mirrors, windscreens and windows. Effortlessly removes
stubborn dirt such as fingerprints, dust, road dirt, nicotine and wax residues from wash
facilities. Very good material compatibility on all surfaces
Art. no.
5861 900 008

ning agents
GLASS CLEANER NATURE

• Density/conditions: 1 g/cm³ / at 20°C
• AOX-free: Yes

5l Canister 0890 220 055
WINDSCREEN CLEANER SCREENWASH PLUS

With anti-freeze for windscreen washer systems
Improved frost protection
Reliably and effectively prevents windscreen and headlamp washer units from
freezing
Excellent, improved cleaning performance
9 Crystal-clear vision despite winter dirt such as road salt and other greasy road dirt
Gentle on materials
• Does not attack polycarbonate glass
• Gentle on paint and rubber
Suitable for fan nozzle
Suitable for all vehicle types
Easy-to-clean effect
• The even and thin wetting of the window enables it to be cleaned easily.
• Lasting cleaning effect, as dirt cannot adhere as quickly after use
Contents Chemical basis Smell/fragrance Colour Max. anti-freeze Art. no.

1l Water and ethanol Lemon Blue -70 °C 0892 332 844
125 ml Ethanol - Blue - 0892 332 835
300 ml Ethanol Lemon Green -20 °C 0892 332 825
200 l Water and ethanol Lemon Blue -63 °C 0892 332 880
500 ml Water and ethanol Lemon Blue -60 °C 0892 332 838
500 ml Ethanol - Blue -60 °C 0892 332 925
1000 ml Ethanol - Blue -60 °C 0892 332 926
20 l Ethanol - Blue -60 °C 0892 332 928
60 l Ethanol - Blue -60 °C 0892 332 929
125 ml Ethanol Lemon Blue -20 °C 0892 332 001
125 ml Ethanol Alcohol Blue - 0892 332 011
250 ml Ethanol Lemon Blue -60 °C 0892 332 836

ning agents
WASHER -20°C
Degreasing anti-freeze cleaning agent for windscreen cleaner sys-
tems
For all types of vehicles
• protects washer systems from icing
• degreases glass surfaces with high effectiveness, removing dirt and insects
Ready to use
• cleaning agent for car windscreen washer tanks
• cleans and degreases car windscreens in any weather, ensuring excellent visibility
• the 5 L container does not require dilution
Deep acting
• removes all types of dirt: Grease, smog deposits, dust, insects, etc.
• strong degreasing and cleaning action
• does not leave streaks
• reduces the formation of limescale in the spray nozzles
Materials
• does not affect polycarbonate parts
• does not affect seals, windscreen wipers or paint
• Chemical basis: Water and ethanol
• Colour: Blue 9

250 ml Canister 0892 336 250
5l Bottle 0892 336 500
CONCENTRATED WINDSCREEN WASHER PLUS

Cleaning agent for windscreen washer systems
Antifreeze effect
• prevents washer system and headlamp cleaners from freezing, without damaging
the motor
• its formulation allows easy cleaning of windows even at low temperatures
Softener formula
• prevents limescale from forming inside the tank, reducing system clogging
• does not stain the bodywork
High cleaning power
Shiny glass, clear visibility, safe driving even in particularly difficult weather conditions
Gentle
Does not affect polycarbonate parts (e.g. headlamps, lights), seals, windscreen
wipers or paint
Contents Chemical basis Colour Container Art. no.

300 ml Ethanol Blue - 0892 335 837
500 ml - - Plastic bottle 0892 335 838
1l - - Plastic bottle 0892 335 840

ning agents
WINDSCREEN CLEANER WITH ANTI-FREEZE

Improved frost protection
Reliably and effectively prevents windscreen and headlamp washer units from free-
zing, anti-freeze protection down to -60°C
Crystal clear view with winter dirt, such as road salt streaks and oily road dirt
Suitable for fan nozzle
A fan-shaped spray jet is guaranteed, depending on viscosity, down to -15°C in a 1:1
dilution ratio
Compatible with paintwork, rubber, plastic and polycarbonate
• Colour: Blue
• Max. anti-freeze: -60 °C

5l Canister 0892 838 005
25 l Canister 0892 838 025
200 l Plastic barrel 0892 838 200
1l Plastic bottle 0892 838 001
9
ANTI-FREEZE GLASS CLEANER READY-TO-USE
Ready-to-use glass cleaner with freeze protection for rapid handling
Excellent, improved cleaning performance.
• Crystal-clear visibility, even with stubborn winter dirt such as salt spray and road
grime containing oil.
• Cleaning performance rated as „very good“.
Does not affect material.
• Does not impair polycarbonate glass.
• Does not damage paint and rubber.
Pleasant, fresh air.
Colour: blue
Suitable for fan-shaped nozzles.
Suitable for all makes of car
• Contents: 5 l
• Colour: Blue
• Max. anti-freeze: -20 °C
• Container: Can
Art. no.
0892 332 944

ning agents
HIGH PERF. WINDSCREEN WASH, READY TO USE, -20°C

Based on biodegradable plant surfactants
High-quality, all-season product
Pleasant fragrance
Colour: purple
Kinder to the environment
• Formulation based on renewable resources
• Biodegradable > 98%
Kinder to users
• Methanol-free formula
• Avoids strong alcohol and ether-type odours
Formulation based on new generation wetting agents
• Super cleaning power
• Removes traffic film
• Provides a clear, reflection-free view
Powerful insect-removal additive
• Removes insects, and dry or encrusted dirt
Meets vehicle manufacturers’ specifications
• Used during vehicle manufacture
• Contents: 5 l
• Smell/fragrance: Alcohol 9
• Colour: Bluish, clear
Art. no.
0892 332 105

ning agents
WINDSCREEN CLEANER TOPDOS RAPID WINDSCREEN CLEANER

The integrated Top Dos dispensing unit enables precise dispensing
(25 ml per dispensing process)
Highly-concentrated windscreen cleaner 1:100
Contains special cleaning substances
• Prevents smear formation
• Eliminates glare and lubricant films
• Ensures a crystal clear view
• Removes adherent insects and other soiling
• Ratio of ingredients: 250 ml is sufficient for 25 l washing liquid
• Container: Plastic bottle in a display box
• Colour: Orange
• pH value: 6
9 Shelf life from production Art. no.

12 Month 0892 333 258
24 Month 0892 333 250
WINDSCREEN CLEANER RAPID WINDSCREEN CLEANER

Highly-concentrated windscreen cleaner 1:100
• Colour: Orange
• pH value: 6-7
Contents Ratio of ingredients Container Chemical basis Art. no.

5l 1:100 Canister Sodium sulphate 0892 333 5
125 ml 125 ml is sufficient for 12,5 l Plastic bottle Anionic tenside 0892 333 255
washing liquid

ning agents
WINDSCREEN CLEANER FLASH CLEANER IN DISPLAY CARTON

Highly-concentrated windscreen cleaner 1:100. Small container for
easy dosing depending on tank size.
• Contents: 32 ml
• Ratio of ingredients: 32 ml is sufficient for 2,5 - 3 l washing liquid
• Container: Plastic bottle in a display box
• Colour: Orange
• pH value: 6-7
Art. no.
0892 333 031
9
0892 333
ACTIVE GLASS CLEANER

Active cleaning foam for streak-free cleaning on glass and smooth
surfaces
• When spraying, a foam is produced, which prevents running off on vertical surfa-
ces, thereby reliably removing stubborn dirt
• Cleans painted surfaces as well as rubber and plastic parts while remaining gentle
on the material
• Saves money thanks to 20x yield
Contents Container Chemical basis Smell/fragrance pH value Art. no.

500 ml Aerosol can Water and propanol Lemon 9.5 0890 25
5l Canister Mix of organic solvents Lemon Approx. 10 0890 250 5
20 l Canister Mix of organic solvents Lemon Approx. 10 0890 252 0
600 ml Can Water tenside - 8 0890 255 600
600 ml Aerosol can Mix of organic solvents Lemon Approx. 10 0890 255

ning agents
WINDSCREEN CLEANER ADDITIVE

Specifically for cleaning glass surfaces
• Effortlessly cleans and degreases glass and any glazed surface
• Particularly suitable for glass, mirrors, ceramic, plastic laminates
• Does not need rinsing
• Does not leave streaks
• Does not affect paint, rubber or plastic
Contents Container Smell/fragrance Colour pH value Art. no.

750 ml Bottle Lavender Light blue (bright blue) 8.8-9.8 0892 332 02
5l Canister - - - 0892 332 05
9 WINDSCREEN CLEANER ADDITIVE

Active foam cleaning agent
• Active foam cleaning agent for enhanced cleaning of windows and other glass on
cars
• Cleans and degreases quickly without leaving streaks
• Suitable for removing grease, powder and nicotine residues
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0890 900 005

Technical chemicals / Cleaning agents and care products / Chemical uni-
versal cleaners
UNIVERSAL CLEANER ECOLINE

ECOLINE is a natural universal cleaner that cleans and shines virtually
all surfaces. The European Ecolabel award guarantees optimum pro-
duct quality and environmental compatibility.
Environmentally friendly composition
Reduces and prevents risks (skin inflammation and coughing, breathing difficulties) for
humans and the environment thanks to reduction of the following properties:
• No biocides, dyes, perfumes or banned substances
• VOC-free
• Reduced packaging waste
Versatile
Can be used with virtually all cleaning devices.
Practical
Refill bag dissolves in seconds when it comes into contact with water.
Gentle
The ecological raw materials are gentle and effective at cleaning even sensitive
surfaces.
• Colour: Brown

1l Bottle 0890 290 002 9
25 l Barrel 0890 290 005
5l Bottle 0890 290 006

versal cleaners
MULTI-PURPOSE CLEANER LIQUID GREEN

Powerful multi-purpose cleaner with great grease and resin dissol-
ving capacity
Extraordinary cleaning performance due to innovative combination
of active agents
• Grease, resin and other soiling are thoroughly and reliably removed
• Long lasting
• Saves time
Suitable for multi-purpose use
• One product for a wide range of applications
• Saves on space in the workshop and saves money
Gentle on materials
Does not attack paint, chrome, plastic, rubber or metal surfaces.
Contains no phosphates or organic solvents
• Potential dangers are reduced with daily use
• Reduces environmental pollution
• Complies with local wastewater statutes
• Non-hazardous in accordance with the German Hazardous Material Ordinance
• Easy to use
Biodegradable in accordance with OECD302 B
9 Silicone and AOX-free
• Colour: Neon green

5000 ml Canister 0893 474 5
500 ml Hand spray 0893 474
CLEANING SPRAY SUPER CLEAN

Universal cleaning and care spray for smooth and painted surfaces
Bright shine and lasting protection
• Has an anti-static effect
• Protects against scratches and impurities
New gloss for plastics, for indoor and outdoor use
After a brief soaking time, it easily removes tar, grease and surface
rust
Removes holograms on dark paints
Contains silicone
• Contents: 25 l
• Colour: Clear
Art. no.
0890 270 115

versal cleaners
UNIVERSAL CLEANER REFILL

Refill packs for ECO LINE universal cleaner. The European Ecolabel
award guarantees optimum product quality and environmental com-
patibility.
Environmentally friendly composition
Reduces and prevents risks (skin inflammation and coughing, bre-
athing difficulties) for people and the environment thanks to reducti-
on of the following properties:
• Contains no biocides, dyes, perfumes or banned substances
• VOC-free
• Reduced packaging waste
Versatile
Can be used with virtually all cleaning devices
Practical
Refill bag dissolves when it comes into contact with water
Gentle
The ecological raw materials are gentle and effective at cleaning even delicate
surfaces
Sufficient for four litres
• Container: Can 9
• Colour: Brown
Art. no.
0890 290 001
MULTI-PURPOSE CLEANER
Phosphate-free, weakly acidic cleaning product
• Exceptional cleaning performance
• Thoroughly and reliably removes dust, grease, oil stains from metal, plastic surfaces,
ceramic and tiles and other stubborn dirt
• Concentrated form makes it economical to use
• Saves time
• Pleasant fresh citrus fragrance

1l Yellow, Green 0890 28
5l Yellow, Green 0890 280 5
25 l Yellow green 0890 282 5

versal cleaners
UNIVERSAL CLEANER 4-IN-1 CLEANER

High-pressure and floor cleaner for trade and industry.
Universal applications
Dilution of up to 1:200 possible, depending on the application and degree of soiling.
That means only 1 litre of product is needed for 200 litres of cleaning solution.
Suitable for machinery
Suitable for use in high-pressure cleaners and floor cleaning devices. Product is
particularly
low-foaming and separates quickly.
pH value in concentrate: approx. 13. ( 1:10 – 12; 1:100 – 11 )
Product monitoring
Appears in the „Salzburg List“ of expert services in the 13/04 paper
on water protection at the Salzburg Regional Government Office
Easily biodegradable in accordance with OECD*
*OECD = Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development
• Colour: Yellow

200 l Barrel 0893 029 200
9 5l Canister 0893 029 005
25 l Canister 0893 029 025
MULTI-PURPOSE CLEANER ACIDIC

Acidic cleaning concentrate for the powerful removal of typical impu-
rities in washing bays and sanitary areas.
3 applications
The benefit to you:
• One cleaning product for 3 different applications. Depending on the dilution ratio,
suitable for rims, washing bays and sanitary areas.
Easy to apply.
The benefit to you:
• Apply with washing brush or scrubber, leave for 3 minutes and spray off with
high-pressure jet.
• Colour: Yellow, Brown
Contents Art. no.

10 l 0893 030 010
25 l 0893 030 025

versal cleaners
IPA ISOPROPANOL CLEANER

For universal use
• Gentle and effective cleaning also suitable for delicate surfaces
• Removes both greasy and water-soluble dirt
• Does not smear or leave any stains on plain metal or glass surfaces
• Dries off without leaving any residues
• Chemical basis: Isopropanol

500 ml Aerosol can 0893 223 500
5l Canister 0893 223 505 9
SUPER X-CLEAN
Water-based detergent that effectively removes heavy grime and is
economical to use
Cleans effectively
• Removes heavy road debris when the product is used undiluted in the cleaning
equipment
• Good degreasing properties – alkaline, pH value 12-13
Economical
• Concentrated, must be diluted 1:7
• Colour: Transparent, Red
Contents Art. no.

20 l 0893 140 020
200 l 0893 140 200

versal cleaners
CLEANING AGENT FOR WASHING AREAS

Removes soiling such as scale, mineral and soap residues, rust spots,
grease, vegetable oils
Acid-based cleaning agent
• Removes mineral (scale) and organic (oil, grease) residues
Restores a clean appearance to often very dirty washing areas
Can be used to clean floors, walls and partitions dividing the was-
hing areas
• Contents: 25 l
• Chemical basis: Concentrate on acid base
Art. no.
0893 026 000
ALL-PURPOSE CLEANER IQ 2000

9 • Contents: 200 l
• Colour: Clear
Art. no.
0890 270 116
SUPER-FAST ADHESIVE REMOVER

Quickly removes Klebfix super-fast adhesive.
Can also be used to remove adhesive from hands
• Contents: 20 ml
• Chemical basis: Organic sulphur compound
Art. no.
0893 099 220

Technical chemicals / Cleaning agents and care products / Special chemi-
cal cleaners
SEALANT REMOVER
Removes sealing materials, adhesives, paints, etc. in just minutes
Firm consistency
No dripping off vertical surfaces
• pH value: 10.6-11.0
Art. no.
0893 100 0
BOILER CLEANER
Special cleaner for easy removal of the most stubborn coatings in
9
oil-heated boilers
Contains highly active, slag-dissolving and anti-corrosive active
agents
• Under the foam, loosens even the most stubborn sulphate coatings and soot
• Delays the formation of new coatings
Can be used on cold and warm boilers
No waiting time
Efficient to use
One spray can is sufficient for cleaning one boiler up to 30,000 kcal/35 kW with
normal level of soiling.
No formation of harmful gases
Suitable for all materials commonly found in boiler construction
• Chemical basis: Amphoteric tenside
Art. no.
0893 751 004

cal cleaners
RESIN REMOVER CONCENTRATE HEK 5000

For loosening resin coatings and other soiling
• Contents: 5 l
• Chemical basis: Potassium hydroxyde
Art. no.
0893 611
FOAM SUPPRESSOR
9 Silicone-free foam suppressor which reduces detergent foam and
ensures easier cleaning
Effective
• Used for e.g. floor washing because the product is silicone-free
• Avoid excessive foam accumulation by adding to the waste water tank of the floor
washing machine
Economical
• Highly active content ensures low dosage
• Conditions to maintain shelf life from production: at > 0°C
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
0893 140 1

cal cleaners
NEUTRALISING POWDER NEUTRAL AS COLOUR

Absorbent neutralising powder for spilled acids
Designed and formulated for neutralising sulphuric acid leaking
from batteries and accumulators. Generates an effervescent exo-
thermic reaction (neutralisation heat) on contact, forming small
micro-crystals due to silicates. Leaves surfaces perfectly clean and
dry without damaging them. 500 g of the product is required for
neutralisation of 1 litre of sulphuric acid. Normally the exact amount
of leaking acid cannot be verified and consequently the amount of
powder cannot be determined. Thanks to Neutral AS COLOUR, the
correct quantity of product is determined based on the colour varia-
tion necessary for complete acid neutralisation
Absorbent and neutralising action
• for absorbing and neutralising acid contained in batteries
• effective in all areas where lead acid batteries are present, with the potential for
accidental electrolyte spills, both in liquid and gel form
Absorbent and neutralising
• average absorption capacity: 0.43 ± 0.03 kg/litre for sulphuric acid, medium den-
sity 1.27 kg/dm3
• average neutralisation capacity: 0.54 ± 0.03 kg/litre for sulphuric acid, medium
density 1.27 kg/dm3
Product life
9
If stored properly, in the unopened original container and in a dry and cool place, it
can last 7 years; after opening: 24 months
Colour identification
To verify neutralisation at the end of the reaction, the colour of the
product changes from red (acid mixture) to yellow (neutralised
mixture)
• White = product colour
• Red = exothermic reaction
• Yellow = product neutralised
Disposal
• Once neutralised, the compound can be easily disposed of as special non-hazar-
dous waste
• Disposal must be in accordance with the law and rules in force
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0890 610 510

cal cleaners
OIL BINDER ROAD

Non-slip granulate for mopping up oily and aqueous substances on
solid substrates and road surfaces
Highly absorbent, quick-acting
• Less material is used, which means reduced disposal costs
• 1 kg of oil binder granulate binds approx. 1.01 litres of oil (Westinghouse)
• The fine capillary system of the granulate encapsulates the absorbed material and
does not release it again
Universal use
• Suitable for all liquids, including leaks of acids, alkalis, AdBlue and water
Extremely simple handling
• Granules remain hard even after absorbing liquids
• Low-dust, does not silt up and is easy to sweep up
• Optimum loose weight; granules stay on the application site
Non-slip
• No risk of slipping on the granules when walking or driving on them
• SRT (German road slip test) figure of 0% is crucial with regard to the risk that should
not be underestimated in a workshop or on road surfaces on which leaking oils can
cause a dangerously smooth surface.
9 German road slip test

The North Rhine-Westphalia materials testing office accepts absorbers with an SRT
figure of up to 20% in its testing system.
Oil absorber type III/R
Oil binder for special requirements on solid surfaces and road surfaces; also suitable
for trade and industry. This binder type must not be waterproof or be able to float.
• Chemical basis: Diatomaceous earth (moler)
• Oil absorber type: Oil absorber type III/R
Contents Design Straßen-Rutsch-Test (German road Art. no.

slip test)
30 l - 20 % 0890 615
30 l Granules/calcinated (baked) 0% 0890 630 950
20 l Granules/calcinated (baked) 0% 0890 61

cal cleaners
UNIVERSAL BINDER
Fine grain rapidly absorbs liquids, leaving the surface dry
Makes containing and removing spilt liquids easy. Generally binds
all liquids on solid surfaces. The composition of the grain allows the
liquid to penetrate the micro-cracks, encapsulating it until comple-
tely saturated, thus stopping the surface from being slippy. The pro-
duct is suitable for all situations requiring maximum absorption as
quickly as possible
Highly absorbent
• Fast acting with the capacity to absorb liquids immediately
• 1 kg of product absorbs 1 litre of liquid
• Optimal stability; granules remain compact even after absorption
Universal use
• Absorbs oil, fuels, grease, solvents, weak acids and bases, and water-based
chemicals
• Not suitable for hydrofluoric acid
Non-slip
• No danger of slipping on the granules
• Does not form sludge or residual layers on the floor
• Can be brushed away easily
• Not abrasive or dusty
9
• Contents: 17 l
• Oil absorber type: Oil absorber type III/R
• Straßen-Rutsch-Test (German road slip test): 2 %
Art. no.
0890 62

cal cleaners
SUPER DE-ICER SPRAY

Quickly and effectively removes ice and white frost
Even heavily iced windows are quickly and effectively cleared of ice
and white frost
• No laborious „scraping clear“ of windows
• Fast application
Protects windows against icing up again
Clear visibility, even if vehicle interior has not yet reached operating temperature
Paints, rubber and plastics are not attacked
Methanol-free
Pleasant citrus scent
• Colour: Blue
• pH value: 7.8
• AOX-free: Yes
Contents Bio-degradable Art. no.

500 ml Yes 0892 331 201
9 5l 86% 0892 331 005
DE-ICER
Effectively removes ice and frost
• Swiftly eliminate the ice formed on car windows
• Anti-haze
• Thaws locks
• It helps preserve the elasticity of the rubber gaskets
Art. no.
0890 900 001

cal cleaners
PIPE CLEANER CHEMICAL

Chemical pipe cleaner, drain cleaner
Properties:
The chemical reaction destroys and rinses away all organic foreign bodies such as
food residues etc. Does not attack metals (exception: zinc and aluminium), porcelain,
glass etc. As some types of enamel can become dull from cleaning, we recommend
dissolving the cleaner in a suitable container beforehand. Make sure that the alkali is
not on the enamel for a long time. The cleaner does not attack plastic drainpipes. The
generated heat can lead to deformations. Dissolve the cleaner beforehand.
Benefits:
• Soluble in cold water
• Acts automatically
• Effervescent
• Highly effective
Simply, quickly and reliably removes blockages, unpleasant odours and dangerous
bacteria from drains on sinks, washbasins, toilet bowls and urinal bowls.
• Contents: 0.9 l
• Colour: White
• Shelf life from production/conditions: 60 Month / at 23°C and 50% relati-
ve humidity
• Smell/fragrance: Odourless 9
• pH value: 14
Art. no.
0893 029 1
WASHING BRUSH, 150 X 250 MM

Car washing brush with water passage, rotary joint and rubber edge.
• A water passage ensures optimum water distribution
• Swivel-mounted brush with patented rotary action
• Split hair tips so that the brushes draw in lots of water
• Cleaning that is gentle on paint thanks to split and therefore softened bristles
• Length: 250 mm
• Width: 115 mm
• Height: 150 mm
Art. no.
0891 350 100

Technical chemicals / Cleaning agents and care products / Chemical cle-
aning devices
WASHING BRUSH
Vehicle washing brush with water flow-through
• A water passage ensures optimum water distribution
• Split hair tips to absorb large quantities of water
• Cleaning that is gentle on paint thanks to split and therefore extremely soft bristles
• Length: 400 mm
• Width: 80 mm
• Height: 115 mm
Art. no.
0891 350 202
ALUMINIUM HANDLE
9
Aluminium handle with water passage, 1560 mm
Ergonomic handle with water channel
Made of aluminium with robust impact-resistant and grip-friendly
plastic
Guarantees comfortable and functional handling
1/2“ and 3/4“ water hoses can be connected to the handle
and secured with a pipe clamp.
Can be used with pressure of up to 6 bar
• Length: 1560 mm
• Diameter: 31 mm
• Design: With water flow-through
Art. no.
0891 350 103

Technical chemicals / Cleaning agents and care products / Chemical cle-
aning devices
ALUMINIUM TELESCOPIC SHAFT WITH WATER DRAIN

With 1/2“ - 3/4“ hose connection
• Can be flexibly adjusted to a length of 1600–2780 cm
• Made of aluminium with robust, impact-proof and easy-grip plastic, ensuring conve-
nient and functional use.
• The shaft can be used with pressure of up to 6 bar
• Length: 1600 mm
• Max. length: 2780 mm
• Min. length: 1600 mm
• Diameter: 31 mm
• Design: With water flow-through
Art. no.
0891 350 104
ALUMINIUM HANDLE
Aluminium handle, 1495 mm 9
This ergonomic long handle is made from aluminium with robust,
impact-proof and easy-to-grip plastic, ensuring convenient and fun-
ctional use.
• Length: 1495 mm
• Diameter: 28 mm
Art. no.
0891 350 210
FOAM CLEANER EASY-FOAM

• 4-piece foam lance set for manual car wash.
• This foam lance is easy to use and quickly connected to the stationary washer.
• The foam set allows the user to apply a thick layer of foam.
• Type description: 202600996 ST-2600
Art. no.
0891 160 706

Technical chemicals / Cleaning agents and care products / Air-conditio-
ning unit cleaning
EVAPORATOR CLEANER FOR HVAC SYSTEMS

Cleaner for the evaporator coil in HVAC&R systemsThe evaporator
cleaner removes dirt, oil grease, pollen and other contaminants
from the evaporator coil to increase the efficiency of the system.
• Removes dirt, oil grease, pollen and other contaminants from the evaporator coil to
increase the efficiency of the system.
• The product is suitable for use in air-conditioning units and HVAC systems.
• The cleaner has a self-rinsing formula: the coil is cleaned by the foam and the emul-
sified material is completely rinsed away by the condensation.
• Water-soluble: Yes
Art. no.
0893 764 206
9
AIR-CONDITIONING DRAIN PIPE CLEANER

Cleaner for drain pipes in air-conditioning units
The product removes water deposits, mould and debris from the drain pipes and pre-
vents blockages caused by the loosening and removal of slime and debris in HVAC&R
systems. The air-conditioning drain pipe cleaner is non-corrosive and safe for drain
pipes, pumps and pans. The product is biodegradable and easy to use.
• Colour: Blue
• Water-soluble: Yes
Art. no.
0893 764 207

Technical chemicals / Filling systems - reusable cans / Filling system Refillo-
mat
FILLING CAN REFILLO®MAT

The safe and economical system for automatically refilling spray cans
with active ingredients and compressed air
Safe handling of the REFILLOmat
The REFILLOmat satisfies legal regulations
• CE mark; tested according to machinery directives
• Declaration of Conformity from Würth
• Operation manual with all information required to ensure safe installation and safe
operation
• Earth cable for diverting electrostatic discharge
Suitable for active ingredient Art. no.

Rust remover 0891 881 2
REFILLO® COMPRESSED-AIR FILLING STATION COMBI 9

For quick and easy pressurised filling of REFILLO & REFILLOmat cans
• Can be installed anywhere in the workshop
Art. no.
0891 800 001

Technical chemicals / Filling systems - reusable cans / Filling system Refillo
FILLING SYSTEM REFILLO®

The safe and economical system for manual refilling of spray cans
with active substances and compressed air.
• Protecting the environment by reducing waste and dispensing with poisonous pro-
pellant gases
• Reduces storage volume in the workshop
• Easy handling
• Space-saving storage in the ORSY®1 shelving system
• Tested safety through CE marking and testing according to the machinery directive
• Reduces costs when compared to conventional aerosol cans
9
Suitable for active ingredient Art. no.
Windscreen cleaner 0891 800 15
BMF cleaner 0891 800 12
Drilling/cutting oil 0891 800 90
Rust remover 0891 800 2
Silicone 0891 800 14

Technical chemicals / Lubricants and rust removers / Lubricant application
tools
EASYLOCK GREASE COUPLING

Hydraulic safety gripper nosepiece for all greasing work and main-
tenance tasks in vehicle construction, agriculture, building and indust-
ry.
• Four hardened jaws made of tool steel for a secure grip and long jaw service life
• High-performance hydraulic seal for maximum durability
• Integrated linear swivel makes coupling of the Easylock grease coupling simple
• The integrated inner spring and a pressure shock absorber prevent a jerky/sudden
escape of grease during decoupling.
• Can be disconnected at pressures up to 600 bar or more
• External diameter in accordance with DIN 1283
Art. no.
0986 004 001
COMPRESSED AIR GREASE GUN

With automatic continuous functioning
• A special pneumatic mechanism allows automatic extrusion of grease, without con-
tinuous operation of the lever, ensuring rapid delivery, up to 400 g per minute at a
pressure of 400 bar 9
• Loadable via pump, 600 g cartridge or with bulk grease max. 750 g
• The special locking nut lets you rotate the grease delivery tube 360°, making it easy
to reach areas that are difficult to grease
• Includes rubber hose and 4-part head with oil-proof seal
Art. no.
0986 610 0

Technical chemicals / Lubricants and rust removers / Lubricants, chemical
TYRE MOUNTING PASTE

For mounting car, truck and motorcycle tyres
Good sliding properties
• Low force and minimal time required
• Minimal use of materials
• Low machine wear
• Protects tyres and rim flange
• Improved centring of the tyre on the rim
• Positive connection between the tyre and rim is established soon after assembly
• Fewer complaints and subsequent costs for any re-balancing task
Rubber and rim care
• Keeps the rubber soft, thereby ensuring permanent sealing between the rim and
tyre bead
• Prevents rust from forming (anti-corrosive)
• Prevents the tyre from sticking to the rim
pH-neutral
• Not aggressive on rubber or the rim
• Gentle on the skin and environmentally friendly
Suitable for run-flat tyres - Can be used for the latest tyre
9 generations
Suitable for the tyre pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
Not harmful to health
Free from harmful solvents
Keeps the tyre bead soft and ready-to-use during summer/winter
storage
Silicone-free
Contents Weight of content Colour Viscosity/ Chemical basis Art. no.

consistency
4.8 l 5 kg White, Transparent Pasty Hydrocarbonate 0890 122 1
1000 ml 961 g White Solid Water, soap and glycol 0890 122 0
4716.98 ml 5 kg Black Pasty Hydrocarbonate 0890 124 1
TYRE MOUNTING PASTE

Wax-based lubricating and sealing paste for cars, motorbikes and
commercial vehicles
• Minimises the risk of damage to the bead when mounting the tyre
• Using the paste, the tyre will slide onto the rim seat with less friction: this removes
the need to over-inflate the tyre
• Rapid drying, no waiting time, complete guarantee that the tyre will not move along
the rim, thereby keeping a constantly optimal balance
• This is a non-aggressive product, without physiological contraindications
• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
0892 800

TYRE MOUNTING PASTE CARGO SPECIAL

For fitting and removing all large and heavy-duty tyres, such as truck
tyres, agricultural tyres and industrial tyres (EM tyres)
Very good gliding properties
• Low effort and time
• Facilitates fitting and subsequent removal
• Economical material usage
• Reduced machine wear
• Protects tyres and rim
Long flash-off time
No re-greasing required
Tyre and rim care
• Prevents cracking and tyre ageing
• Prevents rusting (not corrosive)
• Prevents the tyre adhering to the rim
Frost-proof
Remains flexible even at minus temperatures
Physiologically safe and biodegradable
• No contact allergies for wheel fitters
• pH-neutral
Silicone-free 9
Free from substances that impair wetting of paint
• Contents: 4 l
• Colour: Yellow, Brown
• Viscosity/consistency: Pasty
Art. no.
0890 123 404
TYRE FITTING SPRAY

For simple and clean mounting and removal of all tyre types. Particu-
larly suitable for run-flat and motorcycle tyres.
Outstanding creep and slide properties
• make tyre mounting easier and protect tyres from damage
Quick and uniform drying
• prevents wheels from slipping on the rim
No visible residue on the rim edge or the tyre
• Chemical basis: Silicone
Art. no.
0890 125 00

CABLE LUBRICANT
For easy feeding of electric cables
Reduces friction resistance by up to 80%
Makes it easier to feed cables and prevents the insulation from tearing
Gel viscosity
Good adhesion and stability, low consumption and minimal dirt
No sticky residue left behind
Easier to replace or re-apply
Non-toxic and biodegradable
Non-corrosive for insulation or plastic pipes
Chemical basis Colour Density pH value Min. processing Art. no.

temperature
Water Translucent 1.03 g/cm³ 7 -10 °C 0893 750 6
Water, soap and glycol Blue 1 g/cm³ 7 -10 °C 0893 750 3
- Colourless 0.9 g/cm³ - 0 °C 0893 750 5
- Blue transparent 1 g/cm³ - -5 °C 0893 750 8
9
CABLE ANTI-FRICTION SPRAY

High-quality, physiologically safe lubricant for electrical cables she-
athed in rubber and plastic
• Prevents accidental spillage on carpets or parquet floors
• High lubricant effect simplifies quick feeding of cables and preserves lubrication
property
• This allows cables to be easily removed at a later time
• Cable anti-friction spray is distributed evenly in ducts and can be sprayed precisely
into tight gaps
• Chemical basis: Mixed synthetic mineral oil
• Min. processing temperature: -50 °C
• Bio-degradable: No
Art. no.
0893 162 001

LUBRICANT FOAM GLISS

Lubricant spray foam for electric cables, rubber and plastic
High lubricity
• when applied on cables, allows significantly reducing friction
• particularly suitable for work in civil installations
Foam product with high migration capacity
The lubricants contained in the foam are distributed evenly throughout the conduit,
facilitating insertion of electric cables
Lasting lubricant effect
Treated cables can be easily pulled even after a long period
Spray comes with special application straw
• the propellant sprays the lubricant foam deeply
• the application straw allows accurately reaching especially difficult spaces
• easy, quick and effective when used
• convenient, not messy
• helps to prevent accidental spills on sensitive flooring, avoiding unwanted staining
or spots
• Colour: White
• pH value: 8.5 9

- - 0893 162 100
412 g Spray can 0893 162 110
CABLE LUBRICANT, GLISS W, FOR ELECTRICAL CABLES

Chemical basis Colour Density Min. processing Max. processing Art. no.
temperature temperature
- - - - - 0893 126 751
Water White 1 g/cm³ -10 °C 80 °C 0893 126 750

WOODSLIDE
For neutralising resin
Neutralises resin
Prevents sticking and smearing with chips or wood dust.
Cleaning effect
Cleans adjustment wheels, hand spindles and dimensional stops
Prevents corrosion
• Ideal for use on bare machine tables
• Displaces moisture
• Silicone and wax-free
Contents Container Colour Art. no.

5l Canister Transparent 0893 070
20 l - Transparent 0893 070 20
60 l Canister Yellow 0893 070 60
200 l - Transparent 0893 070 2
500 ml Can Transparent 0893 070 5
9
CERAMIC PASTE, BRUSH ADAPTER

• Metal-free
• Withstands temperatures up to 1400°C
• Prevents wear and rust on numerous substrates
• Graphite and silicone-free
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0893 116 000

Technical chemicals / Lubricants and rust removers / Lubricating pastes
and sprays
HIGH-TEMPERATURE LUBRICANT PASTE HSP 1400

Grey, metal-free lubricant paste that reduces wear, separates surfa-
ces reliably and provides outstanding corrosion protection.
• For universal use, supple and highly adhesive
• Ensures smooth running and minimal wear thanks to high pressure load capacity
• Prevents corrosion, seizing and burning on
• Ensures uniform loosening of screw connections, ideal as separating paste for stain-
less steel screw connections
Safe for health
Non-toxic, no metallic pigments and free from graphite, MoS
2 and additives containing sulphur
Silicone-free
• Chemical basis: Mixed synthetic mineral oil with organic thickener and white
solid lubricant combination
• Colour: Grey
NSF H2 registered (no.: 150178), corresponds to H2

requirements.
Art. no.
9
0893 123
ANTI-SEIZE ASSEMBLY PASTE, NO HEAVY METALS

• Grey metal-free paste with additional additives such as graphite, calcium and fluori-
ne compounds that prevents smearing and bonding
• Anti-rust
• Colour: Grey
Art. no.
0893 921 500

and sprays
ALUMINIUM PASTE AL 1100

Highly adhesive lubricant resistant to temperatures and high pressure
• High-performance anti-seize aluminium/copper-based lubricant
• Prevents burning on and seizing, cold welding, wear, corrosion, frictional corrosion
• Resistant to water, weak acids and bases
Container Contents Weight of content Shelf life from production Art. no.
Aerosol can 300 ml 242 g 18 Month 0893 110 0
Aerosol can 50 ml 42 g 18 Month 0893 110 050
Brush box 200 ml 220 g 12 Month 0893 110 000
9
COPPER PASTE CU 800
Highly adhesive lubricating, separating and anti-corrosive copper
paste that is extremely resistant to high temperatures and high pres-
sures
Very high resistance
• Can be used at temperatures between -20°C to +1200°C for dry lubrication
• Resistant to water, diluted lyes and acids
Great, long-lasting lubricating effect
Provides long-lasting protection against burning-on and seizing, cold welding, wear,
corrosion and frictional corrosion.
Silicone and AOX-free
Contents Chemical basis Container Min. temperature Max. temperature Art. no.
conditions conditions
50 ml Copper - 0 °C 280 °C 0893 800 50
100 ml Soft metal-containing Tube -20 °C 1200 °C 0893 800 1
semi-synthetic base
grease
1l Soft metal-containing Can -20 °C 1200 °C 0893 800 2
semi-synthetic base
grease
500 ml Mineral oil - -20 °C 160 °C 0893 800 500
200 ml - - -40 °C 1200 °C 0893 800 000

and sprays
COPPER PASTE CU1100

• Copper paste resistant to high temperatures and pressures, adhesive lubricant,
release agent and corrosion protection
• Extremely highly resistant (to water, alkalis and acids)
• Effective, silicone-free and permanent lubricating effect for lasting protection
against fusing and seizing, galling, wear and corrosion
• Colour: Bronze coloured
Art. no.
0893 813 2
COPPER SPRAY CU 800

Highly adhesive lubricating, separating and anti-corrosive copper
9
spray that is extremely resistant to high temperatures and high pres-
sures
• Temperature application range from –40°C to +1200°C for dry lubrication
• Resistant to water, diluted alkalis and diluted acids
High, long-lasting lubrication
Provides long-lasting protection against burning-on and seizing, galling, wear, corrosi-
on and frictional corrosion.
• Chemical basis: Soft metal-containing semi-synthetic base grease
• Colour: Copper
Art. no.
0893 800

and sprays
VASELINE INSTALLATION SPRAY PRAY

Facilitates assembly and protects plastics and rubber.
• Transparent acid-free lubricant to facilitate assembly
• Lubricating effect on metals and plastics
• Provides protection against weather influences, weak acids and bases
• Acts as corrosion protection and is moisture-resistant
• Protects electrical contacts from moisture and corrosion
• Protects rubber on windows and aluminium joinery
• Protects chrome profiles
• Resistant to ambient humidity
• Lubricates plastics to prevent squeaking, seat guides, head restraints and sunroofs
• Can be used in valves and fittings for installing connections
• Can be used as a protective film on the surface to be lubricated
• Leaves no visible residues
• Conditions to maintain shelf life from production: at 8°C to 35°C, no
exposure to sunlight, no heat sources
9 Art. no.
0893 890 300
PETROLEUM JELLY
Art. no.
0890 396

Technical chemicals / Lubricants and rust removers / Rust removers
RUST REMOVER ROST-OFF

High-quality rust remover
High capillary activity
Optimum creeping properties for excellent rust penetration, i.e. even stubborn, rus-
ted-on screw connections are loosened
Optimum rust removal
Penetrates rust and loosens seized up screws and bolts
Excellent water displacement
Displaces and penetrates moisture, e.g. in the case of contact difficulties
Corrosion-protection additives for optimum corrosion protection
Provides lasting protection against further corrosion
Resin-free and acid-free
Silicone-free
Compatible with rubber and seals
• Contents: 0.3 l
Art. no.
0890 2
9
RUST REMOVER ROST-OFF BLUE ICE
High-quality rust remover with cracking effect and visual cold indica-
tor
Cracking effect
By cooling the material surface down to -45°C, micro-fine cracks occur in the corros-
ion layer at the connection points. These „crack open“ the rust, ensuring better penet-
ration of the active agent
Visual cold indicator
When cooled to a minimum temperature of -5°C, the sprayed area turns blue. The
processing temperature is achieved.
• Rust is quickly penetrated and loosens seized up screws
• Heavily rusted screw connections are loosened without damaging them
Optimum corrosion protection due to addition of corrosion-protecti-
on additives
Long-term protection against further corrosion
Resin and acid-free
Silicone-free
Compatible with rubber and seals
Art. no.
0893 241

RUST REMOVER BOLTEX

Mineral oil-free, high-tech rust remover with KENA® microfluid formu-
la for loosening seized connections and for cleaning surface rust and
rust spots
Permanently loosens tough rusted screw connections
Slow flash-off
Can take effect over several hours without losing loosening power
Economical
3 times greater effectiveness due to innovative KENA® microfluid formula
Intelligent multifunctional spray head
• Precise spraying for economical dispensing
• Wide area spraying for surface cleaning
Loosens rust from the surface
• It is effective at penetrating the rusted connection
• Therefore makes it easier to loosen the seized bolts and nuts
Contents Type of spray head Art. no.
9 250 ml 2-way spray head 0893 250 250

300 ml Cobra spray head 0893 250 300
RUST REMOVER ROST-OFF ICE

High-quality rust remover with cracking effect due to extreme cooling
and excellent creep properties
Cracking effect
• By cooling the material surface, e.g. on a stud bolt, down to -40°C, micro-fine
cracks appear in the corrosion layer at the connection points. These crack open the
rust, ensuring better penetration of the active agent.
Excellent capillary action
• In conjunction with the cracking effect, optimum creep properties ensure excellent
rust penetration
• Quickly penetrates rust and loosens seized screws
• Heavily rusted screw connections are loosened without damage
Corrosion protection additives for optimum protection
• Provides lasting protection against further corrosion
Silicone-free
Suitable for use with rubber and seals
Art. no.
0893 240

RUST REMOVER ROST-OFF PLUS

High-quality rust remover, lubricating effect — owing to the latest
additive technology (OMC 2 technology)
Optimum creeping properties ensure outstanding rust penetration and extensive rust
removal
Contains liquid, highly effective, organic molybdenum compound
OMC2
• In contrast to products which contain solid lubricants, such as MOS2, OMC2 does
not precipitate out in larger containers
• Friction is reduced
• Excellent lubricating effect by smoothing the metal surface
• Ensures permanent smooth running of connections
Resin and acid-free
Silicone-free
Compatible with rubber and plastic
Contents Container Type of spray head Art. no.

0.3 l Aerosol can - 0890 200 2
0.6 l Aerosol can - 0890 201 600
9
20 l - - 0890 300 11
20 l Canister - 0890 300 1
0.3 l Aerosol can - 0890 200
5l Canister - 0890 300
0.4 l Spray can Cobra spray head 0890 200 888
400 ml Aerosol can - 0890 200 004
UNIVERSAL RUST REMOVER

Particularly suitable for loosening of seized threaded joints
Universal rust remover
• high migration and penetration capacity through rust and corrosion
• reduces friction, eliminates creaks and keeps mechanisms functioning
• it is effective in all situations where it is necessary to loosen seized connections
Dissolves rust
• for all mechanical parts subject to rust and oxidation
• loosens seized screws and bolts, locks, chains, guides, couplings, screw-type collars
and hinges
• protects all parts treated from sudden return of rusting
Art. no.
0890 240 0

ROST OFF RUST REMOVER, LOW VOC

• High rust penetration thanks to optimum creep properties
• Loosens even heavily-rusted screw connections
• Penetrates rust and loosens even severely seized screws
• Resin-free and acid-free
• Silicone-free
• Suitable for use with rubber and seals
Art. no.
0890 200 125
ROST OFF MAX RUST REMOVER

9
• Lubricates and derusts
• Optimum creep properties
• Resin-free and acid-free
• Silicon-free
• Suitable for use with rubber and seals
Art. no.
0890 200 9

ROST OFF GRAPHIT RUST REMOVER

• Excellent creep effect and accelerated rust penetration
• Loosens severely rusted screws
• Corrosion and oxidation protection additives prevent further corrosion
Art. no.
0890 200 1
RUST REMOVER ROST OFF BLACK

Highly effective graphite-based rust remover, which can be used as
9
rust remover, lubricant, corrosion protection, and cleaner.
• Loosens and lubricates seized up, corroded connections
• Forms a pressure-resistant lubricating film
• Resistant to temperatures from -30°C to 450°C (emergency running properties due
to graphite)
• Excellent lubricating effect even in damp environments
• Protects treated metal surfaces from corrosion
• Moisture repellent, silicone-free, and does not resinify
Art. no.
0890 200 500

RUST REMOVER ROST OFF SPECIAL

High-performance rust remover with food registration (NSF - H1)
Contains synthetic oil
Optimum creeping and lubricating effect
Extremely high degree of capillary activity
• Outstanding creeping properties ensure extremely fast penetration of rust and
corrosion
• The optimum effect begins shortly after spraying
NSF H1-registered
• Can be used in areas in which food is processed or stored
• However, direct contact with food by the product must be prevented
In contrast to many conventional rust removers, it does not attack rubbers or plastics.
Optimum protection against corrosion thanks to corrosion protecti-
NSF = internationally recognised organisation for the supervision on additives
and registration of products used in the food industry.
Resin- and acid-free
Silicone-free
9
Art. no.
0893 130 400
RUST REMOVER RUST-OFF PLUS

High-quality rust remover, with lubricating effect thanks to state-of-
the-art additive technology (OMC2 technology)
Optimum creeping properties ensure outstanding rust penetration and extensive rust
removal
Contains liquid, highly effective, organic molybdenum compound
OMC2
• Unlike products containing solid lubricants such as MOS2 , OMC2 does not settle in
larger containers
• Friction is reduced
• Excellent lubricating effect by smoothing the metal surface
• Ensures permanent smooth running of connections
Resin- and acid-free
Silicone-free
Compatible with rubber and plastic
Art. no.
5861 200 003

Technical chemicals / Lubricants and rust removers / Engine, gear, hydrau-
lic oils
ENGINE OIL 10W-20

High-performance oil for lubricating two-stroke engines
• Ideal for motorbikes, mopeds and scooters as well as chain saws, generators and
pumps.
• Reduces the formation of deposits
• Protects against wear
• Reduces emissions
Contents Type of oil Viscosity grade Art. no.

5l - 10W-20 0897 995 005
125 ml - 5W-20 0897 994
1000 ml Fully synthetic 10W-20 0897 995

lic oils
ENGINE OIL 10W-40

Engine oil for diesel commercial vehicles and machines in particular
• Protects the engine even under extreme loads
• Reduces the formation of deposits
• Improves the engine starting capacity in cold temperatures
• Also compatible with diesel particulate filter systems
• Long-lasting effect
• Viscosity grade: 10W-40
Contents Type of oil Approved for engine oils Recommended applica- Art. no.
tions for engine oils
50 l Partly synthetic ACEA B4-04, ACEA E5-02, ACEA E7, API CI-4, Caterpillar 0897 998 105
ACEA E7 ECF-1-a, Cummins 20076, Cum-
mins 20077, Cummins 20078,
Mack EO-M Plus, MAN
M3275-1, MB 228.3, Renault
RLD-2, Volvo VDS-3
9 205 l Fully synthetic ACEA E6 E7 ACEA E6 E7, API CI-4, 0897 998 425
Caterpillar ECF-1-a, Cummins
20076, Cummins 20077, Deutz
DQC IV-10 LA, Mack EO-M
Plus, Mack EO-N Plus, MAN
M3271-1, MAN M3477, MB
228.51, MTU Type 3.1, Renault
RLD-2, Renault RXD, Volvo
VDS-3
Mack EO-M Plus, MAN
M3275-1, MB 228.3, Renault
RLD-2, Volvo VDS-3
Mack EO-M Plus, MAN
M3275-1, MB 228.3, Renault
RLD-2, Volvo VDS-3
1000 l Fully synthetic ACEA E6 E7 ACEA E6 E7, API CI-4, 0897 998 410
Caterpillar ECF-1-a, Cummins
20076, Cummins 20077, Deutz
DQC IV-10 LA, Mack EO-M
Plus, Mack EO-N Plus, MAN
M3271-1, MAN M3477, MB
228.51, MTU Type 3.1, Renault
RLD-2, Renault RXD, Volvo
VDS-3

lic oils
ENGINE OIL, 15W-40

• Excellent protection against signs of wear
• High stability
• Excellent protection against corrosion
• Type of oil: Mineral
• Approved for engine oils: ACEA B4-04, ACEA E7
• Recommended applications for engine oils: ACEA E7, API CI-4, Caterpillar
ECF-1-a, Cummins 20076, Cummins 20077, Cummins 20078, Mack EO-M Plus,
MAN M3275-1, MB 228.3, Renault RLD-2, Volvo VDS-3
Contents Art. no.

50 l 0897 998 550
205 l 0897 998 525
1000 l 0897 998 510
9
AGRICULTURAL GEARBOX OIL
Multi-function oil especially for use in agricultural and forestry machi-
nes
• Use for engines, transmissions, differentials and hydraulic systems
• Easy total lubrication of the machine
• Effective even at very low temperatures
• Long-lasting effectiveness
• Recommended applications for gear oils: API GL 4
Contents Art. no.

205 l 0897 021 023
50 l 0897 021 024

lic oils
VALVULINA GEARBOX OIL

Specialist gearbox oil for manual gears in accordance with API GL-5
Gearbox oil Valvulina is a high-performance gear lubricant that
consists of high-performance base oils and an advanced additive
system. Designed for applications in the automotive sector, where
heavy-duty axles and axle drives are used and extreme pressure
and impact loads can be expected
• Excellent lubrication
• Protects against oxidation and corrosion
• Contents: 50 l
Recommended applications for gear oils Shelf life from production Art. no.
MIL-L 2105, ZF-TE-ML 17B 6 Month 0897 021 013
ZF-TE-ML 05A, ZF-TE-ML 07A, ZF-TE-ML 12E, ZF-TE-ML 16B, 24 Month 0897 021 009
ZF-TE-ML 16C, ZF-TE-ML 17B, ZF-TE-ML 19B
ZF-TE-ML 05A, ZF-TE-ML 07A, ZF-TE-ML 12E, ZF-TE-ML 16C 24 Month 0897 021 011
9
HYDRAULIC GEARBOX OIL
High-performance hydraulic oil
• Long-lasting results
• Reduces oxidation
• Good filtration
• Outstanding wear protection
Contents Art. no.

50 l 0897 698 201
50 l 0897 698 301
200 l 0897 698 202
200 l 0897 698 302
1000 l 0897 698 303

lic oils
MULTI-PURPOSE GEARBOX OIL

Multi-purpose oil well-suited to use in agricultural machinery
• Use for engines, transmissions, differentials and hydraulic systems
• Easy total lubrication of the machine
• Effective even at very low temperatures
• Approved for gear oils: API GL 4
• Recommended applications for gear oils: API GL 4
Contents Art. no.

50 l 0897 998 601
205 l 0897 998 602
GEAROLIE ATF DEXRON II D 9

• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
0897 402 001

lic oils
GEAROLIE ATF DEXRON III G

• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
0897 402 006
HYDRAULIC OIL, HVLP

9 High performance hydraulic oil, HVLP
• Long-lasting results
• Reduces oxidation
• Good filtration
• Outstanding wear protection
• Contents: 200 l
• ISO-VG grade: 46
• Approved for hydraulic oils: DIN 51524-2
Art. no.
0897 698 001

lic oils
HYDRAULIKOLIE HYDROVAG
• Contents: 1 l
Art. no.
0897 403 001
COOLING LUBRICANT CUT+COOL ULTRA HD

Partly synthetic high-performance cooling lubricant. Particularly suita-
9
ble for materials that are difficult to machine.
Excellent results with stainless steel and aluminium
Optimum surface quality, particularly high cutting performance, does not form spots
on metal parts
Long tool service life
Outstanding cooling and lubrication performance
Offers effective protection for workpieces, tools and system components, even at low
concentrations
High stability, therefore particularly resistant to micro-organisms
Results in long service life and low maintenance outlay
Minimal usage amount, therefore very economical
Meets the requirements of the Technical Rules for Hazardous Particularly skin-friendly
Substances 611
Contents Art. no.

5l 0893 050 035
20 l 0893 050 036

Technical chemicals / Lubricants and rust removers / Production lubricants
COOLING LUBRICANT CUT+COOL ULTRA

Partly synthetic universal coolant
Excellent cooling effect with outstanding removal of chips
Especially low foam
Thanks to its low foaming tendency, it can also be used in areas with extremely low
water hardnesses
High degree of stability and particularly resistant to micro
organisms
For long service life with minimum maintenance
Effective protection of workpieces, tools and system parts even with low
concentrations
Strong lubricating performance
• High cutting performance
Meets the requirements of Technical Rules for Hazardous Sub-
• Heat reduced due to less friction
stances 611 • Possible to increase the machining speed
9 Contents Art. no.

5l 0893 050 030
20 l 0893 050 031
CUTTING AND DRILLING OIL CUT+COOL PERFECT

High-performance cutting oil for the heaviest machining work and hig-
her cutting speeds
Safe and efficient to use
• Optimum results and safety for all materials and applications
• Longer tool life
• High corrosion protection
• Can be welded without advance cleaning for low quantities
Can be used as minimum quantity lubricant
Optimum performance and best results thanks to specially coordinated components
Reliable performance, even on tools with incorrect settings
• Colour: Yellow orange
• Smell/fragrance: Oil
• Chemical basis: Mineral oil with synthetic ester

5l Canister 0893 050 009
400 ml Aerosol can 0893 050 008

CUTTING AND DRILLING OIL CUT+COOL

Multi cutting oil for light to medium machining work
Cools even while spraying
• Protects tools
• Prevents welding of small material particles on the cutting edge
Good creep properties, penetrates even the smallest tolerances
• Provides lasting protection against further rust and corrosion
• No post-treatment or preservation required
Free of silicone, chlorine, resins, and acids

5l Canister 0893 050 1
400 ml Aerosol can 0893 050 004
9
DRILLING/CUTTING OIL CUT AND COOL ECO
Biodegradable cutting oil
Aerosol can with ECO-Stop technology
• Up to 2500 applications possible due to predefined quantity per valve operation
• Minimal smoking
Easy to use
No cleaning of metals prior to installation or further treatment (e.g. welding) required
with low usage concentrations
Neutral behaviour
• Contact with sensitive materials (e.g. marble, plastic and electrical components)
possible
• Odourless
• Chemical basis: Synthetic ester

400 ml Aerosol can 0893 050 011
5l Canister 0893 050 012

MATRIX BACKING
Cutting and drilling oil
Art. no.
0893 050
MOULD RELEASE AGENT

9 For thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics
• Can be used up to +120°C
• Greatly reduces rejects
• Physiologically safe
• Washes off easily
• Subsequent treatment of injection moulded parts such as printing, painting and
metallising etc. is possible
• Slight deformation of injection-moulded part
• Silicone-free
Contents Art. no.

400 ml 0890 50
600 ml 0890 510 006

DRILLING AND CUTTING FOAM CUT+COOL

Highly active, high-performance cutting foam for all machining work.
• Well-adhering cutting oil foam
• Does not drip from the area to be lubricated, therefore also suitable for overhead
work
• Can be washed off with clean water, therefore no degreasing work with cleaners is
necessary
• Excellent cooling effect and strong adhesive properties
• Low consumption, can therefore be used as minimum quantity lubricant
• Strong performance thanks to high cutting speeds with low tool wear
• Chemical basis: Glycol and polyglycol ether, additives
Art. no.
0893 050 007
DRY LUBRICANT SPRAY PTFE 9

Dry lubrication, does not attract dirt and dust
Eliminates squeaks, creaks and stiff movement
Offers lasting wear protection
Film thickness of 10 µm
Can be used for even the smallest tolerances in precision engineering
• Resistant to temperatures from –180°C to +260°C (briefly)
• Permanently resistant to water, acids and alkalis
Mineral-oil-free
Silicone-free
• Chemical basis: Polytetrafluoroethylene
• Colour: Milky-transparent (protective film)
Art. no.
0893 550

Technical chemicals / Lubricants and rust removers / Lubricating grease
ADHESIVE LUBRICANT PRE-CLEANER HHS® CLEAN

Highly effective pre-cleaner + adhesion promoter (primer function)
specifically matched to HHS products
Good cleaning performance
• Quick and effective
• Easily removes the most stubborn soiling
Primer function
• Improves adhesion of lubricant
• Extends lubrication intervals
• Saves time and money
• Short downtimes for treated parts
• No second application required
Good material compatibility with various surfaces
• Extremely wide application range
• Seals do not swell
Spray head with direct jet
Targeted and precise cleaning of dirty parts
Acetone-free, AOX-free and silicone-free
9 • Oil basis: Mineral oil
• Colour: Green
Art. no.
0893 106 10

LUBRICATING GREASE WGF 130

High-performance lubricating grease
• Lithium-soap grease with molybdenum sulphide (MoS2)
• Forms a solid lubricating film on the running surfaces under load from the grease
itself
• Significantly improves run-in conditions
• Ensures additional emergency running lubrication
• Reduces friction and thus prevents excessive wear
• Extends lubricating period
• Resistant to water
• Temperature resistant from -30°C to +130°C, briefly up to +150°C
• Colour: Black
• Consistency as per NLGI: 2
• Contents: 1 l
• Chemical basis: Lithium 12 hydroxystearate
• Oil basis: Mineral oil
• Colour: Black
• Shelf life from production: 36 Month 9
Art. no.
0893 530

WIRE CABLE SPRAY

Protective wax with OMC2 for lubricating and preserving
Does not drip when heated
Ideal for areas exposed to direct sunlight
Optimum penetration
• Good penetration of lubricating wax in very tight spaces
• Lubricates hard-to-reach areas
Outstanding resistance to water
• Ideal for outdoor use
• Protects against moisture and wetness
Contains additives with OMC2 technology
• Improved lubricating film
• Extended rust protection effect
• Low wear
Free from solid lubricants
9 Compatible with Viton and Perbunan elastomers
• Chemical basis: Synthetic wax oxidant
• Colour: Brown
Art. no.
0893 105 8
SILICONE SPRAY GREASE

Glass-like transparent, extremely lubricating and insulating silicone
grease that displaces water
• Good moisture and corrosion protection due to extremely good water-displacing
effect
• Excellent sliding and lubricating properties on almost all surfaces
• Very high level of electrical resistance
• Excellent insulating effect
• Free from acids and resin
• Colour: Transparent when sprayed on; a cloudy glass-like film remains once it has
flashed off
• Chemical basis: Polydimethylsiloxane
• Colour: Transparent, translucent, opaque
Art. no.
0893 223

SILICONE GREASE
An excellent lubricant for sealing elements. Reduces wear and friction
and protects the contact surfaces.
• Water-repellent
• Excellent resistance to moisture, salt spray as well as weak acids and bases
• Insulates and protects battery terminals and electrical connections
• Pure silicone oil-based non-toxic light-coloured lubrication paste.
• Operating temperature -50°C ... +250°C
• Electrical strength 9 kV/mm
• Antistatic
• Chemical basis: Silicone oil
• Colour: Translucent
Art. no.
0893 223 091
MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE I
Universal lithium-saponified grease
9
• Stable under heavy loads and resistant to oxidation
• Forms an excellent seal to repel dust and dirt
• Good adhesive properties
• Silicone-free, acid-free, resin-free and AOX-free
• Soap base: Lithium 12 hydroxystearate
• Lubricant code: K2K-30
• Colour: Yellow
• Base oil viscosity, kinematic/conditions: 110 mm2/s / at 40°C
• Min./max. worked penetration /conditions: 265 x 0.1 mm-295 x 0.1 mm /
in accordance with DIN ISO 2137
• Corrosion protection period/category: Corrosion category 0
• VKA welding load: 1800 N
Weight of content Container Diameter Min./max. tempe- NLGI grade/ Art. no.
rature conditions conditions
50 kg - 383 mm -30 to 130 °C 2/with DIN 51818 0893 870 104
400 g Cartridge - -30 to 130 °C 2/with DIN 51818 0893 870 1
400 g Cartridge Lube Shuttle - -30 to 130 °C 2/with DIN 51818 0893 870 101
5 kg - - -20 to 130 °C - 0893 870 105
18 kg - - -20 to 130 °C - 0893 870 118
25 kg - - -20 to 130 °C - 0893 870 125

MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE II
Lithium-soap graphite grease resistant to high pressures with EP addi-
tives.
• Resistant to high pressure due to EP additives
• Excellent emergency running properties thanks to the graphite
• Good sealing action and protection against corrosion
• Excellent resistance to dust, dirt and water
• Lubricant code: KPF2K-30
• Min. dripping point/conditions: 180 °C / in accordance with DIN ISO 2176
Weight of content Container NLGI grade/ Base oil visco- Shelf life from Art. no.
conditions sity, kinematic/ production
conditions
9 400 g Cartridge 2/with DIN 51818 110 mm2/s/at 40°C 60 Month 0893 871 1
400 g Cartridge Lube Shuttle 2/with DIN 51818 110 mm /s/at 40°C
2
60 Month 0893 871 101
5 kg - - 110 mm2/s/at 40°C 60 Month 0893 871 105
18 kg - - 110 mm2/s/at 40°C 60 Month 0893 871 118
25 kg - - 110 mm2/s/at 40°C 60 Month 0893 871 125
50 kg Drum 2/with DIN 51818 120 mm /s/at 40°C
2
36 Month 0893 871 50

LONG-LIFE GREASE III

Lithium-soap, multi-purpose grease with EP additives for high loads
• For long lubrication intervals
• Resistant to high pressure due to EP additive
• Effective sealing action and water resistance
• Resistant to oxidation and corrosion
• Free from heavy metals and chlorine
• Silicone and resin-free
• Lubricant code: KP2K-30
• NLGI grade/conditions: 2 / with DIN 51818
Weight of content Container Min. dripping point/

conditions
period/category
Art. no.
9
18 kg Pail - - 0890 402 4
400 g Cartridge 180 °C/in accordance with Corrosion category 0 0890 402
DIN ISO 2176
400 g Cartridge Lube Shuttle 180 °C/in accordance with Corrosion category 0 0890 402 1
DIN ISO 2176

MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE III

Physiologically inert, colourless grease with a multi-functional combi-
nation of additives.
• Can be used in areas in which food is processed or stored
• Highly adhesive
• Squeeze-stable and resistant to oxidation
• Promotes sealing
• Resistant to dust and water
• Resin, acid and silicone-free
• Soap base: Inorganic
• Lubricant code: KP2N-20
NSF H1 registered (no.: 135924), meets the requirements of USDA
1998 H1. The product may come into contact with foodstuffs for
9 technical reasons.

• Oil basis: Medical white oil
Art. no.
0893 107 002

MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE IV
Synthetic high-performance grease with white solid lubricants
• Suitable for food-contact areas
• EP additives for high pressure resistance
• Excellent dry-running properties
• Good sealing effect and corrosion protection
• Soap base: AL complex
• Lubricant code: KPFHC2R-40
• Colour: White
• Min. dripping point/conditions: 250 °C / in accordance with DIN ISO 2176
NSF H1-registered (no.: 135924), meets the requirements of USDA • Shelf life from production: 24 Month
1998 H1. The product may come into contact with foodstuffs for
• Oil basis: Synthetic
technical reasons.
9
Art. no.
0893 107 003

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE HIGH-PERFORMANCE LUBRICATING GREASE

Lithium-complex lubricating grease, mineral oil-based
Meets the specifications Volvo Standard 1277.2 + NLGI Standard
GC-LB
Optimum quality by complying with leading vehicle manufacturer specifications.
Broad range of applications
One lubricating grease for the majority of lubricating points, thereby providing easy
storage and optimum application reliability
Very high pressure absorption capacity
Good protection against corrosion
Water-repellent
Silicone-, acid- and resin-free
• Soap base: Lithium complex
• Lubricant code: KP2N-30
• Colour: Blue
9 • Corrosion protection period/category: Corrosion category 0
Weight of content Container Min. dripping point/conditions Art. no.

18 kg Pail - 0893 881 401
400 g Cartridge Lube Shuttle 260 °C/in accordance with DIN ISO 2176 0893 881 402
400 g Cartridge 260 °C/in accordance with DIN ISO 2176 0893 881 400
MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE
Specific for bearings
• High performance, lithium-based
• Forms a solid lubricant film on friction or sliding surfaces
• Good adherence and chemical stability
Insoluble in hot or cold water
• For lubricating bearings working in moist conditions or cooled by water
• For bearings working at temperatures not exceeding 120°C
• Colour: Yellow
Art. no.
0893 538

LUBRICATING GREASE, AGRICULTURAL

Lubricating grease designed for the agricultural sector.
• Excellent adhesion on all surfaces
• High melting point of 180°C
• Good protection against wear and external influences
• Excellent resistance to water
Weight of content Container Soap base Lubricant code Min./max. tempe- Art. no.
rature conditions
400 g Cartridge Lube Shuttle Lithium/calcium KPF2K-30 -30 to 120 °C 0893 879 400
400 g Cartridge Lithium/calcium KP2K-30 -30 to 120 °C 0893 879 1
400 g - Lithium complex KP2N-20 -20 to 140 °C 0893 878 000
50 kg Drum Lithium/calcium KPF2K-30 -30 to 120 °C 0893 879 2
9
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GREASE, FIFTH-WHEEL COUPLING

Lubricating grease for fifth-wheel couplings with high pressure
resistance.
• Outstanding adhesion on cast iron or sheet steel fifth-wheels
• Easy removal
• Completely insoluble in water
• Ensures a perfect seal
• Tub: 25 kg
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0893 876 102

MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE CONSTRUCTION/AGRICULTURE

EP-2 grease with a lithium/calcium base
• High shearing strength
• High resistance to weathering
• High resistance to water and steam
• Soap base: Lithium/calcium
• Colour: Blue
• Corrosion protection period/category: Corrosion category 0-0
Weight of content Container Lubricant code Min./max. tempe- Base oil visco- Art. no.
rature conditions sity, kinematic/
conditions
18 kg Drum KP2N-30 -30 to 120 °C 300 mm2/s/at 40°C 0893 874 119
5 kg Tinplate canister KP2N-30 -20 to 140 °C 310 cSt/at 40°C 0893 874 105
50 kg Drum KP2N-30 -20 to 140 °C 310 cSt/at 40°C 0893 874 150
9 400 g Cartridge KP2K-30 -30 to 120 °C 300 mm2/s/at 40°C 0893 874 1
400 g Cartridge Lube Shuttle KP2K-30 -30 to 120 °C 300 mm2/s/at 40°C 0893 874 400
18 kg Drum KP2N-30 -30 to 120 °C 300 mm2/s/at 40°C 0893 874 118
INDUSTRIAL LUBRICATING GREASE

High-tech lithium grease for industrial operations.
• Lithium soap complex for high temperature resistance
• Application range from -20° C to +180°C (+200°C)
• Water-compatible
• Protects against rust
• High stability
• Protects against wear and high loads
• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
0893 873 1

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GREASE, MULTI-PURPOSE

• Lithium grease with anti-wear formula
• High resistance to pressure
• Anti-rust properties
• Outstanding corrosion protection
• Highly resistant to weathering
• Not water-soluble
• Soap base: Lithium
• Colour: Amber
NLGI grade: 3, ISO 6743-9: L-XBCEB 3 and DIN 51 502: KP3K-20

400 g Cartridge 0893 873 001
50 kg Drum 0893 873 003
9
MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE, BIO
Biodegradable lubricating grease
• Protects the environment and groundwater
• Properties protect against high pressure and wear without toxic additives
• Lubricant film is highly waterproof
• High frost protection properties
• Protects against heat and external influences
• Colour: Brown
• Oil basis: Alkylated diphenylamine
Art. no.
0893 871 400

FOOD-GRADE LUBRICATING GREASE

• Outstanding adhesive properties, even at high rotational speeds
• Centrifuge-resistant
• High pressure resistant grease (EP), extremely resistant under load and impact
• Synthetic base of extremely high viscosity for excellent lubricating properties
• Improved wear resistance
• Effective protection against oxidation and corrosion
• Water-resistant and steam-resistant
• High leaching resistance
• Outstanding thermal and mechanical stability
• Does not affect seal performance
• Colour: White
Container Base oil viscosity, kinematic/ Min./max. worked penetration/ Art. no.
9 conditions conditions
Cartridge Lube Shuttle 190 cSt/at 40°C, in accordance with - 0893 107 019
ASTM D-445
Cartridge 190 mm2/s/at 40°C, in accordance with 275 x 0.1 mm-295 x 0.1 mm/in accor- 0893 107 020
ASTM D-445 dance with DIN ISO 2137
GREASE FOR COMMERCIAL VEHICLES EP00

With extreme pressure/EP properties
• Anti-wear lithium grease
• Resistant to high pressures
• Good stability during processing
• Works well with seals and universal joints and gaiters
• Insoluble in water
• Shaft-type
• Colour: Amber
Art. no.
0893 875 002

MOUNTAINEERING GREASE
Special grease for low temperatures and wide temperature varia-
tions
• 100% synthetic lithium complex grease
• Surpasses mineral oil-based and semi-synthetic products by far
• Very high natural viscosity index for a lubricant film that remains fluid at very low
temperatures and viscous at high temperatures
• Very low volatility
• High thermal stability
• Excellent extreme pressure, anti-wear and anti-corrosion properties
• High resistance to loads, pressure and impacts
• Very good oxidation resistance allows less frequent greasing, even in difficult condi-
tions of use
• Exceptional adhesion to metal surfaces
• Excellent water resistance
• Diameter: 50 mm
• Lubricant code: KPFHC2R-40
• Colour: Brown 9
• Base oil viscosity, kinematic/conditions: 300 cSt / at 40°C, in accordance
with ASTM D-445
in accordance with ASTM D 217
Art. no.
0893 872 400

MARINE GREASE
Semi-synthetic PTFE-based grease
• Insoluble in water and steam
• Use on equipment operating in fresh water and salty water
• Good splash resistance
• Considerably improves the operating conditions of many mechanisms requiring
lubrication
• Synthetic macromolecule-based formulation enhanced by the addition of PTFE
• Improves the friction coefficient
• Work at high temperatures possible
• Good adhesion to metal
• Allows less frequent greasing
• Excellent mechanical stability
• Excellent extreme pressure (EP) properties, suitable for lubricating bearings under
load
• Very good resistance to vibrations
• Very good resistance to external chemicals and corrosion
9 • Lubricant code: KP2N-20
• Colour: Blue
• Oil basis: Synthetic mineral oil
Art. no.
0893 878 001

EP 2 GREASE
Multi-application grease
Extreme-pressure (EP)
NLGI grade: 2
• Lithium grease with anti-wear, extreme-pressure and anti-rust properties
• Good resistance to high pressures
• Very good working and storage stability
• High compatibility with seals
• Insoluble in water
• Of medium consistency, easy to use with manual grease pumps
• Colour: Amber
• Base oil viscosity, kinematic/conditions: 130 cSt / at 40°C, in accordance
with ASTM D-445
• Oil basis: Mineral oil 9

50 kg Drum 0893 872 003
400 g Cartridge 0893 872 001
5 kg Tinplate canister 0893 872 105
400 g Cartridge Lube Shuttle 0893 872 004

GREASE FOR HYDRAULIC ROCK BREAKERS W-EP 290

Grease for hydraulic rock breakers and hammers
• Lithium-complex soap grease for better resistance to high temperatures
• Synthetic base oil for better resistance to degradation and oxidation over time
• Contains solid copper, graphite and molybdenum disulphide additives for very high
resistance to extreme pressures (EP)
• Very good resistance to high temperatures
• High dropping point
• High viscosity for very strong adhesion to metal parts
• Very good resistance to seizure
• Prolongs the service life of mechanical parts and chisels
Art. no.
0893 872 1

EXTREME GREASE FOR OFF-ROAD VEHICLES

For wet, dirty and high-load conditions, especially at low to medium
speeds.
Off-road use: excavators, bulldozers and other similar vehicles
The perfect choice for heavy-duty applications in hot or wet and corrosive environ-
ments, including salt water.
• Strong and long-lasting adhesion to surfaces, forming permanent barrier against
dust, dirt and water.
• Excellent resistance to shock loads
• Extremely high shear stability
• Extremely durable
• Outstanding resistance to water
• Excellent mechanical stability, excellent corrosion protection
• Temperature peaks up to 180°C
• Colour: Brown
• Shelf life from production: 12 Month 9
Art. no.
0893 990 400

LUBESNAKE® LUBRICATING GREASE

Special lubricating grease for fifth wheel couplings
• Lubesnake® is a special grease for the clean and easy lubrication of fifth wheel
couplings.
• It protects and minimises wear on the fifth wheel coupling and helps to increase
safety.
• Lorry accidents are often caused by a lack of lubrication of the fifth wheel coupling,
so it is recommended to lubricate the coupling about every 5000 km.
A clean, simple and greatly time-saving lubrication method
• No additional tools, such as a brush or grease gun, are needed. In addition, there
are no greasy or smelly containers and no dirty gloves or clothes to have to contend
with.
• Saves 10-12 minutes per lubrication
Overgreasing is not possible
• Diameter: 15 mm
• Colour: Black
Art. no.
0893 870 210
CHISEL GREASE
• Lubricant code: KF2T-35
• Colour: Copper
Art. no.
0893 874 100

MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE CONSTRUCTION/AGRICULTURE

EP-2 grease with a lithium/calcium base
• High shearing strength
• High resistance to weathering
• High resistance to water and steam
• Lubricant code: KP2P-30
• Colour: Blue
Art. no.
9
0893 874 101

HHS® ADHESIVE LUBRICANT 5000

Extremely temperature-resistant, fully synthetic penetrating oil with
PTFE
Reliable lubrication
• Gets into the areas where the lubricating oil needs to work (excellent creeping
properties)
• Ideally suited for invisible lubricating points
Reliable wear protection
• Contains PTFE solid lubricant
• Once the grease film has been torn off, the PTFE performs the lubrication (emergen-
cy running property)
• Permanent anti-skid protective film for high temperature loads
Long-term effect for reliability
• Reliable and long-term protection against corrosion
• Does not oxidise (harden) up to +200°C, briefly up to +250°C
• No carbonisation residues
Safe application
• Good compatibility with the majority of plastics, O-rings and X-rings
• Neutral behaviour with painted surfaces
Resistant to spray water and salt water, weak acids and bases
9 Free from silicone, resin and acids
• Oil basis: Synthetic hydrocarbons
Colour Art. no.

Yellow 0893 106 315

ADHESIVE LUBRICANT HHS® 2000

Partly synthetic oil that is extremely resistant to high pressures
• Eliminates squeaks and creaks and has excellent flow and penetration performan-
ce, as well as good corrosion protection.
• Highly adhesive lubricant that is not spun away when used on turning and rotating
parts
• Compatible with O-rings/X-rings and plastics. Neutral behaviour on painted
substrates.
• Free from silicone, resin and acids
Contents Oil basis Max. temperature Shelf life from production Art. no.
resistance
150 ml Synthetic mineral oil 200 °C 24 Month 0893 106 1 9
500 ml Mineral oil 200 °C 24 Month 0893 106
500 ml Synthetic mineral oil 200 °C 24 Month 0893 106 888
5l Synthetic mineral oil - 36 Month 0893 106 005

ADHESIVE LUBRICANT HHS® FLUID

Centrifuge-proof low-viscosity grease with dual effect: Penetrating
properties of an oil, adhesive and pressure-resistant as grease
When sprayed: Oil
• Good creeping properties
• High penetration into gaps
• Penetrates areas where conventional grease cannot reach
After evaporation: Grease
• Extremely adhesive
• Does not shear
• Good long-term effect
Excellent pressure resistance
• Extraordinarily tear-proof lubricating film with high pressure loads
• Excellent noise and vibration dampening
• Compatible with O-rings and X-rings
• Compatible with plastic
9 Silicone-, resin-, acid- and AOX-free
Art. no.
0893 106 4

ADHESIVE LUBRICANT HHS® LUBE

EP long-life spray grease with a high protective factor against weathe-
ring and environmental influences
Low adhesion of dust and dirt
• Ideal for open lubrication outdoors
• Longer lubricating grease life
• Outstanding sealing behaviour
• Extends lubrication intervals
Resistant to salt water and spray water, weak acids and bases
• Outstanding corrosion protection
• Lubricant does not wash off
• Resistant to oxidation
High pressure load of lubricated parts
• EP (extreme pressure) additives for extremely high pressure resistance
• Outstanding noise and vibration damping
Minimises wear and substance loss of lubricating points
• Reduces friction temperature which extends the lubricating effect
• Low wear
Free from silicone, resin and acids
• Chemical basis: Synthesis of fat and additives in hydrocarbon solvents 9
• Oil basis: Synthetic / mineral oil combination
• Colour: Opal green
Art. no.
0893 106 5

ADHESIVE LUBRICANT HHS® GREASE

High-quality, white, long-life maintenance grease with PTFE
Durable
• Excellent sealing behaviour against moisture and dirt. This provides optimum oxida-
tion resistance and extends lubrication intervals.
• Excellent compatibility with plastic
Contains PTFE solid lubricant
• Once the grease film has been torn off, the PTFE performs the lubrication (emergen-
cy running property)
• Highly temperature-resistant
With special, white pigmentation
Optimum identification of lubricating points during maintenance and service work.
Silicone, acid, resin and AOX-free
9 • Colour: Brilliant white
Art. no.
0893 106 7

ADHESIVE LUBRICANT HHS® DRYLUBE

Shear-proof dry synthetic wax with PTFE
Dry synthetic wax
• Lubricant does not shear on fast-rotating and rotating parts
• Low adhesion of dust
Outstanding creep and gap penetration characteristics
• Lubricates hard-to-reach areas
• Penetrates even the smallest gaps
• Protects against „sagging“
Contains PTFE solid lubricant
Good emergency running property and temperature resistance.
• Protects and maintains O-rings and X-rings
• Compatible with plastic
Free from silicone, resin and acids
• Chemical basis: Synthetic wax oxidant
9
• Oil basis: Synthetic wax
Colour Max. temperature resistance Art. no.

Yellow, Brown - 0893 106 6
Yellowish 180 °C 0893 106 688

LPE ADHESIVE LUBRICANT

Adhesive lubricant for challenging applications, especially in the cons-
truction industry.
• Optimum penetration
• Immediate solvent evaporation
• Excellent adhesion on metal
• Suitable for parts exposed to very high pressure loads, impacts and vibrations
• Resistant to water, salt water, alkalis and acids
• Temperature-resistant from -35°C to +200°C
• Chemical basis: Oil in water emulsion
• Colour: Yellow
Art. no.
0893 150
9
ADHESIVE LUBRICANT HSW 100

• High-quality white lubricating grease. Displaces water
• Anti-rust effect
• Guarantees lasting lubrication
• The special 360° valve permits also allows use in hard-to-reach places
• Colour: White
Art. no.
0893 104 500

ADHESIVE LUBRICANT HHS PLUS

• Extraordinarily effective lubricating film with outstanding noise and vibration
damping
• Excellent lubricating properties, small gaps
• Provides reliable protection against corrosion
• Lubricant with good centrifuge-resistance on turning and rotating parts.
• Compatible with O-rings/X-rings and plastics. Neutral behaviour on painted
substrates
• Resistant to spray and salt water
• Silicone-free, resin-free and acid-free
• Colour: Brown, White
Art. no.
0893 106 026
HHS K ADHESIVE LUBRICANT 9

• Effective lubricating film with outstanding noise and vibration damping
• Excellent lubricating properties, small gaps
• Provides reliable protection against corrosion
• Lubricant with good centrifuge-resistance on turning and rotating parts
• Compatible with O-rings and X-rings and plastic. Neutral behaviour on painted
substrates
• Resistant to splashed water, salt water, weak acids and alkalis
• Silicone-free, resin-free and acid-free
• Chemical basis: Methylpentane
• Colour: Beige
Art. no.
0893 106 050

RED ADHESIVE LUBRICANT

High-performance grease for normal to extreme requirements
• Highly pressure-resistant long-term lubricant spray
• Minimises wear and friction
• Reduces operating temperature and maintenance intervals
• Prevents corrosion and frictional corrosion
• Reduces running noise
• For operating temperatures up to 175°C
Art. no.
0893 106 51
MULTI-PURPOSE LUBRICANT ULTRA 2040

9
• Lubricant, penetrating and water displacing agent
• Guarantees lasting protection
• Protects against moisture and rust
• Silicone-free
• Loosens seized and rusted parts, prevents squeaks
• Displaces moisture from all electrical systems, lubricates fittings locks etc.
• Ideal for restoring shine to plastic components
• Contents: 5 l
• Colour: Colourless, Light yellow
Art. no.
0890 085 5

UNIVERSAL GREASE HHS 2000 ST

High adhesiveness
Resistant to mechanical stresses
• Specifically for heavy-duty applications that require long-lasting lubrication
• The special formula means that the lubricant sticks to the sides of a part, even in
more inaccessible areas
• Resistant to run-off and centrifugal force
Lubricates and protects
• Recommended for areas where the lubricating layer degrades quickly
• Ideal for bearings, chains, bushing, runners, metal cables and parts that are subject
to heavy use
• Colour: Brown
Art. no.
0893 106 025
9
HTS HIGH-TEMPERATURE LUBRICANT

Adhesive lubricant with PTFE content, with creepage capacity,
resistance to high temperatures and long-term effect.
• Biodegradable ≥ 95% (CEC-L 33-T-82 test)
• High temperature resistance from -30°C to approx. +250°C
• Excellent adhesion to a wide variety of substrates
• Excellent corrosion protection properties
• Optimal lubricating properties even when exposed to extreme temperatures (SRV
test)
• Maximum creeping capacity
• Water- and moisture-repellent, resistant to spray and salt water
• Silicone and mineral oil free
• Chemical basis: Vegetable oil
• Oil basis: Vegetable oil
Art. no.
0893 128

ADHESIVE LUBRICANT FOR FORKLIFT

High-quality synthetic lubricating oil specially developed for the lubri-
cation of forklifts.
• Pressure-resistant lubricant for the forklift and its accessories
• Vibration and noise-reducing
• Very good lubricating properties
• Reliable protection against corrosion
• High degree of penetration
• Outstanding compatibility with most metals, rubber and plastic parts used in
forklifts. O-ring and X-ring compatible, also compatible with plastics
• Neutral behaviour on painted substrates
• Free from silicone, resin and acid
• Temperature application range: -25°C to 180°C. Short-term: 200°C
9
Art. no.
0893 106 600

LUBRICANT HHS 5000

Dual position Cobra nozzle
100% synthetic PTFE lubricant.
High performance.
• Exceptional resistance to high pressures, vibration and even impact
• Forms its own PTFE film after evaporation of the solvent, thus favouring smooth
movement
• Very high thermal resistance, ideal for extreme uses
• Little or no oxidation of the grease up to +200°C
• Temporary thermal resistance up to 250°C, for completely safe lubrication
• Very good long-term corrosion protection
• Allows good greasing and maintenance intervals
• Aerosol with long spray nozzle for precise working, thus avoiding overuse and
unnecessary wastage
• Deep penetration into mechanical components, ideal for difficult-to-access parts
• Insoluble in water. Good resistance to salt water, acids and other industrial
detergents
• No chemical damage to plastics, gloss paints or even seals
• Silicone-, resin- and acid-free, kinder to operators and the environment
9
Art. no.
0893 106 388

PROFESSIONAL BUILDING LUBRICANT LPE 200

High-performance lubricant for construction industry needs
• Optimum penetration into treated parts
• Immediate evaporation of the solvent and consequently excellent adhesiveness of
the product on metal
• Suitable for lubricating parts subjected to high pressures, shocks and oscillations
• Lubricates over the long term and protects against corrosion
• High resistance to water, salt water, alkaline solutions and acids
• Prevents seizure
• Withstands temperatures in the range of -35°C to +200°C
• Chemical basis: Mix naphtha, solvent, propellant
• Oil basis: Petrol fraction
• Colour: Beige
Art. no.
0893 150 500
9
SPRAYABLE MULTIPURPOSE GREASE

Load resistant combination of synthetic and mineral oils
Resistant to high loads
Wear-resistant lubrication layer suppressing noise and vibration
Good creep parameters
• Good penetration of clearances
• Good protection against corrosion
High adhesion
Viscous, resistant to centrifugal forces, lubricating film
Neutral for o-rings/x-ring and plastics. Neutral effect on painted surfaces.
Resistant to splashes of fresh and salt water, weak acids and bases.
Contains no silicone, resins or acids
• Colour: Yellow
Art. no.
0893 060 500

SPECIAL LUBRICANT
Specially designed for high-performance lubrication of trucks and
forklifts as part of maintenance work. Long-term protection against
corrosion.
Applications: Suitable for lubrication of forklifts, chains, gear, accelerator and
clutch linkages, steering rod heads, sliding rails, chain wheels, toothed racks,
open gears, etc.
Properties:
• Partly synthetic oil that is extremely resistant to high pressures. Has adhesive proper-
ties which prevent the lubricant from shearing from turning and rotating parts.
• Excellent creep behaviour. Provides long-term protection against corrosion.
• Extraordinarily tear-proof lubricating film with excellent noise and vibration
dampening.
• O and X-ring compatible, also compatible with plastics.
• Resistant to spray water and salt water, as well as to weak acids and bases.
• Colour: Yellowish.
• Min./max. temperat

Catalog Wurth

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalog Wurth

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COMPLETECATALOG

1 - Power tools............................................... 4 Occupational safety................................................. 984

6 - Personal Protective Equipment............. 792 11 - Electrical installation......................... 2338

2 WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 3

WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 5

CORDLESS APPLICATION GUN AKP 12 COMPACT M-CUBE

Included in delivery Number of rechargeable Rechargeable battery/battery Art. no.

6 WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

CORDLESS APPLICATION GUN AKP 18-600 M-CUBE

Included in delivery Number of rechargeable Rechargeable battery/battery Art. no.

WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 7

CORDLESS GREASE GUN FP 12-A

Included in delivery Art. no.

8 WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

CORDLESS HAMMER DRILL H 28-MA VIBRATION-DAMPENED

Included in delivery Art. no.

WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 9

CORDLESS HAMMER DRILL H 28-MAS VIBRATION-DAMPENED

Included in delivery Art. no.

10 WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

CORDLESS HAMMER DRILL ABH 18 COMPACT M-CUBE

Included in delivery Art. no.

CORDLESS HAMMER DRILL ABH 12 COMPACT

WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 11

CORDLESS HAMMER DRILL ABH 18 BASIC

CORDLESS HAMMER DRILL ABH 18 COMPACT-1

12 WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

CORDLESS DRILL DRIVER ABS 18 COMPACT M-CUBE

Included in delivery Drill chuck holder Art. no.

WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 13

BATTERY-POWERED DRILL SCREWDRIVER ABS 12 COMPACT M-CUBE

14 WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

CORDLESS DRILL DRIVER ABS 18 POWER M-CUBE

Included in delivery Art. no.

WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 15

BATTERY-POWERED DRILL SCREWDRIVER ABS 18 BASIC M-CUBE

Included in delivery Drill chuck holder Art. no.

16 WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

BATTERY-POWERED IMPACT DRILL DRIVER BS 28-A COMBI

Included in delivery Art. no.

WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 17

CORDLESS IMPACT DRILL DRIVER ABS 18 POWER COMBI M-CUBE

18 WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

CORDLESS DRYWALL SCREWDRIVER TBS 12-A

Included in delivery Max. torque Art. no.

WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 19

CORDLESS DRYWALL SCREWDRIVER ATS 18 AUTOMATIC M-CUBE

Included in delivery Art. no.

20 WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

CORDLESS SCREWDRIVER AS 12 COMPACT M-CUBE

Included in delivery Art. no.

WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 21

BATTERY-POWERED TANGENTIAL IMPACT SCREWDRIVER ASS 18-1/2 INCH HT

Included in delivery Art. no.

22 WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

CORDLESS IMPACT DRIVER ASS 18-1/2 INCH COMPACT M-CUBE

Included in delivery Art. no.

CORDLESS IMPACT WRENCH ASS 18-1/2 INCH POWER

WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 23

CORDLESS IMPACT SCREWDRIVER ASS 18-1/4 INCH COMPACT M-CUBE

Included in delivery Art. no.

24 WÜRTH INTERNATIONAL AG - GENERAL CATALOGUE - FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

RIGHT ANGLE ATTACHMENT